CR-IR391CL Service Manual

FCRView
CR-VW 674
FCR PRIMA Console
CR-IR 391CL
Service Manual
Document No. 014-227-08E

First Edition : Mar. 14, 2008
8th Edition : Aug. 30. 2014
Printed in Japan
Export Restrictions Applying to CR-VW 674 / CR-IR 391CL
Japanese export restrictions and foreign exchange regulations apply to
this equipment. Therefore, government approval obtained through due
procedure is required in order to export or otherwise remove such
equipment from Japan.
Note that the same restrictions apply not only to the main unit but also to
after-sale parts, service manuals and service training (for exporting or
transferring technology) when such items are dispatched or shipped to
foreign countries and when service training is given for trainees from
foreign countries.
The correlation between mR (milliroentgen), a unit of radiation dose,

and μC/kg (microcoulomb/kilogram), an international unit of radiation
dose, is 1mR=0.258μC/kg.
FCR is a trademark or a registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.
Copyright © 2008-2014 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or

transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of FUJIFILM
Corporation.
014-227-08E
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual 08.30.2014 FM6240
1.1 Notes on the Use of the Service Manual 1
1. Handling of This Manual 1.2 Warning and Cautionary Information

Precautions during the service work are indicated by the following terms and
1.1 Notes on the Use of the Service Manual symbols.
1. This document is intended to be read by the service personnel of WARNING

FUJIFILM Corporation or authorized agent who is commissioned by Used when death or serious injuries may occur if this instruction is not
FUJIFILM Corporation to perform servicing tasks. observed.
Under these circumstances, no one is allowed to perform the following actions
without the prior written permission from FUJIFILM Corporation
CAUTION
• Duplicating or reproducing this document in whole or in part
Used when minor or medium levels of physical injury may be incurred if the
• Disclosing this document, in whole or in part, to a person other than the instruction is not observed.
authorized service personnel
Also used when the machine may suffer serious trouble (such as
• Lending or transferring this document, in whole or in part, to a third party unrecoverable or difficult-to-recover trouble).
2. Due care must be exercised when handling this document because it

contains product internal structure descriptions and other confidential i IMPORTANT
information. Used when the machine may suffer damage, or any failure or malfunction may
* When the contents of this document need be changed, the information about
occur, if the instruction is not observed.
such changes will be conveyed using “Engineering Change Notice (ECN).”
The “Engineering Change Notice (ECN)” must also be handled using the same  NOTE 
care as for this document.
Used to indicate the matters that need attention during steps of the procedure.
3. Due to a product development schedule, the product specifications
and available options/variations prevailing at the time of the release of r REFERENCE
this document may differ from the descriptions given in this
Used to indicate terminology or supplemental explanations.
document. In such an instance, a Service Engineering Information will
be issued as needed to furnish latest information about inapplicable
specifications and components.
4. If you have any doubt about the contents of this document or find
errors, contact your local FUJIFILM representative.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual 1
1.3 Notation for different OS 2
1.3 Notation for different OS 1.4 Servicing Instruments and Tools That
Require Inspection/Calibration
In this service manual, either of window in Windows XP/Vista/7 is used for the
window to display. If the screen display and procedure are different in Windows XP, The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing instruments and
Windows Vista and Windows 7, perform an operation by following each description. tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate.
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not
been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the machine could not be
guaranteed. Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are
as listed below. The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in
accordance with the specifications and instruction manuals of the applicable
servicing instruments and tools.
■ Instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration

Name Inspection Calibration
Digital multimeter  
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
Contents (CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual) 3
Contents (CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual)

Safety Precautions
1. Precautionary Labels................................................................. Safety-1
2. Cautions Relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility............. Safety-3

2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Instruction................................ Safety-3
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
Product Specifications
1. CR-VW 674 Equipment Specifications....................................... Spec-1

1.1 Product Code........................................................................ Spec-1
1.2 Optional Components............................................................ Spec-2
1.3 Dimensions/Weight................................................................ Spec-3
1.4 Environmental Conditions...................................................... Spec-3
1.5 Electrical Specifications......................................................... Spec-3
1.6 Image Storage Performance................................................... Spec-3
1.7 Discarding the Equipment...................................................... Spec-5
2. CR-IR 391CL Equipment Specifications....................................... Spec-6

2.1 Product Code........................................................................ Spec-6
2.2 Optional Components............................................................ Spec-6
2.3 Dimensions/Weight................................................................ Spec-6
2.4 Environmental Conditions...................................................... Spec-6
2.5 Electrical Specifications......................................................... Spec-7
2.6 Image Storage Performance................................................... Spec-7
2.7 Discarding the Equipment...................................................... Spec-8
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
MD: Machine Description
1. System Configuration.................................................................. MD-1 6. Descriptions of Software Control (CR-IR 391CL Only)............. MD-28
1.1 System Configuration................................................................... MD-1 6.1 Data Flow between RU and Console............................................ MD-28
1.2 Operating Environment................................................................. MD-2 6.1.1 Data Flow during Routine Processing...................................... MD-28
1.2.1 CR-VW 674.............................................................................. MD-2 6.1.2 Flow of Network Setting Data................................................... MD-28
1.2.2 CR-IR 391CL............................................................................ MD-3 6.2 Error Handling............................................................................... MD-29
1.3 Connectors................................................................................... MD-4 6.3 What Is Sleep Mode?................................................................... MD-29
6.4 RU Bootup Processing................................................................. MD-30
2. System Connection Example...................................................... MD-9
6.5 RU Termination Processing.......................................................... MD-31
3. Software Function Overview....................................................... MD-10
4. Relationship between Server and Client (CR-VW 674 Only).... MD-18
5. Relationship between RU and CR-VW 674.................................. MD-19

5.1 Network Settings........................................................................... MD-19
5.2 Data Flow between RU and CR-VW 674...................................... MD-19
5.2.1 Data Flow during Routine Processing...................................... MD-19
5.2.2 “INSTALL” Operation and Data Flow........................................ MD-20
5.2.3 “VERSION UP” Operation and Data Flow................................ MD-22
5.2.4 Flow of BACKUP Data.............................................................. MD-23
5.2.5 Data Flow during Restore......................................................... MD-23
5.3 Error Handling............................................................................... MD-24
5.3.1 Error Handling.......................................................................... MD-24
5.3.2 Cases When Retry is Impossible (FATAL Error)...................... MD-24
5.4 HIBERNATION Mode [355, 356, 357, 359].................................. MD-24
5.4.1 Operation in HIBERNATION Mode.......................................... MD-24
5.4.2 Transition to the HIBERNATION Mode.................................... MD-25
5.4.3 Recovery from HIBERNATION Mode....................................... MD-25
5.5 Bootup Processing........................................................................ MD-25
5.6 RU Shutdown Processing............................................................. MD-27
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
1. Error Code Table....................................................................... MT-1 3.7 Information Useful for Error Recovery (CR-VW 674).................... MT-14
3.7.1 Uninstalling the CR-VW 674 System Program......................... MT-15
1.1 Referring to Error Messages......................................................... MT-1
3.7.2 Deleting Windows Installer CleanUp MSXML 6.0.................... MT-15
1.2 Precautions................................................................................... MT-4 3.7.3 Enabling the .NET Framework 1.1........................................... MT-17
1.3 Error Message.............................................................................. MT-4 3.7.4 Installing the SQL Server.......................................................... MT-19
3.7.5 Installing the CR-VW674 System Program.............................. MT-20
2. Using the Event Viewer............................................................ MT-5
3.8 Procedure for Handling the HQ Images Imported from Media..... MT-21
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer....................................................... MT-5
3.9 Updating Procedure for Report Template Files............................ MT-29
2.2 Starting the Event Viewer............................................................. MT-5
3.10 Restoration Method for the Phenomena due to
2.3 Configuration and How to View the Event Viewer........................ MT-6 Forcing Shutdown During Media Writing...................................... MT-32
2.3.1 For Windows Vista / 7............................................................... MT-6 3.11 Procedure for Error Correction of
2.3.2 For Windows XP....................................................................... MT-6 NIC Driver (OptiPlex 760/780/960)............................................... MT-34
2.4 Details of Events........................................................................... MT-7 3.12 Restoration Procedure for the Case Images Cannot be
2.5 Saving the Event Log.................................................................... MT-8 Stored into NAS............................................................................ MT-39
2.6 Deleting the Event Log................................................................. MT-9 3.13 Procedure for Troubleshooting [50806] Error
which Occurs in Free Layout Print................................................ MT-41
2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer............................................................. MT-9
3.14 Procedure for Changing the Time of Automatic Log-off with
2.8 Collecting Logs for Analysis Purposes......................................... MT-10 Windows Vista/7........................................................................... MT-44
2.9 Customizing the Event Viewer [Windows Vista / 7]...................... MT-10 3.15 Installation Procedure for Replacing PDI Viewer with
2.10 How to Obtain the Information of the Used Volume and PD-S Viewer................................................................................. MT-46
Remaining Space of the Database............................................... MT-11 3.16 Countermeasure Against the Change of Window Size and
Position Due to Monitor Power ON/OFF [V2.0(B) or Later].......... MT-48
3. Information Useful for Error Recovery.................................... MT-12
3.17 Avoidance Procedure Against the Phenomenon that
3.1 Cautions When Editing the Film String Definition the Monitor Does Not Return from Standby [V2.0(B) or Later]..... MT-51
(FilmStrFmt) File........................................................................... MT-12
3.18 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that
3.2 When “40008 Failed in initialize processing.” is Displayed for the Main Window is Displayed in Multiple Languages at
the Client-side Device at the Time of Installation.......................... MT-13 Client PC Installation.................................................................... MT-55
3.3 Error Phenomenon with Simultaneous Connection by 3.19 Procedure for Changing the Deleting Time of
Multiple Users and Recovery Method........................................... MT-13 Endoscopic Study Reception Folder [V2.3(B) or Later]................ MT-57
3.4 Collecting Logs for Maintenance Purpose.................................... MT-13 3.20 Countermeasure Against the Phenomena due to
Multi-frame Images of V2.0(B) or Later [V2.2(B) or Later]............ MT-58
3.5 Error for Not Registering the Client Device................................... MT-13
3.21 Countermeasure When the Error [24768] Occurred in Client PC..... MT-60
3.6 Remedies when
Mirroring between PC and NAS Failed......................................... MT-14
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.22 Countermeasure When the Application Is Not Displayed on 3.38 Dealing with Situations whereas 30501 Errors are Generated and
the Secondary Monitor.................................................................. MT-62 Viewer Displays are Delayed when Taking Exposures that
Instrument has Difficulty Turning into Subfolders.........................MT-109
3.23 Countermeasure When the Error [15151] After
PC Startup Occurs........................................................................ MT-63 3.39 Changing the Backup Settings When Shutting Down ..................MT-112
3.24 Countermeasure When the Indicator Disappeared...................... MT-64
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC)............................................... MT-113
3.25 Countermeasure Against the Error [49572] Occurring at
Application Startup........................................................................ MT-65 4.1 Analysis Flow for When Your Computer Does Not Start..............MT-114
3.26 Countermeasure Against the Failure of Patient List Auto-update..... MT-66 4.2 Analysis Flow for When
the Monitor Does Not Operate Normally.......................................MT-114
3.26.1 Countermeasure by Executing Tool......................................... MT-66
3.26.2 Rebuilding Setting of the Study Database [V2.2(B) or later].... MT-73 4.3 Analysis Flow for When
the Mouse Does Not Operate Normally........................................MT-115
3.27 Countermeasure When the Error [29071] and
Error [20110] Occur at Startup...................................................... MT-74 4.4 Analysis Flow for When
the Keyboard Does Not Operate Normally...................................MT-115
3.28 Restoration of Lost ddo................................................................. MT-76
4.5 Checking the System Lights.........................................................MT-115
3.29 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that
Message [24165] is Displayed at Application Termination........... MT-77 4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights..................................................MT-116
4.6.1 In Case of Optiplex 755 (CR-VW 674)..................................... MT-116
3.30 Setting of Institution Name Supplement at PDI Output................. MT-79
4.6.2 In Case of Optiplex 760 / 780 / 960.......................................... MT-118
3.31 Procedure for when Image Viewer Window or
Read Image Window is not Displayed.......................................... MT-84 4.7 Confirmation Required When
Beeps Sound at Computer Startup...............................................MT-120
3.32 Procedure for Collecting the Maintenance Logs in case
the Backup Utility Hangs Up for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL......... MT-87 4.8 Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)..........................................MT-121
4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express Test............................. MT-121
3.33 Procedure for Disabling IPv6 when
4.8.2 Memory Checks........................................................................ MT-124
the System is Inactivated for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.............. MT-99
4.8.3 CPU Fan Checks...................................................................... MT-124
3.34 Procedure for Preventing Error 20140: 4.8.4 CPU Checks............................................................................. MT-125
Discontinued Startup Processing for
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL............................................................MT-102 4.8.5 Motherboard Checks................................................................ MT-125
3.35 Replacing the parameters when 4.9 Checking the Hard Disk................................................................MT-126
installing Console connected with FCR PRIMA............................MT-104 4.10 Reinstalling the Network Driver....................................................MT-127
3.36 Procedure for correcting garbled institute names when 4.11 Tasks to be Performed at Motherboard Replacement..................MT-130
printing in paper/measurement summery.....................................MT-106 4.11.1 Installation Work....................................................................... MT-130
3.37 Countermeasure against Increased Latency in 4.11.2 Checkup Work.......................................................................... MT-133
Communication between Console and Reader Unit.....................MT-108
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Troubleshooting (for HP PC).................................................... MT-135 4.5 If the USB Memory is Removed During Output........ AppxMT 3-13
5.1 Error Analysis Tool (6200SF/8200MT).........................................MT-135 4.6 Manually Importing Study Data from
5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics................. MT-135 the USB Memory....................................................... AppxMT 3-14
5.1.2 Testing the Whole System........................................................ MT-136 4.7 Outputting from the USB Memory to
5.1.3 Testing the Fan......................................................................... MT-137 the DVD Media.......................................................... AppxMT 3-16
5.1.4 Testing the CPU....................................................................... MT-137 5. Restoring the Database Using the USB Memory......... AppxMT 3-18
5.1.5 Testing the Mother Board......................................................... MT-138
5.1.6 Testing the Memory.................................................................. MT-138
5.2 Error Analysis Tool (6300SF/8300MT).........................................MT-139
5.3 Error Analysis Tool
(ProDesk 600 G1 SF/EliteDesk 800 G1 TW)................................MT-141
5.4 Procedures for Removing and Replacing Parts............................MT-143
Appendix 1 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL

Error Message Table...................................... AppxMT 1-1
Appendix 2 Procedure for Replacing DVD Drive AD-7230S

(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... AppxMT 2-1
Appendix 3 How to Change the Study Data to be

DVD Output that
is Routed through USB Memory................... AppxMT 3-1
1. Outline.......................................................................... AppxMT 3-1
2. Installation Procedure................................................... AppxMT 3-3
2.1 Facilities Which Cannot Output Storage Media
(Supports V2.5(B) or Later)....................................... AppxMT 3-3
3. Confirmation Procedure................................................ AppxMT 3-5
4. Various USB Memory Operations................................. AppxMT 3-6
4.1 Formatting the USB Memory.................................... AppxMT 3-6
4.2 USB Memory Replacement Procedure..................... AppxMT 3-7
4.3 Manual Output of Data on USB Memory.................. AppxMT 3-8
4.4 Replacing and Re-outputting USB Memory.............. AppxMT 3-10
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts
1. Reinstalling the OS and the Application................................. MC-1 1.5 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows 7]..............................MC-112
1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7.............................................. MC-112
1.1 Installation Flowchart.................................................................... MC-1
1.5.2 Installing the Driver Software.................................................... MC-130
1.2 Preparation................................................................................... MC-2 1.5.3 Setting the OS.......................................................................... MC-135
1.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows XP] [CR-VW 674]..... MC-4 1.5.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC).......... MC-145
1.3.1 Installing and Setting Windows XP........................................... MC-4 1.5.5 Installing the Patch (Internet Explorer 8).................................. MC-147
1.3.2 Installing the Driver Software.................................................... MC-12 1.5.6 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)....................................... MC-148
1.3.3 Setting the OS.......................................................................... MC-33 1.5.7 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key................. MC-150
1.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC).......... MC-42 1.5.8 Setting the IP Address and Network Discovery........................ MC-151
1.3.5 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)....................................... MC-44 1.5.9 Setting the Folder Options........................................................ MC-153
1.3.6 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key................. MC-47 1.5.10 Adding the Windows Components........................................... MC-153
1.3.7 Installing IIS.............................................................................. MC-48 1.5.11 Initial Setting for Internet Explorer 8 (V2.0(B)).......................... MC-155
1.3.8 Disabling the DVD Drive........................................................... MC-52 1.5.12 Installing the MSChart (Only for Server PC)............................. MC-157
1.3.9 Installing the .NET Framework and Activating 1.5.13 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)........ MC-158
the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)......................... MC-53 1.5.14 Setting for IIS Manager (V2.0(B))............................................. MC-160
1.3.10 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-59 1.5.15 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-163
1.3.11 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-59 1.5.16 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-165
1.4 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows Vista]........................ MC-62 1.5.17 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS (OptiPlex 760/780/960)........... MC-166
1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista........................................ MC-62 1.6 RU Settings...................................................................................MC-167
1.4.2 Installing the Driver Software.................................................... MC-75 1.6.1 Installing the RU PC-TOOL...................................................... MC-167
1.4.3 Setting the OS.......................................................................... MC-88 1.6.2 Setting Up and Checking Firewall Settings.............................. MC-170
1.4.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC).......... MC-98 1.6.3 Installing and Registering RU-AP............................................. MC-180
1.4.5 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)....................................... MC-100
1.7 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software........................MC-192
1.4.6 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key................. MC-100
1.7.1 Installing Disk Burning Module [Windows XP].......................... MC-192
1.4.7 Setting the IP Address and Network Discovery........................ MC-101
1.7.2 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL................................... MC-193
1.4.8 Adding the Windows Components........................................... MC-103
1.7.3 Installing a Settings File............................................................ MC-196
1.4.9 Setting the Service (Only for Server PC).................................. MC-105
1.7.4 Installing Menu and Parameter Files........................................ MC-198
1.4.10 Installing the .NET Framework 3.5
(Only for the Server PC V2.1(B) or later).................................. MC-106 1.7.5 Installing the Standard Kit CD.................................................. MC-199
1.4.11 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 1.7.6 Regional and Language Options Settings................................ MC-201
(Only for the Server PC V2.3(B) or earlier)............................... MC-106 1.7.7 Changing the Displayed Language and Replacing the Menu
1.4.12 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-108 Database.................................................................................. MC-201
1.4.13 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC)........................ MC-110 1.7.8 Desktop Wallpaper Setting (for 24 inch monitor)
(CR-VW 674 Only).................................................................... MC-202
1.4.14 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS (OptiPlex 760/780/960)........... MC-111
1.7.9 Displaying PC Lock [Only Windows 7]..................................... MC-202
1.7.10 Windows 7 IIS log output destination setting [For V2.0(B)]...... MC-203
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.8 Settings by the Simplified Setup Wizard.......................................MC-205 3. Updating the Software.............................................................. MC-223
1.9 IIS Network Virus Protection.........................................................MC-205 3.1 Updating the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.......................................MC-223
1.10 Making Checks Using the Service Utility......................................MC-206 3.2 Updating the RU Software............................................................MC-223
1.10.1 Running the Simplified Setup Wizard....................................... MC-206 3.2.1 Updating the RU Software from the CR-VW 674..................... MC-223
1.10.2 Checking for Connection with Other Equipment....................... MC-206 3.2.2 Updating the Software from the Client PC................................ MC-229
1.11 Restoring the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CLConfig Data...................MC-207
Appendix 1 Setup for Security Enhancement.................. Appx MC 1-1
1.11 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference Guide........MC-207
1.11.1 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference Guide.... MC-207 1. Set up for Security Enhancement (Windows XP)......... Appx MC 1-1
1.11.2 Uninstalling the Unnecessary Application................................ MC-208 2. Set up for Security Enhancement (Windows Vista / 7).... Appx MC 1-4
1.12 Verifying and Resetting After
the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Installation....................................MC-208 Appendix 2 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
1.12.1 Checking the Date Format........................................................ MC-208 Software Version Upgrade............................. Appx MC 2-1
1.12.2 Resetting the Schema for Report Function.............................. MC-208 1. Preparation Before Upgrading...................................... Appx MC 2-2
1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control (Activate)............................. MC-209
2. Version Upgrade........................................................... Appx MC 2-11
1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after Installation......................MC-210
3. Restoration After Upgrading......................................... Appx MC 2-27
1.14 Restoration Procedure after the OS Reinstallation.......................MC-212
4. Countermeasure for the Phenomenon Occurred
2. Service Parts Replacement...................................................... MC-213 after Upgrading............................................................. Appx MC 2-32
2.1 In Case of DELL PC.....................................................................MC-213 4.1 Countermeasure in the Event the DVD Cannot
2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement.......................................... MC-213 be Selected at Consistency Check in User Utility..... Appx MC 2-32
2.1.2 Hard Disk.................................................................................. MC-214 4.2 Countermeasure in the Event the Login Window
2.1.3 DVD Drive................................................................................. MC-214 Does Not Open......................................................... Appx MC 2-35
2.1.4 FD Drive................................................................................... MC-216 4.3 Procedure for Correcting Task Registration Error that
2.1.5 CPU.......................................................................................... MC-216 Causes Version Upgrade (Reinstallation) Failure..... Appx MC 2-36
2.1.6 Memory..................................................................................... MC-217 4.4 Procedure for Preventing Output Error that Occurs after
2.1.7 Motherboard............................................................................. MC-218 Version Upgrade to V2.3(B)...................................... Appx MC 2-37
2.1.8 Power Supply Unit.................................................................... MC-219 5. Partitioning and Dividing Image Folder to Subfolders
2.1.9 Mounting a Ferrite Core onto Mouse and Keyboard after Upgrading............................................................. Appx MC 2-39
(for USB keyboard/mouse having no ferrite core mounted)
(CR-VW 674 Only).................................................................... MC-219
Appendix 3 Option Key / AP Key Installation................... Appx MC 3-1
2.1.10 Replacing the Video Card (CR-VW 674 Only).......................... MC-220
2.1.11 Connecting the DisplayPort-DVI Conversion Connector.......... MC-222 1. Option Key Installation.................................................. Appx MC 3-1
2.2 In Case of HP PC.........................................................................MC-222 2. AP Key Installation........................................................ Appx MC 3-2
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 4 Setting the BIOS............................................. Appx MC 4-1 Appendix 8 Setting up WakeOnLAN................................. Appx MC 8-1
1 Setting the Dell OptiPlex 755 (CR-VW 674 Only)......... Appx MC 4-1 1. Installing the WakeOnLAN Utility.................................. Appx MC 8-1
1.1 SATA Setting of Dell OptiPlex 755............................ Appx MC 4-1 2. How to Acquire the RU’s MAC Address....................... Appx MC 8-3
2. Setting the Dell OptiPlex 760/780/960.......................... Appx MC 4-3 3. How to Acquire the Printer’s MAC Address.................. Appx MC 8-4
Appendix 5 Disabling the Customize Key Function — 4. Registering the Other Equipment................................. Appx MC 8-4
Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) 5. Testing Automatic Startup............................................ Appx MC 8-6
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx MC 5-1
1. Installing the Dell Premium Mouse Utility..................... Appx MC 5-1 Appendix 9 Uninstalling APs............................................. Appx MC 9-1
2. Disabling the Customize Keys and Deleting Icons 1. CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL............................................ Appx MC 9-1
from the Task Tray........................................................ Appx MC 5-4 2. RU-AP........................................................................... Appx MC 9-2
3. Checking Setups........................................................... Appx MC 5-8 3. RU PC-TOOL................................................................ Appx MC 9-3
Appendix 6 Setting the RU-Config.................................... Appx MC 6-1 Appendix 10 Procedure for Changing the
Computer Name.............................................. Appx MC 10-1
Appendix 7 Procedures for Changing the
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and 1. Procedure for Changing the Computer Name
RU IP Addresses............................................. Appx MC 7-1 [V4.1 or earlier] [CR-VW 674 Only]............................... Appx MC 10-1
1.1 Uninstalling the CR-VW 674 Application................... Appx MC 10-1
1. Incorporating into the Network...................................... Appx MC 7-1
1.2 Uninstalling IIS.......................................................... Appx MC 10-2
2. Changing the Software Settings................................... Appx MC 7-2
1.3 Changing the Computer Name................................. Appx MC 10-2
2.1 For CR-VW 674 [355, 356, 357, 359]....................... Appx MC 7-2
1.4 Installing IIS.............................................................. Appx MC 10-3
2.2 For CR-IR 391CL...................................................... Appx MC 7-17
1.5 Setting FTP for the Image Reader............................ Appx MC 10-5
1.6 Installing the CR-VW 674 Application....................... Appx MC 10-6
1.7 Implementing the Service Utility................................ Appx MC 10-11
1.8 Checkup Work.......................................................... Appx MC 10-11
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
2. Procedure for Changing the Computer Name Appendix 13 Backup and Restoration Procedures of
[CR-VW 674 (V5.0 or later)] CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL................................ Appx MC 13-1
[CR-IR 391CL (V1.0 or later)]....................................... Appx MC 10-12
1. Backup Work Before OS Reinstallation........................ Appx MC 13-1
2.1 Changing the Computer Name................................. Appx MC 10-12
1.1 Backup Procedure Using the
2.1.1 In Case of Windows XP....................................... Appx MC 10-12 Image-dedicated Drive (X Drive)............................... Appx MC 13-5
2.1.2 In Case of Windows Vista / 7............................... Appx MC 10-13 1.1.1 “DB” Backup........................................................ Appx MC 13-5
2.2 Registering with the Service Utility............................ Appx MC 10-15 1.1.2 Backup of Other Setup Files................................ Appx MC 13-5
2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility.................................... Appx MC 10-15 1.2 Backup Procedure Using the Copy Command......... Appx MC 13-6
2.2.2 Cautions when an Error is Displayed................... Appx MC 10-16 1.2.1 “DB” Backup Procedure with DBFullBackupTool.... Appx MC 13-6
2.3 Checkup Work.......................................................... Appx MC 10-16 1.2.2 Copying “Image Data” to the Temporary HDD.... Appx MC 13-7
3. Restoring Process after Computer Name has been 1.2.3 Backup of Other Setup Files................................ Appx MC 13-9
Changed....................................................................... Appx MC 10-17 1.3 Backup Procedure Using the Backup USB-HDD...... Appx MC 13-11
3.1 Restoring the Report Function [V2.0(B) or later]....... Appx MC 10-17 1.3.1 Backup of “DB” to the USB-HDD......................... Appx MC 13-11
1.3.2 Backup of Other Setup Files................................ Appx MC 13-11
Appendix 11 Procedure for Changing from a 1M Monitor 1.4 Backup Procedure Using the Backup NAS............... Appx MC 13-11
to a 2M Monitor (CR-VW 674 Only)............... Appx MC 11-1 1.4.1 Backup of “DB” to the Backup NAS..................... Appx MC 13-11
Appendix 12 Procedure for Changing the Desktop
Background in a Vista Environment............. Appx MC 12-1 1.5 Backup Procedure Using the Mirroring..................... Appx MC 13-12
1.5.1 Backup of “DB” to the NAS for HDD Expansion.... Appx MC 13-12
1. Procedure for Setting the Desktop Background
(In Case of Landscape Orientation).............................. Appx MC 12-1
1.5.3 Stopping the Mirroring ........................................ Appx MC 13-13
2. Procedure for Setting the Desktop Background 1.6 Backup Procedure Using the Storage Disk (DVD).... Appx MC 13-16
(In Case of Portrait Orientation).................................... Appx MC 12-3
1.6.1 “DB” Backup........................................................ Appx MC 13-16
2. Restoration Procedure After OS Reinstallation............ Appx MC 13-17
2.1 Restoration Procedure Using the
Image-dedicated Drive (X Drive)............................... Appx MC 13-18
2.1.1 “DB” Restoration.................................................. Appx MC 13-18
2.1.2 Consistency Check of the Database Contents
and Study Data.................................................... Appx MC 13-18
2.1.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-18
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2 Restoration Procedure Using the Copy Command.... Appx MC 13-19 Appendix 14 Countermeasure in the Event the
2.2.1 “DB” Restoration with RestorationTool2.............. Appx MC 13-19 Login Window Does Not Open...................... Appx MC 14-1
2.2.2 Copying “Image Data” to the PC.......................... Appx MC 13-22 1. Outline.......................................................................... Appx MC 14-1
2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-24
2. Setup Procedure........................................................... Appx MC 14-1
Backup USB-HDD..................................................... Appx MC 13-25 3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx MC 14-3
2.3.1 “DB” Restoration with the USB-HDD................... Appx MC 13-25
2.3.2 Consistency Check of the Database Contents Appendix 15 Boosting of DICOM Reception Speed by
and Study Data.................................................... Appx MC 13-28 Division into Subfolders, and Partitioning.... Appx MC 15-1
2.3.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-29 1. Outline.......................................................................... Appx MC 15-1
2.3.4 USB-HDD Settings.............................................. Appx MC 13-29
2. Setup Procedure........................................................... Appx MC 15-2
2.4 Restoration Procedure Using the Backup NAS........ Appx MC 13-30
2.4.1 “DB” Restoration with the Backup NAS............... Appx MC 13-30 2.1 Preparation Before Setup......................................... Appx MC 15-2
2.4.2 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-35 2.2 Normal Institute (Division into Subfolders)................ Appx MC 15-3
2.4.3 Backup NAS Installation...................................... Appx MC 13-35 2.2.1 Dividing into Subfolders via
the Relocation Converting Tool........................... Appx MC 15-3
2.5 Restoration Procedure Using the Mirroring............... Appx MC 13-36
2.2.2 Dividing into Subfolders via
2.5.1 Procedure to Copy Image Data........................... Appx MC 13-36 the Maintenance Function................................... Appx MC 15-9
2.5.2 “DB” Restoration with the NAS for
HDD expansion.................................................... Appx MC 13-39 2.3 Special institute
2.5.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-45 (Division into Subfolders + Partitioning).................... Appx MC 15-11
2.5.4 Mirroring Setting.................................................. Appx MC 13-45 2.4 List of Messages, Causes and
Remedies of the Relocation Converting Tool........... Appx MC 15-12
Storage Disk (DVD).................................................. Appx MC 13-47 2.5 Dividing the Image Folder into
2.6.1 “DB” Restoration.................................................. Appx MC 13-47 Subfolders (supplementary)...................................... Appx MC 15-14
2.6.2 Restoration of Other Setup Files......................... Appx MC 13-47 3. Precautions Regarding the
2.6.3 Reconstructing the Image Database................... Appx MC 13-47 Division into Subfolders (V2.5(B) or later).................... Appx MC 15-15
2.6.4 Study Image Import from the DVD Media............ Appx MC 13-51
Appendix 16 Change of Version Display in Products for
3. Confirmation Procedure................................................ Appx MC 13-52
Chinese Market (CR-IR 391CL Only)............. Appx MC 16-1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MU: Maintenance Utility
1. Overview of Service Utility Functions..................................... MU-1 6.2 Connected Equipment.................................................................. MU-82

6.2.1 Server Equipment Settings....................................................... MU-82
2. Starting, Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility......... MU-2 6.2.2 Settings for Connection to the Client Equipment
(CR-VW 674 only).................................................................... MU-84
3. Top Window............................................................................... MU-5 6.2.3 Monitor Settings........................................................................ MU-85
6.2.4 DICOM Settings........................................................................ MU-89
4. Regional and Language Options Settings.............................. MU-6 6.2.5 Disk Drive Settings................................................................... MU-93
4.1. In Case of Windows XP (CR-VW 674 Only) ................................ MU-6 6.2.6 Image Reader Settings............................................................. MU-96
4.2 In Case of Windows Vista............................................................. MU-10 6.2.7 Film Printer Settings (option).................................................... MU-97
6.2.8 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option).................. MU-103
4.3 In Case of Windows 7................................................................... MU-16
6.2.9 Settings for Connection of the NAS.......................................... MU-105
5. Simplified Setup Wizard........................................................... MU-21 6.2.10 Connection settings of USB-HDD (V2.2(B) or later)................. MU-105
6.3 Linkage Function..........................................................................MU-106
5.1 Starting the Simplified Setup Wizard............................................ MU-21
6.3.1 Thumbnail Image Output Setting.............................................. MU-106
5.2 Setting the Date and Time............................................................ MU-22 6.3.2 DICOM MWM/MPPS Settings.................................................. MU-108
5.2.1 Setting the Date and Time [Windows XP]................................ MU-22 6.3.3 Setup Procedure for Replacing Patient Information
5.2.2 Setting the Date and Time [Windows Vista / 7]........................ MU-23 at the Time of Receiving DICOM Images................................. MU-112
5.3 System Settings............................................................................ MU-25 6.4 Film Annotation Characters..........................................................MU-114
5.4 Server Equipment Settings........................................................... MU-26 6.4.1 Film Annotation Character Setup
(Direct Editing of FilmStrFmt)................................................... MU-119
5.5 Setting the Image Reader............................................................. MU-34 6.4.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format.......................................... MU-120
5.6 Setting the Film Printer (option).................................................... MU-35 6.4.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters................................ MU-122
5.7 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option)...................... MU-40 6.4.4 Format Descriptors................................................................... MU-125
6.4.5 Attribute Descriptors................................................................. MU-129
5.8 Thumbnail Image Output Setup.................................................... MU-42
6.4.6 Film Annotation Character Verification Procedure................... MU-133
5.9 Settings for Replacement of Patient Information at the Time of
Receiving DICOM Images............................................................ MU-44 6.5 Person Name................................................................................MU-134
5.10 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import (option)............................. MU-45 6.6 Modality Settings..........................................................................MU-137
5.11 Settings for MWM Study Information Linkage (option)................. MU-47 7. Maintenance Tool...................................................................... MU-138
5.12 Settings for MPPS Linkage (option).............................................. MU-48 7.1 Database Utility.............................................................................MU-138
5.13 Exiting the Simplified Setup Wizard.............................................. MU-49 7.1.1 Initializing the Patient Database............................................... MU-139
7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue.................................................... MU-140
6. Service Settings........................................................................ MU-50 7.1.3 Initializing the Image Database................................................ MU-141
6.1 System.......................................................................................... MU-50 7.1.4 Initializing the Preset DB.......................................................... MU-142
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7.2 Acquiring EDR Backup Data.........................................................MU-144 3.5 Exiting the “FFDustBox” Tool.................................... Appx MU 10-4
7.3 Connection Check........................................................................MU-146
7.4 Log Display/Edit............................................................................MU-147
7.5 Event Log Display.........................................................................MU-148
Appendix 1 Backup Utility.................................................. Appx MU 1-1
Appendix 2 User Utility....................................................... Appx MU 2-1
Appendix 3 Creating a User............................................... Appx MU 3-1
Appendix 4 Settings for Automatic Output...................... Appx MU 4-1
Appendix 5 Setup for Auto-verify...................................... Appx MU 5-1
Appendix 6 DICOM Tag Mapping Function....................... Appx MU 6-1
Appendix 7 Free Drawing Function Settings

(V4.0 or later)................................................... Appx MU 7-1
Appendix 8 Blank................................................................ Appx MU 8-1
Appendix 9 Creating the Report Template........................ Appx MU 9-1
Appendix 10 Settings of LogicalDelete Function and

Usage of the LogicalDelete Tool
(V2.0004(B) or later)........................................ Appx MU 10-1
1. Outline.......................................................................... Appx MU 10-1
2. Settings of LogicalDelete Function............................... Appx MU 10-1
3. Usage of the “FFDustBox” Tool.................................... Appx MU 10-2
3.1 Restrictions/Precautions on Using the Tool.............. Appx MU 10-2
3.2 Starting the “FFDustBox” Tool.................................. Appx MU 10-2
3.3 Recovering the Study Data....................................... Appx MU 10-3
3.4 Completely Deleting the Study Data......................... Appx MU 10-4
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
SP: Service Parts
1. Service Parts List......................................................................... SP-1

1.1 How to Use Service Parts List...................................................... SP-1
1.2 Service Parts List.......................................................................... SP-3
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
PM: Preventive Maintenance
1. Preventive Maintenance Items.................................................... PM-1
2. Checking for a Fatal Error........................................................... PM-2

2.1 Confirming the Event Log............................................................. PM-2
3. Safety............................................................................................ PM-2
3.1 Service Voltage............................................................................. PM-2
3.2 Power Plug/Multi-Outlet Power Strip............................................ PM-2
4. Hardware Cleaning [reference]................................................... PM-3

4.1 PC Internal Cleaning..................................................................... PM-3
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning.................................................... PM-4
4.3 LCD Cleaning............................................................................... PM-5
5. Executing of Failure Analysis Tool............................................. PM-6

5.1 Dell PC.......................................................................................... PM-6
5.2 HP PC........................................................................................... PM-6
6. Functional Checks....................................................................... PM-6

6.1 Confirmation of Image Input to Storage onto DVD....................... PM-6
6.2 Image Output to Film.................................................................... PM-6
6.3 Image Transfer (Thumbnail Images)
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................................................ PM-6
7. Backup of Settings and Verification of Date and Time............. PM-7

7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files............................................ PM-7
7.2 Verification of Date and Time....................................................... PM-14
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IN: Installation
1. Installation Conditions................................................................ IN-1 4.4.4 System Settings........................................................................ IN-20

4.4.5 Server Equipment Settings....................................................... IN-21
1.1 Dimensions and Weight................................................................ IN-1
4.4.6 Setting the Image Reader......................................................... IN-29
1.2 Temperature and Humidity........................................................... IN-1 4.4.7 Setting the Film Printer............................................................. IN-30
1.3 Places of Installation..................................................................... IN-1 4.4.8 Setting the Storage Device....................................................... IN-30
1.4 Power Requirements.................................................................... IN-1 4.4.9 Setting the Thumbnail Image Outputing................................... IN-30
4.4.10 DICOM Reception Setting........................................................ IN-30
1.5 Grounding..................................................................................... IN-1
4.4.11 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import...................................... IN-30
2. Installation Procedure Overview................................................ IN-2 4.4.12 Linkage Setting of MWM Study Information............................. IN-30
4.4.13 MPPS Linkage Setting.............................................................. IN-30
3. Hardware Setup............................................................................ IN-3 4.4.14 Exiting the Simplified Setup Wizard.......................................... IN-30
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking............................................................. IN-3 4.5 RU Settings................................................................................... IN-31
4.5.1 Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate).......................... IN-31
3.2 Checking the Component Items................................................... IN-4
4.5.2 Installing the RU PC-TOOL...................................................... IN-32
3.3 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items.............................. IN-6 4.5.3 Setting Up and Checking Firewall Settings.............................. IN-34
3.3.1 Keyboard, Mouse, and Power Cable........................................ IN-6 4.5.4 Installing and Registering RU-AP............................................. IN-44
3.3.2 Monitor...................................................................................... IN-6 4.5.5 Setting the User Account Control (Activate) ............................ IN-54
3.3.3 Film Printer Hardware Setup (option)....................................... IN-9
4.6 Film Printer Software Setup (option)............................................. IN-55
3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other Equipment........ IN-10
4.7 Checking Connections with Other Equipment.............................. IN-56
3.4.1 Making a Cable Connection to the RU..................................... IN-10
3.4.2 Film Printer Cable Connection (option).................................... IN-10 4.8 Exiting the Service Utility.............................................................. IN-57
3.5 Precautions for Monitor Installation.............................................. IN-11 4.9 Creating the Report Template...................................................... IN-57
4.10 Setting when Using External HDD as Storage Disk..................... IN-57
4. Software Setup............................................................................. IN-12
4.1 Setting the Regional and Language Options................................ IN-12 5. Checkup Work.............................................................................. IN-58
4.2 Changing the Displayed Language and 5.1 Checking the Startup and Configuration of the RU....................... IN-58
Replacing the Menu Database..................................................... IN-13 5.1.1 Checking the Startup of the RU................................................ IN-58
4.3 Option Key / AP Key Installation................................................... IN-16 5.1.2 Checking the RU’s Version....................................................... IN-61
4.3.1 Option Key Installation.............................................................. IN-16 5.1.3 Checking the RU’s Message File............................................. IN-62
4.3.2 AP Key Installation................................................................... IN-17 5.1.4 Checking the RU Configuration................................................ IN-63
4.4 Setup by the Simplified Setup Wizard.......................................... IN-18 5.2 Checking the System Configuration............................................. IN-64
4.4.1 Startup of the Service Utility..................................................... IN-18 5.3 Checking Every Step from the Inputting of Images to
4.4.2 Starting the Simplified Setup Wizard........................................ IN-18 the Saving of Images onto Storage Disk...................................... IN-64
4.4.3 Setting the Date and Time........................................................ IN-19 5.3.1 Preparatory Work..................................................................... IN-64
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.3.2 Input of Images and Confirmation of Studies........................... IN-70

5.3.3 Confirming the Saving to Storage Disk .................................... IN-73
5.4 Checking Output Images (option)................................................. IN-80
5.5 Checking Output Thumbnail Images............................................ IN-82
5.5.1 Saving to the Local Folder........................................................ IN-82
5.6 Deleting the Test Data.................................................................. IN-83
6. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion..... IN-85

6.1 Backing Up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Setup File................. IN-85
6.2 Backing Up the RU Setup File...................................................... IN-92
6.3 Verifying and Deleting the RU Error Log...................................... IN-94
6.3.1 Verifying the RU Error Log....................................................... IN-94
6.3.2 Deleting the RU Error Log........................................................ IN-94
6.4 Turning OFF the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and RU................... IN-95
7. Links to Individual Option Items................................................. IN-96
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appx IN: Installation – Appendix
Appendix 1 Settings for Output of Thumbnail Images.... Appx IN 1-1 Appendix 3 Settings for Connection of the Client PC
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx IN 3-1
1. Setting the Output Destination Device.......................... Appx IN 1-2
1. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 3-2
2. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 1-4
1.1 Checking the System Components........................... Appx IN 3-2
2.1 Installing the Option Key for Automatic
Thumbnail Image Output.......................................... Appx IN 1-4 1.2 Network Connection.................................................. Appx IN 3-2
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key............................................ Appx IN 1-5 2. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 3-3
2.3 Configuration Settings Regarding Automatic 2.1 Installing the Option Key........................................... Appx IN 3-3
Thumbnail Image Output.......................................... Appx IN 1-5
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key............................................ Appx IN 3-4
2.4 Setting the File Naming Method................................ Appx IN 1-7
2.3 Settings Necessary for Sharing a Drive
2.5 Changing How to Handle the Exposure Date to be on the Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-4
Output to Patient Information Text File..................... Appx IN 1-9 2.3.1 Settings Necessary for Sharing a Drive
3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 1-13 on the Client PC [Windows XP]........................... Appx IN 3-4
2.3.2 Settings Necessary for Sharing a Drive
3.1 Starting up the System.............................................. Appx IN 1-13 on the Client PC [Windows Vista/7]..................... Appx IN 3-6
3.2 Checks Made by Outputting a Thumbnail Image...... Appx IN 1-14 2.4 Settings in the Service Utility.................................... Appx IN 3-8
4. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 1-19 2.5 Settings Necessary on the Client PC........................ Appx IN 3-11
2.5.1 In Case of V2.1(B) of Earlier................................ Appx IN 3-11
Appendix 2 Settings for Saving Images into 2.5.2 In Case of V2.2(B) or Later.................................. Appx IN 3-13
DICOM Storage Equipment............................ Appx IN 2-1
3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 3-15
3.1 Starting Up the CR-VW 674...................................... Appx IN 3-15
3.2 Starting Up the Client PC.......................................... Appx IN 3-15
2.1 Installing the Option Key........................................... Appx IN 2-2
4. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 3-16
5. Reinstalling the Client PC............................................. Appx IN 3-17
2.3 Settings in the Service Utility.................................... Appx IN 2-3
2.3.1 Settings Regarding This Equipment 5.1 Installing and Setting Up the OS for Client PC
(DICOM storage SCU settings)........................... Appx IN 2-3 [Windows XP]............................................................ Appx IN 3-17
2.3.2 Settings Regarding Output Destination Equipment 5.1.1 Installing and Setting Windows XP for Client PC.... Appx IN 3-17
(DICOM storage SCP settings) (CR-VW 674 Only).... Appx IN 2-5 5.1.2 Installing the Driver Software for Client PC......... Appx IN 3-17
2.4 Changing the Display Gradation Correction LUT File.... Appx IN 2-8 5.1.3 Setting the OS for Client PC................................ Appx IN 3-17
5.1.4 Installing the .NET Framework for Client PC....... Appx IN 3-17
3. Connection Check........................................................ Appx IN 2-11 5.1.5 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse
4. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 2-15 Customize Key for Client PC............................... Appx IN 3-24
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1.6 Installing IE for Client PC..................................... Appx IN 3-24 5.3.3 Setting the OS for Client PC................................ Appx IN 3-29
5.1.7 Disabling the DVD Drive for Client PC................. Appx IN 3-24 5.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework for Client PC....... Appx IN 3-29
5.1.8 Installing Disk Burning Module [Windows XP]..... Appx IN 3-24 5.3.5 Installing the Patch (Internet Explorer 8)............. Appx IN 3-29
5.1.9 Installing the Client Application............................ Appx IN 3-24 5.3.6 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse
5.1.10 Implementing SetupForClient.bat........................ Appx IN 3-25 Customize Key for Client PC............................... Appx IN 3-29
5.1.11 Settings Necessary on the Client PC................... Appx IN 3-26 5.3.7 Setting the IP address and Network discovery
for Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-29
5.1.12 Regional and Language Options Settings
for Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-26 5.3.8 Adding the Windows Components for Client PC.... Appx IN 3-29
5.1.13 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying 5.3.9 Initial Setting for Internet Explorer 8 for Client PC
the Reference Guide for Client PC...................... Appx IN 3-26 (V2.0(B)).............................................................. Appx IN 3-29
5.3.10 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS for Client PC
5.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS for Client PC (OptiPlex 760/780/960)........................................ Appx IN 3-29
[Windows Vista]........................................................ Appx IN 3-27
5.3.11 Installing the Client Application............................ Appx IN 3-29
5.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista
for Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-27 5.3.12 Implementing SetupForClient.bat........................ Appx IN 3-29
5.2.2 Installing the Driver Software for Client PC......... Appx IN 3-27 5.3.13 Settings Necessary on the Client PC................... Appx IN 3-30
5.2.3 Setting the OS for Client PC................................ Appx IN 3-27 5.3.14 Regional and Language Options Settings
5.2.4 Installing the .NET Framework for Client PC....... Appx IN 3-27
5.3.15 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying
5.2.5 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse the Reference Guide for Client PC...................... Appx IN 3-30
Customize Key for Client PC............................... Appx IN 3-27
5.3.16 Displaying PC Lock [Only Windows 7]
5.2.6 Setting the IP address and Network discovery for Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-30
5.3.17 Setting the User Account Control (Activate)
5.2.7 Adding the Windows Components for Client PC.... Appx IN 3-27 for Client PC........................................................ Appx IN 3-30
5.2.8 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS for Client PC
(Optiplex 760/780/960)........................................ Appx IN 3-27 6. Upgrading the Client Application Version..................... Appx IN 3-31
5.2.9 Installing the Client Application............................ Appx IN 3-27 6.1 Preparation Before Upgrading.................................. Appx IN 3-31
5.2.10 Implementing SetupForClient.bat........................ Appx IN 3-27
6.2 Upgrading the Client Application Version................. Appx IN 3-33
5.2.11 Settings Necessary on the Client PC................... Appx IN 3-27
5.2.12 Regional and Language Options Settings 6.3 Restoration After Upgrading..................................... Appx IN 3-37
5.2.13 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying
Appendix 4 Settings for Import of General-purpose
the Reference Guide for Client PC...................... Appx IN 3-28 Images (CR-VW 674 Only).............................. Appx IN 4-1
5.2.14 Setting the User Account Control (Activate) 1. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 4-1
5.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS for Client PC
[Windows 7].............................................................. Appx IN 3-29 1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key............................................ Appx IN 4-2
5.3.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 for Client PC.... Appx IN 3-29
5.3.2 Installing the Driver Software for Client PC......... Appx IN 3-29
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.3 Configuration at the Service Utility............................ Appx IN 4-3 3.2 Checking Images...................................................... Appx IN 6-5
1.3.1 Changing How to Handle the Exposure Date 4. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 6-6
to be Output to Patient Information Text File....... Appx IN 4-3
2. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 4-4 Appendix 7 Changing the Monitor Orientation
2.1 Starting Up the CR-VW 674...................................... Appx IN 4-4 (CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx IN 7-1
2.2 Importing and Checking General-purpose Images.... Appx IN 4-4 1. In Case of RadiForce R22-S......................................... Appx IN 7-1
3. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 4-7 2. In Case of FlexScan MX240W/MX241W...................... Appx IN 7-5
3. In Case of RadiForce RX211/RX220/RX240................ Appx IN 7-8
Appendix 5 Settings for Import of Ultrasound Images
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx IN 5-1 3.1 Disabling the Image Rotation.................................... Appx IN 7-8
1. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 5-1 3.2 Changing the Installation Orientation........................ Appx IN 7-11
2. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 5-2 4. In Case of Installation of the ATI FireMV 2250............. Appx IN 7-14
2.1 Installing the Option Key........................................... Appx IN 5-2 5. In Case of Installation of the ATI FirePro V3800.......... Appx IN 7-17
2.2 Installing the AP Key................................................. Appx IN 5-3 Appendix 8 Image Reception from the
2.3 Settings in the Service Utility.................................... Appx IN 5-3 CR Console (CR-VW 674 Only)...................... Appx IN 8-1
3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 5-5 1. Function Outline............................................................ Appx IN 8-1
3.1 Starting Up the CR-VW 674...................................... Appx IN 5-5 1.1 Object Devices.......................................................... Appx IN 8-1
3.2 Checking Ultrasound Images.................................... Appx IN 5-5 1.2 Function Limitations.................................................. Appx IN 8-1
4. Backing up the Setup File............................................. Appx IN 5-7 2. Settings with CR-VW 674............................................. Appx IN 8-3
2.1 Canceling Connection to a Image Reader................ Appx IN 8-3
Appendix 6 Settings for Importing/Displaying CT/MR
Images (CR-VW 674 Only).............................. Appx IN 6-1 2.2 Resetting Storage SCP............................................. Appx IN 8-4
1. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 6-1 2.3 Setting the “Default Patient ID Value”....................... Appx IN 8-5
2.4 Setup Procedure for Replacing Patient Information
2. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 6-2 at the Time of Receiving DICOM Images................. Appx IN 8-6
2.1 Installing the Option Key........................................... Appx IN 6-2 3. Settings at the CR Console.......................................... Appx IN 8-7
2.2 Installing the AP Key................................................. Appx IN 6-3
3.1 Starting of the Service Utility..................................... Appx IN 8-7
3.2 Setting of Own Device Information
3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 6-5 (CR Console) related to DICOM CR Storage........... Appx IN 8-7
3.1 Starting Up the CR-VW 674...................................... Appx IN 6-5 3.3 Registration of Other Device Information
(CR-VW 674) related to DICOM CR Storage............ Appx IN 8-7
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.4 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution.................. Appx IN 8-10 3.5 Settings for UID Issuance......................................... Appx IN 9-13
3.5 Settings for UID Issuance......................................... Appx IN 8-10 3.6 Setting the Series Numbering Logic......................... Appx IN 9-14
3.6 Setting the Series Numbering Logic......................... Appx IN 8-11 3.7 Settings Regarding Free Trimming........................... Appx IN 9-15
3.7 Service Utility Shutdown........................................... Appx IN 8-11 3.8 Service Utility Shutdown........................................... Appx IN 9-15
4. Checkout Procedures................................................... Appx IN 8-12 4. Checkout Procedures................................................... Appx IN 9-16
4.1 CR-VW 674 Startup.................................................. Appx IN 8-12 4.1 CR-VW 674 Startup.................................................. Appx IN 9-16
4.2 Checking of the Image Sent from the CR Console.... Appx IN 8-12 4.2 Checking of the Image Sent from
the Console Advance................................................ Appx IN 9-16
Appendix 9 Image Reception from the Console Advance 5. Output Settings that Require Attention......................... Appx IN 9-17
(DR-ID 300CL) (CR-VW 674 Only).................. Appx IN 9-1
5.1 Setting of Trimming Width at Film Output................. Appx IN 9-17
1. Function Outline............................................................ Appx IN 9-1
5.2 Difference in Film Print of Console Advance
1.1 Object Devices.......................................................... Appx IN 9-1 (DR-ID 300CL) and CR-VW 674............................... Appx IN 9-19
1.2 Function Limitations.................................................. Appx IN 9-2
Appendix 10 Setting a Dual-monitor Configuration
1.3 Difference of Image Processing Parameters............ Appx IN 9-4 (V4.0 or later) (CR-VW 674 Only)................... Appx IN 10-1
2. Settings with CR-VW 674............................................. Appx IN 9-5 1. In Case of a Configuration with
2.1 Canceling Connection to a Image Reader................ Appx IN 9-5 Two Digital Monitors Connected................................... Appx IN 10-2
2.2 Resetting Storage SCP............................................. Appx IN 9-6 1.1 Connection with OptiPlex 755/760/780/790.............. Appx IN 10-2
2.3 Setting the “Default Patient ID Value”....................... Appx IN 9-7 2. In Case of a Configuration with One Digital Monitor
2.4 LUT Settings for Displaying DX Images and One Analog Monitor Connected............................ Appx IN 10-3
(Console Advance V5.0 or later)............................... Appx IN 9-8 2.1 Connection with OptiPlex 755/760/780..................... Appx IN 10-3
2.5 Setup Procedure for Replacing Patient Information 3. Settings at the Computer.............................................. Appx IN 10-4
at the Time of Receiving DICOM Images................. Appx IN 9-9
3.1 Driver Installation...................................................... Appx IN 10-4
3. Settings at the Console Advance.................................. Appx IN 9-10
3.1.1 ATI FireMV 2250.................................................. Appx IN 10-4
3.1 Starting of the Service Utility..................................... Appx IN 9-10 3.1.2 ATI FirePro V3800............................................... Appx IN 10-8
3.2 Setting of Own Device Information 3.2 Setting the Display Properties................................... Appx IN 10-12
(Console Advance) related to DICOM DX Storage.... Appx IN 9-10 3.2.1 ATI FireMV 2250.................................................. Appx IN 10-12
3.3 Registration of Other Device Information 3.2.2 ATI FirePro V3800............................................... Appx IN 10-14
(CR-VW 674) related to DICOM DX Storage............ Appx IN 9-10
3.3 Screen Display Setting
3.4 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution.................. Appx IN 9-13 for a Dual Monitor Configuration............................... Appx IN 10-17
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.4 Caution Items for 2.5 Setting Hosts File...................................................... Appx IN 11-37
Setting a Dual-Monitor Configuration........................ Appx IN 10-18
3. Connection Check........................................................ Appx IN 11-38
Appendix 11 Expansion of HDD and Mirroring 3.1 Confirming Connection between LinkStation and
by Using NAS.................................................. Appx IN 11-1 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
(Access to the Network Drive).................................. Appx IN 11-38
3.2 Confirming Connection between
1.1 Specifications............................................................ Appx IN 11-2 TeraStation and CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.............. Appx IN 11-38
1.1.1 LAN...................................................................... Appx IN 11-2
1.1.2 RAID.................................................................... Appx IN 11-2
1.1.3 Operation-Certified Models and Software............ Appx IN 11-2 5. Turning ON/OFF the NAS............................................. Appx IN 11-40
1.2 Installing hardware.................................................... Appx IN 11-3 5.1 Always ON................................................................ Appx IN 11-40
1.2.1 LinkStation........................................................... Appx IN 11-3 5.2 Manual ON/OFF........................................................ Appx IN 11-40
1.2.2 TeraStation.......................................................... Appx IN 11-3
6. Restoring Procedures Using the Mirroring.................... Appx IN 11-41
7. Precautions when Installing Multiple Units................... Appx IN 11-42
2.1 Installation Procedures for LinkStation
(LS-WH1.0TGL/R1 and LS-WH2.0TGL/R1)............. Appx IN 11-4 7.1 How to Identify the Target NAS................................ Appx IN 11-42
2.1.1 Network Setting................................................... Appx IN 11-4 7.2 Precautions Regarding the Maximum Capacity
2.1.2 LinkStation RAID Setting..................................... Appx IN 11-7 in Case of Multiple-unit Installation........................... Appx IN 11-44
2.1.3 Shared Folder Setting.......................................... Appx IN 11-8
Appendix 12 Setting for DICOM MWM/MPPS Linkage...... Appx IN 12-1
2.1.4 Confirming Connection between LinkStation and
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL................................... Appx IN 11-9 1. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 12-1
2.2 Installation procedures for TeraStation 2. Software Setup............................................................. Appx IN 12-2
(TS-WX1.0TL/R1 and TS-WX2.0TL/R1)................... Appx IN 11-10
2.2.1 Network Setting................................................... Appx IN 11-10
2.2.2 TeraStation RAID Setting.................................... Appx IN 11-14 2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key............................................ Appx IN 12-3
2.2.3 Shared Folder Setting.......................................... Appx IN 11-18 2.3 Settings in the Service Utility.................................... Appx IN 12-4
2.2.4 Confirming Connection between TeraStation and 2.3.1 Setting up the MWM Patient Information............. Appx IN 12-4
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL................................... Appx IN 11-19 2.3.2 Setting up the DICOM MWM/MPPS Linkage...... Appx IN 12-6
2.3 Setting of “Expansion of the HDD”............................ Appx IN 11-20 3. Operation Confirmation................................................. Appx IN 12-10
2.4 “Mirroring” Settings................................................... Appx IN 11-22 3.1 Confirming “Linkage of MWM Patient Information”.... Appx IN 12-10
2.4.1 “Mirroring” Settings ............................................. Appx IN 11-22
3.2 Confirming “Linkage of MWM Study Information”..... Appx IN 12-11
2.4.2 “Mirroring” settings (Switching to Mirroring for
V2.5(B) or Later in Facilities Where 3.3 Confirming “MPPS Linkage”..................................... Appx IN 12-11
Mirroring NAS Functions Are Used).................... Appx IN 11-34
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 13 Settings for Import of Endoscope Images 2. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 14-1
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx IN 13-1
1. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 13-2 3.1 Console Side Setup.................................................. Appx IN 14-2
1.1 Endoscopic devices which can be connected to 3.2 CR-VW 674 Setup.................................................... Appx IN 14-2
CR-VW674................................................................ Appx IN 13-2
1.2 Network Connection.................................................. Appx IN 13-2
4.1 Starting up CR-VW 674............................................ Appx IN 14-4
4.2 Checking Order Connection Settings........................ Appx IN 14-4
2.1 Inactivating the User Account Control
(Windows Vista/7)..................................................... Appx IN 13-3
Appendix 15 Setting the Multi-touch Monitor.................... Appx IN 15-1
1. Monitor Feature............................................................ Appx IN 15-1
2. Object Models............................................................... Appx IN 15-1
3. Installation Procedure................................................... Appx IN 15-1
2.5 Settings for Connection with Endoscopic Device...... Appx IN 13-8
2.5.1 VP-4450HD / VP-4450 / VP-4400........................ Appx IN 13-8 3.1 Installation Procedure of the Touch Screen Driver.... Appx IN 15-2
2.5.2 EPX-3010............................................................ Appx IN 13-9 3.2 Adjustment Procedure.............................................. Appx IN 15-4
2.6 Activating the User Account Control 4. Uninstallation Procedure............................................... Appx IN 15-7
(Windows Vista/7)..................................................... Appx IN 13-11
4.1 Uninstallation Procedure of
3. Checkup Work.............................................................. Appx IN 13-12 the Touch Screen Driver........................................... Appx IN 15-7
3.1 Settings and Confirmation of Automatic Output........ Appx IN 13-12 5. Default Settings of the Touch Screen
3.2 Starting up CR-VW 674............................................ Appx IN 13-12 (RadiForce MS231WT)................................................. Appx IN 15-8
3.3 Importing Images...................................................... Appx IN 13-12 5.1 Mode Selection Setting............................................. Appx IN 15-8
3.3.1 When Automatic Import is OFF........................... Appx IN 13-12 5.2 Language Setting...................................................... Appx IN 15-8
3.3.2 When Automatic Import is ON............................. Appx IN 13-14
5.3 Operation Lock Setting............................................. Appx IN 15-8
3.4 Outputting Images..................................................... Appx IN 13-14
Appendix 16 Setting External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD)
Appendix 14 Setting Order Connection for the Console as Storage Disk............................................... Appx IN 16-1
(CR-VW 674 Only)........................................... Appx IN 14-1
1. Outline.......................................................................... Appx IN 16-1
1. Function Outline............................................................ Appx IN 14-1
1.1 Object Devices.......................................................... Appx IN 14-1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240

2.1 NAS........................................................................... Appx IN 16-2
2.2 USB-HDD.................................................................. Appx IN 16-2
2.2.1 Specifications....................................................... Appx IN 16-2
2.2.2 Installation Procedure.......................................... Appx IN 16-2
3.1 NAS........................................................................... Appx IN 16-3
3.1.1 Setting the NAS Connection................................ Appx IN 16-3
3.1.2 Setting the Backup NAS at the Service Utility..... Appx IN 16-3
3.1.3 Setting the DB Auto Backup................................ Appx IN 16-5
3.1.4 Setting Hosts File................................................. Appx IN 16-6
3.2 USB-HDD.................................................................. Appx IN 16-7
3.2.1 Setting the OS..................................................... Appx IN 16-7
3.2.2 Setting the Backup USB-HDD at
the Service Utility................................................. Appx IN 16-8
3.2.3 Setting the DB Auto Backup................................ Appx IN 16-9
4.1 Confirming Connection with the PC.......................... Appx IN 16-12
4.2 Confirming Connection
with CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL................................. Appx IN 16-12
4.3 Confirming the Storage to External HDD.................. Appx IN 16-12
6. Turning ON/OFF the NAS............................................. Appx IN 16-13
7. Restoring Procedures Using
the External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD).............................. Appx IN 16-13
8. Procedure of Moving the Study from
Storage Disk to External HDD...................................... Appx IN 16-14
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
PC: Performance Check
Performance Checklist....................................................................... PC-1 24. Communication Port Setting for Patient Information Notification.... PC-10
CR-VW 674 Performance Checklist...................................................... PC-1 25. ACTIVE LINE Setting.................................................................... PC-10
CR-IR 391CL Performance Checklist.................................................... PC-3 26. NAS/USB-HDD Output Setting..................................................... PC-10
27. Storage Disk Output Setting......................................................... PC-10
Config List........................................................................................... PC-5
28. Measurement Linkage Function................................................... PC-11
1. Localize Setting............................................................................ PC-5
29. Setting Database Backup to NAS/USB-HDD............................... PC-11
2. Setting for Institution..................................................................... PC-5
30. Order Connection Setting for the Console.................................... PC-11
3. Setting for Entering Patient Name................................................ PC-5
31. Mirroring settings.......................................................................... PC-11
4. Operation Setting.......................................................................... PC-5
32. Maintenance settings.................................................................... PC-11
5. Setting for Image Collection.......................................................... PC-5
6. Setting for Image Browsing........................................................... PC-5
7. Output setting for thumbnail images............................................. PC-6
8. Linkage with the Receipt Computer.............................................. PC-6
9. Setting for Image Link................................................................... PC-6
10. Image Incidental Information........................................................ PC-6
11. Print Format.................................................................................. PC-7
12. Film Character Setting.................................................................. PC-8
13. Setting for Output Function........................................................... PC-8
14. Operation (Low Frequency) Setting.............................................. PC-8
15. Media Subsystem Setting............................................................. PC-9
16. Setting for Analysis....................................................................... PC-9
17. Settings for Endoscopic Image Import.......................................... PC-9
18. Electrocardiographic Data Import Settings................................... PC-9
19. PDI Output Function Settings....................................................... PC-9
20. Free Layout Setting...................................................................... PC-9
21. Setting for DICOM-MWM.............................................................. PC-9
22. MPPSOnline Setting..................................................................... PC-10
23. LogicalDelete................................................................................ PC-10
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Safety-I
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual
Safety Precautions
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Safety-I
Safety Precautions Safety-II
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
03/14/2008 01 New release (FM5307) All pages

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) 2
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) 2, 3
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) 2 to 4
06/28/2010 05 Revision for software V2.0(B) and compilation All pages
for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL (FM5742)
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Safety-II
1. Precautionary Labels Safety-1
1. Precautionary Labels CAUTIONS

• The grounding wire must be connected.
To prevent danger to humans and serious accidents, observe the following. • To avoid damages to the parts/units due to static discharge, use a wrist
strap putting one end on your wrist and the other end on the grounded
section of the equipment, as illustrated below.
WARNINGS
• When doing so, make sure to unplug the line cord plug to avoid electrical
• Unless indicated otherwise, be sure to turn off the power switch before hazards if using a PC in which the power is energized to the internal power
maintenance work, and disconnect the power plug from the outlet. supply or circuits when it is inserted into an outlet.
Even if the power switch is OFF, 100 to 240VAC (differs according to
machine specifications) will still be supplied to the primary input terminal of
the unit if the power cable is connected, and this may result in possible Wrist strap
electric hazards.
• As neckties, scarves, and necklaces may get caught in the unit during work,
remove these items or take precautions against such accidents.
• Never modify the unit unless otherwise specified.
Modification of the safety unit (interlock, breaker, temperature fuse, etc.)
will cause serious problems as it is not only dangerous but violates the
related laws and regulations.
00010003.EPS
• When performing settings for several software programs, ensure that

applications other than those of specified procedures must have been shut
down appropriately.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Safety-1
1. Precautionary Labels Safety-2
The unit is also pasted with precautionary labels. Follow the instructions on the ■ Safety precautions (Control Unit)
labels when carrying out work.
Follow the precautions below when installing, using, and servicing the control unit
(PC).
r REFERENCE See the User’s Guide provided for details on the control unit.
• PC box:
Labels shown below are attached on the top face of the PC when it is placed in a ● Input voltage : 90V to 135V (60Hz) or 180V to 265V (50Hz)
vertical position.
● Electric hazard prevention :
The power cord of the control unit and monitor uses a 3-pin plug. Connect it to a
■ CR-VW 674 properly grounded power outlet. When using an extension cord, use a 3-line
type with a grounding pin.
● Identification Label ● Place of installation :
Avoid places where dust and foreign particles may enter inside through the
computer opening.
Avoid installing near heaters and heat sources.
When installing directly on the floor, ensure that a 5cm or more distance is
secured between the equipment’s bottom face and the floor.
Sample year of manufacture
● Precautions when working on internal parts of the control unit :
(1) Turn off the power of the PC, monitor, and other peripheral devices.
SV000002.EPS
● Year of Manufacture and EFUP (Environmentally Friendly Use Period) Label (2) Disconnect the power cord from the outlet to prevent electric hazard.
(3) Open the I/O panel on the rear of the PC, touch the metallic part to fully
2007 discharge body static electricity before accessing.
FRCH0460.EPS
(4) When removing the board and memory module, etc., hold them without
directly touching the connectors and pins and place them in a static
electricity prevention package.
■ CR-IR 391CL
● Identification Label ■ Safety Precautions (LCD monitor)
WARNING
High voltage is applied inside the LCD monitor.
To prevent electric hazards and danger, the LCD monitor’s internal parts
cannot be accessed.
The LCD monitor does not consist of parts serviceable by the service
engineer.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Cautions Relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility Safety-3
2. Cautions Relating to Table 1
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified
below.
The customer or the user of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL should assure that it is used in
2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Instruction such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance
This equipment complies with the following electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
standard by comforting to the requirements of IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004/EN Noise terminal voltage Class B
60601-1-2:2001+A1:2006.
CISPR22
EMC Standard : CISPR 22:2005/EN 55022:2006 Electric field noise strength Class B
: CISPR 24:1997 + A1:2001 + A2:2002
/EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003 CISPR22
: IEC 61000-3-2:2005/EN 61000-3-2:2006 Harmonic emissions Class D
: IEC 61000-3-3:1994 + A1:2001 +A2:2005
EN61000-3-2
However, there is no guarantee that harmful electromagnetic interference will not IEC61000-3-2
occur in any installation environment. This equipment generates, uses and can
Voltage fluctuations/ Complies
radiate radio frequency energy. In a particular environment, e.g., the equipment is flicker emissions
not installed and used in accordance with the instructions or any device that is not
compliant with the EMC Standard is used in a surrounding area, harmful EN61000-3-3
interference may result, causing the equipment or surrounding device to IEC61000-3-3
malfunction. If this equipment causes harmful interference to other equipment or
receives harmful interference from other equipment, you are encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the equipment.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and the affected equipment.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
affected equipment is connected.
If the problem persists, discontinue the use of the equipment and consult the
manufacturer of the affected equipment or our official dealer.
WARNING
Keep the equipment away from sources of strong electromagnetic radiation.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Cautions Relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility Safety-4
Table 2
Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC 60601 test level Compliance level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) ±2kV contact ±2kV contact
±4kV contact ±4kV contact
EN61000-4-2 ±2kV air ±2kV air
IEC61000-4-2 ±4kV air ±4kV air
±8kV air ±8kV air
Electrical fast transient/burst ±1kV for power supply lines ±1kV for power supply lines
EN61000-4-4 ±0.5kV for input/output lines ±0.5kV for input/output lines

IEC61000-4-4
Surge ±0.5, ±1kV differential mode ±0.5, ±1kV differential mode
EN61000-4-5 ±0.5, ±1.0, ±2.0kV common mode ±0.5, ±1.0, ±2.0kV common mode
IEC61000-4-5
Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations <5% UT <5% UT
on power supply input lines (>95% dip in UT) (>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle for 0.5 cycle
EN61000-4-11
IEC61000-4-11 70% UT 70% UT
(30% dip in UT) (30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles for 25 cycles
<5% UT <5% UT
(>95% dip in UT) (>95% dip in UT)
for 250 cycles for 250 cycles
Power frequency (50/60Hz) 1 A/m 1 A/m
magnetic field
EN61000-4-8
IEC61000-4-8
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms
EN61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz
IEC61000-4-6
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m

EN61000-4-3 80 MHz to 1 GHz
IEC61000-4-3
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Safety-5
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Safety-6
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Spec-I
Product Specifications
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Spec-I
Product Specifications Spec-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) 1, 2
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) All pages
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) All pages
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) 1 to 5
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) All pages
(FM5901)
08/30/2014 08 Revision for software V2.5(B) (FM6420) 1 to 3, 6, 7
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Spec-II
1.1 Product Code Spec-1
1. CR-VW 674 Equipment Specifications

1.1 Product Code
Hardware
Product Code Description Q’ty Remarks
IR 674 CL A8-V2.5 B E Control unit
PC control unit
(HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF/Core i3-4130
Non-RAID WIN7 Memory 4GB) 1
DisplayPort-DVI converting connector 1
OS Reinstallation Disk for
600G1/800G1 (Win7 SP1 + IE8) 1
Resource Disk for 600G1/800G1 1
PC Diagnostics Disk for 600G1/800G1 1
Identification label 1
CR-VW 674 Application Software V2.5(B) 1
CR-VW 674 Standard Kit 1
Manual Kit for Hospitals
CR-VW 674 Operation Manual
(Software License Agreement is included) 1
CR-VW 674 Quick Guide 1
CR-VW 674 Reference Guide (CD) 1
Software
IR 674 CL SOFT V2.5 B E CR-VW 674 Application Software V2.5(B) 1
CR-VW 674 Standard Kit 1
Identification label 1
Manual Kit for Hospitals
CR-VW 674 Operation Manual
(Software License Agreement is included) 1
CR-VW 674 Quick Guide 1
CR-VW 674 Reference Guide (CD) 1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Spec-1
1.2 Optional Components Spec-2
1.2 Optional Components Product Code Description Q’ty Remarks
IR 674 F-LAYOUT Free Layout for DICOM Standard Print key 1
Product Code Description Q’ty Remarks PRINT E Software
IR 674 CLNT Control unit IR 674 DICOM ID CR-VW 674 DICOM ID MWM Key Software 1
A8-V2.5 B E PC control unit MWM E
Non-RAID WIN7 Memory 4GB) 1 IR 674 IMPORT ES E CR-VW 674 Endoscope Image Importer Key 1
DisplayPort-DVI converting connector 1 Software
OS Reinstallation Disk for IR 674 IMPORT CR-VW 674 DICOM CT Storage SCP Key 1
600G1/800G1 (Win7 SP1 + IE8) 1 CT/MRI E Software
Resource Disk for 600G1/800G1 1
PC Diagnostics Disk for 600G1/800G1 1 IR 674 ORDER CR-VW 674 DICOM ORDER MWM/MPPS Key 1
Identification label 1 MWM/MPPS E Software
CR-VW 674 Client Application Software V2.5(B) 1
CR-VW 674 Client Activate Key Software 1
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB Expansion memory for OptiPlex 780/790 (2GB) 2
TYPE 11 E
IR 674 LCD-17 E 17inch LCD (Nanao FlexScan S1721-XSHBK) 1
IR 674 LCD-22W E 22inch Wide LCD (Nanao FlexScan S2242W) 1
IR 674 LCD-24W E 24inch Wide LCD (Nanao FlexScan MX241W) 1
IR 674 LCD-2M C E 21.3inch LCD (RadiForceRX240) 1
IR 674 LCD-MLT23W 23inch multi-touch screen monitor
E (Nanao RadiForce MS231WT) 1
IR 674 BD FOR Video Card for Dual Monitor
DUAL MONITOR B E (EIZO MED-X3900) 1
IR 674 MFP A E CR-VW 674 MFP Key Software 1
IR 674 DICOM CR-VW 674 DICOM Print Key Software 1
PRINT A E
IR 674 IMAGE CR-VW 674 JPG/BMP/DCM File Output Key 1
OUT A E Software
IR 674 DICOM CR-VW 674 DICOM Standard CR Storage Key 1
STORAGE A E Software
IR 674 IMPORT US A CR-VW 674 DICOM US Storage SCP Key 1
E Software
IR 674 IMPORT CR-VW 674 General-Purpose Image Importer 1
IMAGE A E Key Software
IR 674 CLNT SOFT CR-VW 674 Client Application Software V2.5(B) 1
V2.5 B E CR-VW 674 Client Activate Key Software 1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.3 Dimensions/Weight Spec-3
1.3 Dimensions/Weight 1.6 Image Storage Performance
Dimensions (width × height × depth) Weight Presented below are the numbers of images that can be stored on different media.
PC HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF 338 × 100 × 379 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg The actual numbers of images are larger or smaller than the numbers of image
S1721-XSHBK 280 to 406 × 362 × 200 (mm) Approx. 5.6 kg shown below depending on the media free space and image data size.
FlexScan S2242W 351.5 to 516.5 × 511 × 279.9 to 307.5(mm) Approx. 11.4 kg
Monitor FlexScan MX241W 456 to 538 × 566 × 208.5 (mm)
RadiForce RX240 459 to 541 × 472 × 208.5 (mm)
Approx. 10.4 kg
Approx. 9.4 kg ■ Hard disk
RadiForce MS231WT 376 x 557 x 194 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg The maximum numbers of images that can be stored in the hard disk when saving
only the same type of image are as follows.
1.4 Environmental Conditions
● FCR image
Condition Temperature Humidity
250GB 500GB
Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation) Size
(Unit: image) (Unit: image)
Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation) Image area 180GB 430GB
Increase humidity appropriately if it is too dry to operate the equipment during winter. 14"x17" 35,000 77,000
CR (with high-speed reading)
14"x14" 38,000 84,000
1.5 Electrical Specifications 14"x17" 11,000 24,000
14"x14" 12,000 28,000
CR (with normal reading)
Frequency Input voltage Max. input current 10"x12" 19,000 42,000
PC 50Hz/60Hz AC90V to 264V 3.2A 8"x10" 24,000 52,000
S1721- AC100V to 120V
50Hz/60Hz 0.65A/0.4A
XSHBK AC200V to 240V
r REFERENCE
FlexScan AC100V to 120V
50Hz/60Hz 0.9A Hard disk capacities required for one image are as follows.
S2242W AC200V to 240V
FlexScan AC100V to 120V 1.1A Images acquired from high-speed reading
Monitor 50Hz/60Hz
MX241W AC200V to 240V 0.55A
• 14”x17” image: Approx. 5.2MB
RadiForce AC100V to 120V
RX240
50Hz/60Hz
AC200V to 240V
0.6A to 0.75A • 14”x14” image: Approx. 4.7MB
RadiForce AC100V to 120V Images acquired from normal reading
50Hz/60Hz 0.75A
MS231WT AC200V to 240V • 14”x17” image: Approx. 15.5MB
• 14”x14” image: Approx. 14MB
■ Network cable • 10”x12” image: Approx. 9.0MB
$ “2. System Connection Example” of “MD: Machine Description” • 8”x10” image: Approx. 7.5MB
$ “3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other Equipment” of
“IN: Installation”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.6 Image Storage Performance Spec-4
● Other images Refer to the following table for the format of each image type used for calculation.
(Reference) Image formats and compression formats used in measurement
250GB 500GB
Size
Image type (Unit: image) (Unit: image)
Compression Size of one
Image area 180GB 430GB Image type Size Bit
format image (*1)
Advancia 1024 × 768 983,000 2,348,000 JPEG Lossy
Endoscope Advancia 1024 × 768 24 (8 × 3) 192KB
Justia 640 × 480 1,241,000 *2,500,000 (1/20 compression)
Endoscope
Ultrasound 640 × 480 582,000 1,391,000 JPEG Lossy
Justia 640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) 152KB
(1/10 compression)
640 × 480 582,000 1,391,000
General-purpose Ultrasound 640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossless 324KB
1600 × 1200 93,000 222,000
640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossy 324KB
CR of other manufacturer 1760 × 1760 38,000 93,000 General-purpose
1600 × 1200 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossy 2024KB
DX 1760 × 1760 38,000 93,000
CR of other manufacturer 1760 × 1760 16 JPEG Lossless 4840KB
CT 512 × 512 460,000 1,099,000
DX 1760 × 1760 16 JPEG Lossless 4840KB
MR 256 × 256 1,850,000 *2,500,000
CT 512 × 512 16 JPEG Lossless 410KB
XA, RF 256 × 256 1,850,000 *2,500,000
MR 256 × 256 16 JPEG Lossless 102KB
* Maximum value inside the specification range which the operation is guaranteed XA, RF 256 × 256 16 JPEG Lossless 102KB
 NOTE  (*1) According to the design, approx. twice of capacity used at DVD saving is required in the
HDD.
Values in the table above are the maximum numbers of stored images calculated
from the image storage area of HDD.
The maximum number of studies that can be stored inside the HDD for CR-VW
674 is 100,000 studies. Thus, according to the number of images per study, the
■ DVD+RW/DVD-RW
number of images when the number of study reaches 100,000 becomes the The maximum numbers of images that can be stored in the DVD when saving only
maximum value. the same type of image are as follows.
● FCR image
4.7GB
Image type Pixel density Compression format
(Unit: image)
Uncompressed 650
Standard
JPEG Lossless 1,300
CR
Uncompressed 200
High-density
JPEG Lossless 400
<Measuring conditions>
DVD capacity: 4.7GB, UDF format
Image size ratio: 14"x17" : 14"x14" : 10"x12" : 8"x10" = 1 : 6 : 2 : 1
for standard image/high-density image
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.7 Discarding the Equipment Spec-5
● Other images 1.7 Discarding the Equipment
Image type Size 4.7GB
When discarding the CR-VW 674 equipment, be sure to dispose of any private
46,500 images information stored on it completely.
Advancia 1024 × 768
(1,550 studies)
Endoscope
58,500 images
Justia 640 × 480
(3,100 studies)
27,600 images
Ultrasound 640 × 480
(2,300 studies)
27,600 images
640 × 480
(4,600 studies)
General-purpose
4,380 images
1600 × 1200
(730 studies)
1,800 images
CR of other manufacturer 1760 × 1760
(920 studies)
1,800 images
DX 1760 × 1760
(920 studies)
21,800 images
CT 512 × 512
(540 studies)
88,200 images
MR 256 × 256
(1,470 studies)
87,300 images
XA, RF 256 × 256
(5,450 studies)
(Reference) Image formats and compression formats used in measurement
Compression Size of one

Image type Size Bit
format image
JPEG Lossy
Advancia 1024 × 768 24 (8 × 3) 92KB
(1/20 compression)
Endoscope
JPEG Lossy
Justia 640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) 76KB
(1/10 compression)
Ultrasound 640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossless 162KB
640 × 480 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossy 162KB
General-purpose
1600 × 1200 24 (8 × 3) JPEG Lossy 1012KB
CR of other manufacturer 1760 × 1760 16 JPEG Lossless 2420KB
DX 1760 × 1760 16 JPEG Lossless 2420KB
CT 512 × 512 16 JPEG Lossless 205KB
MR 256 × 256 16 JPEG Lossless 51KB
XA, RF 256 × 256 16 JPEG Lossless 51KB
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
2.1 Product Code Spec-6
2. CR-IR 391CL Equipment Specifications 2.2 Optional Components

2.1 Product Code
IR 391 LCD-17 C E 17 inch LCD (HP P17A) 1
17 inch LCD (Nanao FlexScan S1721-
Hardware IR 391 LCD-17H E
XSHBK)
1
Product Code Description Q’ty Remarks IR 391 LCD-22W E 22 inch Wide LCD (Nanao FlexScan S2242W) 1
IR 391 CL A8-V2.5 B E Control Unit 23inch multi-touch screen monitor
PC control unit IR 391 LCD-MLT23W E
(Nanao RadiForce MS231WT) 1
Non-RAID WIN7 Memory 4GB) 1 IR 391 MFP E CR-IR 391CL MFP Key Software 1
OS Reinstallation Disk for IR 391 DICOM PRINT E CR-IR 391CL DICOM Print Key Software 1
600G1/800G1 (Win7 SP1 + IE8) 1
Resource Disk for 600G1/800G1 1 CR-IR 391CL DICOM Standard CR Storage
IR 391 DICOM STORAGE E 1
PC Diagnostics Disk for 600G1/800G1 1 Key Software
Identification label 1 CR-IR 391CL Free Layout for DICOM
CR-IR 391CL Application Software V2.5(B) 1 IR 391 F-LAYOUT PRINT E 1
Standard Print Key Software
CR-IR 391CL Standard Kit 1
Manual Kit for Hospitals IR 391 DICOM ID MWM E CR-IR 391CL DICOM ID MWM Key Software 1
CR-IR 391CL Operation Manual IR 391 ORDER CR-IR 391CL DICOM ORDER MWM/MPPS 1
(Software License Agreement is included) 1 MWM/MPPS E Key Software
CR-IR 391CL Quick Guide 1
CR-IR 391CL Reference Guide (CD) 1
Software 2.3 Dimensions/Weight

IR 391 CL SOFT V2.5 B E Identification label Dimensions (width × height × depth) Weight
CR-IR 391CL Application Software V2.5(B) 1 PC HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF 338 × 100 × 379 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
CR-IR 391CL Standard Kit 1
Manual Kit for Hospitals 1 HP P17A 377 × 387 × 206 (mm) Approx. 3.7 kg
CR-IR 391CL Operation Manual 1 S1721-XSHBK 362 × 280 to 406 × 200 (mm) Approx. 5.6 kg
Monitor
(Software License Agreement is included) FlexScan S2242W 351.5 to 516.5 × 511 × 279.9 to 307.5 (mm) Approx. 11.4 kg
CR-IR 391CL Quick Guide 1 RadiForce MS231WT 376 x 557 x 194 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
CR-IR 391CL Reference Guide (CD) 1
2.4 Environmental Conditions
Condition Temperature Humidity

Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation)
Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation)
Increase humidity appropriately if it is too dry to operate the equipment during winter.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.5 Electrical Specifications Spec-7
2.5 Electrical Specifications 2.6 Image Storage Performance
Presented below are the numbers of images that can be stored on different media.
Frequency Input voltage Max. input current
PC 50Hz/60Hz AC90V to 264V 3.2A
The actual numbers of images are larger or smaller than the numbers of image
shown below depending on the media free space and image data size.
HP P17A 50Hz/60Hz AC100V to 240V 0.2A
S1721-XSHBK 50Hz/60Hz
AC100V to 120V
AC200V to 240V
0.65A/0.4A ■ Hard disk
Monitor AC100V to 120V The maximum numbers of images that can be stored in the hard disk when saving
FlexScan S2242W 50Hz/60Hz 0.9A
AC200V to 240V only the same type of image are as follows.
RadiForce AC100V to 120V
MS231WT
50Hz/60Hz
AC200V to 240V
0.75A
● FCR image
250GB 500GB
■ Network cable Size
(Unit: image) (Unit: image)
Image area 180GB 430GB
$ “2. System Connection Example” of “MD: Machine Description”
14"x17" 35,000 77,000
$ “3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other Equipment” of CR (with high-speed reading)
“IN: Installation” 14"x14" 38,000 84,000
14"x17" 11,000 24,000
14"x14" 12,000 28,000
CR (with normal reading)
10"x12" 19,000 42,000
8"x10" 24,000 52,000
r REFERENCE
Hard disk capacities required for one image are as follows.
Images acquired from high-speed reading
Images acquired from normal reading
• 14”x14” image: Approx. 14MB
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.7 Discarding the Equipment Spec-8
■ DVD+RW/DVD-RW 2.7 Discarding the Equipment
The maximum numbers of images that can be stored in the DVD when saving only
the same type of image are as follows. When discarding the CR-IR 391CL equipment, be sure to dispose of any private
information stored on it completely.
● FCR image
4.7GB
Image type Pixel density Compression format
(Unit: image)
Uncompressed 650
Standard
JPEG Lossless 1,300
CR
Uncompressed 200
High-density
JPEG Lossless 400
<Measuring conditions>
DVD capacity: 4.7GB, UDF format
Image size ratio: 14"x17" : 14"x14" : 10"x12" : 8"x10" = 1 : 6 : 2 : 1
for standard image/high-density image
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Spec-9
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Spec-10
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
MD-I
MD: Machine Description
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MD-I
MD: Machine Description MD-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) 1, 3, 6 to 8, 10, 11
Changes in pagination (FM5421) 2, 4, 5, 9, 12 to 20
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) 1 to 3, 6 to 10, 18
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) 1 to 4, 6 to 8, 18
Changes in pagination (FM5653) 5, 9 to 17, 19 to 21
06/28/2010 05 Revision for software V2.0(B) and compilation for All pages
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL (FM5742)
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) 2, 3, 7 to 14
Changes in pagination (FM5900) 15 to 30
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) 1 to 7, 9 to 11, 16, 17
(FM5901)
Changes in pagination (FM5901) 8, 12 to 15, 18 to 30
08/30/2014 08 Revision for software V2.5(B) (FM6240) 1 to 4, 7, 8, 11, 32 to 34
Changes in pagination (FM6240) 9, 10, 12 to 31
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MD-II
1.1 System Configuration MD-1
1. System Configuration ■ Dell OptiPlex 760/780/790

PC main unit
This section shows the system configuration, which includes the CR-VW 674/CR- PCI DVI adapter card
Video cable
Monitor
IR 391CL application, and the operating environment for the PC. Express
x16
PCI Express
DVI adapter card
1.1 System Configuration Serial
ATA
0 System area/image area CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
Indicates the following system configurations of PC including the CR-VW 674/ (drive C, drive X) application
CR-IR 391CL application.
Serial
• Dell OptiPlex 755 (desktop) (CR-VW 674 only) ATA
1/2 DVD drive
• Dell OptiPlex 760 (desktop)
• Dell OptiPlex 780 (desktop) Network i/f Option key
USB Connector
• Dell OptiPlex 790 (desktop)
• HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF (desktop) Accessories
(keyboard and mouse)
• HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF (desktop) MD0101003.ai
• HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF (desktop)

■ HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF, HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
■ Dell OptiPlex 755 PC main unit
Video cable
PC main unit PCI DVI adapter card
Express Monitor
Video cable x16
PCI DVI adapter card Monitor
Express PCI Express
x16 DVI adapter card
PCI Express Serial
DVI adapter card ATA
0 System area/image area CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
Serial (drive C, drive X) application
ATA
System area/image area CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
(drive C) application Serial
ATA
1/2 DVD drive
PCI ATAPI board
i/f
DVD drive Network i/f Option key
USB Connector
Network i/f Option key
USB Connector
Accessories
(keyboard and mouse) MD0101011.ai
Accessories
(keyboard and mouse) MD0101002.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MD-1
1.2 Operating Environment MD-2
1.2 Operating Environment ■ Monitor
Item Description
1.2.1 CR-VW 674 1920 × 1200 (landscape)
24.1 inch LCD (FlexScan MX240W/MX241W)
1200 × 1920 (portrait)
■ PC Main Unit Display

22.0 inch LCD (FlexScan S2242W)
1920 × 1200 (landscape)
1200 × 1920 (portrait)
resolution 1600 × 1200 (landscape)
Item Description 21.3 inch LCD (RadiForce RX211/RX220/RX240)
1200 × 1600 (portrait)
Core 2 Quad: Clock frequency: 2GHz or more 17 inch LCD (S1721-XBK/S1721-XSHBK) 1280 × 1024
Core 2 Duo: Clock frequency: 2GHz or more
CPU 23 inch touch panel monitor (RadiForce MS231WT) 1920 x 1080
Celeron: Clock frequency: 2GHz or more; secondary cache: 128KB or more
PentiumE: Clock frequency: 1.8GHz or more; secondary cache: 1MB or more DVI 1.0 (DVI-I 29-pin) or analog RGB (D-Sub 15-pin)
Input format
1GB or more (Windows XP) * The DVI 1.0 format is recommended.
System memory
2GB or more (Windows Vista / 7)
HDD 80GB or more
PCI × 1 (Necessary for insertion of a video board when the DVI output is
Extension slot
used.)
• Display resolution: 1280 × 1024 or more
Graphic • Number of display colors: 24bit Color or more
* The DVI 1.0 output is recommended.
100BASE-TX
Network
1000BASE-T
Windows XP SP2/SP3
OS Windows Vista Business SP1 (32bit)
Windows 7 Professional (32bit)
• Keyboard connection port: USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
Port • Mouse connection port: USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
* The USB 2.0 port is recommended.
Input device Keyboard and mouse
■ Media Drive
Item Description
Internal DVD drive
DVD drive
(*The internal DVD±RW drive is recommended.)
Interface S-ATA
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.2 Operating Environment MD-3
1.2.2 CR-IR 391CL
■ PC Main Unit
Item Description
Core 2 Quad: Clock frequency: 2GHz or more
CPU
Core 2 Duo: Clock frequency: 2GHz or more
System memory 2GB or more
HDD 250GB or more
Drive DVD-Super Multi Drive (S-ATA)
PCI × 1 (Necessary for insertion of a video board when the DVI output is
Extension slot
used.)
• Display resolution: 1280 × 1024 or more
Graphic • Number of display colors: 24bit Color or more
* DVI 1.0 or VGA output is recommended.
100BASE-TX
Network
1000BASE-T
Windows Vista Business SP1 (32bit)
OS
Windows 7 Professional (32bit)
• Keyboard connection port: USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
Port • Mouse connection port: USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
* The USB 2.0 port is recommended.
Input device Keyboard and mouse
■ Monitor
Item Description
1920 × 1200 (Landscape)
22 inch LCD (FlexScan S2242W)
1200 × 1920 (Portrait)
1600 × 1200 (landscape)
21.3 inch LCD (RadiForce RX240)
Display 1200 × 1600 (portrait)
resolution
17 inch LCD (S1721-XBK/S1721-XSHBK) 1280 × 1024
17 inch LCD (HP P17A) 1280 × 1024
23 inch touch panel monitor (RadiForce MS231WT) 1920 x 1080
Input format DVI 1.0 (DVI-I 29-pin) or analog RGB (D-Sub 15-pin)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.3 Connectors MD-4
1.3 Connectors ● Memory and expansion cards
• [755] 1G memory (500MB x 2 : DIMM1/DIMM2) is installed and shipped from
This section shows locations of the connectors and memory slots of the PCs below. factory. Riser card (ATAPI circuit board) in PCI (SLOT2) is installed and shipped
• Dell OptiPlex 755 (CR-VW 674 only) from factory.
• Dell OptiPlex 760
• [760] 2G memory (1GB x 2 : DIMM1/DIMM2) is installed and shipped from
factory.
• HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF • DVI adapter card in PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) is installed and shipped from
• HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF factory.
• HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
DIMM sockets
System board
■ Dell OptiPlex 755 / 760 (DIMM1/DIMM2 is used)
● System board location DIMM 4

DIMM 2 SATA 0
DIMM 3
SATA 1
DIMM 1
System board
SATA 3
SATA 2
Diagnostic lights PCI Express x16

System lights (SLOT1)
(power light and hard disk light) MD000263.EPS
PCI(SLOT2)
● Connector configuration (PC rear panel) PCI(SLOT3)
● Video connector DVI MD000274.AI
Parallel port connector ● NIC connector

(digital output)
● Serial port connector ● USB port

● Video connector D-Sub (6-port)
(analog output) MD000273.AI
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.3 Connectors MD-5
■ Dell OptiPlex 780 ● Memory and expansion cards
• 2 GB memory (1GB x 2 : DIMM1/DIMM2) is installed and shipped from factory.
● System board location • DVI adapter card in PCI Express x16 (SLOT1) is installed and shipped from
factory.
System board DIMM sockets
System board
(DIMM1/DIMM2 is used)
DIMM 4
DIMM 2 SATA 0
DIMM 3
SATA 1
DIMM 1
Diagnostic lights SATA 3
System lights
(power light and hard disk light) MD000263.EPS
SATA 2
● Connector configuration (PC rear panel) PCI Express x16

(SLOT1)
● Parallel port connector ● Serial port connector
● Video connector DVI ● NIC connector PCI(SLOT2)
(digital output) PCI(SLOT3)
MD000276.eps
Display port connector

● USB port (6-port)
eSATA connector
● Video connector D-Sub
(analog output) MD000275.eps
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3 Connectors MD-6
■ Dell OptiPlex 790 DT ● Memory and expansion cards
2048 MB memory is installed and shipped from factory.
● System board location
System board
Power button
VNC01010001.ai
● Connector configuration (PC rear panel)

● NIC connector ● Serial port connector PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
PCI
PCI Express x4
Card slot System board
MD0101007.ai
● USB port ● Video connector

(6-port)
● Display port connector
● : Indicates connectors used for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.

DXCL050102001.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3 Connectors MD-7
■ HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF ● Memory and expansion cards
 NOTE 
System board
When using 4GB x 1 memories as replacement parts for PCs that are equipped
Memory slots with 2GB x 2 memories, remove all the 2GB memories.
PCI Express x1
MD000292.ai
Card slot
● Connector configuration (PC rear panel) PCI Express x1

Card slot
● NIC connector ● Serial port connector
PCI Express x16
Card slot
System board PCI
MD0101009.ai
● USB port ● Video connector

(6-port)
● Display port connector
● : Indicates connectors used for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.

DXCL070102001.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.3 Connectors MD-8
■ HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF ● Memory and expansion cards
DIMM sockets
System board Memory slots
PCI Express x16

Card slot
AWS110102005.ai
● Connector configuration (PC rear panel)

PCI Express x1
● NIC connector System board
Card slot
● Serial port connector MD0401001.ai
● USB 2.0 port (2-port)
Video connector USB 3.0 port (2-port)

● Display port connector (2-port)
● USB 2.0 port (2-port)
● : Indicates connectors used for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. MD0401002.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. System Connection Example MD-9
2. System Connection Example

This section shows an CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system connection example.
With 100BASE-TX (straight) cables, connect the RU to the CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL via a hub.
100BASE-TX 100BASE-TX
cable (straight) cable (straight)
CR-VW 674
HUB RU
CR-IR 391CL
Other connected hosts

100BASE-TX (Film Printer)
cable (straight) 00000028.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Software Function Overview MD-10
3. Software Function Overview ■ Study List

Function Description
■ CR Study Patient-originated
(ID input)
Execute new registration for patient.
Function Description Patient-originated

Search for patient and study.
Study registration (Study list)
Registers a study to perform image input/verification.
function Patient-originated
Search for order information.
Displaying a scheduled (Work list)
Displays a study registered using the study registration function.
study Patient-originated
Refer to and operate the study for selected patient.
Modifies information of a registered study. (Refer to study data)
• Adding/changing/deleting exposure menus Patient-originated
• Replacing images Execute a CR study for selected patient.
(Execute CR study)
Scheduled study • Inactivating images/determining mis-exposed images and re-
modification function exposures Patient-originated Import a general-purpose image and endoscopic image for selected
• Relocating order of image display (Import endoscopic and patient. (Endoscope Image Import Function Option/General-Purpose
• Displaying/editing patient information general-purpose image) Image Import Function Option are required)
• Setting a target destination for image output Monitoring Automatic display of retrieved images from the modality.
Inputs images, in conjunction with RU, in an already registered study • Displays the version information
Performing a study
and verifies images thus collected. • Start up Customize screen
Indicates the system status according to the following 6 Starting Utilities • Start up Client Utilities
classifications: RU, Disk, External HDD, Printer, Output Queue • Start up Study Utilities
Indicator function • Start up NAS/USB-HDD Utilities
condition and Event, and then informs the user of the result of
indication. Customize Customize Main window behavior to adjust user workflow.
■ Patient information transfer ■ Study Utilities

Function Description Function Description
By using patient ID as a key, patient information that is stored in Performs a searching for the study data by way of study of this
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is transferred to the medical inspection equipment and study contained on the disks.
Patient information Searching for study data
equipments connected with CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. The Filtering is applied to facilitating selection of a target study and then
transfer
transferred patient information is used to start a study in the study data is searched for.
destination.
Displays the study list of this equipment and the study list contained
Displaying the study list
on the disks.
Selects study data on the study list of this equipment and the study
Study data selection
list contained on the disks, and then verifies such study data.
Study data operation Operates the selected study data.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD) ■ Image Viewer
Read/Delete images from external HDD. Image display / adjustment
Data management Observe remaining capacity for external HDD and study/
Change gradation Changes gradation at real-time basis.
patient DB.
Magnification / reduction Displays magnified/reduced images.
Expansion of the HDD
Magnifies part of the image. This tool can be operated by
Automatic Image Transfer When the capacity of PC HDD is full, the oldest image is Magnifying glass
dragging with mouse.
Process in the background transferred to external HDD and deleted from the PC HDD.
Panning Moves display position of an image to a desired position.
Image Mirroring for Image Copy the image folders in the PC to the external HDD in real
Folder time. The cell pattern of sub-window can be selected from 4x4 and
Change layout the cell pattern of inside the sub-window can be selected
Image Backup (Backup NAS/USB-HDD)
from 6x6.
Storing the study data to external HDD instead of to a DVD
The tiling display and full-screen display can be switched by
Store data to external HDD when studies are completed. Full-screen display
double-clicking the image.
Also, images can be stored manually by user operations.
Performs reverse displays of an image in relation to its
When automatically deleted study data are stored in the Reverse
Import data from density.
external HDD, the study data are imported from the external
external HDD Rotation Rotates an image.
HDD.
Status acquirement and The disk icon of the Indicator lights up in accordance with Changes the FCR image processing parameters to the FCR
notification the connecting status and free space of the external HDD. FCR image processing images (not processed). Also, registers the image processing
parameters as preset.
• Register the external HDD as the destination of
connection, and save data to the external HDD in Preset Applies registered image processing parameters as preset.
Registration and utility of the
substitution for DVD. Displays the study image for the patient which is selected on
external HDD Study summary
• Perform the database or disk restoration by using the NAS/ the “Main” window as a list.
USB-HDD utility.
Adding Annotations
Moving study from DVD to Move the data stored in storage DVDs to the
Adds arrows, shapes (ellipses, true circle, rectangles,
external HDD external HDD. Basic graphic
polygons), text, or markers to images
NAS/USB-HDD Utility
Measures the image and displays the measuring result. The
When status of data in the external HDD are inappropriate, following measurement functions can be used.
Reconfiguration of internal reconfigure DICOMDIR based on the contents of the files
Measurement • Measure line segment • Dual line angle
information and folder structure in the external HDD so that the external
• Simplified cardiothoracic ratio • Cobb angle
HDD becomes the available status.
• Cardiothoracic ratio • Vertical interline angle
Registration of internal Import information stored in the external HDD into the image • Interline angle • Orthogonal line compare
information to database database and handle the images as objects of management.
The pixel value of one point on the image can be displayed.
Backup the setting/log/report information automatically to The pixel values (average, standard deviation, maximum
Auto Backup of DB
external HDD at the time of exiting an application. Measure Pixel Value values, minimum values, and etc.) of range surrounded by
diagram (ellipses, rectangles, and polygon) can be measured
and added.
Logs of past measurement results can be referred in a graph
Measurement summary
and the measurement results can be output.
Blackening processing Apply blackening processing to a selected image.
Trimming Apply trimming processing to a selected image.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Modifying studies When using a touch-screen monitor, operation can be done
Touch screen operation
by moving fingers.
Modify exposure menu Modifies exposure menus.
Sets up the display layout or toolbar setting by user. Also, the
Mis-exposure / Re-exposure Instructs re-exposure of a mis-exposed image.
setting can be exported/imported and the setting can be set
Display setting by user
Additional exposures Adds exposure menus in a study. back to the standard setting (display setting of Service
Replacing images Replaces study images. Engineer).
Setting an output destination Specifies a target destination for image output. Sets up the display layout, which displays when the study is
Reading protocol
opened, by modality.
Image Output
Sets up the image incidental information, which displays
Film print Outputs a film image to a desired printer. Attribute display
overlaid on the sub-window, by modality.
Free layout Outputs multiple images to one piece of film with free layout. Windows Level manipulation by using numeric keypad on
Windows Level manipulation
Save in DICOM format Saves study images in DICOM format. non-FCR images.
Saves study images in a general-purpose file format, such Displaying DICOM tag Displaying the DICOM tag of the images.
Save in BMP / JPEG file format
as “.jpg” or “.bmp”.
Save to PDI disks

Saves study images to CD-R disks or DVD-R disks in PDI
format. ■ Indicator
Registers the image to the cart and select the location to Function Description
Image cart
print/store and then output the data.
Informs the user of the device connectivity and error information by
Prints images with their processing being applied on the Indication
Simplified print means of putting the related icon on/off or blinking status.
paper.
RU status display Displays status of a connected RU and performs scanner cleaning.
Draws lines freely on the images for informed concept
Free drawing • Displays disk status (volume label, application status, usage, write
displayed in Image Viewer
enabled/disabled).
Adds comments to study images, adds annotations to Disk status display
• Displays listing of disks created as Image storage disks*1.
Report function schema images, and creates reports. The created report can • Performs disk settings.
be printed or saved as PDF.
Displays the following external HDD status.
Register images as bookmarks. The registered images can External HDD status • Remaining capacity
Bookmark registration
be used for reference or comparing with images during study. display • Host name
Registering key image Registers the key image and the image can be easily loaded. • Status (Creating write data/Write enable/Temporarily)
Multi-frame image display Printer status display Displays status of connected printers.
Performs operation for display speed, repeat, reverse, pose, Displays Output Queue status and performs Output Queue
Cine display Output status display
and etc. operations, such as deletion, forced output, and other.
In the cross-sectional image, displays the position in the Displays listing of events that occurred in the server, such as error,
Reference line display Event display
main scan direction of displaying image. warning, information and other.
For the image which is selected in the series or within a *1 Image storage disk
Image processing sync In the system, a disk used for storing study result images as originals is denominated an
series, changes the image processing at the same time.
“Image storage disk.”
Image forwarding Performs the image forwarding by mouse wheel.
For the image which is selected within a series, synchronizes
Image forwarding sync
the image forwarding and then performs it.
Switching function The function can be switched by left-clicking while holding
(quick mouse) the right-click button.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Service Utility ■ User Utility
Service settings Menu setting Adds, modifies and deletes exposure menus and study menus.
Simplified setup wizard Interactively performs various kinds of settings successively. Information of film
annotation character Sets film annotation character strings.
System Performs basic system setups.
strings
Performs settings for equipment units to be connected to the
Connected equipment Performs settings for whether or not to automatically output images
CR-VW 674 system. Setting a destination for
after image generation (after completion of exposure), a target
image output
Performs settings for functions that enable linkage with other destination for image output, and timings for such operations.
Linkage function
systems.
Sets a function to automatically have a study to be determined when
Settings for automatically
Film annotation Performs settings for character strings to be output on film and a certain time period elapses after image generation (after
determining a study
characters the formats necessary for output processing. completion of exposure).
Person name Performs settings necessary for converting an input person name. Sets a function to store images input from an external device for a
Setting to delete images
Modality setting Performs LUT setting corresponding to each modality. certain time period, and then deleting those images automatically.
Maintenance tool Sets a function to display a message prompting the user to make
Backup notification
backup copies of the necessary data when such copies are not
Discards currently used database and restores the stored data, setting
made for a certain time period.
Database Utility when database files are damaged accidentally or there are
inconsistencies between the database and the local images. Setting to display a title
Sets a function to add a title of respect when displaying a patient
of respect prefixed to a
Acquiring EDR backup Acquires/stores EDR backup data files of the selected local name.
patient name
data images.
Disk consistency check Checks if any alteration was made on the Image storage disk*1.
Checks connection with the equipment determined according to
Connection check Importing patient Registers patient information to the patient database from a file
“Connected equipment” by Service settings.
database where the patient information is described in the CSV format.
Log display/edit Displays or clears off the number of IP exposures.
Settings for startup of Sets automatic startup of a client after the server application has
Starts running the event viewer of the OS for troubleshooting client’s application started running.
Event log display
purposes.
Checks if any alteration was made on the history information file
History information
(where the history of login, access to a study, data transfer and data
consistency check
backup is registered).
Sets whether or not to automatically log off the system when there
Automatic logoff setting
were no user operations for a certain period of time.
Marker setting Sets the marker to be added to the image.
Preset setting Assigns preset settings to the keypad keys.
Image incidental This function is disabled.
information display Sets up in the “Settings for image incidental information” window of
setting the “Image Viewer” window.
*1 Image storage disk
In the system, a disk used for storing study result images as originals is denominated an
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Backup Utility Function Description
Collecting logs for maintenance purpose
• Exposure menu related parameters
Backup Menu Setting Information
• Image processing parameters
Patient Information Patient information database • System settings
• Exposure menu related parameters • Connection device settings
• Image processing parameters • LUT settings
• System settings (including User Utility related settings) • Person name format settings
Setup information
• Connection device settings (including automatic output • Film annotation character related settings
settings) • Additional information display settings
Setup information • Search parameter settings
• LUT settings
• Person name format settings • Directory information
• Film annotation character related settings User information User settings
• User settings
• Explanatory description settings Explanatory information N/A
• IP counter information • IP counter information
• Operation log • Operation log
Log information • Changed history log • Changed history log
• Output history log • Output history log
• System event log • System event log
Log information
• Analysis log
Report information The report information attached with the image • Windows event log
Restore • Registry file
• Image database
Patient Information Patient information database
• DDO file
Report Information The report information attached with the image
Setting Information ■ Client Utilities
Menu Setting Information Exposure menu related parameters
• System settings (including User Utility related settings) Function Description
• Connection device settings (including automatic output Edit patient information. Registers, edits and deletes patient information.
settings)
System configuration • LUT settings Display of IP use
Displays the IP use count.
information • Person name format settings frequency
• Film annotation character related settings Adds and deletes images to be displayed on the user-selected
• Additional information display settings window.
User registration
• Search parameter settings For the administrator: Registers, edits and deletes users. Operation
User information User settings authority granted to the user group will be determined.
Explanatory information Explanatory description settings User editing Edits the user logged in the system.
• Fixed phrase History display Displays access history and image transfer history.
Report setting information • Schema image Disk operation Performs disk settings, disk registration and disk reconstruction.
• Report format
Re-registers studies saved on the Image storage disk*1 to the study
Database restoration
Log information IP counter information (service authority only) database.
*1 Image storage disk
In the system, a disk used for storing study result images as originals is denominated an
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Disk Copy Tool ■ Image Processing
• Specifies a source drive to perform copy processing. Standardization Image standardization processing (conversion to a 10bit format file)
• Displays process progression status using the progress bar.
Window on which copies EDR processing Density correction processing (Exposure Data recognizer)
• Enables canceling of copy processing.
are made
• Sets volume label of the copy source as that of the target copy GP processing Gradation Processing
destination, after completion of file copy processing. RP processing Response Processing
DRC processing Dynamic Range Control Processing
■ CR Console Connection (CR-VW 674 Only) TAS processing Tomographic Artifacts Suppression processing
MFP processing Multi-objective Frequency Processing
FNC processing Flexible Noise Control processing
Captures the FCR images read from an Image Reader of the
CR Console Connection console in the institution to the CR-VW 674 using DICOM storage Grid Pattern Removal processing (removes moire of the grid without
GPR processing
and manages them. sacrificing the image quality)
■ Console Advance Connection (CR-VW 674 Only) ■ Media Storage

Captures the DX images read from an Image Reader of the console Maintains and manages patient/study/image information that is
Console Advance Image management
in the institution to the CR-VW 674 using DICOM storage and saved on the disk into the system.
Connection
manages them. Adds in-study images and updates information for the images stored
Image update
on the Image storage disk*1.
■ Image Output Database restoration

(Client utilities)
Captures information stored on various disks into the image server
and includes such images as those targeted for management.
If data contained on disks is illegal, subjects DICOMDIR to
Function Description Disk reconstruction
reconstruction processing based on contents of the files saved on
(Client utilities)
DICOM print output Generates film printout to a printer connected to the server. the disks so that those disks can be used properly.
DICOM media storage Disk storage
Generates output to a disk device connected to the server. Stores images onto several disks.
output (Image output)
General-purpose file Manually outputs study images transferred from the viewer, in either Image search display Uses the Web browser to display listing of images saved on the
output of the “BITMAP”, “JPEG” or “DICOM Stream” format. (Study list) image server or disks or images themselves.
Saves the thumbnail images of the study with the file set beforehand Disk alteration check
Thumbnail image output Checks if the disks are altered by third parties.
to a specified folder (Client utilities)
Thumbnail image output Automatically outputs the images of the study in a BITMAP file Disk settings
The user sets whether data is write-enabled or -disabled onto disks.
(option) format or JPEG format (Client utilities)
Stores images on a DICOM storage device that supports the DICOM *1 Image storage disk
DICOM storage output
communication protocol (service class: CR Image Storage). In the system, a disk used for storing study result images as originals is denominated an
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Endoscope Cooperation (CR-VW 674 Only) ■ General-purpose Image Capture
Obtains the images by study as a DICOM-SC image*1 from the This function is available for capture of images derived from
Image capture
endoscopic equipment. connection devices such as digital camera, USB memory, FD/CD/
DVD and other, as well as those located in a folder*1 that can be
Image management Manages endoscopic images in the system.
viewed from My Computer on Windows. A maximum of 50 images
Image browse Displays endoscopic images by the viewer. can be captured for each study.
Image capture
Image output Stores endoscopic images into the Storage Disk*2. Each unit of DICOM file (.dcm) can be imported.
If the DICOMDIR does not exist in the media, the system
Automatic endoscopic Enables selecting from automatic import or manual import of images automatically generates the DICOMDIR and imports it.
image import transferred from endoscope equipment. The original image can be deleted after importing, and the images
Multiple endoscope Image import from multiple endoscope equipment becomes can be sorted in the chronological/reverse chronological order.
installation possible. Image management Manages general-purpose images as study images.
*1 DICOM-SC image Enables browsing studies that include general-purpose images
Secondary Capture Image Storage: Secondary Capture Image Storage Service Class. Image browse
selected on the study list on the viewer.
JPEGLossy.
*2 Image storage disk This function enables image output onto a DVD for storage/DVD for
In the system, a disk used for storing study result images as originals is denominated an operation, thumbnail image output, and report print output.
“Image storage disk.” Image output * Modality property applicable to the format for image output to a
DVD for storage/DVD for operation will be the one that was
specified by the user at image capture.
■ Ultrasound Image Capture (CR-VW 674 Only) *1 To view a folder located on the network, the network drive must be assigned ahead of time.
Captures images in the background from an ultrasound device
■ PDI (Portable Data for Imaging) Patient CD
automatically (DICOM Storage Service). A maximum of 50 images
can be captured for each study. Function Description
Image capture
Enables switching between replacing the study information with the Writes exposed images and captured images from the outside onto
corresponding patient information in CR-VW 674 on the basis of a CD-R and DVD-R.
Image output
patient ID and using the study information as it is. Use this function in a region where patients are required to store
Obtains patient information from the DICOM header information images compulsorily or when making referral to hospitals.
Image management
(information correctable on the study list or viewer).
Image browse
Enables browsing ultrasound images selected from the study list, on
the viewer.
■ Capturing CT and MR Images (CR-VW 674 Only)
Enables image output onto a DVD for storage/DVD for operation Function Description
using the “DICOM Ultrasound Image Storage” or “DICOM Secondary
Image output Capture Image Storage” feature. Receives study images from CT device, MRI, XA device, and RF
In addition to the above, this function enables thumbnail image device. Imports them into the system. The imported images can be
output and report print output. browsed on the Image Viewer. Also, the storing onto Image storage
disk and work disk, thumbnail image output (JPEG or DICOM),
Image capture
output to PDI, and report print are possible.
Enables switching between replacing the study information with the
corresponding patient information in CR-VW 674 on the basis of
patient ID and using the study information as it is.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ MWM/MPPS Linkage
Linkage of MWM Patient
Obtains the patient information from DICOM MWM Server.
Information
Linkage of MWM Study
Executes the linkage between DICOM MWM Server and worklists.
Information
MPPS Linkage Notify exposure condition information to DICOM MPPS Server.
■ Multi-frame Images
The following images can be imported.
• 1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.7.1 Multi-frame Single Bit Secondary
Capture Image Storage
• 1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.7.2 Multi-frame Grayscale Byte
Secondary Capture Image Storage
Image capture
• 1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.7.3 Multi-frame Grayscale Word
Secondary Capture Image Storage
• 1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.7.4 Multi-frame True Color Secondary
Capture Image Storage
• 1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.3.1 Ultrasound Multi-frame Image Storage
■ Other Tool
Using the FFDustBox tool, restore or completely delete the logically
LogicalDelete function
deleted study data.
■ Order Linkage with the Console (CR-VW 674 Only)

Sends the order information to other Consoles (CR Console/Console
Order linkage
Advance).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Relationship between Server and Client (CR-VW 674 Only) MD-18
4. Relationship between Server and

Client (CR-VW 674 Only)
A server PC and a client PC(s) are available in the CR-VW 674.
The server PC is activated by the server application and the client application, and
the client PC is activated by the client application.
r REFERENCE
By installing the “option key for client PC connection”, study information can be
shared between the server PC and the client PC(s). The maximum numbers of
client PCs that can be connected vary according to the server PC environment.
• When the server PC is Windows 7 with the application V2.3(B) or later:
1 unit of server PC + 9 units of client PCs
• When the server PC environment is anything other than what mentioned above:
1 unit of server PC + 4 units of client PCs
■ Server
Operates as the Web server assuming responsibility for main processing schemes
available on the CR-VW 674 system, including inputting/storing images from the
Image Reader, inputting/outputting image in/from media and outputting images to
film printers.
■ Client
Operates as Web client that is connected to the Web server. By user operations,
the client issues requests for displaying/processing various kinds of images, as
well as subjecting images to edit processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1 Network Settings MD-19
5. Relationship between RU and 5.2 Data Flow between RU and CR-VW 674
CR-VW 674 The exchange of data between the RU and CR-VW 674 is described below.
 NOTE  5.2.1 Data Flow during Routine Processing

In this chapter, the “RU Application”, “RU IP Address”, and “RU Configuration” are
referred to shortly as RU-AP, RU IP ADDR, and CONFIGURATION, respectively. ■ Flow of image data
The image data read from the IP is stored in the SDRAM of the CPU board
(CPU23B), and transferred to the CR-VW 674 via the network.
5.1 Network Settings
Settings for respective network items are made as follows.
■ Flow of log data
The contents that have been set from machine Maintenance Utility (operation • The log data is written into the FTP server upon RU shutdown processing or
panel) are retained in the FLASH ROM on the CPU23B board. upon occurrence of a FATAL error.
• The log data is retained in the FTP server until a certain amount of that data is
Setup items Setting means Factory default values reached, and, once that amount is exceeded, the data is overwritten on a first-in,
RU IP address Machine Maintenance Utility 172.16.1.10 first-out basis.
RU subnet mask Machine Maintenance Utility 255.255.0.0 CR-VW 674 RU
RU default gateway Machine Maintenance Utility 0.0.0.0
Image data
FTP server IP address Machine Maintenance Utility 172.16.1.20
RU PC-TOOL EDIT CR FTP server CPU23B board
CR-VW 674 IP address 172.16.1.20
Console NAME
COMMON FLASH ROM
 NOTE 
The IP address of the RU can be set only from the machine Maintenance Utility Memory (SDRAM)
(operation panel).
Image data
Log data Log data
RU-specific data
FRCH102023.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.2 Data Flow between RU and CR-VW 674 MD-20
5.2.2 “INSTALL” Operation and Data Flow 4. Select “USE” when a linac cassette is to be used at the user’s site and
otherwise select “NOT USE.”
1. Set the “Reader Unit IP Address” and “FTP Server IP Address” from
the machine Maintenance Utility (operation panel).
a The addresses are written into the Flash ROM on the CPU23B board.
Maintenance Utility Reader Unit IP Address
Reader Unit IP Address FRCH102004.EPS
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 0
Subnet Mask
FTP Server IP Address OK
5. Set “CONFIGURATION.”
a The configuration is written into the FTP server.
Return Select Return
FRCH102002.EPS
2. Execute “INSTALL” on the RU PC-TOOL (CR-VW 674).

Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
LIST OF EXISTING RU
[Click]
RU NAME
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH102006.EPS
FRCH102003.EPS
3. Set the language/brand type/window display specifications of the

operation panel to be displayed on the operation panel.
a The language and specifications for the RU LCD panel display are set.
FRCH102005.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Set IP address of the CR-VW 674. ■ Data Flow Block Diagram
a RU-AP is written from the CD-ROM to the FTP server and to the SDRAM Operation panel
located on the CPU23B board. CONFIGURATION and CL IP ADDR are
written from the FTP server to the SDRAM. FTP IP ADDR
CR-VW 674 RU
RU PC-TOOL CPU23B board
“INSTALL”
FRCH102007.EPS
(2)
a RU-AP, CONFIGURATION, and CL IP ADDR are written from the SDRAM (3) (1)
located on the CPU23B board to the FLASH ROM. (4) SDRAM
(5) (6)
CL IP ADDR
(6)
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
(5) (6)
CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU IP ADDR
CONFIGURATION
FTP server
(6)
BACKUP RESTORE
CL IP ADDR RU-AP
RU-AP
ALL RUs SETTING
CD-ROM CONFIGURATION
RU-AP FLASH ROM
(6)
LIST OF EXISTING RU CL IP ADDR
RU NAME IP ADDRESS RU TYPE VERSION
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx 1.1 CONFIGURATION
RU-AP
FRCH102029.EPS
 NOTE  FRCH102024.EPS
If the version appears in red text, or when the version does not appear at all, it
is a sign that the install has not been done correctly. In that case, it is
necessary to perform the install procedures all over again.
CAUTION
While data is being written into the FLASH ROM, never turn OFF the power of
the RU.
If the power of the RU is turned OFF, the program residing in the memory is
corrupted, so that the RU cannot be rebooted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.2.3 “VERSION UP” Operation and Data Flow 3. Set “IP ADDR” of the CR-VW 674.
a RU-AP is written from the CD-ROM to the FTP server and to the SDRAM
■ Overview of Version Update located on the CPU23B board.
• A version update for the RU-AP is performed via the FTP server through the use a RU-AP, CONFIGURATION, and CL IP ADDR are written from the SDRAM
located on the CPU23B board to the FLASH ROM.
of [VERSION UP] of the “RU PC-TOOL” of the CR-VW 674 or “CLIENT PC-
TOOL” of the client PC.  NOTE 
• With [VERSION UP], only a version update for the RU-AP should be done, but If the version appears in red text, or when the version does not appear at all, it
not for the configuration. is a sign that the install has not been done correctly. In that case, it is
necessary to perform the install procedures all over again.
■ Data Flow
CAUTION
1. Execute “VERSION UP” from the RU PC-TOOL (CR-VW 674), or the While data is being written into the FLASH ROM, never turn OFF the power of
CLIENT PC-TOOL (client PC). the RU.
• To update the version from the RU PC-TOOL: If the power of the RU is turned OFF, the program residing in the memory is
Configuration(C)
corrupted, so that the RU cannot be rebooted.
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
[Click]
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH102010.EPS
• To update the version from the CLIENT PC-TOOL:

FRCH102012.EPS
[Click]
RU PC-TOOL Ver.1.5
Configuration(C) Operation(O)
IP ADDRESS 172 16 1 10 VERSION UP EDIT HISTORY
MUTL PING MON FTP EDIT CONFIGURATION EDIT CL NAME
HOSPITAL I/O TRACE EXPERT ERROR DB

FUJIFILM HOSPITAL
FTP SERV. : 172.16.1.20
READ (MEDIA->CLIENT PC)
ru0 ( 172.16.1.10 , CR-IR355 , 1.7 )
EXECUTE
WRITE (CLIENT PC->MEDIA)
EXECUTE
UPLORD (CLIENT PC->FTP SERVER->RU)
EXECUTE
DOWNLORD (RU->FTP SERVER->CLIENT PC)
EXECUTE
FRCH102022.EPS
2. Set “USE” or “NOT USE” of the linac cassette.
FRCH102011.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.2.4 Flow of BACKUP Data 5.2.5 Data Flow during Restore
The following data are copied to a floppy diskette (FD) by use of “BACKUP” of the The following data are restored from the FD to the FLASH ROM of the RU by use
RU PC TOOL. of “RESTORE” of the PC-TOOL.
• Configuration data (CONFIGURATION) • Configuration data (CONFIGURATION)
• Scanner data (SCN ALL DATA) • Scanner data (SCN ALL DATA)
• Log data (ERROR LOG, TRACE LOG, HISTORY LOG) • Log data (HISTORY alone)
CAUTIONS
■ Data Flow • While data is being restored, never turn OFF the power of the RU.
1. The configuration data and scanner data are copied to the FD from the • If the power of the RU is turned OFF, the program residing in the memory is
FLASH ROM of the RU via the FTP server. corrupted, so that the RU cannot be rebooted.
2. The log data is copied to the FD from the CPU23B board memory  NOTE 
(SDRAM) of the RU via the FTP server.
The data restored is made effective by powering OFF the RU once and back ON.
CR-VW 674 RU
r REFERENCE
FTP server CPU23B board
Of the log data, only HISTORY LOG is restored.
COMMON FLASH ROM
Scanner data
■ Data Flow
Configuration data
CR-VW 674 RU
Scanner data
Configuration data Memory (SDRAM) FTP server CPU23B board
FD Log data Log data

COMMON FLASH ROM
RU-specific data
Scanner data
Configuration data
FRCH102025.EPS
Scanner data
Configuration data Memory (SDRAM)
FD HISTORY LOG HISTORY LOG

RU-specific data
FRCH102026.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.3 Error Handling MD-24
5.3 Error Handling 5.4 HIBERNATION Mode [355, 356, 357, 359]
The RU resumes its operation by attempting a retry, except under condition where The “HIBERNATION mode” is such that, in order to save power, the conditions in
it is inoperable. the machine automatically change to the power-saving mode when the RU is not
operated within a specified period of time.
5.3.1 Error Handling 5.4.1 Operation in HIBERNATION Mode

When an I/O error (mechanical, scanner, etc.) occurs between cassette insertion
and IP reading, the IP is returned to the cassette.
1. The machine comes into the same conditions with the power turned
OFF, when it transfers to the HIBERNATION mode.
5.3.2 Cases When Retry is Impossible (FATAL Error) 2. Only the power lamp on the operation panel lights up in green in the
HIBERNATION mode.
1. When the function of the CPU23B board stops.
2. When the power supply voltage output stops.

Power lamp
Backlight OFF lamp
Cassette loading lamp
Cassette removal lamp
System power switch
FRCH102016.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.5 Bootup Processing MD-25
5.4.2 Transition to the HIBERNATION Mode 5.5 Bootup Processing
■ Transition Requirements After power is turned ON, diagnostic processing is performed in order of Steps 1
through 7.
1. If “HIBERNATION Mode ON” is set in the User Utility and the RU is not 1. Check the connection with the FTP server.
operated within the preset “HIBERNATION mode transition time” while
the RU remains in READY state, then the state transitions to the r REFERENCE
HIBERNATION mode. If the connection with the FTP server is abnormal, a connection retry takes
about 3 minutes; thus, the time required to display the bootup screen varies,
r REFERENCE
as compared to the normal bootup time.
The HIBERNATION mode is not activated while operation is being performed
in the User Utility and while an error message is being displayed.
2. Load RU-IPL, RU-AP, etc. from the FLASH ROM to the SDRAM.
2. When “HIBERNATION Mode ON” is set from the LCD panel during RU
shutdown processing. CPU23B board
a The state immediately transitions to the HIBERNATION mode.
FLASH ROM
■ Setting of Transition Time (2)

RU-IPL Configuration data
(2)
(2) (2)
• The setting of “HIBERNATION Mode” is made by the “Sleep Timer” of the User RU-AP Scanner data
Utility.
• Time setting may be done with “HIBERNATION Mode ON” enabled.
Memory (SDRAM)
• The time is settable in 1-minute or 10-minute increments.
RU-AP Scanner data
RU-IPL Configuration data
5.4.3 Recovery from HIBERNATION Mode
■ Recover Requirements * Network setup items

Turn ON the system power switch. (Default IP addresses of RU and CR-VW 674, etc. )
FRCH102027.EPS
■ Diagnosis upon Recovery

Upon recovery, the RU performs a bootup process that excludes mechanism
bootup.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.5 Bootup Processing MD-26
3. Perform diagnostics on each board. 6. Perform “Mechanical Initialization 2.” (Subscanning unit grip
Boards to be diagnosed: SND23A board, SND23B board, SCN23A board correction)
4. Perform “fuse check.” 7. Perform “Scanner Initialization.”

CR-IR 35x
CR-IR 35x
APL Software for Clinic V1.0
Mechanical Initialization 1 OK
Scanner Initialization OK
Copyright WindRiver Systems, Inc. VxWorks version 5.4

FRCH102020.EPS
FRCH102018.EPS
5. Perform “Mechanical Initialization 1.” (IP search within the machine) 8. Perform “Mechanical Initialization 3.” (Home positioning for each
mechanism)
a When it is completed normally, the time data is obtained from the CR-VW 674.
CR-IR 35x
CR-IR 35x APL Software for Clinic V1.0
Mechanical Initialization 1 OK Mechanical Initialization 2 OK
Scanner Initialization OK
FRCH102021.EPS
FRCH102019.EPS
9. The RU enters the READY state.

a The CR-VW 674 is notified that the RU is now READY.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.6 RU Shutdown Processing MD-27
5.6 RU Shutdown Processing
Mechanical shutdown processing and saving of log data are referred to as “RU
shutdown processing.”
 NOTE 
If the power is turned OFF without performing RU shutdown processing, log data
will not be saved.
■ Flow of RU Shutdown Processing

1. “Shutdown processing” command
There are two scenarios: “when system shutdown is performed for the CR-VW
674” and “when the system is shut down from the RU operation panel.”
2. Execute “saving of log data,” and turn OFF the power.

Saving of log data:
Save HISTORY LOG, TRACE LOG, and ERROR LOG to the FTP server.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 Data Flow between RU and Console MD-28
6. Descriptions of Software Control 6.1.2 Flow of Network Setting Data
(CR-IR 391CL Only)

■ Settable items and default values
 NOTE  The settings are made from the RU PC-TOOL. The settable items and their default
values are as follows.
In this chapter, the “RU Application”, “RU IP Address”, and “RU Configuration” are
referred to shortly as RU-AP, RU IP ADDR, and CONFIGURATION, respectively. Setup items Setting means Default values
RU IP address RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.10
6.1 Data Flow between RU and Console RU subnet mask RU PC-TOOL 255.255.0.0
The exchange of data between the RU and Console is described below. RU default gateway RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.0
FTP server IP address RU PC-TOOL 172.16.1.20
6.1.1 Data Flow during Routine Processing
RU secure IP address RU PC-TOOL 0.0.0.0
■ Flow of image data RU secure net address RU PC-TOOL 0.0.0.0
The image data read from the IP is stored in the SDRAM of the CPU board, and
transferred to the Console via the network. ■ Flow of network setting data
■ Flow of log data The network setting data is not written into the CPU board only by clicking [SET]
button on the RU PC-TOOL window. You need click [UPDATE] button to write the
• The log data is written into the FTP server upon RU shutdown processing or
network setting data into the CPU board.
upon occurrence of a FATAL error.
• The log data is retained in the FTP server until a certain amount of that data is reached, The contents set from the RU PC-TOOL are stored on the CPU board FLASH
and, once that amount is exceeded, the data is overwritten on a first-in, first-out basis. ROM.
Console RU Console RU
Image data
RU PC-TOOL CPU board
FTP server CPU board
Network setting FLASH ROM
data
COMMON FLASH ROM
[SET]
Memory (SDRAM)
Network setting
Image data [UPDATE] data
Log data Log data
RU-specific data
FRRB102001.ai
FRRB102002.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.2 Error Handling MD-29
6.2 Error Handling 6.3 What Is Sleep Mode?
The RU resumes its operation by attempting a retry(s), except under condition The “Sleep mode” is such that, in order to save power, the conditions in the
where it is inoperable. machine automatically change to the power-saving mode when the RU is not
operated within
■ Error Handling a specified period of time.
When an I/O error (mechanical, scanner, etc.) occurs between cassette insertion
and IP reading, the IP is returned to the cassette. ■ Operation in the Sleep Mode
Upon entering the Sleep mode, only the power of the CPU board is kept ON, while
■ Cases where Retry Is Impossible (FATAL Error) the power of other components is left OFF.
Only the power/erasing mode indicator lamp on the operation panel lights up in
1. When the function of the CPU board stops. green in the Sleep mode.
2. When the power supply voltage output stops.

■ Transition to the Sleep Mode
● Transition requirements
• If “Sleep mode ON” is set in the CONFIGURATION and the RU is not operated
within the preset “Sleep mode transition time” while the RU remains in READY
state, the machine transits to the Sleep mode.
• The stand-by switch is kept pressed for 4 seconds.
• When the console is shut down.
● Setting the Sleep mode

You can specify whether the Sleep mode is to be used and the period of time in
which the machine transits to the Sleep mode in the CONFIGURATION.
• Whether the Sleep mode is to be used
Set by the “Sleep mode Change” command in the CONFIGURATION.
• Time to transit to the Sleep mode
Set by the “Sleep Mode Change Time ([min])” command in the
CONFIGURATION.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.4 RU Bootup Processing MD-30
■ Recovery from Sleep Mode 6.4 RU Bootup Processing
● Recover requirements The following self-diagnoses are carried out after the power is turned ON.
Press the stand-by switch. Connection verification between the RU and the Console is also carried out
concurrently with the self-diagnoses.
● Processing upon recovery
Upon recovery from the Sleep mode, the RU performs a home-positioning ■ Initialization of the Mechanical Components
operation of the suction arm.
The initialization of the mechanical components consists of the following five
In addition, the initial self-diagnosis of the mechanical components takes place, as stages.
well as home-positioning of the RU suction arm, under one of the following
conditions. ● Before IP search stage
• The mechanical components are located at other than the home positions. The cassette cover opening mechanism is moved to the reference position, and
• One of sensors detects an IP. the suction arm is moved to the home position.
• A cassette is set in the RU. ● IP search stage

The motor is rotated by an appropriate amount to convey the IP to a position where
it can be confirmed by the sensor, on the assumption that the IP is located at a
position where it cannot be detected by the sensor within the machine.
● After IP search stage

The suction arm is moved to the home position.
● Remaining IP ejection stage

When an IP is found within the machine during the IP search stage, its size is
measured and the IP is returned to the cassette. If a cassette is not set in the RU,
the message prompting to set an empty cassette appears.
● After remaining IP ejection

The self-diagnosis of the cassette cover closing mechanism is carried out, and the
cassette hold is released.
■ Initialization of the Scanner Mechanism

The scanner mechanism is initialized.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.5 RU Termination Processing MD-31
6.5 RU Termination Processing
Termination processing of the mechanism and the log data storage take place.
 NOTE 
If the power is turned OFF without performing RU shutdown processing, log data
will not be saved.
■ Flow of RU Shutdown Processing

1. “Shutdown processing” command
Two instructions are available for a case where “system shutdown of the Console
is carried out” and a case where “the stand-by switch of the RU is pressed”.
2. Execute “saving of log data”, and turn OFF the power.

Saving of log data:
Save HISTORY LOG, TRACE LOG, and ERROR LOG to the FTP server.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MD-32
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MD-33
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MD-34
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MT-I
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MT-I
MT: Machine Troubleshooting MT-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) 5, 10, 29, 30
Appx MT 1-22, 29, 30, 38, 95, 112, 113, 117, 127,
175, 210, 227, 298, 312, 314, 316
Changes in pagination (FM5421) Appx MT 1-1 to 21, 23 to 28, 31 to 37, 39 to 94,
96 to 111, 114 to 116, 118 to 126, 128 to 174,
176 to 209, 211 to 226, 228 to 297, 299 to 311,
313, 315
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) 5, 10, 11, 23, 24 ,31
Appx MT 1-25 to 336
Changes in pagination (FM5525) 12 to 22, 25 to 30, 32 to 34
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) 11 to 18, 22, 24, 25, 27 to 31, 39,
Appx MT 1-97 to 344
Changes in pagination (FM5653) 19 to 21, 23, 26, 32 to 38, 40 to 42
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) 5, 6, 10, 11, 21 to 33, 50, 54,
Appx MT 1-96 to 364
Changes in pagination (FM5900) 34 to 49, 51 to 53
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) 11 to 107, 109, 130 to 138
(FM5901) Appx MT 1-25 to 372, Appx MT 2-1 to 4
Changes in pagination (FM5901) 108, 110 to 129
08/30/2014 08 Revision for software V2.5(B) (FM6240) 34 to 38, 66, 70, 108 to 112, 118, 141 to 146,
Appx MT 1-103 to 376, Appx MT 3-1 to 20
Changes in pagination (FM6240) 113 to 117, 119 to 140
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MT-II
1.1 Referring to Error Messages MT-1
1. Error Code Table ■ Meaning of the event (error code)

A five-digit code displayed in the “Event” column implies the following.
For errors occurring while the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is being used, take
appropriate countermeasures following the error codes (and error messages) listed
A B C C C
herein. A : Error-detected process
$ See “2. Using the Event Viewer”. 1: Module used in common in the system/indicator/user
authentication/Client Utility
2: Main process/routine/study list
1.1 Referring to Error Messages 3: Input process/CR study
4: Image browse/acquisition process
5: Output process/media control
■ Event (error code) and event source name

6: Backup Utility/User Utility/Service Utility/disk copy tool
9: RU
When an error occurs, use the event and event source name information to
separate the assumed causes. B : Error level (See the Table Error Levels.)
The event and event source name are displayed in the “Source” and “Event”
columns of the Event Viewer main window shown below. CCC : For error level 0 or 1, this section of the error code is provided so
that it is unique in the process.
“Source” column “Event” column
00000072.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MT-1
Table Error Levels ■ Message
Error Level Description The message is for describing errors and is displayed in the “General” tab of the
0 : Fatal Error A serious, fatal problem that absolutely disables the system’s Event Viewer’s Properties window shown below.
An error that fully disables stable operation.
system operation. “General” tab
• DB access error
• System file access file error
1: Warning Inevitably involves user notification and the system operation can
An error that enables the be continued by the user intervention.
system’s operation to be Causes of this error type can be assumed as follows.
continued after user • Data file access error
intervention. • Disk full
• Faulty LP board
• No response from the target destination for connection
2: Warning A sSolid error that does not require user notification.
An error that enables the The system operation can be continued with no user intervention.
system’s continuous The following causes can be assumed.
operation. • Unspecified data entered from networks. (An error implying that
the system can be continued being substituted by the default).
3 : Information Information that the system development section wishes to keep. 00000073.ai
Simple information
9: Logical Error An error presumably caused by defective program. r REFERENCE
Defective program Basically, this error does not occur at user’s site. This error type
has been aborted by the FPD previously. The following causes For Windows XP, the message is displayed in the “Description” column of the Event
can be assumed. Viewer’s Properties window shown below.
• Unspecified value returned from the method
• Failure in securing memory “Description” column
• Failure in acquiring Windows resources
• Error returned from the Windows API
00000073.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Identifying the problem cause when two or more errors To identify the error cause, perform the following procedure:
encountered have the same error code
1. Start the Event Viewer.
The same error code may appear on the display even when the error cause varies.
$ For details of the startup procedure, see “2.2 Starting the Event Viewer”.
If you encounter such a situation, note both the error code and error message to
identify the error cause.
2. Open the Event Properties window.
Event Event Source Description Causes $ For details the procedure for opening the above window,
FFCustom MsgBox MessageBox Dialog A message box could not be see “2.4 Details of Events”.
Show Error. displayed. The problem is
13005
attributable to resource inadequacy
or system instability. 3. See both the error code and error message, and then locate the
FFId Connection Recv The connection to the RU was associated error description in “Appendix 1: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
13005 Watch error(%1).%n[%2] closed or an error occurred in the Error Message Table”.
connection. $ For error messages, see “Appendix 1: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Error
FFId [%1] failed in the The connection to the display group Message Table”.
MenuChange liberating table was not successfully closed.
13005 processing of the
display group data
* acquisition
FFId It failed that [%1] The “LangStrDB” key was not found Error
PatInfoInput gets the SexMale in Directory.ini or the ID 30705 was
13005 Message
caption not registered in the character string
data base.
FFIdRu Recv error[%1] The connection to the RU was
13005 MainControl closed or an error occurred in the
connection.
FFInput It failed that [%1] The connection character string was
13005 connects to STR not properly registered for the
DB “LangStrDB” key in Directory.ini.
* There are two or more occurrences of the same error code (event).
Error Code
00000472.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
1.2 Precautions MT-4
1.2 Precautions 1.3 Error Message
• An error such as incorrectly entered image processing parameters will not be $ For error messages, see “Appendix 1: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Error
handled as an error. Message Table”.
• An error code starting with “9” (e.g.: 9XXXX) is that generated by the RU.
• The correlation between the error level (the second digit of an error code
number) of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL-generated errors and that assumed by
Windows (Event Viewer) is as follows.
Error level Error level assumed by Windows

0 : Fatal Error EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
1 : Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
2 : Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
3 : Information EVENTLOG_INFORMATION_TYPE
9 : Logical Error EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer MT-5
2. Using the Event Viewer 2.2 Starting the Event Viewer

1. Start up the Service Utility mode.
The Windows XP Event Viewer is used for checking details of errors occurring with
Windows XP or the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. $ For details of Service Utility mode startup, see “2. Starting, Logging-in
How to use the Event Viewer is described herein, together with the startup to, and Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
procedures. a The “Service Utility Top” window opens.
 NOTE 
In case of Windows Vista / 7, perform “2.9 Customizing the Event Viewer [Windows
Vista / 7]”.
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer

A variety of information items, such as resource information, system operation
status and application errors occurring with Windows XP, are recorded (logged) to
the Event Viewer.
Causes of errors that occur can be specified from the following logs.
• Application Log
• Security Log
• System Log MU000001.EPS
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL error information is recorded to the Application Log.
2. Click [View Event Log].
To display the error information, select the “Application” from the tree menu in the
a The Event Viewer main window opens.
left pane of the Event Viewer main window shown below.
r REFERENCE
Use the following procedures if you cannot start up the Event Viewer from the
Service Utility mode.
1. From the [Start] menu at the lower left of the desktop window, select
“Control Panel” to display the “Control Panel” window.
2. Click “Administrative Tools” to display the “Administrative Tools”
00000371.EPS window.
* If the window is in the Classic View option, double-click the same button.
3. Double-click “Event Viewer”.
a The Event Viewer starts up.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2.3 Configuration and How to View the Event Viewer MT-6
2.3 Configuration and How to View the Event Viewer 2.3.2 For Windows XP
Explained herein are the Event Viewer’s screen configuration (shown below) and
2.3.1 For Windows Vista / 7 how to view it.
Explained herein are the Event Viewer’s screen configuration (shown below) and
how to view it.
A B C D E F G H
0000375.EPS
A Types:
Symbol Meaning Description

Displayed when a fatal error, such as failure in device driver or
A B C D E Error service startup, or loss of data, occurs while the system is running.
0000375.ai
Displayed to indicate that the system has started normally being

A Level: Information successful in startup of services or remote access.
Symbol Meaning Description Displayed to indicate that the Warning can be attributable to the
Warning cause of the error that has occurred. Should usually be recorded in
Displayed when a fatal error, such as failure in device driver or the log.
Error
service startup, or loss of data, occurs while the system is running.
Displayed to indicate that the system has started normally being B Date :
The date when an event occurs.
Information C Time :
The time when an event occurs.
successful in startup of services or remote access.
Displayed to indicate that the Warning can be attributable to the
D Source :
The application that wrote an event.
Warning cause of the error that has occurred. Should usually be recorded in E Category :
Event category
the log. F Event :
Event ID
G User :
The user who has been logged in when an event occurs.
B Date and Time : The date and time when an event occurs. “N/A” will be displayed if software that does not specify the user’s
C Source : The application that wrote an event. name is used.
F Event ID : Event ID. H Computer : Computer name used when an event occurs.
E Task Category : Event category.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2.4 Details of Events MT-7
2.4 Details of Events 3. Check detailed information of an event.
Described below are the procedures used for checking detailed event information.
1. On the Event Viewer main window, click “Application” log from the
tree menu in the left pane to select it.
a Event lists appear in the right pane.
2. Double-click the log you wish to display from the event lists that
appear.
a The “Event Properties” window opens.
00000377.ai
r REFERENCE
For Windows XP, the location where an event occurs is displayed in the “Data”
column, using the information based on the number of bytes or words.
00000376.ai
“Description”
column
“Data”
column
00000377.EPS
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Event Viewer” window.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2.5 Saving the Event Log MT-8
2.5 Saving the Event Log 3. Select or enter the following.
How to save event logs is explained below.

I.
 NOTE 
Be sure to have a DOS/V-formatted FD ready to use for saving event logs.
1. Insert the FD used for saving event logs into the FDD.
2. From the “Action” menu of the Event Viewer main window, select “Save
Events As...” (for Windows XP, “Save Log File As...”).
II.
00000379.EPS
I. Select “3½ Floppy (A:)”.

II. Enter the filename (e.g.: log).
r REFERENCE
If “Text (Tab Separation)” is selected for “Save as Type,” event logs can be
00000378.ai
saved as text files.
 NOTE 
“Save Events As...” (for Windows XP, “Save Log File As...”) is displayed only 4. Click [Save].
when “Application” log is selected from the tree menu in the left pane of the a The following window opens.
Event Viewer main window. Make sure to have “Application” log be selected
on the tree menu.
00000070.ai
5. Click [Save].
a The system returns to the “Event Viewer/Application Log” window.
6. Check to see that the FDD’s access lamp has gone off and remove the
FD from FDD.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2.6 Deleting the Event Log MT-9
2.6 Deleting the Event Log 2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer
How to delete event logs is explained below. How to quit the Event Viewer is explained below.
1. From the “Action” menu of the Event Viewer window, select “Clear 1. Click of the Event Viewer main window.
Log” (for Windows XP, “Clear all Events”).
a The system returns to the “Service Utility” top window.
2. Click [EXIT] at the upper right corner of the window.

a The system returns to the desktop window.
00000380.ai
 NOTE 
“Clear Log” (for Windows XP, “Clear all Events”) is displayed only when
“Application” log is selected from the tree menu in the left pane of the Event
Viewer main window. Make sure to have “Application” log be selected on the
tree menu.
a A window opens prompting you to confirm the data to be saved.
00000383.ai
2. Click [Cancel].
a The system returns to the “Event Viewer/Application Log” window, deleting
thus all event logs.
00000381.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2.8 Collecting Logs for Analysis Purposes MT-10
2.8 Collecting Logs for Analysis Purposes 2.9 Customizing the Event Viewer
[Windows Vista / 7]
When an error occurs while the system is being used, collect maintenance logs for
the purpose of error analysis.
1. From the “View” menu of the Event Viewer main window, select
■ Collecting maintenance logs “Customize...”.
$ For details of how to collect maintenance logs, see “■ Collecting logs for
maintenance purpose” in “Appendix 1: Backup Utility” under
“MU: Maintenance Utility”.
■ Items to check at error occurrence

Check the items in the table below and write down the check result accordingly in
the notebook.
Check item Example 00000473.ai
1 Precise date of an error occurrence June 15, 2006

a The “Customize View” window opens.
2 Description of an error occurrence No images are saved on the DVD even at
the press of the “Verify” button after image
reading.
3 Operation procedure that caused an error During User Utility operation, the user
occurrence accidentally changed setup data of “Setting
(What did the user manipulate? What for automatically determining a study,” which
occurred with the equipment as a result of resulted in unselecting “Automatically
such manipulation?) verifying a study”.
4 Is it reproducible? Not reproducible.
• Is it reproduced if a certain procedure is
performed?
• Is it reproduced if a certain condition
results? 00000474.ai
5 Characteristics An error caused by a user’s wrong operation.

It is inconceivable that a similar error occurs 2. Uncheck the check mark of “Action pane” and click [OK].
at different institutions because settings are
not changed frequently for the item a The system returns to the “Event Viewer” window.
concerned.
6 Actions taken by the service personnel User Utility settings already changed
• What actions did the service personnel appropriately at the site concerned on June
take? When did they take such actions? 27, 2006.
• What are the current conditions? It was also confirmed at the site that images
are successfully saved onto the DVD.
There are no problems at present.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2.9 Customizing the Event Viewer [Windows Vista / 7] MT-11
3. Select “Application” from “Windows Logs” in the left pane and 2.10 How to Obtain the Information of the Used
confirm that the display is as shown below. Volume and Remaining Space of the Database
1. Start up the Event Viewer.

$ For details of how to start up the Event Viewer, see “2. Using the Event
Viewer”.
2. Select “Application” from “Windows Logs”, and select the event log
(ID: 23705).
00000475.ai
4. Select “System” in the left pane and confirm that the display is as
shown below.
00000476.ai
5. Click [x] in the upper-right corner of the Event Viewer main window;
then the window closes.
MT000205.ai
3. Confirm “Reserved=xxMB” (currently used volume).
MT000206.ai
r REFERENCE
Since V2.3(B), the database capacity is defined as 10GB. The information of
the remaining space can be obtained by subtracting the size of the used
volume from the database capacity (10GB).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.1 Cautions When Editing the Film String Definition (FilmStrFmt) File MT-12
3. Information Useful for Error ■ Invalid Parameter

Recovery
3.1 Cautions When Editing the Film String

Definition (FilmStrFmt) File
If there is an error due to the editing of the film string definition file, the following
messages may be displayed when you click “Displaying film annotation characters”.
■ Syntax error
MT03051.ai
The case above shows that a wrong parameter has been specified at the
eighteenth line of FilmStrFmt.env file. Thus, execute “Editing a film annotation
character definition file” from the “Setting film annotation characters” window, check
the error at the corresponding line, and correct it.
Example: SetFontStyle(Italic) → SetFontStyle(ITALIC)
MT03050.ai
The case above shows that there is a syntax error (wrong command name, wrong
usage of a command) at the nineteenth line of FilmStrFmt.env file. Thus, execute
“Editing a film annotation character definition file” from the “Setting film annotation
characters” window, check the error at the corresponding line, and correct it.
Example: SetFontstyle → SetFontStyle
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.2 When “40008 Failed in initialize processing.” is Displayed for the Client-side Device at the Time of Installation MT-13
3.2 When “40008 Failed in initialize processing.” 3.4 Collecting Logs for Maintenance Purpose
is Displayed for the Client-side Device at the $ See “■ Collecting logs for maintenance purpose” in “Appendix 1: Backup
Time of Installation Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
The error “40008” is displayed when the host name of the referenced server device
has not been set correctly for the client device. 3.5 Error for Not Registering the Client Device
$ See “Appendix 3: Settings for Connection of the Client PC (CR-VW 674 Only)”
under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix” for setting up and checking. If the application is started without executing the service utility after changing the IP
address, the following window opens.
3.3 Error Phenomenon with Simultaneous

Connection by Multiple Users and Recovery
Method
When multiple client computers are connected, connection to the server may not 00000383.ai
be possible in case of simultaneous connection by multiple users.

 NOTE 
■ Recovery method In the case of changing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL’s own IP address, making
Perform the operation after waiting for some time. an IP address change via the control panel of Windows alone does not affect the
setting on the connection destination side.
Such a setting will be reflected by opening the “Server equipment settings” window
in the Service Utility and then clicking the [OK] button. The setting contents will be
registered to the DB when exiting the Service Utility.
$ For CR-VW 674, see “■ Making a setting change using the CR-VW 674’s
Service Utility” of “Appendix 7: Procedures for Changing the CR-VW
674/CR-IR 391CL and RU IP Addresses” under “MC: Checks,
Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
$ For CR-IR 391CL, see “■ Making a setting change using the CR-IR
391CL’s Service Utility” of “Appendix 7: Procedures for Changing the
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and RU IP Addresses” under “MC: Checks,
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.6 Remedies when Mirroring between PC and NAS Failed MT-14
3.6 Remedies when 3.7 Information Useful for Error Recovery
Mirroring between PC and NAS Failed (CR-VW 674)
When the synchronizing process has been interrupted by powering down or If the following Windows update program is applied to upgrade CR-VW 674 from
disconnecting the network, server PC must be restarted. If the mirroring process V4.1 or earlier to V5.0 or later, an error occurs in installing SQL Server 2005.
fails even if the server PC has been restarted, restart the NAS. Download Windows Installer CleanUp from the Microsoft homepage, and delete
MSXML Core Service 6.0 and Service Pack 2 (KB954459).
● Windows Update Program

MSXML Core Service 6.0 Service Pack 2 (KB954459)
● Targeted PC
CR-VW 674 server PC V4.1 or earlier to which the update program above is
applied
 NOTE 
CR-VW 674 client PC is not the targeted PC because SQL Server 2005 is not
installed in.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.7 Information Useful for Error Recovery (CR-VW 674) MT-15
3.7.1 Uninstalling the CR-VW 674 System Program 3.7.2 Deleting Windows Installer CleanUp MSXML 6.0
1. Insert the CR-VW 674 application CD into the DVD drive. 1. Download the “Windows Installer Clean Up” from Microsoft home page.
a The installation launcher starts up. URL : http://support.microsoft.com/kb/290301
2. Select “My Computer” from the menu. 2. Execute the downloaded “msicuu2.exe”.
a The “Windows Installer Clean Up Setup” window opens.
3. Double-click “DVD Drive(D:)”.
4. Click .
a The “Add or Remove Programs” window opens.
5. Select “FCR Application” and click the [Delete] button.

a The “Do you wish to delete FCR Application from your computer?” window
opens.
6. Click [Yes].
a The Windows Installer goes up and running to start uninstallation processing.
7. Wait until “FCR Application” (in the window where progress bar is MT000098.ai
present) disappears automatically.

3. Click [Next].
8. Click the [x] mark in the “Add or Remove Programs” window to close a The “Start Installation” window opens.
it.
a The system returns to the installation launcher window.
9. Click the [Finish] button and remove the CD from the DVD drive.
10. Restart the PC.

 NOTE 
If the Windows login window opens, log in with the following.
• User name : fujicr
• Password : system
MT000099.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Click [Next]. 7. From the [Start] menu, select “All Programs” – “Windows Install Clean Up”.
a The “License Agreement” window opens.
MT000102.ai
a The “Windows Installer Clean Up” window opens.
8. From the list, select “(All Users) MSXML 6 Service Pack2 (KB954459)”
or “MSXML 6.0 Parser (KB933579)”and click [Remove].
MT000100.ai
or
5. Select “I accept the License Agreement” and click [Next].
a The “Windows Installer Clean Up has been successfully installed” window opens.
MT000104.ai
a The warning window opens.
MT000105.ai
9. Click [OK].
10. Start Explorer to open “C:\Windows\$NtUninstallKB954459\Spuninst”.
MT000101.ai
6. Click [Finish].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Double-click “spuninst.exe”. 3.7.3 Enabling the .NET Framework 1.1
1. Insert the CR-VW 674 application CD into the DVD drive.
2. Select “My Computer” from the menu.

a The installation launcher starts.
MT000106.ai
(“Vx.x” represents a version number.)

MC171001.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Click . 6. Click
a The CR-VW 674 application’s setup window opens. a The “.Net Framework 1.1 Activation” is grayed out.
MCApp02035.ai
7. Click [Next].
a When the activation completes, the display returns to installation launcher.

MC171002.ai
5. Click .
a The installation menu selection window opens.
MC185002.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.7.4 Installing the SQL Server 4. Click [Cancel].
An error occurs with the conventional procedures. Resolve the error with step 8, a The following window opens.
copying file; and step 9, re-installation in the procedures after occurring of the error.
1. From the “Select Menu” window ,
click .
MT000140.ai
a The confirmation window opens.

5. Click [don't send].
2. Click [Next].
a The command prompt window opens.
6. When “Press any key to continue...” displays in the command prompt

window, press the <Enter> key.
MT000115.ai
a The window prompting you to restart opens.
MT000120.ai
a The upgrading to SQL Server2005 starts.

After a while, the “Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Setup” window opens.
MT000138.ai
3. Click [Next].
MC185019.ai
a After a while, the following window opens.

7. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
MT000139.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
8. When the SQL Writer error window opens, click [OK]. 3.7.5 Installing the CR-VW674 System Program
After the PC is restarted, install the CR-VW 674 application.
$ For the detailed procedures, see “■ Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
system program” of “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version
Upgrade” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
MT000117.ai
9. Copy “BPAClient.dll”.
<Copy from>
C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\90\Setup Bootstrap\BPA\Bin\
MT000118.ai
<Copy to>
C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\90\Setup Bootstrap\BPA\
MT000119.ai

a The installation launcher starts.
11. Re-install the SQL Server.

a When the installation completes, the window prompting you to restart opens.
12. Click [Yes].

a The PC restarts.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.8 Procedure for Handling the HQ Images Imported from Media MT-21
3.8 Procedure for Handling the HQ Images ■ Handling flow
Imported from Media Handle the phenomenon as follows in accordance with the situations of institutions.
Situation of the institution before applying the HotFix Handling procedure

■ Outline Institution that has imported a large number of images from $ ■ Handling procedure 1
storage disks to HDD.
When images recorded with HQ (high density setting) are imported from storage
(Example) An institution that the OS is reinstalled once
disks and output to films, a phenomenon that the images are output with the size and images have been imported from the
different from the actual image size occurs. storage disks to HDD
This problem will be corrected by applying HF0001(Base:V2.0(B)). However, the Institution that the images imported from storage disks to $ ■ Handling procedure 2
following problem remains even after the HotFix is applied. HDD can be identified
• Images imported after the HotFix is applied: Institution that the images imported from storage disks to $ ■ Handling procedure 1
HDD cannot be identified or request the institutions to
Can be output to films properly
import the images from the
• Images imported from storage disks before the HotFix is applied: storage disks again and then
output to films when the
Output to films with wrong image size
problem occurs.
r REFERENCE
The studies in storage disks is diagnosed so they are unlikely to be reprinted. In
addition, the images temporarily imported from storage disks are typically deleted
after the elapse of a certain period of time so this problem is unlikely to occur. The
studies imported for system are stored inside the PC unit for a long period so there
is a high possibility that the problem will occur.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Handling procedure 1 2. Click [Utility].
Delete all the images in the HDD, and import them from the storage disks again. a The “Disk Operation” window opens.
 NOTE 
If there are studies that are not stored on a storage disk (studies whose status is
either “Scheduled”, “Started”, or “Completed”), request the institution to make all
studies to be “Verified” and then save them to a storage disk.
Once the following procedure is performed, the studies that are not stored on a
storage disk will be deleted.
● Initializing the image DB

$ For details of the procedure, see “7.1.3 Initializing the Image Database” under
● Importing images from storage disks to HDD

1. Start up the application, and click in the indicator.
MT000206.ai
a The indicator window (Disk) opens.

3. Click [Replacing Disks].
a The “Replacing Disks” window opens.
MT000207.ai
MT000205.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Insert a storage disk to the DVD drive, and click [Next]. 7. Confirm the following items.
a The system returns to the “Disk Operation” window. • Take a note of the storage disk number displayed in the “Status” column.
• “For Storage Disk” is displayed in the “Usage” column.
 NOTE 
When there are multiple disks, be sure to import images from the oldest disk in
the chronological order.
5. Click [Database Restoration].

a The “Database Restoration” window opens.
MT000209.ai
r REFERENCE
To use the currently mounted storage disk continuously for writing in, click
“Disk Setting”.
Once the “Disk Setting” window opens, select “Write enabled” window, and
click [OK].
MT000208.ai
6. Select “Studies are updated (studies included in the database are

deleted and disk studies are registered).”, and click [Start]. MT000210.ai
a The database restoration starts.

As the database restoration completes, the system returns to the “Disk 8. Click [Close].
Operation” window.
a The system returns to the indicator window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
9. Click [OK]. 12. Select “Select All” under “List Operations”.
a The system returns to the main window.
10 . Click , and select “Study Utilities”.
MT000213.ai
13. Select “Load Disk Images” under “Study Operations”.
IN000632.ai
a The “Study Utility” window opens.
11. Filter the list with the storage disk number which you took note of at
step 7.
r REFERENCE
If the “Storage Disk” column is not displayed in the study list, display the MT000214.ai
column from “Arrange Queries”. a The “Retrieve Images from Disks” window opens.
a The study data in the currently mounted storage disk are displayed.
MT000215.ai
MT000212.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
14. Select “For System” and click [Retrieve]. 19. Confirm that the image is displayed.
a The study images are retrieved, and the following window opens.
MT000216.ai
15. Click [OK].

IN05030018.ai
 NOTE 
a The system returns to the “System Utility” window.
When there are multiple storage disks, perform steps 1 to 19 for all the disks.
16. Click to go to the next page.
17. Repeat steps 12 to 16 until all the remaining study data are retrieved.
18. Cancel the filtering in the “Storage Disk” column, select the first study
in the study list, and click “Image Viewer”.
MT000217.ai
a The Image Viewer window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Handling procedure 2 3. Select the target studies, and select “Delete”.
Delete the studies with which the phenomenon occurs (studies retrieved from
storage disks) and import them from storage disks again.
 NOTE 
With the following procedure, specific studies are retrieved after they are deleted
once. Thus, make sure to take note of the study information (patient ID, study date,
study time, etc.) before deleting them.
● Deleting the target studies MT000219.ai
a The following window opens.

1. Click and select “Study Utilities”.
IN000632.ai
MT000220.ai
2. Take notes of the study information such as ID number, patient name, 4. Click [OK].
study date, storage disk, of the studies with which the problem
a The studies are deleted, and the system returns to the “Study Utility” window.
occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Importing the studies again 4. Select the studies deleted in “● Deleting the target studies” from the
study list, and select “Registering studies stored on the disk”.
1. Select “Disk” - “All” under “Search Queries”.
MT000223.ai
a The “Retrieve Images from Disks” window opens.
MT000221.ai
a The “Requesting for Disk Insert” window opens.
MT000227.ai
MT000231.ai
2. Click [OK].
a The “Ready to retrieve images” window opens.
MT000222.ai
3. Insert a storage disk in which the studies, with which the problem
occurs, are stored into the DVD drive, and click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Select “For System”, and click [Retrieve].
MT000228.ai
6. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Study Utility” window.
7. Select “PC” - “All” under “Search Queries”, search the target studies,
and confirm that the studies were successfully retrieved.
MT000224.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.9 Updating Procedure for Report Template Files MT-29
3.9 Updating Procedure for Report Template 3. Activate the tool.
Files r REFERENCE
• For Windows XP
■ Outline Double-click “ReportTemplateUpdateCheckTool.exe”.
Horizontally long images by approx. 9% in aspect ratio may be displayed on the • For Windows Vista/7
preview screen of the Report Function. Right-click “ReportTemplateUpdateCheckTool.exe”, and activate it with the
This phenomenon can be solved by executing the batch file Administrator authority.
“ReportTemplateUpdateCheckTool.exe” included in the installation CD of
HF0010(Base:V2.0(B)). a The “TemplateUpdateTool” window opens.
■ Countermeasure
Perform the following procedure to update the Excel file for report.
 NOTE 
This procedure is applicable only to the Server PC.
1. Insert the HF0010(Base:V2.0(B)) CD in the DVD drive, and open it with

Explorer.
2. Open “D:\Tool” folder.
MT000095.ai
MT000094.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Click . 5. Click .
a The difference detection starts.
r REFERENCE
• The following differences between the files are detected.
- The template files stored in HF0010(Base:V2.0(B)) installation CD
- The template files already installed in the Server PC
• The folders where the template files are stored in the Server PC are listed
below.
- Windows XP
Introduction, Print, Report templates:
C:\DocumentsandSettings\AllUsers\ApplicationData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
SystemReportFormat\Human\Japanese
User template:
MT000096.ai
C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr\My Documents\FujiFilm\Template

a The folder of the target files on which the difference detection was performed
opens.
- Windows Vista / 7
Introduction, Print, Report templates:
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat\Human\Japanese
User template:
C:\Users\fujicr\Documents\FujiFilm\Template
a As the difference detection completes,

becomes active.
r REFERENCE
“Date”, “CHECK”, “file name” and “message” may be displayed several times.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Confirm the contents. r REFERENCE
Display example 1 When clicking , the following
processing is performed.
• The “Backup” folder is created under the folder where the template files are
stored on the Server PC, and the template files installed in the Server PC are
transferred to “Backup” folder.
• The “Introduction”, “Print” and “Report” folders are created under the folder
where the template files are stored on the Server PC, and the template files
in the HF0010(Base:F2.0(B)) installation CD are copied.
MT000097.ai
a The “Complete” window opens.

Display example 2
MT000230.ai
9. Click .
MT000229.ai
a The system returns to the “TemplateUpdateTool” window.
7. Close the folders. 10. Click .

a The system returns to the “TemplateUpdateTool” window.
11. Confirm the time stamps to make sure that the following folders are
8. Click . the same.
• The template files in the HF0010(Base:V2.0(B)) installation CD
 NOTE 
• The template files in the folder opened with Explorer
When clicking , the template
files are overwritten.
If customized template files were used, customized contents will be purged by
this overwriting.
To use the template file before update, confirm the customized contents before
the overwriting by using the files inside the “Backup” folder. After updating the
template files, apply the customized contents.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.10 Restoration Method for the Phenomena due to Forcing Shutdown During Media Writing MT-32
3.10 Restoration Method for the Phenomena due 2. Select “Scan and fix (recommended)”.
to Forcing Shutdown During Media Writing a The following window opens.
■ Outline
If you shut down the PC during the writing of study data to the storage disk, the
storage disk will be damaged and the following phenomena will occur.
• When the storage disk is mounted by using “Eject” on the “Disk” tab of indicator,
the error window “[11515] Data in the disk is inconsistency” opens.
• Although the restoration of the storage disk has been tried, the error window
“[11557] Free disk space is insufficient.” opens and the storage disk cannot be
restored.
• When the storage disk is inserted into the DVD drive, the message “Do you want MT000233.ai
to scan and fix DVD RW Drive?” is displayed by the OS.

3. Place checkmarks to all items and click [Start].
■ Restoration procedure a The following window opens.
Restore the storage disk with the following procedure.
1. Insert the storage disk into the DVD drive.

MT000234.ai
MT000232.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.10 Restoration Method for the Phenomena due to Forcing Shutdown During Media Writing MT-33
4. Select “See details”. 7. Restart the PC again.
a Details of the scan result are displayed. a Start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application.
8. From the indicator, click .
a The indicator window (Disk) is displayed.
9. Click [Utility].
a The “Disk Operation” window opens.
10. Click [Disk Restoration].

a Restoration of the storage disk starts.
MT000103.ai
5. Confirm the details of the scan result and restart the PC.
6. Start up the Service Utility and initialize the output queue.

 NOTE 
When you restart the PC, the processing stops at the application start screen
(splash screen) and the application stops running.
To solve this problem, start up the Service Utility and delete the output queue.
$ For details of the procedure, see “7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue”
under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.11 Procedure for Error Correction of NIC Driver (OptiPlex 760/780/960) MT-34
3.11 Procedure for Error Correction of NIC Driver 1. The following procedures need to be performed both in Server PC and
(OptiPlex 760/780/960) Client PC.
2. All the applications, including CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server/client

■ Purpose application, need to be terminated if running.
It has been reported that the error “[15151] Mirroring has been aborted” occurs at
3. Download the NIC driver from the URL below.
user’s sites.
Download from:
This phenomenon occurs because of a defective NIC Driver on DELL PC. DELL
announces that particular models have intermittent network disconnection http://www.dell.com/support/drivers/us/en/19/DriverDetails/Product/optiplex-
problems. 760?driverId=R290983&osCode=WW1&fileId=2731115712
To correct this error, updated NIC Driver needs to be installed. Installation of File to be downloaded:
updated BIOS is also requested. INTEL_825XX-GIGABIT-PLATFORM_Axx_Rxxxxxx.exe
■ Applicable Conditions 4. Download BIOS from the URLs below.

The applicable versions and OS are as follows. OptiPlex 760
Machine Model DELL PC Model OS Download from:
CR-VW 674 OptiPlex 760 Windows 7 http://www.dell.com/support/drivers/us/en/19/DriverDetails/Product/optiplex-
OptiPlex 780 Windows Vista 760?driverId=WVH20&osCode=WW1&fileId=3093957157
OptiPlex 960 Windows XP
File to be downloaded:
CR-IR 391CL OptiPlex 760 Windows 7
OptiPlex 780 Windows Vista O760-Axx.exe
OptiPlex 960
OptiPlex 780
■ Procedure Download from:

http://www.dell.com/support/drivers/us/en/19/DriverDetails/Product/optiplex-
● Prerequisites 780?driverId=6XXGK&osCode=W732&fileId=3084665303
File to be downloaded:
 NOTE 
O780-Axx.exe
• The URLs that in the following procedures might have broken links in the drivers/
BIOS upgrades. If the links are broken, search for the latest drivers/BIOS from the OptiPlex 960
DELL support website, and search for the latest driver/BIOS, and download them. Download from:
• “Axx” or “Rxxxxxx” (x numerals) appear in the following procedures, and they http://www.dell.com/support/drivers/us/en/19/DriverDetails/Product/optiplex-
indicate the version/revision, but the numerical portions might have values that 960?driverId=RW4PX&osCode=WLH&fileId=3080251982
vary depending upon the driver/revision. Replace the version/revision, in the
environments where the corrections are to actually be implemented to implement File to be downloaded:
them. O960-Axx.exe
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Inactivating UAC function (Windows Vista/7 with V2.1(B) or later) 2. Double-click the file.
With Windows Vista/7, UAC function needs to be inactivated during the installation. a The network driver-related window opens.
(If not, a lot of dialogs asking for your permission will open and the installation may
not be completed properly.)
 NOTE 
In case of Windows 7, inactivate UAC for V2.1(B) or later.
Skip this step if the version of the application software is V2.0(B) or earlier.
Windows Vista :
$ For the details of procedures, see “■ Setting the User Account Control MT000126.ai
(Inactivate)” of “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista” under “MC:

Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
3. Click [Continue].
Windows 7 : a The “Select the folder where you want to unzip the files to” window opens.
$ For the details of procedures, see “■ Setting the User Account Control
(Inactivate)” of “1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks,
When the installation of the software has completed, UAC function needs to be
activated as well. MT000127.ai
4. Click [OK].
● Updating NIC Driver a The window requesting confirmation of creating a directory opens.
1. Copy the file downloaded above (INTEL_825XX-GIGABIT-PLATFORM_
A04_R272000.exe) on the desktop of the PC.
MT000128.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click [Yes]. 3. Click [Continue].
a A window opens to indicate that decompressing processing is completed.
MT000129.ai
6. Click [OK].
a Installation of the driver is started automatically.
 NOTE 
In case it is not started automatically, execute “Setup.exe” in the directory
made in step 5 above.
®
a Intel network connection driver was successfully installed.
7. Click [Close]. MT000130.ai
a The “Confirm” window opens.
● Updating BIOS 4. Click [OK].

1. Copy the file downloaded above (O760-Axx.EXE/O780-Axx.EXE/O960-
Axx.EXE) on the desktop of the PC.
2. Double-click the file.

 NOTE 
MT000131.ai
In case of Windows Vista and Windows 7, right-click the file and click [Run as
administrator] and then click [Run] in the “Open File-Security Warning” window. 5. The PC is restarted automatically to execute BIOS update.
a The “Dell BIOS Flash” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Activating the UAC function (Windows Vista/Windows7 with V2.1(B) 2. Open the tree of “Network adapter” in “Device Manager” and double-
or later) click the hardware displayed.
With Windows Vista/7, the UAC function needs to be turned back to on after
installing the software.
 NOTE 
In case of Windows 7, skip this step if the version of the application software is
V2.0(B) or earlier.
$ For details of procedures, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control
(Activate)” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
*Terminate the application if running.
■ Confirmation procedure
● Confirmation of NIC Driver
1. Display Device Manager MT000132.ai
Windows XP : a The Properties window opens.
I. Select “Control Panel” from the Start menu.

II. Click “System” in “Control Panel” window. 3. Select “Driver” tab.
III. Select “Hardware” tab in “System Property” window and click [Device
Manager]. 4. Confirm that the version displays “11.6.92.0”.
Windows Vista, Windows 7 :

I. Select “Control Panel” from the Start menu.
II. Click “Hardware and Sound” in “Control Panel” window.
III. Click “Device Manager” in “Hardware and Sound” window.
MT000133.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Confirmation of BIOS
1. Execute msinfo32
Windows XP :
I. Select “Run” from the Start menu.
II. Input “msinfo32” in “Run” window, and then press <Enter> key.
Windows Vista, Windows 7 :

I. Select “Start Search” from the Start menu.
II. Input “msinfo32” in “Start Search”, and then press <Enter> key.
2. Select “System Summary”.

a The “System Information” window opens.
3. “Dell Inc.Axx” will be displayed in “BIOS Version/Date” in the item list.

 NOTE 
Ensure that the number (xx) in “Axx” is the same as the revision number of
updated BIOS.
MT000134.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.12 Restoration Procedure for the Case Images Cannot be Stored into NAS MT-39
3.12 Restoration Procedure for the Case Images When images could not be stored into NAS even after performing the steps 1
through 4 described above.
Cannot be Stored into NAS
1. Start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application.
■ Introduction
2. Delete the output cue to be output to NAS.
A trouble sometimes occurs in the operation of storing images into NAS (as a
substitution for storage disk), and images cannot be stored. This procedure
describes the processes of handling this trouble. 3. Open the NAS utility window, click [Internal information
reconfiguration], and take a note of the save destination path of the
present month's label name in the “Internal information
■ Cause of the trouble reconfiguration” window.
The trouble may occur if the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application is forcibly
terminated or the LAN cable is pulled out while images are being stored into NAS. 4. Terminate the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application and restart
Generally, the connection can be restored by restarting the PC or reconnecting the the PC.
LAN cable.
5. Terminate the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application.
■ Restoration procedure
6. Open the save destination path, which was noted down in step 3,
● Images cannot be stored into NAS (Case #1) using the Explorer, and delete “DICOMDIR”.
Perform the following procedure:
7. Start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application.
1. Restart the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application.
8. Open the NAS utility window and click [Internal information
2. Check the on/off state of the NAS icon in the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL reconfiguration]. Then, select the present month's label name in the
indicator to check whether CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL recognizes the “Internal information reconfiguration” window and click the [Start].
NAS or not.
3. Launch the Service Utility and select an unrecognized NAS from

[Connected equipment] a [BackupNAS]. Then, open a dialog by
clicking [Change], close the dialog by clicking [OK], and click [OK] to
close the NAS setting window.
4. Terminate the Service Utility.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.12 Restoration Procedure for the Case Images Cannot be Stored into NAS MT-40
● Images cannot be stored into NAS (Case #2)
As images cannot be stored into NAS after the study database has been initialized,
perform the following. However, there is no need to perform the procedure on the
new NAS as images can be stored into it.
1. Restart the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server application.

reconfiguration]. Confirm that there is nothing in the list of “Internal
information reconfiguration” window, and click [Cancel].
3. Open the NAS utility window and click [Database registration of

internal information].

reconfiguration].
5. Confirm that there is one or more lists in the “Internal information

reconfiguration” window, and click [Cancel].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.13 Procedure for Troubleshooting [50806] Error which Occurs in Free Layout Print MT-41
3.13 Procedure for Troubleshooting [50806] Error ● Setup procedure
which Occurs in Free Layout Print 1. Copy “C:\Windosws\system32\inetsrv\config\applicationhost.config”
for a backup.
■ Outline
This section provides the procedure for troubleshooting [50806] error, which occurs
2. Open “C:\Windosws\system32\inetsrv\config\applicationhost.config”
on the Notepad.
when multiple numbers of enlarged images (14”x17”) are output in Free Layout
print. r REFERENCE
The data is transmitted and received between Server application and Client Since the program cannot be opened by a usual operation, select and open it
application when printing images in Free Layout. This error occurs when the with the following procedure.
maximum size of data transmitted exceeds the limit the default setting (30MB).
I. Double-click “applicationhost.config”.
■ Applicable Conditions II. When the following window opens, select “Select a program from a list of
installed programs”.
The applicable versions and OS are as follows.
Machine Model Version OS

CR-VW 674 V5.00.0000 or later Windows Vista
CR-IR 391CL V1.00.0000 or later Windows Vista
■ Countermeasure
In case this problem occurs, expand the maximum data transfer size of IIS 7.0 MT000168.ai
according to KB942074 on Microsoft Support.

III. When the following window opens, select WordPad and click [OK].
● Advanced preparation
• Perform the procedure only on the Server PC. (Not required on Client PCs.)
• Terminate the Server/Client applications.
• For Windows Vista/7, set the UAC setting to OFF before performing the
procedure.
$ For Windows Vista, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)” of
“1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista” under “MC: Checks,
$ For Windows 7, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)” of
“1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks, Replacement
and Adjustment of Parts”.
After the UAC setting completes, restart the PC.
MT000169.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Confirm that “maxAllowedContentLength” exists in “requestLimits” applicationhost.config 2
under <system.webServer>-<security>-<requestFiltering>.
* Add “maxAllowedContentLength” tag in case it does not exist.
 NOTE 
Do not use “Tab” key when you type the tag.
Tags
4.
Tags
Configure the maximum data transfer size in
“maxAllowedContentLength”.
Tags
* Set 100MB as the maximum size (the reference value of Windows is 30MB)
* The configurable maximum length is 4GB.
Tags
5. Save “applicationhost.config” when the procedure above is
completed.
Tags
6. Restart Windows. Tags
“applicationHost.config” whose maximum data transfer size has been changed into
MT000122.ai
100MB is on “applicationhost.config 1” and “applicationhost.config 2” below.

 NOTE 
.
applicationhost.config 1 The symbols . Tags in upper figure describes the tags which are omitted
.
<system.webServer>
for convenience sake in the picture but practically exist in between.
<security>
<requestFiltering>
<requestLimits maxAllowedContentLength="100000000" />  NOTE 
</requestFiltering> Set the UAC setting back to ON after this setting completes.
</security>
</system.webServer> $ For details, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control (Activate)”
under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
MT000121.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Verification
r REFERENCE
The security center mark may be displayed at the icon after setting but there is no
problem.
1. Start up CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
2. Enlarge multiple number of images in 14”x17” size and print them in

Free Layout.
3. Make sure that the images are printed without any error.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.14 Procedure for Changing the Time of Automatic Log-off with Windows Vista/7 MT-44
3.14 Procedure for Changing the Time of ■ Procedure
Automatic Log-off with Windows Vista/7 Perform this procedure when the application logs off in the institute where the
automatic logoff function is turned off.
Sets the updating processing timing of IIS from the 29 hours cycle in the default
■ Outline setting to update IIS outside of work hours.
The application is suddenly logged off automatically 29 hours after CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL starts even though the automatic log-off function is disabled (OFF).  NOTE 
We would like to release the setting procedure to prevent the application of CR-VW • Perform this procedure only for the Server PC.
674/CR-IR 391CL from being logged off during hospital business hours. • Before starting this procedure, terminate CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application.
■ Causes and Measure

1. Open the Internet Infomation Services (IIS) Manager Window.
As IIS of Windows Vista/7 updates every 29 hours, login of CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL is released at the time of the update. It causes the problem above. Windows Vista :
Although we recommend that CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL be shut down every day,
this problem may occur if you forget to shut down the machine. I. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
a The “Control Panel” window opens.
In case this problem occurs during hospital business hours, it may possibly II. Double-click “Administrative Tools”.
interfere with the operation of the hospital. Therefore, it is necessary to change the a The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
time setting of IIS update to the time other than business hours. This prevents the
III. Double-click “Internet Infomation Services (IIS) Manager”.
sudden logoff during business hours next day even if a user forgets to shut down
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. However, CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is in the log-off a The “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” window opens.
condition at the time of starting operation next day.
Windows 7:
■ Applicable Conditions I. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
The applicable versions and OS are as follows. a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
II. Click “Administrative Tools”.
Machine Model Version OS
a The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
CR-VW 674 V5.00.0000 or later Windows Vista/7
CR-IR 391CL V1.00.0000 or later Windows Vista/7 III. Double-click “Internet Infomation Services (IIS) Manager”.
a The “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” window opens.
2. Select “Computer name” - “Application Pools” from the tree on the

left side of the window.
a The list of Application Pools appears at the middle of the screen.
3. Select “ASP.NET 1.1” and “Recycling” in “Actions”.

a The “Edit Application Pool Recycling Settings” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.14 Procedure for Changing the Time of Automatic Log-off with Windows Vista/7 MT-45
4. Set the following items as follows.
I. Remove the checkmark from “Regular time intervals (in minutes)” ( a ).
II. Place a checkmark to “Specific time(s)” ( a ) and input the desired time
other than business hours.
Example : The Specific time(s) is set for 2:00 AM
MC01040001.ai
5. Click .
6. Click [Finish].
a The system returns to the “Internet Infomation Services (IIS) Manager”
window.
7. Select “ASP.NET 1.1” and “Recycling” in “Actions” again.

a The “Edit Application Pool Recycling Settings” window opens.
8. Confirm that the time of “Specific time(s)” is set to the specified value.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.15 Installation Procedure for Replacing PDI Viewer with PD-S Viewer MT-46
3.15 Installation Procedure for Replacing PDI • Turn on the User Account Control after the installation is completed.
Viewer with PD-S Viewer $ For details of procedures, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control
(Activate)” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
Because PD-S Viewer, a viewer software for PDI, is installed, the failure (patient
names are not displayed on the list) does not occur with V2.0(B) or later.
● Procedure
Either upgrading the version of the application software to V2.0(B) or later or 1. Insert “HotFix0100(Base:V5.1)” CD into the DVD drive.
replacing PDI Viewer with PD-S Viewer can be applied as a solution.
Please apply one of the solutions above when the following failure occurs. 2. From the Explorer, right-click the DVD drive in which the CD is placed,
Patient names are not displayed on the list when PDI Viewer imports the PDI data, and select [Open] in the context menu.
which has been created with CR-IR 355V CL.
 NOTE  3. Open .
• The screen layout of PDI Viewer and PD-S Viewer are different. Please notify
users of this screen layout modification and obtain their consent before the
installation.
• The solution “replacing PDI Viewer with PD-S Viewer” can be applied to only 4. Double-click .
CR-IR 355V CL V5.1. This solution is not applicable for other version (V1.1(B))
and the other models (CR-VW 674 / CR-IR 391CL / CR-IR 391V CL), The
information for the other version and models will be released via ECN when the
evaluation has been completed. 5. Enter “1” after “Select number” and press <Enter> key.
■ The Procedure for replacing PDI viewer with PD-S Viewer

● Prerequisites MT000123.ai
• Conduct this procedure on the Server PC and the Client PC. a The “Installation Completed” window opens.
• Both the Server application and the Client application have been shut down. 6. Press <Enter> key to close the command prompt.
• In the case of Windows Vista, the User Account Control setting should be off
before the installation.
$ For the details of procedures, see “■ Setting the User Account Control
(Inactivate)” of “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista” under “MC:
Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
MT000124.ai
7. Remove the CD from the DVD drive, and restart the PC.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.15 Installation Procedure for Replacing PDI Viewer with PD-S Viewer MT-47
● Confirmation Procedure
1. Startup the application and login after the PC is restarted.
2. Select studies arbitrarily from the study list and output them to create
PDI.
3. After the PDI creation is completed, insert the PDI into the PC again.
4. Right-click the DVD drive, and then select [Open] in the context menu.
5. Make sure that the “PD-S Viewer” folder has been created.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.16 Countermeasure Against the Change of Window Size and Position Due to Monitor Power ON/OFF [V2.0(B) or Later] MT-48
3.16 Countermeasure Against the Change of ■ Confirming procedure
Window Size and Position Due to Monitor
Power ON/OFF [V2.0(B) or Later] 1. Start up the client application
a The Main window and Image Viewer window open.
■ Outline 2. Arrange the Main window and Image Viewer window so that they fill in
With the display driver for Windows 7 provided by DELL, the following phenomenon the display area of the monitor as shown at Screen 1.
occurs depending on the combination of the display driver and monitors.
 NOTE 
When you turn off and on the monitor while the PC is being on, the sizes and
• The default window arrangement right after the installation is fine.
positions of windows change.
• Do not maximize each window.
Screen 1: Status at step 2
MT000107.ai
At the time of installation, confirm whether the failure occurs via “■ Confirming
procedure”. If the failure occurs, perform the countermeasure as described in the
following “■ Countermeasure”.
MT000108.ai
3. Press the power button on the front side of the monitor.

a The monitor is turned OFF.
4. Press the power button on the front side of the monitor again.
a The monitor is turned ON.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. When the sizes and positions of the windows are different from those ■ Countermeasure
at step 2 (Screen 1) (See Screen 2 example), terminate the server
application. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.
Screen 2: Display example when the phenomenon occurred a The “Control Panel” window opens.
2. Select “Device Manager”.

a The “Device Manager” window opens.
3. Right-click “Intel(R) 4 Series Internal Chipset (or Intel(R) Q45/43

Express Chipset)” of “Display adapters”, and select “Properties”.
MT000107.ai
From here, perform “Countermeasure”.

MT000109.ai
a The “(Chipset name) Properties” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Select the “Driver” tab, and click [Roll Back Driver]. 6. Confirm that the Driver Version is “8.15.10.1749”, and click [OK].
MT000110.ai
a The “Driver Package rollback” window opens.
5.
MT000111.ai
Click [Yes].
a After the screen becomes black once for adjustment, the system returns to  NOTE 
the “(Chipset name) Properties” window. The Chipset name may be changed but there is no problem.
a The window confirming for the restart opens.
7. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
8. Perform “■ Confirming procedure” again and confirm that there is no

problem.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.17 Avoidance Procedure Against the Phenomenon that the Monitor Does Not Return from Standby [V2.0(B) or Later] MT-51
3.17 Avoidance Procedure Against the ■ Countermeasure
Phenomenon that the Monitor Does Not
 NOTE 
Return from Standby [V2.0(B) or Later]
Before performing the following procedure, terminate the server application and
client application.
■ Phenomenon
With the display driver for Windows 7 provided by DELL, the following phenomenon 1. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.
occurs depending on the combination of the display driver and monitors.
When the PC is not operated for a predetermined period of time (20 minutes for the
factory setting), the monitor automatically goes standby.
After that, the monitor does not return from the standby even when there is input
from a mouse or keyboard, and the screen is not displayed. a The “Device Manager” window opens.
Additionally, a sound emitted when a plug-and-play device is connected keeps 3. Right-click “Intel(R) 4 Series Internal Chipset (or Intel(R) Q45/43
beeping during the standby status.
Express Chipset)” of “Display adapters”, and select “Properties”.
■ Target devices
 NOTE 
The phenomenon occurs in the following configurations when the monitor is
connected via DVI cable (DVI-DVI).
OS: Windows 7 Professional

Target monitors:
• EIZO FlexScan S1721
• EIZO FlexScan S170
MT000136.ai
a The “(Chipset name) Properties” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Select the “Driver” tab, and click [Roll Back Driver]. 6. Confirm that the Driver Version is “8.15.10.1749”, and click [OK].
MT000137.ai
MT000135.ai
 NOTE 
a The “Driver Package rollback” window opens. The Chipset name may be changed but there is no problem.
5. Click [Yes]. a The window confirming for the restart opens.

a After the screen becomes black once for adjustment, the system returns to
the “(Chipset name) Properties” window. 7. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
 NOTE 
After the PC restart, perform the procedure at “■ Confirming procedure”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Confirming procedure 4. Set “Turn off the display” to “1 minute”, and click [Save changes].
1. Click “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.

2. Select “Power Options”.

a The “Power Options” window opens.
3. Select “Change plan settings” at “Balanced (recommended)”.
MT000113.ai
a The system returns to the “Power Options” window.
5. Wait for more than 1 minute without operating a mouse nor keyboard.
a The monitor automatically turns off.
r REFERENCE
MT000112.ai
At this time, check that the color of the power indicator on the front side of the
a The “Edit Plan Settings” window opens. monitor changes (e.g.: power on: green a power off: orange) and nothing is
displayed on the screen to confirm that the monitor actually turns off.
6. Confirm the following two items.

• The sound emitted when a plug-and-play device is connected (the sound “boo
loop”) does not keep beeping.
• When you operate a mouse or keyboard, the monitor turns on and the screen
is displayed.
 NOTE 
If nothing is displayed, you can display the screen by turning on the monitor
again.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Select “Change plan settings” at “Balanced (recommended)” again.
a The “Edit Plan Settings” window opens.
8. Set “Turn off the display” to “20 minutes”, and click [Save changes].
MT000114.ai
9. Close the window.

a The system returns to the desktop screen.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.18 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that the Main Window is Displayed in Japanese at Client PC Installation MT-55
3.18 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon ■ Countermeasure
that the Main Window is Displayed in
 NOTE 
Multiple Languages at Client PC Installation
• Perform the procedure only on the Server PC. (Not required on Client PCs.)
• Terminate the Server/Client applications in advance.
■ Outline
When setting up the host name of Client PC, the phenomenon that the Main
window is displayed in multiple languages will occur if you set the host name that is
● Setup at the Service Utility
different from the computer name which has been set in Windows. 1. Start up the Service Utility.
If you set up a wrong host name, the names of items in the window cannot be $ For how to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and
acquired correctly from the string database and are displayed in multiple Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
languages.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
2. Click [Connected equipment].

a The “Setting connection devices” window opens.
3. Click [Client equipment].

a The “Setting a client computer” window opens.
4. Confirm “Host name” from the Client device list. Select the device in
which the name different from the computer name of the Client PC
actually set has been set, and click [Change].
r REFERENCE
For how to confirm the computer name, see the following confirmation method.
a The “Change the client computer” window opens.
MT000150.ai
5. Properly correct “Host name” and click [Change].
■ Target devices a The system returns to the “Setting a client computer” window.
• V1.0(B) or later 6. Confirm that the corrected content has been reflected on “Host name”
of the client device list, and click [Finish].
a The system returns to the “Setting connection devices” window.
7. Click [Return].
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.18 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that the Main Window is Displayed in Japanese at Client PC Installation MT-56
8. Click [EXIT].
● How to confirm the computer name (Windows XP)

1. From the “Start” menu, right-click “My Computer”.
2. Select “Properties” from the menu.

a The “System Properties” window opens.
3. Select the “Computer name” tab.
4. Confirm “Full computer name”.
● How to confirm the computer name (Windows Vista/7)

1. From the “Start” menu, right-click “Computer”.
2. Select “Properties” from the menu.

a “The “System” window opens.
3. Confirm “Full computer name”.
1. Restart the Server PC.
2. Start the Client application from the Client PC, and log in.
a The Main window opens.
3. Confirm that the name of each item is correctly displayed.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.19 Procedure for Changing the Deleting Time of Endoscopic Study Reception Folder [V2.2(B) or Later] MT-57
3.19 Procedure for Changing the Deleting Time 1. Start up the Service Utility.
of Endoscopic Study Reception Folder $ For how to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and
Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
[V2.3(B) or Later]
■ Outline 2. Click [System].

Previously, the folder created for endoscopic study recteption used to be deleted a The “System settings” window opens.
after the study finished.
However, if files were resent from the endoscopic device to the deleted folder, the 3. Filter setup items with “Settings for endoscopic image import”.
file transfer will fail.
To prevent this phenomenon, set up the timing to delete the reception folder at the 4. Set the setting value of “20-8 The delete folder interval of endoscopy
Service Utility. (time)” to the time that suits the operation of the institution.
r REFERENCE
The default setting is “24 (hours)”.
■ Target devices
Version of the device connecting to the endoscopic device is V2.3(B) or later.
■ Advanced preparation
• Before performing the work, terminate all applications.
• Perform this setting only on the Server PC.
• Import all endoscopic studies in advance.
■ Countermeasure
 NOTE 
Normally, operate the device by leaving the setting as the default one (24 hours). MT000151.ai
Change is not required.

To run the endoscopic device without turning it off for 24 hours or longer after an 5. Click [OK].
endoscopic examination, set the time longer than the continuous working hour of
the endoscopic device.
6. Click [EXIT].
a The Service Utility terminates, and the system returns to the desktop screen.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.20 Countermeasure Against the Phenomena due to Multi-frame Images of V2.0(B) or Later [V2.2(B) or Later] MT-58
3.20 Countermeasure Against the Phenomena ■ Countermeasure
due to Multi-frame Images of V2.0(B) or Execute the “DiskRestoration” tool that forcibly restores the DICOMDIR file in the
Later [V2.2(B) or Later] storage disk.
r REFERENCE
■ Outline The function for restoring the DICOMDIR file exists in “Disk Restoration” of the
The following phenomena may occur on multi-frame images of V2.0(B) or later. Client Utility.
• The number of study images output to the storage disk (DVD) has increase over However, “Disk Restoration” of the Client Utility regards the disk in this case as
the actual number of the exposed study images. “normal” and does not perform restoration. The DICOMDIR file can be forcibly
restored by the use of this tool.
• The study information which has been automatically deleted from the hard disk
As well, if the study information is left in the PC, outputting the information to a new
cannot be imported from the storage disk (DVD).
storage disk (DVD) has the same effect as executing the tool.
• When importing a study image for reference, image is duplicated and a pair of
the same images (doubled) is imported.
When the phenomena occurred, execute the tool to deal with it.
● Operating conditions of the tool
The following conditions must be satisfied.
r REFERENCE • Version of the application is V2.2(B) or later.
The phenomena occur by the following operations (examples). • The server application is running.
• Import multi-frame study as DICOM data (or import it from PDI) and output it to a • Keep the client application in a static condition as much as possible to not
storage disk. compete with media-related processing such as outputting.
• Delete the study in the Study Utility and then repeat the same operations. • Only DVD is the target for restoration by this tool. (NAS is not supported since no
New phenomena will not occur by executing this tool. NAS has been installed.)
If a similar phenomenon has occurred, try this tool to confirm whether the tool can
solve the defect although it is not sure whether the operations above have been ● Execution procedure
performed or not.
1. Input “DiskRestoration” in “Run” of Windows
r REFERENCE
■ Target devices For Windows Vista/7, start up the tool with administrator authority.
V2.2(B) or later
a The tool is activated.
2. Click [Start].
3. Insert the target disk into the drive and click [OK].
a The dialog is displayed during the restoration.
After a while, the restoration completes.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.20 Countermeasure Against the Phenomena due to Multi-frame Images of V2.0(B) or Later [V2.2(B) or Later] MT-59
● Confirming procedure
Display the study list in the storage disk (DVD) on the Study Utility, and confirm that
the number of images is correct.
 NOTE 
• If no improvement after executing the tool, request FUJIFILM for an analysis.
• The number of images in the disk may increase when being displayed in the
Study Utility even after executing the tool. Remove and remount the disk, and
then confirm whether the number of images becomes normal.
(Although the storage disk is normal, the old information may left and cause
display error temporarily.)
■ Cautions
● In case of failure
Since the information volume increases during the DICOMDIR reconstruction, the
DICOMDIR file size becomes bigger.
If the reconstruction by the tool failed due to an insufficient free space, etc., request
FUJIFILM for an analysis by attaching the DICOMDIR backup in the log folder.
(The label name and Media Storage SOP Instance UID are required.)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.21 Countermeasure When the Error [24768] Occurred in Client PC MT-60
3.21 Countermeasure When the Error [24768] ■ Target devices
Occurred in Client PC ● Target models
• V1.0(B) or later
■ Outline ● Environmental conditions
When opening the Read Image window on the Client PC, the error “[24768] Image
The institutions with the models above that are applicable to both of the following
reading operation is being conducted” is displayed and the Read Image window
conditions
does not open.
• Server/Client configuration
This phenomenon occurs in case that the monitor configurations are different
between the Server PC and Client PC (e.g.: Server PC has two monitors and Client • Either the Server or the Client has a different monitor configuration
PC has one) and the user logged in with the same user name.
■ Countermeasure and preventive measure
The display position of the Read Image window is saved on each login user name.
Therefore, after saving the display position of the Read Image window displayed ● Countermeasure when the error [24768] occurs
on the secondary monitor at a PC with dual monitor configuration, the window is
displayed out of the display area when the user has logged in to a PC with single 1. Restart the Server PC and all the Client PCs.
monitor configuration.  NOTE 
When this phenomenon has occurred, the user will recognize that the Read Image On the PC on which the phenomenon occurred, termination with the
window is not displayed and try to start up the window again. As a result, the error termination button of the application cannot be done since the Read Image
“[24768] Image reading operation is being conducted”. window remains running outside the display area. Restart the PC from the
Start menu of the OS.
In the future, a countermeasure to correct the Read Image window display In case of Window 7/Vista, a window that confirms terminating the application
processing and display the window within the display area when the display opens. Select the forced termination.
position is outside the display area will be taken.
This section describes the countermeasure and preventive measure for when using a The Server application starts.
PCs with different monitor configurations to be used as interim measures until then.
2. Start up the Client application on the PC that has a dual-monitor
r REFERENCE configuration, and log in with the user name with which the
The same problem occurs when starting up the Study Utility or NAS Utility at the
phenomenon has occurred.
PCs with different monitor configurations.
The countermeasure and preventive measure to perform when the phenomenon
3. Display the Read Image window, and move the window to the primary
monitor.
occurs are the same as those for the Read Image window.
4. Close the Read Image window without taking any images.
5. Terminate the Client application on the PC that has a dual-monitor

configuration.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.21 Countermeasure When the Error [24768] Occurred in Client PC MT-61
6. Start up the Client application on the PC on which the phenomenon
has occurred.
7. Log in with the user name with which the phenomenon has occurred,
and confirm that the phenomenon does not recur.
● Preventive measure
Since the display position of the Read Image window is saved on each login user,
this phenomenon can be prevented by using different login user names for the
Server and the Client.
If the phenomenon has occurred although the different login user names were
used, it is considered that the wrong user name was used. In this case, terminate
the application and log in again with the correct user name.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.22 Countermeasure When the Application Is Not Displayed on the Secondary Monitor MT-62
3.22 Countermeasure When the Application Is ● Example of NG (The Main window is slightly out of the monitor area.)
Not Displayed on the Secondary Monitor The phenomenon occurs when a part of the
application window is out of the monitor area
■ Outline
If the application is displayed on the secondary monitor, it will be displayed on the
primary monitor after being restarted.
This section describes how to prevent the phenomenon mentioned above.
■ Cause of the trouble

The display image is recorded when terminating the application.
In this processing, the coordinate of the application top left corner is recorded. If
the application window is out of the monitor display, the coordinate of the top left
corner cannot be recorded. In that case, the application will be displayed on the
primary monitor when starting it up next time.
■ Target devices
MT000153.ai
V2.0(B) or later (Both the Server and Client are applicable.) ■ Confirming procedure
■ Setup procedure Terminate and start up the application.
Confirm that the application is displayed at the arranged position at the time the
Arrange the application to the position not out of the monitor top left corner. (Slightly application being terminated.
leave a space on the top and left sides of the application window as shown below.)
● Example of OK
Slightly leave a space on the top and
left sides of the application window
MT000152.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.23 Countermeasure When the Error [15151] After PC Startup Occurs MT-63
3.23 Countermeasure When the Error [15151] 2. Add the IP address and host name for NAS like the line of “127.0.0.1
After PC Startup Occurs localhost”.
■ Outline
Right after the PC is started up, the phenomenon that the error “[15151] Mirroring
has been aborted” is recorded in the indicator and the mirroring is aborted occurs.
This phenomenon occurs when the network is unstable and name resolution of IP
address on the network does not function properly.
This section describes how to register the IP address and host name of NAS in the
hosts file in the PC.
Add the IP address and host name of the NAS

MT000141.ai
■ Target devices
3. Over the hosts file to save it.
V1.0(B) or later
 NOTE 
For Windows Vista/7, set the UAC setting back to On after this setting
■ Countermeasure completes.
$ For details, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control (Activate)”
 NOTE  under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
• Perform this procedure only on the Server PC.
• For Windows Vista/7, set the UAC setting to Off before performing the procedure. 4. Restart the PC.
$ For Windows Vista, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)”
of “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista” under “MC: Checks,
“1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks,
Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”. 1. Start up the client application, and confirm that the error [15151] does
not occur at the indicator.
After the UAC setting completes, restart the PC.
2. Register a dummy study, and confirm that the mirroring is functioning.
1. Open the hosts file located in “C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc”
with the Notepad. 3. Delete the dummy study.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.24 Countermeasure When the Indicator Disappeared MT-64
3.24 Countermeasure When the Indicator ■ Countermeasure
Disappeared Correct the coordinate position of the indicator.
 NOTE 
■ Outline • Terminate the application in advance.
● Details of the phenomenon • Perform the procedure only on the PC on which the phenomenon occurred.
The indicator disappears from the screen when it is moved to the upper side of the
window. 1. Input the following path into “Search programs and files” (“Start
Once the indicator disappears, it will not be displayed even after the PC is Search” for Windows Vista) on the “Start” menu.
restarted.
“C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config\ClientInfo.ini”
r REFERENCE
● Cause The procedure above is for Windows Vista/7. For Windows XP, perform the
When moving the indicator with a mouse, the application acquires the coordinate of following procedure.
the indicator and write it to “ClientInfo.ini”. I. Click “Run” from the “Start” menu.
This phenomenon occurs when the application fails to acquire the display II. When the “Run” window is displayed, input the following path.
coordinate, writing the data and the coordinate position is saved as negative
“C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit
(outside the window).
\Config\ClientInfo.ini”
III. Press the <Enter> key.
● Measure
When this phenomenon occurs, correct the coordinate position of the indicator in 2. Change the values of “PositionX” and “PositionY” in “FloatIndicator”
“ClientInfo.ini”.
to “0”, and then save the data.
■ Target devices ■ Confirmation procedure

1. Start up the Server application.
2. Start up the Client application of the PC on which the phenomenon

occurred, and log in.
3. Confirm that the indicator is displayed on the upper left of the window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.25 Countermeasure Against the Error [49572] Occurring at Application Startup MT-65
3.25 Countermeasure Against the Error [49572] 1. Launch the Notepad (notepad.exe).
Occurring at Application Startup
2. Input the following contents.
■ Outline @echo off

for /f "tokens=3-4 delims=. " %%i in ('ver') do (
The phenomenon that the error “[49572] Importing of examination data failed.” is if "%%i" == "XP" set os=NT5
displayed on the indicator each time the application starts up may occur. if "%%j" == "6" set os=NT6
)
This phenomenon occurs because the import of an abnormal file, which was goto osver_%os%
generated in the study data import folder, at the startup failed. :osver_NT5
del /F /Q "C:¥Program Files¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Retrieve¥ImportImage¥*.*"
Since the abnormal file remains without being deleted despite the error occurence, goto ENDBATCH
the error is displayed each time the application starts up. :osver_NT6
del /F /Q "C:¥ProgramData¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Retrieve¥ImportImage¥*.*"
To solve this problem, delete the abnormal file in the study data import folder. goto ENDBATCH
:ENDBATCH
■ Target devices 3. Select “Save As” from the “File” menu, and save the file on the
• V3.0 or later desktop as “DeleteFiles.bat”.
4. Close the Notepad.

■ Countermeasure
5. Execute the saved “DeleteFiles.bat”.
 NOTE 
In this procedure, creating and executing file are required. If you copy texts from
the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places. ■ Confirmation procedure
If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the following
ECN is recommended. 1. Start up CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
“ECN 2012-E-0187 Procedure for Troubleshooting Error 49572 Occurring on
Startup” 2. Confirm that the error “[49572] Importing of examination data failed.”
If you cannot see ECN, you have to perform the operation in accordance with this is not displayed.
procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before
executing the file. 3. Confirm that the event of “[49572] Importing of examination data
Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and spaces. failed.” is not registered to the indicator.
 NOTE 
Perform this procedure only on the Server PC.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.26 Countermeasure Against the Failure of Patient List Auto-update MT-66
3.26 Countermeasure Against the Failure of ■ Target devices
Patient List Auto-update All versions of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL at the institutions where the phenomenon
mentioned above occurs
3.26.1 Countermeasure by Executing Tool

■ Countermeasure
■ Outline  NOTE 
The phenomenon that the patient list is not updated automatically although the In this procedure, creating and executing file are required. If you copy texts from
patient list auto-update has been set to be performed. the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places.
The cause of this phenomenon is the database index configured by mistake during If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the following
application version upgrade. ECN is recommended.
This procedure also remedies the problem that unintentionally exits the Read “ECN 2012-E-0337 Revised: Procedure for Correcting Invalid Database Index that
Image window or slows the operation, which are caused by the timed out access to Disables Auto-Update Patient List”
the database due to extremely large number of images. If you cannot see ECN, you have to perform the operation in accordance with this
procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before
 NOTE  executing the file.
If this tool does not remedy the problem, upgrading the application software to Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and spaces.
V2.3(B) is required.
The version upgrade that causes the phenomenon is as follows.

● Creating tool
Copy the commands mentioned below to the Notepad, and create the following six
• V2.0 or earlier → V2.0 files.
• V1.1(B) or earlier → V1.1(B) • ReconstructClusterdIndexes.bat
• V2.0(B) or earlier → V2.0(B) • PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES.sql
• PK_T_TDATA_FILE.sql
If the phenomenon occurred, execute the tool to handle it. • PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS.sql
• PK_T_TIMAGE.sql
 NOTE 
• PK_T_TPATIENT.sql
If this tool does not remedy the phenomenon, upgrade the application to V2.3(B).
• PK_T_TSTUDY.sql
r REFERENCE  NOTE 
This tools also remedies the following phenomena caused by extremely large • Each red string in the following file contents is a string which extends across
number of images. multiple lines when being shown here but must be one line on the file. If you
• The Read Image window closes on its own. copied the contents from the PDF to the Notepad, delete line feed characters so
that each red string becomes one line.
• Operation is slow.
• If you copy texts from the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended
places. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
○ ReconstructClusterdIndexes.bat ○ PK_T_TDATA_FILE.sql
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dStudy -iPK_T_TDATA_FILE.sql -oPK_T_TDATA_FILE.log -- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index.
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dStudy -iPK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS.sql -oPK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS.log if exists (select * from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TDATA_FILE')
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dStudy -iPK_T_TIMAGE.sql -oPK_T_TIMAGE.log BEGIN
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dStudy -iPK_T_TSTUDY.sql -oPK_T_TSTUDY.log DECLARE @INDEXID INT
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dListConfig -iPK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES.sql -oPK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES.log SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TDATA_FILE')
sqlcmd -Usa -Pfcr-dms -dPATIENT -iPK_T_TPATIENT.sql -oPK_T_TPATIENT.log if (@INDEXID) != 1
pause BEGIN
-- Delete the primary key constraint.
○ PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES.sql
if exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TDATA_FILE')
ALTER TABLE T_TDATA_FILE DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDATA_FILE
-- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index. -- Set the primary key constraint.
if exists (select * from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES') if not exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TDATA_FILE')
BEGIN ALTER TABLE T_TDATA_FILE ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDATA_FILE PRIMARY KEY
CLUSTERED (DATA_FILE_SEQ)
DECLARE @INDEXID INT END
SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from dbo.sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_MDEFINE_ END
VALUES') ELSE
if (@INDEXID) != 1 BEGIN
BEGIN -- Set the primary key constraint.
-- Delete the primary key constraint. ALTER TABLE T_TDATA_FILE ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDATA_FILE PRIMARY KEY
if exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES') CLUSTERED (DATA_FILE_SEQ)
ALTER TABLE T_MDEFINE_VALUES DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES END
-- Set the primary key constraint.

if not exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES')
ALTER TABLE T_MDEFINE_VALUES ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_MDEFINE_
VALUES PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(UseSubSystem, SearchColumnSeq, SelectValueSeq)
END
END
ELSE
BEGIN
ALTER TABLE T_MDEFINE_VALUES ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_MDEFINE_
VALUES PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(UseSubSystem, SearchColumnSeq, SelectValueSeq)
END
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
○ PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS.sql ○ PK_T_TIMAGE.sql
-- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index. -- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index.
if exists (select * from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS') if exists (select * from dbo.sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TIMAGE')
BEGIN BEGIN
DECLARE @INDEXID INT DECLARE @INDEXID INT
SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS') SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from dbo.sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TIMAGE')
if (@INDEXID) != 1 if (@INDEXID) != 1
BEGIN BEGIN
-- Delete the primary key constraint. -- Delete the foreign key constraint.
if exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS') if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TDATA_FILE_T_TIMAGE')
ALTER TABLE T_TDEVICE_STATUS DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS ALTER TABLE T_TDATA_FILE DROP CONSTRAINT FK_T_TDATA_FILE_T_TIMAGE
if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TOUT_MAN_T_TIMAGE')
-- Set the primary key constraint. ALTER TABLE T_TOUT_MAN DROP CONSTRAINT FK_T_TOUT_MAN_T_TIMAGE
if not exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS')
ALTER TABLE T_TDEVICE_STATUS ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS PRIMARY -- Delete the primary key constraint.
KEY CLUSTERED(DEVICE_ID) if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TIMAGE')
END ALTER TABLE T_TIMAGE DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_TIMAGE
END -- Set the primary key constraint.
ELSE if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TIMAGE')
BEGIN ALTER TABLE T_TIMAGE ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TIMAGE PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(IMAGE_
-- Set the primary key constraint. SEQ)
ALTER TABLE T_TDEVICE_STATUS ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS PRIMARY
KEY CLUSTERED(DEVICE_ID) -- Set the foreign key constraint.
END if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TDATA_FILE_T_TIMAGE')
ALTER TABLE T_TDATA_FILE ADD CONSTRAINT FK_T_TDATA_FILE_T_TIMAGE FOREIGN KEY
(
IMAGE_SEQ
) REFERENCES T_TIMAGE (
IMAGE_SEQ
) ON DELETE CASCADE
if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TOUT_MAN_T_TIMAGE')
ALTER TABLE T_TOUT_MAN ADD CONSTRAINT FK_T_TOUT_MAN_T_TIMAGE FOREIGN KEY
(
IMAGE_SEQ
) REFERENCES T_TIMAGE (
IMAGE_SEQ
) ON DELETE CASCADE
END
END
ELSE
BEGIN
ALTER TABLE T_TIMAGE ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TIMAGE PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(IMAGE_SEQ)
END
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
○ PK_T_TPATIENT.sql -- Delete the primary key constraint.
if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TSTUDY')
-- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index. ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_TSTUDY
if exists (select * from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TPATIENT')
BEGIN -- Set the primary key constraint.
if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TSTUDY')
DECLARE @INDEXID INT ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TSTUDY PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(STUDY_
SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TPATIENT') SEQ)
if (@INDEXID) != 1
BEGIN -- Set the foreign key constraint.
-- Delete the primary key constraint. if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSERIES_T_TSTUDY')
if exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TPATIENT') ALTER TABLE T_TSERIES ADD CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSERIES_T_TSTUDY FOREIGN KEY
ALTER TABLE T_TPATIENT DROP CONSTRAINT PK_T_TPATIENT (
STUDY_SEQ
-- Set the primary key constraint. ) REFERENCES T_TSTUDY (
if not exists (select * from sysobjects where name = 'PK_T_TPATIENT') STUDY_SEQ
ALTER TABLE T_TPATIENT ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TPATIENT PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED ) ON DELETE CASCADE
(PATIENT_SEQ) if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION_T_TSTUDY')
END ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION ADD CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION_T_
END TSTUDY FOREIGN KEY
ELSE (
BEGIN STUDY_SEQ
-- Set the primary key constraint. ) REFERENCES T_TSTUDY (
ALTER TABLE T_TPATIENT ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TPATIENT PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED STUDY_SEQ
(PATIENT_SEQ) ) ON DELETE CASCADE
END if not exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSTUDY_REF_EXCLUSION')
ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY_REF_EXCLUSION ADD CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSTUDY_REF_
EXCLUSION FOREIGN KEY
○ PK_T_TSTUDY.sql (
STUDY_SEQ
-- If the clustered index is not exists, recreate the clustered index. ) REFERENCES T_TSTUDY (
if exists (select * from dbo.sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TSTUDY') STUDY_SEQ
BEGIN ) ON DELETE CASCADE
DECLARE @INDEXID INT END
SET @INDEXID = (select top 1 indid from dbo.sysindexes where name = 'PK_T_TSTUDY') END
if (@INDEXID) != 1 ELSE
BEGIN BEGIN
-- Delete the foreign key constraint. -- Set the primary key constraint.
if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSERIES_T_TSTUDY') ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY ADD CONSTRAINT PK_T_TSTUDY PRIMARY KEY CLUSTERED(STUDY_
ALTER TABLE T_TSERIES DROP CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSERIES_T_TSTUDY SEQ)
if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION_T_TSTUDY') END
ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION DROP CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSTUDY_EXCLUSION_T_
TSTUDY
if exists (select * from dbo.sysobjects where name = 'FK_T_TSTUDY_REF_EXCLUSION')
ALTER TABLE T_TSTUDY_REF_EXCLUSION DROP CONSTRAINT FK_T_TSTUDY_REF_
EXCLUSION
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Executing the tool ■ Confirmation procedure
 NOTE   NOTE 
Terminate Server/Client Applications in advance. Setting change and study reservation are temporarily performed for confirmation.
After the confirmation completes, the changed settings have to be restored and the
study reservation has to be cancelled.
1. Create “ReconstructClusteredIndexes” folder on the desktop.
Note down the settings before the change and the created patient information in
2. Copy the following six files created at “● Creating tool” to the created advance.
folder.
• ReconstructClusterdIndexes.bat r REFERENCE
• PK_T_MDEFINE_VALUES.sql
The following procedure is for the phenomenon that the patient list is not updated
• PK_T_TDATA_FILE.sql
automatically.
• PK_T_TDEVICE_STATUS.sql
• PK_T_TIMAGE.sql For other phenomena such as the Read Image window closing on its own and slow
• PK_T_TPATIENT.sql operation, confirm that they have been solved.
• PK_T_TSTUDY.sql
3. Right click “ReconstructClusterdIndexes.bat”, and select “Run as

● Setting the auto-update and the switching of Start the study/Register
study buttons
administrator”.
r REFERENCE 1. Start up the Server application.
For Windows XP, double-click “ReconstructClusterdIndexes.bat”. a The Main window opens.
a The command prompt starts. 2. Click and select “Customize”.
MT000156.ai
a The “Display setting” window opens.
MT000155.ai
4. When “Press any key to continue…” is displayed, press <Enter> key.

a The command prompt closes.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Select the “Patient List” tab, and place a checkmark to “Auto-update ● Register an arbitrary exposure menu
Setting: Enable automatic updating”.
 NOTE 
 NOTE 
Study reservation using an arbitrary patient information is performed in this
Note down the setting to be changed. procedure. Note down the patient ID so that you can identify which patient
information was used for reservation because the reserved study has to be deleted
later.
1. Select any patient with “Study status: Verified” from the “Patient List”.
MT000157.ai
4. Select the “FCR-Operations” tab, and select “Behavior on registering

a study: Register study”.
 NOTE 
Note down the setting to be changed.
MT000159.ai
2. Select the “FCR” tab and click any exposure menu.
MT000158.ai
5. Click [OK].
a The “Display setting” window closes.
MT000160.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
a The [24769] confirmation window opens. ● Deleting the registered study
i IMPORTANT
When performing this procedure, pay attention not to delete the studies, already
registered in the institutions, that are still necessary.
MT000161.ai 1. Select the study registered in “● Register an arbitrary exposure menu”

from the patient list.
3. Click [OK].
 NOTE 
a The [24770] confirmation window opens. Confirm that the selected study is the target study by looking at “Patient ID”,
“Registration date”, “Registration time” and “Study status: Scheduled”.
MT000162.ai
4. Click [OK]. MT000164.ai
● Confirming the auto-update 2. Double-click the selected study.

After the auto-update interval passes, confirm that the study registered in “●
Register an arbitrary exposure menu”is displayed in the “Patient List”. a The “Read Image” window opens.
MT000163.ai MT000165.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [Complete]. 3.26.2 Rebuilding Setting of the Study Database
a The [34524] warning window opens.
[V2.2(B) or later]
■ Outline
Routinely rebuild the index of the study database to handle the following
phenomena.
• The patient list is not updated automatically.
• The Study Utility does no open.
• Generally operation is slow. (Nearly 100% of CPU is used.)
MT000166.ai ■ Countermeasure
Introducing V2.2(B) can remedy the phenomena.
4. Click [OK].
 NOTE 
5. Confirm that the registered study has been deleted from the patient Normally, the systems are to be operated with the default settings from the time of
list. introduction.
● Changing the setup values back to those before confirmation Regarding the following phenomena, perform setting by referring to “6.1 System”
If the settings were changed in “● Setting the auto-update and the switching of under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
Start the study/Register study buttons”, restore the settings by referring to the
• Application termination processing is remarkably long:
noted down contents.
Set “15-18 When the application is terminated, the maintenance of database.” to
● Delete the files “No”.
• Failure relating to rebuilding processing occurs:
1. Delete the “ReconstructClusterdIndexes” folder on the desktop.
Decrease the value of “15-19 Run database maintenance interval (day)”. (The
default is 5.)
2. Delete the “ReconstructClusterdIndexes” folder from the Recycle Bin.
$ For details, see “6.1 System” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
r REFERENCE
At V2.2(B), two of the item “15-18” exist.
It is planned that one “15-18” is to be changed to “15-24” by applying HF0001
(Base: V2.2(B)).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.27 Countermeasure When the Error [29071] and Error [20110] Occur at Startup MT-74
3.27 Countermeasure When the Error [29071] ■ Recovering procedure (details)
and Error [20110] Occur at Startup
 NOTE 
• Perform this procedure only on the Server PC.
■ Outline • Terminate Server/Client applications before starting the procedure.
When starting up the Server application, the phenomenon that the error [29071]
and error [20110] occur and the application does not start may occur.
This section describes the recovering procedure for when the phenomenon occurs.
● Rebuilding the performance counter
 NOTE 
■ Recovering procedure (overview) the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places.
There are two patterns of recovering procedure. If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the following
ECN is recommended.
• Rebuilding the performance counter
“ECN 2012-E-0414 Procedure for Correcting Error 29071 that Occurs when the
• Executing Lodctr System Starts Up”
If you cannot see ECN, you have to perform the operation in accordance with this
The recovering procedure varies according to the error type and version. Perform procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before
the procedure by referring to the following table. executing the file.
Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and spaces.
• Rebuilding the performance counter
V2.1(B) or • Executing Lodctr (Perform when the error was
earlier not solved by rebuilding the performance  NOTE 
●Error [29071]
counter.)
For Windows Vista/7, make the UAC settings OFF before performing this work.
V2.2(B) or
• Executing Lodctr $ For Windows Vista, see “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista”
later
●Error [20110] • Rebuilding the performance counter
$ For Windows 7, see “1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under
“MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
When the setting of UAC completed, restart the PC.
1. Start up the command prompt.
2. Input “C:” and move the current drive to C drive.
3. Input “CD\windows\system32” and press the <Enter> key.
4. Input “LodCtr.exe /S:Backup_Original.INI” and press the <Enter> key.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.27 Countermeasure When the Error [29071] and Error [20110] Occur at Startup MT-75
5. Input “LodCtr.exe /R:PerfStringBackup.INI” and press the <Enter> key. ● Executing Lodctr
6. Input “Exit” and press the <Enter> key.  NOTE 
a The command prompt closes. Perform the procedure in the following cases.
• The error [29071] occurs on the application V2.2(B) or later.
7. Copy the following contents to the Notepad, and save the file as • The error still occurs even after performing “Rebuilding the performance counter”.
“PerformCnt.reg”.
Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00 1. Select “All Programs” from the “Start” menu.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE¥SYSTEM¥CurrentControlSet¥Services¥PerfProc¥Performance]
"Disable Performance Counters"=dword:00000000 2. Right-click “Command Prompt” under “Accessories”, and select “Run
as administrator”.
8. Double-click “PerformCnt.reg”. r REFERENCE

a The confirmation window for adding registry opens. For Windows XP, select “Command Prompt” under “Accessories”.
9. Click [Yes].
3. Enter “Lodctr /R” and press <Enter> key.
a The confirmation window showing that the values in registry have been added
properly.
4. Restart the PC.
10. Click [OK].
11. Delete “PerformCnt.reg” on the desktop. ■ Confirmation procedure
When restarting the PC, confirm that the application starts up without errors.
12. Delete the following file.
C:\WINDOWS\system32\Backup_Original.INI
 NOTE 
For Windows Vista/7, make the UAC settings back to ON after this setting
completed.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.28 Restoration of Lost ddo MT-76
3.28 Restoration of Lost ddo
■ Outline
The image information file (ddo) is lost during an operation for exposure on the
Read Image window or for image processing on the Image Viewer.
A loss of ddo file causes crucial errors such as disabling opening of Read Image
window and disabling the image display on the Image Viewer.
The fail-safe system, which runs when CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL obtains ddo,
does not function appropriately resulting in the deletion of the ddo file. CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL backs up ddo in the process of fail-safe system. If backup of the ddo
is created, the ddo can possibly be restored manually in case it was deleted.
■ Countermeasure
1. Open the “Image” folder with Explorer.
• Windows Vista/7: C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
• Windows XP: C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
2. Confirm whether the file with an extension either “ddo.old” or “ddo.

new” exists.
 NOTE 
If the file exists, change the extension of the file to ddo. In case both “ddo.old”
and “ddo.new”, change “ddo.new” to ddo.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.29 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that Message [24165] is Displayed at Application Termination MT-77
3.29 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon 2. Select the “Import” tab and click [ES].
that Message [24165] is Displayed at
Application Termination
■ Outline
The message “[24165] Examinations whose import has not been completed exist.”
is displayed when the Server application is terminated despite no study data being
displayed on the study data report window.
This phenomenon may occurred under the environment in which the following
phenomena occur (including after applying HotFix).
• [Start import] cannot be pressed on the study import window of endoscopic
image.
• Thumbnails are not displayed on the study import window of endoscopic image MT03049.ai
although updating has been done. a The “Examination data importing” window opens.
In addition, this phenomenon may also occurs when import option of endoscopic
image is applied and the connection method is “FTP”. 3. Confirm that no study is displayed on the list.
This section describes the confirmation procedure for this phenomenon and the
countermeasure when it occurs.
■ Procedure for confirming occurrence of the phenomenon

MT000172.ai
r REFERENCE
After applying HF0010(Base:V2.1(B)), confirm that the message [24165] is not
displayed in the following procedure. If any studies are displayed on the list, delete or import them so that there will
be no study displayed on the list.
1. Start up the Server application.
a The Main window opens. 4. Terminate the Client application.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.29 Countermeasure Against the Phenomenon that Message [24165] is Displayed at Application Termination MT-78
5. Terminate the Server application, and confirm that the message [24165] 4. Delete all folders of study data (format: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_patient
is not displayed. ID).
 NOTE  r REFERENCE
If the message [24165] shown below is displayed, perform “■ Countermeasure”. Constructional components of the folder name
(In case of “20111010_120030_0123456789”)
Date: October 10th, 2011
Time: 12 o'clock 00 minute 30 seconds
Patient ID: 0123456789
MT000173.ai
■ Countermeasure MT000175.ai
1. Terminate the Server application. 5. Perform “■ Procedure for confirming occurrence of the phenomenon”
again, and confirm that the phenomenon does not occur.
2. Open “Temporary folder for endoscopic image import” from Explorer.
r REFERENCE
“Temporary folder for endoscopic image import” is the folder registered at the
following setting of the Service Utility. [System] - [Settings for endoscopic
image import] - [20-7 Temporary folder for endoscopic image import] (Default:
C:\FUJINON_Auto)
MT000174.ai
3. Open the “DCIM” folder.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.30 Setting of Institution Name Supplement at PDI Output MT-79
3.30 Setting of Institution Name Supplement at 1. Insert the installation media in to the DVD drive.
PDI Output
2. Open “D:\Tool\ComplementInstitutionName” with Explorer.
■ Outline 3. Executing “ComplementInstitutionName.bat”.

Until now, the institution name was not set on the study data when being imported a The following window opens.
for the endoscopic studies and general-purpose image studies. Thus, the institution
name is not put to the PDI output, resulting in a problem.
Applying HotFix0002 (Base V2.2(B)) solves the problem as the institution name will
be set to the study data of endoscopic studies and general-purpose image studies.
However, the studies before the application will remain unset.
MT000178.ai
If you wish to put the institution name, after PDI output, on the study data before
the application of HotFix0002 (Base V2.2(B)) that the institution name has not been
4. Press the <Enter> key.
set, change the setting by referring to the following procedure.
5. Confirm that“Configuration change has completed” is displayed.
■Target devices
● Target version
V2.2(B) with HF0002 applied
● Condition MT000179.ai
When there is a request to set the institution name even on the studies before
application of the HotFix, when consulting with the institution 6. As “Press any key to continue...” is displayed, press the <Enter> key.
7. Start up the Service Utility.

■ Change procedure $ For how to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and
 NOTE  a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
• For Windows Vista/7, set the UAC setting to Off before performing the procedure.
$ For Windows Vista, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)”
of “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista” under “MC: Checks,
“1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks,
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
8. Click [EXIT] without any other operation. a The “PDI creation wizard” window opens.
a The Service Utility terminates.
 NOTE 
For Windows Vista/7, set the UAC setting back to On after this setting
completes.
1. On the Main window, select a study at which a general-purpose image
or endoscopic image has been imported before the application of
MT000182.ai
HF0002, and double-click it to display it on the Image Viewer.

3. Insert the DVD and click [Next].
a The writing starts.
After a while, the writing completion window opens.
MT000180.ai
2. Put the image to the image cart and click .
MT000183.ai
4. Click [Close].
MT000181.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Click at on the “Import” tab of the Main window. 7. Make the study that PDI output has been performed be in selected
status.
MT000186.ai
8. Make the following settings.

I. Place a checkmark to “Rewrite and retrieve a patient information”.
II. Input “Institution Test” for the new patient ID.
MT000184.ai
III. Select “It wil be retrieved temporality for reference ...” as the purpose of
a The “Import DICOM off-line” window opens.
import. (Number of days is optional.)
IV. Click [Start retrieving].
6. Select “DVD” as the drive and click .
MT000185.ai
I.
II.
a The study information inside the DVD is displayed on the study list.
III.
IV.
MT000187.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
a The importing wizard opens. 13. Confirm Value of the (0008, 0080) tag that the institution name has
been set.
MT000189.ai
9. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Import DICOM off-line” window.
10. Click [Close].

a The system returns to the Main window.
11. Search for the study with the patient ID “Institution Test”, and double-
click it to display it on the Image Viewer.
MT000192.ai
14. Click [Close].

MT000190.ai
12. Select “DICOM header” from the toolbar. 15. Click and select “Study Utilities”.
MT000191.ai
a The “DICOM header information” window opens. IN000632.ai
a The “Study Utilities” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16. Select the study with the patient ID “Institution Test”, and click [Delete]
from the operational menu on the right side.
MT000195.ai
MT000196.ai
17. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Study Utilities” window.
18. Confirm that the study with the patient ID “Institution Test” has been
deleted.
19. Click [Close].

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.31 Procedure for when Image Viewer Window or Read Image Window is not Displayed MT-84
3.31 Procedure for when Image Viewer Window • In case that NAS is connected to the system, confirm with the following
procedure that files inside the NAS are accessible.
or Read Image Window is not Displayed
I. Right-click the “Start” button and select Explorer.
a The Explorer opens.
■ Outline II. Input “\\NAS host name” or “\\NAS IP address” into the address bar, and confirm
There is a bug in the “DICOM Rewrite and retrieve a patient information” function that connection can be done.
added at V2.1(B). If DICOM reception is performed when this function is activated,
patient names in the received image information file will become in breach of the ○ For Windows XP
DICOM standard.
The problem mentioned above has been solved at HF0002(Base V2.2(B)).

However, the image information of images which have been imported already
remains in breach of the DICOM standard despite the version upgrade.
This section describes the usage of the tool making patient names fit the DICOM
standard for the image information file of the images which have been imported. MT000198.ai
○ For Windows Vista/7

■ Target devices
V2.2(B) since when the HF0002 has been applied
■ Usage
● Required time MT000199.ai
Required time for data conversion under the following conditions: Approx. 10 If the connection failed, get rid of the cause why it failed.
minutes
• Environmental condition: Optiplex 760DT / Windows Vista SP2 / CR-VW 674
• Number of DDO files: 10000
● Prerequisites
• All of the Client PC and Server PC have been shut down.
• Conduct this procedure on the Server PC.
• For Windows Vista/7, you can leave the UAC setting as default (On). Additionally,
execute the tool as administrator.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Procedure 3. Execute the copied “PatientNameCorrectionTool.exe”.
 NOTE  r REFERENCE
For V2.3(B) or later, the correction tool for DDO file patient information For Windows Vista/7, right-click on the Explorer and select “Run as
(PatientNameCorrectionTool.exe) is at the following path. administrator” to execute the file.
”C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System”
To execute “PatientNameCorrectionTool.exe” in V2.3(B) or later, access the folder
above and start the procedure from step 3.
1. Insert the HF0002(BaseV2.2(B)) installation media into the D drive.
2. Copy “D:\Tool\PatientNameCorrectionTool.exe” to “C:\Program Files\

FujiFilm\Hobbit\System”.
MT000201.ai
a The “Patient Name Correction Tool” window opens.
MT000202.ai
MT000200.ai
r REFERENCE
The meanings of the items displayed on the window are as follows.
Fixed Total number of corrected ddo files
All Total number of ddo files in HDD or NAS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Click [Start]. ● If any problems occurred (Backup restoration)
a The processing starts. This tool always backup the ddo files that are correction targets to the following
folder before correcting them.
 NOTE  If a problem occurred after resuming the operation, return ddo files inside the
The execution can be aborted by clicking [Close] or [X] during processing. If following folder to the Image folder.
you aborted the processing, perform the procedure again from Step 3.
○ For Windows XP
a As the processing completes, the following window opens. Copy “C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
OriginalDDO\*” and paste them to “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\
Image” to overwrite files.
○ For Windows Vista / 7

Copy “C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\OriginalDDO\*” and paste them to “C:\
FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image” to overwrite files.
MT000204.ai
 NOTE 
• If no error occurred, “Task is completed. Skipped files : 0” is displayed. This
message indicates that all of the files that should be corrected have been
corrected.
• If any errors occurred during the processing, “Task is completed. Skipped
files : n (Number of files that errors occurred)” is displayed. Moreover, the list
of the paths of the files in which the error occurred is save on the desktop as
the name “result.txt” and displayed on the screen.
Manually collect all of the files indicated in the path list, and send them to the
development department together with “result.txt”.
5. Click [Close].
a The tool terminates.
● Confirmation procedure
1. Restart the Server PC and Client PC.
2. Confirm that the system operates without any problems.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.32 Procedure for Collecting the Maintenance Logs in case the Backup Utility Hangs Up for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL MT-87
3.32 Procedure for Collecting the Maintenance ■ Procedure
Logs in case the Backup Utility Hangs Up
 NOTE 
for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
• Terminate FCR application before starting the procedure.
• Perform the procedure 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 on both all the Client PCs and the Server PCs.
■ Purpose • Perform the procedure 2 and 4 on the Server PC only.
This section provides the procedure for collecting maintenance log manually in
case hang-up of the Backup Utility disables it.
1. Create a folder on the desktop of all the Client PCs and the Server PC
When the Backup Utility hangs up, there is no response from the Backup Utility for
for storing the collected logs. Name all the folders “MAINTENANCE”.
a long while after “Collecting logs for maintenance purpose” is executed from the
Main Menu window in the Backup Utility, which results in a failure of the collection
at the end. 2. Collect Log folders and Config folders from the Server PC.
<Windows XP>
Because the Backup Utility collects all the image files (ddo) and IIS logs , collecting I. Select “My computer” from the “Start” menu.
logs takes long time when many ddo and IIS logs exist on the system. Collecting II. Delete all the IIS logs in the following folders EXCEPT the ones whose logged
logs under the condition where a large numbers of ddo and IIS logs exist on the dates are within a week before and after the date when the failure occurred to
system causes this phenomenon. CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\
IISLog
Collect maintenance logs excluding ddo and IIS logs outside the investigation
scope manually in case this phenomenon occurs.
■ Extent
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
 NOTE 
MT03001.ai
Unless specified, CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL are described as CR-VW 674/CR-IR

III. Enter the following path in the address bar.
391CL to represent in this section.
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IV. Copy the Log and Config folders to the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the IV. Copy the Log and Config folders to the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the
desktop. desktop.
MT03002.ai
MT03004.ai
<Windows Vista>
I. Select “Computer” from the “Start” menu.
<Windows 7>
II. Delete all the IIS logs in the following folders EXCEPT the ones whose logged
dates are within a week before and after the date when the failure occurred to I. Select “Computer” from the “Start” menu.
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
II. Delete all the IISLogs in the following folders EXCEPT the ones whose logged
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\IISLog dates are within a week before and after the date when the failure occurred to
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\IISLog
MT03003.ai
III. Enter the following path in the address bar. MT03005.ai
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit III. Enter the following path in the address bar.

C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IV. Copy the Log and Config folders to the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the V. Name the file “(name of the PC)_App.evt” to save it.
desktop.
MT03006.ai
3. Collect the event logs from all the Client PCs and the Server PC.
MT03008.ai
<Windows XP>
I. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.
r REFERENCE
“XXXXX” represents the name of the PC in the picture above.
II. Double-click “Administrative Tool” to open “Event Viewer”.
III. Select “Application” under “Event Viewer” from the left pane. VI. Select “System” under “Event Viewer” from the left pane.
MT03007.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Save Log File As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE”
folder on the Desktop as the destination to save the file.
MT03009.ai
VII. Right-click to select “Save Log File As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE”
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
VIII. Name the file “(name of the PC)_Sys.evt” to save it. V. Name the file “(name of the PC)_App.evt” to save it.
MT03010.ai
r REFERENCE
MT03012.ai

r REFERENCE
<Windows Vista>
I. Select “Start” menu and enter “eventvwr” in “Start Search”.
II. “eventvwr” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
III. Select “Application” under “Windows Logs” from the left pane.
MT03011.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Save Events As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder
on the Desktop as the destination to save the file.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
VI. Select “Display information for these languages” on the “Display information” IX. Name the file “(name of the PC)_Sys.evt” to save it.
window. Then ensure that the displayed language* is checked. If not, place a
checkmark. Then click [OK].
MT03013.ai
r REFERENCE
MT03014.ai
X. Select “Display information for these languages” on the “Display information”

*English (United States) is the standard setting for Fuji Film products.
window. Then ensure that the displayed language is checked. If not, place a
VII. Select “System” under “Windows logs” from the left pane.
VIII. Right-click to select “Save Events As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE”
folder on the Desktop as the destination to save the file. <Windows 7>
I. Select “Start” menu and enter “eventvwr” in “Search programs and files”.
II. “eventvwr” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
MT03015.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. Select “Application” under “Windows Logs” from the left pane. VI. Select “Display information for these languages” on the “Display information”
window. Then ensure that the displayed language* is checked. If not, place a
MT03016.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Save All Events As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE”
V. Name the file “(name of the PC)_App.evt” to save it.
MT03013.ai
r REFERENCE
*English (United States) is the standard setting for Fuji Film products.
VII. Select “System” under “Windows logs” from the left pane.
MT03018.ai
MT03017.ai
VIII. Right-click to select “Save All Events As…”, then specify “MAINTENANCE”
r REFERENCE folder on the Desktop as the destination to save the file.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IX. Name the file “(name of the PC)_Sys.evt” to save it. III. Select “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\Hobbit” from the
registry editor.
MT03021.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the

Desktop as the destination to save the file.
V. Name the file “Hobbit.reg” to save it.
MT03019.ai
r REFERENCE
X. Select “Display information for these languages” on the “Display information”

window. Then ensure that the displayed language is checked. If not, place a
4. Collect the data of the Server registry settings.

<Windows XP>
I. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
II. Enter “regedit” and then click [OK].
MT03022.ai
MT03020.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
<Windows Vista> V. Name the file “Hobbit.reg” to save it.
I. Select “Start” menu and enter “regedit” in “Start Search”.
II. “regedit” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
MT03024.ai
MT03023.ai
<Windows 7>
III. Select “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\Hobbit” from the I. Select “Start” menu and enter “regedit” in “Search programs and files”.
registry editor.
II. “regedit” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
MT03021.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the MT03025.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. Select “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\Hobbit” from the 5. Collect the data of the specifications of all the Client PCs and the
registry editor. Server PC.
<Windows XP>
I. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
II. Enter “msinfo32” and then click [OK].
MT03026.ai MT03027.ai
IV. Right-click to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the III. Click [File] to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the
Desktop as the destination to save the file. Desktop as the destination to save the file.
V. Name the file “Hobbit.reg” to save it.
MT03028.ai
MT03024.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IV. Name the file “(name of the PC)_ SysInfo.txt” to save it. <Windows Vista>
I. Select “Start” menu and enter “msinfo32” in “Start Search”.
II. “msinfo32” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
MT03029.ai
r REFERENCE
MT03030.ai

III. Click [File] to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the
V. Wait until the process is completed.
MT03031.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IV. Name the file “(name of the PC)_ SysInfo.txt” to save it. III. Click [File] to select “Export”, then specify “MAINTENANCE” folder on the
MT03032.ai
r REFERENCE
“XXXXX” represents the name of the PC in the picture above. MT03034.ai
IV. Name the file “(name of the PC)_ SysInfo.txt” to save it.
<Windows 7>
I. Select “Start” menu and enter “msinfo32” in “Search programs and files”.
II. “msinfo32” is displayed as the search result. Then click it.
MT03035.ai
MT03033.ai
r REFERENCE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Copy the files in the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the Desktop of the
Client PCs to the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the Desktop of the Server
PC.
7. Compress the “MAINTENANCE” folder on the Server PC.

r REFERENCE
Select “MAINTENANCE” folder and right-click [Send to]-[Compressed (Zipped)
folder].
8. Delete all the unnecessary folders from all the Client PCs and the
Server PC.
a Delete “MAINTENANCE” folder on the Desktop.
■ Verification
Ensure that “MAINTENANCE.zip” exists on the Desktop.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.33 Procedure for Disabling IPv6 when the System is Inactivated for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL MT-99
3.33 Procedure for Disabling IPv6 ■ Procedure
when the System is Inactivated
 NOTES 
• Terminate the Server/Client Application before performing the procedure.
This section provides the procedure for editing registry to disable the Internet • Perform the procedure on the Server PC only.
Protocol Version 6.
■ Outline 1. From the “Start” menu, select [All programs] - [Accessory] - [Notepad].
This procedure corrects the error that occurs with the message “This system a Notepad starts.
cannot be used on your computer. Use it on a duly registered computer” displayed
when the Read Image window is activated, which disables CR-VW 674/CR-IR 2. Copy the following text (“Text to copy” below) and paste it on the
391CL from operating unless it is restarted. Notepad.
Text to copy
With Windows Vista and Windows 7, the settings of link local address are effective Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
even though the Internet Protocol Version 6 (hereafter, IPv6) is unchecked in the
network settings. [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip6\Parameters]
"DisabledComponents"=dword:ffffffff
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL acquires its IP address when the Read Image window is
activated. In case the link local address is acquired accidentally at this point, CR-
VW 674/CR-IR 391CL determines that the IP address of PC acquired incorrectly
and the IP address CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL has already retained in the
configuration are inconsistent, resulting in the error. As a temporary measure,
disabling IPv6 in the IP configuration of OS prevents the error.
■ Restrictions
MT03037.ai
This procedure cannot disable the functions of IPv6 loopback address, which may 3. Name the Notepad “IPv6.reg” and save it on the Desktop.
cause a possibility that this error occurs. However, the procedure will be effective
 NOTE 
to a certain extent because the link local address causes this error in many cases.
The extension of the file needs to be changed to “.reg” (registry file).
■ Applicable Conditions
OS: Windows Vista, Windows 7.
• CR-VW 674 V5.0 or later
• CR-IR 391CL V1.0 or later
4. Select “Start” menu to enter “regedit” in the “Start Search”, then
press the <Enter> key.
a The “Registry Editor” starts.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Expand the node in the dialogue on the left to see the following. 8. Double-click “IPv6.reg” on the Desktop.
“HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip6\ a The following window opens.
Parameters”
MT03040.ai
9.
MT03038.ai
Click [Yes].
6. Right-click “Parameters” and select “Export”. a The message showing that the registry has been successfully added is
displayed.
a The “Export Registry File” window opens.
7. Save the file on the desktop as “Backup.reg”.

 NOTE 
When the restoration of the values of the registry is needed, double-click MT03041.ai
“Backup.reg” and then click [Yes] in the dialogue asking “Are you sure you
want to continue?”.
10. Click [OK].
11. Select “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\
Services\Tcpip6\Parameters” in the registry editor.
12. Ensure that the value of “DisabledComponents” is “0xffffffff”.
MT03042.ai
13. Click [X] on upper right of the window to close the registry editor.
MT03039.ai 14. Restart the PC.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Verification
1. From the “Start” menu, select [All programs] - [Accessory] - [Command
prompt].
2. Type “ipconfig /all” in the command prompt.
3. Verify that the information of “Tunnel adapter Local Area Connection*

6” is NOT displayed.
The command prompt below shows the IP Configuration AFTER Ipv6 is

disabled.
MT03043.ai
The command prompt below shows the IP Configuration with Ipv6 enabled.
MT03044.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.34 Procedure for Preventing Error 20140: Discontinued Startup Processing for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL MT-102
3.34 Procedure for Preventing Error 20140: ■ Procedure
Discontinued Startup Processing
 NOTES 
• Terminate the application before performing the procedure.
• Perform the procedure on the Server PC only.
■ Outline
At the PC startup, the error message “[20140] Startup processing was discontinued
because the SQLServer was not up and running” may be displayed and the server
1. From the “Start” menu, select [Program] - [Accessory] - [System Tool]
application startup may fail. - [Task Scheduler].
These errors are caused by a time lag between startups of the server application a The “Task Scheduler” window opens.
and SQLServer. In these cases, the service of SQLServer is started up after the
server application is activated, which is supposed to be up and running after the 2. Select “Task Scheduler Library” from the left side of Task Scheduler
startup of SQLServer. (local).
Multiple programs start running during the activation process of the PC, which a The list of the tasks is displayed in the window on the top.
results in excess load and disorder of service startup. Under current conditions, the
server application does not check up on activation of SQLServer, this error occurs
incidentally.
As a countermeasure against this error, it is required that a process monitors

SQLServer service to retard its startup until the server application is up and
running. Until the monitoring process is developed, delaying startup of the server
application by setting the Delay task in Windows task scheduler as a temporary
MT03045.ai
measure.
This procedure is exclusively for Windows Vista and Windows 7 because Window 3. Double-click [FCR].
XP does not include the task scheduler.
 NOTE 
Because this error does not occur frequently, it is requested that this procedure
should be performed only when error 20140 occurs.
■ Applicable Conditions
OS: Windows Vista, Windows 7 MT03046.ai
• CR-VW 674 V5.0 or later a The “FCR properties (Local Computer)” window opens.
• CR-IR 391CL V1.0 or later
4. Select “Triggers” tab.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.34 Procedure for Preventing Error 20140: Discontinued Startup Processing for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL MT-103
5. Select “At log on...” from the “Trigger” list, and then click [Edit] on the 8. Click [OK].
bottom of the window. a The system returns to the “Task Scheduler” window.
9. Close the “Task Scheduler” window.
■ Verification
Restart the server PC. Ensure that the server PC is activated 1 minute after the OS
is up and running as well as [20140] error is not displayed. In case the error still
occurs, set a value longer than 1 minute in procedure 6) above to adjust the value
(time) to prevent the error.
■ Note
Because this procedure delays activation of the server application, the user needs
MT03047.ai
to be informed and understood this disadvantage before the procedure is
a The “Edit Trigger” window opens. performed. Also, although it is specified “1 minute” in the procedure, beware that
the value of time is required to be the length that should not pose a problem for the
6. Place a checkmark to “Delay task for” in the Advanced settings, and user’s operation.
then set the value “1 minute”.
MT03048.ai
7. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “FCR properties (Local Computer)” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.35 Replacing the parameters when installing Console connected with FCR PRIMA MT-104
3.35 Replacing the parameters when installing ■ Applicable Conditions
Console connected with FCR PRIMA The serial numbers of FCR PRIMA without the random unevenness prevention are
as follows.
Replace the parameters in the consoles which are connected with FCR PRIMA
■ Purpose with following serial numbers.
To prevent so-called “random unevenness” which appears sub-scanning direction,
some adjustments are performed during manufacturing process of FCR PRIMA
• FCR PRIMA With pantomography function: 17123883 and later
(CR-IR 391RU).
• FCR PRIMA Without pantomography function: 26251052 and later
• FCR PRIMA II With pantomography function: 17070101and later
When FCR PRIMA T (CR-IR 392) was under development, a parameter for so-
called “unevenness removal processing” was revised in order to remove the • FCR PRIMA II Without pantomography function: 17175051and later
random unevenness. It was found that this processing was effective in removing
the random unevenness from the images of FCR PRIMA without affecting image
The service tool for replacing the parameters is applicable to the following Console
quality and any measurement functions.
models.
• CR-VW 674 V5.1 to V2.1(B)
Due to this, the adjustment to prevent the random unevenness in the manufacturing
• CR-IR 391CL V1.1(B) to V2.1(B)
process of FCR PRIMA has been eliminated. Instead, it is necessary that the
conventional parameter to prevent the random unevenness which is pre-installed  CAUTION 
in console will be replaced with the revised one at the time of installation.
The replacement of the parameter is required when reinstalling OS or
upgrading the application.
By applying the attached service tool, it is requested that the parameter will be
replaced in the console which is connected with FCR PRIMA to which the random
unevenness prevention has not been applied during manufacturing process.
 NOTE 
It is scheduled that the revised parameter will be pre-installed as a factory setting.
Prior to that, however, the adjustment for preventing the random unevenness has
not been performed in FCR PRIMA production since October 2011. The new
parameter replacement by applying the service tool is a temporary measure in the
transition period.
It is verified that the replacement does not affect the image quality and
measurement functions even when it is performed on the console which is
connected with the FCR PRIMA with the random unevenness prevention applied.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.35 Replacing the parameters when installing Console connected with FCR PRIMA MT-105
■ Procedure 4. Double-click “ElevateUpdate.vbs”.
● Preparations 5. Enter “1” after “Select number:” and press the <Enter> key.
• Ensure that the version of the console application is within the extent of
“■ Applicable Conditions” described above. 6. Ensure that the installation has successfully completed with the
• Ensure that the latest HotFix for each console application has been applied. message “Installation completed” displayed.
• Ensure that the console application has been terminated.
7. Press the <Enter> key to close command prompt.
 NOTE 
8. Remove the service tool CD from the DVD drive.
As of October 21, 2011, the latest versions of the HotFix are as follows;
• CR-VW 674, CR-IR 355V CL 9. Activate UAC in case of Windows Vista/7.
V5.1 : V5.01.0177 $ For details on procedures, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control
• CR-VW 674, CR-IR 355V CL, CR-IR 391CL/391V CL (Activate)” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
V1.1(B) : V1.01.0037(B)
V2.0(B) : V2.00.0017(B) ■ Verification
V2.1(B) : V2.01.0007(B) Ensure that the time stamp displays “2011/10/04 15:35” in the parameter file below.
● Procedure <Windows XP>

In case CR-VW 674, replace the parameters on the server PC only. C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Param\
UMB_BASE1a.prm
1. Inactivate UAC in case of Windows Vista/7. <Windows Vista/7>
 NOTE  C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Param\UMB_BASE1a.prm
Windows Vista:
$ For the details of procedures, see “■ Setting the User Account
Control (Inactivate)” of “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista”
Windows 7:
$ For the details of procedures, see “■ Setting the User Account
Control (Inactivate)” of “1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7”
2. Insert the service tool CD into the DVD drive.
3. Right-click the “DVD drive” in the Explorer to select “Open” from the
context menu.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.36 Procedure for correcting garbled institute names when printing in paper/measurement summery MT-106
3.36 Procedure for correcting garbled institute ■ Procedure
names when printing in paper/measurement
summery 1. Copy all the templates for paper print and measurement summary
print (all the xlsx files in the following folder) to the PC (where
Microsoft Office 2007 or later or earlier versions with Microsoft Office
■ Purpose Compatibility Pack has been installed, which can edit xlsx files).
Institution names printed on the bottom right are garbled when printing in paper/ r REFERENCE
measurement summary with CR-VW 674, CR-IR 391CL V2.1(B) running on the “Microsoft Office Compatibility Pack” can be downloaded from Micro Soft’s
regional environment setting for Europe. web site.
The cause of this error is the inadequate information for the template file which is
used when printing in paper/measurement summary. This section provides the <Windows XP>
details of the cause of the error and procedure for correcting it. C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
SystemReportFormat\
■ Applicable Conditions ├ Human\English
The system described below running on the environment setting for Europe │ ├ SimplePrint
(Double-byte characters are disabled).
│ └ Measure
• CR-VW 674 V2.1(B)
└ Veterinary\English
• CR-IR 391CL V2.1(B)
├ SimplePrint
■ Cause of the problem └ Measure
While single-byte characters were supposed to be used for institution names on

paper print / on measurement summary print in European countries, multi-byte
characters were specified in the template. Because the setting format for the multi- <Windows Vista/7>
byte institution name is not printed, the institution name in Japanese which has
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat\
been input as the default setting value is printed, making it garbled.
├ Human\English
│ ├ SimplePrint
│ └ Measure
└ Veterinary\English
├ SimplePrint
└ Measure
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.36 Procedure for correcting garbled institute names when printing in paper/measurement summery MT-107
2. Change all the “FacilityNameDBCS” to “FacilityNameSBCS” in all the
xlsx files.
 NOTE 
Changing the character setting for names of institutions from double-byte
characters to single-byte characters.
3. Replace the template files for paper print and measurement summary
print with the files edited in 2 above.
■ Verification
Execute printing in paper/measurement summary to ensure that the name of the
institution is not garbled.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3.37 Countermeasure against Increased Latency in Communication between Console and Reader Unit MT-108
3.37 Countermeasure against Increased 1. Launch the Notepad (notepad.exe).
Latency in Communication between
2. Input the following contents.
Console and Reader Unit
 NOTE 
■ Outline • Each red string in the following file contents is a string which extends across
multiple lines when being shown here but must be one line on the file. If you
In a CR-Console, a phenomenon may occur whereas, “The images received copied the contents from the PDF to the Notepad, delete line feed characters
from the designated reader unit get delayed from 20 to 30 seconds if the so that each red string becomes one line.
housing for a DELL OptiPlex 755 or later is being used, if the model that was • If you copy texts from the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at
used is older than the OptiPlex 755.” Since the same phenomenon may also unintended places. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file.
occur with the CR-VW674/CR-IR 391CL, resolution procedures for when the
said phenomena have occurred are described.
const HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE = &H80000002
When the phenomena occur, implement the following procedures. strComputer = "."
■ Target devices Set oReg=GetObject("winmgmts:{impersonationLevel=impersonate}!\\" & strComputer & "\root\

default:StdRegProv")
All the products running on the PC models later than DELL Optiplex755
(Including Precision and HP PCs). strKeyPath = "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\NetworkCards"
oReg.EnumKey HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, strKeyPath, arrSubKeys

■ Procedure For Each subkey In arrSubKeys
 NOTE 
oReg.GetStringValue HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,strKeyPath & "\" & subkey, "ServiceName",
strInterfaceGUID
the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places.

oReg.SetDWORDValue HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\
If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the Tcpip\Parameters\Interfaces\" & strInterfaceGUID, "TcpAckFrequency", 1
following ECN is recommended.
Next
“ECN 2013-E-0060 Countermeasure against Increased Latency in
Communication between Console and Reader Unit” WScript.Echo("Seting is now complete")
If you cannot see ECN, you have to perform the operation in accordance with
this procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before 3. Select “Save As” from the “File” menu, and save the file on the
executing the file. desktop as “TcpAck.vbs”.
Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and spaces.
5. Execute the saved “TcpAck.vbs”.
6. Ensure that “Setting is now complete” dialog appears.
7. Restart the PC to enable the tool.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.38 Dealing with Situations whereas 30501 Errors are Generated and Viewer Displays are Delayed when Taking Exposures that Instrument has Difficulty Turning into Subfolders MT-109
3.38 Dealing with Situations whereas 30501 OS:
Errors are Generated and Viewer Displays Microsoft© Windows® XP Professional SP3 or later
are Delayed when Taking Exposures that Microsoft© Windows® Vista Business SP1 or later
Instrument has Difficulty Turning into Microsoft© Windows® 7 Professional without SP or later
Subfolders ● Processing Time
The defrag tool processing time is around 10 minutes.
■ Outline * Note that processing time varies by number of studies and PC spec.
The following issues are generated due to the huge volume of handled images.
• Error 30501 (timeout) is generated when images are received from the reader unit r REFERENCE
• Viewer image displays are delayed “Instrumentation environment”
It took around 10 minutes under the following environment:
As a result of analysis, it has become clear that file fragmentations caused the “Chassis” DELL Optiplex 745
access delays to the image files. Since the access speed to the image files has
been restored, file fragmentation resolution procedures have been released that “CPU” Celeron D 3.06GHz
utilize the defrag tools (Contig*1) which are provided from Microsoft. “Memory” 1.0 GByte
“HDD” 250GB
*1 Different than the defrag tools that are loaded in standard Windows, defrag
“Study cases” 25,000
processing via folders units is possible. Because of this, defrag processing is
completed in a relatively short amount of time.
■ Target devices
● Applicable Conditions
Be sure to apply this defrag processing only when they meet the following
conditions.
Case one:
The number of images is large (upward of 100 thousand), difficult to creat
subfolders and 30501 error (timeout error) occurs during exposure.
Case two:
The number of images is large (upward of 100 thousand), difficult to creat
subfolders and it takes time for image to be displayed on Viewer.
This defrag processing can be applied only when all of the following model, version
and OS conditions meet.
Model, Version
CR-VW 674 V1.1 (B) or later
CR-IR 391CL V1.1 (B) or later
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Procedure 5. Click [Agree].
How to download defrag tool from Microsoft© site and execute it on relevant PC r REFERENCE
are as follows.
“C License Agreement” window appears only once at the beginning.
● Downloading Tool
1. Access to the following site.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/sysinternals/bb897428.aspx
2. Click [Download Contig] button.

a The “File Download” window opens.
3. Save file into the removable media.
● Executing Tool
MT03052.ai
6. Wait until input to command prompt becomes available.

1. Creat a new folder directly beneath C drive. Rename the folder to
[Contig]. 7. Delete “Contig.zip” that was copied on desktop.
2. Copy the downloaded file (Contig.zip) to desktop and open ZIP file  NOTE 
with Explorer. Note that unzipped tool need not be deleted after execution since it does not
affect application.
3. Select the “Contig.exe” and copy it directly beneath [C:\Contig].
4. Start command prompt and enter the following command.

“Windows XP”
C:\Contig\Contig.exe∆/v∆ “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”
“Windows Vista, 7”
C:\Contig\Contig.exe∆/v∆ “C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”
* Note: ∆ = Space
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Verification
Confirm defrag result from command prompt.
r REFERENCE
Note that the following is only a sample. The actual number may differ by
environment.
Contig v1.7 - Makes files contiguous

Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Mark Russinovich
Sysinternals - www.sysinternals.com
------------------------
Processing C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image:
Scanning file...
Scanning disk...
File is 40550 physical clusters in length.
File is in 19802 fragments.
Moving 4457 clusters at file offset cluster 0 to disk cluster 60510762

:
Moving 308 clusters at file offset cluster 40242 to disk cluster 43794036
File size: 0 bytes
Fragments before: 19802
Fragments after : 14
------------------------
Summary:
Number of files processed : 1
Number of files defragmented: 1
Average fragmentation before: 19802 frags/file
Average fragmentation after : 14 frags/file
Be sure to confirm that file frangmentation has decreased by referring to the defrag
result.
If not, reboot PC and reperform “● Executing Tool”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3.39 Changing the Setting of Backup when shutting down MT-112
3.39 Changing the Backup Settings When ■ Procedure
Shutting Down
$ For how to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and
■ Outline Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
The shutdown process slows down during the automatic backup processing that a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
occurs when the system shuts down (backing up to NAS takes time).
Each user can accordingly select whether or not backup processing is to be 2. Click [System].
implemented when the system shuts down by setting the choice to display / do not a The “System settings” window opens.
display no backup button via the Service Utility system settings.
System setting: “15-27 The No backup button displays when the application is 3. Filter setup items with “Operation (low frequency) setting”.
terminated”
4. Set “15-27 The No backup button displays when the application is
 NOTE  terminated” to “Yes”.
This setting is implemented when it is requested by the user.
5. Click [OK].
■ Target devices
Facilities that connect the following backup devices via V2.5(B) or later server PCs.
6. Click [EXIT].
• Extended NAS a The Service Utility terminates, and the system returns to the desktop screen.
• Mirroring NAS
■ Verification
• Backup NAS
Under the condition that backup devices are connected, check whether the
• USB-HDD following items are displayed in the "Select Server Application Behavior" window
• USB memory when shutting down the application.
• Shutdown the PC (without backup)
• Exit (without backup) *
* Does not display if just USB memory is connected.
MT03053.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC) MT-113
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC)

The table below summarizes various troubles that may arise with the CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL.
In accordance with the encountered trouble, perform a procedure indicated in the
“Check Method/Remedies” column.
Symptom Probable Causes Check Method/Remedies

The PC does not start up. It is conceivable that the PC’s memory may be defective. Check the PC’s memory. If it is defective, replace it.
$ For the memory check procedure, see “4.8.2 Memory Checks”.
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL It is conceivable that the application key might not be Install the application key.
(application) does not start up. installed.
Error code: [20102] Setup incompleted.
The connection to the network is not established. Connect the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL to the network.
The MAC address is not acquired. Reinstall the network driver and then update it.
$ For the reinstallation procedure, see “4.10 Reinstalling the Network Driver”.
If the error recurs after the network driver is updated, replace the PC’s motherboard.
It is conceivable that the data stored on the hard disk Check the hard disk. If any error is revealed by the check, perform a procedure for achieving error
may be partly damaged. recovery or replace the hard disk.
$ For the hard disk check procedure, see “4.9 Checking the Hard Disk”.
IIS may not be running. Restart the server computer as follows.
Error code: [20141] 1. From the Start menu, open Control Panel a Administrative Tools a Services.
2. Right-click “IIS Admin” to select Properties.
3. Ensure that “Startup type” on the “General” tab is set to “Automatic”.
If the same symptom recurs, reinstall the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
$ For how to reinstall the system, see “1. Reinstalling the OS and the Application” under
The SQL server may not be running. Start running the SQL server to restart the server application, as follows.
Error code: [20140] 1. From the Start menu, open Control Panel a Administrative Tools a Services.
2. Right-click “IIS Admin” to select Properties.
3. Ensure that “Startup type” on the “General” tab is set to “Automatic”.
If the same symptom recurs, reinstall the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
$ For how to reinstall the system, see “1. Reinstalling the OS and the Application” under
It is conceivable that the database might not be Initialize the database appropriately.
initialized.
The database may have not been initialized though it $ For how to initialize the database, see “7.1.3 Initializing the Image Database” under
was necessary to do so at version upgrade or the like. “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
The communication with the RU or other It is conceivable that the network driver may be defective. Update the network driver software version, as necessary.
equipment cannot be established (“ping” [System event log: type, error; source, EL90Xbc; event
does not work). ID, 5001]
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.1 Analysis Flow for When Your Computer Does Not Start MT-114
4.1 Analysis Flow for When Your Computer Does 4.2 Analysis Flow for When the Monitor Does
Not Start Not Operate Normally
Q1 Is the power cable connected properly? Q1 Is the monitor cable connected properly?
N N
Connect the power cable properly. Connect the monitor cable properly.
Y Y
Q2 Does the power lamp go on when the computer power button is pressed? Q2 Is the monitor power turned ON?
N N
Replace the computer power unit. Turn the monitor power ON.
Y $ For how to replace the power unit, see “2.1.8 Power Supply Unit” Y
Q3 Does the power lamp blink yellow when the computer power button is pressed? Q3 Is the DVI adapter card mounted correctly?
Y N
Replace the computer power unit. Mount the adapter card correctly.
N Y
$ For how to replace the power unit, see “2.1.8 Power Supply Unit”
Q4 Does the power lamp light yellow when the computer power button is pressed? Q4 Is no error indicated on the diagnostic lights?
Y N
Check CPU and memory. Take necessary measures following the error indication.
N Y
$ “4.8.4 CPU Checks” $ “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights”
$ “4.8.2 Memory Checks”
Q5 Does the power lamp blink green some times and then go off when the computer  Replace the monitor.
power button is pressed?
Y
Verify condition of the diagnostic lights on the back of the computer.
N
$ For how to verify condition of the diagnostic lights, see
“4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights”.
Q6 Does the power lamp light green when the computer power button is pressed?
N
Verify condition of the diagnostic lights on the back of the computer.
Y
$ For how to verify condition of the diagnostic lights, see
“4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights”.
 Check the motherboard.
$ “4.8.5 Motherboard Checks”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.3 Analysis Flow for When the Mouse Does Not Operate Normally MT-115
4.3 Analysis Flow for When the Mouse Does Not 4.5 Checking the System Lights
Operate Normally
The system lights are the power button lights. A problem that occurred in your
computer changes status of the lights, as shown in the table below.
Q1 Is the mouse connector connected properly?
N Power light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Connect the mouse properly.
Y Power is on, and the computer
is operating normally. On the
Q2 Turn OFF the computer power and connect/disconnect the connector.
Solid green desktop computer, a solid No corrective action is required.
Does the same error recur even after the computer is restarted? green Solid indicates a
N network connection.
END
Y The computer is in a power- Press the power button, move the mouse,
Blinking green saving mode (Microsoft® or press a key on the keyboard to wake
Q3 Is the USB port location correct? Confirm the default setup location.
Windows® XP). the computer.
$ See the manual provided with the computer.
N
Connect the connector to the proper USB port location. Check Diagnostic Solids to see if the
Y Blinking green specific problem is identified.
 Replace the mouse. several times and A configuration error exists.
$ For details of the diagnostic lights,
then turns off see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic
Lights”.
Check Diagnostic Solids to see if the
4.4 Analysis Flow for When the Keyboard Does A device on the system board specific problem is identified.
Not Operate Normally Solid yellow may be faulty or incorrectly
installed. see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic
Lights”.
Q1 Is the keyboard connector connected properly?
N A power supply or specific problem is identified.
Connect the keyboard properly.
Y Blinking yellow motherboard failure has
occurred. see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic
Q2 Turn OFF the computer power and connect/disconnect the connector.
Lights”.
Does the same error recur even after the computer is restarted?
See Beep Codes for instructions on
N
END diagnosing the beep code. Also, check
Y the diagnostic Solids to see if the specific
Q3 Is the USB port location correct? Confirm the default setup location. problem is identified (see Diagnostic
Solids).
$ See the manual provided with the computer. Solid green and a
N A problem was detected while
Connect the connector to the proper USB port location. beep code during
the BIOS was executing.
Y POST(*) see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic
Lights”.
 Replace the keyboard.
$ For details of diagnosis according
to the beep codes, see
“4.7 Confirmation Required When
Beeps Sound at Computer Startup”.
POST : An automatically run diagnostic program that BIOS loads for the main components.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights MT-116
Power light Problem Description Suggested Resolution 4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic Lights
Solid green power specific problem is identified. To help you troubleshoot a problem, your computer has four lights labeled “A,” “B,”
The monitor or the graphics
Solid and no beep
code and no video
card may be faulty or
“C,” and “D” on the front or back panel. The lights can be off or green. When the
incorrectly installed. see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic computer starts normally, the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot
during POST(*)
Lights”. process completes.
Solid green power Check Diagnostic Solids to see if the
Solid and no beep specific problem is identified. CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
An integrated motherboard
code, but the
device may be faulty. $ For details of the diagnostic lights,
computer locks up see “4.6 Confirming the Diagnostic
during POST(*) Lights”.
POST : An automatically run diagnostic program that BIOS loads for the main components.
Diagnostic lights
MT000081.eps
4.6.1 In Case of Optiplex 755 (CR-VW 674)
Light pattern
Problem Description Suggested Resolution
(A, B, C, D)
The computer is in a normal
“off” condition, or a possible
pre-BIOS failure has occurred.
Plug the computer into a working electrical
–––– The diagnostic Solids are not
outlet and press the power button.
lit after the computer
successfully boots to the
operating system.
A possible BIOS failure has Run the BIOS Recovery utility, wait for
–––G occurred; the computer is in recovery completion, and then restart the
recovery mode. computer.
A possible processor failure Reinstall the processor and restart the
––G–
has occurred. computer.
– : OFF
G : Green
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Light pattern Light pattern
Problem Description Suggested Resolution Problem Description Suggested Resolution
(A, B, C, D) (A, B, C, D)
• If you have one memory module installed, After POST is complete, all
reinstall it and restart the computer. four diagnostic Solids turn
• If you have two or more memory modules GGGG green briefly before turning off None.
installed, remove the modules, reinstall one to indicate normal operating
Memory modules are module, and then restart the computer. If the condition.
––GG detected, but a memory failure computer starts normally, reinstall an
– : OFF
has occurred. additional module. Continue until you have
G : Green
identified a faulty module or reinstalled all
modules without error.
• If available, install properly working memory
of the same type into your computer.
• If the computer has a graphics card, remove
the card, reinstall it, and then restart the
A possible graphics card computer.
–G–G
failure has occurred. • If the problem still exists, install a graphics
card that you know works and restart the
computer.
A possible floppy or hard drive Reseat all power and data cables and restart
–GG–
failure has occurred. the computer.
A possible USB failure has Reinstall all USB devices, check cable
–GGG
occurred. connections, and then restart the computer.
• If you have one memory module installed,
reinstall it and restart the computer.
• If you have two or more memory modules
installed, remove the modules, reinstall one
module, and then restart the computer. If the
No memory modules are
G––– computer starts normally, reinstall an
detected.
additional module. Continue until you have
identified a faulty module or reinstalled all
modules without error.
• If available, install properly working memory
of the same type into your computer.
• Ensure that no special memory module/
Memory modules are
memory connector placement requirements
detected, but a memory
G–G– exist.
configuration or compatibility
• Verify that the memory modules that you are
error exists.
installing are compatible with your computer.
A failure has occurred. • Ensure that the cables are properly
This pattern also displays connected to the system board from the
GGG– when you enter system setup hard drive, CD drive, and DVD drive.
and may not indicate a • Check the computer message that appears
problem. on your monitor screen.
– : OFF
G : Green
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.6.2 In Case of Optiplex 760 / 780 / 960 Light
Power Problem
pattern Suggested Resolution
light Description
Light (A B C D)
Power Problem
pattern Suggested Resolution • If you have one memory module installed,
light Description
(A B C D) reinstall it and restart the computer.
Solid blue Normal • If you have two or more memory modules
Blinking –––– Normal None. Memory installed, remove the modules, reinstall one
blue (Standby mode) modules are module, and then restart the computer. If the
Solid yellow
––GG detected, but a computer starts normally, reinstall an additional
The computer is Solid blue
memory failure module. Continue until you have identified a
in a normal “off” has occurred. faulty module or reinstalled all modules without
condition, or a Plug the computer into a working electrical outlet error.
Turn off ––––
possible pre- and press the power button. • If available, install properly working memory of
BIOS failure has the same type into your computer.
occurred.
• If the computer has a graphics card, remove
A possible Remove the power supply plug of the PC. Wait A possible
the card, reinstall it, and then restart the
system board for 1 minute until the power is discharged, plug graphics card
Turn off ––G– Solid blue –G–G computer.
failure has the computer into a working electrical outlet and failure has
• If the problem still exists, install a graphics card
occurred. press the power button. occurred.
that you know works and restart the computer.
A possible A possible
Solid blue ––G– processor failure Reinstall the processor and restart the computer. system board or Replace to another working processor. Inspect
has occurred. Solid yellow –GG–
processor failure for damage on the processor socket.
has occurred.
• Turn off the PC, leave the power supply plug
inserted, and hold the power supply test button A possible
on the back side of the power supply device floppy or hard Reseat all power and data cables and restart the
unit. Solid blue –GG–
drive failure has computer.
If a LED next to the switch lights up, a possible occurred.
A possible system board failure has occurred.
system board, If not, remove all the internal and external A possible BIOS
power supply peripheral devices, and hold the power supply failure has
Blinking Run the BIOS Recovery utility, wait for recovery
G–G– unit, or test button on the back side of the power supply Solid yellow –GGG occurred, or the
yellow completion, and then restart the computer.
peripheral device unit. BIOS is not
device failure if the LED lights up, a possible peripheral detected.
has occurred. device failure has occurred. A possible USB
• If the LED still does not light up, remove the Reinstall all USB devices, check cable
Solid blue –GGG failure has
PSU connection from the system board, and connections, and then restart the computer.
occurred.
hold the power button.
If the light lights up, a possible system board A possible Remove all the internal and external peripheral
failure has occurred. system board devices, and start up the PC. After startup,
Solid yellow G–––
failure has reinstall the peripheral device cards one by one
• Reinstall the processor, and restart the system.
No processor is occurred. to identify a problematic card.
Solid yellow GG–G • If the PC cannot be restarted, inspect for
detected.
damage on the processor socket. – : OFF
G : Green
– : OFF
G : Green
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Light Light
Power Problem Power Problem
pattern Suggested Resolution pattern Suggested Resolution
light Description light Description
(A B C D) (A B C D)
• If you have one memory module installed, A possible Remove all the internal and external peripheral
reinstall it and restart the computer. system board devices, and start up the PC. After startup,
Solid yellow GG––
• If you have two or more memory modules failure has reinstall the peripheral device cards one by one
installed, remove the modules, reinstall one occurred. to identify a problematic card.
No memory module, and then restart the computer. If the
Solid blue G––– modules are computer starts normally, reinstall an additional A possible
detected. module. Continue until you have identified a coin-cell battery Remove the coin-cell battery for 1 minute,
Solid yellow GGG–
faulty module or reinstalled all modules without failure has reinstall it, and restart the PC.
error. occurred.
• If available, install properly working memory of A possible BIOS
the same type into your computer. failure has
Run the BIOS Recovery utility, wait for recovery
Memory –––G occurred; the
completion, and then restart the computer.
modules are computer is in
• Ensure that no special memory module/memory recovery mode.
detected, but a
connector placement requirements exist.
Solid blue G–G– memory – : OFF
• Verify that the memory modules that you are
configuration or G : Green
installing are compatible with your computer.
compatibility
error exists.
A failure has
occurred.
This pattern also • Ensure that the cables are properly connected
displays when to the system board from the hard drive, CD
Solid blue GGG– you enter drive, and DVD drive.
system setup • Check the computer message that appears on
and may not your monitor screen.
indicate a
problem.
The power
supply
Reinstall the 2 x 2 power supply connector of the
Solid yellow G––G connector is not
power supply unit firmly.
installed
properly.
A possible
Remove the power supply plug, remove all the
peripheral
peripheral device cards from the PCI and PCI-E
device card or
Solid yellow –G–– slots, and restart the PC. After starts up, turn of
system board
the PC again, and reinstall the peripheral device
failure has
cards one by one to identify a problematic card.
occurred.
– : OFF
G : Green
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.7 Confirmation Required When Beeps Sound at Computer Startup MT-120
4.7 Confirmation Required When Beeps Sound Beep code Cause
at Computer Startup 4-3-3 Timer-chip counter 2 failure
4-3-4 Time-of-day clock stopped
A series of beeps may sound some times consecutively when display of the 4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure
relevant error message or the problem indication is disabled on the monitor for an
4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory
error detected at computer startup.
Example: One beep + 2 consecutive beeps + 1 beep (beep pattern code: 1-2-1) 4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure
4-4-4 Cache test failure
The beep will sound in different patterns depending on the detected error or
problem (Beep code), as shown in the table below.
Beep code Cause

1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure
1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure
1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure
1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure
1-2-2 DMA initialization failure
1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure
1-3 Video Memory test failure
1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used
3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure
3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure
3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure
3-2-4 Keyboard Controller test failure
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss
3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration
3-3-4 Video Memory test failure
3-4-1 Screen initialization failure
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure
4-2-1 No timer tick
4-2-2 Shutdown failure
4-2-3 Gate A20 failure
4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.8 Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) MT-121
4.8 Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) 4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express Test
The “Dell OptiPlex ResourceCD”, which comes with the computer, is used as the
Error Analysis Tool. The “Dell OptiPlex ResourceCD” includes CD-ROMs that store ■ Starting the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
various kinds of drivers and the CD names differ slightly depending on the
computer model used.
1. Turn ON both the monitor and computer power switches.
Items to be checked using the Error Analysis Tool are memory, CPU fan, CPU and a The computer starts running.
motherboard.
F2 = Setup
$ For memory checks, see “4.8.2 Memory Checks”. 2. When appears at the upper right corner of the
F12 = Boot Menu
$ For CPU fan checks, see “4.8.3 CPU Fan Checks”.
window, press the <F12> key.
$ For CPU checks, see “4.8.4 CPU Checks”.
$ For motherboard checks, see “4.8.5 Motherboard Checks”.  NOTE 
Unless the <F12> key is pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not
be displayed. In such cases, restart the computer and re-perform Step 2.
above.
a The “Boot Device Menu” window opens.
Boot Device Menu
Onboard or USB Floppy Drive

SATA0-ST3250310AS
Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive
System Setup
Diagnostics
Use Up/Down arrows to highlight desired item.

Use Enter to select highlighted item.
MC000108.ai
3. Insert the “DRIVERS AND UTILITIES” into the DVD drive.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. The “Press a key to start from the CD/DVD” message appears. Press ■ Using the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
then the <Enter> key. Express Test (to be run during regular inspection)
a The “Choice Action “ window opens.
1. Click “Test System” on the “Choose An Option” window.
1. Boot from Hard Disk a The “Main Menu” window opens.
2. Boot from CD-ROM
2. Click “Express Test” on the “Main Menu” window.
MT000077.EPS
5. Press the <1> key.

a The “Dell Diagnostics Menu” window opens.
Dell Diagnostics Menu
[1] Dell 32-bit Diagnostics for Resource CD (graphical user interface)

for: OptiPlex GX620, GX520,
[2] EXIT
MT000082.EPS
Please Enter Selection... a The “Express Test” will start running. (It will take about 10 minutes to
complete. The “Success” window opens and after clicking [OK], the system
returns to the “Main Menu” window.
MT000021.EPS
 NOTE 
6. Press the <1> key. If the “Error” window opens while the test is being run, a message that
a Reading of individual modules will start. (It will take about 20 seconds.) includes the relevant error code will appear asking if you wish to continue the
After completing module reading, the “Choose An Option” window opens. test. Click [Yes] to continue to run the test.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click “Custom Test”. ■ Shutting down the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
a The “Customize” window opens. 1. Click the [x] mark at the upper right corner of the window to close the
“Customize” window.
a The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
2. Click the [x] mark at the upper right corner of the window to close the
“Main Menu” window.
a The computer restarts.
3. Remove the DVD from the DVD drive.

 NOTE 
Unless the DVD is removed with the timeliness, the window shown at Step 4.
in “■ Starting the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” will open. In such
MT000083.EPS
cases, press the <1> key to restart the computer and then remove the DVD.
4. Click the “Results” tab on the right-hand side of the window and
check to see that all the test items have “Passed” the Express Test.
 NOTE 
In the event of an error occurrence, click the “Errors” tab to check error details
and write them down in a notebook. Then, take necessary measures
appropriately in accordance with error details.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.8.2 Memory Checks 4.8.3 CPU Fan Checks
1. Start the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics). 1. Start the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics).
$ For details of the startup procedure, see “■ Starting the Error Analysis $ For details of the startup procedure, see “■ Starting the Error Analysis
Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express
Test”. Test”.
2. Click “Test Memory” on the “Choose An Option” window . 2. Click “Test System” on the “Choose An Option” window.
a The “Main Menu” window opens.
3. Select “Fan” on the “Customize” window and click “Run Tests”.
CBS20009.ai
a The test process starts running. After all process finished, “Record the test
results. Press a key when finished.” message displayed.
 NOTE  MT000083.EPS
It will take about 20 minutes to complete.

a The test process will start running. After successfully completing the process,
the “Success” window opens.
3. Check upper-right area of the window to see all the test items have
“Passed” the Express test. 4. Click [OK].
4. Press <Enter> key to close the Express Test. 5. At the completion of the test, click the “Errors” tab to check to see if
a The system returns to the “Choose An Option” window. there were no errors.
In the event of an error occurrence, details of such error will be
5. Click [Exit]. displayed on the window. Take necessary measures in accordance
a The computer restarts. with on-screen error details.
6. Remove the DVD from the DVD drive. 6. Shut down the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics).
$ For details of the shutdown procedure, see “■ Shutting down the Error
Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics
Express Test”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.8.4 CPU Checks 4.8.5 Motherboard Checks
1. Start the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics). 1. Start the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics).
$ For details of the startup procedure, see “■ Starting the Error Analysis $ For details of the startup procedure, see “■ Starting the Error Analysis
Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express
Test”. Test”.
2. Click “Test System” on the “Choose An Option” window. 2. Click “Test System” on the “Choose An Option” window.
a The “Main Menu” window opens. a The “Main Menu” window opens.
3. Select “Processor” on the “Customize” window and click “Run Tests”. 3. Select “System Board” on the “Customize” window and click “Run
Tests”.
MT000083.EPS
MT000083.EPS
a The test process will start running. After successfully completing the process,
the “Success” window opens. a The test process will start running. After successfully completing the process,
the “Success” window opens.
4. Click [OK].
4. Click [OK].
5. At the completion of the test, click the “Errors” tab to check to see if
there were no errors. 5. At the completion of the test, click the “Errors” tab to check to see if
there were no errors.
In the event of an error occurrence, details of such error will be
displayed on the window. Take necessary measures in accordance In the event of an error occurrence, details of such error will be
with on-screen error details. displayed on the window. Take necessary measures in accordance
with on-screen error details.
6. Shut down the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics). 6. Shut down the Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics).
$ For details of the shutdown procedure, see “■ Shutting down the Error $ For details of the shutdown procedure, see “■ Shutting down the Error
Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” in “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics
Express Test”. Express Test”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.9. Checking the Hard Disk MT-126
4.9 Checking the Hard Disk 4. Verify that the check boxes in the “Check disk options” area are
unchecked, and then click [Start].
1. Start up Windows and open Windows Explorer.
2. Select hard disk drive (Local Disk (C:)) and click “Properties”.
r REFERENCE
For Windows XP, right-click drive C (Local Disk C:) and then choose “Properties”.
MT000092.ai
a The hard disk check starts.

The hard disk will be subjected to the check ranging from Phase 1 to Phase 3.
If the hard disk is found to have no problems, a window showing that the
hard disk check has been fully completed will open.
If the hard disk is not normal, Phases up to 3 will not be completed and a
dialog box will open to indicate that the hard disk check is not completed.
5. Click [Close].
CBS20001.ai
a The “Local Disk (C:) Properties” window opens.
3. Choose the “Tools” tab. In the “Error-checking” area, click [Check

Now].
CBS20004.ai
MT000091.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.10 Reinstalling the Network Driver MT-127
4.10 Reinstalling the Network Driver 6. Click the mark for “Network adapters” and then double-click
“Broadcom NetXtream 57xx Gigabit Controller”.
1. Open the Windows desktop screen.
2. From the [Start] menu, point to “Settings” and then click “Control
Panel”.
3. If the window is not in the Classic View option, click “Switch to Classic
View” at the upper left of the window to change the view option.
Click
MT000036.EPS
a The “Broadcom NetXtream 57xx Gigabit Controller” window opens.
LFC13047.EPS
4. Double-click [System].
5. Choose the “Hardware” tab and then click [Device Manager].
MT000035.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Choose the “Driver” tab and then click [Uninstall]. 8. Click [OK].
a The network driver is then deleted.
9. Double-click “Add Hardware” on the “Control Panel” window.

a The “Welcome to the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard” window opens.
MT000070.EPS
10. Click [Next].

a A window will open to show that the system is in search processing.
After a while, the “Completing the Add Hardware Wizard” window opens.
MT000037.EPS
a The “Confirm Device Removal” window opens.
MT000071.EPS
11. Click [Finish].
MT000038.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
12. After completion of network driver installation, perform the following
network driver related settings from the driver environment setup
window.
• Uncheck “Allow the computer to...” ( a )
• Uncheck “Allow this device to...” ( a )
To open the driver environment setup window, double-click “Broadcom
NetXtream 57xx Gigabit Controller” as explained in Step 6. and then
choose the “Power Management” tab.
MT000044.EPS
13. After completion of network driver installation, perform the following

network driver setup steps from the driver environment setup window.
• IP address
• Subnet mask
• Default gateway (as needed)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.11 Tasks to be Performed at Motherboard Replacement MT-130
4.11 Tasks to be Performed at Motherboard 4.11.1 Installation Work
Replacement
 NOTE 
When the motherboard was replaced due, for example, to an error occurring with A compatibility reference table for CR-VW 674 application and StandardKit is
the PC main unit, all the option functions become inactivated consequently. shown below.
In such cases, the related option keys must be reinstalled so that the inactivated
option functions are activated properly. (Such reinstallation processing includes Combinations other than the table below will not be installed correctly.
that to be performed so that the option key which activates the standard function is Check the version described on the label of the CD-ROM, and perform installation
installed from the standard kit CD.) according to the following table.
CR-VW 674 Application Software

 NOTE 
If the software version is V5.0 or later, it is necessary to uninstall and then reinstall V4.1 or earlier V5.0 or later
the application before performing the installation of option key. StandardKit V1.3 ○
V1.4* ○
■ Overall operation flow and detailed work procedure
* Windows Vista / 7 is supported.
4.11.1 Installation Work
■ Uninstallion of the application (for V5.0 or later)
■ Reinstallion of the application (for V5.0 or later) ■ Uninstallion of the application (for V5.0 or later)
■ Installation of the standard function option keys $ For details of procedures, see “■ Uninstalling the previous version“ under
■ Option key installation “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version Upgrade” in
■ AP key reinstallation “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
■ Reinstallion of the application (for V5.0 or later)

4.11.2 Checkup Work
$ For details of procedures, see “■ Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
■ Checking the system for its normal startup system program“ under “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software
■ Checking if the option functions are activated Version Upgrade” in “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installation of the standard function option keys 4. Confirm that installers for the following option keys are available.
Execution file name Function

1. Insert the standard kit CD into the DVD drive.
OptionGPR GPR image processing
r REFERENCE OptionHQ HQ image input
For Windows XP, after inserting the standard kit CD into the DVD drive, the OptionFNC FNC image processing
application software starts up automatically and the command prompt screen
opens.
MT000084.EPS
Without pressing any key, click the button at the upper right corner of the
screen to close it.
2. Select “Computer” from the menu.

CBS20006.ai
a The “Computer” window opens.
3. Right-click the drive into which the standard kit CD was inserted and 5. Double-click .
select “Open”.
a The installation processing start window opens.
CBS20007.ai
CBS20005.ai
a The content of the standard kit CD opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click [Continue]. ■ Option key installation
a The installation processing finish window opens. Besides the functions available as the standard, install all the option keys that the
institution purchased for its system.
$ For details of the necessary procedure, see “Appendix 3: Option Key / AP Key
Installation” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
■ AP key reinstallation
Reinstall the AP key accordingly.
CBS20008.ai
 NOTE 
7. Click [OK].
Reinstall the AP key after all the option keys have been installed appropriately.
a The system returns to the standard kit CD window. The reason is that installing the option keys disables the installed AP key, requiring
it to be reinstalled anew.
8. Repeat steps 5. through 7. to install all other option keys than
$ For details of the necessary procedure, see “Appendix 3: Option Key / AP Key
. Installation” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
9. Click the button at the upper right corner of the window to close it.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.11.2 Checkup Work ■ Checking if the option functions are activated
Use the check list below to make sure that the installed option functions are
■ Checking the system for its normal startup activated appropriately.
Use the procedure below to check that the system starts up normally. CR-VW CR-IR
Option name Check details Remarks
674 391CL
1. Restart the PC. Start up the User Utility. Select the
“Exposure Parameter 3” tab on the
GPR Key
a The system starts up automatically. “Exposure Menu Setup Window” to Standard function О X
Software
make sure that “GPR processing”
2. Start up the Service Utility mode. appears.
$ For details of Service Utility mode startup, see “2. Starting, Logging-in Display the “Study Edit Window” and
to, and Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. then the “Print/Store Window” to make
sure that the “Store maximum number
a The “Service Utility Top” window opens. HQ Key Software Standard function О X
of pixels” button appears in the item of
output pixel density on the DVD’s
3. Click [View Event Log]. details window.
Start up the User Utility. Make sure
a The Event Viewer main window opens.
that the “FNC” item appears on the
FNC Key
r REFERENCE “Image Processing Parameter Standard function О X
Software
Window” selected from the “Exposure
Use the following procedures if you cannot start up the Event Viewer from the Menu Setup Window”.
Service Utility mode. Start up the User Utility. Make sure
that the “MFP” item appears on the Available only on the
1. From the [Start] menu at the lower left of the desktop window, select MFP Key
“Image Processing Parameter system where the О О
“Control Panel” to display the “Control Panel” window. Software
Window” selected from the “Exposure option key is installed.
2. Click “Administrative Tools” to display the “Administrative Tools” Menu Setup Window”.
window. DICOM Print Key
Make sure that the “Film print” item Available only on the
appears to the right of the Study List system where the О О
* If the window is in the Classic View option, double-click the same button. Software
window. option key is installed.
3. Double-click “Event Viewer”. Make sure that [Flee layout print] Available only on the
Free Layout Print
a The Event Viewer starts up. button is displayed correctly on the system where the О О
Key Software
"Refer" window in "Main" window. option key is installed.
JPG/BMP/DCM Make sure that the “Storage of Available only on the
4. Make sure that no errors are recorded in the event log. File Output Key general-purpose file” item appears to system where the О X
Software the right of the Study List window. option key is installed.
$ For configuration of the Event Viewer and how to view it, see
“2.3 Configuration and How to View the Event Viewer”. $ See “3. Connection Check” in
“Appendix 2: Settings for
DICOM Standard Available only on the
Saving Images into DICOM
5. Click the button at the upper right corner of the window to close CR Storage Key
Storage Equipment” under
system where the О О
Software option key is installed.
the Event Viewer main window. “Appx IN: Installation –
Appendix”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW CR-IR
Option name Check details Remarks
674 391CL
$ See “3. Checkup Work” in
Available only on the
Client Activate Connection of the Client PC
system where the О X
Key Software (CR-VW 674 Only)” under
option key is installed.
“Appx IN: Installation –
Appendix”.
General-Purpose Available only on the
Import of General-purpose
Image Importer system where the О X
Images (CR-VW 674 Only)”
Key Software option key is installed.
under “Appx IN: Installation
– Appendix”.
DICOM US Available only on the
Import of Ultrasound Images
Storage SCP Key system where the О X
(CR-VW 674 Only)” under
Appendix”.
DICOM CT Available only on the
Importing/Displaying CT/MR
Storage SCP Key system where the О X
Images (CR-VW 674 Only)”
under “Appx IN: Installation
– Appendix”.
DICOM ID MWM $ See “Operation Confirmation”
Key Software in “Appendix 12: Setting for Available only on the
DICOM MWM/MPPS Linkage” system where the О О
DICOM ORDER
under “Appx IN: Installation option key is installed.
MWM/MPPS
Key Software
– Appendix”.

Endoscope Available only on the
Import of Endoscope Images
Image Importer system where the О X
(CR-VW 674 Only)” under
Key Software option key is installed.
Appendix”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1 Error Analysis Tool (6200SF/8200MT) MT-135
5. Troubleshooting (for HP PC) 3. Insert “PC Diagnostics Disk for XXXX” into DVD drive.
4. Select “SATA2” with arrow keys and press <Enter> key.

a Application selection window is displayed.
5.1 Error Analysis Tool (6200SF/8200MT)
5. Press <1> key.
The “PC Diagnostics Disk for XXXX”, which comes with the computer, is used as
the Error Analysis Tool. a The application starts reading each module (about 4 minutes)
When it is completed, the “Vision Hardware Diagnostics XXXX” window
r REFERENCE opens.
The XXXX part varies according to the model. The same applies to the following
procedures. 6. Select “English” and click [Continue].
a The “HP END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” window opens.
The items to be checked by using the Error Analysis Tool are as follows.
7. Click [Agree].
Check item Tool to be executed
a The Home page of Vision Hardware Diagnostics window opens.
5.1.2 Testing the Whole System
5.1.3 Testing the Fan
Execute the HP Vision Diagnostics.
5.1.4 Testing the CPU ■ Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics
5.1.5 Testing the Mother Board
5.1.6 Testing the Memory Execute the HP Memory Tests.
1. Click [×] to close “Vision Hardware Diagnostics XXXX”.
a PC restarts.
5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics 2. Remove the CD from DVD drive.
■ Starting up HP Vision Diagnostics

1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches.
a The PC starts running.
2. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the
window.
 NOTE 
If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Please select boot
device” window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform
step 2. above again.
a The “Please select boot device:” window opens.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1.2 Testing the Whole System r REFERENCE
Drive test is not reliable because the test results vary depending on the types
r REFERENCE of test (System test or single drive test selected from the menu) and types of
disk. The quality to write and read data has already evaluated and approved.
Testing the whole system: about 15 minutes.
For your reference, the following table shows the results of the system test
and single test conducted by FUJIFILM design division.
1. Start up HP Vision Diagnostics.
Types of disk System test result Single test result
$ See “5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics”.
FUJIFILM NG OK
2. Click [System Tests] on the home page. MITSUBISHI NG OK
a The “System Tests” window opens. TDK NG NG
3. Place a checkmark on the items to be tested and then click [Run].

a Test processing starts (Testing all items takes about 15 minutes). 4. Click [Test Log] when the test is completed.
 NOTE  a The “Test Log” window opens.
DVD-RW is required in case checkmarks are placed on the following items. Error description is displayed when an error occurs.
Insert a blank DVD-RW when requested.
• DVD Drive Random Read Test
5. Click [Close] in the “Test Log”.
• DVD Drive Sequential Read Test

6. Terminate “HP Vision Diagnostics”.
DVD-RW is required in case checkmarks are placed on the following item.
Insert a written DVD-RW when requested.
• DVD Drive Read Write Test
It has been confirmed that the test fails if a checkmark is placed on the
following item (it seems connecting to external network is necessary.)
• Network Ping Test
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1.3 Testing the Fan 5.1.4 Testing the CPU
r REFERENCE r REFERENCE
Testing the fan: about 25 seconds. Testing the CPU: about 2 seconds.
1. Start up HP Vision Diagnostics. 1. Start up HP Vision Diagnostics.

$ See “5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics”. $ See “5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics”.
2. Click [System] on the home page. 2. Click [System] on the home page.
a The “System” window opens. a The “System” window opens.
3. Click [System board]. 3. Click [Processor] in “System” window.

a The “System board” window opens. a The “Processor” window opens.
4. Click [Fan]. 4. Place a checkmark on “Processor Speed Test” and then click [Run].
a The “Fan” window opens. a Test processing starts. (about 2 seconds)
5. Place a checkmark on “Fan Speed Test” and then click [Run]. 5. Click [Test Log] when the test is completed.
a Test processing starts (about 25 seconds) a The “Test Log” window opens.
Error description is displayed when an error occurs.
6. Click [Test Log] when the test is completed.
a The “Test Log” window opens. 6. Click [Close] in the “Test Log”.
Error description is displayed when an error occurs.
7. Click [Close] in the “Test Log”. $ See “5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics”.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.1.5 Testing the Mother Board 5.1.6 Testing the Memory
Testing the mother board: about 2 seconds Testing the memory: about 4 seconds.
1. Start up HP Vision Diagnostics. 1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches.

$ See “5.1.1 Starting up and Terminating HP Vision Diagnostics”. a The PC starts running.
2. Click [System] on the home page. 2. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the
a The “System” window opens. window.
 NOTE 
3. Click [System board].
a The “System board” window opens. device” window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform
4. Click [Real-Time Clock] in the “System board” window.
a The “Real-Time Clock” window opens. a The “Please select boot device:” window opens.
5. Place a checkmark on “RTC Refresh Timer Test” and then click [Run] . 3. Insert “PC Diagnostics Disk for XXXX” into DVD drive.
a Test processing starts. (about 2 seconds)
4. Select “SATA2” with arrow keys and press <Enter> key.
6. Click [Test Log] when the test is completed.
a The Application selection window opens.
a The “Test Log” window opens.
Error description is displayed when an error occurs. 5. Press <2> key.
a The “Hewlett-Packard End-User License Agreement” window opens.
7. Click [Close] in the “Test Log”.
6. Press <A> key and then press <Enter> key.
a The “Memory Tests Mode Selection” opens.
7. Press <1> key and then press <Enter> key.
a Test processing starts (about 4 minutes).
8. Press <Enter> key when the test is completed.

a PC restarts.
9. Remove the CD from DVD drive.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.2 Error Analysis Tool (6300SF/8300MT) ■ Diagnostic tool menu and implementation contents
The “PC Diagnostics Disk for 6300/8300” (hereinafter referred to as diagnostic tool ● System Information
disk), which comes with the computer, is used as the Error Analysis Tool. Displays the system information of the PC.
■ Starting up the diagnostic tool ● Start-Up Test

Performs simplified checks on memory and HDD to check whether the part
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. necessary for PC startup activates properly.
Required time: Approx. 5 minutes
2. Continuously press the <ESC> key until the Start Up menu is

● Run-In Test
Performs tests on memory and HDD repeatedly.
displayed.
Required time: The tests are repeated until the user cancels them.
a The Start Up menu is displayed.
● System Tune-Up
3. Insert the diagnostic tool disk into the DVD drive. Performs a system check on the whole PC including the video memory, for
example.
4. Select “Run UEFI Application…”, and press the <Enter> key.
Required time: 40 minutes to 1 hour (However, the time may be more than 2 hours
a The File Browser opens and the optical drive name is displayed. according to the information provided by HP.)
5. Press the <Enter> key. ● Hard Disk Test

Select the following check methods after startup.
 NOTE 
1) Quick Check
If pressing <Enter> key does not respond and the name of the optical drive is
not displayed, turn off the PC with leaving the CD in the disk drive and repeat Simplified check on hard disk
the procedure from step 1. Required time: Approx. 5 minutes
2) Extensive Check
6. Select the “SYSTEM~1.EFI” file and press the <Enter> key. Extensive check on hard disk
a The diagnostic tool starts. Required time: Approx. 45 minutes (However, the time may be more than 2
hours according to the information provided by HP.)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Memory Test
Select the following check methods after startup.
1) Memory Quick Check
Simplified check on memory
2) Memory Extensive Check
Extensive check on memory
Required time: Approx. 30 minutes (However, the time may be 45 minutes
according to the information provided by HP.)
● Error Log
Displays the results of completed test again.
As the result of each test is displayed when the test completes, perform this item
only when results have to be checked again.
● Language
Sets up the display language. (Default is “English”.)
The language can be changed to Japanese.
● Exit
Exits the diagnostic tool.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.3 Error Analysis Tool (ProDesk 600 G1 SF/EliteDesk 800 G1 TW) MT-141
5.3 Error Analysis Tool 5. Select “Run UEFI Application…”, and press the <Enter> key.
(ProDesk 600 G1 SF/EliteDesk 800 G1 TW) a The File Browser window opens
■ Starting up the diagnostic tool

 NOTE 
The diagnostic tool only starts when connecting with USB. Therefore, a USB
external DVD drive is required. Prepare it in advance.
1. Connect the USB external DVD drive to the USB port on the PC, and
turn ON the USB external DVD drive.
MTApp06019.ai
a The USB external DVD drive is ON.
2. Insert the “PC Diagnostics Disk for 600G1/800G1 V1.0” (114Y5154735A00)

6. Select “USB：XXXXXXXX”(XXXXXXXX is the model code for the USB
external DVD drive), and press the <Enter> key.
to the USB external DVD drive.

4. Press the <Esc> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the
window.
MTApp06020.ai
 NOTE 
a The File Browser window opens
If the <Esc> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not
open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 4. above again.
7. Select the “SYSTEM~1.EFI” file, and press the <Enter> key.
a The Startup Menu is displayed.
MTApp06021.ai
a The diagnostic tool starts.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.3 Error Analysis Tool (ProDesk 600 G1 SF/EliteDesk 800 G1 TW) MT-142
■ Running the diagnostic tool ・ USB Port *
Diagnostic tool menu and implementation contents are shown as below. ・ Video *
・ 1394 Port
* Checks cannot be performed for these items.
● Test Logs
Displays the results of the tests.
● Language
Sets up the display language.
● Exit
MTApp06018.ai
Exits the diagnostic tool.
● System Information
Display the information about hardware configuration, HDD, memory. ■ Precaution / Restriction
● System Tests ● Required time
Performs hardware subsystem checks. The required time varies a lot depending on the condition of the PC. The remaining
Select the following check methods. time (for reference) is displayed when each check is performed.
・ Quick Test
● Performance
Simplified check on hardware. Check items may be different depending on the chipset and version of BIOS.
・ Extensive Test
Check on CPU, memory, HDD, motherboard, video memory.
● Component Tests
Performs hardware subsystem checks.
・ Processor *
・ Memory
・ Hard Drive
・ Keyboard
・ Mouse
・ Optical Drive *
・ System Board
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5.4 Procedures for Removing and Replacing Parts MT-143
5.4 Procedures for Removing and Replacing
Parts
$ For details of the procedure, see “HP 8200MT/6200SF Service Manual”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MT-144
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MT-145
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MT-146
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 1 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Error Message Table Appx MT 1-1
Appendix 1 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Error Message Table

Event Event Source Description Causes Remedies Remarks
1 VBRuntime The VBA Application identified by The main process terminated normally.
the event source logged this
Application IIPMAIN: Thread ID:
%1, Logged: IIPMAIN is Normal
Terminated.
3 IAANTmon RAID1 Volume “XXXXXX” One of the two HDDs constituting RAID1 Replace the defective HDD by performing A RAID volume name used when a
changed from a Rebuilding state became defective. the RAID HDD replacement procedure. “XXXXXX”=RAID volume was created.
to Normal state
3 IAANTmon RAID 1 Volume “XXXXXX” One of the two HDDs constituting RAID1 Nothing particular. A RAID volume name used when a
changed from a Normal State to became defective. The defective HDD was “XXXXXX”=RAID volume was created.
Degraded, Missing Disks State replaced. RAID1 was completely rebuilt.
4 IAANTmon RAID1 Volume “XXXXXX” is in a One of the two HDDs constituting RAID1 Nothing particular. A RAID volume name used when a
Rebuilding state became defective. The defective HDD was “XXXXXX”=RAID volume was created.
replaced.
2071 OutImgPrc FileTransferCom A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
CoCreateInstance Failed. application. If the same error recurs,
perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
does not help, confirm the situation in
which the error occurred, and submit the
event log to the manufacturer.
2072 OutImgPrc COM Initialize Failed. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
application. If the same error recurs,
2073 OutImgPrc DownloadFile Failed. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
2074 OutImgPrc DownloadFile some other A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Exception. application. If the same error recurs,
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Appx MT 1-1
10001 FFDBCOM ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to access a database failed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The probable causes are as follows: perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nDatabase Access  The search/update process was not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Failure.%n%5 successfully performed for the database. error occurred.
 An exclusive process was not %3=Source File: The program file where
successfully performed. an error occurred.
 An attempt to access a file failed. %4=Spot Code: The location where an
error actually occurred (a unique value
within the program).
%5=Detailed information of an error (details
of the cause, location of occurrence,
reason of occurrence, and other)
10015 ImportImageFolder ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A program error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
AccessCom %nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: operations performed before and after the identifies an error.
%4%n Arbitrary Error Details. error occurrence, obtain the maintenance %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
log with the Backup Utility, and send the error occurred.
maintenance log and an error report to the %3=Source File: The program file where
manufacturer. an error occurred.
%4=Spot Code: The location where an
10101 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The server application is not running. Start the server application. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: identifies an error.
%4%nServer process error: %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not Open Indicator-Utility error occurred.
(Server not alive). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
10101 FFCustomMsgBox Communication with the server Restart the server computer.
computer resulted in a failure.
10102 FFCustomMsgBox An unknown error occurred. Restart the server computer.
10105 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system has not been logged on. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nAuthentication error: %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
(User authentication failed). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10105 FFCustomMsgBox You have been logged off the You were logged off during an operation, or Retry logging onto the system.
system. not logged in.
Can not get RU-device-info from error occurred.
database (Server not alive). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
database (User authentication %3=Source File: The program file where
failed). an error occurred.
Can not send response to RU- error occurred.
error-dialog (Server not alive). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
error-dialog (User authentication %3=Source File: The program file where
Can not register RU-control- error occurred.
command to database (Server not %3=Source File: The program file where
alive). an error occurred.
command to database (User %3=Source File: The program file where
authentication failed). an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Can not get RU-control-result from error occurred.
an error occurred.
10125 FFCustomMsgBox You are not authorized to perform Log onto the system with a properly
this operation. authorized user name to retry this
operation.
Can not get media-list-info from error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Can not get media-list-info from error occurred.
Can not get media-status from error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10138 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The server application is not running. Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nServer process error: perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not get printer-info from error occurred.
an error occurred.
Can not get output-queue-info error occurred.
from database (Server not alive). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
from database (User %3=Source File: The program file where
Can not operate the output-queue error occurred.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Can not get the specified event- error occurred.
info (Server not alive). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
info (User authentication failed). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
Can not update the status of error occurred.
specified event-info (Server not %3=Source File: The program file where
alive). an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
specified event-info (User %3=Source File: The program file where
Can not call operation-log writer error occurred.
an error occurred.
Can not call operation-log writer error occurred.
an error occurred.
10195 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 You have been logged off the system. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
(Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10196 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The current user does not have operating Log in as a user with operating privileges, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: privilege. and then retry. identifies an error.
(Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
operation.
database (Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
database (Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
operation.
error-dialog (Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
error-dialog (Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
operation.
command to database (Other user %3=Source File: The program file where
login). an error occurred.
command to database (Authority %3=Source File: The program file where
is nothing). an error occurred.
operation.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
operation.
10207 FFCustomMsgBox Image Reader operation has been
canceled.
10208 FFCustomMsgBox Image Reader operation ended
abnormally.
Can not open Media-utility error occurred.
windows (Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
Can not open Media-utility error occurred.
windows (Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
operation.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
operation.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
operation.
from database (Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
from database (Authority is %3=Source File: The program file where
nothing). an error occurred.
operation.
(Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: privilege. and then retry. identifies an error.
(Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
operation.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% identifies an error.
4%nAuthentication error: %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
info (Other user login). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% privilege. and then retry. identifies an error.
info (Authority is nothing). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
operation.
specified event-info (Other user %3=Source File: The program file where
login). an error occurred.
specified event-info (Authority is %3=Source File: The program file where
nothing). an error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
operation.
10229 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The database was not successfully Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% connected. The database might not be identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to get RU-device-Info. running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not connect to database. error occurred.
Please reboot Server-computer. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
10229 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of Image Reader A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
status information resulted in a
failure.
4%nIt failed to send response to running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-error-dialog. error occurred.
Can not connect to database. %3=Source File: The program file where
Please reboot Server-computer. an error occurred.
10230 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when trying to A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
respond to the Image Reader.
4%nIt failed to get RU-control- running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
result. error occurred.
10231 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred while monitoring A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
Image Reader operation status.
10232 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to establish the connection to a Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% database failed. The database might not identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to delete RU-control- be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
record. error occurred.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4%nIt failed to release RU- running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
exclusive-info. error occurred.
10234 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 IP address padding failed due to an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% exception error. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nPadding of IP-address is %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
failed. error occurred.
Please call to service. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
4%nIt failed to get RU-inner- running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
information. error occurred.
10235 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in Image A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
Reader operation.
4%nIt failed to get RU-exclusive- running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
info. error occurred.
Reader operation.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4%nIt failed to register RU-control. running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
Reader operation.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% database failed. The problem is attributable identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to get Media-device- to a database timeout or other database %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
info. error. error occurred.
10238 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
acquire disk information.
4%nIt failed to get Media-list. to a database timeout or other database %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not connect to database. error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
10239 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
acquire disk information.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% database failed. The database might be identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to get Printer-device- inactive. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
10240 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
acquire printer information.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4%nIt failed to get Output-queue- be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquire unprinted image
information.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% database failed. The Directory.ini file might identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to control Output- be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
queue-info. error occurred.
10242 FFCustomMsgBox Operation of unoutputted images A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
failed.
4%nIt failed to get Event-info. be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
acquire event information.
4%nIt failed to update Event-info. be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
10244 FFCustomMsgBox Operation of unoutputted images A database access error occurred. Restart the server computer.
failed.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4%nIt failed to get Media-device- to a database timeout or other database %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
name. error. error occurred.
Please call to service. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
10245 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer.
acquire disk information. made to acquire disk information.
10246 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The equipment ID is not registered. With the Service Utility, register the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% equipment ID. identifies an error.
4%nIt failed to get Media-device- %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
name. error occurred.
Can not find Media-device-name. %3=Source File: The program file where
Please call to service. an error occurred.
10246 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to An error occurred when an attempt was
acquire disk information. made to acquire disk information.
10247 FFCustomMsgBox The server device could not be In an environment with multiple client Retry the operation. If the problem is not
accessed. computers connected, this can resolved, check the network connection.
occur when the server load is high and
indicator operation is performed.
10300 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% initialization process. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nUnknown Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
%3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
10301 FFCustomMsgBox User authentication failed. ● Restart the server computer and retry.
● Contact your service engineer if the
same symptom recurs even after it has
been restarted.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10400 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The character string database (API) was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% not successfully accessed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in character string DB %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
(API) access. error occurred.
an error occurred.
10400 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire character The problem is attributable to the character
strings resulted in a failure. string database.
10401 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system setting database (API) was not There is no operational problem (garbled %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully accessed. characters may be displayed). If you feel identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in system construction uncomfortable, reinstall the system. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
DB (API) access. error occurred.
an error occurred.
10401 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the system The problem is attributable to the system
setup database. setting database.
10402 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The startup information is incorrect. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nStart information is not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
correct. error occurred.
an error occurred.
10402 FFCustomMsgBox System startup failed. Retry.
4%nThere is no operation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
authority. error occurred.
an error occurred.
operation.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10404 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 You have been logged off the system. Log in as a user with operating privileges, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% and then retry. identifies an error.
4%nIt was logoffed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
10625 FFCustomMsgBox Disk replacement failed. ● Restart the server computer.
been restarted.
10700 GeneralImageInfo Illegal parameter received. An illegal parameter was received. Restart the server application and client
AccessCom application. If the same error recurs,
10701 GeneralImageInfo Create Instance Error. The instance generation process was not Restart the server application and client
AccessCom successfully performed. application. If the same error recurs,
10701 ImageViewer [10701] Failed in releasing the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
exclusive control of study. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
contact your maintenance representative.
10702 GeneralImageInfo Create Instance Error. The instance generation process was not Restart the server application and client
10703 GeneralImageInfo File access error. An attempt to access a file failed. Check that the specified image file exists.
AccessCom Also, check that the image file contains a
proper endoscope image (JPEG lossy).
If the specified image file exists and
contains a proper endoscope image (JPEG
lossy), restart both the server application
and client application. If the same error
recurs, perform a reinstallation. If the
reinstallation does not help, confirm the
situation in which the error occurred, and
submit the event log to the manufacturer.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10703 ImageViewer [10703] Failed in saving study An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
data into a file. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10704 GeneralImageInfo Release Instance Error. The instance release process was not Restart the server application and client
10704 ImageViewer [10704] Failed in writing study An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
data into database. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10705 GeneralImageInfo Non-support image file. An illegal image file was loaded. Check that the image file contains a proper
AccessCom endoscope image (JPEG lossy). If the
image file contains a proper endoscope
image (JPEG lossy), restart both the server
application and client application.
If the same error recurs, perform a
reinstallation. If the reinstallation does not
help, confirm the situation in which the
error occurred, and submit the event log to
the manufacturer.
10705 ImageViewer [10705] Failed in downloading a An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
DDO file. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10708 ImageViewer [10708] Failed in invoking the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
Free-Layout Launcher. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10709 ImageViewer [10709] Failed in generating a An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
10710 FFPresetData ErrorCode: 9999 A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
AccessCom SourceFile: CPreset.cs application.
Function: 01 If the same error recurs, perform a
SpotCode: x reinstallation.
System Error If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
the situation in which the error occurred,
and submit the event log to the
manufacturer.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10710 ImageViewer [10710] Failed in acquiring a work An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
folder. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10711 ImageViewer [10711] Failed in updating the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
study status. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10713 ImageViewer [10713] Failed in acquiring the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
reference exclusion of study data. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10714 ImageViewer [10714] Failed in opening the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
reference exclusion of study data. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
10715 ImageViewer [10715] Failed in update An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
confirmation processing in another If restarting does not resolve the issue,
terminal of study data. contact your maintenance representative.
10717 ImageViewer [10717] Failed in acquiring An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
processing for exclusion of study If restarting does not resolve the issue,
data. contact your maintenance representative.
10718 ImageViewer [10718] Failed in opening An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
processing for exclusion of study If restarting does not resolve the issue,
data. contact your maintenance representative.
10741 ImageViewer [10741] Information will be deleted. Confirmation None
Deleted information cannot be (The message appears because it cannot
restored. Are you sure you want to be restored after execution.)
delete?
10742 ImageViewer [10742] Schema will be replaced. Confirmation None
Annotation will be deleted. Are (The message appears because it cannot
you sure you want to replace? be restored after execution.)
10743 ImageViewer [10743] Failed in output processing. An error which usually does not occur. Try again.
If retrying does not resolve the issue,
10800 [10800] Failed to calculate EI or An error occurred when failed to acquire a EI/DI will be calculated again when the "s" in the "%s" is a lower-case character.
DI from the following study. parameter or access to DDO. exposure is performed again.
Patient ID: %s
Study start date: %s
10900 FFInputEz %1 : Registry Value Get/Set Error Information was not successfully acquired Restart the server application and client (Not used.)
[Key] %2 from the registry. application. If the same error recurs,
[Exp] %3 perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
%4 does not help, confirm the situation in
%5 which the error occurred, and submit the
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
10901 FFInputEz %1 : Database Connection Error An attempt to establish the connection to a Check whether the SQL service manager (Not used.)
[DB] %2 database failed. is operating normally. Restart both the
[Exp] %3 server application and client application.
%4 If the same error recurs, perform a
%5 reinstallation. If the reinstallation does not
the manufacturer.
10902 FFInputEz %1 : Database Data Get/Set Error A database information acquisition or Restart the server application and client (Not used.)
[DB] %2 storage failed. application. If the same error recurs,
[Table] %3 perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
[Field] %4 does not help, confirm the situation in
[Exp] %5 which the error occurred, and submit the
10903 FFInputEz %1 : DDO Data Get/Set Error The information acquisition/storage Restart the server application and client (Not used.)
[Tag] %2 operation was not successfully performed application. If the same error recurs,
%3 in relation to the image information file perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
%4 (DDO). does not help, confirm the situation in
10904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error The information about the system settings Check the information about the settings
[Procedure] %2 was not successfully acquired. with the Service Utility. Restart both the
[ErrorCode] %3 server application and client application.
[Exp] %4 If the same error recurs, perform a
the manufacturer.
11002 FFDBCOM ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The method is improperly used. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% The probable causes are as follows: perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nParameter Error. %n%5  An improper value is specified as a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
parameter. error occurred.
 A record existence check error. %3=Source File: The program file where
 A record duplication check error. an error occurred.
 Exclusive check error. %4=Spot Code: The location where an
11010 CustomControl.cs An attempt to exercise the The OS is abnormal. Restart the application. If the same error
pronunciation automatic input recurs, reinstall the OS.
function resulted in a failure.
11010 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to enter characters The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
with the software keyboard
resulted in a failure.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11020 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to move the character The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
cursor position with the software
keyboard resulted in a failure.
11030 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to delete characters in The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
the text box with the software
keyboard resulted in a failure.
11040 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to initialize the caret The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
position of a character string in
the text box resulted in a failure
while the patient information input
window was open.
11050 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to exercise IME control The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
over the patient information input
window text box resulted in a
failure.
11060 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to perform IME setup The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
for the patient information input
failure.
11070 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to change the font The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
style of the patient information
input window resulted in a failure.
11080 FuriganaEditCtrl.cs An attempt to perform font setup The application is abnormal. Restart the application.
for the patient information input
failure.
11300 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to The problem is attributable to the system
acquire system setup information. setting database.
Setup processing continues
partially by using the existing
values.
11300 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Processing continues with the default %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to access a NetConfig.mdb file. value. However, check the device identifies an error.
4%nNetConfig.mdb File Access The file might be damaged. information setup with the Service Utility. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11301 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred while accessing Restart the server computer.
the directory setup file.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11301 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% The file might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nDirectory.ini File Access Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11302 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the character The problem is attributable to the character
string database. string database.
11302 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A character string was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% acquired from the character string perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nString DB Access Error. database. The database might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
damaged. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11303 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire character The problem is attributable to the character
strings resulted in a failure. string database.
11303 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to log in automatically. The database perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nAuto Login Error. might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11304 FFCustomMsgBox Processing continued even though Restart the server computer.
an attempt to acquire user
information resulted in a failure.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to acquire user information. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nUser Table Access Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11305 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when initializing Restart the server computer.
exclusive information of a study.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to perform an exclusive-right deletion perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nDelete Study Exclusive Error. process for the equipment status table. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11306 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when initializing Restart the server computer.
exclusive information of an
equipment unit.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to perform an exclusive-right deletion perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nDelete RU Exclusive Error. process for the equipment status table. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11307 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading the user image. In an environment where multiple client Log-in operation can be continued.
computers are connected, this can occur If the problem persists, re-set the user
when there is simultaneous login from image in the Client Utility.
multiple computers.
11307 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Although there is no operational problem, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to load a user image. The user use the Client Utility to perform user image identifies an error.
4%nLoad User Icon Error. image might be deleted. setup again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11308 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during user Restart the server computer.
authentication processing.
11308 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An internal system error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% user authentication. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nUser Confirm Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11309 FFCustomMsgBox Password entered is incorrect. An incorrect password was entered. Re-enter Password.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11309 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An incorrect password was entered. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nWrong Password was %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inputted. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11310 FFCustomMsgBox User selected is not registered or ● Select another user and log on the
is deleted. system.
11400 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The search conditions were not specified. Specify the search conditions and then %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% retry. identifies an error.
4%nThe search condition is not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11401 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unacceptable character is included in Enter an account name without using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% the patient ID. You cannot use ““””, “#”, “%”, unacceptable characters. identifies an error.
4%nThe use prohibition character ●
“&”, “’”, “+”, “?”, “\”, “/”, “ ”, “@”, 1-byte %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is included in patient ID. Katanaka characters, 2-byte characters, or error occurred.
a character string consisting of a blank %3=Source File: The program file where
only. an error occurred.
●
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% the patient name. You cannot use “ ”, “@”, unacceptable characters. identifies an error.
4%nThe use prohibition character or 2-byte characters. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is included in the patient name. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11403 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The birth date was not properly specified. Follow the example and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nThe specification at date of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
birth is not correct. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11404 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The date selected as the end date of the Ensure that the end date of the last update %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% last update was earlier than the start date. is not earlier than the start date. identifies an error.
4%nA past date was selected by %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the end day of last updated date error occurred.
on the beginning day. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
11405 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt was made to execute a function Select a patient from the patient %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% without selecting a patient from the patient information list, and then retry. identifies an error.
4%nPlease select the patient information list. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
information list. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11406 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No data is input for an essential input item. Set data for an essential input item, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% then retry. identifies an error.
4%nPlease set the input %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
indispensability item. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11407 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The entered patient ID already exists. Enter a different patient ID, and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nPatient ID overlaps. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11408 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt was made to execute a function Perform user information setup and then %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% without selecting a user from the user retry. identifies an error.
4%nPlease select the user information list. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
information list. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11409 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No data is input for an essential input item. Set data for an essential input item, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% then retry. identifies an error.
4%nPlease set the input %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% the account name. You cannot use “\”, “/”, unacceptable characters. identifies an error.
“|”, “:”, “<”, “>”, “?”, “+”, “=”, “ ”, or a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is included in the account name. character string consisting of a blank only. error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% the user name. You cannot use “\”, “/”, “|”, unacceptable characters. identifies an error.
“:”, “<”, “>”, “?”, “+”, “=”, “ ”, or a character %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is included in the user-name. string consisting of a blank only. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11412 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Administrator cannot be specified as an Enter an account name other than %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% account name. “Administrator“ and “Service Engineer”, identifies an error.
4%nAdministrator cannot be and retry. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified for the account name. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11413 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Service Engineer cannot be specified as Enter an account name other than %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% an account name. “Administrator” and “Service Engineer”, identifies an error.
4%nService Engineer cannot be and retry. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified for the account name. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11414 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The entered password is incorrect. Enter a correct password and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nThe mistake is found in the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
password. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11416 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected image was deleted. Select another image. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nThe selected image was %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleted. Please select another error occurred.
image. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
11416 FFCustomMsgBox The selected image was deleted. Select another user image.
11417 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The icon picture object was not Specify another account name. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully created. The error is identifies an error.
4%nThe account name overlaps. attributable to resource insufficiency or %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
system instability. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11418 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A password mismatch has been detected. Enter a correct password. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nThe password is not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
corresponding. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11419 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No image is selected. Select an image, and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%nThe image has not been %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
selected. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11420 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected image was used by another Carry it out again after a while. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: user. identifies an error.
%4%nThe image that other users %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
selected is used. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11421 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The specified file was not in JPEG format. Specify a JPEG file. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nPlease specify the JPEG %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
file. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11422 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image file size was too large. Specify an image file that is not larger than %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: 25 KB. identifies an error.
%4%nThe size of the picture file %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is too large. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11424 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unacceptable character is included in An unacceptable character is included in %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: the category name. You cannot use “\”, “/”, the category name. Enter a different identifies an error.
%4%nThe use prohibition ●
“|”, “:”, “<”, “>”, “?”, “+”, “=”, “ ”, or a category name. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
character is included in the character string consisting of a blank only. error occurred.
category. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
11425 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt was made to register previously Specify another category name and then %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: registered explanatory information. retry. identifies an error.
%4%nExplanation information %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
that tried to be registered has error occurred.
already been registered. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11426 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No data is input for an essential input item. Set data for the essential input item, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nPlease set the input %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
11427 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No password is input. Enter a password and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe password is not input. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11428 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No data is input for an essential input item. Set data for the essential input item, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nPlease set the input %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
11429 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The character string in the content field has Edit the character string until it consists of %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: exceeded 1000 characters in length. no more than 1000 characters. identifies an error.
%4%nThe content exceeded %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
1,000 characters. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11430 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The account name has exceeded 20 Enter an account name consisting of not %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: characters in length. more than 20 characters. identifies an error.
%4%nThe account name %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
exceeded 20 characters. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11431 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user name has exceeded 20 Enter a user name consisting of not more %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: characters in length. than 20 characters. identifies an error.
%4%nThe user-name exceeded %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
20 characters. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11432 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The management file was for read only or Retry with a write-enabled medium. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: write-protected. identifies an error.
%4%nMedia the disk %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
management file only for readout error occurred.
are write-protecting it. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
11432 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is for read only or DVD is Check the contents of the disk.
write-protected.
11433 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The entered volume label name is already Set a different volume label name, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: used. then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nThe input volume label %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
name has already been used. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11433 FFCustomMsgBox The input volume label name has Specify another volume label name and
already been used. retry.
11434 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No disk is inserted into its position. Insert a disk and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe disk has not been %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inserted. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11434 FFCustomMsgBox No disk has been inserted. Insert a disk.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11435 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A wrong date format is used. Set the date in a format that is indicated as %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: an example. identifies an error.
%4%nThe date format is different. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
11436 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The maximum permissible number of Delete unnecessary explanatory %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: explanatory information registrations was information and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nThe maximum registration exceeded. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
number of explanation information error occurred.
was exceeded. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
11437 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exclusive process is set. Carry it out again after a while. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe exclusive operation is %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
set. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11437 FFCustomMsgBox Another user is now operating this Carry it out again after a while.
system.
11438 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The administrator cannot be deleted. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe manager cannot be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleted. error occurred.
an error occurred.
11438 FFCustomMsgBox Administrator can not be deleted. Choose a user other than the administrator.
11442 FFCustomMsgBox There is no user image. ● Add user images accordingly.
11443 FFCustomMsgBox Storing images in read-only disk ● Select a rewritable drive and retry.
was requested.
11444 FFCustomMsgBox Format processing failed. ● Select a drive which is able to format
and retry.
11449 FFCustomMsgBox The disk needs to be rebuilt. ● Restore the disk.
11455 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is in use. ● Carry it out again after a while.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11456 FFCustomMsgBox The disk has been exchanged. ● Check the contents of the disk.
11457 FFCustomMsgBox Drive specified does not exist. ● Ensure that the drive has been
connected correctly and then retry.
11459 FFCustomMsgBox Selected user information cannot
be modified because the user is
being logged on.
11460 FFCustomMsgBox User information logging on
cannot be deleted.
11461 FFCustomMsgBox An automatically verify user can
not be deleted.
11462 FFCustomMsgBox User selected cannot be deleted.
11464 FFCustomMsgBox Are you sure you want to delete
the following user account?
%s
11465 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when uploading ● Ensure that the network cable has been
user images. connected correctly.
11490 FFCustomMsgBox Setting user ID failed. ● This event will not be displayed.
11491 FFCustomMsgBox Patient information corresponding
with specified patient ID does not
exist.
11492 FFCustomMsgBox Another process is updating the  Carry it out again after a while.
patient information.
11493 FFCustomMsgBox Specified Patient ID is already
registered.
11494 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is restored.  Are you sure?
11495 FFCustomMsgBox Current user is not allowed this
operation.
11496 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred. ● Contact your service engineer.
 Press the button below to close this
dialog and terminate the system.
11497 FFCustomMsgBox Specified files do not exist.
11498 FFCustomMsgBox The server device could not be In an environment where multiple client Retry the operation.
accessed. computers are connected, this can occur If the problem is not resolved, restart the
when the server load is high. client application.
11500 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred.  Contact your service engineer.
11501 FFCustomMsgBox The process is being canceled  Restart this system and retry.
because this system is required to
shut down.
11502 FFCustomMsgBox The process is interrupted by the  Restart this system and retry.
power supply cut off.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11503 FFCustomMsgBox Data in the disk is inconsistency.  Execute “Disk restoration” operation.
11504 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed.  Check the disk status.
11505 FFCustomMsgBox Drive specified does not exist.  Ensure that the specified drive has been
connected correctly.
11506 FFCustomMsgBox Disk unlocking failed.  Check the disk drive status.
11507 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to  Check the disk drive status.
eject disk.
11508 FFCustomMsgBox Write operations can not be  Use a drive for storage.
performed for a reference drive.
11509 FFCustomMsgBox No disk has been inserted.  Insert a disk.
11510 FFCustomMsgBox Drive specified is not removable.  Ensure that the specified drive has been
11511 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is read-only.  Insert a writable disk.
11512 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is not inserted.  Confirm the inserted disk.
shut down.
11517 FFCustomMsgBox Disk locking failed.  Check the disk drive status.
11519 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is in use.  Carry it out again after a while.
11522 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is unformatted.  Confirm the inserted disk.
shut down.
11526 FFCustomMsgBox Free disk space is insufficient.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11527 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is not new (unused).  Insert a new disk.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11528 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11530 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is write-protected.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11532 FFCustomMsgBox Specified label name is already  Specify another label name.
registered.
11533 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is not new (unused).  Insert a new disk.
11535 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is in use.  Carry it out again after a while.
shut down.
11540 FFCustomMsgBox Disks cannot be formatted with  Ensure that the drive specified has been
this drive. connected correctly.
11541 FFCustomMsgBox Disk formatting failed. ● It is possible that the disk is broken or
write-protected.
 Insert another disk and retry.
11543 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is not inserted.  Confirm the inserted disk.
shut down.
11546 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is not for  Insert a disk for management.
management.
11549 FFCustomMsgBox This disk is consistent. It is not
necessary to restore a disk.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11552 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is unformatted.  Exchange disks and format.
11553 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is read-only.  Insert a writable disk.
11554 FFCustomMsgBox Disk restoring is canceled.
shut down.
11557 FFCustomMsgBox Free disk space is insufficient.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11558 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11560 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is write-protected.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11562 FFCustomMsgBox Disk unlocking failed.  Check the disk drive status.
11563 FFCustomMsgBox This disk is consistent. It is not
necessary to restore a disk.
11564 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is illegal.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11565 FFCustomMsgBox The disk has been exchanged.  Retry from the beginning.
11569 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is unformatted.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11570 FFCustomMsgBox Interrupted the processing of ● Some selected studies may already
database rebuilding. have been registered.
shut down.
11573 FFCustomMsgBox Data in the disk is inconsistent.  Restore the disk.
11574 FFCustomMsgBox The inserted disk is a new  Confirm the inserted disk.
(unused) disk.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11577 FFCustomMsgBox The hard disk is full.
11578 FFCustomMsgBox Storing images in read-only disk
was requested.
11579 FFCustomMsgBox The drive is in use.
11580 FFCustomMsgBox No disk is inserted.
11581 FFCustomMsgBox The drive is not removable.
11582 FFCustomMsgBox The disk has been already
formatted.
11583 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is not formatted.
11584 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is read-only.
11585 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is not inserted.
11586 FFCustomMsgBox The requested processing has
been canceled.
11587 FFCustomMsgBox The process has been canceled.
11588 FFCustomMsgBox The process is interrupted by the
11589 FFCustomMsgBox Data in the disk is inconsistent.
(DICOMDIR)
11590 FFCustomMsgBox Image information in the disk is ● The disk cannot be used. Eject and  The structure within The disk is illegal or
illegal. confirm it. The information is insufficient.
 It is necessary to send an inquiry to a
device that created The disk.
11591 FFCustomMsgBox Format is not allowed under ● Use a formatted disk.  Use the disk format setup function of the
system settings. ● If you wish to format disks on this Service Utility to select “OS” or
system, contact your service engineer. “Dedicated application.”
11592 FFCustomMsgBox Free disk space is insufficient.
11593 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is not a new
(unused) disk.
11594 FFCustomMsgBox There are no targeted images in ● Change to a correct disk.  The target image is not stored on the disk
this disk. inserted by the user.
11595 FFCustomMsgBox Inserted disk is a new (unused)
disk.
11596 FFCustomMsgBox Disk specified is not for
management.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11597 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed. Possible ● Eject the disk, conform it and retry.  No data can be written onto the medium
causes are: ● Contact your service engineer if the because it is broken.
(1) The disk is broken same symptom recurs even after it has  The drive is broken.
(2) The disk drive is not connected been retried.
correctly.
11598 FFCustomMsgBox Disk formatting failed. System ● Contact your service engineer.  Although “Dedicated application” is
settings may have been incorrect. selected for disk format setup from the
Service Utility, the format tool filename or
path is incorrectly set.
11599 FFCustomMsgBox Drive specified does not exist. ● Contact your service engineer.  The disk drive path for the Service Utility
System settings may have been is not properly set.
incorrect.
11600 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is write-protected.
11601 FFCustomMsgBox Disk locking failed. ● Ensure that the disk drive has been  This error could not normally occur.
connected correctly and retry.
been retried.
11602 FFCustomMsgBox Disk unlocking failed. The disk ● Carry it out again after a while.  Check whether the drive is accessed, for
drive may have been in use. ● Contact your service engineer if the instance, by explorer.
been retried.
11603 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to ● Carry it out again after a while.  Check whether the drive is accessed, for
eject disk. The disk drive may ● Contact your service engineer if the instance, by explorer.
have been in use. same symptom recurs even after it has
been retried.
11604 FFCustomMsgBox The disk needs to be rebuilt.
11605 FFCustomMsgBox The disk structure is incorrect or ● The process is either discontinued or  The disk is partly broken.
some files are broken. continued excluding certain files.
11606 FFCustomMsgBox Image information in the disk is ● The disk cannot be used. Eject, confirm  This error could not normally occur.
illegal. it and retry.
been retried.
11607 FFCustomMsgBox Image information in the disk is ● The disk cannot be used. Eject, confirm  This error could not normally occur.
illegal. it and retry.
been retried.
11608 FFCustomMsgBox The disk has been exchanged. ● Eject the disk, confirm it and retry.  This error could not normally occur.
been retried.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11609 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining information in ● Eject the disk, confirm it and retry.  An internal logic error has occurred.
the disk. ● Contact your service engineer if the
been retried.
11610 FFCustomMsgBox Some images failed in acquiring.
11611 FFCustomMsgBox Same label name already exists. ● Set another label name and retry.  This error could not normally occur.
been retried.
11612 FFCustomMsgBox The disk needs to be rebuilt.
11615 FFCustomMsgBox The disk is illegal.  Confirm the inserted disk.
11617 FFCustomMsgBox No disk has been inserted.  Insert a disk and retry.
11620 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in starting HtmlView ● Contact your service engineer.  HtmlView.exe is not installed at the
window. Installation may not have correct location.
been finished successfully.  It is necessary to perform a reinstallation.
11621 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating HtmlView ● Restart the server computer.  The cause of this error is unknown.
window. ● Contact your service engineer if the  If The same error recurs after a restart,
same symptom recurs even after it has send feedback to the design personnel.
been restarted.
11622 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating HtmlView  Press the button below to continue other  This error could not normally occur.
window. processes.  The operation can be continued.
 If the same error recurs, send feedback
to the design personnel.
11627 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing files within the ● Contact your service engineer.
disk. It is possible that some files
are damaged.
11628 FFCustomMsgBox No image storage disk is  Rebuild the disk, and restore database
registered. from the disk.
11629 CustomMsgBoxCom The disk cannot be recognized. [11629] Disk unidentified. Check contents of the disk. Format it as
necessary and reinsert.
11711 FFPresetData ErrorCode:01 Preset registration num is full. There is no operational problem. (There is
AccessCom SourceFile:CPreset.cs not operation fault even in case of output.)
SpotCode:2
Preset registration num is full.
11712 ImageViewer [11712] There is an image in Caution
process of loading and the
processing will be discontinued.
Please wait for a while and try
again.
11713 [11713] Set the output destination. Folder was specified in +EXCHANGE Specify the path of the output destination.
output dialog but the path to the output
destination was not specified.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11714 [11714] Set the report format. Report output was specified in Specify the report template for when
+EXCHANGE output dialog but the report outputting the report.
template was not specified.
11731 ImageViewer [11731] The study data is in Conflict in updating the study data, and the If the study data is acquired again, the
process of updating in other data had been updated by another user. updated contents will be lost.
terminal and cannot be saved. Do The data of the current user must be
you wish to acquire the study data discarded.
again?
11732 ImageViewer [11732] The study data is in Conflict in updating the study data, and the
process of updating in other data had been updated by another user.
terminal and cannot be saved. The data of the current user must be
discarded.
11901 FFInputEz %1 : Database Connection Error An attempt to establish the connection to a Check whether the SQL service manager
the manufacturer.
11902 FFInputEz “%1 : Database Data Get/Set A database information acquisition or Restart the server application and client (Not used.)
Error storage failed. application. If the same error recurs,
[DB] %2 perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
[Table] %3 does not help, confirm the situation in
[Field] %4 which the error occurred, and submit the
[Exp] %5 event log to the manufacturer.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error Abnormal patient information was This problem may be solved when an
[Procedure] %2 transmitted from the receipt computer, or automatic retry is performed by the
[ErrorCode] %3 the transmitted patient information was not application. Check whether the network is
[Exp] %4 successfully operated on. disconnected. Check for improper patient
%5 information. If the patient information is
improper, correct it and transmit the
corrected patient information from the
receipt computer. It is possible that
unsupported patient information was
transmitted from the receipt computer.
Check the operation performed by the
receipt computer. If the above cure does
not work, confirm the situation in which the
the manufacturer.
11905 FFInputEz %1 :Patient Information Error Abnormal patient information was Check whether the patient information is
%2%[DATA]n transmitted from the receipt computer. abnormal. If it is abnormal, correct it and
%3%[Exp]n transmit the corrected patient information
%4 from the receipt computer. It is possible
%5 that unsupported patient information was
transmitted from the receipt computer.
Check the operation performed by the
receipt computer. If the above cure does
not work, confirm the situation in which the
the manufacturer.
12001 FF32 [%1] Failed in reading a bitmap file. Check to see if the filename is correct or [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateFile (%2). It is conceivable that there was no such available hard disk space is sufficient. [%2]: Error code
%3 file, free disk space was not sufficient or Proceed with processing. [%3]: Filename/mutex
the system was unstable.
12002 FF32 [%1] File map object generation failed. Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateFileMapping This failure is attributable to resource [%2]: Error code
(%2). insufficiency or system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
%3
12003 FF32 [%1] File map object generation failed. Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in MapViewOfFile (%2). This failure is attributable to resource [%2]: Error code
%3 insufficiency or system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
12004 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a device context. Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateCompatibleDC. It is conceivable that available resources [%2]: Error code
%2 were insufficient or the system was [%3]: Filename/mutex
unstable.
12005 FF32 [%1] A DIB section was not successfully Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateDIBSection (%2). created. The error is attributable to [%2]: Error code
%3 resource insufficiency or system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
12006 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a bitmap picture object. Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in It is conceivable that available resources [%2]: Error code
OleCreatePictureIndirect (%2). were insufficient or the system was [%3]: Filename/mutex
%3 unstable.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12007 FF32 [%1] An exceptional error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the [%1]: Instance name
Exception error. (%2). operations performed before and after the [%2]: Error code
%3 error occurrence, obtain the maintenance [%3]: Filename/mutex
log with the Backup Utility, and send the
maintenance log and an error report to the
manufacturer.
Processing will be continued.
12008 FF32 [%1] The icon file was not successfully loaded. Check to see if the filename is correct or [%1]: Instance name
It failed in ExtractIcon. The error is attributable to a nonexistent available hard disk space is sufficient. [%2]: Error code
%2 file, disk space insufficiency, or system Proceed with processing. [%3]: Filename/mutex
instability.
12009 FF32 [%1] The icon picture object was not Proceed with processing. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in successfully created. The error is [%2]: Error code
OleCreatePictureIndirect (%2). attributable to resource insufficiency or [%3]: Filename/mutex
%3 system instability.
Exception error. (%2). program. [%2]: Error code
%3 Processing will be continued. [%3]: Filename/mutex
12011 FF32 [%1] The file path was illegal. Check to see if the filename is correct. [%1]: Instance name
It is a file path error. Proceed with processing. [%2]: Error code
%2 [%3]: Filename/mutex
12012 FF32 [%1] Memory allocation failed. This error is Check whether the filename is correct. [%1]: Instance name
Memory allocation failed (%2). attributable to resource insufficiency or Processing will be continued. [%2]: Error code
%3 system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
Exception error. (%2). operations performed before and after the [%2]: Error code
error occurrence, obtain the maintenance [%3]: Filename/mutex
log with the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
Processing will be continued.
12016 ImportImageFolder ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Data is illegal. Check the data fed from the endoscope. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
AccessCom %nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: identifies an error.
%4%n Arbitrary Error Details. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
12020 FF32 FF32 [FFCheckApplication Error] The option key (OpApplication) for It is possible that installation could not be
OPApplication key check error. application identification has not been completed correctly.
installed. Perform a reinstallation after uninstalling.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12103 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The indicator status information was not There is no operational problem. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get Indicator-icon %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
status from Event Object. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12114 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU device status information was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired. An internal system client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get the error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-device-status from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12116 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An RU operation failed. An internal system Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error occurred. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not register perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-control-command to database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12118 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU internal information was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nDB Error: Can not get the error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-device-info from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12119 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 RU device exclusive control was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully ended. An internal system client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not release error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-exclusive-info on database error occurred.
when RU-control command failed. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12121 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A window display request was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully answered. An internal system client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not send response to error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-error-dialog. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12123 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU operation was not successfully Check that the RU is not performing a %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: monitored. An internal system error process, and then restart both the server identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get occurred. application and client application. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-control-result from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12124 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Exclusive control was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: ended after RU monitoring. An internal client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not release system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-exclusive-info on database error occurred.
when RU-control command %3=Source File: The program file where
completed. an error occurred.
12126 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU operation was not successfully Check that the RU is not performing a %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: monitored. It is conceivable that the RU process, and then restart both the server identifies an error.
%4%nRU-control-result not found operation was canceled by another application and client application. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
on database. RU-control may be process. error occurred.
cancelled by other process. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12127 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The specified RU was being used by Wait until the RU process terminates, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: another user. then try again. identifies an error.
%4%nSpecified RU is in-use by %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
other user/process. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12128 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU cannot be operated because a Open the RU status window and return a %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: window display request is currently issued. response to the window display request. identifies an error.
%4%nRU status error: RU-control- %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
command invalid when RU-error- error occurred.
dialog displayed. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12134 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Media status acquisition failed. An internal Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: system error occurred. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get the perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
media-status from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12135 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The storage disk list was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. An internal system error client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get the occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
media-list-info from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12140 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The printer information was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nDB Error: Can not get error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
printer-info from database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12146 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output queue information was not Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired. This error is identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the output- attributable to an inactive server application %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
queue-info from database. or a deactivated database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12148 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to register information in a Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: database failed. The problem is attributable client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not operate the to a database timeout or other database perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified output-queue. error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12155 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The event information was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. The database might be client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the specified damaged. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
event-info. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12157 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The error status was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: updated. The database might be damaged. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not update the status perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
of specified event-info. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12162 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to access a NetConfig.mdb file. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not connect The file might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
to NetConfig database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12163 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 NetConfig was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: disconnected. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
disconnect from NetConfig error occurred.
database. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12173 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system settings were not successfully The process will be continued by using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. An internal system error default values. identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified System-Configuration error occurred.
from database. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12174 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system settings could not be acquired. The process will be continued by using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: No values were set as the system settings. default values. Set appropriate values as identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get the system settings. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified System-Configuration error occurred.
from database (Value is not %3=Source File: The program file where
Setup). an error occurred.
12176 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to acquire information from the Check the Diretory.ini file, and then restart %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Directory.ini file failed. The error is the server application. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the specified attributable to a nonexistent file or a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
directory-info from Directory.ini damaged file. error occurred.
file. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12178 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry data was not successfully The process will be continued by using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired due to an exception error. default values. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the specified %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
registry value (DWORD). error occurred.
an error occurred.
12180 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The file was not successfully acquired from Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: LangMsgBox.mdb. The error is attributable client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not connect to a nonexistent file or a damaged file. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
to LangMsgBox database. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12181 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message acquisition failed. Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The LangMsgBox.mdb file might be client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the specified damaged. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Message String. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12185 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 User ID acquisition failed due to an There is no operational problem. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: exception error. Processing will be continued. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get User-ID on the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
basis of Login-User-ID. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12186 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The operation log was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: written due to an exception error. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
% 4%nOperation-logging failed. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
12188 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The operation log was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: written due to an exception error. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not register operation- perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
log. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12190 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The character string was not successfully The process will be continued by using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. This failure is attributable to a default values. identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Can not get database timeout or other database error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
specified message-string from error occurred.
database. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12191 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No character string is set. The process will be continued by using %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: default values. identifies an error.
%4%nDB Error: Specified %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
message-string not found. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12201 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A response was already made to the RU. Wait for a while, click the “Update” button %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: to refresh the window, and continue the identifies an error.
%4%nCan not send response to operation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-error-dialog (Already error occurred.
responded). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12202 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The response is completed. Click the “Update” button to refresh the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: window, and continue the operation. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not send response to %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
RU-error-dialog (Already deleted). error occurred.
an error occurred.
12219 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The specified output queue operation is There is no operational problem. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: already registered. identifies an error.
%4%nSpecified output-queue %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
overlapped. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12224 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected event information was Refresh the window and continue the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: already deleted. operation. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not update the status %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
of specified event-info (Already error occurred.
deleted). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12225 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry data was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired due to an exception error. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nCan not get the specified perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
registry value (SZ). error occurred.
an error occurred.
12400 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired. The database might perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
patient information. error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully registered. The database perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the registration of might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully updated. The database might perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully deleted. The database might perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12404 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The IS use count list was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. The database might be perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the IP use damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
frequency list acquisition. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12405 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user information was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
user information. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12406 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user information list was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the user information list. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12407 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user information list was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the registration of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: updated. The database might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: updated. The database might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
12411 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The sequence was not successfully stored. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The database might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the order %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
preservation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12412 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image could not be deleted. An error Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: occurred when an image deletion request perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe image cannot be was issued. This is an internal system %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleted. The error occurred while error. error occurred.
demanding the image deletion. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12413 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image addition failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the addition of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the image. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12414 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The URL of the paper print setup site was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: not successfully acquired. The database perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the URL might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition of the paper print error occurred.
setting site. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
12415 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The explanatory information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully registered. The database perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the registration of might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
explanation information. error occurred.
an error occurred.
%4%nIt failed in the update of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully deleted. The database might perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
12418 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The study access history was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully acquired. The database might perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the acquisition of be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the change history. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12419 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The transmission history was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the transmission history. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12420 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A database connection error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The database might not be running. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt is a data base connection %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12421 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The operating privileges were not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the operation authority. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12422 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The operating privileges were not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the update of the be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
operation authority. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12423 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Disk changeover failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the replacement %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
of the disk. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12424 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Disk formatting failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the format of the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
disk. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12425 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Disk recovery failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the restoration of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the data base. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12426 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Disk setup failed. An internal system error Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the disk setting. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
12427 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Disk recovery failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the restoration of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the disk. error occurred.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12429 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The equipment name was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the device name. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12430 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The log-in history was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% acquired. The database might be perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the acquisition of damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the login history. error occurred.
an error occurred.
12431 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to acquire a backup history Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% failed. The database might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the acquisition of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the backup history. error occurred.
an error occurred.
the manufacturer.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
12904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error The internal setup information was not Restart the server application and client
[Procedure] %2 successfully acquired. application. If the same error recurs,
[ErrorCode] %3 perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
[Exp] %4 does not help, confirm the situation in
13000 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the There is no operational problem (garbled
FontName registry. characters may be displayed). If you feel
uncomfortable, reinstall the system.
13000 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the There is no operational problem (garbled
13001 FFIdConnection Socket error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
Watch (%1).%n[%2]
13001 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM There is no operational problem (garbled
FontSize ”/“FontSizeL”/“FontSizeLL” key was not characters may be displayed). If you feel
found in the registry. uncomfortable, reinstall the system.
13001 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM There is no operational problem (garbled
13001 FFIdRuMainControl Socket error[%1] Program error.
13001 FFIdConnection Socket Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2]
13001 FFIdRuMain Socket Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2]
13001 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the There is no operational problem (garbled
13001 FFLogFile [%1] Log file creation was unsuccessful. Check the disk for a free space, or restart [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateFile (%2). The problem might have been caused, for the server PC. [%2]: Error code
%3 instance, by an invalid filename selection, [%3]: Filename/mutex
inadequate disk space, or system
instability.
13001 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox DataBase The message database was not
Connection Error. successfully connected. It is conceivable
[%1] that the database did not exist or that the
specified data source name was invalid.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13001 FFImageDBCTL Image Database Access Failure. The image database was not successfully Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
ErrNo:%1 NativeErrNo:%2 accessed (an ADO related error occurred). information
SQLState:%3
Source:%4
Description:%5
13001 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access An attempt to access the database failed. Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
Failure.%nFunction:%1 information
Command:%2%nErrNo:%3
NativeErrNo:%4 SQLState:%5%n
Source:%6%nDescription:%7
13001 FFNetDB NetConfig Database Access An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
Failure.%nErrNo:%1 made to access a database. information
NativeErrNo:%2 SQLState:%3%n
Source:%4%nDescription:%5
13002 FFIdConnection Bind error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
Watch (%1).%n[%2]
13002 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
multibyte flag registry.
13002 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
13002 FFIdRuMainControl Bind error[%1] Program error.
13002 FFIdConnection Bind Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
13002 FFIdRuMain Bind Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
13002 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM There is no operational problem (garbled
13002 FFLogFile [%1] File map object generation failed. This Restart the server computer. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateFileMapping failure is attributable to resource [%2]: Error code
(%2). insufficiency or system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
13002 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Data Get Error. The specified message was not found in Perform a reinstallation or install the latest
[%1] the database. The message was not message database again.
%2 registered in the database, or the ID was
incorrectly specified (due to a program
fault).
InstanceName[%1] accessed. information
%2
13002 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access Failure. An attempt to access the database failed. Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
InstanceName[%1]%n%2%n information
Function:%3 Command:%4
13002 FFNetDB NetConfig Database Access An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
Failure. InstanceName[%1]%n%2 made to access a database. information
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13003 FFIdConnection Listen error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
Watch (%1).%n[%2]
13003 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the initialization for The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
the display group data acquisition Directory.ini or the connection character
string was not properly registered in the
display group table.
13003 FFIdMenuItem Image Folder Path Get Error The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Directory.ini.
13003 FFIdRuMainControl Listen error[%1] Program error.
13003 FFIdConnection Listen Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
13003 FFIdRuMain Listen Error (INVALID_SOCKET) Program error.
13003 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
13003 FFLogFile [%1] File mapping failed. This error is Restart the server computer. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in MapViewOfFile (%2). attributable to resource insufficiency or [%2]: Error code
system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
13003 FFCustomMsgBox Same MessageBox Existed. The specified message box is already Close the displayed message box.
[%1] displayed.
InstanceName[%1] accessed. information
%2
%3
13003 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access Failure. An attempt to access the database failed. Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
InstanceName[%1]%n%2%n%3 information
13003 FFNetDB NetConfig Database Access An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
Failure. made to access a database. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
InstanceName[%1]%n%2%n%3 information
13004 FFIdConnection Accept error (%1).%n[%2] Program error.
Watch
13004 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the display group The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
data acquisition Directory.ini or the connection character
string was not properly registered in the
display group table.
13004 FFIdMenuItem [Miss] Image Get Error “Id_MissExposure_I.bmp” was not found in There is no operational problem (the button
the path to an image folder or the image might not normally be displayed).
format was illegal. If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
system.
13004 FFIdRuMainControl Accept error[%1] Program error.
13004 FFIdConnection Accept Error Program error.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13004 FFIdRuMain Accept Error Program error.
13004 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
connection string of STR DB Directory.ini.
13004 FFLogFile [%1] Mutex creation failed. This failure is Restart the server computer. [%1]: Instance name
It failed in CreateMutex (%2). attributable to resource insufficiency or [%2]: Error code
%3 system instability. [%3]: Filename/mutex
13004 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Create Error. The message box could not be generated. Restart the server computer.
[%1] This error is attributable to resource
insufficiency or system instability.
13005 FFIdConnection Recv error (%1).%n[%2] The connection to the RU was closed or an Restore the RU connection to normal.
Watch error occurred in the connection.
13005 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the liberating The connection to the display group table Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing of the display group was not successfully closed. perform a reinstallation.
data acquisition
13005 FFIdRuMainControl Recv error[%1] The connection to the RU was closed or an Check the connection to the RU.
error occurred in the connection.
13005 FFIdConnection Recv Error The connection to the RU was closed or an Restore the RU connection to normal.
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] error occurred in the connection.
13005 FFIdRuMain Recv Error The connection to the RU was closed or an Restore the RU connection to normal.
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] error occurred in the connection.
13005 FFInput It failed that [%1] connects to STR The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
DB properly registered for the “LangStrDB” key
in Directory.ini.
13005 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Show Error. The message box could not be generated. Restart the server computer.
13006 FFIdConnection CloseSocekt error (%1).%n[%2] Program error.
Watch
13006 FFIdDepartSelect It failed that [%1] finds Program error.
corresponding record
13006 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the initialization for The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
the display menu data acquisition Directory.ini.
13006 FFIdRuMainControl CloseSocekt error[%1] Program error.
13006 FFIdConnection Socket Close Error Program error.
13006 FFIdRuMain Socket Close Error Program error.
13006 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
connection string of SYS DB Directory.ini.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13006 FFCustomMsgBox List For Modaless MessageBox The modeless message box management Restart the server computer.
Management New Error. table was not successfully created.
13007 FFIdConnection CreateThread error (%1).%n[%2] Program error.
Watch
13007 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the acquisition of The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
number of records of display properly registered in the display group
menu data table.
13007 FFIdRuMainControl CreateThread error[%1] Program error.
13007 FFIdConnection Thread Create Error Program error.
13007 FFIdRuMain Thread Create Error Program error.
13007 FFInput It failed that [%1] connects to SYS The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
DB properly registered for the “SysConfigDB”
key in Directory.ini.
13008 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the display menu Not properly registered to the display group Reinstall the system.
data acquisition table.
13008 FFIdRuMainControl Not Send Message Before Ack Program error.
Returned [%1]
13008 FFIdConnection Message Send Error A connection error occurred. Restore the RU connection to normal.
13008 FFIdRuMain Message Send Error [%1] A connection error occurred. Restore the RU connection to normal.
ControlEx WSAGetLastError = [%2]
13008 FFInput It failed that [%1] calls the The message database did not exist or the Reinstall the system.
CUSTOM MESSAGE BOX (%2) program was faulty.
13008 FFCustomMsgBox An exception error occurred. An exception error occurred. Restart the server computer.
[%1]
%2
13009 FFIdConnection LogFile Name Make error The “Log” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Watch (%1).%n[%2] Directory.ini.
13009 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the liberating The connection to the display menu table Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing of the display menu was not successfully closed. perform a reinstallation.
data acquisition
13009 FFIdRuMainControl LogFile Name Make error[%1] The “Log” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Directory.ini.
13009 FFIdConnection Log File Name Make Error The “Log” key was not found in Register the “Log” key in Directory.ini.
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] Directory.ini.
13009 FFIdRuMain Log File Name Make Error The “Log” key was not found in Register the “Log” key in Directory.ini.
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] Directory.ini.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13009 FFCustomMsgBox Common function error occurred. The common function returned an error. Restart the server computer.
[%1]
%2
13009 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the Patient Program error.
Information
13010 FFIdConnection DB Connect error (%1).%n[%2] “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Watch Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist
in the specified path.
13010 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the termination of The connection to the display menu table Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the display menu data acquisition was not successfully closed. perform a reinstallation.
13010 FFIdRuMainControl DB Connect error[%1] “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist
13010 FFIdConnection DB Connect Error “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Properly register the “SysConfigDB” key in
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist Directory.ini.
13010 FFIdRuMain DB Connect Error “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Properly register the “SysConfigDB” key in
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist Directory.ini.
13010 FFInput It failed that [%1] initializes [%2] Program error.
13010 FFCustomMsgBox ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) Error. The database was not successfully Restart the server computer.
ErroNo:%1 operated.
Source:%2
Description:%3
13011 FFIdConnection DB Read error (%1).%n[%2] The “EchoInterval”, “ComBreakTimeout1”“ Reinstall the system.
Watch PortFrupStatus”, or
“EnableLogFrupConnect” key was not
found in SysConfig.mdb.
13011 FFIdMenuChange The code of the specified group Program error.
does not exist in [%1]
13011 FFIdRuMainControl DB Read error[%1] The “PortFrupMain”, “AckTimeout”, or Reinstall the system.
“EnableLogFrupMain” key was not found in
SysConfig.mdb.
13011 FFIdConnection DB Read error The “EchoInterval”, “ComBreakTimeout1”“ Ensure that the “EchoInterval”,
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] PortFrupStatus”, or “ComBreakTimeout1”, “PortFrupStatus”,
“EnableLogFrupConnect” key was not and “EnableLogFrupConnect” keys are all
found in SysConfig.mdb. registered in SysConfig.mdb.
13011 FFIdRuMain DB Read error The “PortFrupMain”, “AckTimeout”, or Ensure that the “PortFrupMain”,
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] “EnableLogFrupMain” key was not found in “AckTimeout”, and “EnableLogFrupMain”
SysConfig.mdb. keys are all registered in SysConfig.mdb.
13011 FFInput It failed that [%1] gets the window The “ScallHight”/“ScallWidth” key was not Reinstall the system.
size registered in the registry.
13012 FFIdConnection DB Close error (%1).%n[%2] Program error.
Watch
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13012 FFIdMenuChange The code of the specified menu Program error.
13012 FFIdRuMainControl DB Close error[%1] Program error.
13012 FFIdConnection DB Close Error Program error.
13012 FFIdRuMain DB Close Error Program error.
13012 FFInput It failed that [%1] make the pipe Program error.
13013 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the folder The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
path to Bitmap Directory.ini.
13013 FFIdConnection Configuration Error Program error.
13013 FFIdRuMain Configuration error[%1] The program was faulty or SysConfig.mdb
ControlEx WSAGetLastError = [%2] was abnormal.
13013 FFInput It failed that [%1] closes Program error.
connection with RU [%2]
13014 FFIdConnection Ack Message Time Out The connection to the RU was closed or an Check the connection to the RU.
Watch (%1).%n[%2] error occurred in the connection.
13014 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the bitmap to “Id_PrevPage_U.bmp”/“Id_PrevPage_ There is no operational problem (the button
Previous Page D.bmp”/“Id _PrevPage_X.bmp” was not might not normally be displayed).
found in the path to an image folder or the If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
image format was illegal. system.
13014 FFIdRuMainControl Ack Message Time Out[%1] The connection to the RU was closed or an Check the connection to the RU.
error occurred in the connection.
13014 FFIdConnection Ack Message Time Out The connection to the RU was closed or an Restore the RU connection to normal.
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] error occurred in the connection.
13014 FFIdRuMain Ack Message Time Out[%1] The connection to the RU was closed or an Restore the RU connection to normal.
ControlEx WSAGetLastError = [%2] error occurred in the connection.
13014 FFInput [%1] No RU Used Although the FRUP option is selected, the Check settings.
RU connection setting is not found in
NetConfig. There are inconsistencies
between the option settings and Config
settings.
13014 ImportImageFolder ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A message related to a system operation. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
AccessCom %nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: identifies an error.
%4%n Arbitrary Information %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Details. error occurred.
an error occurred.
error actually occurred
(a unique value within the program).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13015 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the bitmap to “Id_NextPage_U.bmp”/“Id_NextPage_ There is no operational problem (the button
Next Page D.bmp”/“Id _NextPage_X.bmp” was not might not normally be displayed).
13015 FFIdRuMainControl Thread End Error[%1]
13015 FFIdConnection Thread End Error Program error.
13015 FFIdRuMain Thread End Error[%1] Program error.
13015 FFInput [%1] failed in setting DICOM data Program error.
[%2]
13016 FFIdConnection Memory Error Program error.
13016 FFIdRuMain Error[%1] Program error.
13016 FFInput [%1] failed in the acquisition of Program error.
DICOM data [%2]
13017 FFIdConnection RU Host Unknown Error The error is attributable to improper RU
WatchEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] setup for the device or a faulty program.
13017 FFIdRuMain RU Host Unknown Error The error is attributable to improper RU
ControlEx Message [%1] Error Code [%2] setup for the device or a faulty program.
13018 FFInput The code of the specified group Program error.
13019 FFInput The code of the specified menu Program error.
13020 FFInput RU Error DB Connect Error in The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
[%1] properly registered for the
“RuErrorDataDB” key in Directory.ini or the
RU error information database did not
exist.
13021 FFInput RU Error Data Get Error in [%1] The window number sent from the RU was Ensure that the RU version agrees with the
not found in the RU error information RU error information database version.
database.
13022 FFInput RU Status DB Connection String The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
Get Error in [%1] properly registered for the
“RuStatusDataDB” key in Directory.ini.
13023 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Information The patient information contained illegal Correct the patient information setup.
Check Error%n information.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13023 FFInput RU Status DB Connect Error in The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
[%1] properly registered for the
“RuStatusDataDB” key in Directory.ini or
the RU error information database did not
exist.
13024 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image Get “Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp”/“Id_ Place “Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp”, “Id_
Error%n LocalSearch_D.bmp”/“Id_LocalSearch_ LocalSearch_D.bmp”, and “Id_
BMP File [%3] X.bmp” was not found in the path to an LocalSearch_X.bmp” in the path to the
image folder or the image format was folder in which images are positioned.
illegal.
13024 FFInput RU Status Data Get Error in [%1] The status number sent from the RU was Ensure that the RU version agrees with the
not found in the RU error information RU status information database version.
database.
13025 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Get The patient information database is Repair the patient information database.
Error%n damaged.
Error [%3]%n
RetCode [%4]
13025 FFInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n%5%n Program error.
%6%n%7%0
13026 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Set Patient information to be registered Enter correct patient information or repair
Error%n included illegal information items or patient patient information database.
Error [%3]%n information database was damaged.
RetCode [%4]
13027 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Not No matching patient information was found.
Correspond%n
RetCode [%3]%n
13027 FFInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n%5%n Control information Nothing particular.
%6%n%7%0
13028 FFInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n%5%n Program error.
%6%n%7%0
13030 FFInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n%5%n Control information Nothing particular.
%6%n%7%0
13031 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Log Output The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Directory Get Error
13033 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : LR button cannot The range was changed by the Service Nothing particular.
be concave set Utility.
13034 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : TB button cannot The range was changed by the Service Nothing particular.
be concave set Utility.
13035 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : TBLR button The range was changed by the Service Nothing particular.
cannot be concave set Utility.
13036 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : rotation button The range was changed by the Service Nothing particular.
cannot be concave set Utility.
13037 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Message Table The “MsgTableName” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Name Get Error the system setup database.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13038 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : StrDB Connection The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
String Get Error Directory.ini.
13039 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : StrDB Connect The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
Error properly registered for the “LangStrDB” key
in Directory.ini.
13040 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : SysDB Connection The “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
String Get Error Directory.ini.
13041 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : SysDB Connect The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
Error properly registered for the “SysConfigDB”
13052 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed MenuDB The menu database access initialization Reinstall the system.
Initialize process was not successfully performed.
13053 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Menu Data in The menu information was not successfully Reinstall the system.
ImageDB Get Error acquired from the menu database.
13054 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Menu Parameter The menu parameter information was not Reinstall the system.
Data in ImageDB Get Error successfully acquired from the menu
database.
13055 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed MenuDB The menu database access termination Reinstall the system.
Termination process was not successfully performed.
13056 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : NetDB Connection The “NetConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Character String Get Error Directory.ini.
13057 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed NetDB The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
Connection properly registered for the “NetConfigDB”
13058 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : NetDB Data Get The network setup database was Reinstall the system.
Error damaged.
13059 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Create New An attempt to create new DICOM data Restart. If the same symptom frequently
DICOM Data failed. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
13060 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data Get The DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error acquired. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13061 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data Set An attempt to set up DICOM data failed. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13062 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data The DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Delete Error deleted. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13063 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data Load The DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error loaded. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13064 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data Save The DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error saved. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13065 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Data Free The DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error opened. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13066 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Padding The “IdPadding” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[Id#] system setup database.
13067 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Padding The “ExaminationNoPadding” key was not Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[Exam#] found in the system setup database.
13068 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Format The “DateFormat” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[Date Of Birth] system setup database.
13069 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Cannot Access The requesting department database was Reinstall the system.
Data Base[Depart.mdb] not found in the path indicated by the
connection character string.
The requesting department table did not
exist.
13070 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Displayed Item Is The “FieldDepartList” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Not Understood[Depart List] the system setup database.
13071 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Program error.
Acquisition[Depart]
13072 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “DepartDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Connected String Directory.ini.
Acquisition[Depart]
13073 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Cannot Access The technician’s database was not found Reinstall the system.
Data Base[Paramedic.mdb] in the pass indicated by the connection
character string or the technician’s table
did not exist.
13074 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Displayed Item Is The “FieldParamedicList” key was not Reinstall the system.
Not Understood[Paramedic List] found in the system setup database.
13075 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Program error.
Acquisition[Paramedic]
13076 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “ParamedicDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Connected String Directory.ini.
Acquisition[Paramedic]
13077 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Window The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Size Acquisition
13078 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “ExposureListEraset” key was not Reinstall the system.
ExposureList Erase found in the system setup database.
13079 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Config Directory The “Confdig” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Character String Get Error Directory.ini.
13081 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : StrDB Message The image database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
String Get Error
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13082 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : IP-Address (RU) The network setup database was Reinstall the system.
Get Error damaged.
13083 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Initialize Timeout The system was unstable. Restart.
<InImg>
13084 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Terminate Error The system was unstable. Restart.
<InImg>
13085 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Terminate Timeout The system was unstable. Restart.
<InImg>
13086 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Input Method Error The system was unstable. Restart.
<InImg>
13087 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Original Image The system was unstable. Restart.
Input Failure <InImg>
13088 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image Processing The system was unstable. Restart.
Trouble <InImg>
13089 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Menu Read Error The image database or information file is Reinstall the system.
<IdExposureList> damaged.
13090 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart Code%n Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Code [%3]
13090 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Invalid Paramedic Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Code%n
Code [%3]
13090 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Examination Program error.
Terminate Error <IdExposureList>
13090 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart/ Directory.ini was damaged. Repair Directory.ini.
Paramedic Code%n
Code [%3]
13091 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart Name The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
(SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13091 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Invalid Paramedic The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13091 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Input Method Error Program error.
<IdExposureList>
13091 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart/ The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Paramedic Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13092 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart Name Program error.
(DBCS)%n
Name (DBCS) [%3]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13092 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Invalid Paramedic Program error.
Select Name (DBCS)%n
Name (DBCS) [%3]
13092 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Input End Method Program error.
Error <IdExposureList>
13092 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart/ Program error.
Paramedic Name (DBCS)%n
Name (DBCS) [%3]
13093 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Priority Change Program error.
Method Error <IdExposureList>
13094 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Message Send The system was unstable. Restart.
Error <IpcInfCom>
13095 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : State Change Program error.
Method Error <RU>
13096 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Request Command The RU side might be faulty (a command Check the RU status.
Not Executed <RU> was not executed although it was
requested).
13097 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : State Info Get Program error.
Error <RU>
13098 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : %n A general-purpose message related to If an error is encountered, a custom
[%3]%n patient information input (for error message box appears. Follow the
%4%n indication/information display). instructions set forth in the custom
%5 message box.
13098 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Reconnect Error The line was abnormal.
<RU>
13098 FF32LIB FF32lib A WIN32 system library An error occurred when calling up the Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
error occurred. [%1]%n%2 WIN32 API. information
13098 FFNetDB FFNetDB A WIN32 system library An error occurred when calling up the Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
error occurred. [%1]%n%2 WIN32 API. information
13099 FFIdMenuItem Unknown error has occurred [%1] Program error.
(%2)
13099 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Disconnect Error The line was abnormal.
<RU>
13099 FF32LIB FF32lib An unknown error An exception error occurred. Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
occurred. [%1]%n%2 information
13099 FFNetDB FFNetDB An unknown error An exception error occurred. Restart the server computer. [%1, %2, %3, %4, %5]: Detailed
occurred. [%1]%n%2 information
13102 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Display Program error.
Group Acquisition[Free]
13103 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Display The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Menu Acquisition[Initialize] Directory.ini.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13104 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Display The menu database is damaged. Reinstall the system.
Menu Acquisition[Record]
Menu Acquisition
Menu Acquisition[Free]
Menu Acquisition[Endding ]
13108 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Exposure The menu database is damaged. Reinstall the system.
Menu Acquisition
13109 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Set Number The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Data Get Error
13110 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Set Number The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Data Set Error
13111 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : System ID Data The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Get Error
13112 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Auto Distribution The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Data Get Error
13113 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Enable Selector The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Data Get Error
13114 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Auto Menu Select The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Data Get Error
13115 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Set Number The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Min Data Get Error
13116 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Set Number The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Max Data Get Error
13117 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image UID Issue Program error.
Error
13118 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Series Instance Program error.
UID Issue Error
13119 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Auto Program error.
Distribution
13120 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Getting The database was not found or the Reinstall the system.
ID-Online Port# associated key did not exist.
13121 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in ID-Online The database was not found or the Reinstall the system.
Device Name associated key did not exist.
13122 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Status DB Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Connection String Get Error
13123 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in selectable The “SelectableDirection” key was not Reinstall the system.
direction found in the system setup database or its
value was incorrect.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13124 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “SelectableFormat” key was not found Reinstall the system.
Selectable Image Format in the system setup database or its value
Acquisition was incorrect.
13125 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : FilmMarkDB The “FilmMarkDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Connection String Get Error Directory.ini.
13126 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : FilmMarkDB The connection character string was not Reinstall the system.
Connect Error properly registered for the “FilmMarkDB”
13127 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : FilmMarkDB Get Program error.
Error [Film Mark Information]
13128 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Limit Film The “LimitFilmCopy” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Copy Acquisition the system setup database or its value was
incorrect.
13129 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RU operation record was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully deleted. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nCan not delete RU-control- error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
result from database. RU-control- error occurred.
result already deleted by other %3=Source File: The program file where
user/process. an error occurred.
13129 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Thumbnail Program error.
Creating Trouble <InImg>
13130 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : ID Change Method Program error.
Error <InImg>
13131 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “SelectableEdrMode” key was not Reinstall the system.
Selectable EDR Mode Acquisition found in the system setup database or its
13132 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “SelectableFunction” key was not Reinstall the system.
Selectable Function Acquisition found in the system setup database or its
13133 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : ID Change Method Program error.
Error <QABase>
13134 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in The “SelectableFilingMode” key was not Reinstall the system.
Selectable EDR Mode Acquisition found in the system setup database or its
13135 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : NetDB Data Get An attempt to acquire a connection Reinstall the system.
Error character string from the network setup
database failed, or the network setup
database was not found.
13136 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Enable The “EnableDistributionCode” key was not Reinstall the system.
DistributionCode Acquisition found in the system setup database or its
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13137 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Enable The “EnableFileString” key was not found Reinstall the system.
FileString Acquisition in the system setup database or its value
was incorrect.
13138 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Enable The “EnableFunction” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Function Acquisition the system setup database or its value was
incorrect.
13139 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Terminate Error Program error.
<IdExposureList>
13140 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Terminate Error Program error.
<IdHome>
13141 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : List Update Error Program error.
<IdHome>
13142 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study List Initialize Program error.
Error [Registered]
Error [QaWaiting]
Error [OutputWaiting]
Error [Outputted]
Error [All]
Error [Today]
13148 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study List Update Program error.
Error [Registered]
Error [QaWaiting]
Error [OutputWaiting]
Error [Outputted]
Error [All]
Error [Today]
13154 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study Instance Program error.
UID Get Error <IdHome>
13155 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study Instance Program error.
UID Get Error IdHome>
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13156 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : QA Start Method Program error.
Error <QABase>
13157 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Finish Mode Get The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error
13158 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Error DB The “RuErrorDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Connection String Get Error Directory.ini.
13159 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Error DB Table The “MsgTableName” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Name Get Error the system setup database.
13160 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Call Error [RU The specified ID was not registered in Reinstall the system.
Error CUSTOM MESSAGE BOX] “RuErrorDataDB“ or the custom message
box was not successfully called.
13161 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Display The program was faulty or the image file Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Thumbnail Image was damaged. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
13162 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Ip Size Unit (Inch/ The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Metric) Get Error
13163 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Utility Start Program error.
Method Error <IdStatusBase>
13164 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image Proc End Program error.
13165 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image Size Code RU-dependent symptom. Check the RU status.
Specify Error
13166 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Pantomo Setting The system setup database was damaged. Repair the system setup database.
Get Error
13167 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Error Info Get The RU error database was damaged. Reinstall the RU software.
Error
13168 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Status Info Get The RU status information database was Reinstall the RU software.
Error damaged.
13169 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Thumbnail End Program error.
13170 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study List Setting Program error.
Save Error [Registered]
Save Error [QaWaiting]
Save Error [OutputWaiting]
Save Error [Outputted]
Save Error [All]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Save Error [Today]
13176 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Study List Program error.
Customize Error
13177 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Default Menu The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Code Get Error
13178 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Multi Frame The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Pair Code Data Get Error
13179 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Next Multi Frame The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Pair Code Data Set Error
13180 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Series Generation The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Type Data Get Error
13181 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Multi Frame UID The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Information Get Error
13182 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Getting The database was not found or the Reinstall the system.
XCON Port# associated key did not exist.
13183 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in XCON The database was not found or the Reinstall the system.
Device Name associated key did not exist.
13187 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Font Name Get The “Font” key was not found in the There is no operational problem (garbled
Error registry. characters may be displayed). If you feel
13188 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Font Size Get The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM There is no operational problem (garbled
Error ”/“FontSizeL”/“FontSizeLL” key was not characters may be displayed). If you feel
13189 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Multibyte Flag Get The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
Error registry.
13190 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Caption The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[Id#] Directory.ini or the ID “30700” was not
registered in the character string database.
Acquisition[Exam#] Directory.ini or the ID “30701” was not
Acquisition[SBCS Patient Name] Directory.ini or the ID “30702” was not
Acquisition[DBCS Patient Name] Directory.ini or the ID “30704” was not
Acquisition[Sex] Directory.ini or the ID “30704” was not
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Acquisition[Sex M] Directory.ini or the ID “30705” was not
Acquisition[Sex F] Directory.ini or the ID “30706” was not
Acquisition[Sex O] Directory.ini or the ID “30707” was not
Acquisition[Date Of Birth] Directory.ini or the ID “0708” was not
13199 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Limitation The “IdLength” key was not found in the Reinstall the system.
No Acquisition[Id#] system setup database.
13200 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Limitation The “ExaminationNoLength” key was not Reinstall the system.
No Acquisition[Exam#] found in the system setup database.
Acquisition[Depart] Directory.ini or the ID “30800” was not
Acquisition[Paramedic] Directory.ini or the ID “30800” was not
13203 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image Folder Path The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Get Error Directory.ini.
13204 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Clear]Button “Id_Clear_U.bmp”/“Id_Clear_D.bmp”/“Id_ There is no operational problem (the button
Image Get Error Clear_ X.bmp” was not found in the path to might not normally be displayed).
an image folder or the image format was If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
illegal. system.
13205 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Ok]Button Image “Id_Ok_U.bmp”/“Id_Ok_D.bmp”/“Id_Ok_ There is no operational problem (the button
Get Error X.bmp” was not found in the path to an might not normally be displayed).
image folder or the image format was If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
illegal. system.
13206 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Cancel]Button “Id_Cancel_U.bmp”/“Id_Cancel_ There is no operational problem (the button
Image Get Error D.bmp”/“Id_Cancel_X.bmp” was not found might not normally be displayed).
in the path to an image folder or the image If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
format was illegal. system.
13207 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Plus]Button Image “Id_Plus_U.bmp”/“Id_Plus_D.bmp”/“Id_ There is no operational problem (the button
Get Error Plus_X.bmp” was not found in the path to might not normally be displayed).
illegal. system.
13208 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Minus]Button “Id_Minus_U.bmp”/“Id_Minus_D.bmp”/“Id_ There is no operational problem (the button
Image Get Error Minus_ X.bmp” was not found in the path might not normally be displayed).
to an image folder or the image format was If you feel uncomfortable, reinstall the
illegal. system.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13209 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Next Page]Button “Id_NextPage_U.bmp”/“Id_NextPage_ There is no operational problem (the button
Image Get Error D.bmp”/“Id _NextPage_X.bmp” was not might not normally be displayed).
13210 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Previous Page] “Id_PrevPage_U.bmp”/“Id_PrevPage_ There is no operational problem (the button
Button Image Get Error D.bmp”/“Id _PrevPage_X.bmp” was not might not normally be displayed).
13211 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Watch The line was abnormal. Check the line.
Connection Disconnected
13212 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : No ACK Returned The line was abnormal. Check the line.
in RU Watch Connection
13213 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : RU Control The line was abnormal. Check the line.
13214 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : No ACK Returned The line was abnormal. Check the line.
in RU Control Connection
13215 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Model Code Get Program error.
Error <RU>
13216 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : FRUP Version Get Program error.
Error <RU>
Acquisition[Complete] Directory.ini or the ID “30202” was not
Acquisition[QA Unfinished] Directory.ini or the ID “30201” was not
Acquisition[Interrupt] Directory.ini or the ID “30200” was not
Acquisition[Cancel] Directory.ini or the ID “30203” was not
Acquisition[New Study] Directory.ini or the ID “30500” was not
Acquisition[Registered] Directory.ini or the ID “30501” was not
Acquisition[QA Waiting] Directory.ini or the ID “30502” was not
Acquisition[Output Waiting] Directory.ini or the ID “30503” was not
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Acquisition[Outputted] Directory.ini or the ID “30504” was not
Acquisition[All] Directory.ini or the ID “30505” was not
Acquisition[Today] Directory.ini or the ID “30506” was not
13228 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Image The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[System] Directory.ini or the ID “30507” was not
Acquisition[StudyReseve] Directory.ini or the ID “30600” was not
Acquisition[StudyStart] Directory.ini or the ID “30601” was not
13270 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : An Illegal Film The film mark database is damaged. Reinstall the system.
Mark Character Was Detected
Acquisition[FIX] Directory.ini or the ID “33502” was not
Acquisition[Skfix] Directory.ini or the ID “33503” was not
Acquisition[SEMI-X] Directory.ini or the ID “33504” was not
Acquisition[DensityAverage] Directory.ini or the ID “33505” was not
13275 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Utility]Button “Id_Utility_U.bmp”/“Id_Utility_D.bmp”/“Id_ There is no operational problem (the button
Image Get Error Utility_X.bmp” was not found in the path to might not normally be displayed).
illegal. system.
Acquisition[Alarm Stop] Directory.ini or the ID “32700” was not
13277 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Caption The image database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Acquisition[Exit]
Acquisition[User Utility]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Acquisition[List Setting]
Acquisition[Version]
Acquisition[CANCEL]
13282 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Clear]Button The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall the system.
Image Get Error
13283 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : [Clear]Button The image database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
ToolTipText Get Error
Acquisition[CANCEL] Directory.ini or the ID “35000” was not
Acquisition[DUST] Directory.ini or the ID “35001” was not
13286 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Tooltip Text Get The image database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error
Acquisition[TitleBar]
Acquisition[Option]
13289 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Version Info Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error
13290 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Option List Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error
13304 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Image Data The line was abnormal. Check the line.
13305 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Multiple Study Program error.
Cannot Be Executed
13306 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : StudyList Has Not Program error.
Been Selected
13307 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Control Initialize Program error.
Error
13308 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Patient Info Read Program error.
Error IdHome>
13309 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Patient The patient information contained an illegal Ensure that the patient information does
Information character string. not contain any illegal character string.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13345 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Database Data Get The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Database Data Get The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Database Data Get The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFInput %1 (%2) : Database Data Get The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Database Data Get The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13346 FFInput %1 (%2) : Patient Information The patient information contained illegal Correct the patient information setup.
Check Error%n information.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
13347 FFInput %1 (%2) : Caption Get Error%n The image database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
CaptionId [%3]
13348 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFInput %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Value [%3]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13348 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Registry Data Get The registry was damaged.
Error%n
Value [%3]
13349 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFInput %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Repair Directory.ini.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13350 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image Get The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
BMP File [%3]
13350 FFInput %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image Get The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
BMP File [%3]
13351 FFInput %1 (%2) : Search Number Check
Error%nError [%3]
13352 FFInput %1 (%2) : Dicom MWM & PPS The DICOM MWM & PPS option was not Install the DICOM MWM & PPS option.
Option Not Install installed.
13353 FFInput %1 (%2) : Dicom MWM Option The DICOM MWM option was not installed. Install the DICOM MWM option.
Not Install
13354 FFInput %1 (%2) : Formality Function Program error.
Steps Error
13355 FFInput %1 (%2) : Exception Error %3 Program error.
13356 FFInput %1 (%2) : Control Initialize Error Program error.
[%3]
13357 FFInput %1 (%2) : Get Control Instance Program error.
Error [%3]
13358 FFInput %1 (%2) : Call Control Method Program error.
[%3]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13359 FFInput %1 (%2) : Set Control Property Program error.
[%3]
13360 FFInput %1 (%2) : Dicom Control Program error.
Response Error [%3]
13361 FFInput %1 (%2) : Database Close Program error.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13362 FFInput %1 (%2) : Not Entry Host Name The host name of the local equipment was With the Service Utility, register the host
not successfully acquired. information about the PPS local equipment.
13363 FFInput %1 (%2) : DDO File Not Found Program error.
13364 FFInput %1 (%2) : Memory Allocate Error Program error.
[%3]
13365 FFInput %1 (%2) : Create Instance UID Program error.
Error [%3]
13366 FFInput %1 (%2) : Get RecordSet Error Program error.
[%3]
13367 FFInput %1 (%2) : RecordSet Not Found Program error.
13368 FFInput %1 (%2) : Copy VR Error Program error.
13369 FFInput %1 (%2) : PPS Instance UID Program error.
Issue Error
13370 FFInput %1 (%2) : PPS Request Failure The equipment connection was faulty or Retry.
[IN PROGRESS] the remote equipment power was OFF.
[COMPLETED] the remote equipment power was OFF.
[DISCONTINUED] the remote equipment power was OFF.
13382 FFInput %1 (%2) : Study List Refresh An unknown error occurred. Retry.
Exception%nError [%3]
13383 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in terminating Program error.
process.%n
Component Name [%3]
13384 FFInput %1 (%2) : The command of Program error.
OnlineTypeB was received%n
[Setting OnlineTypeA.]
13385 FFInput %1 (%2) : The command of Program error.
OnlineTypeA was received%n
[Setting OnlineTypeB.]
13386 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in data The serial cable was cut, or the connected
reception%n[Online Time Out] device did not respond.
13387 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in data reception Program error.
: (%3)%n[Online NG]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13388 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in event Program error.
reception.
13389 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Database Connection The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Database Connection The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Select Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Database Connection The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFInput %1 (%2) : Database Connection The database was damaged. Reinstall the system.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Database Connection The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13390 FFInput %1 (%2) : Depart Info Set Program error.
Error%n
13391 FFInput %1 (%2) : Paramedic Info Set Program error.
Error%n
13393 FFInput %1 (%2) : Study List Initialize Program error.
Error [Worklist]
13394 FFInput %1 (%2) : Study List Update Error Program error.
[Worklist]
13395 FFInput %1 (%2) : Study List Setting Save Program error.
Error [Worklist]
13396 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in setting the Program error.
connecting status to the RIS (%3)
13397 FFInput %1 (%2) : Study List Select Error Program error.
[Worklist]
13399 FFInput %1 (%2) : Thread Create Error%n Program error.
Error Code [%3]
13400 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The sequence was stored. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe order was preserved. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13400 FFInput %1 (%2) : Process Create Program error.
Error%n
ProcessName [%3]%n
Error Code [%4]
13401 FFInput %1 (%2) : Shared Memory Create Program error.
Error%n
Error Code [%3]
13402 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed Create New Program error.
IDT4 Data
13403 FFInput %1 (%2) : IDT4 Data Get Error Program error.
[%3]
13404 FFInput %1 (%2) : IDT4 Data Set Error Program error.
[%3]
13405 FFInput %1 (%2) : IDT4 Data Load Error Program error.
13406 FFInput %1 (%2) : IDT4 Data Convert Program error.
Error [%3]
13407 FFInput %1 (%2) : Invalid Value Program error.
13408 FFInput %1 (%2) : Memory Free Error [%3] Program error.
13409 FFInput %1 (%2) : WaitForSingleObject Program error.
Error [%3]
13410 FFInput %1 (%2) : Pipe Send Error [%3] Program error.
13411 FFInput %1 (%2) : Pipe Recv Error [%3] Program error.
13412 FFInput %1 (%2) : Pipe Send Retry Over Program error.
13413 FFInput %1 (%2) : Pipe Connection Program error.
Timeout
13414 FFInput %1 (%2) : Create IP Info Error Program error.
13415 FFInput %1 (%2) : Patient Online Mode Program error.
Error
13416 FFInput %1 (%2) : Recv Error (External
Device)%n
Device [%3]%n
Error [%4]
13417 FFInput %1 (%2) : Shared Memory Write Program error.
Error [%3]
13418 FFInput %1 (%2) : Shared Memory Delete Program error.
Error [%3]
13419 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Menu Program error.
Clear.%nInternal Error in IIP[%3]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13445 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ip Program error.
Shelter.%nInternal Error in IIP
[%3]
13446 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ip Set. Program error.
%nInternal Error in IIP [%3]
13447 FFInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Starts]%n IipInput.exe is started (information). This is not error information.
%2%n %3
13448 FFInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Normal IipInput.exe is terminated (information). This is not error information.
Termination]
13449 FFInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Forced IipInput.exe is terminated (information). This is not error information.
Termination]
13450 FFInput %1 (%2) : Image Display Failure Program error.
InImg>
13451 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Get Ip The line was abnormal. Check the 550X unit (power supply, cable,
Information Response. etc.).
%nConnection Error to Builtin
[%3]
13453 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Range Program error.
Over[%3: %4]
13454 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ip Information Program error.
Search. %nInternal Error in IIP
Search. %nTime Out
Search. %nExamination Register
Error.[IDT4]
13457 FFInput %1 (%2) : Image Processing This event occurs when an image
Information <InImg> processing parameter file is not found.
13458 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Connection Change the SysConfig settings for the
Between Reader and Console. device or change the RU connection style.
%nIIP[%3]%nRU[%4]
13463 FFInput %1 (%2) : Send Data Error.[RIS] Program error.
13464 FFInput %1 (%2) : RIS Start Error. Program error.
13465 FFInput %1 (%2) : Change Error to Non- Program error.
display Mode.[RIS]
13466 FFInput %1 (%2) : Change Error to Display Program error.
Mode.[RIS]
13467 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ordering Data. Program error.
[RIS]
13468 FFInput %1 (%2) : Exposure-Data Send Program error.
Error.[RIS]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13469 FFInput %1 (%2) : Examination-End Send Program error.
Error.[RIS]
13470 FFInput %1 (%2) : Exposure Menu The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
Register Error. ordering information was not registered. utility.
13471 FFInput %1 (%2) : All Exposure Menu The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
13472 FFInput %1 (%2) : Selected Menu is Done. The exposure process for the selected Select a menu for which an exposure
XCON Result Information is exposure menu was already performed. process has not been performed.
annulled. [%3] The result data received from the XCON
will be discarded.
13473 FFInput %1 (%2) : Menu is not Selected. No exposure menu was selected. The Select a menu for which an exposure
XCON Result Information is result data received from the XCON will be process has not been performed.
annulled. [%3] discarded.
13474 FFInput %1 (%2) : Exceeded the Limitation The XCON parameter was improperly set. Reregister the XCON parameter with the
Value of XCON Exposure Data. user utility.
[%3 = %4]
13475 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ordering Data. Illegal data was contained in the study
[RIS] information received from the RIS.
13476 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Ordering Data Program error.
Convert. Internal Error.
13477 FFInput %1 (%2) : Exposure Menu The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
13478 FFInput %1 (%2) : All Exposure Menu The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
13479 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Examination The order exposure study termination Check the RIS settings.
End Command.[Ris] signal was received from the RIS although
an order exposure was not received.
13480 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in Program error. Check the equipment and cables.
Communication with RIS. The problem is attributable to a
[%3]%n[%4] disconnected line.
Invalid parameter.
13481 FFInput %1 (%2) : Illegal Number of Program error.
Selected Item <IdHome>
13482 FFInput %1 (%2) : Proc UID Get Error Program error.
<IdHome>
13483 FFInput %1 (%2) : Menu is not Selected. An ID acquisition request was received Make a menu selection and then press the
Failed in Getting ID Information from built-in type equipment although no OK button on the built-in type Console.
exposure menu was selected.
13484 FFInput %1 (%2) : Failed in the System Inappropriate installation. Reinstall the system to secure matching
Start. between DX option and menu database.
[Error: OpDcmStandardDx or
MenuData.mdb]
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13485 FFInput %1 (%2) : Proc UID Get Error Program error.
<IdHome>
13486 FFInput %1 (%2) : Host Name Get Error Program error.
<IdHome>
13487 FFInput %1 (%2) : BCR Search Error. Program error.
[%3:ErrorCode = %4]<%5>
13488 FFInput %1 (%2) : MCR Search Error. Program error.
[%3:ErrorCode = %4]<%5>
13497 FFInput %1 (%2) : failed in deleting Program error.
multibyte data
the manufacturer.
13904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error Abnormal patient information was Correct the abnormal patient information, (Not used.)
[Procedure] %2 transmitted from the receipt computer. and transmit the corrected patient
[ErrorCode] %3 information from the receipt computer.
[Exp] %4
%5
13910 FFInputEz %1 : [Starts] (Not used.) (Not used.) (Not used.)
%2
%3
%4
%5
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
13911 FFInputEz %1 : [Normal Termination] (Not used.) (Not used.) (Not used.)
%2
%3
%4
%5
13912 FFInputEz %1 : [Forced Termination] (Not used.) (Not used.) (Not used.)
%2
%3
%4
%5
13998 FFInput Undefined Error, Component is Program error.
[%1], Procedure is [%2], Msg is
[%3]
13998 FFInput %1 (%2) : [%3] General information event log. This is not error information.
13999 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Unknown Error%n Program error.
Error Code [%3]
13999 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : Unknown Error%n Program error.
Error Code [%3]
13999 FFIdParamedic %1 (%2) : Unknown Error%n Program error.
Select Error Code [%3]
13999 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Unknown Error%n Program error.
Error Code [%3]
13999 FFInput [%s] %s (%s) : %s> Unknown Program error.
Error
13999 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Unknown Error%n Program error.
Error Code [%3]
14000 FFDataBaseCtrl Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
%1 %n %2 [%1, %2]: Detailed information
14001 FFDataBaseCtrl Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
%1 %n %2 [%1, %2]: Detailed information
14002 FFDataBaseCtrl Retry is success. %n The database access was successfully There is no particular problem. [%1, %2]: Detailed information
%1 %n %2 retried.
14003 FFDataBaseCtrl Catch DB exception. %n A warning was issued when an attempt There is no particular problem. [%1, %2]: Detailed information
%1 %n %2 was made to access a database.
14004 FFDataBaseCtrl ADO Instance Error. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
%1 %n %2 made to access a database. [%1, %2]: Detailed information
14005 FFDataBaseCtrl DB Connect Error. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
%1 %n %2 made to connect the database. [%1, %2]: Detailed information
14006 FFDataBaseCtrl StoredParam Error. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
14007 FFDataBaseCtrl Variant Empty Error. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
14008 FFDataBaseCtrl Invalid Retry Num. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
14009 FFDataBaseCtrl Invalid Ex. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. (Not used.)
14625 FCRWeb It failed in the convert of client A program error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the
IP_Address. operations performed before and after the
error occurrence, and obtain the
maintenance log with the Backup Utility.
Send then the maintenance log to the
manufacturer. Proceed with the processing.
14626 FCRWeb It failed in the acquisition of the A program error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the
client mode. operations performed before and after the
error occurrence, and obtain the
maintenance log with the Backup Utility.
Send then the maintenance log to the
manufacturer. Proceed with the processing.
14700 ImageViewer [14700] The specified study is Conflicts in retrieving the study data. The
under exclusive control by other current user has to wait until the occupant
terminal and cannot be opened. release the data.
again.
14702 ImageViewer [14702] Mark the checkbox of the Caution A check mark is not placed on the study to
study to be saved. be saved.
14716 ImageViewer [14716] Specified study is under Conflicts in retrieving the study data. The
exclusive control by other terminal current user has to wait until the occupant
and the processing will be release the data.
discontinued. Please wait for a
while and try again.
14719 ImageViewer [14719] Input a font size from 5 to Caution
200.
14720 ImageViewer [14720] Input a numeric value for Caution
the font size.
14721 ImageViewer [14721] Do you wish to cancel the Warning
saving operation?
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
14901 FFInputEz %1 : Database Connection Error An attempt to establish the connection to a Check whether the SQL service manager
[DB] %2 database failed. is operating normally Restart both the
the manufacturer.
14904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error Abnormal patient information was
[Procedure] %2 transmitted from the receipt computer, or
[ErrorCode] %3 the transmitted patient information was not
[Exp] %4 successfully operated on.
%5
15000 ImageViewer [15000] The specified study is Conflicts in retrieving the study data. The
under exclusive control by other current user has to wait until the occupant
terminal and cannot be opened. release the data.
again.
15001 ImageViewer [15001] Failed in releasing the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
exclusive control of study. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
15002 ImageViewer [15002] Mark the checkbox of the Caution A check mark is not placed on the study to
study to be saved. be saved.
15005 ImageViewer [15005] Failed in downloading a An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15008 ImageViewer [15008] Failed in invoking the An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
Free-Layout Launcher. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
15009 ImageViewer [15009] Failed in generating a An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
15010 ImageViewer [15010] Failed in acquiring a work An error which usually does not occur. Restart the server computer.
folder. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
15100 ImageViewer [15100] Information will be deleted. Confirmation
Deleted information cannot be (The message appears because it cannot
restored. Are you sure you want to be restored after execution.)
delete?
15101 ImageViewer [15101] Failed in data editing An error which usually does not occur. Retry the operation.
processing of fixed phase data. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15102 ImageViewer [15102] Failed in creating a list of An error which usually does not occur. Retry the operation.
fixed phases. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15103 ImageViewer [15103] Failed in acquiring the An error which usually does not occur. Retry the operation.
data of fixed phases. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15104 ImageViewer [15104] Failed in updating the An error which usually does not occur. Retry the operation.
report data. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15105 ImageViewer [15105] Please select a study of No study is selected.
the report you want to open.
15106 ImageViewer [15106] Failed in deleting schema. An error which usually does not occur. Retry the operation.
15107 ImageViewer [15107] Information will be deleted. Confirmatio Information will be deleted. Are you sure
Deleted information cannot be (The message appears because it cannot you want to delete?
restored by cancelling the edit be restored after execution.)
window.
Deleted schema will no longer
available to other users.
15108 ImageViewer [15108] Report information has Confirmation Information will be deleted. Are you sure
been entered. (The message appears because it cannot you want to delete?
If deleted, the entered information be restored after execution.)
will be erased and cannot be
restored.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15109 ImageViewer [15109] The file name has already Caution Change the file name to another one that
been registered. has not been registered and retry.
15127 ImageViewer [15127] Failed in importing a An error which usually does not occur. Contact your maintenance representative.
setting information.
15128 ImageViewer [15128] Failed in exporting a An error which usually does not occur. Contact your maintenance representative.
15129 ImageViewer [15129] Failed in acquiring a An error which usually does not occur. Contact your maintenance representative.
15130 ImageViewer [15130] Failed in saving a setting An error which usually does not occur. Contact your maintenance representative.
information.
15131 ImageViewer [15131] Failed in acquiring a An error which usually does not occur. Contact your maintenance representative.
15151 NasMirroring [15151] Mirroring has been An error which usually does not occur. Mirroring function will be aborted.
aborted. Contact your maintenance representative
immediately.
15160 ImageViewer [15160] Failed in thumbnail image An error which usually does not occur. Check the conditions of the output
output. destination folder and retry it.
15181 ImageViewer [15181] An error occurred while An error which usually does not occur. Ensure that the network cable has been
starting up the reference screen of connected correctly and retry.
interpretation result. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15182 ImageViewer [15182] An error occurred while An error which usually does not occur. Ensure that the network cable has been
starting up the reference screen of connected correctly and retry.
anatomical drawing. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
15186 ClientUtility [15186] The responsible person The responsible person (individual) One-byte character cannot be used.
(individual) contains illegal contains illegal character. Input correctly and try again.
character.
15187 ImportImage [15187] The responsible person The responsible person (individual) One-byte character cannot be used.
character.
15188 GeneralLiblary. [15188] The responsible person The responsible person (individual) One-byte character cannot be used.
CustomMessageBox (individual) contains illegal contains illegal character. Input correctly and try again.
character.
16000 GeneralLiblary. [16000] Failed in deleting template Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox files. Contact your service engineer if the same
symptom recurs even after it has been
restarted.
16001 GeneralLiblary. [16001] The file in the output
CustomMessageBox destination cannot be written
because the file is being used in
another process.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16002 GeneralLiblary. [16002] Failed in outputting CSV Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox file. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16003 GeneralLiblary. [16003] Expiry date of ACTIVE
CustomMessageBox LINE has been expired. If you
want continuously to use this
function, update the agreement to
extend the expiry date.
16004 GeneralLiblary. [16004] The process has been
CustomMessageBox canceled because the extension
for the unsent billing logs has
been exceeded. Contact your
technical support.
16005 GeneralLiblary. [16005] Failed in outputting the Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox report. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16006 GeneralLiblary. [16006] Failed in acquiring the Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox measurement data from the Contact your service engineer if the same
server. symptom recurs even after it has been
restarted.
16007 GeneralLiblary. [16007] The name of legend has Input correctly and try again.
CustomMessageBox not been entered.
16008 GeneralLiblary. [16008] The information other Input correctly and try again.
CustomMessageBox than numerical value is entered to
the lower limit value.
16009 GeneralLiblary. [16009] The information other Input correctly and try again.
CustomMessageBox than numerical value is entered to
the upper limit value.
16010 GeneralLiblary. [16010] Study assessment has Input correctly and try again.
CustomMessageBox not been entered.
16011 GeneralLiblary. [16011] Conditional equation is Enter a conditional equation correctly.
CustomMessageBox incorrect.
16012 GeneralLiblary. [16012] Evaluation result of Modify the conditional equation so that the
CustomMessageBox conditional equation is not a bool evaluation result becomes a bool value
value (true or false). (true or false).
16013 GeneralLiblary. [16013] Template file does not Select a correct template file in the system
CustomMessageBox exist. Report output was canceled. settings for measurement summary.
16014 GeneralLiblary. [16014] No base line value has Click the Add button and add a baseline
CustomMessageBox been registered. value.
16015 GeneralLiblary. [16015] Failed in reading the
CustomMessageBox DICOM tag information.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16016 GeneralLiblary. [16016] DICOM tag information Carry it out again after a while.
CustomMessageBox file does not exist.
16017 ImageViewer. [16017] Failed in BMD Ensure that the image is for BMD
ImageView.Shapes. measurement. measurement.
BoneMineralShape Use the images and perform the
measurement in accordance with the
guideline. Contact your service engineer if
the same symptom recurs.
16018 ImageViewer. [16018] The image file required Restart the server computer.
ImageView.Shapes. for BMD does not exist. Contact your service engineer if the same
BoneMineralShape symptom recurs even after it has been
restarted.
16019 ImageViewer. [16019] The image file required Restart the server computer.
ImageView.Shapes. for BMD does not exit. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16020 ImageViewer. [16020] Failed in detecting the Confirm that the aluminum slope is being
ImageView.Shapes. aluminum slope. detected normally.
BoneMineralShape If the solid image subtraction is performed,
set the selection range again.
16021 ImageViewer. [16021] The solid image Confirm that the coordinate of solid image
ImageView.Shapes. subtraction point has been set subtraction is in the image frame.
BoneMineralShape outside of the image area.
16022 ImageViewer. [16022] The measurement result Ensure that the measurement operations
ImageView.Shapes. of BMD measurement has and images used are in accordance with
BoneMineralShape exceeded the standard range. the guideline.
Use the images and perform the
16023 ImageViewer. [16023] The aluminum slope Change the aluminum slope detection ROI
ImageView.Shapes. detection ROI has been set in such a way as to surround the aluminum
BoneMineralShape outside of the image area. slope.
16024 ImageViewer. [16024] The aluminum slope Delete the displayed BMD measurement
ImageView.Shapes. detection process was not and newly perform the BMD measurement.
BoneMineralShape performed.
16025 ImageViewer. [16025] Failed in automatically Set the aluminum slope position manually.
ImageView.Shapes. detecting the aluminum slope.
BoneMineralShape
16026 ImageViewer. [16026] The aluminum slope is not Confirm that the aluminum slope is in the
ImageView.Shapes. in the aluminum slope area. appropriate position.
BoneMineralShape
16027 ImageViewer. [16027] The center line of second Confirm that the center line position of the
ImageView.Shapes. metacarpal bone has been set second metacarpal bone has been set
BoneMineralShape outside of the image area. properly.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16028 ImageViewer. [16028] Failed in detecting the Confirm that the center line position of the
ImageView.Shapes. center of the second metacarpal second metacarpal bone has been set
BoneMineralShape bone. properly.
16029 ImageViewer. [16029] Measurement object data Confirm that the ROI position and size of
ImageView.Shapes. are not in the measurement ROI the second metacarpal bone measurement
BoneMineralShape of the second metacarpal bone. has been set properly.
16030 ImageViewer. [16030] Failed in analyzing the Expand the measurement ROI size of the
ImageView.Shapes. measurement ROI of the second second metacarpal bone horizontally or
BoneMineralShape metacarpal bone. vertically.
16031 ImageViewer. [16031] Failed in BMD Ensure that the measurement operations
ImageView.Shapes. measurement. and images used are in accordance with
BoneMineralShape the guideline.
Use the images and perform the
16032 ImageViewer. [16032] The center line of the Confirm that the center line of the second
ImageView.Shapes. second metacarpal bone is too metacarpal bone has been set properly.
BoneMineralShape short. Measurement processing
was canceled.
16033 ImageViewer. [16033] The vertical length of Expand the ROI size of the second
ImageView.Shapes. measurement ROI of the second metacarpal bone measurement vertically.
BoneMineralShape metacarpal bone is too short.
Measurement processing was
canceled.
16034 ImageViewer. [16034] The horizontal length of Expand the ROI size of the second
ImageView.Shapes. measurement ROI of the second metacarpal bone measurement
BoneMineralShape metacarpal bone is too short. horizontally.
Measurement processing was
canceled.
16035 ImageViewer. [16035] Failed in generating the Restart the server computer.
ImageView.Shapes. image for measurement. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16036 ImageViewer. [16036] BMD measurement Ensure that the images are in accordance
ImageView.Shapes. cannot be performed on images with the guideline.
BoneMineralShape other than FCR images.
16037 ImageViewer. [16037] Failed in saving files. Confirm that the destination file is not
ImageView.Shapes. locked.
BoneMineralShape
16038 ImageViewer. [16038] The aluminum slope is not Confirm that the aluminum slope is in the
ImageView.Shapes. in the aluminum slope area. appropriate position.
BoneMineralShape
16039 ImageViewer. [16039] The solid image Confirm that the coordinate of solid image
ImageView.Shapes. subtraction point has been set subtraction is in the image frame.
BoneMineralShape outside of the image area.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16040 ImageViewer. [16040] Failed in detecting the Adjust the position of the solid image
ImageView.Shapes. horizontal line of solid image subtraction point so that the exposure
BoneMineralShape subtraction. subject does not overlap the horizontal and
vertical line of the solid image subtraction
point.
16041 ImageViewer. [16041] Failed in detecting the Adjust the position of the solid image
ImageView.Shapes. vertical line of solid image subtraction point so that the exposure
BoneMineralShape subtraction. subject does not overlap the horizontal and
vertical line of the solid image subtraction
point.
16042 ImageViewer. [16042] Note that you were You will be charged at the time BMD
ImageView.Shapes. charged for using BMD measurement is performed. (Up to one
BoneMineralShape measurement. time a study)
16043 ImageViewer. [16043] You are charged
ImageView.Shapes. according to the number of times
BoneMineralShape you use BMD measurement.
16044 GeneralLiblary. [16044] This operation can not be Do you want to continue processing?
CustomMessageBox canceled.
16045 GeneralLiblary. [16045] Template file does not Open the setup change window of
CustomMessageBox exist. Printing process was simplified print and select a correct
canceled. template file.
16046 [16046] The graph display was Just as the message states. Input the date of birth.
canceled as DOB has not been
registered.
16048 You can diagnose FCR images Confirmation message -
with this equipment.
Other study images are for
informing patients.
A symbol is displayed at the top
right of FCR images.
16049 [16049] The target image does not For the PrivateCRStorage image, you tried The image processing is canceled and the
support the extended FCR image to apply a parameter with a lower-case preset image processing is not applied.
processing parameters. character, which has been extended by a Use a preset which does not include any
new image processing as a result of the new image processing parameter.
preset image processing.
16050 [16050] The exclusion control over Confirmation message. -
the study information and reading
device will be forcibly released.
16051 [16051] Enter an integer between Just as the message states. Enter an integer between 1 and 65535.
1 and 65535.
16052 [16052] Enter an integer between Just as the message states. Enter an integer between -65536 and
-65535 and 65535. 65535.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16053 [16053] The processing was Just as the message states. * You can set up to eight blackening
cancelled because the maximum regions. Delete unnecessary blackening
number of blackening regions will regions.
be exceeded.
16054 [16054] Performing an automatic Confirmation message. To continue the processing, click [OK].
shuttering proceesing will delete
any blackening regions that have
been added manually.
16055 [16055] No target regions for the Confirmation message. -
automatic shuttering processing
were found.
16057 [16057] This operation cannot be Confirmation message. -
performed on another patient's
image.
16058 [16058] The selected bookmark Confirmation message. To delete the bookmark, click [OK].
will be deleted.
16059 [16059] The second metacarpal Just as the message states. * Confirm that it is an image for BMD
bone cannot be detected. measurement.
* The detection may not work correctly for
some individuals.
* Perform the bone mineral measurement
manually.
16060 [16060] Aluminum slope could not Just as the message states. * Confirm that it is an image for BMD
be detected. measurement.
> Contact the service engineer if the same
symptom recurs even after using the
correct measurement operation and
images based the guideline.
16061 [16061] Aluminum step has been * Aluminum steps are currently not * Use the provided aluminum slope for the
detected. supported. bone mineral measurement.
16062 [16062] Left hand could not be * Detection of the right hand is currently * The detection may not work correctly for
detected on the notch side of not supported. some individuals.
aluminum slope. * Perform the BMD measurement manually.
16063 [16063] Position of aluminum Just as the message states. * Rotate/flip the image such that the "thin
slope is incorrect. side" of the aluminum slope faces
upward, the "notch side" faces leftward
and the fingertips face upward, and then
perform again.
* If the error persists, perform the BMD
measurement manually.
16064 [16064] Direction of aluminum Just as the message states. * Rotate/flip the image such that the "thin
perform again.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16065 [16065] Direction of aluminum Just as the message states. * Rotate/flip the image such that the "thin
perform again.
16066 [16066] The concentration Just as the message states. * Refer to the service manual of the image
distribution on the image surface reader and perform the “Sensitivity/
is inappropriate. Shading Corrections” for CR and
“Calibration” for DR, respectively.
* Perform the installation test after the
operation has completed.
16067 [16067] The image for BMD Confirmation message. To continue the measurement, click [OK].
measurement has been displayed.
16068 [16068] The concentration Just as the message states. * Check that the angle of incidence of the
distribution on the image surface X-ray into the cassette is not oblique.
contains a slightly strong slope. * If there are no problems, proceed to the
confirmation for the next item.
16069 [16069] The unevenness Just as the message states. * Confirm that it is an image for BMD
assessment processing has failed. measurement.
16071 [16071] This operation cannot be The message is displayed when an image After the import has finished, perform the
done during getting the study. on the viewer is dropped to the image card operation again.
while importing studies.
16078 [16078] The output processing Confirmation message. No remedy is required.
has been completed.
16079 [16079] Does not exist the Specified bookmark file did not exist when Check if the bookmark file exists.
bookmark file. the bookmark was imported.
16080 [16080] Does not open the Specified bookmark file did not open when If the bookmark file opens on another
bookmark file. the bookmark was imported. application, terminate the application.
16081 [16081] Incorrect the format of Incorrect bookmark file was specified when Check if the specified bookmark was
bookmark file. the bookmark was imported. correct.
16082 [16082] Import of bookmark has Confirmation message. -
been completed.
16083 [16083] Failed in getting bookmark Just as the message states. * Contact your service engineer if the same
data. symptom recurs even after the server
computer has been restarted.
16084 [16084] Bookmark is not Confirmation message. No remedy is required as this is not an
registered. Displayed when export processing is error.
performed while nothing is registered to the
bookmark.
16085 [16085] Failed in creating the Just as the message states. * Check whether the file of the export
bookmark file. destination has been locked.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16086 [16086] The export of bookmark Confirmation message. -
has completed.
16087 [16087] It is an image that does It occurs during shuttering processing for * Please do shuttering processing
not correspond to the automatic stitched images. manually.
shuttering processing.
16088 [16088] The thoracic region Confirmation message -
elapsed time differential process
will be performed.
16089 [16089] The image does not Occurs when TS processing is being Select images that are compatible with the
support the thoracic region attempted for images other than TS targets thoracic region elapsed time differential
elapsed time differential process. shown below. process and re-execute.
1. CR/DR images other than Fujifilm images.
2. Images that were imported from PDI.
16090 [16090] Failed in saving the study Failed to save TS images on the server. Start the Service Utility, check the DICOM
data. settings, and then click [OK].
16091 [16091] Failed in the elapsed time Message displayed when unexpected Check that the image is a front chest
differential process. exceptions occur in TS processing. There image.
is a high chance that there may be a
problem with the images.
16092 [16092] An error occurred in the Message displayed when an image Check that the image is a front chest
elapsed time differential process. processing error occurs in TS processing. image.
There is a high chance that there may be a
problem with the images.
16093 [16093] Failed in saving the study Failed to save TS images on server. Start the Service Utility, check the DICOM
data. settings, and then click [OK].
16094 [16094] Failed in saving the study Failed to confirm whether the TS images * Restart the server computer.
data. were saved on the server. > Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16095 [16095] Failed in saving the study Displayed when it takes more than 60 * Restart the server computer.
data. seconds to store TS images on the server. > Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16096 [16096] This operation is not An unpermitted operation was performed * Save the study and then execute the
available for studies that have not on TS images before being stored on the processing again.
been saved. server.
16097 [16097] The image does not Occurs when TS processing is being Select images that are compatible with the
support the thoracic region attempted for images other than TS targets thoracic region elapsed time differential
elapsed time differential process. shown below. process and re-execute.
1. CR/DR images other than Fujifilm images.
2. Images that were imported from PDI.
16098 [16098] Failed in downloading the Just as the message states. * Restart the server computer.
target image. > Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
16099 [16099] Failed in input/output of Just as the message states. * Restart the server computer.
the differential image. > Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
16100 [16100] An image that supports Just as the message states. Select images that are compatible with the
the thoracic region elapsed time thoracic region elapsed time differential
differential process does not exist. process and re-execute.
16101 [16101] The thoracic region Confirmation message. -
between the latest study and the
previous study will be performed.
16102 [16102] Failed in reading the Just as the message states. * Restart the server computer.
target image. > Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
between the displayed study and
the previous study will be
performed.
between the displayed studies will
be performed.
by the manual positioning will be
performed.
16106 [16106] The thoracic region Just as the message states. Select different images and re-execute.
by using two copies of one image
is not available.
16107 [16107] The image handled by the Just as the message states. Select images that are compatible with the
displayed study is not supported thoracic region elapsed time differential
by the thoracic region elapsed process and re-execute.
time differential process.
16108 [16108] The displayed study Just as the message states. Select images that are compatible with the
includes an image that does not thoracic region elapsed time differential
support the thoracic region process and re-execute.
elapsed time differential process.
16109 [16109] The exposure menus of Just as the message states. * The previous study of the same exposure
the displayed studies do not menu is automatically selected, and the
match. thoracic region elapsed time differential
process will be performed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
16110 [16110] The thoracic region Just as the message states. Select current and past images with the
elapsed time differential process same patient ID and re-execute.
with an image of other patient is
not available.
16111 [16111] The process is suspended Just as the message states. Check that the derivation source image of
because the derivation source the elapsed time differential image exists in
image of the elapsed time the system.
differential does not exist in the
system.
16112 [16112] The derivation source Confirmation message. - -
images of the elapsed time
differential image have been
automatically deleted.
16113 [16113] The derivation source Just as the message states. - -
image of the elapsed timed
differential image is not found.
16120 [16120] When the automatic Confirmation message. To continue the processing, click [OK].
trimming is performed, the
trimming, which is already set, will
be released.
16121 [16121] The area that supports Just as the message states.
automatic trimming was not found.
16122 [16122] This is an image that does Just as the message states. * Perform the manual trimming.
not support the automatic
trimming.
16123 [16123] All unexposed menus will Is generated when the “Complete” button To continue the processing, click [OK].
be deleted. is pressed down when the un exposed DR
exposure menus are present in DR
exposure screen.
16124 [16124] This study is deleted Just as the message states. To continue the processing, click [OK].
because all exposure menus are
unexposed.
17000 GeneralLiblary. [17000] Failed in initializing Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox process of work list. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
17006 GeneralLiblary. [17006] Failed in updating the Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox work list. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
17009 GeneralLiblary. [17009] Failed in starting the No patient registration authority.
CustomMessageBox study.No authority to perform the
operation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
17011 GeneralLiblary. [17011] Failed in starting the Exposure screen is starting up.
CustomMessageBox study.Exposure cannot be started. Please “Complete” or “Suspend” ongoing
study, and retry again.
17013 GeneralLiblary. [17013] Failed in starting the The displayed work list may not be the
CustomMessageBox study.The exposure of the latest. Refresh the work list.
specified study has finished
already.
17015 GeneralLiblary. [17015] Study canceled in the Ordering device and study information of
CustomMessageBox past will be started. the previously canceled study may not
have been synchronized.
The process is continued. However, if
synchronizing is required, delete the study
once and re-register the study.
17017 GeneralLiblary. [17017] Failed in starting the Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox study. Failed in registering the Contact your service engineer if the same
patient information. symptom recurs even after it has been
restarted.
17019 GeneralLiblary. [17019] Failed in starting the Unregistered study/exposure menu codes
CustomMessageBox study. Study or exposure menu may be specified.
code could not be analyzed. Ensure study/exposure menus specified
from ordering device are correct. Reissue
the order or register them manually.
Contact your service engineer if the same
symptom recurs.
restarted.
restarted.
17033 GeneralLiblary. [17033] Failed in initializing Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox process of work list. Contact your service engineer if the same
restarted.
17036 GeneralLiblary. [17036] Failed in starting the Ensure that the correct Patient ID of the
CustomMessageBox study. Patient ID has not been corresponding study has been specified
specified. from the ordering device.
Reissue the order specifying Patient ID.
symptom recurs.
17038 GeneralLiblary. [17038] Patient ID entered Following characters strings are not Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox includes characters prohibited to allowed to use for Patient ID. unacceptable characters.
use. ”, #, %%, &&, ', +, ?, \, /, *, @, <, blank only
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
17039 GeneralLiblary. [17039] Banned characters are Following characters are not allowed to Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox used for patient name. use for patient name. unacceptable characters.
”, #, %%, &&, ', +, ?, \, /, *, @, <, =
CustomMessageBox used for Kanji patient name. use for Kanji patient name. unacceptable characters.
Single-byte characters
17041 GeneralLiblary. [17041] The Species contains Following characters are not allowed to Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox illegal character. use for species. unacceptable characters.
”, %%, &&, +, ?, \, *, @, <
17042 GeneralLiblary. [17042] The Breed contains illegal Following characters are not allowed to Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox character. use for breeds. Input again unacceptable characters.
”, %%, &&, +, ?, \, *, @, <
CustomMessageBox used for Kanji Responsible person use for Responsible person name. unacceptable characters.
name. Single-byte characters
CustomMessageBox used for responsible person use for Responsible person name. unacceptable characters.
name. ”, #, %%, &&, +, ?, \, *, @, <, =
17045 GeneralLiblary. [17045] Responsible organization Following characters are not allowed to Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox contains invalid character. use for Responsible organization name. unacceptable characters.
”, %%, &&, +, ?, \, *, @, <
17046 GeneralLiblary. [17046] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition was not notified. The study
CustomMessageBox The setting necessary for condition must be changed on other
communication could not be device.
acquired. Setting may not have finished.
symptom recurs even after the server
CustomMessageBox The necessary information could condition must be changed on other
not be acquired from the device.
database. Restart the server computer.
restarted.
CustomMessageBox Failed in establishing the condition must be changed on other
connection. device.
Restart and check the other device.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
17052 GeneralLiblary. [17052] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition may not be notified. The
CustomMessageBox No response was replied from study condition must be changed on other
other device. device.
CustomMessageBox Unexpected response was study condition must be changed on other
received. device.
17056 GeneralLiblary. [17056] Failed in updating the Study condition was notified, but it must be
CustomMessageBox study database in MPPS linkage. changed on other device upon deletion of
the study/completion of the exposure.
Restart the server computer.
restarted.
CustomMessageBox study condition must be changed on other
device.
17060 GeneralLiblary. [17060] Patient ID entered Following characters are not allowed to Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox includes characters prohibited to use for Patient ID. Input again. unacceptable characters.
use. ”, #, %%, &&, ', +, ?, \, /, *, @, <, space
17061 GeneralLiblary. [17061] Banned characters are Following characters strings are not Enter an account name without using
CustomMessageBox used for Kanji patient name. allowed to use for Kanji patient name. Input unacceptable characters.
again
5 characters of space or more
CustomMessageBox used for patient name. use for patient name. Input again unacceptable characters.
”, #, %%, &&, ', +, ?, \, /, *, @, <, =,
5 characters of space or more
CustomMessageBox used for RP ID. use for RP ID. Input again unacceptable characters.
\
CustomMessageBox used for AE title. use for AE name. Input again unacceptable characters.
\, Space
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
restarted.
17102 GeneralLiblary. [17102] Number of search results Desired order may not be displayed on the Change search conditions and retry
CustomMessageBox is higher than the maximum list. searching.
acquiring number of set work list. Or change the maximum acquiring number.
17104 GeneralLiblary. [17104] Display only the orders Desired order may not be displayed on the Change search conditions and retry
CustomMessageBox which have been received list. searching.
because time out was occurred
while the worklists are being
received.
17106 GeneralLiblary. [17106] Failed in receiving the Setting may not be completed.
CustomMessageBox work list. The setting necessary Restart the server computer.
for communication could not be Contact your service engineer if the same
acquired. symptom recurs even after it has been
restarted.
17108 GeneralLiblary. [17108] Failed in receiving the Restart the server computer.
CustomMessageBox work list. The necessary Contact your service engineer if the same
information could not be acquired symptom recurs even after it has been
from the database. restarted.
17110 GeneralLiblary. [17110] Failed in receiving the After restarting the other device, ensure
CustomMessageBox work list. Failed in establishing the the device has started properly.
connection. Restart the server computer.
restarted.
CustomMessageBox work list. the device has started properly.
Change search conditions and retry
searching.
restarted.
CustomMessageBox work list. Unexpected response the device has started properly.
was received. Restart the server computer.
restarted.
CustomMessageBox work list. the device has started properly.
restarted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
17118 PatientPortal [17118] Failed in reading received After restarting the other device, ensure
data in the work list. the device has started properly.
restarted.
17123 PatientPortal [17123] The maximum digit
number of Patient ID is exceeded.
17124 StudyList [17124] Failed in MPPS linkage in Study condition was not notified. The study
some studies. condition must be changed on other
device.
19102 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred. Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nSystem error perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
19141 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred. Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nex perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: exception error. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPadding of IP-address is %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: exception error. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPadding of IP-address is %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
19300 UserAuth ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: initialization process. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nUnknown Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
19400 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe uncertain cause error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred. error occurred.
an error occurred.
19401 FFCustomMsgBox An error has occurred. An unknown error occurred. Restart the server application and the
client application.
 If the same error occurs, restart the system.
 If the system restarting does not help,
confirm the situation in which the error
occurred, and submit the event log to the
manufacturer.
19706 GeneralImageInfo Logical error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
AccessCom application. If the same error recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
the manufacturer.
19904 FFInputEz %1 : Other Error The internal setup information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, (Not used.)
[Procedure] %2 successfully acquired. perform a reinstallation.
[ErrorCode] %3
[Exp] %4
%5
20000 PlusStorageUpload I quit the service configuration is The PlusStorage service is not turned ON No remedy is required as this is not an
FileCreateService not valid and you stopped the service. error.
20001 FFCtrlProc It failed in CreateProcess. It has Subprocess startup failed. The system is Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the possibility that an executive unstable or the necessary executable file is perform a reinstallation.
file doesn’t exist. The start missing.
treatment can’t be continued.
/CtrlProc:RunProc ()
%1
20001 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS The message will be output to the event It does not affect the process because the
FileCreateProc appears. log if the Windows service does not finish message is output while the Windows
normally. service is being finished. However, an
exception might have occurred, so contact
your service engineer.
20002 FFCtrlProc Process start information is An illegal parameter was used for process Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
unusual. The start treatment can’t startup. The contents of the process perform a reinstallation.
be continued. /CtrlProc:RunProc () information database might be incorrect.
20002 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS The message will be output to the event An exception occurred when a ZIP file is
FileCreateProc appears. log if creating ZIP file failed during the created. Contact your service engineer.
Windows service processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240

20003 FFCtrlProc It failed in the completion A process termination request message Restart.
message preparation treatment. was not successfully created. This error is
The treatment can’t be continued. attributable to resource insufficiency or
/CtrlProc:EndProc () system instability.
20003 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS The message will be output to the event An exception occurred when the Windows
FileCreateService appears. log if an exception occurred while starting service process is started. Contact your
the Windows service. service engineer.
20004 FFCtrlProc It failed in the completion A process termination request message Restart.
message transmitting treatment. was not successfully transmitted.
The treatment can’t be continued. This error is attributable to an inoperative
/CtrlProc:EndProc () transmission destination process or an
incorrect transmission destination.
20004 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS The message will be output to the event It does not affect the process because the
FileCreateService appears. log if the Windows service is not stopped message is output while the Windows
normally. service is being finished. However, an
exception might have occurred, so contact
20005 FFCtrlProc It failed in the switching message The message for showing/hiding the Restart.
preparation treatment. The window was not successfully generated.
treatment can’t be continued. This error is attributable to resource
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc () insufficiency or system instability.
20006 FFCtrlProc It failed in the switching message The message for showing/hiding the Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
transmitting treatment. The window was not successfully transmitted. perform a reinstallation.
treatment can’t be continued. This error is attributable to an inoperative
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc () transmission destination process or an
incorrect transmission destination.
20007 FFCtrlProc It failed in CreateProcess. It has Subprocess startup failed or the Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the possibility that an executive subprocess to be started was not found. perform a reinstallation.
file doesn’t exist. The start
treatment can’t be continued.
/CtrlProc:SetInitProcEnd ()
20007 PlusStorageUpload GeneralParameter Load Error The message will be output to the event An exception occurred when the Windows
FileCreateService log if an exception occurred while starting service process is started. Contact your
20009 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS The message will be output to the event Set a correct date to the setting value in
FileCreateService appears. log if the system setting value is invalid. 15-2 of the service settings.
This error does not occur normally because
a default value has been input.
In case of this error, contact your service
engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20011 PlusStorageUpload A message output from OS An exception occurred when the SQL An exception occurred while the Windows
CommonLiblary appears. server is accessed by the Windows service service is processing. Contact your service
processing. engineer.
FileCreateService appears. log when an exception occurred when the service process is started. Contact your
data in SQL server is tried to be retrieved service engineer.
at the Windows service startup.
20012 PlusStorageUpload I quit the service configuration is The message will be output to the event Set a correct date to the setting value in
FileCreateService not valid log if the system setting value is empty. 15-2 of the service settings.
This error does not occur normally because
a default value has been input.
In case of this error, contact your service
engineer.
20052 FFCustomMsgBox A data transfer error occurred in The program might be stopped. Restart the server computer.
communications between
processes.
20054 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire system ● The process can continue with the
settings failed. standard setting values though it may
not function normally.
20062 FFCustomMsgBox The automatic study data delete Restart the server computer.
function went down because an
error occurred in an attempt to
automatically delete study data.
A database access error occurred.
20062 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An internal system error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to automatically delete perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nBecause the error had study data. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred, the Study DB capacity error occurred.
adjustment thread was stopped. %3=Source File: The program file where
\nPlease reactivate server PC. an error occurred.
20063 FFCustomMsgBox The automatic image data delete Restart the server computer.
function went down because an
error occurred in an attempt to
automatically delete image data.
%4%nBecause the error had image data. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred, the HDD capacity error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20064 FFCustomMsgBox The automatic patient information Restart the server computer.
delete function went down
because an error occurred in an
attempt to automatically delete
patient information.
%4%nBecause the error had patient information. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred, the Patient DB capacity error occurred.
20065 FFCustomMsgBox A function to automatically delete Restart the server computer.
uncontrolled/temporarily stored
images went down because an
error occurred with that
processing.
%4%nBecause the error had a temporal/stored image. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred, the Reference Images error occurred.
delete thread was stopped. %3=Source File: The program file where
20071 FFCustomMsgBox [20071] Failed in the output of Just as the message states.
image.
> Check the study that is not yet
output or the output device and
try again.
20072 FFCustomMsgBox [20072] Failed in saving JPEG/ Just as the message states.
BMP file as the Patient ID
contains invalid character for file
name.
> Delete the following characters
from the Patient ID and try
again.
+ “¥”, “/”, “:” ,“*”, “?”, ““”, “<”, “>”, “|”
20073 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization process of linkage ● System settings may not have been
with the receipt computer function finished correctly.
failed. * Contact your service engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20073 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The function for linkage with the receipt Check the system settings. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% computer was not successfully initialized. identifies an error.
4%nFFStdReceCom Initialize %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Error (FujitsuStdReceCom error occurred.
Initialize Error):%5%n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20074 FFCustomMsgBox Patient information transferred ● Confirm the unregistered patient
from the receipt computer is information and re-register.
illegal.
20074 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Illegal patient information was transmitted Check for unregistered patient information, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% from the receipt computer. and then perform the registration procedure identifies an error.
4%nThe data received by the again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
receipt computer is illegal. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20075 FFCustomMsgBox A communication error occurred ● Ensure that the network has been
with the receipt computer. connected correctly to the receipt
computer.
20075 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An abnormality occurred in the Check the network connection to the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% communication with the receipt computer. receipt computer. identifies an error.
4%nAbnormality occurred by the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
communication with the receipt error occurred.
computer. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20076 FFCustomMsgBox A creation of a patient information ● Confirm the disk space and re-register.
file failed while processing data
from the receipt computer.
20076 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information file was not Check the amount of free disk space, and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully created when an attempt was then perform the registration procedure identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the generation of made to process the data received from again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the patient information file. the receipt computer. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20077 FFCustomMsgBox An access to the patient ● Restart the server computer and retry.
information database failed while * Contact your service engineer if the
processing data from the receipt same symptom recurs even after it has
computer. been restarted.
20077 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information database was not Restart the server computer. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully accessed when an attempt identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the access to the was made to process the data received %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
data base. from the receipt computer. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20078 FFCustomMsgBox Processing a patient information ● Confirm the unregistered patient
file failed while handling data from information and re-register.
the receipt computer.
20078 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information file was not Check for unregistered patient information, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully processed when an attempt and then perform the registration procedure identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the file processing was made to process the data received again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
of patient information. from the receipt computer. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20079 FFCustomMsgBox A patient information file analysis ● Confirm the unregistered patient
failed while handling data from the information and re-register.
receipt computer.
20079 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information file was not Check for unregistered patient information, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully analyzed when an attempt and then perform the registration procedure identifies an error.
4%nIt failed in the analysis of the was made to process the data received again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
file of patient information. from the receipt computer. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20080 FFCustomMsgBox An acquisition of option * The process can continue with the
information failed. standard setting values though it may
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20080 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The option information was not Install the option key for linkage with the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully acquired. receipt computer. identifies an error.
option key information on receipt error occurred.
computer communication.\n The %3=Source File: The program file where
default value is used. an error occurred.
20081 FFCustomMsgBox An Access to the directory setting ● The process can continue with the
file failed. standard setting values though it may
20081 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The directory setup file was not Reinstall the system. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully accessed. identifies an error.
directory information.\n The error occurred.
default value is used.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20082 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred in the ● Restart the server computer and retry.
linkage with the receipt computer. * Contact your service engineer if the
been restarted.
20082 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A fatal error occurred when an attempt was Restart the server computer. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% made to execute the function for linkage identifies an error.
4%nThe fatal error occurred by with the receipt computer. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the communication with the error occurred.
receipt computer.\nPlease %3=Source File: The program file where
reactivate server PC. an error occurred.
20102 FFCustomMsgBox Setup incompleted. Application key software is not installed. Install the application key. Main
20103 [20103] The setup of the image Although the DR device connection setting * Setup the image processing parameter
processing parameter has not is ON, the image processing parameter is and then start the application.
been completed. not installed.
Exit the application.
20104 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in securing system settings. It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs, Main
or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
20104 FFMain It failed in the acquisition of the An attempt to acquire the configuration Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
configuration information. The information failed. The problem is perform a reinstallation.
initialization treatment can’t be attributable to improper installation or
continued. /MainProcess:Main () system instability.
20105 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the process It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs, Main
control database. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20105 FFMain It failed in the acquisition of the Data was not successfully acquired from Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process information data base. the process information database. perform a reinstallation.
The initialization treatment can’t be This error is attributable to improper
continued. /MainProcess:Main () installation or system instability.
20106 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the message It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs, Main
distribution control database. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
20106 FFMain It failed in opening of the message The message database was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
data base. The initialization successfully opened. This error occurred perform a reinstallation.
treatment can’t be continued. due to an improper installation or system
/MainProcess:Main () instability.
20108 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in process activation. A subprocess was not successfully started View the event logs around to examine the Main
up for some reason. cause.
20108 FFMain It failed in the start of the sub- Subprocess startup failed. This error is Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process. The initialization attributable to improper installation or perform a reinstallation.
treatment can’t be continued. system instability.
/MainProcess:Main ()
20124 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in process switchover. A subprocess was not successfully View the event logs around to examine the Main
controlled for some reason. cause.
20124 FFMain It failed in switching of the Subprocess changeover failed. This error Restart.
process. /MainProcess:xxxxx is attributable to an inactive subprocess or
system instability.
20140 FFCustomMsgBox Startup processing was Restart the server computer.
discontinued because the SQL
server was not up and running.
20140 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The startup process for the main process Start the SQL server and restart the server %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was aborted because the SQL server was application. identifies an error.
%4%nBecause SQL Server did not running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
not operate, the start processing error occurred.
in the MainProcess was %3=Source File: The program file where
discontinued. %n an error occurred.
Please reactivate server PC after %4=Spot Code: The location where an
installing SQL Server. error actually occurred (a unique value
20141 FFCustomMsgBox System startup processing The IIS is not running. Restart the server computer.
aborted because the IIS has not
started.
20141 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The startup process for the main process Start the SQL server and restart the server %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was aborted because the IIS was not application. identifies an error.
%4%nBecause IIS (Internet running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Information Service) did not error occurred.
operate, the start processing in %3=Source File: The program file where
the MainProcess was an error occurred.
discontinued. %n %4=Spot Code: The location where an
Please reactivate server PC after error actually occurred (a unique value
installing IIS. within the program).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20143 FFCustomMsgBox System startup processing The Backup Utility, User Utility, or Service Shutdown the Utility and retry.
aborted because Backup Utility, Utility is running.
User Utility or Service Utility has
started.
20143 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The startup process for the main process Exit the utility and then restart the server %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was aborted because a utility was running. application. identifies an error.
%4%nBecause utility started, the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
start processing in the error occurred.
MainProcess was discontinued. %3=Source File: The program file where
%n an error occurred.
Please reactivate the MainProcess %4=Spot Code: The location where an
after ending utility. error actually occurred (a unique value
20147 FFCustomMsgBox Startup of Backup Utility failed. Restart the server computer.
20147 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to start the Backup Utility failed. Restart the server PC and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: This failure is attributable to OS resource identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the start of the insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
backup utility.%n error occurred.
Please reactivate server PC. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20148 FFCustomMsgBox Startup of Service Utility failed. Restart the server computer.
20148 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The Service Utility was not successfully Restart the server PC and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: started. This error is attributable to OS identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the start of the resource insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
service utility.%n error occurred.
an error occurred.
20149 FFCustomMsgBox Startup of User Utility failed. Restart the server computer.
20149 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to start the User Utility failed. Restart the server PC and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: This error is attributable to OS resource identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the start of the insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
user utility.%n error occurred.
an error occurred.
20154 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the character The problem is attributable to the character
string database. string database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20154 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A character string was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired from the character string perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed from LangStr.MDB database. The database might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
to the acquisition of the character damaged. error occurred.
string.%n %3=Source File: The program file where
Please reactivate server PC. an error occurred.
20156 FFCustomMsgBox System startup processing Registry information may have been Restart the server computer.
aborted because acquisition of damaged.
software version information
failed.
20157 FFCustomMsgBox Event resources used for notifying Restart the server computer.
the client of the server status
could not be secured.
20157 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The server startup status notification Restart the server application. If the same %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: process failed. This error is attributable to error recurs, perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the notification OS resource insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
that the server starts. %n error occurred.
an error occurred.
20158 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Information (the information is set forth Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: below). identifies an error.
%4%nInformation.  Server application version information. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20159 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to read the bitmap file failed. Restart the server PC and retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The file may be damaged. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in reading the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Bitmap file.%n error occurred.
an error occurred.
20160 FFCustomMsgBox Startup of the disk tool failed. Restart the server computer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20160 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The disk copy tool was not successfully Restart the server PC and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: started. The error is attributable to OS identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the start of the resource insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
disk copy tool.%n error occurred.
an error occurred.
20161 FFCustomMsgBox Writing the OS onto the event log Restart the server computer.
was disabled.
20163 FFCustomMsgBox The server application has already
been up and running.
20167 FFMain Checking of the endoscope image A failure occurred in an attempt to confirm Restart the server computer and check
receiving folder has failed.%n reception of an endoscopic image folder. setup conditions of the endoscopic image
Restart the server computer and import function.
check the setting for endoscope * If the same error recurs, reinstall the
image import function.%n program. If the situation still does not
Contact your service engineer if improve, check conditions of the error
the same symptom recurs even occurrence and submit the related event
after it has been restarted. %n log to the manufacturer.
20200 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization has incompleted. An exception might have occurred. Restart the client application. If the problem
*Image viewer may not work still exists, contact your service engineer.
correctly.
Restart Client Application.
20300 FFCustomMsgBox Use of these search conditions is
disabled as they are in actual use
at present.
20301 FFCustomMsgBox Search conditions are deleted. Press OK to delete the search conditions.
Otherwise, press Cancel.
20303 FFCustomMsgBox These search conditions cannot
be changed because they have
already been determined.
20305 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire search Check connection to the server computer
conditions resulted in a failure. and then retry.
20306 FFCustomMsgBox Display of search conditions edit Check connection to the server computer
window resulted in a failure. and then retry.
20307 FFCustomMsgBox Storage of new search conditions Check connection to the server computer
resulted in a failure. and then retry.
20308 FFCustomMsgBox Orderly arrangements of search Retry.
conditions terminated abnormally.
20309 FFCustomMsgBox Storage of updated search Retry.
conditions resulted in a failure.
20311 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when setting Check connection to the server computer
initial search conditions. and then retry.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20312 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when setting Studies are locked by another user. Unlock studies and retry.
initial search conditions.
20313 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when setting Check connection to the server computer
initial search conditions. and then retry.
20314 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred at startup of the Check connection to the server computer
image viewer. and then retry.
study start window. and then retry.
study edit window. and then retry.
20317 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred while handling Check connection to the server computer
lock processing to delete studies. and then retry.
20318 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred while handling Check connection to the server computer
unlock processing to delete and then retry.
studies.
20319 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to Check connection to the server computer
acquire disk information. and then retry.
20320 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in an attempt to Check connection to the server computer
acquire disk information. and then retry.
20321 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred when deleting a Check connection to the server computer
study. and then retry.
C@Rna study reservation and then retry.
window.
20323 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during film Check connection to the server computer
output processing. and then retry.
20324 FFCustomMsgBox [20324] An error occurred while Just as the message states.
JPEG/BMP file is being output.
> Check the connection to the
network cable and try again.
+ If it does not resolve, contact
20325 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during storage Check connection to the server computer
disk output processing. and then retry.
20326 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during work disk Check connection to the server computer
output processing. and then retry.
20327 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred when Check connection to the server computer
processing transfer of image data and then retry.
to the C@Rna data center.
20328 FFCustomMsgBox Selected studies are deleted. Press OK to delete the selected studies.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20330 FFCustomMsgBox Necessary processing was Retry.
disabled.
Selected studies might have been
deleted.
20332 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred when searching Check connection to the server computer
for study data within a disk and then retry.
20335 FFCustomMsgBox [20335] Layout of the screen was Just as the message states.
not performed correctly.
*Ensure that the network cable
has been connected correctly and
retry.
>Contact your service engineer if
the same symptom recurs even
after it has been retried.
20336 FFCustomMsgBox Some of the studies have been Press OK to continue the process.
locked. Otherwise, press Cancel.
20337 FFCustomMsgBox All of the selected studies have The study is locked by another user. Unlock such studies and then retry.
been locked.
20338 FFCustomMsgBox The current user will be logged off Press OK to log off. Otherwise, press
the system. Cancel.
20339 FFCustomMsgBox Application will be terminated. Press OK to shut down the system.
20341 FFCustomMsgBox Communication with the EMR Confirm connection to the EMR device and
resulted in a failure. retry.
20342 FFCustomMsgBox The system has not been logged Retry after you have logged on the system.
on.
20343 FFCustomMsgBox The system has been logged off. Retry after you have logged on the system.
20344 FFCustomMsgBox The system has been either Retry after you have logged on the system.
logged off or logged on by
different users.
operation.
20346 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred. Check the connection, and then retry.
20350 FFCustomMsgBox The processing cannot be The study is locked by another user. Unlock such study and then retry.
continued in the specified study.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20351 FFCustomMsgBox [20351] A study is being Just as the message states.
performed
*Please “Complete” or “Suspend”
ongoing study.
>If the computer currently in use
is unable to check, the study may
be used by other user.
>Otherwise, please restart all
computers of this system.
performed.
ongoing study.
20353 FFCustomMsgBox The study cannot be processed
because it is controlled.
because it is uncontrolled.
20355 FFCustomMsgBox [20355] The operation cannot be Just as the message states.
performed because the study
status is Reservation.
*Please try again after completing
the study.
status is Exposing.
*Please try again after completing
the study.
status is Finish Exposure.
*This feature is available to the
studies that have been “Verified”.
20358 FFCustomMsgBox The operation cannot be ● Select “Image Viewer” to confirm the
performed because the study image.
status is Verified.
because the storage/print status is
Waiting.
because the storage/print status is
Processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
because storage or printing has
already been done.
because it is locked so as not to
be deleted.
because it is unlocked so as to be
deleted.
because it is uncontrolled.
because there are some
unexposed menus.
20366 FFCustomMsgBox The study cannot be processed All menus are unexposed.
because all menus remain
unexposed.
20367 FFCustomMsgBox The study cannot be processed All images are effective.
because all images are effective.
20369 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire IP address Retry after you have logged on the system.
of this equipment resulted in a
failure.
20370 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire IP address Retry after you have logged on the system.
of the EMR resulted in a failure.
20371 FFCustomMsgBox Settings for the use of EMR have Activate the settings for the use, and then
not been activated. retry.
20375 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to
cancel image capture processing.
20376 FFCustomMsgBox Image acquisition failed.
20377 FFCustomMsgBox The drive is in use.
20378 FFCustomMsgBox The drive has not been
connected.
20379 FFCustomMsgBox No available disk has been
inserted.
20380 FFCustomMsgBox [20380] Certain study could not be Just as the message states.
imported.
* If the disk is a PDI disk, view the
image using a viewer provided
with PDI.
* When importing from other than
a disk for storage, check the
patient information, and set up
the patient ID correctly.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20381 FFCustomMsgBox No disk has been inserted into the
selected drive.
20382 FFCustomMsgBox Necessary processing is disabled
to perform because the study
includes mis-exposed images.
20383 FFCustomMsgBox Necessary processing is disabled
to perform because all images of
the study are mis-exposed.
disabled because a failure
occurred in an attempt to acquire
study status information from the
database.
disabled because an exceptional
error occurred.
20390 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred when registering ● Ensure that the network cable has been
search conditions. connected correctly and retry.
* Contact your service engineer if the
been retried.
20391 FFCustomMsgBox Some of the studies cannot be  Do you wish to continue processing?
handled. Unexposed menus will be deleted.
Studies that have no exposed menus
will be deleted.
20392 FFCustomMsgBox There are some studies including  Do you wish to delete unexposed
unexposed menu. menus?
Studies that have no exposed menus
will be deleted.
20393 FFCustomMsgBox The number of screens that can ● Close some windows displaying and
be displayed exceeded the retry.
allowable limit.
20394 FFCustomMsgBox An error is received from the ● Contact your administrator.
EMR.
20395 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred. ● Contact your administrator.
20396 FFCustomMsgBox No study of patient that is
displayed on the EMR exists.
20397 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire setting ● Restart this system and retry.
information of the EMR resulted in
a failure.
20398 FFCustomMsgBox Selected image has already been ● Retrieve image data from disks for
deleted. storage and retry.
20399 FFCustomMsgBox Selected image of study exists in
the local disk.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20400 FFCustomMsgBox The following error occurred when ● This study is being outputted.
deleting a study in which all
menus remain unexposed.
20401 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The C@RnaURL collection is not created. Check that the C@Rna client is installed. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe C@RnaURL collection %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is not made. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20401 FFCustomMsgBox The following error occurred when ● The study is locked to delete.
deleting a study in which all
menus remain unexposed.
20402 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unacceptable character is included in Check the input value. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: the patient ID. You cannot use “ ”, “#”, “%”, identifies an error.
%4%nThe prohibited character is ●
“&”, “'”, “+”, “?”, “\”, “/”, “ ”, “@”, 1-byte %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
included. (%5) Katanaka characters, 2-byte characters, or error occurred.
a character string consisting of a blank %3=Source File: The program file where
only. an error occurred.
%5=Input value a Unacceptable
characters that caused an error to
occur.
20402 FFCustomMsgBox No disk is inserted or the disk has  Insert a correct disk.
been exchanged for another one.
20403 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to acquire C@RnaURL failed. Check that the C@Rna client is installed. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
C@RnaURL. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20403 FFCustomMsgBox Image acquisition is canceled.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20404 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The maximum permissible number of bytes Check the input value. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was exceeded. identifies an error.
%4%nThe number of maximum %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
bytes is exceeded. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Input value
20404 FFCustomMsgBox The data received from the EMR ● Contact your administrator.
is illegal.
20405 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The registry key was not found. Check the registry key. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe registry key is not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
found. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Target registry key
20405 FFCustomMsgBox The server device could not be In an environment where multiple client Retry the operation.
accessed. computers are connected, this can occur If the problem is not resolved, restart the
when the study list window is operated with client application.
a high server load.
20406 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Run Proc execution was used. An internal application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe number of arrays of system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
property specification values is does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
not corresponding to the number which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
of buttons. event log to the manufacturer. an error occurred.
20406 FFCustomMsgBox The number of studies that can be ● Reduce the number of studies to be
displayed on Viewer exceeded the selected and retry.
allowable limit.
20407 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A character string list was not successfully Check LangStr.mdb. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired from the character string identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed from character database. The LangStr.mdb file might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
string DB to the acquisition of the missing or damaged. error occurred.
character string list. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20407 FFCustomMsgBox The set contents are possibly ● Input correctly.
incorrect.
20408 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The request was ignored because the Carry it out again after a while. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: process for acquiring data from the media identifies an error.
%4%nProcessing has already already started. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
been begun. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20408 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in output process. ● Confirm the status of connection device.
20409 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The equipment list could not be acquired. Check NetConfig.mdb. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The NetConfig.mdb file might be missing identifies an error.
%4%nDevice List Get Error! or damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20409 FFCustomMsgBox Patient ID entered includes ● Following characters are not allowed to
characters prohibited to use. use for Patient ID. Re-input correctly.
“ ” # %% && ’ + ? \ / ● @ en-size-kana
em-size-characters spaces-only
20410 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The NetConfig.mdb file could not be Check NetConfig.mdb. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: opened. The file might be nonexistent or identifies an error.
%4%nNetConfig.mdb Open Error! damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20411 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A process is already started. Since a process is being performed, wait a %1= Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: while and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nProcessing has already %2= Subsystem: The subsystem where an
been begun. error occurred.
%3= Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%4= Spot Code: The location where an
20411 FFCustomMsgBox [20411] An error occurred during Just as the message states.
the screen display processing.
*Restart the client application.
>If restarting does not resolve,
contact your service engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20412 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The acquisition request could not be Check that a medium is connected. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: registered. It is conceivable that no identifies an error.
%4%nRequestProc (%5) medium was connected. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Details of requested acquisition
20412 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of Image Link function ● System settings may not have been
could not be performed. finished correctly.
* Contact your service engineer.
20413 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 All image for the study were not With the Service Utility, check for incorrect %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired from the media. media connection settings. Also, check the identifies an error.
%4%nGetRetrieveStatus (%5) This error is attributable to an incorrect DVD drive power supply and cable %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
media connection setting, a disconnected connections. error occurred.
media drive, or a damaged media drive. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20413 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in Image Link ● Restart the server computer and retry.
function. * Contact your service engineer if the
been restarted.
20414 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 One image for the study was not With the Service Utility, check for incorrect %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired from the media. media connection settings. Also, check the identifies an error.
%4%nGetProcStatus (%5) This error is attributable to an incorrect DVD drive power supply and cable %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
media connection setting, a disconnected connections. error occurred.
media drive, or a damaged media drive. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20414 FFCustomMsgBox Patient information file analysis * Contact your service engineer.
failed when processing data
received from the electric medical
chart.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20415 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image recorded on a medium was not With the Service Utility, check for incorrect %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully registered in the local media connection settings. Also, check the identifies an error.
%4%nGetNextImageProcStatus equipment. This error is attributable to an DVD drive power supply and cable %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
(%5) incorrect media connection setting, a connections. error occurred.
disconnected media drive, or a damaged %3=Source File: The program file where
media drive. an error occurred.
20415 FFCustomMsgBox [20415] Failed in saving JPEG/ Just as the message states.
BMP file as the Patient ID
contains invalid character for file
name.
> Delete the following characters
from the Patient ID and try
again.
+ “¥”, “/”, “:” ,“*”, “?”, ““”, “<”, “>”, “|”
20416 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Defined search conditions could not be Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired from the Hobbit server. identifies an error.
%4%nThe search condition The database might not be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
defined from the Hobbit server error occurred.
cannot be acquired. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20417 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: The search condition numbering process Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: %3%n was not successfully performed. identifies an error.
SpotCode: %4%nThe numbering The database might not be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the retrieval error occurred.
condition number failed. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20418 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: There is no pertinent retrieval condition. Restart the server application. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: %3%n identifies an error.
SpotCode: %4%nThere is no %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
pertinent retrieval condition. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20419 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: An attempt to update a database partly Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: %3%n failed. The database might not be running. identifies an error.
SpotCode:%4%nA part of renewal %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
of DB failed. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20420 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to update a database failed. Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The database might not be running. identifies an error.
%4%nThe renewal of DB failed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
(%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20422 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The added search conditions could not be Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. The database might not be identifies an error.
%4%nThe added search condition running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
cannot be acquired. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20423 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The added search conditions could not be Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. The database might not be identifies an error.
%4%nThe added search condition running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
cannot be acquired. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20424 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to update a database partly Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: failed. The database might not be running. identifies an error.
%4%nA part of renewal of DB %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
20424 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in displaying thumbnail In an environment when multiple client Press the update button on the study list
images. computers are connected, this can occur window for re-display.
when the server load is high and selected
record switching etc. are performed
repeatedly on the study list window.
Click the update button on the study list
window to display again.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20425 FFCustomMsgBox [20425] An error occurred in the An error occurred in the order integration Reduce the number of shots to 20 or less
order integration function. function. and try again.
The number of shots contained in The number of shots contained in the If retrying does not resolve the issue,
the received order exceeds the received order exceeds the upper limit and contact your maintenance representative.
upper limit and cannot be cannot be registered.
registered.
20426 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The search conditions were not specified. Check whether the ListConfigDB T_ %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: MQUERY_DETAIL table and T_MQUERY identifies an error.
%4%nThe search condition is not record exist. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
defined. (QuerySeq:%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Query sequence number
20426 FFCustomMsgBox [20426] An error occurred in the An error occurred in the order integration Try again.
order integration function. function. If retrying does not resolve the issue,
The received order specifies an The received order specifies an contact your maintenance representative.
unsupported modality. unsupported modality.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20427 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt was made to overwrite the Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: selected search conditions with different identifies an error.
%4%nIt started overwriting the search conditions. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
search condition that had been error occurred.
selected in a different search %3=Source File: The program file where
condition. an error occurred.
20427 FCRWeb [20427] Studies with the same
StudyInstanceUID cannot be
output at the same time. Please
output the studies one by one.
20428 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Check whether the ListConfigDB T_ %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: MQUERY_DETAIL table and T_MQUERY identifies an error.
%4%nThe search condition is not record exist. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
defined. (QueryKey:%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Search query key
20429 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The row for display is not selected. Select a row. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe row for the display has %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
not been selected. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20430 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The data type of the row cannot be Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: identified. The program might be faulty. application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe data type of the row perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
cannot be specified. does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
event log to the manufacturer. an error occurred.
20431 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during a search. Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe error occurred when %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the retrieval was executed. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
the retrieval was executed. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20433 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The current user does not have operating Log in as a user with the operating %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: privilege. privileges, and then perform the operation identifies an error.
%4%nThere is no operation again. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
authority. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20434 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system has not been logged on. If log-in is not achieved, log in. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt is not logged in. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20435 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 You have been logged off the system. Retry logging onto the system. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt was logoffed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20436 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user ID was not found. If log-in is not achieved, log in. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nUser ID is not found. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20437 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The URL could not be acquired. It is Check the connection to the server. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: conceivable that the server is not identifies an error.
%4%nURL was not able to be connected. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquired. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20438 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient ID was not successfully Check the connection to the electronic %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired from an electronic medical chart. medical chart. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in patient ID This error is attributable to an unconnected %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition from the electronic electronic medical chart. error occurred.
clinical record device. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20439 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A database search failed (when all patient Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: studies were searched for). The database identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the DB retrieval. might not be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
(The patient’s all inspections are error occurred.
retrieved.) %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20440 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Mounting failed. Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the mount. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20441 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The row for display is not selected. Select a row. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe row for the display has %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
not been selected. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20442 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The data type of the row cannot be Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: identified. The program might be faulty. application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe data type of the row perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
cannot be specified. does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
the retrieval was executed. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20444 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during a search (%5). Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the retrieval was executed. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20445 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 User information acquisition failed. Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the user %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
information acquisition. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20446 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The initial search conditions were not Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully updated. The database might identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the initial retrieval not be running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
condition update. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20447 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The initial search conditions were not Check that the study list is activated by the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully updated due to an exclusive same user at another machine. identifies an error.
%4%nThe initial retrieval condition error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
update failed because of an error occurred.
exclusive error. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
string DB to the acquisition of the damaged. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20449 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The character string was not found in the Check LangStr.mdb. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: character string database (ID = %5). identifies an error.
%4%nThe character string doesn’t The LangStr.mdb file might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
exist in character string DB. error occurred.
(ID=%5) %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%5=Character string ID
20450 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The number of study list bind data rows Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: does not agree with the number of layout application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe row number of schema rows. The program might be faulty. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inspection list bind data is not does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
corresponding to the row number which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
of Raoutoskema. event log to the manufacturer. an error occurred.
20451 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The value list could not be acquired. Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe value list cannot be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquired. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20452 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 No study was specified. Select a study and then retry. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe inspection is not %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
20453 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system has not been logged on. If log-in is not achieved, log in. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt is not logged in. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20454 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Log-off occurred due to a timeout. Retry logging onto the system. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nBecause the time-out had %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
been generated, it was logoffed. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20455 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user ID used for a privilege check did Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: not match the log-in user. The program application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe authority was checked might be faulty. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
by user ID different from the login does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
user. which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
20456 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 You do not have user privileges. Log in as a user with operating privileges. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThere is no user authority. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20457 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an operating Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: privilege check process. This is an internal client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception was system error. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generated by the operation error occurred.
authority check processing. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20458 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred in a database component Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: (exclusive registration). client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred by the An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
DB component (exclusive error occurred.
registration). %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20459 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an exclusive Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: registration process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception was perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generated by the exclusive error occurred.
registration processing. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20460 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during the study Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: output initialization process. The program perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception was might be faulty. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generated by initial processing of error occurred.
the inspection output. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20461 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output XML was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: created. An internal system error occurred. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in making XML for perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the output. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=XML Filename
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20462 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The exclusively registered study was not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully deleted. An internal system client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of error occurred. perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the exclusive registration ending error occurred.
inspection. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
20463 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The URL was not successfully acquired. Check the connection to the server. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: It is conceivable that the server is not identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of connected. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
URL. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20464 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when a patient Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: information acquisition process was identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred by the performed for C@Rna study scheduling. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
patient information acquisition error occurred.
processing for the C@Rna %3=Source File: The program file where
inspection reservation an error occurred.
specification. (%5) %4=Spot Code: The location where an
%5=Return value
20465 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to acquire C@RnaURL failed. Check that the C@Rna client is installed. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The C@RnaURL client might not exist. identifies an error.
C@RnaURL. (%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20466 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The study status was not successfully Check that the SQL server is running. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: updated. The database might not be identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update of the running. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inspection status. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
an error occurred.
20468 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The ID was not found in the character Check LangStr.mdb. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: string database (ID = %5). The LangStr. identifies an error.
%4%nIt was not finding of ID in mdb file might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
character string DB. (ID=%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Character string ID
20469 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during output. This is an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: internal system error. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
outputting it. (ReturnCode=%5) error occurred.
an error occurred.
%5=Return value
20470 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Study deletion failed. An internal system Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error occurred. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the inspection. error occurred.
an error occurred.
20471 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Run Proc execution was used. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe number of arrays of system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
property specification values is error occurred.
not corresponding to the number %3=Source File: The program file where
of buttons. an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
an error occurred.
20473 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Run Proc execution was used. An internal application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe number of arrays of system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
property specification values is does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
not corresponding to the number which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
of buttons. event log to the manufacturer. an error occurred.
an error occurred.
20484 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information file (Karte.xml) was Check whether Karte.xml is damaged or %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% not successfully monitored. contains wrong data. Also, check whether identifies an error.
4%nSystem Exception Error. the image link function is improperly set. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
20553 FFCustomMsgBox [20553] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition may not be notified.
Confirm the study condition on other
device.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20554 FFCustomMsgBox [20554] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition was not notified. Change
The setting necessary for the condition on the other device side.
communication could not be Setting may not be completed.
acquired. Contact your service engineer if the same
The necessary information could the study condition of the study on the
not be acquired from the other device side.
restarted.
Failed in establishing the the study condition of the study on other
connection. device.
No response was replied from Confirm the study condition on other
Unexpected response was Confirm the study condition on other
received. device.
20559 FFCustomMsgBox [20559] Failed in updating the Notification of study condition was
study database in MPPS linkage. succeeded.
restarted.
20560 FFCustomMsgBox Deletion of study has failed. This can occur when study deletion is Retry the operation.
performed simultaneously from multiple If the problem is not resolved, restart the
computers. (The studies are different client application.
studies.)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
restarted.
connection. device.
received. device.
device.
20575 FFCustomMsgBox [20575] Failed in updating the Notification of study condition was
restarted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20611 FFCustomMsgBox [20611] Failed in saving the Environmental failure such as Contact your customer service.
system settings. communication failure or database failure
has occurred.
20622 Error [20622] An attempt to acquire Not used. (does not occur)
information from the EMR failed.
*Please check the display of EMR,
and try again.
after it has been retried.
20623 FFCustomMsgBox [20623] An error occurred when An exception due to incapability to retrieve Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
study started. parameters such as user/service settings. contact your service engineer.
*Restart the system. If the setting file is damaged, reinstall it.
>If the same symptom recurs
even after performing the above,
contact our service engineer.
20624 GeneralLiblary. [20624] This study is currently You tried to operate a study which is being No remedy is required as this is not an
CustomMessageBox been exposed or its image is been exposed on another device. error.
referenced by another PC.
20626 GeneralLiblary. [20626] Failed in launching the Setting information was not found or was in Contact your service engineer.
CustomMessageBox ASSISTA Portal Site. error.
20635 Error [20635] A fatal error occurred. An exception that occurs in communication Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
*Restart the system. with electric medical charts. contact your service engineer.
>If the same symptom recurs The cause is probably the incapability to Verify the connection setting between
even after performing the above, retrieve parameters such as user/service electric medical charts and the device.
contact our service engineer. settings. If the setting file is damaged, reinstall it.
20662 FFCustomMsgBox [20662] An attempt to register new A study of the same menu could not be Cannot be restored if already deleted. If
study failed. registered when executing the DO function disabled, enable it, and the study can be
*The original information may due to the specified study has been registered.
have been deleted. deleted or disabled.
20663 FFCustomMsgBox [20663] Failed in displaying the Error that infrequently occurs 1. Click the button again.
Edit/Re-Study screen. 2. Restart the client application.
*Restart the client application. 3. Restart the client PC.
>If restarting does not resolve, 4. Restart the server PC.
20664 FFCustomMsgBox [20664] Failed in displaying the Error that infrequently occurs 1. Click the button again.
Free-Layout screen. 2. Restart the client application.
*Restart the client application. 3. Restart the client PC.
>If restarting does not resolve, 4. Restart the server PC.
20665 FFCustomMsgBox [20665] Failed in starting the An external application such as Install the said application. Or, if the device
application. electrocardiogram viewer is not installed, that is used are different for each use,
*Only available in the installed or the installation directory path is different make setting so that the button is not
equipment. from the setting. displayed.
* The setting for display/hide the button is
not for each device, but for each user.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20679 FFCustomMsgBox [20679] Failed in access to the A request is denied due to excessive 1. Try again after a while.
server. There are too many users access to the server device. 2. Close the unused applications.
accessing the server at this time.
*After a brief moment, please try
again.
20700 FFCustomMsgBox [20700] Approaching the limit of Capacity of either StudyDB or PatientDB is Contact your customer service.
the database file size. approaching to its limit.
*You need to upgrade the
database.
>Because the system will become
unable to operate, please contact
your service engineer
immediately.
20701 FFCustomMsgBox [20701] There is not enough hard Not enough hard disk space for the entire Add a NAS.
disk space required to operate the system.
system.
*You need to add a hard drive.
>Because the system will become
unable to operate, please contact
your service engineer
immediately.
20702 FFCustomMsgBox [20702] Initialization process Failure. Restart both the server application and
failed. client application.
*Restart the server computer. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
>Contact your service engineer if the situation in which the error occurred,
the same symptom recurs even and submit the event log to the
after it has been restarted. manufacturer.
20703 FFCustomMsgBox [20703] Failed in access to a Not connected to the NAS. Confirm the network connection to the NAS
network hard drive. and the power of the NAS.
*Please check the status of the
power and network connections.
>If the problem persists, please
contact your service engineer for
maintenance.
20703 [20703] Cannot connect to the Connection failure with a storage device Confirm the condition of the storage device
storage device. (NAS or USB-HDD). (NAS or USB-HDD).
For USB-HDD, set the root directory
instead of subfolders.
20704 FFCustomMsgBox [20704] Failed in processing the Not connected to the NAS. Confirm the network connection to the NAS
data transfer. Or failure and the power of the NAS.
*Please check the status of the
power and network connections.
maintenance.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20705 FFCustomMsgBox [20705] Failed in configuring a Not connected to the NAS. Confirm the network connection to the NAS
network drive and obtaining and the power of the NAS.
information.
*Please check the power of a hard
drive and network connections,
and try again.
20705 [20705] Failed in acquiring Connection failure with a storage device Confirm the condition of the storage device
settings and information of the (NAS or USB-HDD). (NAS or USB-HDD).
storage device. For USB-HDD, set the root directory
20706 FFCustomMsgBox [20706] Backup process failed. Not connected to the NAS. Confirm the network connection to the NAS
*Please check the power of a hard Or failure and the power of the NAS.
drive and network connections.
maintenance.
20707 FFCustomMsgBox [20707] A timeout occurred. Failure. Restart both the server application and
*Restart the system and make a client application.
backup again. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
>If the problem persists, please the situation in which the error occurred,
contact your service engineer for and submit the event log to the
maintenance. manufacturer.
20720 FFCustomMsgBox [20720] Failed in exporting Occurs when failed to importing the breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
database and species csv file.
> Restart the system and try
again.
+ If restarting does not resolve,
20721 FFCustomMsgBox [20721] Failed in importing Occurs when failed to importing the breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
database. and species csv file.
> Check “Error.log” file in the
selected folder and try again.
20724 FFCustomMsgBox [20724] Failed in importing Occurs when failed to importing the breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
database. and species csv file.
again.
20725 FFCustomMsgBox [20725] Failed in reading in CSV Occurs when failed to importing the breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
file. and species csv file.
> Check the data and character
string of the file and try again.
20727 FFCustomMsgBox [20727] Failed in obtaining Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
information from database.
again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20728 FFCustomMsgBox [20728] Failed in registering for Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
database.
again.
20742 FCRWeb [20742] No NAS space necessary Add a NAS and retry.
for outputting data. Contact the maintenance service
immediately.
20743 FCRWeb [20743] No NAS for outputting Please check NAS power and network
data was found. connections and set up again.
If fails to output to/import from NAS upon
disconnection, restart the server.
Add a NAS and retry.
Contact the maintenance service
immediately.
20743 [20743] No device is found for Connection failure with a storage device Confirm the condition of the storage device
outputting data for storage. (NAS or USB-HDD). (NAS or USB-HDD).
20744 FCRWeb [20744] Failed in acquiring a Contact your service engineer.
20745 FCRWeb [20745] Failed in registration. Request on the server computer failed. Check the startup status of the server
computer. If it fails many times, restart the
server computer.
restarted.
20760 FFCustomMsgBox [20760] Failed in registering the This error is attributable to an inactive ● Restart the server computer and retry.
study. server application. ● Contact your service engineer if the
*Restart the server computer. same symptom recurs even after it has
>Contact your service engineer if been restarted.
after it has been restarted.
20767 FFCustomMsgBox [20767] The study information was After restarting the server computer, delete
not registered properly. the registered study once and register the
study again.
restarted.
20785 FFCustomMsgBox [20785] Failed in initializing the An exception might have occurred during Just as the message states.
list. the initialization process for the list.
*Restart the server computer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20786 FFCustomMsgBox [20786] Failed in initializing the An exception might have occurred during Just as the message states.
list. the study data retrieving process from the
*Restart the server computer. list.
20787 FFCustomMsgBox [20787] Failed in updating the list. An exception might have occurred during Just as the message states.
*Please update the list again. the updating process after retrieving the
>Contact your service engineer if study data from the list.
after it has been updated.
*Please update the list again. the study data retrieving process from the
>Contact your service engineer if list.
*Please update the list again. the study data retrieving process from the
>Contact your service engineer if list.
20790 FFCustomMsgBox [20790] Failed in starting up the An exception might have occurred during Just as the message states.
Indicator. the initialization process for the indicator.
20791 [20791] Setting for starting/re- The CR exposure screen does not display Check the RU and DR connection settings
starting the specified study is not when the setting for the RU connection is and change the settings with the Service
performed. not set. Utility.
The DR exposure screen does not display
when the setting for the DR device
connection is not set.
20814 FFCustomMsgBox [20814] An error occurred while Occurs when failed in the communication Check the operation of the DICOM MWM
acquiring Patient information. with the DICOM MWM gateway. gateway and the settings.
> Check network cable for proper
connection.
> Ensure if the device runs
properly in case it is connected
to MWM device.
* If the above does not resolve,
20815 FFCustomMsgBox [20815] An error occurred while Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
acquiring Species information.
again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20816 FFCustomMsgBox [20816] An error occurred while Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
acquiring Breed information.
again.
20828 FFCustomMsgBox [20828] An error occurred in Just as the message states.
converting the unit of measure of
body length.
again.
20829 FFCustomMsgBox [20829] An error occurred while Does not occur normally. Just as the message states.
converting the unit of measure for
Weight.
again.
20900 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred on external If this message displays in V5.01.0000/
display terminal. V5.01.0001, apply HF0002BaseV5.1.
*Restart the computer.
21001 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the image The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
21002 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the image The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
database failed. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21003 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
from the image database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21004 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the image The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
deleted).
21005 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting information to the The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
image database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21006 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in deleting the study The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
information. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21007 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
setting database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21008 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21009 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
from the system setting database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21010 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
character database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21011 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the character It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
string database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21012 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
from the character string damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
21013 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the definition It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
file. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21014 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in opening the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
information. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21015 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in retrieving the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21016 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in writing the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21017 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in closing the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21018 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in receiving message. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21019 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in canceling the output The selected image was being output or Nothing particular. List
processing. already deleted.
21020 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in output. The selected image was being output or Nothing particular. List
already deleted.
21021 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in receiving message. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21022 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initializing process for The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
message communication. perform a reinstallation.
21023 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating process for The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
message communication. perform a reinstallation.
21024 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in acquiring the host setting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21025 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in editing the host setting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
database. perform a reinstallation.
21030 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study start. Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
or the network was unstable. network.
21031 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in QA start. Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
21032 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study re-start. Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
21033 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining study Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
information from host %s. or the network was unstable. network.
21034 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in locking the study. Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
21035 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study completion Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
processing. or the network was unstable. network.
21036 FFCustomMsgBox The target study exists but is not Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
displayed on the list. or the network was unstable. network.
21037 FFCustomMsgBox The target study could not be A specified study has already been Nothing particular. List
found. deleted.
21038 FFCustomMsgBox The input format for date is wrong. The input format was incorrect. Nothing particular. List
21039 FFCustomMsgBox The input format for time is wrong. The input format was incorrect. Nothing particular. List
21040 FFCustomMsgBox Searched word is illegal. The input word was incorrect. Nothing particular. List
21041 FFCustomMsgBox Multiple target studies exist. Two or more relevant studies existed. Nothing particular. List
The study cannot be started.
21051 FFCustomMsgBox Unidentified study has been Illegal data was contained in the study Check the RIS side setup information and List
received from RIS. information received from the RIS. the like.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21055 FFCustomMsgBox There was no automatically Perform the following remedial actions:
deletable study data.  Check the contents of the study and then
perform the determination procedure.
 Unlock unnecessary locked studies.
 Check the output queue and delete any
unnecessary studies.
21055 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Deletable study data was not found. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe Study data that can be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleted is not found. \nPlease error occurred.
confirm the study list. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
21056 FFCustomMsgBox There was no automatically Perform the following remedial actions:
deletable image data.  Check the contents of the study and then
perform the determination procedure.
 Unlock unnecessary locked studies.
 Check the output queue and delete any
unnecessary studies.
 Delete unnecessary files from the hard
disk.
21056 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Deletable image data was not found. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe Image data that can be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleted is not found. \nPlease error occurred.
confirm the study list. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
21057 FFCustomMsgBox There was no automatically
deletable patient information.
21057 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Deletable patient information was not Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: found. The program might be faulty. application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe Patient data that can perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
be deleted is not found. \nPlease does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
confirm the study list. which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
21067 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred in settings for With the Client Utility, review the setup
automatically determining a information about the automatic verification
physician’s name, which user
consequently skipped automatic
determination processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21067 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The automatic verification user was not With the Client Utility, review the setup %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: set, or the setup information was information about the automatic verification identifies an error.
%4%nVerify Doctor setting error. \ inconsistent. user. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
nPlease confirm the inspection error occurred.
list. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
21101 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause An error of unknown cause occurred. It is
occurred. not possible to continue image transfer
processing.
21102 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the study A specified study has already been
information. deleted.
21103 FFCustomMsgBox It can’t be designated as a source.
21104 FFCustomMsgBox It can’t be designated as a source.
21105 FFCustomMsgBox The image couldn’t be moved.
21106 FFCustomMsgBox The indication error of the study
information occurred.
?????
21129 FFCustomMsgBox The hard disk is full. The disk has no free space. Delete unnecessary study information. List
21144 FFCustomMsgBox No backup copies have been In compliance with the on-screen
made for a certain period of time. instructions, specify whether or not to start
the Backup Utility.
21201 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
occurred. perform a reinstallation.
21202 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization processing. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21203 FFCustomMsgBox Radiographer information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
database is abnormal. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21204 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the registry The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
information. perform a reinstallation.
21205 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting registry values. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21206 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in clearing a displayed The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
image. perform a reinstallation.
21207 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
database. or the network was unstable. network.
21208 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
database. or the network was unstable. network.
21209 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the host sharing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
study information. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21210 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the study It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
information from the database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21211 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
occurred in obtaining radiographer damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information.
occurred. Study information perform a reinstallation.
cannot be obtained.
21609 FFCustomMsgBox [21609] The current user will be The logoff button is clicked. If it is intended, click the OK button. If not,
logged off the system. click the cancel button.
+Are you sure?
21610 FFCustomMsgBox [21610] Application will be The exit button is clicked. If it is intended, click the OK button. If not,
terminated. click the cancel button.
+Are you sure?
21628 Warning [21628] An unexpected error Displayed when an unexpected error Just as the message states.
occurred when trying to acquire occurs in the connection with the receipt
the patient information. computer.
*Ensure that the network cable
has been connected correctly and
retry.
*If you are connected to the
receipt computer, please check if
the device is operating normally.
> Contact our service engineer for
maintenance if these steps do
not resolve the issue.
21636 Warning [20636] Communication with the Occurs in case of abnormal parameter of Verify the communication settings between
EMR failed. the electronic medical chart connection. electronic medical chart and the device.
*Confirm connection to the EMR
device and retry.
21637 Warning [21637] An error is received from Occurs when the cable format for the Verify the communication settings between
the EMR. communication with the electronic medical electronic medical chart and the device.
*Contact your service engineer. chart is abnormal.
21638 Warning [21638] A fatal error occurred. Occurs when the cable for the Verify the communication settings between
*Contact your service engineer. communication with the electronic medical electronic medical chart and the device.
chart cannot be analyzed.
21640 Warning [21640] An attempt to acquire The prior connection with the electronic Verify the physical connection and the
information from the EMR failed. medical chart fails, or a trouble including a communication settings between electronic
> Confirm connection to the physical factor other than the mentioned medical chart and the device.
electronic medical chart device above.
and retry communication.
Continue processing if no
information is acquired from the
electronic medical chart device.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21660 FFCustomMsgBox [21660] Image reading operation There is a study whose Take X-rays Finish or pause the exposure, and close
is in process. window is left open on the PC in-use. the Take X-rays window.
ongoing study, and retry again.
21661 FFCustomMsgBox [21661] An attempt to register new The DO function was executed for a study The DO function can only be executed for
study failed. that had been retrieved from a disc or a study retrieved from an RU. However,
*This kind of study cannot be exposed with an external device. even for a study retrieved from the RU, the
registered. DO function cannot be executed if it is
deleted once, and then imported from a
storage DVD.
21666 FFCustomMsgBox [21666] Selected study cannot be The Image Viewer button is clicked while Just as the message states.
displayed in Image Viewer.. selecting a reserved study or a study that
*Please select the completed was being exposed.
studies.
21737 FFCustomMsgBox [21737] Failed in editing Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
operation.
again.
21792 [21792] The order connection The Console order connection settings and Turn off either the Console order
setting for the Console is on. the DR connection settings are conflicting connection setting or the DR connection
with each other. setting.
performed.
ongoing study.
21817 FFCustomMsgBox [21817] The body length contains Just as the message states.
illegal character.
> Only single-byte numerical
characters and period (.) are
allowed for Body length. Enter
again.
21818 FFCustomMsgBox [21818] The Weight contains Just as the message states.
illegal character.
allowed for Weight. Enter again.
21819 FFCustomMsgBox [21819] The Species contains Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
illegal character.
> The characters below cannot be
used for Breed. Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21820 FFCustomMsgBox [21820] The Breed contains illegal Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
character.
used for Species. Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
21821 FFCustomMsgBox [21821] The Responsible person Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
contains illegal character.
> Any double-byte characters and
the characters below cannot be
used for Responsible person.
Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
21822 FFCustomMsgBox [21822] The Responsible Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
organization contains illegal
character.
used for Responsible
organization. Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
22054 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Values could not be acquired from the Check to ensure that the Service Utility %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% system setup database. The process will settings are correct. If it does not help, identifies an error.
4%nSystem setting value be continued by using default values for perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition error.\nThe default some settings. error occurred.
value is used. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
22058 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to automatically delete study data. . perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe processing failure was For a detailed description of the cause of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
done by the Study DB capacity the error, refer to the FFDBCom event error occurred.
adjustment thread. \nHowever, the information. %3=Source File: The program file where
process continues. an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to automatically delete image data. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe processing failure was For a detailed description of the cause of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
done by the HDD capacity the error, refer to the FFDBCom event error occurred.
adjustment thread. \nHowever, the information. %3=Source File: The program file where
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to automatically delete patient perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe processing failure was information. For a detailed description of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
done by the Patient DB capacity the cause of the error, refer to the error occurred.
adjustment thread. \nHowever, the FFDBCom event information. %3=Source File: The program file where
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to automatically delete a temporal/ perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe processing failure was stored image. For a detailed description of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
done by the Reference Images the cause of the error, refer to the error occurred.
delete thread. \nHowever, the FFDBCom event information. %3=Source File: The program file where
22069 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output completion notification was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully sent to the output section. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the output of the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
study. \nPlease confirm the error occurred.
inspection list. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
22103 FFMain It failed in the acquisition of the The version information was not Reinstall the system.
configuration information. The successfully acquired. It is conceivable that
initialization treatment can’t be the Version.env file did not exist in the
continued. /MainProcess:Main () specified directory or that the contents of
the file were damaged.
22128 FFMain An error occurred in logfile backup A log file backup was not successfully Reinstall the system. (There is no
treatment. made. It is conceivable that the specified operational problem. However,
/MainProcess:xxxxx pathname was incorrect. communication logs cannot be saved.)
22142 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Although an attempt to rebuild a database Start the SQL server and restart the server %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: failed, the main process startup process is application. identifies an error.
%4%nThe start processing in the continued. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
MainProcess is continued though error occurred.
it failed in the restructuring of DB. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
22145 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Backup is overdue and not done. Use the Backup Utility to make a backup %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: without undue delay. identifies an error.
%4%nPlease back up at once. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
22150 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Although the operation log was not Check for a free space on the disk. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully written, the process will be identifies an error.
%4%nProcessing is continued continued. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
though it failed in writing the error occurred.
operation log. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
22155 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Although the event information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully written, processing continues. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nProcessing is continued The OS resource might be insufficient. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
though it failed in writing event error occurred.
information. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
22156 FFMain ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Failed in obtaining the version information. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: It is conceivable that the registry perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of information was damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
version information.%n error occurred.
an error occurred.
23050 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Information (the parameter information for Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: automatic deletion/automatic determination identifies an error.
%4%nInformation is recorded below). %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
24368 FFCustomMsgBox [24368] Importing a study has Just as the message states.
been completed.
* When importing from other than
a disk for storage, check the
patient information, and set up
the patient ID correctly.
24408 FFCustomMsgBox An Image display cannot be ● Close the dialog and retry.
executed during operations.
24409 FFCustomMsgBox A display of the list cannot be ● Close the dialog and retry.
executed during operations.
24410 FFCustomMsgBox A display cannot be cleared during ● Close the dialog and retry.
operations.
24411 FFCustomMsgBox Automatic start of the exam could *The following are possible reasons. In case of (1), an error can be prevented
not be executed by the order (1) Either one of the computers is performing by adding more memory.
connection function. exposure.
(2) Computer logoff.
24615 Confirmation [24615] The study being imported A study that was being retrieved was tried Wait until the study is retrieved, and open it
has been selected. to be opened with the Image Viewer. with the Image Viewer.
24616 [24616] The selected study is Confirmation message. -
currently being imported. It appears when requesting viewer display
Non-imported images will not be of the study that is being imported.
displayed.
The study image will be displayed
for reference.
If you wish to update the test,
refresh the display after the import
has completed.
24620 Confirmation [24620] There is a study waiting to An additional exposure was instructed from Select an option.
be started. an electronic medical chart while an
+Do you want to start it? exposure.
24621 FFCustomMsgBox [24621] Patient information will be For confirmation. Select an option.
modified.
+Are you sure?
24624 FFCustomMsgBox [24624] No Patient ID has been For confirmation. Just as the message states.
input.
*Input the patient ID.
24625 FFCustomMsgBox [24625] Patient ID can not be For confirmation. Just as the message states.
changed.
*Use the Client Utility to change
the patient ID.
24626 FFCustomMsgBox [24626] No patient’s sex has been For confirmation. Just as the message states.
selected.
*Please select the sex of a
patient.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
24627 Confirmation [24627] The patient information of It was attempted to change the patient Just as the message states.
the receipt computer is given information while displaying the patient
priority for being searched. information of the external system.
*Please edit the information of the
receipt computer.
24639 Confirmation [24639] No patient information is No active patient is in an electronic medical
currently active. chart.
24726 FFCustomMsgBox [24726] No folder is selected. Just as the message states.
24729 FFCustomMsgBox [24729] A part of information has Occurs when failed in registering a part of Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
not been registered. the patient information.
> Check the patient information
that is not registered and register
again.
24730 FFCustomMsgBox [24730] The name of species is Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
too long.
> Enter correct information.
24731 FFCustomMsgBox [24731] The name of breed is too Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
long.
24732 FFCustomMsgBox [24732] The name of species Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
remains blank.
> Enter the name of breed.
24733 FFCustomMsgBox [24733] The name of breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
remains blank.
> Enter the name of species.
24734 FFCustomMsgBox [24734] The name of species Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
contains invalid character.
24735 FFCustomMsgBox [24735] The name of breed Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
contains invalid character.
24736 FFCustomMsgBox [24736] Duplicated value is found. Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
> Enter a non-duplicate value.
24738 FFCustomMsgBox [24738] The selected folder does Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
not exist.
> Select a folder and try again.
24739 FFCustomMsgBox [24739] No file exist in the Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
selected folder.
> Check the location and the name
of the file and try again.
24740 FFCustomMsgBox [20740] Entered information will The cancel button is clicked in the Display If it is intended, click the OK button. If not,
not be set. setting window. click the cancel button.
+Are you sure?
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
24741 FFCustomMsgBox [20741] Cannot be added because It was attempted to add items over its limit. Click the OK button to return to the Display
the number of selected items has setting window, and delete existing items if
already reached its limit. you want to add the items.
24767 FFCustomMsgBox [24767] Cannot be added because The number of selected menus has already Delete an selected item, and then select it.
the number of selected menus reached its limit (20 items).
has already reached its limit.
24768 FFCustomMsgBox [24768] Image reading operation The Take X-rays window is started on the Click the OK button to register the study
is being conducted same PC or another client PC. and take X-rays later.
+Do you want to register the
study?
24769 FFCustomMsgBox [24769] Do you want to register Because “Behavior on registering a study” To register the study, click the OK button.
the study? is set to “Register only (not start)”. Not to register the study, click the cancel
button.
* The setting needs to be changed to open
the Take X-rays window when an
exposure menu button is clicked. Select
“Customize” from the utility menus, and
open the Display setting window. In the
“Take X-rays” window, select “Register
and start the study with the specified
menu” for “Behavior on registering a
study”.
24770 FFCustomMsgBox [24770] Successfully registered. Registering the study has been Click the OK button.
successfully done.
24771 [24771] An order of study will be Confirmation message. -
issued.
24772 [24772] An order of starting the Confirmation message. -
study will be issued.
24773 [24773] Exposure menu for the (Condition) ConsoleMenuData.mdb or * Contact the service engineer if the same
Console does not exist. ConsoleDisplay.mdb does not exists when symptom recurs even after performing
Hobbit starts up where the order linking for the following:
Console is set to ON. Check that the connection with the
powered-on Console PC has been
established, and then restart the server
computer.
24774 [24774] Failed to retrieve data Error message in the event log. Contact your service engineer.
from ConsoleDisplayData.mdb.
24775 [24775] Failed to retrieve data Error message in the event log. Contact your service engineer.
from ConsoleMenuData.mdb.
24776 [24776] Failed to deselect the Error message in the event log. Contact your service engineer.
patient ID in the Order tab.
24777 [24777] Failed to update the Error message in the event log. Contact your service engineer.
screen in the Order tab.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
24778 [24778] Failed to register the Just as the message states. ● Restart the server computer.
order. * Contact your service engineer if the
been restarted.
24779 [24779] Order registration failed Error message in the event log. -
24780 [24780] Failed to issue the order Just as the message states. ● Restart the server computer.
number. * Contact your service engineer if the
been restarted.
24781 [24781] The order extension menu (Condition) The exposure menus do not * The exposure menu may have been
code for the Console could not be exist in ConsoleMenuData.mdb or deleted on the Console side.
found. ConsoleDisplayData.mdb when right- Check the exposure menu on the
clicking on the study received from Console side.
Console in the Refer tab in the Main Check if the exposure menu that is to
window to issue the same order where send from CR-VW 674 exists in Console.
the order linking for Console is set to ON. Add the menu if it does not exist.
24813 FFCustomMsgBox [24813] Information on MWM Occurs when user attempted to change the Just as the message states.
device is being referred to first. patient information that was retrieved and
> Edit the patient information on displayed from the DICOM MWM gateway.
MWM device.
24831 FFCustomMsgBox [24831]The import of database is Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
complete.
24832 FFCustomMsgBox [24832] The export of database is Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
complete.
26001 [26001] The specified query will You tried to delete the search query. No remedy is required as this is not an
be deleted. error.
26002 [26002] There exists query with The same preset name already exists. ● Please input another name.
the same name.
26003 [26003] Either query name or - A search query name is empty - Input a search query.
query contents have been input. - A search keyword is empty - Input one or more search keywords.
26004 [26004] At least 1 search range A search range has not been selected Select one or more search ranges.
must be selected.
26005 [26005] Setting information will be You tried to initialize the setting information. No remedy is required as this is not an
initialize. error.
26006 [26006] Failed to initialize the - XML file does not exit Confirm the contents of the XML file.
setting. - Failed in reading the XML file Path: %HOBBIT_USER%\Config\
DefaultSearchPanelSetting.xml
26007 [26007] No information has been Just as the message states. * Please enter some information.
entered.
26008 [26008] “OT” cannot be deleted. Just as the message states. Perform the operation again without
deleting "OT".
26009 [26009] The same modality has Just as the message states. Set another modality.
already been set.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
26010 [26010] An error occurred while Read error. > If the same error recurs, contact your
reading the setup value. service engineer.
26011 [26011] An error occurred while Read error. > If the same error recurs, contact your
saving the setup value. service engineer.
26012 [26012] Characters not allowed Just as the message states. * Only upper-case alphabet (A to Z),
for the modality are included. numeric characters (0-9) and underscore
are allowed.
26013 [26013] The specified Confirmation message. -
classification conditions will be
deleted.
29051 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A sequence error occurred during inter- Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: process communication. The program application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nSequence error of the might be faulty. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
message between processes. does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
\nPlease reactivate server PC. which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
29052 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An inter-process message transmission Restart the server application and client %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error occurred. The program might be application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nSend error of the message faulty. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
between processes. \nPlease does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
reactivate server PC. which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
29053 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A parameter analysis error (internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error) occurred during inter-process perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nParameter error of the communication. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
message between processes. error occurred.
\nPlease reactivate server PC. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
29066 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A parameter abnormality was found Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: between methods. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe parameter error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred. \nPlease reactivate error occurred.
server PC. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
29071 FFRoutine ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
29107 FFMain It failed in the preparation of the An attempt to create an inter-process Restart.
pipe. The treatment can’t be communication pipe failed. The system
continued. /MainProcess:Main () might be unstable.
29112 FFMain It failed in the indication of the The routine transition instruction message Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
routine mode transition. was not successfully issued. This error is perform a reinstallation.
/MainProcess:m_ProcessControl_ attributable, for instance, to an inactive
OnRunProcComplete () subprocess or a missing pipe.
29114 FFMain An unusual message was The received message was unusual. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
received. This message is It is conceivable that the message was not perform a reinstallation.
ignored. /MainProcess:m_ registered in the message information
ProcessComControl_ database or that the system was unstable.
OnRecvNotification ()
29115 FFMain An unusual send cause was A message was received from an unknown Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
received. This send cause is source. It is conceivable that the perform a reinstallation.
ignored. /MainProcess:m_Proce transmission source was not registered in
ssComControl_ the message information database or that
OnRecvNotification () a wrong transmission source was selected.
29116 FFMain The form of the place of the An unknown transmission destination was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
transmission isn’t right. specified for the received message. perform a reinstallation.
/MainProcess:SendMessage () It is conceivable that the transmission
destination was not registered in the
message information database or that a
wrong transmission destination was
selected.
29117 FFMain It failed in the message delivery. / A message delivery was not successful. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
MainProcess:SendMessage () It is conceivable that the subprocess at the perform a reinstallation.
transmission destination was not running.
29119 FFMain It failed in the process completion A termination notification was not Restart.
notice. successfully issued to the subprocess.
/MainProcess:ProcessEndAnswer This error is attributable to an inactive
Message () subprocess or system instability.
29122 FFMain It failed in the unusual occurrence An abnormality occurrence notification was Restart.
notice. not successfully issued to the subprocess.
/MainProcess: This error is attributable to an inactive
ErrorNoticeMessage () subprocess or system instability.
29123 FFMain It failed in the pipe close. An attempt to close the inter-process Restart.
/MainProcess:EndMainProcess () communication pipe failed. The system
might be unstable.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
29125 FFMain It failed in close of the message The message database was not Restart.
data base. /MainProcess:xxxxx successfully closed. It is conceivable that
the system was unstable.
29126 FFMain It failed in reading of the registry Data was not successfully acquired from Reinstall the system.
information. /MainProcess:xxxxx the registry. This error is attributable to
improper installation.
29127 FFMain It failed in writing of the registry Data was not successfully written into the Restart.
information. /MainProcess:xxxxx registry. It is conceivable that the system
was unstable.
29163 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the connection It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the system setting or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
29163 [29163]Server application shutting Confirmation message. - The computer maintenance will be
down… performed after the completion of the
server application.
29170 [29170] There are the study data, Just as the message states. * When the DVD media is inserted to the
of which are not stored, in the drive, writing to the media starts.
USB memory for the amount > It may take three hours at the maximum.
equal to or more than one DVD. + When [Cancel] is pressed, writing to the
Insert the DVD media into the DVD media will not be performed.
drive.
29171 [29171] Succeeded in writing to Just as the message states. * Remove the DVD media and store.
the DVD media.
29172 [29172] Writing to the DVD media Just as the message states. * Remove the DVD media.
has failed. * After the end, perform writing from the
USB memory to the DVD media again.
> Contact your service engineer if the same
performed for several times.
29173 [29173] Replace the USB memory. The USB memory may have reached its Follow the USB memory replacement
lifetime. USB memory usage duration or procedure to replace the USB memory.
capacity has exceeded the value
configured in the system.
29174 [29174] The replacement time of The USB memory may have reached its Prepare a replacement USB memory.
the USB memory is getting closer. lifetime. USB memory usage duration or
capacity is approaching the value
29175 [29175] The USB memory is There is little space left in the USB memory As the 29107 dialog box is displayed when
running out of memory. to output images. terminating the application, insert a DVD
and output study data in the USB memory
to the DVD.
29176 [29176] Replace the USB memory. The USB memory may have reached its Follow the USB memory replacement
lifetime. USB memory usage duration or procedure to replace the USB memory.
capacity has exceeded the value
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
29177 [29177] The replacement time of The USB memory may have reached its Prepare a replacement USB memory.
the USB memory is getting closer. lifetime. USB memory usage duration or
capacity is approaching the value
29178 [29178] A USB memory to be The USB memory is not connected during Check that the USB memory is connected.
used for outputting the data for USB memory output setup. If not, re-connect. Contact your service
storage cannot be found. engineer if the same symptom recurs.
29179 [29179] Failed in registration of Failed to register USB memory information Check that the USB memory is connected.
the USB memory. in the database for an unknown reason. If not, re-connect. Re-start the application.
symptom recurs.
29180 [29180] Output to the media has Not displayed as unused. * Contact your service engineer.
been completed; however,
updating the database has failed.
29181 [29181] Re-output process to the Confirmation message that is displayed Execute re-output processing again.
USB memory has stopped. when cancelling after executing re-output
in the storage utility.
29182 [29182] There is a study, of which Confirmation message that is displayed Execute re-output processing again.
re-output process to the USB when there were studies that were not
memory has failed. output due to study exclusion during re-
output processing in the storage utility.
29183 [29183] Re-output process to the Just as the message states. -
USB memory has completed.
29300 [29300] Failed in the initialization Errors occur during initialization when Re-start the application and execute again.
process. UsbToMediaSaveTool was manually Contact your service engineer if the same
started. symptom recurs.
29301 [29301] Writing to the media has Writing failed when UsbToMediaSaveTool * Remove the DVD media.
failed. was manually started. > Contact your service engineer if the same
29302 [29302] Succeeded in writing to Writing succeeded when * Remove the DVD media and store.
the DVD media. UsbToMediaSaveTool was manually
started.
29303 [29303] Writing to the DVD media Just as the message states. * The inserted media does not support
could not be performed. writing.
+ Insert a DVD-R or a DVD-RAM media
and perform the writing.
29304 [29304] Writing to the DVD media Just as the message states. * The inserted media is not a blank media.
could not be performed. + Insert a blank media and then execute
again.
29305 [29305] Writing to the DVD media Just as the message states. * A media is not inserted to the writing
could not be performed. drive.
+ Insert a media and then execute again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
29306 [29306] Writing to the DVD media Just as the message states. * Check whether or not a media is correctly
could not be performed. inserted. Or replace the media and
perform writing.
29307 [29307] The writing process has Displayed when cancelling after manually Try again in a little while.
been suspended. starting the DVD writing tool.
30004 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the image database. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30013 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in saving the display setting It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
of list (worklist). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30019 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the connection It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the network setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
30027 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list initialization (worklist). It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30045 FFCustomMsgBox IP address on the Image Reader It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
cannot be obtained. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30057 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in receiving message. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the Image Reader or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
status information database.
30100 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Check the connection to the receipt %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: computer. Retransmit then the study from identifies an error.
%4%n Arbitrary Error Details. the receipt computer. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
30101 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The current user does not have the Log in as a user with operating privileges, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: privilege for performing this operation. and then retry. identifies an error.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30102 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Adequate sources for system operation Restart the System. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: were not available. identifies an error.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
30103 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A program error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: operations performed before and after the identifies an error.
%4%n Arbitrary Error Details. error occurrence, obtain the maintenance %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
log with the Backup Utility, and send the error occurred.
maintenance log and an error report to the %3=Source File: The program file where
manufacturer. an error occurred.
30104 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 It is conceivable that the network can be Check the connected equipment or %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: unstable. network. identifies an error.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
30105 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list initialization (waiting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
for study). perform a reinstallation.
for QA). perform a reinstallation.
for output). perform a reinstallation.
30108 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list initialization (already The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
output). perform a reinstallation.
30109 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list initialization (all). The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
30110 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list initialization (today). The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
30111 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initializing the list
(media).
30117 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in list refreshment The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(worklist). perform a reinstallation.
characters to the Image Reader or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30122 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the Image It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Reader information database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30125 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting information (IP size series). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Pantomography processing).
setting information (Magnetic card damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
type).
setting information (Magnetic card damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
type).
setting information (Hospital card damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
used).
30150 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
from database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30151 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization processing. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
30152 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the path It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (image data folder). or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30153 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30157 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing to database. It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
30200 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in RIS activation. There may be a problem with the RIS Check the settings and then restart. If the
module or RIS setup. same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30201 FFCustomMsgBox A communication error with RIS There may be a problem with the RIS Check the settings and then restart. If the
occurred. module or RIS setup. same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30202 FFCustomMsgBox A communication error with RIS There may be a problem with the RIS Check the settings and then restart. If the
occurred. module or RIS setup. same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30203 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study terminating
process.
30204 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started due Failed in installation. Reinstall the system.
to improperly performed
installation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30205 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in search processing. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
30206 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initializing patient The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
additional information. perform a reinstallation.
30207 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause
occurred with connection to the
P.Console.
30300 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe unknown error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
occurred.
30301 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining information
from the system setting database.
30301 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The value was not successfully acquired Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: from the system setup database while an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nSystem setting value initialization process was being performed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition error. \nThe default The database might be damaged. error occurred.
value is used. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
30302 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to
acquire values from the
connection device setup
database.
30302 FFInput It failed in the acquisition of a Value acquisition from the connected Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
value from a connection device equipment setup database failed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
setting database. The database might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
30303 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30303 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nInitialization was damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
discontinued: error occurred.
An internal control system error %3=Source File: The program file where
had occurred. an error occurred.
30304 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of path information
failed.
30304 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The file might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
file path information. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30305 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating process.
30305 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The termination process failed due, for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: instance, to an internal control termination perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe termination failed: process failure or an area deallocation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Because of internal control or failure. error occurred.
execute release of area. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
30306 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to create an image
information file resulted in a
failure.
30306 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A damaged image information file (DDO) Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was found while the image input process perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nImage information file was being performed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
(DDO) detected damage while error occurred.
executing the image input %3=Source File: The program file where
process. an error occurred.
30307 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to register image
information onto the database
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30307 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image information was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: registered in the database while the image perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the registration of input process was being performed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the image information to the error occurred.
database while the image-input %3=Source File: The program file where
processing an error occurred.
30308 FFCustomMsgBox Image acquisition failed. * This event will not be displayed.
30309 FFCustomMsgBox Termination processing failed. ● Retry after checking the Image Reader
status.
* Termination cannot be executed when a
cassette is being inserted into the Image
Reader.
30310 FFInput Patient information transmission A certain error occurred on the Hobbit side Restart the server application and client
failure during the interval between the creation application. If the same error recurs,
and transmission of the patient information perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
to be transmitted to the RU. does not help, confirm the situation in
30311 FFInput Patient information display failure. After patient information was transmitted to Restart the image reader. If the same error
the RU, an error occurred on the RU side recurs, perform a reinstallation. If the
for some reason. reinstallation does not help, confirm the
30500 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nSystem Error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
30501 FFCustomMsgBox [30501] Failed in gaining access Just as the message states.
to the server computer. Timeout
occurred while processing.
> Check the connections to the
network and hub.
> Press the button below to close
the dialog, and then restart the
same study from “Refer” tab
page.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30502 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
initializing it. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30502 FFCustomMsgBox An unknown error occurred during Restart the server computer.
initialization processing.
30503 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The reserved study was not successfully Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. This failure is attributable to an If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of inactive database or an internal system reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the reservation inspection. error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30503 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire reserved Restart the server computer.
studies resulted in a failure.
30504 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The reserved study was not successfully Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: deleted. This failure is attributable to an If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the deletion of inactive database or an internal system reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the reservation inspection. error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30504 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to delete reserved Restart the server computer.
30505 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Study acquisition failed. This failure is Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attributable to an inactive database or an If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of internal system error. reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inspection information. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30505 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire studies Restart the server computer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30506 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient information search process Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: failed. This failure is attributable to an If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the retrieval of inactive database or an internal system reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
patient information. error. error occurred.
Can not get patient-info from %3=Source File: The program file where
database. an error occurred.
30506 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in searching the patient Restart the server computer.
information.
30507 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The information could not be acquired from With the Service Utility, check the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: an electronic medical chart. This error is electronic medical chart settings. If the identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information attributable to an incorrect setting in the settings are correct, check the network %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition from the Ekarte Service Utility or an unconnected network. cable, hub, and other network devices. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30507 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire information Restart the server computer.
from the EMR resulted in a failure.
30508 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output destination equipment Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: information was not successfully acquired. If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of This failure is attributable to an inactive reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
device information. database or an internal system error. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30508 FFCustomMsgBox A failure occurred in an attempt to Restart the server computer.
acquire information of devices
targeted for image output.
30509 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: authentication process. This is an internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing the attestation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30510 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Study registration failed. This failure is Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attributable to an inactive database or an If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the registration of internal system error. reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the inspection. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30510 FFCustomMsgBox Study registration resulted in a Restart the server computer.
failure.
30511 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The communication with the server was Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: not successfully established. It is If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the conceivable that the server PC is not reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
communication with the server. running or does not exist in the network. error occurred.
an error occurred.
computer resulted in a failure
30512 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The study start process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully performed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in beginning of the error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inspection. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30512 FFCustomMsgBox Study start processing failed. Restart the server computer.
30513 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The study termination process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the end of the error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inspection. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30513 FFCustomMsgBox Study termination processing Restart the server computer.
failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30514 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image update process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully performed. This error is perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update attributable to a damaged database, a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the image. broken DDO, or a disconnected server PC. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30514 FFCustomMsgBox Image update processing failed. Restart the server computer.
30515 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image information was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. This error is attributable to a perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in information in the damaged database, a broken DDO, or a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
image acquisition. disconnected server PC. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30515 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire image Restart the server computer.
30516 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: exclusive process. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred in the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
exclusive operation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
exclusive processing.
30517 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An update process for menu addition was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: not successfully performed. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the menu addition. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30517 FFCustomMsgBox Update of added menus resulted Restart the server computer.
in a failure.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30518 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An update process for menu addition was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: not successfully performed. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
processing of the menu change. error occurred.
an error occurred.
in a failure.
30519 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An update process for menu deletion/ Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: image invalidation was not successfully perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update performed. An internal system error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the menu deletion. occurred. error occurred.
an error occurred.
update menu deletion/image
inactivation.
30520 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The update process for a display order Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: change was not successfully performed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the menu array error occurred.
substitution. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
store order of displaying
equipment users in a list.
30521 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The update process for image replacement Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was not successfully performed. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
processing of the image error occurred.
replacement. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
update replaced images.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30522 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output destination setting was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully updated. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of the setting in the error occurred.
output destination. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
update settings for target
destination of image output.
30523 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The patient ID update process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the update error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of patient ID. error occurred.
an error occurred.
update patient ID.
30524 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The update process for detailed patient Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: information was not successfully perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the update performed. An internal system error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing of patient information. occurred. error occurred.
an error occurred.
update patient’s detailed
information.
30525 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The NetConfig value was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: acquired. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition. error occurred.
Can not get information from %3=Source File: The program file where
NetConfib.mdb. an error occurred.
30525 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of equipment Restart the server computer.
information failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30526 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Menu information was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the information occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
MenuDataBase. an error occurred.
30526 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of menu information Restart the server computer.
failed.
30527 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire study output Restart the server computer.
status resulted in a failure.
30528 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire equipment Restart the server computer.
output status resulted in a failure.
inactivation.
inactivation.
inactivation.
inactivation.
inactivation.
information.
information.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
30550 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30551 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe parameter error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
30552 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred while a Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: database component was being executed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while DB Component error occurred.
was executing it. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
30553 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: An unknown error occurred while the study Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: status change component was being perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%3%nSpotCode: %4%nThe executed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
unknown error occurred while error occurred.
StatusManagement Component %3=Source File: The program file where
was executing it. an error occurred.
30554 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to execute a component perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error of a CR study. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while CRExam error occurred.
Component was executing it. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
update patient ID.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30555 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred while the Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: processed image generation component perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error was being executed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while ImageGeneration error occurred.
Component was executing it. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
update patient ID.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
initialization process.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30600 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: initialization process. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%3%nSpotCode: %4%nThe %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
unknown error occurred. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30601 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe parameter error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30602 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
occurred while InitialProc was error occurred.
executing it. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
30603 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to acquire menu perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error information. The database might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while acquiring Menu damaged. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30604 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during patient Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: information setup. The database might be perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while setting patient error occurred.
profile. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to set the output perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error destination information. The database %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while information at the might be damaged. error occurred.
output destination. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%4%nThe unknown error information. The database might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while setting Menu damaged. error occurred.
Information. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to set up registered perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error study information. The database might be %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while setting registered damaged. error occurred.
Study information. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to issue an image perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error sequence number. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred by the generation of the error occurred.
Study sequence number. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to issue an image perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error sequence number. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred by the generation of the error occurred.
Image sequence number. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30610 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to set a DDO value. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred by system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
setting the value to DDO. error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to register study perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error information in a database. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while Study Information error occurred.
was registering. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to register image perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while Image Information error occurred.
was registering. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
acquire information of target
destination for image output.
acquire information of target
destination for image output.
in a failure.
in a failure.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
in a failure.
failure.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
failure.
30650 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
failure.
30651 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nAn illegal parameter was %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
failure.
30652 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
occurred in initialization. error occurred.
an error occurred.
failure.
30653 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to acquire study perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error information from a database. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while acquiring Study error occurred.
information from DB. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
failure.
30654 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to load a DDO file. The error is perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred by attributable to a damaged DDO file or OS %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
loading the DDO file. resource insufficiency. error occurred.
an error occurred.
failure.
30655 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to set a DDO value. The error is perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred by attributable to OS resource insufficiency. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30656 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during a Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: re-exposure process. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while executing error occurred.
processing of Re-Imageing. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
occurred while registering the error occurred.
Image information to DB. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: attempt was made to delete image perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while deleting the Image error occurred.
information to DB. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
information.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30700 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30701 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30702 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30703 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
information from the data base. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30704 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to load a DDO file. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
loading the DDO file. error occurred.
an error occurred.
30705 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30706 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when a switch Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was being made to an unexposed perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error exposure menu. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred about the untaking a error occurred.
picture while processing the %3=Source File: The program file where
change to the taking a picture an error occurred.
menu. %4=Spot Code: The location where an
failed.
30707 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when the Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: process for switching to the exposure perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe unknown error menu for exposed images was being %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while processing the performed. error occurred.
change to the picture menu that %3=Source File: The program file where
had been taken a picture. an error occurred.
failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%4%nThe unknown occurred information in the database. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
while registering the Image error occurred.
information to the data base. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
failed.
%4%nThe unknown error information. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while acquiring Menu error occurred.
an error occurred.
failed.
30710 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during image Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: file generation. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while generating the error occurred.
picture file. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30750 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30751 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30752 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
30753 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred when an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
information from the data base. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
30754 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to load a DDO file. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
loading the DDO file. error occurred.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to acquire replacement information perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while data. This is an internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquiring the replacement error occurred.
information data. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%4%nThe unknown occurred information in the database. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
while registering the Image error occurred.
information to the data base. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
%4%nThe unknown error information. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
occurred while acquiring Menu error occurred.
an error occurred.
30759 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unknown error occurred during image Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: file generation. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
occurred while generating the error occurred.
picture file. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30806 FFCustomMsgBox [30806] Failed in obtaining patient Occurs when failed in retrieving the patient Check the operation of the DICOM MWM
information. information from the DICOM MWM gateway and the settings.
> Restart the system and try gateway.
again.
30807 FCRWeb [30807] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition was not notified. Change
restarted.
connection. device.
30810 FCRWeb [30810] Failed in MPPS linkage. Study condition may not be notified.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
received. device.
device.
restarted.
connection. device.
received. device.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
30818 FCRWeb [30818] Failed in updating the Notification of study condition was
restarted.
device.
30820 FCRWeb [30820] Failed in updating the Notification of study condition was
restarted.
30850 FFCustomMsgBox An unknown error has occurred. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
30851 FFCustomMsgBox An unknown error has occurred. ● Press [Cancel] and finish trimming
function.
* To continue other processing, press the
button below.
30907 FFCustomMsgBox The server device could not be Close the displayed message and try login
accessed. again.
30917 ImportImage [30917] Failed in deleting files. The original file being imported cannot be
deleted.
30918 ImportImage [30918] A failure occurred in Perform the operation again.
operation of Complete button.
31001 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (font name). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (font size). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (multi-byte language information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information).
31004 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the used It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
language in system setting. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
characters to the character damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31006 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
characters to the system setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31008 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31010 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the image The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31011 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31012 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the image The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31013 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31014 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting information to the The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
image database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31015 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in deleting information from The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the image database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31016 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting to the flag The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31017 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the flag The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31018 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting information to the The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
flag database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31019 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization process for It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
menu setting database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31020 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the menu It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information from the menu setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31021 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the menu It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
parameter information from the damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
menu setting database.
31022 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating the menu It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
characters to the network setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
network setting database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
from the network setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31026 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in issuing the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31027 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31028 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31029 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in deleting the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31030 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading the image An image-related file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
information file. accessed. The problem is attributable to a occurs, replace the disk.
disk.
31031 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in writing the image An image-related file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
information file. accessed. The problem is attributable to a occurs, replace the disk.
disk.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31032 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in releasing the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31033 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the caption It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Patient ID). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Accession No.). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Accession No.). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Kanji-patient’s name). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (sex). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (sex: M). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (sex: F). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (sex: O). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (date of birth). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (Patient ID damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
input character limitation).
setting information (Accession No. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
input character limitation).
setting information (Patient ID damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
pudding format).
setting information (Accession No. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
pudding format).
setting information (date of birth damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
format).
31051 FFCustomMsgBox Patient ID includes invalid A 2-byte character, @, or other Re-input correctly.
characters. unacceptable character was contained.
31052 FFCustomMsgBox Accession No. includes invalid A 2-byte character, @, or other Re-input correctly.
31053 FFCustomMsgBox Patient Name includes invalid A 2-byte character, @, or other Re-input correctly.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31054 FFCustomMsgBox Kanji-patient name includes A 1-byte character or other unacceptable Re-input correctly.
invalid characters. character was contained.
31055 FFCustomMsgBox Sex includes invalid characters. A character other than “M”, “F”, and “O” Re-input correctly.
was contained.
31056 FFCustomMsgBox The input format for date of birth The entry did not agree with a preselected Re-input correctly.
is invalid. birth date format.
31057 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the requesting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
department database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (requesting dep.). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31059 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the item It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information for displaying in the damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
requesting dep. Selection list.
31060 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the requesting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
department information. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
characters to the requesting or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
department database.
31062 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
technologist information database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (technologist). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31064 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the item It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information for displaying in the damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
technologist selection list.
31065 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the technologist It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
characters to the technologist damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
information (window size). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31068 FFCustomMsgBox No patient information is input. Nothing was entered in the patient Enter at least the patient’s sex.
information input field.
setting information (succeeded damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
from exposure menu reservation
list).
31070 FFCustomMsgBox Multiple studies cannot be An attempt was made to start an Start an examination process with one
executed. examination process with more than one examination item selected.
examination item selected from an
examination waiting list.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31071 FFCustomMsgBox No list is selected. An attempt was made to start execution Select an item prior to execution.
with no examination item selected.
31072 FFCustomMsgBox Film annotation includes invalid An unacceptable character was contained. Re-input correctly.
characters.
31074 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining information The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
from the flag database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31076 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the button It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
image (Clear button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (OK button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Cancel button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (increment button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (decrement button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Next page button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (previous page button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (woklist tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31091 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining caption
information (media tab).
31092 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list (media).
31093 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in saving settings for the
list (media) display.
31094 FFCustomMsgBox No study UID can be obtained
from the list (media).
31097 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
database.
31099 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause If this message is displayed and bad
occurred. connection with RU is occurred in V5.0,
upgrade to V5.1 or later.
31100 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in display processing by It is conceivable that the image data or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the image input subsystem. image information file was damaged. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
information (log saving folder). or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31103 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting patient The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31105 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
input subsystem. perform a reinstallation.
31106 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in terminating the image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31107 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in image inputting process The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
in the image input sub-system. perform a reinstallation.
31110 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in calling up the exposure The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
menu. perform a reinstallation.
31111 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study terminating The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process. perform a reinstallation.
31112 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in image inputting process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31113 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in image inputting process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31114 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in specifying the urgent The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing. perform a reinstallation.
31116 FFCustomMsgBox Communication line for monitoring It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
the connection status with the faulty.
Image Reader (%s) has broken.
31117 FFCustomMsgBox No connection monitoring It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
response from the Image Reader faulty.
(%s).
31118 FFCustomMsgBox Control line with the Image It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
Reader (%s) has broken. faulty.
31119 FFCustomMsgBox No command response from the It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
Image Reader (%s). faulty.
31120 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in Image Reader status It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
control. faulty.
31121 FFCustomMsgBox Command requested to the Image It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
Reader has not been executed. faulty.
31122 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
(status) from the Image Reader. faulty.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
(machine code) from the Image faulty.
Reader.
(FRUP version) from the Image faulty.
Reader.
31125 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in re-connecting with the It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
Image Reader. faulty.
31126 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in breaking connection with It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
the Image Reader. faulty.
information (Study with QA damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
completed).
(only exposure completed). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Study interrupt damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
information (Cancel button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Study reception tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (waiting for study tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (waiting for QA tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Waiting for output damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
tab).
information (Already output tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (All tabs). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Today tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (System button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Study reservation damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
information (Study list setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
31141 FFCustomMsgBox Patient information entered is An unacceptable character was contained. Re-input correctly.
illegal.
31142 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the display It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
group data. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31152 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the exposure The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
menu information. perform a reinstallation.
image (Urgent button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Study completed button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Update button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (New button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Auto print control button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Re-shoot button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Add button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Delete button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Before scroll button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
image (After Scroll button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31165 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the system It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting information (Series issuing damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
type).
image (QA button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Change button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31168 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the cassette It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
insertion disabled image. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31169 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image icon It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(Mis-exposure). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Image style button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (No. of output film button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31172 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the tool tip It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(New button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Auto print control button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31174 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the tool tip (Re- It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
shoot button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31175 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the tool tip (Add It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Delete button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Before scroll button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(After scroll button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Monitor mode button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31180 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the tool tip (QA It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Change button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Rotation/Inversion button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(EDR mode button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
(Image format button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Change menu parameter button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Set No.). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31187 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Set No.). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (System ID). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (Auto- damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
distribution instruction
information).
setting information (Selector auto- damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
switchover information).
setting information (Menu auto- damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
sequence information).
setting information (Set No. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
minimum value information).
setting information (Set No. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
maximum value information).
setting information (Series damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information issuing method).
31197 FFCustomMsgBox No matching work ID exists. The contents of the image file did not agree Perform “Initialization of image database.”
with those of the image database.
31198 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in distribution process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting information (Patient damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information online serial port No.).
setting information (Patient damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information online device name.).
31207 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the Image Reader The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
machine code. perform a reinstallation.
image (New button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
setting information (Image damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
rotation/inversion selectable
range).
image (frontal image button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Left-right invert button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Upside-down invert damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
image (180 degree rotation damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
image (90 degree rotation button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (Image format damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
selectable range).
image (SINGLE button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (TWIN button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
characters to the film annotation or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31226 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connecting characters to It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the film annotation database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
from the film annotation database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (Maximum No. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
of output film).
information (CS). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (SS). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31241 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in making thumbnail The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
images in image input subsystem. perform a reinstallation.
31242 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in processing in image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31243 FFCustomMsgBox Image format information is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
particular response is required.
31244 FFCustomMsgBox Annotation information is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31245 FFCustomMsgBox No. of output film information is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31246 FFCustomMsgBox Distribution code information is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31247 FFCustomMsgBox Image reading sensitivity is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31248 FFCustomMsgBox Average output density is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31249 FFCustomMsgBox EDR mode is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31250 FFCustomMsgBox Image filing mode is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31251 FFCustomMsgBox Function mode is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31252 FFCustomMsgBox IP logical size information is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31253 FFCustomMsgBox Contrast shift is illegal. A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31254 FFCustomMsgBox The sensitivity shift information is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31255 FFCustomMsgBox There is a discrepancy between A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
system setting and image system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
information. particular response is required.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31259 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image It is conceivable that the image information Delete the associated examination. If the
invert/rotate information. was damaged. same symptom recurs after deletion,
31260 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
format information. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31261 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image It is conceivable that the image information Delete the associated examination. If the
format information. was damaged. same symptom recurs after deletion,
31262 FFCustomMsgBox Film annotation is illegal. The registered film mark contained an With the User Utility, correct the film mark
unacceptable character. settings as needed.
information (FIX). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (S value). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (SEMI-X). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Density Average). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting information (EDR mode damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
selectable range).
31270 FFCustomMsgBox Input value is illegal. The entered value contained an Make a proper entry.
unacceptable character or was out of range
or otherwise abnormal.
setting information (Function damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
selectable range).
31273 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the function The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31274 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the No. of output The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
film. perform a reinstallation.
31277 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the contrast shift. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31278 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the sensitivity The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
shift. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31279 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the EDR mode The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31280 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the FIX mode S The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
value. perform a reinstallation.
31281 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the SEMI-X mode The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
average output density. perform a reinstallation.
31282 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in QA starting process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting information (Filing mode damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
selectable range).
31285 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the image filing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31288 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the distribution The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
destination information. perform a reinstallation.
31290 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining IP logical size The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting information (Distribution damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
code change).
setting information (Film damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
annotation change).
setting information (Function damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
change).
31296 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list display. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
occurred.\nPlease reactivate error occurred.
an error occurred.
occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31303 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining study instance It is highly probable that the program was
UID from list (Waiting for study). faulty.
UID from list (Waiting for QA). faulty.
UID from list (Waiting for output). faulty.
UID from list (Already output). faulty.
UID from list (All). faulty.
UID from list (Today). faulty.
31309 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list (Waiting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
for study) display. perform a reinstallation.
for QA) display. perform a reinstallation.
for output) display. perform a reinstallation.
31312 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list (Already The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
output) display. perform a reinstallation.
31313 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list (All) The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
display. perform a reinstallation.
31314 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the list (Today) The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
display. perform a reinstallation.
31315 FFCustomMsgBox No. of selected studies is illegal. It is highly probable that the program was Select only one study and execute.
Study cannot be started. faulty.
31316 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study starting process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31317 FFCustomMsgBox No. of selected studies is illegal. It is highly probable that the program was
QA cannot be started. faulty.
setting information (Operational damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
mode after studying).
image (Utility button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31322 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the patient The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31323 FFCustomMsgBox Date of birth could not be Illegal birth date information was set. Delete the associated examination. If the
converted to the displaying format. same symptom recurs after deletion,
information (Stop alarm button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31329 FFCustomMsgBox Message from the Image Reader The RU software version conflicted with Confirm software version and setups on
could not be displayed. the message file version on the device or the RU side.
the RU message file was damaged or
otherwise abnormal.
information (System Terminating damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
information (User Utility button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Study list setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
information (Version displaying damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
image (Clear button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Clear button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31337 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in displaying the thumbnail The thumbnail image file was damaged, There are no processing problems except
images. deleted, or otherwise abnormal. for the inability to display thumbnail
images. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, initialize the image database.
31339 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in executing the scanner The RU is not ready for performing the Check the RU status.
cleaning starting method of the method.
Image Reader.
information (Scanner cleaning damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
31343 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in inputting images. It is conceivable that there was a problem Check the RU and line.
with the RU or line.
31344 FFCustomMsgBox Image size could not be detected. It is conceivable that there was a problem Check the RU status.
with the RU.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31346 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining Image Reader The RU software version conflicted with Confirm software version and setups on
error information. the message file version on the device or the RU side.
otherwise abnormal.
31347 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining Image Reader The RU software version conflicted with Confirm software version and setups on
status information. the message file version on the device or the RU side.
otherwise abnormal.
31348 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in thumbnail image creation The thumbnail image file was damaged, There are no processing problems except
process. deleted, or otherwise abnormal. for the inability to display thumbnail
images. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, initialize the image database.
31349 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in saving the list display It is conceivable that the system was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setting (Waiting for study). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
setting (Waiting for QA). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
setting (Waiting for output). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
setting (Already output). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
setting (All). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
setting (Today). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
31355 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in customizing the list It is conceivable that the system was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
display. unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
31356 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining system setting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Default menu code). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31358 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the tool tip text. It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Title bar). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Option label). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31361 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the version It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31362 FFCustomMsgBox Option list could not be obtained. It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Next multiple frame information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
set No.).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31364 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Next multi-frame set information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
No.).
setting information (Series issuing damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
type).
31366 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the multi-frame The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
UID information. perform a reinstallation.
insertion enabled image. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
insertion disabled image. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31369 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the image icon It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(Mis-exposure). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Image style button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (EDR button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Function button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (No. of output film button) damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (IP size button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Film format button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Filing button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Film annotation button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (Distribution code button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image (CS/SS button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31380 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining system setting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (Serial port No. for damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
connecting to XCON).
31381 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the XCON It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
device name. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31382 FFCustomMsgBox Image data line to the Image The line was abnormal.
Reader (%s) has broken.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31387 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading the bit-map file. It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31388 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the font It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31389 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in refreshing the list. It is conceivable that the system was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
31390 FFCustomMsgBox Requesting department code is The entered value contained an Make a proper entry.
illegal. unacceptable character or was out of range
31391 FFCustomMsgBox Technologist code is illegal. The entered value contained an Make a proper entry.
unacceptable character or was out of range
31392 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in searching the patient Nothing matched the entered patient Check the patient information.
information. information.
31393 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the connecting This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check RIS-side status or RIS setup.
status to the RIS. or RIS setup problem.
31394 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the data. This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check RIS-side status or RIS setup.
or RIS setup problem.
31395 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in requesting of study start The error is attributable, for instance, to an Check, for instance, the server operation
(PPS). inactive server or incorrect network status and network settings.
settings.
31396 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in requesting of study The error is attributable, for instance, to an Check, for instance, the server operation
termination (PPS). inactive server or incorrect network status and network settings.
settings.
31397 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in requesting of study abort The error is attributable, for instance, to an Check, for instance, the server operation
(PPS). inactive server or incorrect network status and network settings.
settings.
31398 FFCustomMsgBox Can not terminate.
31399 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the label It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
caption. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31400 FFCustomMsgBox Menu selected does not exist.
information (image data folder). or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31402 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the parameter It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
icon image. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31404 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in communication with the The error is attributable to a problem with Check the connected equipment,
connected device. the connected equipment or connection connection setup, and others.
setup.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31405 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in evacuating the IP. The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
31406 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the IP. The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
31407 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the exposure The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
size.
31408 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting the reference The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
position for exposure.
31409 FFCustomMsgBox No response from the connected The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
device.
31410 FFCustomMsgBox No response from the device The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
sharing ID information.
31411 FFCustomMsgBox A study cannot be registered This error is attributable to an improperly Check the menu registration information. *****: System name
because the exposure menu registered menu.
registered in IDT is not registered
in the *****.
31412 FFCustomMsgBox An image data line with the reader The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
is cut off.
31413 FFCustomMsgBox Inconsistencies exist in the *****- The connection setup may be faulty. Check the connection setup. *****: Device name
RU connection setting of the
system configuration.
information (RIS tab). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31415 FFCustomMsgBox A communication error with RIS The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
occurred.
31416 FFCustomMsgBox Some exposure menus couldn’t This error is attributable to an improperly Check settings.
be registered. set menu parameter or other setup failure.
31417 FFCustomMsgBox An exposure menu couldn’t be This error is attributable to an improperly Check settings.
registered. set menu parameter or other setup failure.
31418 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in the reference of the The connection setup may be faulty. Check the connection setup.
reader device.
31419 FFCustomMsgBox The condition value transmitted to The XCON settings (limit values) were There is no practical problem because the
x-ray device exceeded restriction. inconsistent with the exposure condition limit values are transferred to the XCON.
preset values for the menus.
31420 FFCustomMsgBox A communication error with RIS The connected equipment may be faulty. Confirm the connected device.
occurred.
31421 FFCustomMsgBox An exposure menu couldn’t be Select a menu appropriate for the
decided. exposure, and then press the OK button
that is displayed at the bottom of the
window.
31422 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in registering the study to The patient information database operation Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the patient information database. was wrong. perform a reinstallation.
31423 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in image stitching The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing. perform a reinstallation.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31424 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in saving the exposure The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
result information. perform a reinstallation.
31425 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in determining actual Invalid characters were used for the Since a standard setting will be used as a
exposure result values. performed procedure step description, substitute to continue with the process, no
protocol name, or filter type. The radiation particular response is required.
source-to-detector distance or radiation
time did not consist of numerals only.
The film output count or film size ID was
out of range.
31426 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in acquiring coloring The settings might be damaged. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31427 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in distribution process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31428 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in displaying the study The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information list. perform a reinstallation.
31429 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting patient The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31430 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the patient The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31431 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in acquiring image It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(background). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31432 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study transmission Confirm connection to the other equipment.
processing.
31433 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in study reception Confirm connection to the other equipment.
processing.
31434 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connection to the other Confirm connection to the other equipment.
equipment. Some studies have
not been registered appropriately.
31435 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connection with the Confirm connection to the other equipment.
equipment. No studies have been
registered successfully.
31436 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in mis-exposure
processing.
31437 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in connection to the
technologist database.
31438 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in registering exposure Check the equipment.
menus.
31439 FFCustomMsgBox Some exposure menus have not Check the equipment.
been registered appropriately.
31440 FFCustomMsgBox Connection to the portable Re-set the portable equipment and then
equipment cannot be performed. operate it again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31463 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in mis-exposure
processing.
31471 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to restore images
31472 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire values from
the Image Reader status
information database resulted in a
failure.
31473 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Value acquisition from the image reader Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: error information database failed while the perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the acquisition of connection to the image reader was %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the value from the error established. The status information may error occurred.
information database [ReaderUnit not be displayed normally. %3=Source File: The program file where
(RU)] an error occurred.
Status information may not be %4=Spot Code: The location where an
displayed. error actually occurred (a unique value
31473 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire values from
the Image Reader error
information database resulted in a
failure.
31474 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The IP use count was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: recorded during image reading. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nfailed in the record of IP %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
use frequency while reading error occurred.
Image. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
31474 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to register a count of Press the button and continue the process.
IP use frequency resulted in a
failure.
31475 FFInput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image could not be input during the Delete unnecessary files, and then input %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: image input process because the free the image. identifies an error.
%4%nDisk capacity shortage: The space on the disk was insufficient. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
input of the image cannot be error occurred.
executed %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
31475 FFCustomMsgBox Image input is disabled due to Delete unnecessary files and retry image
insufficient free space remaining input.
on the disk.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31476 FFCustomMsgBox An error may have occurred while ● Operate according to the message
inputting images from the Image displayed when the study starts.
Reader before.
31478 FFInput It failed in the acquisition of the The settings for RU patient information Reinstall the system.
value from the system setting display were not found in the system setup
database. It sets it as displayed. database.
31500 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The character string was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in acquisition. occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not get information from error occurred.
LangStr.mdb. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
31500 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire character Restart the server computer.
strings resulted in a failure.
Existing character strings are
displayed.
31501 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message acquisition failed. An internal Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in acquisition. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Can not get information from error occurred.
LangMsgBox.mdb. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
31501 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire messages Restart the server computer.
failed.
Existing character strings are
displayed.
31502 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The user is not logged in. Log in. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe user is not logged in. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
31502 FFCustomMsgBox The user has not logged in. User cannot be identified. The reason for Retry logging onto the system.
such fact may be attributed to the following:
(1) The user was logged off the system
while in operation.
(2) The user is not logged on the system.
(3) The server computer is not accessible.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31503 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 This user is logged off. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt is a logoffed user. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
31503 FFCustomMsgBox This user has been logged off the Retry logging onto the system.
system.
31504 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An unauthorized user attempted to log in. Log in. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt is an illegal user. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
31504 FFCustomMsgBox An illegal user has been logged Retry logging onto the system.
on the system.
31505 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The current user does not have the Log in as a user with operating privileges, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: privilege for performing this operation. and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nThe login user doesn’t have %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
the execution authority. error occurred.
an error occurred.
operation.
31506 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: The selected study was being modified or Wait until the operation by the other %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: examined by another computer. computer terminates, and then retry. identifies an error.
%3%nSpotCode:%4%n %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
The inspection is excluding it. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31506 FFCustomMsgBox [31506] Selected study is being Just as the message states.
modified or performed.
ongoing study.
31507 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected study was being examined by Wait until the operation by the other %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: another computer. computer terminates, and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nRU is excluding it. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
performed.
ongoing study.
31508 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected study was being modified or Wait until the operation by the other %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: examined by another computer. computer terminates, and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nThe inspection is excluding %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
it. error occurred.
an error occurred.
31508 FFCustomMsgBox [31508] Selected study is being Just as the message states.
modified or performed.
ongoing study.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31509 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected study was being examined by Wait until the operation by the other %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: another computer. computer terminates, and then retry. identifies an error.
%4%nRU is excluding it. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
performed.
ongoing study.
31510 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The information could not be acquired from With the Service Utility, check the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: an electronic medical chart. This error is electronic medical chart settings. If the identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information attributable to an incorrect setting in the settings are correct, check the network %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition. Service Utility or an unconnected network. cable, hub, and other network devices. error occurred.
EKarte. an error occurred.
31510 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire information Confirm connection to the electronic
from the EMR resulted in a failure. medical chart device and retry
Possible causes are: communication. Continue processing if no
1. EMR not started. information is acquired from the electronic
2. CL not connected to the EMR. medical chart device.
31511 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The selected study was already deleted. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe inspection has already %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
been deleted. error occurred.
an error occurred.
31511 FFCustomMsgBox Study selected has already been Press [Update] to have the latest status
deleted. displayed and then retry.
31512 [31512] The maintenance will be Confirmation message. -
suspended. The maintenance will
be performed again in the next
shutdown.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31513 [31513] The process could not be The DX image was input while the * Press [Update] to acquire the latest data.
continued because it was not the reservation study was displayed on the
CR study. image check monitor.
31527 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire information Check the connection to the receipt
from the receipt computer resulted computer.
in a failure. Retransmit then the study from the receipt
Possible causes are: computer.
1. Receipt computer not started.
2. CL not connected to the receipt
computer.
31528 FFCustomMsgBox Settings to store images are about ● Images cannot be stored if continuing
to be canceled. this operation.
 Do you wish to continue?
31529 FFCustomMsgBox This study has been locked. ● Unlock the study and retry if you wish to
delete the study.
31530 FFCusto]MsgBox The status of the verified study  Do you wish to continue?
will be Completed, and an
exposure will start again. Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
31531 FFCustomMsgBox The study on which image input
was interrupted will resume .
31532 FFCustomMsgBox A study different from the image  Are you sure?
input-interrupted study will start.
31533 FFCustomMsgBox Image acquisition failed. ● Check connection between the network
cable and the hub.
* Close this dialog to resume receiving
images.
Note: It may take about 10 minutes to

resume. Close this dialog and wait
for a while.
Do not terminate the study until
images are received.
31534 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during image * This event will not be displayed.
processing.
31535 FFCustomMsgBox The Image Reader may be in use.  Do you wish to continue?
31536 FFCustomMsgBox Communication with the EMR ● Confirm connection to the EMR device
resulted in a failure. and retry.
31537 FFCustomMsgBox An error is received from the ● Contact your administrator.
EMR.
31538 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred. ● Contact your administrator.
31539 FFCustomMsgBox There are no applicable patients.
31842 FFCustomMsgBox There are two or more same Delete duplicate instances of a study.
studies on the P.Console.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
31850 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to connect to X-ray It is conceivable that the connected Confirm the connected device.
generator resulted in a failure equipment may have a problem or the
network may be unstable.
31851 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to register reserved The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
studies resulted in a failure perform a reinstallation.
31852 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to start reserved The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
studies resulted in a failure. perform a reinstallation.
31853 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred with connecting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
devices. perform a reinstallation.
31854 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to search reserved The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
studies resulted in a failure. perform a reinstallation.
31855 FFCustomMsgBox Received illegal data. It is conceivable that the connected Check information transmitted from the
equipment may have transmitted illegal connected equipment.
information.
occurred.\nPlease reactivate error occurred.
an error occurred.
32500 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the information damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition error occurred.
SysConfig.mdb. an error occurred.
32500 CommonDefinition.cs In a situation where patient name This error is attributable to improper user Check the user settings. This error may ErrorCode: 17001122
text box IME control is exercised setup or application abnormality. occur when the user settings are defined
so that alphabetical characters so that a 1-byte alphanumeric
are used for pronunciation pronunciation can be automatically input
automatic input, the pronunciation for a patient name. If the same symptom
automatic input definition is recurs, restart the application.
disabled Or, an attempt to acquire
the pronunciation automatic input
definition resulted in a failure.
32500 CommonDefinition.cs An attempt to acquire the IME The application is abnormal. Achieve recovery by restarting the ErrorCode: 17001123
setting from the setup file resulted application. If the restart does not help, you
in a failure. can enter a patient name that consists of
1-byte alphanumeric characters.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
32501 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry acquisition failed. The directory Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: might be damaged. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Registry. an error occurred.
32502 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The file might be damaged. If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Directry.ini. an error occurred.
32503 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The operation log was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: output. An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the output of the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
operation log. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32504 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to access a NetConfig.mdb file. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the information The file might be damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
NetConfib.mdb. an error occurred.
32550 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the information %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Directry.ini. an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
32551 FFCrExamCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in system damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
construction DB (API) access. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32600 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the value %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition of Directry.ini. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32601 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt failed in the value damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition of SysConfig. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32602 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry acquisition failed. The directory Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
the registry. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32603 FFEntryAddCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during log output. It is Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: conceivable that the free space on the hard If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while disk may be insufficient. reinstallation. If the free space on the hard %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
outputting the log. disk is insufficient, delete unnecessary error occurred.
files. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
32650 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: The file might be damaged. If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nIt failed in the value reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
32651 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
acquisition of SysConfig. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32652 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry acquisition failed. The directory Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
32653 FFDelInvalidCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during log output. It is Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: conceivable that the free space on the hard If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while disk may be insufficient. reinstallation. If the free space on the hard %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
outputting the log. disk is insufficient, delete unnecessary error occurred.
files. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
32700 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
32700 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini file access error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
32701 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
acquisition of Sysconfig. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32702 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A system setup value could not be Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
acquisition of Sysconfig. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32703 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry acquisition failed. The directory Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
32704 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Registry acquisition failed. The directory Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
32705 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during log output. It is Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: conceivable that the free space on the hard client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while disk may be insufficient. perform a reinstallation. If the free space %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
outputting the log. on the hard disk is insufficient, delete error occurred.
unnecessary files. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
32706 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error occurred during log output. It is Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: conceivable that the free space on the hard client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%nThe error occurred while disk may be insufficient. perform a reinstallation. If the free space %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
outputting the log. on the hard disk is insufficient, delete error occurred.
unnecessary files. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
32707 FFMenuChangeCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
deleting the temporary file. error occurred.
an error occurred.
32708 FFImageSwapCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe error occurred while reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
deleting the temporary file. error occurred.
an error occurred.
33100 FCRWeb ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A message related to a system operation. Nothing particular. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: identifies an error.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
34529 FFCustomMsgBox [34529] The Height contains Just as the message states.
illegal character.
> Single-byte numerical characters
and period (.) are allowed for
Height. Enter again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
illegal character.
> Single-byte numerical characters
and period (.) are allowed for
Weight. Enter again.
34531 FFCustomMsgBox [34531] The Height contains Just as the message states.
negative value.
> Enter positive value for Height.
negative value.
> Enter positive value for Weight.
34533 FFCustomMsgBox [34533] The Responsible person Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
contains illegal character.
> Any double-byte characters and
the characters below cannot be
used for Responsible person.
Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
34534 FFCustomMsgBox [34534] The Responsible Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
organization contains illegal
character.
used for Responsible
organization. Enter again.
” # % & + ? \ * @
illegal character.
” # % & + ? \ * @
character.
” # % & + ? \ * @
34541 CrExam [34541] The responsible person The responsible person (individual) One-byte character cannot be used.
character.
34935 FFCustomMsgBox [34935] Height contains invalid Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
character.
34936 FFCustomMsgBox [34936] Weight contains invalid Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
character.
34937 FFCustomMsgBox [34937] The patient comment is Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
too long.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
34938 FFCustomMsgBox [34938] Responsible person's Just as the message states. Only for veterinary hospital.
name is too long.
34939 FFCustomMsgBox [34939] Responsible Just as the message states.
organization's name is too long.
character.
” # %% && + ? \ * @ <
illegal character.
” # %% && + ? \ * @ <
34942 FFCustomMsgBox [34942] The body length contains Just as the message states.
illegal character.
allowed for Body length. Enter
again.
invalid character.
allowed for Weight. Enter again.
34944 ImportImage [30944] Already being imported. Operation cannot be performed because
the target study is being imported.
34945 ImportImage [30945] Complete the study in a
receiving status.
34946 ImportImage [30946] Checking condition and
rotation of the image will be
cleared.
34947 ImportImage [30947] The original image being
imported will be deleted.
34948 ImportImage [34948] There are images which
ImageRetrieveRequest could not be imported. Please
select imported studies from the
patient list and confirm the study
images.
34952 StudyTableRegist [34952] An error occurred in auto An error occurred in receiving the study in Import from the study import window of
importing process of the the endoscopic image auto import service. endoscopic image.
endoscopic image.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
34953 ImageRetrieveRequest [34953] An error occurred in auto An error occurred in importing the image in Import from the study import window of
importing process of the the endoscopic image auto import service. endoscopic image.
endoscopic image.
occurred.
40000 QADataObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
Code: Error code acquired. center.
40000 QAImgInfoObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
40000 QAImgObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
40000 QAMarkerObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
40000 QAMaskObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
40000 QAManagerCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The system settings were not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
40000 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The system settings were not successfully Check the Directory.ini file, and then restart %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% acquired. The Directory.ini file might be both the server application and client identifies an error.
4%n Comment missing or damaged. application. If the same error recurs, %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
perform a reinstallation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
40001 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
40002 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire study
information failed.
40003 FFCustomMsgBox Data storage failed. After the image browse window is closed,
Modified data cannot be stored. make sure that the server computer is
Modified data may have been lost. running.
40004 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in file output processing.
40005 FFCustomMsgBox Paper print processing failed. * An error occurred during output
processing.
● Confirm Windows’ regular printer setting
and retry.
40006 FFCustomMsgBox Film output processing failed. * An error occurred during output
processing.
● Confirm the server computer status and
retry.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40007 FFCustomMsgBox Output processing of a work disk * An error occurred during output
failed. processing.
● Confirm Windows’ regular printer setting
and retry.
40008 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialize processing. In an environment where multiple client Close the displayed message and restart
computers are connected, this can occur the client application.
when client applications are started
simultaneously.
40009 FFCustomMsgBox [40009] Failed in preset A problem has occurred for the database Restart both the server application and
information operation. The (SQL-Server). client application.
following reason is presumable. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
1. Database access erorr and submit the event log to the
manufacturer.
restarting of the computer does
not resolve the problem.
40010 FFCustomMsgBox [40010] Registration cannot be The max. preset limit for registrations has Delete a part of the registrations from the
performed due to exceeding of the been exceeded. preset list on the preset list edit window
max preset limit. and try again.
*To add presets, delete some from

the preset list.
40011 FFCustomMsgBox [40011] The same preset name Registration of an already existing preset Change the preset name and try again.
has already been registered. name has been tried.
*Change the preset name and

then re-execute.
40100 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during a Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: component operation. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%n Comment perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
40101 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal parameter was encountered Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: during a component operation. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40102 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An image information related error Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: occurred during a component operation. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40103 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A file was not successfully accessed during Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: a component operation. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40104 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A memory related error occurred during a Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: component operation. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40140 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during the Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: normalization process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40141 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal property was encountered during Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: the normalization process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: occurred during the normalization process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40144 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A memory related error occurred during the Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: normalization process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40145 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An internal table was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: created during the normalization process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40150 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 FNC Proc Error (Exception handling was Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: done). client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40151 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 FNC Proc Error (Invalid Property). Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40152 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 FNC Proc Error (Image processing error). Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40160 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during a CR Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: image process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40161 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An illegal property was encountered during Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: a CR image process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: occurred during a CR image process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40166 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A CR image process was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: executed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: polarity conversion process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40186 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The polarity conversion process not Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: successfully performed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40190 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during an LUT Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40193 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The file was not successfully accessed Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: during an LUT process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40200 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during an Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: image rotation/flipping process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40201 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Illegal properties were encountered when Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: an attempt was made to perform an image client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%n Comment rotation/flipping process. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: occurred during an image rotation/flipping client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%n Comment process. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
40206 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The image rotation/flipping process was Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: not successfully performed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: reduction process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40216 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The reduction process was not successfully Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: performed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: JPEG lossless conversion process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40226 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The JPEG lossless conversion process Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: was not successfully performed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: JPEG lossy conversion process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40236 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to perform the JPEG lossy Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: conversion process failed. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40240 FFMultiImgProc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred during a BMP Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: conversion process. client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
40400 FFCustomMsgBox Communication between
processes failed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40400 VwAnnotation [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the inter- Restart the system. Contact the support
ObjCom code]Comment process communication API resulted in an center.
error.
40400 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the inter- Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment process communication API resulted in an center.
error.
40403 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the image Restart the system, initialize the image
code]Comment database access control resulted in an database, and reinstall the application.
error.
40404 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the media Restart the system, initialize the media
code]Comment database access control resulted in an database, and reinstall the application.
error.
40405 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the inter- Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment process communication API resulted in an center.
error.
40406 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: %1 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Detailed error code
SubSystem: VI
SourceFile: VwViewerCtrl.
ctl[GetSysConfig]
SpotCode: 0
SysConfig DB Access Error.
VwSysDBOpen
SubSystem: VI
ctl[GetSysConfig]
SpotCode: 0
SysConfig DB Access Error.
VwSysDBClose
40406 FFCustomMsgBox Access to the system setup The problem is attributable to the system
database resulted in a failure. setting database.
40406 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when an attempt was Restart and then check SysConfig.mdb.
code]Comment made to connect or disconnect the system
setup database access API, or acquire or
set a value for the system setup database
access API.
40407 FFCustomMsgBox Access to the character string The problem is attributable to the character
database resulted in a failure. string database.
40407 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred with connection/ Restart. Check LangStr.mdb.
code]Comment disconnection of the character string
database access API.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40407 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: %1 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Error code
SubSystem: VI %2=Source, Function name
SourceFile: %2 %3=Spot code
SpotCode: %3 %4=Detailed code of an error
LangStr DB Access Error. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
40408 FFCustomMsgBox Access to the message box The problem is attributable to the message
database resulted in a failure. box database.
40408 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred with connection/ Restart. Check LangMsgBox.mdb.
code]Comment disconnection of the message box
database access API.
40409 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when an attempt was Restart, initialize the image database, and
code]Comment made to connect or disconnect the flag reinstall the application.
database access API, or acquire or set a
value for the flag database access API.
40411 FFCustomMsgBox Access to the network setup The problem is attributable to the network
database resulted in a failure. setup database.
40411 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when an attempt was Restart and then check SysConfig.mdb.
code]Comment made to connect or disconnect the system
setup database, or acquire or set a value
for the system setup database
(irreplaceable).
NetConfig DB Access Error. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
40412 FFCustomMsgBox Access to the customization setup The problem is attributable to the custom
database resulted in a failure. setup database.
40412 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the customize Restart, initialize the customization
code]Comment object was in error or illegal (irreplaceable). database, and reinstall the application.
40500 (Not output to the [40500] A fatal error occurred. Press the button below to close the dialog,
event log) and then restart the same study from
"Refer" tab page.
40500 Error [40500] An unknown error Press the button below to close the dialog,
occurred. and then restart the same study from
“Refer” tab page.
40501 (Not output to the [40501] Server computer cannot Check the connection of network cable
event log) be accessed. Process time out and hub.
was occurred. Press the button below to close the dialog,
and then restart the same study from
"Refer" tab page.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
40501 Error [40501] Failed in gaining access Check the connections to the network and
to the server computer. Timeout hub.
occurred while processing. Press the button below to close the dialog,
40502 (Not output to the [40502] Failed in gaining access Check the connection of network cable
event log) to the server computer. Timeout and hub.
"Refer" tab page.
"Refer" tab page.
"Refer" tab page.
"Refer" tab page.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
"Refer" tab page.
40507 [40507] Unable to access to the Times out when modifying patient ID. * The modification process may have not
server computer. Timeout Number of study images exceeds the been completed.
occurred while processing. specification (500 max.) due to a network * Check the connection of network cable
error, IIS overload, or SQL Server overload, and hub.
etc. + Press the button below to close the
dialog, and then restart the same study
from “Refer” tab page.
41000 QADataObjCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41000 QAImgInfoObjCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41000 QAImgObjCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41000 QAMarkerObjCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41000 QAMaskObjCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41000 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code The file was unsuccessfully downloaded. Check the connected equipment or
SubSystem: VI network.
SourceFile: Filename
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
41000 QAManagerCom [File name][Function name][Error The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment
41001 FFCustomMsgBox The device is not ready. No floppy disk was set in position. Set media that is appropriate for the
device.
41001 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code The file was unsuccessfully uploaded. Check the connected equipment or
SubSystem: VI network.
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
41001 ViClientInfoAccess ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The key character string was not specified. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%n Comment %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
41002 FFCustomMsgBox The hard disk is full. The file to be copied was too large to fit Switch to larger-capacity media.
onto the media at the receiving end.
41002 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code Failed in reading a file. Check whether the file exists.
SubSystem: VI
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
41002 ViClientInfoAccess ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A Directory.ini access error occurred. Check the Directory.ini file, and then restart %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% The error is attributable to a nonexistent both the server application and client identifies an error.
4%n Comment file or an illegal definition in the file. application. If the same error recurs, %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
perform a reinstallation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
41003 FFCustomMsgBox Destination for file copy is illegal. An invalid pathname was specified as the Check the system setup.
file copy destination.
41003 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code The file was unsuccessfully written. Check whether the folder exists at the file
SubSystem: VI write destination.
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
41003 ViClientInfoAccess ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The specified setup information file was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully accessed. The file might be perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%n Comment damaged. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
41004 FFCustomMsgBox E-mail program cannot be started. Outlook was not properly set up. Exit the system and then complete Outlook
setup.
41004 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code File deletion failed. Check whether the file exists.
SubSystem: VI
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
41005 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode: Error code An attempt to operate a CAB file failed. Restart the system. Contact the support
SubSystem: VI center.
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
41016 FFCustomMsgBox The system has not been logged Press OK to close the image browse
on. window and open the log-in window.
To keep the image browse window open,
press Cancel.
41017 FFCustomMsgBox The system has already been Press OK to close the image browse
logged off. window and open the log-in window.
To keep the image browse window open,
press Cancel.
41018 FFCustomMsgBox You have been logged off the Press OK to close the image browse
system or User has been window and open the log-in window.
changed. To keep the image browse window open,
press Cancel.
41019 FFCustomMsgBox No printers have been registered. Register printers and retry.
41020 FFCustomMsgBox Free disk space is insufficient. Delete unnecessary files to increase free
disk space.
41025 FFCustomMsgBox This study includes images not This operation is unable to perform. Deactivate the image browse function, and
retrieved into the hard disk. then activate it again.
41026 FFCustomMsgBox The processing cannot be * This operation is unable to perform.
continued in the specified study. ● Reconfirm or verify this study.
41027 FFCustomMsgBox Specified destination may have  Are you sure you want to store?
been a data storage disk.
Notice: The disk will be
inconsistent if storing in data
storage disk.
41029 FFCustomMsgBox No study selected. ● Select a study and retry it.
41030 FFCustomMsgBox Method of calling is incorrect. ● Execute again following the correct start
Un-permitted scripts have been procedure.
called directly.
41031 FFCustomMsgBox An error of unknown cause ● Contact your service engineer.
occurred.  Press the button below to close this
41032 FFCustomMsgBox Image display is disabled because ● To exit the image viewer, press the
specified images cannot be found. button below.
41033 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization processing. ● Contact your service engineer.
 Press the button below to close this
41034 FFCustomMsgBox A timeout occurred. ● Contact your service engineer.
+Press the button below to close this
41035 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in starting up image viewer. ● Restart the server computer and retry.
* Contact your service engineer if the
been restarted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
41036 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to connect to C@Rna ● Ensure that the network cable has been
data center resulted in a failure. connected correctly.
41037 FFCustomMsgBox This operation is not allowed for ● This operation is unable to perform.
retrieved studies from disks.
41038 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining case study * The C@Rna newly-arrived information
images. program is not running normally, or the
network may have problems.
● Confirm that the C@Rna newly-arrived
information program is running.
41039 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining anatomical * The C@Rna newly-arrived information
drawings. program is not running normally, or the
network may have problems.
● Confirm that the C@Rna newly-arrived
information program is running.
performed.
ongoing study.
41212 FFCustomMsgBox The disk drive used for image With the Service Utility, set the disk drive
view purpose has not been set up for viewing.
properly.
41400 VwAnnotation File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
ObjCom Code: Error code
41400 VwMsgBoxCtrl HDD FULL. The hard disk was full. Delete unnecessary images.
41401 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The specified path was not found. Check path settings.
code]Comment
41402 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error No medium is ready. Set a medium in its position.
code]Comment
41403 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The capacity of the media targeted for Replace the media for anyone of larger
code]Comment copy was insufficient. capacity.
41410 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the delivery Delete unnecessary images.
code]Comment instruction component resulted in an error
(a process other than the delivery process
can be continued).
42000 QAManagerCom Arbitrary information. Arbitrary information. Processing can be continued
42400 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error Failed in acquiring a bitmap (replaceable). Check that the entire bitmap is acquired.
code]Comment
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Can’t Get Bitmap (Processing %5=Details of an error
continuation).
%4
%5
42401 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The return value for the custom message Nothing particular.
code]Comment box control resulted in an error.
42402 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when obtaining a system Check SysConfig.mdb.
code]Comment setup database access API value or the
obtained value was illegal (replaceable).
42402 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: -2402 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC
SubSystem: VI
ctl[GetSysConfig]
SpotCode: 0
SysConfig DB Access Failure
(Processing continuation).
VwSysDBGetValue-
ComImgFileNameType
SysConfig DB Access Failure %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
42403 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when obtaining a Check LangStr.mdb.
code]Comment character string database access API value
(replaceable).
SubSystem: VI %2=Detailed error code
SourceFile: frmViImgFileOutput.
frm[SetCaption ()]
SpotCode: 316
LangStr DB Access Failure
StrDBGet (46506) Ret = %2
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
frm[SetCaption ()]
SpotCode: 303
frm[SetCaption ()]
SpotCode: 303
LangStr DB Access Failure %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
42404 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The return value for the message box Check LangMsgBox.mdb.
code]Comment database access API resulted in an error.
42405 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The FF32 library (FF32dll) return value is Check the registry key setting.
code]Comment in error (registry acquisition/setup failed).
a Replaceable.
* When the option key registry data is
acquired, no error occurs even if the key
is not acquired.
FF32 Access Failure (Probably %5=Details of an error
acquisition of Registry goes
wrong.)
%4
%5
42406 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error No tag information was set up though it Nothing particular.
code]Comment must have been set up beforehand
(irreplaceable).
42407 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred when obtaining a Check NetConfig.mdb.
code]Comment network setup database value or obtained
value was not correct (replaceable).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
NetConfig DB Access Failure %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
42408 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The return value for the customize object Check Custom.adp.
code]Comment was in error or illegal (replaceable).
42409 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error Failed in obtaining/setting an FF32 library Check the Directory.ini file.
code]Comment value (replaceable).
43000 QADataObjCom Arbitrary information. Arbitrary information. Processing can be continued
43000 QAImgInfoObjCom Arbitrary information. Arbitrary information. Processing can be continued
43000 QAManagerCom Arbitrary information. Arbitrary information. Processing can be continued
43001 QAImgInfoObjCom Failed to get (%1). ImageID: %2. Arbitrary information. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
43400 VwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: Error code Arbitrary information. Processing can be continued
SubSystem: VI
SpotCode: Spot code
Comment
43410 QAChgPrmCtrl Selected image can’t show. Image display failed. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
43411 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in RunWithParam () The image process was not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
of FMImgHandCtrl. performed. center.
43510 QAChgPrmCtrl Selected image can’t show. Image display failed. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
43512 FFMaCommon Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
%1 %n %2 occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
43513 FFMaCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43514 FFMaCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
43515 FFMaCommon Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43516 FFMaCommon Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
%1 %n %2 sufficient free space. disk space.
43517 FFMaCommon DataBase Error. %n The database was not successfully Confirm the situation in which the error
%1 %n %2 operated. occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
manufacturer.
43518 FFMaCommon Debug Log OutPut. %n This is an event log output for debugging. Confirm the situation in which the error
%1 %n %2 It is not generated under normal conditions. occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
manufacturer.
43520 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in ExecuteEDR () EDR computation failed. Restart the system. Contact the support
of EDRCom. center.
43521 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in The EDR backup file was not successfully Restart the system. Contact the support
SetEDRProperties () of EDRCom. created. center.
43522 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in An attempt to perform EDR property setup Restart the system. Contact the support
MakeEDRBackupFile () of failed. center.
EDRCom.
43530 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in The distribution/delivery destination was Restart the system. Contact the support
RemoveDstbDest () of not successfully deleted. center.
QAManagerCom.
43531 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in SetPrintDest () An attempt to change the PRINT attribute Restart the system. Contact the support
of QAManagerCom. failed. center.
43532 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in SetFilingDest () An attempt to change the FILE attribute Restart the system. Contact the support
of QAManagerCom. failed. center.
43533 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in SetDisplayDest An attempt to change the DISPLAY Restart the system. Contact the support
() of QAManagerCom. attribute failed. center.
43534 QAChgPrmCtrl Error occurred in AddDstbDest () The distribution/delivery destination was Restart the system. Contact the support
of QAManagerCom. not successfully deleted. center.
43535 QAChgPrmCtrl PixelDensity of An ImageDensityOut setting of -1 was Restart the system. Contact the support
MenuDefaultParameter is equal to detected. center.
-1. Skip change ImageDensityOut.
43536 QAChgPrmCtrl Selected MPM-Code hasn’t An undefined menu code was encountered Restart the system. Contact the support
default parameters in some param when GetByMenu was used. center.
files.
43537 QAChgPrmCtrl FilmOrientation of The value obtained for FilmOrientation Restart the system. Contact the support
MenuDefaultParameter isn’t 0 or setting acquisition was neither 0 nor 1. center.
1.%nSet default 0 (LANDSCAPE).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
43600 FFMaCommonImage Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43601 FFMaCommonImage Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43602 FFMaCommonImage Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43603 FFMaCommonImage Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43604 FFMaCommonImage Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
43700 FFTsCommon Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43701 FFTsCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43702 FFTsCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43703 FFTsCommon Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
43704 FFTsCommon Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
43705 FFTsCommon Catch DB exception. %n An exception occurred when an attempt Confirm the situation in which the error
%1 %n %2 was made to access a database. occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
manufacturer.
44005 FFCustomMsgBox The number of annotations The number of annotations and markers Perform input again after deleting inserted
exceeded the display-allowable inserted for one image on the viewer annotations and markers.
limit. window has exceeded 32.
44016 FFCustomMsgBox No image has been selected. ● Check the checkbox at the bottom right
of the window and retry.
44023 FFCustomMsgBox An image display could not be ● Close the dialog and retry.
made because an operation is
being performed.
44024 FFCustomMsgBox A display could not be cleared ● Close the dialog and retry.
because an operation is being
performed.
44030 FFCustomMsgBox Input 3 or more vertices. This confirmation dialog is displayed at the To create a polygon, 3 or more vertices are
time of insertion of a polygonal annotation required.
on the viewer window when it is tried to Input 3 or more vertices.
establish a polygonal shape with fewer
than three apexes.
44040 FFCustomMsgBox [44040] The following preset(s) Nothing particular.
will be deleted.
%s
+Do you wish to proceed?

44041 FFCustomMsgBox [44041] This name already exists. Nothing particular.
+Do you wish to overwrite?

44042 FFCustomMsgBox [44042] It cannot be changed as Change to an already existing preset name Change the preset name and try again.
preset of the same name exists. has been tried.
*Change the name.

44043 FFCustomMsgBox [44043] Prohibited characters are The preset name to be registered or Reenter without the prohibited characters.
included in the preset name. changed contains prohibited characters.
*Retry input.
44044 FFCustomMsgBox [44044] Input name is too long. The preset name to be registered or Change the input name to within 64
Up to 64 characters can be changed contains more than the permitted characters and try again.
entered. 64 characters.
*Change the preset name.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
44045 FFCustomMsgBox [44045] Registration cannot be The registerable upper limit for the selected Change the anatomical region to be
performed for the anatomical anatomical region has been exceeded. registered or delete a part from the preset
region selected as the registerable list and try again.
presets exceed the upper limit.
*Too add, change the anatomical

region to register or delete some
from the preset list.
44046 FFCustomMsgBox [44046] Preset name has not No preset name has been entered. Enter the preset name and try again.
been entered.
*Enter the preset name.

44400 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error The method return value for the log save Nothing particular.
code]Comment control resulted in an error.xxx
44401 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An unexpected method call (called up at Nothing particular.
code]Comment an impossible timing, being possible
though to continue processing).
An unexpected Method call. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
44500 FFRtrvProcCtrl Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
44501 FFRtrvProcCtrl Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
44502 FFRtrvProcCtrl Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
44503 FFRtrvProcCtrl Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
44504 FFRtrvProcCtrl Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49000 QADataObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
Code: Error code center.
49000 QAImgInfoObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
49000 QAImgObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
49000 QAMarkerObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
49000 QAMaskObjCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
49000 QAChgPrmCtrl Error level is Warning (level2), Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
Information or Logical Error. center.
49000 QAManagerCom File: Filename, Spot: Spot code, Error level 2/3/9 message in the system. Restart the system. Contact the support
49001 QAImgInfoObjCom Failed to get (%1). ImageID: %2. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49001 QAManagerCom Error in FFGetString. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49001 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A parameter out-of-range error (internal Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: system error) occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%n Comment %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
49002 QAManagerCom Error in SysDB Library. Parameter error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49002 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A parameter error (internal system error) Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49003 QAManagerCom Error in NetDB Library. An error attributable to a program fault (an Restart the system. Contact the support
error that could not occur in the market) center.
occurred.
 An unexpected return value was delivered
from a method.
 Memory allocation failed.
 Windows resource acquisition failed.
 An abnormal return from a Windows API.
49003 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error highly attributable to a program Restart both the server application and %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: fault (an error that could not occur in the client application. If the same error recurs, identifies an error.
%4%n Comment market) occurred. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
 An unexpected return value was delivered does not help, confirm the situation in error occurred.
from a method. which the error occurred, and submit the %3=Source File: The program file where
 Memory allocation failed. event log to the manufacturer. an error occurred.
 Windows resource acquisition failed. %4=Spot Code: The location where an
 An abnormal return from a Windows API. error actually occurred (a unique value
49004 QAManagerCom Error in ImageDB Access. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49005 QAManagerCom Error in FFCreateUID. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49006 QAManagerCom Error in FFCreateStudyUID. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49007 QAManagerCom Error in ImgDelivery. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49008 QAManagerCom Error in FFMultiImgProc. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
center.
center.
49011 QAManagerCom Error in VIFileTransferCom. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49012 QAManagerCom Error in VIFileTransferCom. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49019 ViFileTransferCom ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49101 QAManagerCom Error about Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
StudyInstanceUIDType center.
(0007,F244).
SeriesInstanceUIDType center.
(0007,F245).
49103 QAManagerCom Error about StudyInstanceUID Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0020,000D). center.
49104 QAManagerCom Error about SeriesInstanceUID Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0020,000E). center.
49105 QAManagerCom Error about ImageUID Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0009,XX05). center.
49106 QAManagerCom Error about FilmUID (0009,XX0C). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49107 QAManagerCom Error about MultiFrameUID Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F200). center.
49108 QAManagerCom Error about ID (0007,F001). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49151 QAManagerCom Error about QAFlag. Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49152 QAManagerCom Error about Lock (0007,F020). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49301 QAManagerCom Error about Patient’s Name Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0010,0010). center.
49302 QAManagerCom Error about Patient ID Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0010,0020). center.
49303 QAManagerCom Error about Patient’s Birth Date Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0010,0030). center.
49304 QAManagerCom Error about Patient’s Sex Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0010,0040). center.
49305 QAManagerCom Error about Accession Number Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0008,0050). center.
49306 QAManagerCom Error about DepartmentName Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49307 QAManagerCom Error about DepartmentName Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49308 QAManagerCom Error about InspectNumber Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49309 QAManagerCom Error about Modality (0008,0060). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49310 QAManagerCom Error about StudyDate Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0008,0020). center.
49311 QAManagerCom Error about RequestingService Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0032,1033). center.
49312 QAManagerCom Error about OrderNumber Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F240). center.
49313 QAManagerCom Error about DepartmentCode Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F246). center.
49314 QAManagerCom Error about StudyID (0020,0010). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
RequestedProcedureID center.
(0040,1001).
49400 VwAnnotation [File name][Function name][Error An FF32 library (FF32.dll) return value Restart the system. Contact the support
ObjCom code]Comment error (inreplaceable). center.
49400 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An FF32 library (FF32.dll) return value Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment error (inreplaceable). center.
SubSystem: VI
ctl[GetServerReg]
SpotCode: 0
FF32 Error.
IVSetClientConfigStr
(ComImgFileNameType)
FF32 Error. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
49401 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error A method argument type error (for Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment instance, there were no objects). center.
49401 QAManagerCom [File name][Function name][Error A method argument type error (for Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment instance, there were no objects). center.
Method Argument Error. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49402 QAManagerCom [File name][Function name][Error No tag information was set up though it Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment must have been set up beforehand center.
(irreplaceable).
49402 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error No tag information was set up though it Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment must have been set up beforehand center.
(irreplaceable).
49403 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error Failed in acquiring memory handle Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment resources. center.
Memory or Resource cannot be %5=Details of an error
gained.
%4
%5
49404 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error Windows API return value resulted in an Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment error. center.
49404 QAManagerCom [File name][Function name][Error Windows API return value resulted in an Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment error. center.
49405 QAManagerCom Error about FileDensity Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F082). center.
49406 QAManagerCom Error about FileProc (0007,F092). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49407 QAManagerCom Error about PrintHost Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F071). center.
49408 QAManagerCom Error about PrintDensity Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F081). center.
49409 QAManagerCom Error about PrintProc Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F091). center.
49410 QAManagerCom Error about DisplayHost Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F073). center.
49411 QAManagerCom Error about DisplayDensity Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F083). center.
49412 QAManagerCom Error about DisplayProc Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F093). center.
49413 QAManagerCom Error about ImageFiling Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(50F1,XX12). center.
49414 QAManagerCom Error about ImageDensityOut Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49415 QAManagerCom Error about InputProtocol Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F006). center.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49416 QAManagerCom Error about ImageFileURL Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(0007,F100). center.
49417 QAManagerCom Error about ImageManager Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49498 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An error occurred with the return value of Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment the secondary detection code. center.
Secondary detection code Error. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
49498 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: -9499 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=WebService connection URL
SubSystem: VI
ctl[BeginWebService]
SpotCode: 0
Secondary detection code Error.
WebService URL = %1
49498 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: -9499 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC
SubSystem: VI
ctl[EndWebService]
SpotCode: 0
Set objSOAPClient = Nothing
SubSystem: VI
SourceFile: VwViewerCtrl.ctl[Init]
SpotCode: 0
GetSysConfig
49499 VwMsgBoxCtrl [File name][Function name][Error An exception error occurred. This error Restart the system. Contact the support
code]Comment was detected in the Try/Catch or center.
OnErrorGoto sequence.
49499 FFVwMsgBoxCtrl ErrorCode: -9499 A program error occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC %1=Error code
SubSystem: VI %2=Details of an error
ctl[GetSysConfig]
SpotCode: 0
Exception Error occurred.
%1:%2
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
SourceFile: [Get %3=Details of an error
MeasureEditComplete]
SpotCode: 0
%2:%3
SourceFile: [Let %3=Details of an error
MeasureEditComplete]
SpotCode: 0
%2:%3
Exception Error occurred. %5=Details of an error
%4
%5
49500 FFMaRetrieve Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49501 QAManagerCom Error about FilmOutFormat Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
49501 FFMaRetrieve Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49502 QAManagerCom Error about ImagePosition Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(2020,0010). center.
49502 FFMaRetrieve Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49503 QAManagerCom Error about NumberOfCopies Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(2000,0010). center.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49503 FFMaRetrieve Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49504 QAManagerCom Error about NumberOfImages Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
(2011,XXA0). center.
49504 FFMaRetrieve Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
49505 QAManagerCom Error about Status (0007,F030). Program error. Restart the system. Contact the support
center.
49510 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process Start. %n This is the information for event log This is the acquisition subsystem startup
%1 %n %2 analysis. time information for event log analysis.
49511 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process End. %n This is the information for event log This is the acquisition subsystem startup
%1 %n %2 analysis. time information for event log analysis.
49540 FFMaRetrieve Process Communication Error. An error occurred in the communication The startup process was improperly
%n control. performed, or the preceding process was
%1 %n %2 not normally ended. If the same error
recurs, confirm the situation in which the
error occurred, obtain the maintenance log
with the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
49541 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process Exists. %n An attempt was made to run more than The startup process was improperly
%1 %n %2 one acquisition process. It is conceivable performed, or the preceding process was
that the preceding process was not not normally ended. If the same error
normally ended. recurs, confirm the situation in which the
error occurred, obtain the maintenance log
with the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
49542 FFMaRetrieve Cannot Get NetWork Setting. %n The network settings for the local With the Service Utility, check the network
%1 %n %2 equipment could not be acquired. settings for the local equipment.
49543 FFMaRetrieve Image is Already Exists in The input image was not stored because it Confirm the situation in which the error
ImageDB. %n was the same as a stored one. occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
%1 %n %2 the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
49544 FFMaRetrieve File Error. %n An attempt to access a file failed. Increase the amount of free space by
%1 %n %2 installing an additional hard disk or by
deleting unnecessary files. If it does not
help, obtain the maintenance log with the
Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
log and an error report to the manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49545 FFMaRetrieve NetWork Error. %n A network error occurred. Check the network connection to the
%1 %n %2 transmitting end. If the network connection
is normal, the timeout time might be too
short. Increase the timeout time setting for
network setup.
49546 FFMaRetrieve Cannot Get NetWork Setting. %n Network settings cannot be acquired.
%1 %n %2
49547 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Retrieve Timeout. %n A timeout occurred. Check the connection to the acquisition
%1 %n %2 destination server and then try again to
achieve acquisition. It the same error
recurs, increase the acquisition timeout
setting.
49548 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Retrieve is Not Able to The function for acquiring an image from a The setting for DICOM acquisition is not
Use Now. %n DICOM device is not available. adequate. Check the network settings.
%1 %n %2
49549 FFMaRetrieve Processing Image is Deleted. %n Processing is disabled because the image
%1 %n %2 was deleted.
49550 FFMaRetrieve Integration Warning in DataBase. The database is inconsistent.
%n
%1 %n %2
49551 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Data Waring. %n An image acquisition request for a DICOM This does not constitute a failure.
%1 %n %2 device is generated.
49552 FFMaRetrieve Local Retrieve Warning. %n A request for acquiring an image within the This does not constitute a failure.
%1 %n %2 local equipment is generated.
49553 FFMaRetrieve Input Image Warning An SH image was input. This does not constitute a failure.
(DensityCode = SH). %n SH images are not supported.
%1 %n %2
49554 FFMaRetrieve Image is Already Exists in The entered image is the same as that is This does not constitute a failure.
ImageDB. %n stored in the local equipment. The displayed information merely indicates
%1 %n %2 that the same image exists.
49555 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Warnnig. %n An improper operation might have been This does not constitute a failure.
%1 %n %2 performed during an acquisition process.
49572 FFCustomMsgBox Importing of examination data The data format was unexpected data and Confirm that the file is existed in the
failed. the data cannot be imported. following directory. If the file is existed,
*Restart the server computer. save the data to other location and then
>Contact your service engineer if restart.
the same symptom recurs even C:\programdata\fujifilm\hobbit\retrieve\
after it has been restarted. importimage
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49573 FFCustomMsgBox [49573] Study data import was As the system is terminating, the study Retry the operation after the system has
canceled. input sent from the DICOM device was been started.
canceled.
*The system is being terminated.
Input of the study transmitted from
DICOM Device was canceled.
*Re-transmit the study from
DICOM Device after the system
has been started.
49575 FFCustomMsgBox [49575] The input study is either As the study input is being modified or Retry the operation.
being modified or executed. executed, the study input was canceled. If the problem is not resolved, restart the
server application and client application.
*The input study is either being
modified or executed. Input of the
study was canceled.
*Re-transmit the study from
DICOM Device after a while.
49578 [49578] Images were entered In image input with PrivateCRStorage, a On the Console device side, change the
unsupported image processing parameter extended by a new image parameter range to the range of previous
parameters. (GT:a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
parameters. (RT:U-Z, a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
parameters. (DRT:A-E, G-O, a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
parameters. (MFPGT:a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
parameters. (MRT:U-Z, a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
parameters. (MDT:A-E, G-O, a-z) processing is used. image processing and send the image
again.
49700 FFMaSetting Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49701 FFMaSetting Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49702 FFMaSetting Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49703 FFMaSetting Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
49704 FFMaSetting Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Delete unnecessary files to increase free
49740 FFMaSetting Variant Type Invalid. %n The VARIANT data that is set for property Obtain the maintenance log with the
%1 %n %2 setup is null, is not an array, or is of an Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
incorrect array element type. It is highly log and an error report to the manufacturer.
probable that the program is faulty.
49741 FFMaSetting Invalid Variant Element Count. %n The VARIANT data that is set for property Obtain the maintenance log with the
%1 %n %2 setup has an incorrect array element count. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
It is highly probable that the program is log and an error report to the manufacturer.
faulty.
49742 FFMaSetting Get Recordset Failed. %n An abnormal return value was delivered Check whether the SQL server is running.
%1 %n %2 from the record set acquisition common If it is running, confirm the situation in
module. The SQL server is abnormal. which the error occurred, obtain the
maintenance log with the Backup Utility,
and send the maintenance log and an error
report to the manufacturer.
49743 FFMaSetting Get Connect String Failed. %n The setting information was not Perform a reinstallation. If the same error
%1 %n %2 successfully acquired. This error is highly recurs after the reinstallation, confirm the
attributable to improper environment situation in which the error occurred, obtain
settings. the maintenance log with the Backup
Utility, and send the maintenance log and
an error report to the manufacturer.
49744 FFMaSetting Open Recordset Failed. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Check whether the SQL server is running.
%1 %n %2 made to acquire a record set from a If it is running, confirm the situation in
database. The SQL server is abnormal. which the error occurred, obtain the
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49745 FFMaSetting No Record Found In BodyParts. No data was found in the anatomical region Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadInitialView
%n code table. The database might be faulty. does not help, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 which the error occurred, obtain the
49746 FFMaSetting Convert to String Failed. %n An abnormality occurred during character Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation GetCadAllItem, GetStudyBarItem
%1 %n %2 string conversion. The database might be does not help, confirm the situation in
faulty. which the error occurred, obtain the
49747 FFMaSetting Address Parameter Imvalid. %n An error occurred when an attempt was Obtain the maintenance log with the
%1 %n %2 made to return a property value. It is highly Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
probable that the program is faulty. log and an error report to the manufacturer.
49748 FFMaSetting PartsView Associated With No data was found in the initial display Obtain the maintenance log with the GetInitialViewByBPE
Specified PartsCode Not Found. setup table for various anatomical regions. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
%n This error is highly attributable to a log and an error report to the manufacturer.
%1 %n %2 program fault.
49749 FFMaSetting No Record Found In InitView. %n No data was found in the initial display Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadInitialView
%1 %n %2 setup table. The database might be faulty. does not help, confirm the situation in
which the error occurred, obtain the
49750 FFMaSetting No Record Found In No data was found in the study window Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadInitialView
StudyWndPtn. %n pattern setup table. The database might be does not help, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 faulty. which the error occurred, obtain the
49752 FFMaSetting No Record Found In PartsView. No data was found in the initial display Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadInitialView
%n setup table for various anatomical regions. does not help, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 The database might be faulty. which the error occurred, obtain the
49753 FFMaSetting No Record Found In PartsOrder. No data was found in the anatomical region Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadInitialView
%n sequence setup table. The database might does not help, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 be faulty. which the error occurred, obtain the
49754 FFMaSetting No Record Found In The exposure menu table data for the Obtain the maintenance log with the ReadExposeMenuOrder
ExposureMenu. %n specified anatomical region was not found. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
%1 %n %2 This error is highly attributable to a log and an error report to the manufacturer.
program fault.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49756 FFMaSetting No Record Found In No data was found in the CAD sequence Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadMammoCad
CadViewOrder. %n setup table. The database might be faulty. does not help, confirm the situation in
49757 FFMaSetting No Record Found In No data was found in the CAD setup table. Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadMammoCad
MammoCadView. %n The database might be faulty. does not help, confirm the situation in
49758 FFMaSetting Overlay Item Associated With A warning message indicating that the Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation GetImageInfoItemLT, GetImageInfoItemRT,
Specified Location And ImageType image information display item table data does not help, confirm the situation in GetImageInfoItemLB, GetImageInfoItemRT
Not Found. %n for the specified conditions was not found. which the error occurred, obtain the
%1 %n %2 The database might be faulty. maintenance log with the Backup Utility,
49759 FFMaSetting Preset Parameter Associated With The preset parameter data for the specified Obtain the maintenance log with the ReadPresetParam, WritePresetParam
Specified PresetID Or PartsCode conditions was not found. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
Not Found. %n This error is highly attributable to a log and an error report to the manufacturer.
%1 %n %2 program fault.
49760 FFMaSetting CAD Parameter Associated With The image processing parameter data for Obtain the maintenance log with the ReadCadParam
Specified Purpose Not Found. %n the specified conditions was not found. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
program fault.
49761 FFMaSetting Specified MPM Code Invalid. %n The specified MPM code could not be Obtain the maintenance log with the SavePresetParam, MpmToPartsCode
%1 %n %2 converted to an anatomical region code. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
This error is highly attributable to a faulty log and an error report to the manufacturer.
program.
49762 FFMaSetting Specified Preset Name Not Exist. An attempt was made to update a Obtain the maintenance log with the ReadPresetParamName
%n nonexistent parameter preset name. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
%1 %n %2 This error is highly attributable to a faulty log and an error report to the manufacturer.
program.
49763 FFMaSetting Specified Preset Name Already An attempt was made to add or switch to Obtain the maintenance log with the Insert, Rename, SavePresetParam
Exist. %n an existing parameter preset name. Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
program fault.
49764 FFMaSetting No Record Found In No data was found in the study window Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadStudyBarItem
StudyBarItem. %n display item table. The database might be does not help, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 faulty. which the error occurred, obtain the
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49765 FFMaSetting No Record Found In OverlayItem. No data was found in the image information Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation LoadOverlayItem
%n display item table. does not help, confirm the situation in
49766 FFMaSetting Parameter Range Invalid. %n The argument value passed to the method Obtain the maintenance log with the
%1 %n %2 was out of range. It is highly probable that Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
the program is faulty. log and an error report to the manufacturer.
49767 FFMaSetting No Record Found In No data was found in the CAD target Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation GetCadSensitivity
CadSensitivity. %n menu. The database might be faulty. does not help, confirm the situation in
49768 FFMaSetting No Record Found In The data was not found in the image LoadInitialView
ImageWndPtn. %n window pattern setup table. The database
%1 %n %2 might be faulty.
49769 FFMaSetting ADO Open Connection Failed. %n An attempt to connect the database failed. Check whether the SQL server is running. FinalConstruct
%1 %n %2 The database is abnormal. If it is running, confirm the situation in
49770 FFMaSetting ADO Close Connection Failed. An attempt to disconnect the database Check whether the SQL server is running. FinalRelease
%n failed. This problem is attributable to a If it is running, confirm the situation in
%1 %n %2 database abnormality or a program error. which the error occurred, obtain the
49771 FFMaSetting Get Property Failed. %n The VARIANT data was not successfully Check the amount of memory used by the
%1 %n %2 referenced. system. If there is no problem with memory
use, confirm the situation in which the error
occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
manufacturer.
49772 FFMaSetting SafeArray Operation Failed. %n The VARIANT data array conversion Check the amount of memory used by the CopyVectorToVariant,
%1 %n %2 process was not successfully performed. system. If there is no problem with memory CopyVariantToVector
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49773 FFMaSetting Put Property Failed. %n The VARIANT data was not successfully Check the amount of memory used by the
%1 %n %2 set. system. If there is no problem with memory
manufacturer.
49774 FFMaSetting DB Access Failed. %n The database was not successfully Check whether the SQL server is running.
%1 %n %2 operated. The database is abnormal. If it is running, confirm the situation in
49775 FFMaSetting Image Param Control Failed. %n An error occurred in an image processing Perform a reinstallation. If the same error LoadPresetParam
%1 %n %2 parameter management component. recurs after the reinstallation, confirm the
This error is highly attributable to improper situation in which the error occurred, obtain
environment setup. the maintenance log with the Backup
Utility, and send the maintenance log and
an error report to the manufacturer.
49776 FFMaSetting Update Data Invalid. %n The VARIANT data used to update the Obtain the maintenance log with the WritePartsOrder, WriteExposeMenuOrder
%1 %n %2 database was improperly sized. It is highly Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
probable that the program is faulty. log and an error report to the manufacturer.
49777 FFMaSetting No Data In Recordset. %n This is a warning message indicating that a There is no particular problem. GetRecordset
%1 %n %2 database record could not be acquired.
49778 FFMaSetting Get Field Information Failed. %n The field information about a record set If there is no problem with the amount of GetFieldInfo
%1 %n %2 was not successfully acquired. This event memory use, confirm the situation in which
is attributable to an insufficient memory or the event occurred, obtain the maintenance
program error. log with the Backup Utility, and send the
maintenance log and an event report to the
manufacturer.
49779 FFMaSetting Convert to PartsCode from MPM An error was returned from the MPM code Obtain the maintenance log with the ReadPresetParamName
Failed. %n conversion module. It is highly probable Backup Utility, and send the maintenance
%1 %n %2 that the program is faulty. log and an error report to the manufacturer.
49780 FFMaSetting Get Language from SysConfig An error was returned from the language Perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation CIPartsMenuOrder::FinalConstruct
Failed. %n acquisition (GetLanguage) module. does not help, confirm the situation in
49781 FFMaSetting Set Value Range Invalid. %n This event will not be displayed in the This event will not be displayed in the Setup dialog
%1 %n %2 event log. event log.
49782 FFMaSetting Set Value Type Invalid. %n This event will not be displayed in the This event will not be displayed in the Setup dialog
%1 %n %2 event log. event log.
49783 FFMaSetting CAD Display Image Total Over This event will not be displayed in the This event will not be displayed in the Setup dialog
Max. %n event log. event log.
%1 %n %2
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49784 FFMaSetting Infomation Setting Size Warning. The image information area setup size is Check whether an improper display area is UserUtility: Incidental information
%n improper. The information cannot be set from the Service Utility.
%1 %n %2 entirely displayed because a small area is
set from the Service Utility.
49900 FFMaRetrieve Create DDOFile Error. DDO file generation failed. Restart both the server application and
client application. If the same error recurs,
49901 FFMaRetrieve Write DDOFile Error. A write process was not successfully Restart both the server application and
performed for a DDO file. client application. If the same error recurs,
49902 FFMaRetrieve Get ImageInfo Error. Image information was not successfully Restart both the server application and
acquired. client application. If the same error recurs,
49903 FFMaRetrieve Open XMLFile Error. An XML file was not successfully opened. Restart both the server application and
49904 FFMaRetrieve Close XMLFile Error. An XML file was not successfully closed. Restart both the server application and
49905 FFMaRetrieve Parse XMLFile Error. An XML file was not successfully parsed. Restart both the server application and
49906 FFMaRetrieve XMLFile Not Correct. XML file information is illegal. Restart both the server application and
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
49907 FFMaRetrieve Create UID Error. An UID number issuance process failed. Restart both the server application and
49908 FFMaRetrieve Create Instance Error. The instance generation process was not Restart both the server application and
successfully performed. client application. If the same error recurs,
49909 FFMaRetrieve Get SystemInfo Error. The system setting information was not Restart both the server application and
successfully acquired. client application. If the same error recurs,
49910 FFMaRetrieve Input DDOFile Error. A DDO file addition process failed. Restart both the server application and
49911 FFMaRetrieve Program Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and
49999 ViClientInfoAccess ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
4%n Comment %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
50000 FFOutImgPrc Initialize Error.%n%1 An abnormality was encountered during Restart. If the same symptom frequently
initialization. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50001 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in initialization processing. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50001 FFOUTPUT Initialize Error.%n[%1] Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output section container.
 Output control was not exercised. occurs, perform a reinstallation.
 The error check method was not
successfully called.
 A certain other program error occurred.
50001 FFOutImgPrc DB Connect Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred in the connection Check whether the SQL service manager
to a database. is normally operating. If the symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
50001 Spooler Initialize Error.%n[%1] Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output section container.
 Output control was not exercised. occurs, perform a reinstallation.
 The error check method was not
 A certain other program error occurred.
50002 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in output process. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
50002 FFOUTPUT State Change Error.%n[%1] State change notification process error. Restart. Output section container.
 An output destination was not
successfully registered.
 A state change notification call was not
successful.
 Other program error.
 Line establishment message transmission
error
 Line abnormality message transmission
error
50002 FFOutImgPrc DB Infomation Error.%n%1 The database information is abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50002 Spooler State Change Error.%n[%1] State change notification process error. Restart. Output section container.
An output destination was not

A state change notification call was not

successful.
Other program error.

Line establishment message transmission

error
Line abnormality message transmission

error
50003 FFOUTPUT Routine Change Error.%n[%1] Restart. Output section container.
50003 FFOutImgPrc System Error.%n%1 The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50003 Spooler Routine Change Error.%n[%1] Restart. Output section container.
50004 FFOUTPUT Spool Error.%n[%1] Spool process error. Restart. Output section container.
The spool request call was not

successfully made.
The reoutput request was not successfully

made.
The study termination notification was not

successfully made.
The spool request response status was

invalid.
An unknown program error occurred.

50004 FFOutImgPrc I/F Timing Error.%n%1 An interface abnormality was encountered. Restart.
50004 Spooler Spool Error.%n[%1] Spool process error. Restart. Output section container.
The spool request call was not

successfully made.
The reoutput request was not successfully

made.
The study termination notification was not

successfully made.
The spool request response status was

invalid.

50005 FFOUTPUT ExeOutput Error.%n[%1] Forced-output process error. Restart. Output section container.
The spool forced output request call was

not successfully made.
The queue forced output response

message was not successfully
transmitted.

50005 FFOutImgPrc CreateFileMapping Error.%n%1 File mapping was unachievable. Restart.
50005 Spooler ExeOutput Error.%n[%1] Forced-output process error. Restart. Output section container.
The spool forced output request call was

The queue forced output response

transmitted.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50006 FFOUTPUT Image Proc Error.%n[%1] Image processing error. Restart. Output section container.
The image processing request call was

The image processing setup completion

call was not successfully made.
The image processing completion

notification call was not successfully
made.
The image processing job acquisition

request was not successfully made.

50006 FFOutImgPrc File Open Error.%n%1 The file could not be opened. Check the file.
50006 Spooler Utility Request Error.%n[%1] A utility transition process error occurred. Output section container.
A utility transition request call failed.

A utility transition response message was

not successfully transmitted.

50007 FFOUTPUT Output Proc Error.%n[%1] Output processing error. Restart. Output section container.
The output destination information was

not successfully acquired.
The output request call was not

successfully made.
The output completion notification was


50007 FFOutImgPrc File Read/Write Error.%n%1 The file was not successfully written/read. If the error occurs frequently, replace the
The disk might be faulty. disk or take other remedial action.
50007 Spooler Terminate Error.%n[%1] Termination process error. Restart. Output section container.

50008 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in image processing for The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
output. perform a reinstallation.
50008 FFOUTPUT Commit Proc Error.%n[%1] Commitment processing error. Restart. Output section container.
The commitment destination information

was not successfully acquired.
The commitment request call was not

successfully made.
The commitment completion notification

was not successfully made.

50008 FFOutImgPrc CreateDispatch Error.%n%1 The control was not successfully initialized. Check that the control is registered.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50008 Spooler Image Proc Error.%n[%1] Image process error. Restart. Output section container.
An image process request was not

An image process setup completion call

was not successfully made.
An image process completion notification

was not successfully called.
An image process job acquisition request

was not successfully issued.

50009 FFOUTPUT Queue Resume Error.%n[%1] Queue resumption process error. Restart. Output section container.
The queue resumption request call was

The queue resumption response

transmitted.

50009 FFOutImgPrc Memory Get Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
allocation was not achieved).
50009 Spooler Output Proc Error.%n[%1] Output processing error. Restart. Output section container.
The output destination information was

not successfully acquired.
The output request call was not

successfully made.
The output completion notification was


50010 FFOUTPUT Queue Delete Error.%n[%1] Queue resumption process error. Restart. Output section container.
A queue resumption request was not

A queue resumption response message

was not successfully transmitted.

50010 FFOutImgPrc Memory (DDO) Get Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
50010 Spooler Queue Resume Error.%n[%1] Queue resumption process error. Restart. Output section container.
The queue resumption request call was

The queue resumption response

transmitted.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50011 FFOUTPUT Unit Suspend Error.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Restart. Output section container.
error.
The equipment output suspension

request call was not successfully made.

response message was not successfully
transmitted.

50011 FFOutImgPrc Memory (VR) Get Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
50011 Spooler Queue Delete Error.%n[%1] Queue resumption process error. Restart. Output section container.
A queue resumption request was not

A queue resumption response message


50012 FFOUTPUT Unit Resume Error.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption error. Restart. Output section container.
The equipment output resumption request

The equipment output resumption

transmitted.

50012 FFOutImgPrc Dicom Data Object Error.%n%1 The Dicom Data Object is abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50012 Spooler Unit Suspend Error.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Restart. Output section container.
error.

request call was not successfully made.

transmitted.

50013 FFOUTPUT Priority Change Error.%n[%1] Queue priority change error. Output section container.
50013 FFOutImgPrc Dicom Data Object No No information was found in the Dicom Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Data.%n%1 Data Object. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50013 Spooler Unit Resume Error.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption error. Restart. Output section container.
The equipment output resumption request

The equipment output resumption

transmitted.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50013 [50013] Failed in initialization. Mis-setting. The output destination for thumbnail image
is not specified.
Specify the output destination path for
thumbnail image by the Service Utility.
50014 FFOUTPUT Utility Request Error.%n[%1] A utility transition process error occurred. Output section container.
A utility transition request call failed.

A utility transition response message was

not successfully transmitted.

50015 FFOUTPUT Terminate Error.%n[%1] Termination process error. Restart. Output section container.

50020 FFOutImgPrc Data Error.%n%1 A data abnormality was encountered. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50021 FFOutImgPrc Output Job DB Error.%n%1 The output database is abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50022 FFOutImgPrc Memory Over.%n%1 A memory region error occurred. Restart.
50030 FFOutImgPrc OutImgPrc Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred. Restart.
50100 FFOutImgPrc IFormatCom Error.%n%1 The format calculation object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50100 Spooler Spooler Error.%n%1 Common error message. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 Queue information class related occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
message. initialize the image database.
An output job file was not successfully
accessed.
Output job information was not
successfully accessed.
Film information was not successfully
acquired. Information was not
successfully acquired.
The job status was not successfully
acquired (program error).
Job information was not successfully
freed.
 Unit information class related message.
Unit information was not successfully
freed.
 Spooler class related message.
The film count was not successfully
checked.
The image count/image information area
was not successfully acquired.
Unit information was not successfully
acquired.
 Other program error
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50100 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed. ● Contact your service engineer.
50101 FFOutImgPrc IRawMakeCom Error.%n%1 A RAW data creation object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50101 Spooler RunProc Error.%n%1 Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The spooler control state was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 A spool start process was in error. initialize the image database.
 A database connection was not
successfully closed.
50102 FFOutImgPrc FFNetDB Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred at the time of Restart. If the same symptom frequently
network setup data acquisition. occurs, perform a reinstallation.
(It is conceivable that the network setup
database was abnormal.)
50102 Spooler OutputRegisterProc Error.%n%1 Output destination registration process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 The spooler control state was abnormal. initialize the image database.
 An illegal parameter was encountered.
 An output destination registration request
message was not successfully issued.
 An output destination was not
50103 FFOutImgPrc IImgJpegCtrl Error.%n%1 The decompression object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50103 Spooler StateChangeProc Error.%n%1 Local printer/Dicom printer state change Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
notification process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 A printer state change notification
 The unit status was not successfully
acquired.
50104 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgSkGpCtrl Error.%n%1 The normalization process object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50104 Spooler ErrorCheckProc Error.%n%1 Data integrity check process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A data integrity check request message initialize the image database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50105 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgVRSCtrl Error.%n%1 The zoom object (VRS method) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50105 Spooler RestoreJob Error.%n%1 Job restoration error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An unprocessed job restoration request initialize the image database.
50106 FFOutImgPrc IRotateCom Error.%n%1 The rotation object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50106 Spooler SpoolProc Error.%n%1 Spool process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A parameter error occurred. initialize the image database.
 A spool request message was not
successfully issued.
 DDO file information was not successfully
acquired.
50107 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgParamCtrl Error.%n%1 The image process management Restart. If the same symptom frequently
parameter object was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50107 Spooler ReoutputProc Error.%n%1 Reoutput start process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An illegal parameter was encountered. initialize the image database.
 A reoutput start message was not
50108 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgHandCtrl Error.%n%1 An abnormal CR image processing object Restart. If the same symptom frequently
was encountered. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc Error.%n%1 Study termination request processing error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 Spooler control status error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 Illegal parameters. initialize the image database.
 Failed in issuing study termination
request message.
 Other program errors.
50109 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgFCmpCtrl Error.%n%1 FCR compression (compression/ Restart. If the same symptom frequently
decompression (Fuji’s unique method)) occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
was abnormal. initialize the image database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50109 Spooler ExeOutputJob Error.%n%1 Forced output request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A forced output request message was not
 The requested output image data did not
exist.
50110 FFOutImgPrc IDataToPrintCom Error.%n%1 Data conversion (for DICOM) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50110 Spooler GetImageProcJob Error.%n%1 Image processing job acquisition process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An image processing job acquisition
request message was not successfully
issued.
 Data was not databased.
50111 FFOutImgPrc IDataToStorageCom Error.%n%1 Data conversion (for DICOM Storage) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50111 Spooler SetImageProcComplete Image processing completion notification Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 An image processing completion
notification message was not successfully
issued.
50112 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgMoireCtrl Error.%n%1 Moire removal failed. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob Error.%n%1 Output job acquisition response process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An output job acquisition response
50113 FFOutImgPrc IFilmCharMakeCom Error.%n%1 The film annotation character generation Restart. If the same symptom frequently
object was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50113 Spooler SetOutputProcComplete Output completion notification process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 An output completion notification
50114 FFOutImgPrc MaskProcExec Error.%n%1 The blackening process was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output image processing control
50114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob Error.%n%1 Commitment job acquisition response Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 The spooler control status was abnormal. initialize the image database.
 The commitment jog acquisition response
 The data was not found in the database.
 An unknown program error occurred.
50114 Spooler QueueSuspend Error.%n%1 Queue output pause request process error. Spooler
 Abnormal spooler control status.
 Illegal parameter.
 Unsuccessful queue output pause
request message issuance.
50115 FFOutImgPrc RecognizeProcExec Error.%n%1 The blackening automatic recognition Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output image processing control
process was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50115 Spooler SetCommitProcComplete Commitment completion notification Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 The commitment completion notification
 The queue was not found.
 The data was not found in the database.
50115 Spooler QueueResume Error.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A queue output resumption request
50116 FFOutImgPrc ExecMarker Error.%n%1 The marker imbedding process was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50116 Spooler QueueSuspend Error.%n%1 Queue output pause request process error. Spooler
 Abnormal spooler control status.
 Illegal parameter.
 Unsuccessful queue output pause
request message issuance.
50116 Spooler QueueDelete Error.%n%1 Queue deletion request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A queue deletion request message was
not successfully issued.
 Output job file information was not
 Queue deletion was not successful.
 Database access was not successful.
50117 FFOutImgPrc LUTProcExec Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred during a display Restart. If the same symptom frequently
gradation correction process. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50117 Spooler QueueResume Error.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A queue output resumption request
50117 Spooler UnitSuspend Error.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The queue output resumption request
50118 FFOutImgPrc MPMCode Error.%n%1 An error occurred in an output information Restart. If the same symptom frequently
conversion process. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50118 Spooler QueueDelete Error.%n%1 Queue deletion request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A queue deletion request message was
 Output job file information was not
 Queue deletion was not successful.
 Database access was not successful.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50118 Spooler UnitResume Error.%n%1 Unit resumption request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit resumption request message was
50119 FFOutImgPrc Trimming Error.%n%1 An error occurred while in trimming Restart. If the same symptom frequently
processing. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50119 Spooler UnitSuspend Error.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The queue output resumption request
50119 Spooler SuspendProc Error.%n%1 Equipment suspension request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The equipment suspension request
50120 FFOutImgPrc AnnotationProc Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred during the Restart. If the same symptom frequently
annotation information embedding process. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50120 Spooler UnitResume Error.%n%1 Unit resumption request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit resumption request message was
50120 Spooler ResumeProc Error.%n%1 Equipment resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The equipment resumption request
50121 FFOutImgPrc FNCProc Error.%n%1 FNC Proc Error Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50121 Spooler SuspendProc Error.%n%1 Equipment suspension request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The equipment suspension request
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50121 Spooler EndProc Error.%n%1 End request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An end request message was not initialize the image database.
50122 Spooler ResumeProc Error.%n%1 Equipment resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 The equipment resumption request
50122 FFOutImgPrc ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A DDO file was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode: perform a reinstallation and then initialize
%4%n Arbitrary Information the image database.
Details.
50123 Spooler EndProc Error.%n%1 End request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An end request message was not initialize the image database.
50123 FFOutImgPrc DICOM ReplaceVR/Push Error. Data setup was not successfully performed Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
for a DDO file. perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50124 FFOutImgPrc SaveFile Error (%1) Failed in storing the information file (DDO). Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=File path
perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50125 FFOutImgPrc No Original Image File Name. There is no HQ image file in the information Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
file (DDO). perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50126 FFOutImgPrc Get Image File Number Error. The number of image files was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
successfully acquired. perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50127 FFOutImgPrc Get Original DDO FileName Error A DDO filename was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=File path
: [%1] acquired. perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50128 FFOutImgPrc Get Output DDO FileName Error. The output DDO file name was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
successfully acquired. perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50129 FFCustomMsgBox Disk storing failed. * Contact your service engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50129 FFOutImgPrc OutputJob Object Data Set (%1) File data setup failed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=File path
Error perform a reinstallation and then initialize
the image database.
50130 FFOutImgPrc FFGeneralImageProc.Initialize Component initialization failed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Error. perform a reinstallation.
50131 FFOutImgPrc File Copy Failed : [%1] -> [%2] The file was unsuccessfully copied. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Path of the source file for copying
perform a reinstallation. %2=Path of the target file for copying
50132 FFOutImgPrc Make Image File Failed. Image file creation failed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
50133 FFOutImgPrc Make Output DDO File Failed. The output DDO file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
created. perform a reinstallation.
50150 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to output to C@Rna ● Contact your service engineer.
data center resulted in a failure.
50163 FFOutImgPrc SetImgInf Error.%n%1 Information retrieval from DDO for Restart both the server application and
reference failed. client application.
If this situation should occur frequently,
reinstall and initialize the image DB.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50200 FFCustomMsgBox [50200] Failed in output Just as the message states.
processing of JPEG/BMP file.
> Contact your service engineer.
50205 FFCustomMsgBox [50205] Failed in the output of Just as the message states.
JPEG/BMP file.
> Failed in gaining access to the
folder to save.
> Check the conditions of the
folder to save.
> The name of the output
destination is invalid.
+ Contact your service engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50501 PlusStorageUpload Failed in uploading data to the Just as the message states. Contact your service engineer.
FileCreateService data center. Contact the support
center.
50502 PlusStorageUpload Failed in creating data to be Just as the message states. Contact your service engineer.
FileCreateService uploaded to the data center.
Contact the support center.
50503 PlusStorageUpload Data has not been uploaded to Just as the message states. Contact your service engineer if a network %s indicates the number of days which has
FileCreateService the data center for %s day(s). device is correctly connected. been set in 35-10.
Check the network device.
50600 FFCustomMsgBox A fatal error occurred. * Contact your service engineer.
50604 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in registering the following * Contact your service engineer.
images.
StudyInstanceUID : %s
SOPInstanceUID : %s
50605 FFCustomMsgBox Data in the disk inserted into the * Contact your service engineer.
drive for storage may have been
broken.
50702 PDIWizard PDI Drive None PDI output is disabled on this equipment. System settings may not have been
performed correctly. Verify settings and
reperform PDI output.
50703 PDIWizard Drive Select Error No disk drive could be recognized. Check to see that the disk drive is
connected and retry to recognize disk
drive.
50704 PDIWizard Media Eject Error The disk could not be removed. It is possible that the disk is being used. If
so, reperform PDI output after the currently
performed operation is finished.
50704 PDIWizard Eject FALSE The disk could not be removed.
50710 PDIWizard Download File None There are no images for PDI output. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Image File None None of the images is available for PDI Restart the server application and client
output. application. If the same error recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50710 PDIWizard GetUnicodeVR Error Failed to capture image information from Restart the server application and client
the images for PDI output. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard PDI Template Folder None The is no template folder for PDI output. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard OutImageProc Run Proc Err Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
failed. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard OutImageProc ExecImageProc Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
Err failed. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard OutputJob SetItem Err Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard OutImageProc ImageProc Err Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard DICOMStreamFile Create Error Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard MediaUID Create Error Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50710 PDIWizard DICOMDIR Create Start Error Creation of a file targeted for PDI output Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Modality Name Invalid Data is illegal. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard FFDiskWriteCom Init Error Component initialization failed. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Media Check Error The inserted disk could not be checked. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Drive Eject Lock Error The drive could not be locked. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Param Error Data is illegal. Restart the server application and client
50710 PDIWizard Get Server Name Error An attempt to acquire server equipment Restart the server application and client
name failed. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard Get Caption Error An attempt to acquire character strings to Restart the server application and client
be displayed on the screen resulted in a application. If the same error recurs,
failure. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50710 PDIWizard Get SystemInfo Error An attempt to acquire system setup Restart the server application and client
information resulted in a failure. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard Get IPAddress Error Acquisition of IP address resulted in a Restart the server application and client
failure. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard BG GetMutexl Error An error occurred in an attempt to acquire Restart the server application and client
exclusive right of the drive. application. If the same error recurs,
50710 PDIWizard [50710] Failed in output An error which usually does not occur. Restart the computer.
processing. If restarting does not resolve the issue,
50750 PDIWizard Initialize Error. An error occurred during B’sGOLD library Restart the server application and client
initialization processing. application. If the same error recurs,
50751 PDIWizard Terminate Error. An error occurred during B’sGOLD library Restart the server application and client
termination processing. application. If the same error recurs,
50752 PDIWizard GetMutex Error. An error occurred in an attempt to acquire Restart the server application and client
50753 PDIWizard FreeMutex Error. An error occurred in an attempt to release Restart the server application and client
50754 PDIWizard DecideDrive Error. An error occurred during drive selection Check to see that the disk drive is
processing. connected, and reperform the same
processing.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50755 PDIWizard GetMediaInfo Error. An error occurred in an attempt to acquire Restart the server application and client
disk information. application. If the same error recurs,
50756 PDIWizard WriteMedia Error. An error occurred when writing data onto a If another application is up and running,
disk. shut it down and reperform data writing or
restart the computer and then reperform it.
50757 PDIWizard Eject Error. The disk could not be removed. It is possible that the disk is being used. If
so, retry PDI output after the currently
performed operation is finished.
50578 PDIWizard EjectLock Error. The drive could not be locked. Restart the server application and client
50579 PDIWizard EjectUnLock Error. An error occurred when unlocking the Restart the server application and client
drive. application. If the same error recurs,
50760 PDIWizard Program Error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
50800 FFCustomMsgBox [50800] An error occurred by a An unknown error occurred. Check that the network cable is connected
free layout. and the server computer is started, and
then retry the operation.
*Check that the network cable is Restart both the server application and
connected, and then execute client application.
again. Check that the server If the same error recurs, perform a
computer is started, and then reinstallation.
execute again. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
>If the same symptom recurs the situation in which the error occurred,
even after performing the above, and submit the event log to the
contact our service engineer. manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50806 FFCustomMsgBox [50806] Failed in film output of the It is possible that the network cable was Check that the network cable is connected
Free Layout. not attached at the time of film output. and the server computer is started, and
then retry the operation.
*Check that the network cable is Restart both the server application and
connected, and then execute client application.
again. Check that the server If the same error recurs, perform a
computer is started, and then reinstallation.
execute again. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
>If the same symptom recurs the situation in which the error occurred,
even after performing the above, and submit the event log to the
contact our service engineer. manufacturer.
50810 FreeLayout The thread has already started. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Communicator application.
If the same error recurs, confirm the
50810 FreeLayout Delete “···” failed. A program error occurred. Restart the server application. Deletion of files or folders created with free
Communicator Exceptional error (message output If the same error recurs, confirm the layout failed. (If Read-only is checked,
by OS). situation in which the error occurred, and uncheck it.)
50810 FreeLayout Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Communicator by OS). application.
50810 FreeLayout directory is already exists.··· Already existing file name. There is no operational problem.
Communicator
50811 FreeLayout Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client Free layout output file deletion processing
Communicator by OS). application. has failed.
50812 FreeLayout CreatorIF.FLCRequest(···) failed. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client A free layout print request has failed.
50813 FreeLayout Thread(Id=···, ···, Name=··· ) An invalid event has been received. Restart the server application and client
Communicator unknown Event=··· application.
50814 FreeLayout Thread(Id=···, ···, Name=··· ) An invalid event has been received. Restart the server application and client
Communicator strCmd=··· application.
strsrc=··· If the same error recurs, confirm the
strDest=··· situation in which the error occurred, and
strData=··· submit the event log to the manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50816 FreeLayout Thread(Id=···, ···, Name=··· ) A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Communicator Rename Failed application.
Communicator PostMessage Failed application.
Communicator EndProcComplete notification application.
Failed If the same error recurs, confirm the
Communicator DDOSetting Failed application.
Communicator Conversion Failed application.
Communicator OutImagePrc.RunProc() failed application.
Communicator new OutputJobComClass() failed application.
Communicator OutImagePrc.ExecImageProc application.
failed If the same error recurs, confirm the
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Communicator new FFDicomObj.DicomObj() application.
failed If the same error recurs, confirm the
Communicator Image type judgment failed application.
Communicator DDO Tag Not Exist failed application.
Communicator DDO Data Length=0 application.
Communicator Exception Error application.
Communicator RunProcComplete notification application.
50816 FreeLayout Thread(Id=···, ···, Name=··· ) A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client An output image creation error has
Communicator ImageProcComplete notification application. occurred.
Communicator AnnotationConversion Failed application.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Communicator Error at Create Message Pipe. application.
50818 FreeLayout StudySeq count error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client There is not even one study information
Communicator application. set.
50818 FreeLayout ExecuteSqlSelect error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and An exception has occurred with search of
Communicator client application. the study DB.
reinstallation.
If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Communicator by OS). application.
50818 FreeLayout DDOFile Not found error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client Setting of output information to DDO has
Communicator application. failed.
50818 FreeLayout ChangeUserIdToPersonName A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client PN conversion processing has failed.
Communicator error. application.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBConnect error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Connection to NetConfigDB has failed.
Communicator client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetDeviceList error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Device name retrieval has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetDicomAE error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and AE information retrieval (retrieval failed
Communicator client application. error).
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetDicomAE error. Not A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and AE information retrieval (not applicable).
Communicator found. client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetDicomPrint error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and DicomPrint information retrieval has failed.
Communicator client application. Not applicable
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBClose error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and NetConfig disconnection has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout DDO Not found error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and The LUT file set to each device does not
Communicator client application. exist.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout FFGetString error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the NetConfigDB connection
Communicator client application. text string from Directory.ini has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetSysDeviceID error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of an own system device ID has
Communicator client application. failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFNetDBGetLUTFile error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and PresentationLUT retrieval has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Fatal error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the specified path information
Communicator client application. from Directory.ini has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFGetString error.( ···) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the specified path information
Communicator client application. from Directory.ini has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout GetLanguageValue error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Language setting retrieval has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout GetFormatInfo error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the format setting from the
Communicator client application. system DB has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout GetFontInfo error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Font setting retrieval has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFCreateUID error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and UID number creation has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the output resolution for a
Communicator (OutputResolution) client application. non-FCR image has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Institution name retrieval has failed.
Communicator (InstitutionName) client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the free layout set value from
Communicator (FreeLayoutPatientIdFlag) client application. the system settings DB has failed.
If the same error recurs, perform a (FreeLayoutPatientIdFlag)
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the free layout set value from
Communicator (FreeLayoutDiskSize) client application. the system settings DB has failed.
If the same error recurs, perform a (FreeLayoutDiskSize)
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Setting retrieval from the system settings
Communicator (MsgTableName) client application. DB has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(Multibyte) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the multibyte use classification
Communicator client application. has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(Font) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font name has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSize) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeS) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size S has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeSS) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size SS has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeM) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size M has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeL) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size L has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeLL) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size LL has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size bar has failed.
Communicator (FontSizeStudyWindowBar) client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error.(FontSizeText) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size text has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout Get FontInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the font size overlay has failed.
Communicator (FontSizeOverlayInfo) client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the date format has failed.
Communicator (DateFormat) client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SystemInfo Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the time format has failed.
Communicator (TimeFormat) client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get SysMDB error. (···) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of a text string or a numerical
Communicator client application. value from the text DB has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Execute FFNetDBGetSystemInfo A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the system information for the
Communicator error.(···) client application. Device ID has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get MeasurUnit Error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Unit retrieval from the system settings has
Communicator (SystemMeasurUnit) client application. failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout FFStrDBReadString Error.(···) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of angle measuring unit text
Communicator client application. string has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFStrDBConnect error.(···) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Opening of the text DB has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout FFGetString error.(···) A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Retrieval of the text DB file path has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout GetUserIDToName Error. User information retrieval has failed. Restart both the server application and
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout Get ddo_alloc_string_VR Error. VR allocation failure error. Restart both the server application and
Communicator PN conversion failure error. client application.
Information retrieval failure error after PN If the same error recurs, perform a
conversion. reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout CreateXMLObject Error. XML file read-in conversion has failed. Restart both the server application and
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50818 FreeLayout RegistExclusion Error. Exclusion right retrieval has failed. Restart both the server application and
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50818 FreeLayout ResetExclusion Error. Exclusion right has been released. Restart the server application and client
50819 FreeLayout DownloadFile error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client File download from the server has failed.
50819 FreeLayout GetPathInfo error.(USER_TEMP_ A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Work folder retrieval from Directory.ini has
Communicator PATH) client application. failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout CABFilePack error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and CAB packing has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout UploadToOutput error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Uploading has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50819 FreeLayout DDO Not Initialize Exception. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Initialization has failed.
Communicator Exceptional error. client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout DDO Tag Not Exist Exception. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Missing tag error.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout DDO TagLengh Zero Exception. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Length error.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and
Communicator by OS). client application.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout DDO Load Exception. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Load failure error.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout DDO Not Initialize. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and DICOM handle not set error.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50819 FreeLayout DDO Save Exception. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and Saving has failed.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout DOD Tag Not Exist. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and A tag does not exist.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50819 FreeLayout Exceptional error. A program error occurred. Restart both the server application and An exception has occurred when an error
Communicator client application. occurred with access to the network by
If the same error recurs, perform a pluggable protocol.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
50855 FFCustomMsgBox [50855] Format name cannot be Prohibited characters have been used for a Reconfirm the format name and try again.
empty or contain special character format name.
(\ / : * ? “ < > |).
*Please confirm the format name

again.
50856 FFCustomMsgBox [50856] There exists format with The entered format name already exists. Change the name and try again.
the same name.
*Please input the new one.

50858 FFCustomMsgBox [50858] The maximum number of The upper limit for the number of formats Delete registered formats and try again.
formats creatable has been which can be created has been exceeded.
reached.
*To create new format, please

delete older format(s).
50861 FFCustomMsgBox [50861] Unable to set up printer. No printer has been set. Use the service utility to confirm the printer
Free Layout cannot be started. settings and try again.
>Contact your service engineer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
50862 FFCustomMsgBox [50862] Failed in Free Layout The output target folder may not have been Restart both the server application and
output. specified. client application.
If the same error recurs, restart the
*Restart the computer. computer.
>Contact your service engineer if If restarting of the computer does not
restarting of the computer does resolve the problem, confirm the situation
not resolve the problem. in which the error occurred, and submit the
50863 FFCustomMsgBox [50863] Failed in Free Layout File output to the output target folder may Restart both the server application and
output. not be possible. client application.
50864 FFCustomMsgBox [50864] There is not enough It is possible that there is not sufficient free Restart the computer and then retry the
memory. memory for reading in images at the free operation.
layout screen. If restarting of the computer does not
*Restart the computer. resolve the problem, confirm the situation
>Contact your service engineer if in which the error occurred, and submit the
restarting of the computer does event log to the manufacturer.
50867 FFCustomMsgBox [50867] No image layout has been Printing has been executed without Perform image layout and try again.
performed. execution of image layout.
Printing cannot be executed.
50872 FFCustomMsgBox [50872] Insufficient monitor The monitor resolution is not sufficient. Change the resolution of the PC and try
resolution. Free Layout screen again.
cannot be displayed.

50873 FFCustomMsgBox [50873] An error has occurred. An error with unknown cause has occurred. Restart both the server application and
Free Layout will be terminated. client application.
50875 FreeLayout ErrorCode:%1%n An error has occurred at the free layout Restart both the server application and
Communicator SubSystem:%2%n screen. client application.
SourceFile: %3%n If the same error recurs, perform a
SpotCode: %4%n reinstallation.
The error at the time of start of the If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
freelayout screen.\n the situation in which the error occurred,
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51001 FFOUTPUT Initialize Warning.%n[%1] Initialization process warning. Check the network settings again. If the Output section container.
 The output equipment execution was not settings are correct, perform a
successfully started. reinstallation.
 The output equipment name (AE name/
host name) was not successfully acquired
(there was an inconsistency between the
option and network settings).
 The FFNET database was not
51001 Spooler Initialize Warning.%n[%1] Initialization process warning. Check the network settings again. If the Output section container.
 The output equipment execution was not settings are correct, perform a
successfully started. reinstallation.
 The output equipment name (AE name/
host name) was not successfully acquired
(there was an inconsistency between the
option and network settings).
 The FFNET database was not
51002 FFOUTPUT State Change Warning.%n[%1] State change notification process warning. Restart. Output section container.
 An acquisition request was not
successfully answered.
51002 Spooler State Change Warning.%n[%1] State change notification process warning. Restart. Output section container.
 An acquisition request was not
successfully answered.
51003 FFOUTPUT Routine Change Warning.%n[%1] Output section container.
51003 Spooler Routine Change Warning.%n[%1] Output section container.
51004 FFOUTPUT Spool Warning.%n[%1] Spool process warning. Output section container.
51004 Spooler Spool Warning.%n[%1] Spool process warning. Output section container.
51005 FFOUTPUT ExeOutput Warning.%n[%1] Forced-output process warning Output section container.
51005 Spooler ExeOutput Warning.%n[%1] Forced-output process warning Output section container.
51006 FFOUTPUT Image Proc Warning.%n[%1] An image process warning. Output section container.
51006 Spooler Utility Request Warning.%n[%1] A utility transition process warning. Output section container.
51007 FFOUTPUT Output Proc Warning.%n[%1] Output processing warning Output section container.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51007 Spooler Terminate Warning.%n[%1] Termination process warning. Restart. Output section container.
 A process status flag was not successfully
set.
 A process termination response message
 An abnormality occurrence notification
transmitted.
 A message box was not successfully
displayed.
 A spooler termination request was not
 A spooler control end request was not
 The spooler control end response state
was abnormal.
 An image process control end request
 An output device control end request was
 The output device control end response
state was abnormal.
51008 FFOUTPUT Commit Proc Warning.%n[%1] Commitment process warning. Output section container.
51008 Spooler Image Proc Warning.%n[%1] An image process warning. Output section container.
51009 FFOUTPUT Queue Resume Warning.%n[%1] Queue resumption process warning. Output section container.
51009 Spooler Output Proc Warning.%n[%1] Output processing warning Output section container.
51010 FFCustomMsgBox Specified device does not exist. The setup data was incorrect or the Check settings or the equipment.
equipment not started.
51010 FFOUTPUT Queue Delete Warning.%n[%1] Queue deletion process warning. Output section container.
51010 Spooler Queue Resume Warning.%n[%1] Queue resumption process warning. Output section container.
51011 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading of the The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
configuration file (TagLookup.ini). file could not be read.
51011 FFOUTPUT Unit Suspend Warning.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Output section container.
warning.
51011 Spooler Queue Delete Warning.%n[%1] Queue deletion process warning. Output section container.
51012 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading of the gray level The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
correction file. file could not be read.
51012 FFOUTPUT Unit Resume Warning.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption warning. Output section container.
51012 Spooler Unit Suspend Warning.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Output section container.
warning.
51013 FFOUTPUT Priority Change Warning.%n[%1] Queue priority change warning. Output section container.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51013 Spooler Unit Resume Warning.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption warning. Output section container.
51014 FFOUTPUT Utility Request Warning.%n[%1] A utility transition process warning. Output section container.
51015 FFOUTPUT Terminate Warning.%n[%1] Termination process warning. Restart. Output section container.
 A process status flag was not successfully
set.
 A process termination response message
 An abnormality occurrence notification
transmitted.
 A message box was not successfully
displayed.
 A spooler termination request was not
 A spooler control end request was not
 The spooler control end response state
was abnormal.
 An image process control end request
 An output device control end request was
 The output device control end response
state was abnormal.
51025 FFCustomMsgBox An image being output exists. Press OK to shut down the system.
51050 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to output images to
the printer resulted in a failure.
51051 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to output images to
the printer resulted in a failure.
51100 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe method exception error system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
at the time of Run Proc error occurred.
execution.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51101 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: End Proc execution was used. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
at the time of End Proc execution.\ error occurred.
n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51102 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when the queue Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% operation termination notification method perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nNotice method exception was used. An internal system error %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error of a Queue operation end.\n occurred. error occurred.
an error occurred.
51103 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: execution. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of an end during main thread error occurred.
an error occurred.
51104 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output operation table was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully initialized. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe initialization error of an error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
output operation table.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51105 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Output operation table state transition Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: failed. An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error at the time of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
state changes of an output error occurred.
operation table.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51106 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% XMLCreation process. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nXMLCreation processing error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
exception error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51107 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during SQL Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% execution. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nExecQuery error.\n occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51108 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The SQL execution result was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully acquired. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nSQL execution result error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
acquisition error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51109 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an output Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% operation read process. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nOutput operation reading error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processing exception error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51110 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The output operation information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully deleted. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nOutput operation error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
information deletion error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51149 FFOutPutEvent ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
4%nUnknown Error.\n reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51200 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The constructor was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: generated. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error at the time of occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
constructor generation.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51201 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe error at the time of the occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
message transmission to a main error occurred.
thread.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
message transmission2 to a main error occurred.
an error occurred.
51203 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message transmission to the output thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe error at the time of the %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51204 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A message transmission to the reserve Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% queue failed. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe message transmitting occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error to reserve queue.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51205 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message transmission to the status Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% monitoring thread failed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe message transmitting error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error to a state surveillance error occurred.
an error occurred.
51206 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: MediaOutputPrc execution was used. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe method exception error An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
at the time of Media Output Proc error occurred.
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51210 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during output Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% request thread execution. This is an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe exception error at the internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of an end during output error occurred.
thread execution.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51211 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred while the status Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: monitoring thread was being executed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the This is an internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of an end during surveillance error occurred.
an error occurred.
51212 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An XML character string was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% successfully read. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nXML character sequence load occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51213 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 With the Client Utility, review the setup Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: information about the automatic verification perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nXML character reading user. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51214 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The history information file was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully created. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nHistory information file error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generation error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51215 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image storage request data was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nPicture storage demand error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
data creation error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51216 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an XML Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: character read process. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nXML character reading error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51217 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A media control instruction component Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% deletion request was not successfully perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nMedia control directions issued. An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
component deletion demand error occurred.
failure.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51249 FFMediaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
4%nUnknown Error.\n reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51250 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The constructor was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51251 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51252 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message transmission to the output thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51253 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A message transmission to the reserve Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% queue failed. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe message transmitting occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51254 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51255 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51256 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51257 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during output Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% request thread execution. This is an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
4%nThe exception error at the internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51258 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 With the Client Utility, review the setup Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51259 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A DDO filename was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nDDO file name reading %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51260 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during an XML Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: character read process. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nXML character reading error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51261 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image processing failed. An internal Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt error-generates within a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processed picture generation error occurred.
component.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51262 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The number of images was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully read. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPicture number-of-sheets occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
reading error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51263 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A bitmap generation process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt error-generates in bit map error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generation processing.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51264 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when an attempt Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was made to create a bitmap. This is an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of bit map creation.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51265 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RAW data was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nRAW data reading error.\n %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51266 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when an attempt Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was made to create a JPEG file. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of Jpeg file creation.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51267 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The history file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: created. An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nHistory file creation went %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
wrong.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51268 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during a history file Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: creation process. This is an internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nHistory file creation error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51269 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The general-purpose file was not With the User Utility, check the copy %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully output. The copy destination destination setting. If the same error identifies an error.
%4%nFile path specification of a file path was not properly specified. recurs, perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
copy place is unusual.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51270 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The general-purpose file was not With the User Utility, check the copy %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully output. The copy destination destination setting. If the same error identifies an error.
%4%nThe holder of a copy place file path was not properly specified. recurs, perform a reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
is not found.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51271 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during the copy Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: destination output process. The network perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nCopy advance withdrawal was disconnected while a file was copied. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
power processing exception error error occurred.
(a network cuts during a file %3=Source File: The program file where
copy).\n an error occurred.
51272 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nUnknown Error.\n reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51284 FFGeneralOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Component initialization failed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nAn initialization error of a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
component error occurred.
(FFMultiImgProcCOM).\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51285 GeneralOutput I failed in the setting of the input A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
image format. application. If the same error recurs,
51286 GeneralOutput DDO file name reading error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
51287 GeneralOutput Width of the output image size or A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
height is 0. application. If the same error recurs,
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51300 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The constructor was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51301 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51302 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message transmission to the output thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51303 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A message transmission to the reserve Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: queue failed. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe message transmitting occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51304 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Message transmission to the status Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: monitoring thread failed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe message transmitting error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error to a state surveillance error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51305 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a method for Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
an error occurred.
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: CaRnaOutputPrc execution was used. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe method exception error An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
at the time of C@Rna Output Proc error occurred.
an error occurred.
51308 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during main thread Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51309 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during output Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: request thread execution. This is an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51310 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred while the status Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: monitoring thread was being executed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe exception error at the This is an internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
time of an end during surveillance error occurred.
an error occurred.
51311 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 With the Client Utility, review the setup Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
an error occurred.
51312 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The number of images was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nPicture number-of-sheets occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51313 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The delivery type was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: read. An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe reading error of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
delivery classification.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51314 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The abstract syntax was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: read. An internal system error occurred. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nAbstract syntax reading %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51315 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The transmission syntax was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nTransmission syntax occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51316 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: An attempt to read the C@Rna image Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: transfer parameter character string failed. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%3%nSpotCode: %4%nC@Rna An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
picture transmission parameter error occurred.
character sequence reading error.\ %3=Source File: The program file where
n an error occurred.
51317 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A DDO filename was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nDDO file name reading %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51318 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when an attempt Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was made to read XML characters. perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nXML character reading An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51319 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The DICOM stream file was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nDICOM stream file creation error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51320 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A DDO file was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nDDO file Open error.\n %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51321 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The property settings are inconsistent. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThey are those with %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
inconsistency to a property setup.\ error occurred.
an error occurred.
51322 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image processing failed. An internal Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt error-generates within a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
processed picture generation error occurred.
component.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51323 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A bitmap generation process was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nIt error-generates in bit map error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generation processing.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51324 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred while an image Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: storage request process was being perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPicture storage request performed. This is an internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51325 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 Image storage failed. An internal system Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nThe error at the time of %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
picture storage execution.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51326 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to register a case study image Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: registration file failed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error at the time of error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
case picture registration file error occurred.
registration.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51327 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred during a case study Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: image registration process. This is an perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nCase picture registration internal system error. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
51328 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when a DICOM Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: stream image generation process was perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nDICOM stream picture performed. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
generation processing exception error occurred.
error.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51329 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to make a request for a remote Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: radiological interpretation request upload perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe error at the time of a failed. An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
Teleradiology request upload error occurred.
demand.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51330 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An exception occurred when an attempt Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: was made to make a request for a remote perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nTeleradiology request radiological interpretation request upload. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
upload demand exception error. This is an internal system error. error occurred.
\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51331 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The delivery result notification was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: successfully sent to the output main perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nA delivery result is notified process. An internal system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
to an output main process. error occurred.
It error-notifies.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51332 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 PN conversion/unicode data acquisition Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: from a DICOMObject failed. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPN conversion, the Unicode system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
data acquisition error from DICOM error occurred.
Object.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51333 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 PN conversion/internal expression change Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nPN conversion, an internal %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
expression change error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
51334 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to acquire the upload support Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: component status failed. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nUpload support component system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
state acquisition error.\n error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51337 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem: The upload support component process Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%2%nSourceFile: was aborted. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%3%nSpotCode: %4%nUpload occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
support component processing error occurred.
discontinuation.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51338 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to output an image to the C@ Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Rna data center failed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe application error by the error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
side of the upload support error occurred.
component at the time of state %3=Source File: The program file where
acquisition.\n an error occurred.
51339 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to output an image to the C@ Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: Rna data center failed. An internal system perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nThe upload support error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
component communication error error occurred.
at the time of state acquisition.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51340 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A timeout occurred when an attempt was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: made to output an image. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nPicture output timeout.\n system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51341 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A queue deletion request failed on the Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: upload support component side. An internal perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
%4%nA upload support system error occurred. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
component side Queue-deletion- error occurred.
demand-goes wrong.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51342 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An attempt to start the upload support Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile: %3%nSpotCode: component failed. An internal system error perform a reinstallation. identifies an error.
upload support component error occurred.
starting.\n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
51343 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 The RAW data was not successfully read. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nRAW data reading error.\n %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51399 FFCaRnaOutput ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart both the server PC and client PC. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%4%nUnknown Error.\n reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
error occurred.
an error occurred.
51601 FFCustomMsgBox The disk inserted in drive for ● Launch the Client Utlity and execute
management is inconsistent. “Disk Restoration.”
51602 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in mounting the disk ● Launch the Client Utility and change
inserted in drive for management. disks.
51603 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in writing disk management ● Ensure that the drive has been
information. Possible causes are: connected correctly and a disk has been
(1) The drive has not been inserted into the drive.
connected or power of drive is
off.
(2) No disk inserted or another
disk inserted.
51801 FFCustomMsgBox [51801] Free Layout cannot be The free layout screen has been started Retry the operation.
performed since images are being during image display. If the problem is not resolved, restart the
displayed. client application.
*Please wait and retry.

51804 FFCustomMsgBox [51804] Output in progress… Film output has been performed during film Retry the operation after completion of film
output. output.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51805 FFCustomMsgBox [51805] Printer has not been set No printer has been set. Use the service utility to confirm the printer
up. settings and try again.

51807 FFCustomMsgBox [51807] Certain study is being Nothing particular.
viewed by either one of the units.
+Do you wish to continue

processing except for the study
being viewed?
51808 FFCustomMsgBox [51808] Certain study is being The same study is being referenced from a Retry the operation.
viewed by either one of the units. different client PC. If the problem is not resolved, restart the
client application.
51809 FFCustomMsgBox [51809] Free disk space is Free disk space is insufficient. Delete unnecessary files to increase free
insufficient. disk space, and then try again.
If the problem is not resolved, restart the
*If the free layout screen is being server application and client application.
displayed, close the screen first
and then try again.
*Delete unnecessary files to
increase free disk space.
>If not possible to do so, contact
51865 FFCustomMsgBox [51865] Application cannot display There may be no database being used by Restart the PC and then retry the
notes or perform note setting. free layout or access may not be possible. operation.
If the problem is not resolved, perform a
*Restart the computer. reinstallation.
51866 FFCustomMsgBox [51866] Failed in storing image There may be no database being used by Restart the PC and then retry the
incidental information setting. free layout or access may not be possible. operation.
If the problem is not resolved, perform a
*Restart the computer. reinstallation.
51868 FFCustomMsgBox [51868] Study images are being Layout change for the image being read in Retry the operation after image reading
imported. has been performed during reading of a completion.
Layout cannot be changed during study image. If the problem is not resolved, restart the
image import. client application.
51869 FFCustomMsgBox [51869] Images subject to layout At the time of reading an image, an Retry the operation after image reading
are being imported. operation has been performed to the image completion.
No operation can be performed on being read in. If the problem is not resolved, restart the
images being imported. client application.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
51870 FFCustomMsgBox [51870] Cannot read image data. There may be no database being used by Restart the PC and then retry the
free layout or access may not be possible. operation.
*Restart the computer. If the problem is not resolved, perform a
>Contact your service engineer if reinstallation.
52000 FFOutImgPrc Warning.%n%1 Information for developers. There is no operational problem.
52100 Spooler Spooler Warning.%n%1 Common warning message. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 Queue information class related occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
message. Image information initialize the image database.
(SOPInstanceUID) was not successfully
acquired. The job status was not
 Spooler class related message.
A database connection was not
successfully closed.
 Illegal image display format data.
52101 Spooler RunProc Warning.%n%1 Initialization process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A character string database connection occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
was not successfully opened. initialize the image database.
52102 Spooler OutputRegisterProc Output destination registration process Spooler
Warning.%n%1 warning
52103 Spooler StateChangeProc Warning.%n%1 Local printer/Dicom printer state change Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
notification process warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 A unit state character string was not initialize the image database.
52104 Spooler ErrorCheckProc Warning.%n%1 Data integrity check process warning. Spooler
52105 Spooler RestoreJob Warning.%n%1 Job restoration warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An output job file was not successfully occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
accessed. initialize the image database.
52106 Spooler SpoolProc Warning.%n%1 Spool process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 Unit information acquisition was not occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
successful. initialize the image database.
 File deletion was not successful.
 Queue cancellation was not successful.
 Data was not successfully written into a
log file.
52107 Spooler ReoutputProc Warning.%n%1 Reoutput start process warning Spooler
52108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc Examination end request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1  A database was not successfully occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
accessed. initialize the image database.
 DDO file information was not successfully
acquired.
52109 Spooler ExeOutputJob Warning.%n%1 Forced output request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 DDO file information was not successfully occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
acquired. initialize the image database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
52110 Spooler GetImageProcJob Warning.%n%1 Image processing job acquisition process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 An output unit type parameter error initialize the image database.
occurred.
52111 Spooler SetImageProcComplete Image processing completion notification Spooler
Warning.%n%1 process warning
52112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob Output job acquisition response process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1 warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 An output unit type parameter error was initialize the image database.
encountered.
52113 Spooler SetOutputProcComplete Output completion notification process Spooler
Warning.%n%1 warning
52114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob Commitment job acquisition response Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1 process warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
 A commitment equipment type parameter initialize the image database.
error occurred.
52114 Spooler QueueSuspend Warning.%n%1 Queue output pause request process Spooler
warning.
52115 Spooler SetCommitProcComplete Commitment completion notification Spooler
Warning.%n%1 process warning.
52115 Spooler QueueResume Warning.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Spooler
warning.
52116 Spooler QueueSuspend Warning.%n%1 Queue output pause request process Spooler
warning.
52116 Spooler QueueDelete Warning.%n%1 Queue deletion request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An image database flag was not occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
successfully set. initialize the image database.
 The DDO file was not successfully
deleted.
52117 Spooler QueueResume Warning.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Spooler
warning.
52117 Spooler UnitSuspend Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit status character string was not occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
successfully acquired. initialize the image database.
52118 Spooler QueueDelete Warning.%n%1 Queue deletion request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 An image database flag was not occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
successfully set. initialize the image database.
 The DDO file was not successfully
deleted.
52118 Spooler UnitResume Warning.%n%1 Unit resumption request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit status acquisition error occurred. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
52119 Spooler UnitSuspend Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit status character string was not occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
successfully acquired. initialize the image database.
52119 Spooler SuspendProc Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning Spooler
52120 Spooler UnitResume Warning.%n%1 Unit resumption request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 A unit status acquisition error occurred. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
52120 Spooler ResumeProc Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning Spooler
52121 Spooler SuspendProc Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning Spooler
52121 Spooler EndProc Warning.%n%1 End request process warning Spooler
52122 Spooler ResumeProc Warning.%n%1 Unit suspension request process warning Spooler
52123 Spooler EndProc Warning.%n%1 End request process warning Spooler
> Check the network settings with
the output device.
> Check the network settings of
the output destination.
52209 FFCustomMsgBox [52209] Failed in writing JPEG/ Just as the message states.
BMP file to the output destination.
> Check the free space of the
recording media.
> No writable operation is allowed
in the output destination folder.
> It may be write-protected.
52700 PDIWizard [52700] The output processing
has been aborted.
52701 PDIWizard Media Not Insert No disk is inserted. This disk is unwritable. Insert a disk and retry processing.
52702 PDIWizard [52702] Free space is insufficient Too much output might be specified for the Reduce the number of studies to be output
on the specified destination. storage destination. and try again.
52703 PDIWizard [52703] The same file name Caution Change the path or file name to save data
already exists. and try again.
52704 PDIWizard [52704] Failed in connecting to Trouble of the device or disconnection is Check the power supply and connection to
the hard disk on the network. the possible cause. the hard disk on the network.
If the issue is not resolved, contact your
maintenance representative.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
52704 [52704] Cannot connect to the Connection failure with a storage device Confirm the condition of the storage device
storage device. (NAS or USB-HDD). (NAS or USB-HDD).
52705 PDIWizard [52705] Specified folder cannot be Caution Check if the specified folder can be opened
opened. and retry it.
If the issue is not resolved, contact your
maintenance representative.
52706 PDIWizard Media Not Blank Data already written on this disk. This disk Insert a blank disk and retry processing.
is unwritable.
52707 PDIWizard Media Not Support An unsupported disk was inserted. Insert a supported disk and retry
This disk in unwritable. processing.
52708 PDIWizard Disk Capacity Over Free disk space is insufficient. This disk is Decrease studies to be output and retry
unwritable. processing.
52709 [52709] The save path is too long. It appears if the save destination path is * Change the path length to 180 characters
too long when a folder is specified as the or less and try again.
destination in the PDI wizard.
53000 FFOutImgPrc Infomation.%n%1 Information for developers. There is no operational problem.
53001 FFOUTPUT Initialize Infomation.%n[%1] Initialization process information Output section container.
53001 Spooler Initialize Infomation.%n[%1] Initialization process information Output section container.
53002 FFOUTPUT State Change Information.%n[%1] State change notification process Output section container.
information
53002 Spooler State Change Information.%n[%1] State change notification process Output section container.
information
53003 FFOUTPUT Routine Change Routine change processing information Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53003 Spooler Routine Change Routine change processing information Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53004 FFOUTPUT Spool Information.%n[%1] Spool process information Output section container.
53004 Spooler Spool Information.%n[%1] Spool process information Output section container.
53005 FFOUTPUT ExeOutput Information.%n[%1] Forced-output process information Output section container.
53005 Spooler ExeOutput Information.%n[%1] Forced-output process information Output section container.
53006 Spooler Utility Request A utility transition process information. Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53006 FFOUTPUT Image Proc Information.%n[%1] Image process information. Output section container.
53007 Spooler Terminate Information.%n[%1] Termination process warning Output section container.
53007 FFOUTPUT Output Proc Information.%n[%1] Output processing information Output section container.
53008 Spooler Image Proc Information.%n[%1] Image process information. Output section container.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53008 FFOUTPUT Commit Proc Commitment process information output
Information.%n[%1] section container.
53009 FFOUTPUT Queue Resume Queue resumption process information. Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53009 Spooler Output Proc Information.%n[%1] Output processing information Output section container.
53010 FFOUTPUT Queue Delete Information.%n[%1] Queue deletion process information. Output section container.
53010 Spooler Queue Resume Queue resumption process information. Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53011 FFOUTPUT Unit Suspend Information.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Output section container.
information.
53011 Spooler Queue Delete Information.%n[%1] Queue deletion process information. Output section container.
53012 FFOUTPUT Unit Resume Information.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption information. Output section container.
53012 Spooler Unit Suspend Information.%n[%1] Equipment output suspension process Output section container.
information.
53013 FFOUTPUT Priority Change Queue priority change information. Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53013 Spooler Unit Resume Information.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption information. Output section container.
53014 FFOUTPUT Utility Request A utility transition process information. Output section container.
Information.%n[%1]
53015 FFOUTPUT Terminate Information.%n[%1] Termination process information Output section container.
53100 Spooler Spooler Infomation.%n%1 A common information message. Spooler
53101 Spooler RunProc Infomation.%n%1 Initialization process information Spooler
53102 Spooler OutputRegisterProc Output destination registration process Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 information
53103 Spooler StateChangeProc Information about the local printer/DICOM Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 printer status change notification process.
53104 Spooler ErrorCheckProc Infomation.%n%1 Data integrity check process information. Spooler
53105 Spooler RestoreJob Infomation.%n%1 Spooler
53106 Spooler SpoolProc Infomation.%n%1 Information in a spool process. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
 Unit type mismatch notification. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
53107 Spooler ReoutputProc Infomation.%n%1 Reoutput start process information Spooler
53108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc Examination end request process Spooler
53109 Spooler ExeOutputJob Infomation.%n%1 Forced output request process information Spooler
53110 Spooler GetImageProcJob Image processing job acquisition process Spooler
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53111 Spooler SetImageProcComplete Image processing completion notification Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 process information
53112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob Output job acquisition response process Spooler
53113 Spooler SetOutputProcComplete Output completion notification process Spooler
53114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob Commitment job acquisition response Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 process information.
53114 Spooler QueueSuspend Infomation.%n%1 Queue output pause request process Spooler
information.
53115 Spooler SetCommitProcComplete Commitment completion notification Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 process information.
53115 Spooler QueueResume Infomation.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Spooler
information.
53116 Spooler QueueSuspend Infomation.%n%1 Queue output pause request process Spooler
information.
53116 Spooler QueueDelete Infomation.%n%1 Queue deletion request process Spooler
information.
53117 Spooler QueueResume Infomation.%n%1 Queue output resumption request process Spooler
information.
53117 Spooler UnitSuspend Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information.
53118 Spooler UnitResume Infomation.%n%1 Unit resumption request process Spooler
information.
53118 Spooler QueueDelete Infomation.%n%1 Queue deletion request process Spooler
information.
53119 Spooler UnitSuspend Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information.
53119 Spooler SuspendProc Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information
53120 Spooler UnitResume Infomation.%n%1 Unit resumption request process Spooler
information.
53120 Spooler ResumeProc Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information
53121 Spooler SuspendProc Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information
53121 Spooler EndProc Infomation.%n%1 End request process information Spooler
53122 Spooler ResumeProc Infomation.%n%1 Unit suspension request process Spooler
information
53123 Spooler EndProc Infomation.%n%1 End request process information Spooler
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53600 FFMediaCommon Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
53600 FFMediaControl Logical Program Error. The format tool path was not properly set. With the Service Utility, set the correct %1=Process ID
[Process ID]=%1% format tool path. %2=Thread ID
[Thread ID]=%2% %3=Spot code
[SpotCode]=%3% %4=Error code of GetLastError ()
[LastError]=%4% %5=Drive name
%5% CreateProcess error %6=Format tool path
[LastError:%4%]
[FormatToolPath:%6%]
53601 FFMediaCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An exception error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
53602 FFMediaCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
53603 FFMediaCommon Free Memory Error. %n Memory deallocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
53604 FFMediaCommon Disk Full Error. %n The built-in hard disk does not have a Increase the hard disk drive’s free space,
%1 %n %2 sufficient free space. for instance, by deleting images.
53605 FFMediaCommon Accept Invalid Commnd Error. %n An illegal process request was received. Confirm the situation in which the error
manufacturer.
53606 FFMediaCommon Cannot passed Xml Schema An XML schema check failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
Check. %n occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
%1 %n %2 the Backup Utility, and send the
manufacturer.
53607 FFMediaCommon ReadOnly Device. %n An instruction for writing into a read-only With the Service Utility, check the disk
%1 %n %2 device was issued. settings.
53608 FFMediaCommon Media Used. %n An attempt was made to access the Carry it out again after a while.
%1 %n %2 currently used medium.
53609 FFMediaCommon Media no exist. %n No medium is inserted in the specified Insert a medium into the drive.
%1 %n %2 drive.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53610 FFMediaCommon Not Removable. %n The specified drive is not a removable With the Service Utility, check the disk
%1 %n %2 drive. settings.
53611 FFMediaCommon Formated Media. %n A formatted medium is inserted. Insert an unformatted medium.
%1 %n %2
53612 FFMediaCommon Media un-formatting. %n An unformatted medium is inserted. Insert a formatted medium.
%1 %n %2
53613 FFMediaCommon Media Read Only. %n A read-only medium is inserted. Change the medium.
%1 %n %2
53614 FFMediaCommon Exchange Media. %n The specified medium was not inserted. Insert a correct medium.
%1 %n %2
53615 FFMediaCommon Demand processing was The requested process was aborted in There is no particular problem.
canceled. %n compliance with a cancellation request.
%1 %n %2
53616 FFMediaCommon End Process Request. %n The process was aborted in compliance There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2 with a system shutdown request.
53617 FFMediaCommon Electric power off. %n The process was aborted due to power off. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53618 FFMediaCommon DICOMDIR is inconsistent. %n The DICOMDIR file is inconsistent. Rebuild the disk with the Client Utility.
%1 %n %2
53619 FFMediaCommon Invalid Image Info. %n The entered image information is illegal. Check the images stored on the medium.
%1 %n %2
53620 FFMediaCommon Format Type Not Execution. %n Since the formatting method was With the Service Utility, check the disk
%1 %n %2 invalidated, formatting was not settings.
accomplished.
53621 FFMediaCommon Media Full. %n The medium is full. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53622 FFMediaCommon Used Media in Drive. %n The inserted medium is not new. Insert a new medium.
%1 %n %2
53623 FFMediaCommon Retrieve Image None. %n The image to be acquired was not found. Rebuild the disk with the Client Utility.
%1 %n %2
53624 FFMediaCommon New Media in Drive. %n A new medium is inserted. Insert a correct medium.
%1 %n %2
53625 FFMediaCommon Process Communication Error. An error occurred in the communication Restart the server computer.
%n control.
%1 %n %2
53626 FFMediaCommon Verify False. %n The medium was not successfully verified. Check the drive connection.
%1 %n %2
53627 FFMediaCommon Format False. %n The medium was not successfully Check that the medium is not write-
%1 %n %2 formatted. protected. Also, check that the medium is
supported by the drive.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53628 FFMediaCommon Get Mediafreespace False. %n The free space of the medium was not Check that the medium is not write-
%1 %n %2 successfully acquired. protected. Also, check that the medium is
supported by the drive.
53629 FFMediaCommon Drive Not Exist. %n The specified drive was not found. Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2
53630 FFMediaCommon Folder Not Exist. %n The specified folder was not found. Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2
53631 FFMediaCommon File Not Exist. %n The specified file was not found. Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2
53632 FFMediaCommon Readonly File. %n The specified file or folder is read-only. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53633 FFMediaCommon File Error. %n An attempt to access a file failed. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53634 FFMediaCommon Write Protect. %n The medium is write-protected. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53635 FFMediaCommon Lock False. %n The medium was not successfully locked. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53636 FFMediaCommon Unlock False. %n The medium was not successfully There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2 unlocked.
53637 FFMediaCommon Eject False. %n The medium was not successfully ejected. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53638 FFMediaCommon Appoint Tag Is Empty. %n The specified tag was empty. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53639 FFMediaCommon No Necessity Media. %n This medium does not need to be rebuilt. There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2
53640 FFMediaCommon Not Dicomdir Struct. %n The specified path does not have a DICOM There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2 structure.
53641 FFMediaCommon Not Found Mediauid. %n The media UID cannot be acquired. Reconstruct the media.
%1 %n %2
53642 FFMediaCommon Not Found Label. %n The label name cannot be acquired. With the Service Utility, check the disk
%1 %n %2 drive settings.
53643 FFMediaCommon Process Busy. %n Rebuilding is in progress. With the Service Utility, check the disk
53644 FFMediaCommon Media Exchange. %n The medium is changed. With the Service Utility, check the disk
53645 FFMediaCommon Record Not Exist. %n The specified record was not found. With the Service Utility, check the disk
53646 FFMediaCommon Error Image Exist. %n A certain image was not successfully There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2 acquired.
53647 FFMediaCommon Registration failure to DB. %n A record was not successfully registered in There is no particular problem.
%1 %n %2 the database.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
53648 FFMediaCommon Set Default by acquisition failure. Since the setting information could not be With the Service Utility, check whether the
%n acquired, the default information was used. network settings are correct.
%1 %n %2
53649 FFMediaCommon The Same Label Exists. %n An existing medium has a label having the Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2 same name.
53650 FFMediaCommon Rebuild Necessity Media. %n This medium needs to be rebuilt. Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2
53651 FFMediaCommon Not Manage Media. %n The specified medium is not a Restart the server computer.
%1 %n %2 management medium.
53652 FFMediaCommon [Control]%1 : Other Error. %n An unknown error occurred. Confirm the situation in which the error
[Function] %2%n occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
[Code] %3%n the Backup Utility, and send the
[Exp] %4%n maintenance log and an error report to the
%5 manufacturer.
53653 FFMediaCommon [Control]%1 : Memory not Memory allocation failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
allocated. %n occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
[Function] %2%n the Backup Utility, and send the
[Code] %3%n maintenance log and an error report to the
[Exp] %4%n manufacturer.
%5
53654 FFMediaCommon [Control]%1 : File I/O Error. %n An attempt to access a file failed. Confirm the situation in which the error
[Function] %2%n occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
%5 manufacturer.
53655 FFMediaCommon [Control]%1 : ddo error. %n The DICOM image information was not Confirm the situation in which the error
[Function] %2%n successfully accessed. occurred, obtain the maintenance log with
%5 manufacturer.
54802 FFCustomMsgBox [54802] Do you wish to output this Nothing particular.
layout as is?
54803 FFCustomMsgBox [54803] Do you close a free layout Nothing particular.
screen?
54815 FreeLayout HobbitIF.CheckImage() failed. Free layout has been selected for an There is no operational problem (select
Communicator file=··· result=··· abnormal image (picture failure/deleted study of a picture failure/deleted image etc.
image etc.). and not free layout).
54850 FFCustomMsgBox [54850] Changing the layout will Nothing particular.
result in loss of some images.
+Do you want to continue?

54851 FFCustomMsgBox [54851] Do you wish to change Nothing particular.
the film direction?
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
54852 FFCustomMsgBox [54852] This cell has already Nothing particular.
contained an image.
+Do you want to replace that

image?
54853 FFCustomMsgBox [54853] The selected image will Nothing particular.
be deleted.

54854 FFCustomMsgBox [54854] Images being laid out will Nothing particular.
be all deleted.

54857 FFCustomMsgBox [54857] The format will be deleted. Nothing particular.

54859 FFCustomMsgBox [54859] Film size will be changed. Nothing particular.

54860 FFCustomMsgBox [54860] The maximum number of The number of displayable characters has When the existence of not displayable
displayable characters has been been exceeded with footer information characters is possible, click [OK], otherwise
exceeded. Certain area cannot be setting at the free layout print screen. click [Cancel].
displayed.

54871 FFCustomMsgBox [54871] Images of multiple Nothing particular.
patients will be laid out.

55847 FreeLayoutLauncher ErrorCode:%1%n Occurrence of an exception error at the Restart the server application and client
SubSystem:%2%n time of start of the free layout screen application.
SourceFile: %3%n If the same error recurs, confirm the
SpotCode: %4%n situation in which the error occurred, and
The error at the time of start of the submit the event log to the manufacturer.
freelayout screen.\n
55848 FreeLayoutLauncher ErrorCode:%1%n Invalid program error at the time of start of Restart the server application and client
SubSystem:%2%n the free layout screen application.
55849 FreeLayoutLauncher ErrorCode:%1%n File access error at the time of start of the Restart the server application and client
SubSystem:%2%n free layout screen application.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
57601 OutImgPrc DDO data(0x0007,0xF815) are A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
not data to set in an input image application. If the same error recurs,
format perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
57602 OutImgPrc Transfer sentence Get Error. A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
< SetInputOutputImageType application. If the same error recurs,
57603 OutImgPrc JOBFile data(0x1000,0x0021) are A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
not data to set in output image application. If the same error recurs,
format perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
57604 OutImgPrc Catch some other A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
Exception < COutImgPrc:: application. If the same error recurs,
SetInputOutputImageType perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
57605 OutImgPrc DDO File Reset Error A program error occurred. Restart the server application and client
60000 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the database. It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
60002 FFCustomMsgBox User Utility will be terminated. An abnormality is encountered. There is no Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
alternative but to exit the program. perform a reinstallation.
60003 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started
because the server application
has already been up and running.
because the Service Utility has
already been up and running.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60007 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during user
60050 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the character It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
string database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60051 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the system It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
60053 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of optional information It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
resulted in a failure. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60054 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
database.
60055 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
from the system setting database damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60056 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
from the system setting file. file could not be read.
60057 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in setting information to the The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
system setting file. file could not be read.
60058 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to write system setup
60060 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to access the
connection device database
60061 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire information
from the connection device
database.
60062 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to write necessary
data in the connection device
database resulted in a failure.
60081 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of menu information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
failed. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60100 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the MPM code. It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
60114 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the XCON It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
parameter. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
occurred.
60120 FFCustomMsgBox Disk consistency check resulted in
a failure.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60121 FFCustomMsgBox Import of patient information
60130 FFCustomMsgBox [60130] Failed in accessing the A problem has occurred for the database Restart the server application and client
preset setting database. (SQL-Server). application.
*Contact your service engineer. the situation in which the error occurred,
+Press the button below to finish and submit the event log to the
the system. manufacturer.
60131 FFCustomMsgBox [60131] Failed in operation of the A problem has occurred for the database Restart the server application and client
preset information. The following (SQL-Server). application.
reason is presumable. If the reinstallation does not help, confirm
1. Database access error the situation in which the error occurred,
*Restart the server computer. manufacturer.
60203 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the requesting It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
department database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60205 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
from the system setting database damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60215 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the film It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
annotation database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60220 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading marker images. A marker which cannot be displayed exists Confirm the contents of the image data In case of Windows Vista
on the marker setting window of the user existing in the following folder and make C:\ProgramData\FujiFlim\Hobbit\
utility. sure that there are no broken image data. UserMarker
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\
Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
UserMarker
60221 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in reading additional Addition of a user marker failed on the Confirm that the image data of the image
images. marker setting window of the user utility. which could not be added are supported
(only BMP type).
Create the image data again and retry.
60251 FFCustomMsgBox The data for image processing
parameter is invalid.
60260 FFCustomMsgBox The ***** system has not been The executable file of the system might be Reinstall the system. *****: System name
rebooted. damaged or deleted.
60261 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred when creating a
distribution file.
distribution file.
distribution file.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60264 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred when
decompressing a CAB format file
for distribution.
60265 [60265] Failed in setting the host Just as the message states. * Restart the computer and perform the
name. setting again.
symptom recurs.
60300 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the database.
60300 FFUdfFmtTool Illegal parameter. Parameter is illegal. System settings may have been performed
improperly. Check the system settings and
retry processing.
60301 FFUdfFmtTool The error occurred in the UDF An error occurred in the UDF library. Restart the server application and client
library. application. If the same error recurs,
60302 FFUdfFmtTool Program error. The specified drive cannot be used. System settings may have been performed
… improperly. Check the system settings and
Specified drive can not use. retry processing.
60302 FFUdfFmtTool Program error. No media have been inserted into drive. No media have been inserted into drive.
… Insert media to be formatted, into drive.
Media have not been inserted. Then, retry formatting.
60302 FFUdfFmtTool Program error. A sequence error occurred. Restart the server application and client
… application. If the same error recurs,
Sequence error. perform a reinstallation. If the reinstallation
60303 FFUdfFmtTool Exception error. An exceptional error occurred during disk Restart the server application and client
format processing. application. If the same error recurs,
60313 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started Exit the server application, and then retry.
because the server application
has already been up and running.
60314 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started Exit the User Utility, and then retry.
because the User Utility has
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60315 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started Exit the server application, and then retry.
60316 FFCustomMsgBox The system cannot be started Exit the Backup Utility, and then retry.
because the Backup Utility has
60320 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the character
string database.
60321 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the system
setting database.
60322 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the registry
information.
60323 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to access the
connection device setup database
60325 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in information acquisition
from the system setting database
60326 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the information
from the system setting file.
60329 FFCustomMsgBox Database optimization resulted in
a failure.
60351 FFCustomMsgBox Data backup processing was
disabled.
60352 FFCustomMsgBox Data backup processing failed. ● Contact your service engineer.
60360 FFCustomMsgBox Creation of a work folder resulted
in a failure.
60361 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to delete a work folder
from the list of files targeted for
backup processing resulted in a
failure.
60371 FFCustomMsgBox Decompression of a CAB format
file resulted in a failure.
from the backup version file
60382 FFCustomMsgBox Format processing failed.
60383 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the button
image (Urgent button).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60384 FFCustomMsgBox [60384] Monitor model could not The contents of the LUT information file • Change the LUT information file and try
be added. may be wrong or destroyed. again.
• If the situation does not improve or in case
*Check the content of LUT of reoccurrence, confirm the occurrence
Information File. situation and send the event log and the
LUT information file to the manufacturer.
60385 FFCustomMsgBox [60385] %s An error with unknown cause has occurred Confirm the occurrence situation and send
at the service utility monitor type selection the contents listed after the number and the
window. event log to the manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility Insufficient number of elements: ··· The number of lut.txt elements is not Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID: ···) sufficient. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility Invalid Monitor ID: ··· Incorrect monitor ID information has been Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID: ···) read in. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility Invalid LUT ID: ··· Incorrect LUTID information has been read Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID: ···) in. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility Invalid LUT Interpretation: ··· Incorrect LUT color space information has Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID: ···) been read in. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility The last LUT Interpretation is The LUT color space information is not Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
complemented: ··· sufficient. the same error occurs with correct listing,
(MonitorID: ···) perform a reinstallation.
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60385 ServiceUtility The monitor name is already used: An already existing monitor name has been Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
··· read in. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility LUT Interpretation is The LUT color space has not been Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
complemented: ··· specified. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60385 ServiceUtility No LUT file specified: ··· The LUT file does not exist. Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID: ···) the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
60390 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to delete target logs
failed.
60401 FFCustomMsgBox Data restoring failed.
60402 FFCustomMsgBox Data restoring failed. ● Contact your service engineer.
in a failure.
60411 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to delete a work folder
failure.
file failed.
60426 FFCustomMsgBox File restore is not possible Check the backup file, and then retry.
because no backup information
file exists.
60427 FFCustomMsgBox The backup information file is Check the backup file, and then retry.
illegal.
60429 FFCustomMsgBox The type of application used for Check the backup file, and then retry.
the backup information file is
different from that used for the
system that is currently up and
running.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60430 FFCustomMsgBox The software version used is
different and is not compatible
with the backed up file.
60451 FFCustomMsgBox Collection of logs for maintenance
purposes was disabled.
60452 FFCustomMsgBox Log collection for maintenance ● Contact your service engineer.
purposes resulted in a failure.
in a failure.
failure.
file failed.
60482 FFCustomMsgBox Format processing failed.
60483 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to update the volume An attempt to update the volume label
label of backup disk failed. failed.
60495 FFCustomMessageBox An error occurred. Startup of Notepad failed. Retry Notepad startup. If the condition
does not improve, confirm the situation in
60496 FFCustomMessageBox An error occurred. Creation of README.TXT failed. Retry README.TXT creation. If the
condition does not improve, confirm the
60520 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of the number of It is conceivable that the database file was When “Private information is not deleted” is
registered items has failed. damaged or deleted. selected, handle the collected logs
carefully because they contain private
information.
60521 FFCustomMsgBox An error has occurred. Error The personal information deletion process Obtain the maintenance log, and send the  %s: Code that shows error details.
Code: %s was not successfully performed. maintenance log and the encountered error  Private information is not included in
code (%s) to the manufacturer. created “Backup.ini”, “MAINTENANCE.
cab” and “Study.txt”.
60522 FFCustomMsgBox Output of study information has The study information for presentation was Confirm the situation in which the error
failed. not successfully output. It is conceivable occurred, and submit the obtained
that the database file was damaged or maintenance log and an error report to the
deleted. manufacturer.
60600 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accessing the system
setup database.
60601 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to write system setup
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60602 FFCustomMsgBox Database Update Error. An attempt to acquire connection
An attempt to acquire connection equipment setup information.
device setup information resulted
in a failure.
60603 FFCustomMsgBox Database Update Error. An attempt to write connection equipment
An attempt to write person name setup information.
setup information resulted in a
failure.
60604 FFCustomMsgBox No available LUT files are found.
60605 FFCustomMsgBox Free space available on the disk
targeted for data storage is
insufficient.
60606 FFCustomMsgBox Database Access Error. An attempt to acquire character string
60607 FFCustomMsgBox Database Access Error. An attempt to acquire values from the
An attempt to acquire values from database resulted in a failure.
the database resulted in a failure.
60608 FFCustomMsgBox Database Update Error. Writing of the database failed.
An attempt to write data in the
database resulted in a failure.
60609 FFCustomMsgBox An exceptional error occurred.
60610 FFCustomMsgBox An error occurred during
termination processing.
60611 FFCustomMsgBox Settings for services to be
distributed resulted in a failure.
60620 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in accsessing the file.
60623 FFCustomMsgBox A SQL error occurred.
60624 FFCustomMsgBox An exceptional error occurred.
60625 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in obtaining the registry
information.
60626 FFCustomMsgBox Necessary files do not exist.
60627 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the patient
database failed.
60628 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the output queue
failed.
60629 FFCustomMsgBox [60629] Initialization of the preset A problem has occurred for the database Restart the server application and client
database failed. (SQL-Server). application.
*Contact your service engineer. the situation in which the error occurred,
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60630 FFCustomMsgBox Initialization of the image
database failed.
60631 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to acquire information Acquisition of information on the IP
of how many times the IP was exposure count failed.
subjected to X-ray exposure
60632 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to delete information Deletion of information on the IP exposure
of how many times the IP was count failed.
subjected to X-ray exposure
60640 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to copy the EDR
backup data file resulted in a
failure.
60641 FFCustomMsgBox The selected EDR backup data
file cannot be found.
60642 FFCustomMsgBox Generation of film annotation
characters failed.
60643 FFCustomMsgBox Generation of film annotation
characters failed.
60644 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to automatically
generate a film format definition
file resulted in a failure.
60713 FFCustomMsgBox Next window could not be The next window could not be displayed. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
displayed. update the startup folder (refer to Event
60721) and perform setup from the Service
Utility.
60714 FFCustomMsgBox Previous window could not be The previous window could not be opened. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
displayed. update the startup folder (refer to Event
Utility.
60715 FFCustomMsgBox The window could not be The window could not be opened when the Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
displayed. installation wizard was started. update the startup folder (refer to Event
Utility.
60716 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in acquiring the Start The status of the installation wizard could Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
status. not be acquired from the registry. update the startup folder (refer to Event
Utility.
60717 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in acquiring the data. The system setup database file or network Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setup database file might be damaged or perform a reinstallation.
deleted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60718 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in storing the values set. The system setup database file or network Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
setup database file was not successfully perform a reinstallation.
updated. This error is attributable to
database file alteration during installation
wizard execution or a database file
abnormality.
60719 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in storing the End status. The end status of the installation wizard An unexpected window may open the next
could not be stored. time the installation wizard is started.
Perform a reinstallation.
60720 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the setting files. An error occurred when an attempt was Restart and then perform setup again.
made to create a distribution file. If the same symptom recurs, change the
startup folder (refer to Event 60721) and
perform setup from the Service Utility.
60721 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in updating the settings for The startup folder could not be updated. In case of Windows XP
automatic startup. Change the contents of the “C:\Documents
and Settings\All Users\Start menu\
Programs\Startup” folder as directed
below:
Copy and paste the shortcut file named
“FCR” from “C\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Desktop.”
60753 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The disk drive status could not be Check for a remaining floppy disk or CD in This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile confirmed. the PC.
: %3%nSpotCode
: %4%nMessage
: %5%n
60756 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem Failed in reading a file. Refer to the detailed information and This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile determine the file status that resulted in the
: %3%nSpotCode error. If the file is normal, abort the
: %4%nMessage installation wizard and then restart the PC.
: %5%n If the same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
60757 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The check sheet file (C:\Documents and Abort the installation wizard and then This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile Settings\All Users\Application Data\ restart the PC. If the same symptom
: %3%nSpotCode FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config\SetwizCheckSheet. recurs, perform a reinstallation. If the check
: %4%nMessage txt) could not be created. sheet file is not needed, it is not necessary
: %5%n to take remedial action.
60760 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem A character string was not successfully Abort the installation wizard and restart the This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile acquired from the character string PC. If the same symptom recurs, perform a
: %3%nSpotCode database. The database file might be reinstallation.
: %4%nMessage damaged or deleted.
: %5%n
60761 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The system setup database file or network Restart. If the same symptom recurs, This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile setup database file was not successfully perform a reinstallation.
: %3%nSpotCode updated. This error is attributable to
: %4%nMessage database file alteration during installation
: %5%n wizard execution or a database file
abnormality.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
60762 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The settings were not successfully Abort the installation wizard and then This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile acquired or updated. restart the PC. If the same symptom
: %3%nSpotCode recurs, change the startup folder (see
: %4%nMessage Event 60721) and perform setup from the
: %5%n Service Utility.
60771 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile information about the option key or perform a reinstallation.
: %3%nSpotCode application key is damaged or deleted.
: %4%nMessage
: %5%n
60780 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem A subprocess was not successfully started Abort the installation wizard and then This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile up. restart the PC. If the same symptom
60781 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The check sheet file (C:\Documents and Manually open the file indicated at left. This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile Settings\All Users\Application Data\ If you cannot open the file, restart. If the
: %3%nSpotCode FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config\SetwizCheckSheet. same symptom recurs, perform a
: %4%nMessage txt) could not be displayed. reinstallation. If the check sheet file is not
: %5%n needed, it is not necessary to take remedial
action.
60792 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The custom message box could not be Abort the installation wizard and restart the This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile displayed. PC. If the same symptom recurs, perform a
: %3%nSpotCode reinstallation.
: %4%nMessage
: %5%n
60799 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem An error occurred when an attempt was Abort the installation wizard and then This error is not used.
: %2%nSourceFile made to start or exit the application. restart the PC. If the same symptom
61060 FFCustomMsgBox Password entered is incorrect. An incorrect password was entered. The password is fixed at “1111.”
61082 FFCustomMsgBox No menu has been selected. An attempt was made to perform an edit or Make a menu selection before performing
other operation without making a menu an edit or other operation.
selection.
61083 FFCustomMsgBox Already registered for displaying The menu could not be deleted because it Clear the registration for display and then
and cannot be deleted. was registered for display. delete the menu.
61084 FFCustomMsgBox It is registered with the study The menu cannot be deleted because it is Delete the menu from the study menu, and
menu. It cannot be deleted. registered in the study menu. then retry.
61085 FFCustomMsgBox A display group with no menus
registered for displaying exists.
61093 FFCustomMsgBox Display group will be deleted. This window opens for confirmation only.
61094 FFCustomMsgBox Display group name is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
instance, to its excessive length or the
inclusion of an unacceptable character.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
61103 FFCustomMsgBox Same extension menu code The entered data value was already Input another extension menu code.
already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61106 FFCustomMsgBox Same exposure menu name The entered data value was already Input another ANK exposure menu.
61109 FFCustomMsgBox Same kanji-exposure menu name The entered data value was already Input another kanji-exposure menu name.
61110 FFCustomMsgBox Extension menu code is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61111 FFCustomMsgBox Study menu code is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61112 FFCustomMsgBox Kanji-exposure menu name is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61122 FFCustomMsgBox MPM code is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61125 FFCustomMsgBox Same film annotation already The entered data value was already Input another film annotation.
exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61130 FFCustomMsgBox Manufacturer/Equipment Code is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61131 FFCustomMsgBox Film-related code is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61132 FFCustomMsgBox Auto. Exp. Control is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61142 FFCustomMsgBox Same study menu code already The entered data value was already Input another study menu code.
61149 FFCustomMsgBox No exposure menu has been An attempt was made to perform an edit or Select a menu and then perform edit
selected. other operation without making a menu processing.
selection.
61151 FFCustomMsgBox Exposure menu cannot be The maximum permissible number of menu Delete any unnecessary menu.
registered. registrations was exceeded.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
61155 FFCustomMsgBox Kanji-study menu code is illegal. The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61156 FFCustomMsgBox The energy subtraction menu An attempt was made to register the The energy subtraction menu cannot be
cannot be registered for the study energy subtraction menu in the study incorporated in the study menu.
menu. menu.
61160 FFCustomMsgBox No direction of columns has been Input the direction of columns.
input.
61161 FFCustomMsgBox No direction of rows has been Input direction of rows.
input.
61170 FFCustomMsgBox Because modality is different, it
can’t be registered for the study
menu.
61171 FFCustomMsgBox No technician code has been An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
input. an input field left blank.
61211 FFCustomMsgBox No film annotation characters An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
have been input. an input field left blank.
61212 FFCustomMsgBox Film annotation characters are too The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
long.
61213 FFCustomMsgBox Invalid characters have been input An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
in the film annotation characters.
61214 FFCustomMsgBox Same film annotation already The entered data value was already Input another film annotation.
61260 FFCustomMsgBox Acquisition of path information
failed.
61270 FFCustomMsgBox Already registered for the default
menu and cannot be deleted
61280 FFCustomMsgBox No Coding Scheme Designator Data is not input. Input correctly.
has been input.
61281 FFCustomMsgBox Coding Scheme Designator is too The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
long.
61282 FFCustomMsgBox Invalid characters have been input An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
in Coding Scheme Designator.
61290 FFCustomMsgBox Patient information maintenance The honorific title used is inappropriate.
cannot be performed.
61291 FFCustomMsgBox Set up again so that CR study
images are stored on the image
storage disk or printing film.
occurred.
61310 FFCustomMsgBox No direction of columns has been Input the direction of columns.
input.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
61313 FFCustomMsgBox No direction of rows has been Input direction of rows.
input.
61328 FFCustomMsgBox Because modality is different, it
can’t be registered for the study
menu.
61329 FFCustomMsgBox It is registered for the DX To delete it, deregister it from the DX
parameter of the exposure menu. parameter.
It can’t be deleted.
61400 FFCustomMsgBox Content of the title of respect The honorific title is not input or characters Re-input correctly.
prefixed to a patient name is not that cannot be used are included.
appropriate.
61502 FFCustomMsgBox The disk status is abnormal.
61505 FFCustomMsgBox Sameness of the source and
destination for copying data could
not be verified.
61507 FFCustomMsgBox An attempt to successfully finish Retry.
copy processing resulted in a
failure.
61508 FFCustomMsgBox The source drive for copying data ● Confirm the connection of the source
has not been connected or does drive of diskcopy.
not exist.
61509 FFCustomMsgBox The destination drive for copying ● Confirm the connection of the source
data has not been connected or drive of diskcopy.
does not exist.
61510 FFCustomMsgBox No format type has been specified Insert a formatted blank disk into the drive.
for this drive.
61511 FFCustomMsgBox The setting of the source drive for * Contact your service engineer.
copying data is incorrect.
61512 FFCustomMsgBox The setting of the destination drive * Contact your service engineer.
for copying data is incorrect.
61600 FFCustomMsgBox It cannot be started because the
same application has already
server application has already
User Utility has already been up
and running.
Backup Utility has already been
up and running.
61604 FFCustomMsgBox No available LUT files are found.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
insufficient.
61606 FFCustomMsgBox There are no data that can be
acquired.
insufficient.
61620 FFCustomMsgBox Update processing is disabled
because a serious error occurred.
61700 FFCustomMsgBox The server application is up and An attempt was made to start the Exit the server application and then start
running. installation wizard while the server the installation wizard.
application was running.
61701 FFCustomMsgBox The server application is up and An attempt was made to start the Exit the server application and then start
running. installation wizard while the server the installation wizard.
application was running.
61710 FFCustomMsgBox No monitor models could be The probable causes are as follows: If there is no problem with the floppy disk
added.  Lut.txt is illegal or not found. or lut file, exit the installation wizard and
 The lut file is not found on the floppy disk. then correct the settings with the Service
 The lut file having the same name already Utility.
exists on the PC.
61722 FFCustomMsgBox This folder cannot be selected. A control panel folder or other Select a different folder.
nonselectable folder was selected.
61753 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The disk drive status could not be Check for a remaining floppy disk or CD in %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile confirmed. the PC. identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
: %4%nMessage error occurred.
: %5%n %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
61793 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The window position/size cannot be Manually adjust the window position/size. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile adjusted. If you feel uncomfortable, perform a identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
61800 [61800] The code value is not Just as the message states. * Input the code value.
input.
61801 [61801] The code value is too The code value exceeds 16 characters. > Up to 16 characters can be used for the
long. code value.
* Input correctly.
61802 [61802] The code value includes Just as the message states. * Input correctly.
an invalid character.
61803 [61803] The code scheme version The entered code scheme version exceeds > Up to 16 characters can be used for the
is too long. 16 characters. code scheme version.
* Input correctly.
61804 [61804] The code scheme version Just as the message states. * Input correctly.
includes an invalid character.
61805 [61805] The code meaning is not Just as the message states. * Input the code meaning.
input.
61806 [61806] The code meaning is too The entered code meaning exceeds 16 > Up to 16 characters can be used for the
long. characters. code meaning.
* Input correctly.
61807 [61807] The code meaning Just as the message states. * Input correctly.
includes an invalid character.
61808 [61808] The same code value, the There is already registrered data. * Change the code meaning for the
coding scheme designator, and/or registered data.
the code scheme version is
already registered.
61809 [61809] The same code value, the There is already registrered data. * Input different data.
coding scheme designator, and/or
the code scheme version is
already registered.
62200 FFCustomMsgBox Size of the image to be registered The size of the image to be registered to a Change the image size to 1000 x 1000
to marker is larger than marker exceeds 1000 x 1000 pixels. pixels or less and try again.
1000x1000pixel.
This warning message is displayed when
1000 pixels are exceeded in horizontal or
vertical direction.
62201 FFCustomMsgBox Total number of marker images The number of user marker registrations Delete registered user markers and
registered exceeds the number exceeds the system set value (default: 50). register again.
allowed by the System Setting. Change the following system set value of
the service utility.
15-5: Max. number of marker registrations
(max. 128)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
62523 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002523 An attempt to find log files to be collected  When the client application can be
SubSystem: LogFileUpload resulted in a failure. started:
FileName: LogUpload.exe If the same error occurs every time the
SpotCode: 523 client application is started, manually
ErrorMessage: The failure of pass collect event logs of the client PC, and
acquisition then contact the manufacturer.
 When the client application is disabled to
start:
Check to see that the server application
is up and running. Check also to see that
the host name of the server PC
determined to be target for link of the
shortcut icon is correct. If the same
problem recurs, contact the manufacturer.
62524 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002524 Creation of the operation folder failed. If this same error occurs every time the
SubSystem: LogFileUpload The program may possibly be defective. client application is started, manually
FileName: LogUpload.exe collect event logs of the client PC, and then
SpotCode: 524 contact the manufacturer.
ErrorMessage: The failure of
making temporary folder
62525 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002525 It was not possible to collect log files of the If the same error occurs every time the
SubSystem: LogFileUpload client PC. client application is started, manually
FileName: LogUpload.exe An attempt to find log files to be collected collect event logs of the client PC, and then
SpotCode: 525 resulted in a failure or another program is contact manufacturer.
ErrorMessage: The failure of file being used.
movement
62526 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002526 An attempt to compress a file resulted in a If the same error occurs every time the
SubSystem: LogFileUpload failure. client application is started, manually
FileName: LogUpload.exe Collection of log files may have been failed. collect event logs of the client PC, and then
SpotCode: 526 contact manufacturer.
ErrorMessage: The failure of file
compression
62527 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002527 File upload failed. Check to see that the server application is
SubSystem: LogFileUpload up and running.
FileName: LogUpload.exe Check also to see that the host name of
SpotCode: 527 the server PC determined to be target for
ErrorMessage: The failure of file link of the shortcut icon is correct.
upload If the same error occurs every time the
client application is started, manually
collect event logs of the client PC, and then
contact manufacturer.
62528 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002528 It was not possible to start up the client Check to see that the server application is
SubSystem: LogFileUpload application. up and running.
FileName: LogUpload.exe Check also to see that the host name of
SpotCode: 528 the server PC determined to be target for
ErrorMessage: The failure of link of the shortcut icon is correct.
Capsula client application start If the same problem recurs, contact the
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
62529 LogUpload ErrorCode: 26002529 It was not possible to start up the Restart the OS.
SubSystem: LogFileUpload LogUpload.exe file. If the same error recurs, contact the
FileName: LogUpload.exe manufacturer.
SpotCode: 529
ErrorMessage: The failure of
LogUpload.exe start
62657 FFCustomMsgBox Settings for the server computer ● Perform settings for the server computer.
has not been finished. Image Link
cannot be set up.
62666 FFCustomMsgBox [62666] Preset database is Nothing particular.
initialized.
+Are you sure?

62670 FFCustomMsgBox Folder used by the system cannot ● Specify another folder.
be specified.
62671 FFCustomMsgBox The folder path has already been ● Specify another folder.
set up for another purpose.
62693 FFCustomMsgBox Failed in drive setting of the client Disk operation (change, removal) has Try again. If there is no improvement,
PC. failed with the client utility or with indicator check the network cable connection.
disk setting. If the above check does not result in
improvement, review the client device
This error may be occurred when settings of the service utility.
increasing client PCs.
62694 FFCustomMsgBox [62924] The setting of the selected Confirmation to delete the NAS setting. If it is intended, click the OK button. If not,
device will be deleted. click the cancel button.
+Are you sure?
62750 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The disk tray could not be opened. Manually open the disk tray. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
62770 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The font information was not successfully Although displayed characters might %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile acquired. become displaced, there is no operational identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode problem. If you feel uncomfortable, perform %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
: %4%nMessage a reinstallation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
62790 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The operation log was not successfully The operation log cannot be stored. %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile written. Restart. If the same error recurs, perform a identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode reinstallation. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
an error occurred.
62793 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem Displayed colors could not be adjusted. Although a displayed image may be %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile abnormal due, for instance, to a grayed identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode portion, there is no operational problem. %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
: %4%nMessage If you feel uncomfortable, perform a error occurred.
: %5%n reinstallation. %3=Source File: The program file where
an error occurred.
62794 SetWiz ErrorCode : %1%nSubSystem The image could not be displayed. Although images may be improperly %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
: %2%nSourceFile displayed, there is no operational problem. identifies an error.
: %3%nSpotCode If you feel uncomfortable, perform a %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
: %4%nMessage reinstallation. error occurred.
an error occurred.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
63464 [63464] The selected drive is not Displayed when the settings window is Close the settings window with the USB
connected or does not exist. closed without connecting the USB memory connected.
memory in the Service Utility.
64090 FFCustomMsgBox [64090] Preset of the same name Register an existing preset name at the Change the preset name and then retry the
has already been registered. user utility window. operation.
*Change the preset name and

then re-execute.
64200 FFCustomMsgBox Markers selected will be deleted. This confirmation dialog is displayed when
marker deletion has been specified with
marker setting of the user utility.
64310 FFUdfFmtTool Complete format. File formatting was completed normally. No particular action needs to be taken.
64612 FFCustomMsgBox [64612] Initialization of the Preset Nothing particular.
Database has been completed.
65303 [65303] The backup will be Cancel the backup when the application To cancel the backup, click [OK].
canceled. terminates.
67053 SetWiz Exceptional error (message output Instance generation processing has failed. Restart the installation wizard.
by OS). If the same error recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
67056 SetWiz Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart the installation wizard.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
67060 SetWiz Invalid moniter ID : ··· Monitor ID retrieval processing has failed. Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID : ···) the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
67060 SetWiz Invalid LUT type : ··· LUT type retrieval processing has failed. Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
manufacturer.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
67060 SetWiz Invalid pixel size : ··· Pixel number retrieval has failed. Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
manufacturer.
67060 SetWiz Invalid LUT ID : ··· LUTID retrieval has failed. Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
manufacturer.
67060 SetWiz Invalid LUT interpretation : ··· Incorrect LUT color space information has Confirm that the lut.txt listing is correct. If
(MonitorID : ···) been read in. the same error occurs with correct listing,
manufacturer.
67060 SetWiz Exceptional error (message output A program error occurred. Restart the installation wizard.
reinstallation.
manufacturer.
69601 FFServiceUtility [69601] Connected device name Return to the setup window and re-input
is duplicating. correctly.
69602 FFServiceUtility [69602] Delete the setting of
selected connected device.
69603 FFServiceUtility [69603] The same receive folder Return to the setup window and re-input
path already exists. correctly.
69604 FFServiceUtility [69604] Specified receive folder Check that the receive folder of connected
path does not exist. device exists.
69605 FFServiceUtility [69605] The same path for the Return to the setup window and re-input
receive folder and temporary correctly.
folder cannot be set.
69606 FFServiceUtility [69606] Set the receive folder path Return to the setup window and re-input
within 80 characters. correctly.
70000 [70000] Failed to configure re- An error occurred when creating a ● Contact your service engineer if the
notification setting. confirmation file due to the file I/O error. same symptom recurs upon next
shutdown.
70001 [70001] An error occurred during Failed in copying files, changing startup ● Contact your service engineer if the
preparation to update this type of the Windows service, or creating a same symptom recurs upon next
application. confirmation file. shutdown.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
70002 [70002] An error occurred while Failed in displaying the HF update ● Contact your service engineer if the
displaying the screen to confirm confirmation dialog. same symptom recurs upon next
application updating. shutdown.
95000 [95000] Failed to generate the Displayed in the indicator. ● Failed to generate the following order:
order (XML file). Just as the message states. Consult the service engineer.
Patient ID: %s
First exposure menu number: %s
Order date/time: %s
95001 ThumbnailList ErrorCode:%1%nSubSystem:%2 A program error occurred. The program might be faulty. Check the %1=Error Code: The code that uniquely
%nSourceFile:%3%nSpotCode:% operations performed before and after the identifies an error.
4%nThe asynchronous download error occurrence, obtain the maintenance %2=Subsystem: The subsystem where an
thread of the thumbnail image log with the Backup Utility, and send the error occurred.
cannot be The asynchronous maintenance log and an error report to the %3=Source File: The program file where
download thread of the thumbnail manufacturer. an error occurred.
image cannot be correctly ended. %4=Spot Code: The location where an
95001 [95001] The drive cannot eject the Displayed when attempting to output PDI Press [OK] to eject the drive after a study
media because the data is being (media) to storage media and the drive was output to the storage media.
output to the storage media. ejects automatically. The drive will not be ejected if you press
[Cancel]. Users need to re-output to PDI
after all studies are output to storage
media.
characters to the character or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
95002 [95002] The media cannot be Displayed when a timeout occurs while * Wait until the drive ejects the media.
ejected from the drive yet, and attempting PDI output (media) and ejecting
outputting to the media is not the drive.
available.
95003 [95003] Outputting to the media Displayed when changing the output * Press [Cancel] to close the PDI creation
cannot be performed because the destination to media with the PDI wizard wizard. After all study data are output to
storage media is under the output while outputting to storage media and the storage media, press the PDI output
process. pressing [Next]. button again.
100000 FFCustomMsgBox A study to which no exclusive
registration is possible exists.
100002 FFCustomMsgBox Exclusive registration is not
possible.
100003 FFCustomMsgBox System logoff
100004 FFCustomMsgBox System is shut down.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 2 Procedure for Replacing DVD Drive AD-7230S (CR-VW 674 Only) Appx MT 2-1
Appendix 2 Procedure for Replacing 5. Connect the power connector and SATA connector to the replaced
DVD drive.
DVD Drive AD-7230S
(CR-VW 674 Only) 6. Place the exterior cover to the PC.
7. Connect the power cable to the PC, and then turn the power on.
This DVD drive is applicable to the systems in which CR-VW 674 running on
Windows XP SP2 has been installed.
8. From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
However, that the systems in which CR-VW 674 running on Windows XP SP3/
Vista/7 has been installed are out of applicable scope. a The “Control Panel” window opens.
9.
■ Procedure for Replacing DVD Drive Double-click [System].
 NOTE 
Turn the SATA in the BIOS settings ON if it has been OFF.
10. Select “Hardware” tab and then click [Device Manager].
CAUTION
11. Select “+” in [DVD/CD-ROM drives] to ensure that “Optiarc DVD-+RW
Turn of the PC and unplug the power cable before performing the procedure. AD-7230S” is displayed.
1. Remove the exterior cover of the PC.

12. Right-click [Optiarc DVD-+RW AD-7230S] to select [Properties].
2. Remove the power connector, SATA connector (IDE connector if

13. Ensure that “This device is working properly” is displayed in
“Promise Ultra 133 TX2” is installed in the PC) from the DVD drive [Device status] of [General] tab.
installed in the PC.
14. Click [OK].
 NOTE 
a The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
Before removing the connectors, confirm that which SATA connector has been
connected to which connector on the circuit board. 15. Close the “Device Manager” window.
*Multiple SATA connectors exist depending on PC models.
a The system returns to the “System Properties” window.
3. Unscrew the three screws from the side of the removed DVD drive, 16. Click [OK].
and then place them in the same screw holes (lower front left, lower a The system returns to the “Control Panel” window.
rear left, and lower front right) on the new DVD drive (AD-7230S).
17. Close the “Control Panel” window.
4. Attach new DVD drive (AD-7230S) to the position where removed DVD a The system returns to the desktop.
was attached.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Procedure for installing Disc Burning Module 2. Click [Next].
Install Disk Burning Module V2.0.
This DVD drive is applicable to the systems in which CR-VW 674 running on
Windows XP SP2 has been installed.
However, that the systems in which CR-VW 674 running on Windows XP SP3/
Vista/7 has been installed are out of applicable scope.
 NOTE 
• It is necessary to install this module in both Server PC and Client PC.
• Terminate the Server application before performing installation.
• In case the old version of the Disc Burning Module has been installed, uninstall it
with [Add or Remove Programs] in the [Control Panel].
MC01070022.ai
a The “Setup Type” window opens.
3. Select “Custom” and click [Next].
MC01070021.ai
1. Insert the “CR-IR 355CL/355V CL Disc Burning Module V2.0” CD into

the DVD drive. MC01070023.ai
a After a while, the “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Disc Burning a The window to select functions of the program opens.
Module” window opens.
 NOTE 
If the automatic start is not activated, open the Explorer to double-click the
DVD drive where “CR-IR 355CL/355V CL Disc Burning Module V2.0” CD is
inserted.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Remove the checkmark from the “B’s CLIP” (only “B’s GOLD” is 6 . Click [Finish].
selected) and then click [Next].
MC01070026.ai
MC01070024.ai
a The “Language Selection” window opens. 7. Remove Disc Burning Module installation CD from the DVD drive.
 NOTE 
5. Select “English” and then click [Next].
Restart the PC if required.

9. Double-click [Add or Remove Programs].
MC01070027.ai
MC01070026.ai

a After a while, the “InstallShield Wizard Completed” window opens.
10. Select “Disk Burning Module” in the “Currently installed programs”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Select “Click here for support information”.
MC01070028.ai
a The “Support Info” window opens.
12. Ensure that the version displays “2.00.0000”.
MC01070029.ai
13. Click [Close].

a The system returns to the “Add or Remove Programs” window.
14. Close the “Add or Remove Programs” window.

a The system returns to the “Control Panel” window.

a The system returns to the desktop.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appendix 3 How to Change the Study Data to be DVD Output that is Routed through USB Memory Appx MT 3-1
Appendix 3 How to Change the Study  NOTES 
Data to be DVD Output • <Database backup function using USB memory>

“Connected equipment” – “DBAutoBackup” under Service Utility can be used as a
that is Routed through method to make backups on USB memory.
Other methods to create backups are to use “DBAutoBackup” with NAS or the
USB Memory system “Database backup using storage HDD” (36-1) with NAS/USB-HDD. When
using these two methods, there is no need to backup data using USB memory. If
using multiple methods, deselect or do not set the database backup
1. Outline (DBAutoBackup) using USB memory.
• <Do not change the USB memory drive letter during usage>
This function is a procedure that covers the facilities where issues such as the After setting the drive letter, such as to “E”, before starting, do not change the
inability to write, and delayed output are occurring at the facilities that are drive letter, such as to “F”, even if the USB memory was removed for some
implementing the storing of study data onto storage media(DVDs). reason and recognized again.
These procedures are not required if the current DVD output is problem-free. Images that are temporarily stored on USB memory cannot be output to DVD if
the drive letter changes.
With V2.5(B), there are functions that have been added whereas the study data is
output to DVD via USB memory.
DVD writing errors can be reduced by temporarily exiting the study data in the USB r REFERENCE
memory. It is recommended that USB memory be used in order to facilitate even The structure and saving method of backup are as follows.
better stable operations.
1) Folder structure
The database can also be automatically backed up to USB memory, making it “ROOT”
unnecessary to create backups with the Backup Utility.
└ [Backup]
The following explains the installation procedure for USB memory.
├ [Day][Date]_[Time] folder
r REFERENCE (E.g., “Monday20131118_053540” folder)
Once output to media completes, use Explorer to check the label name and write ├ Various settings folders (Config, Database, Lut, Param,
the label name on the media. UserMarker, UserReportFormat, UserSchema)
├ Various settings folders
├ Various settings folders
2) Saving method
Takes a backup of the database once every three days. The past three backups
can be saved. The oldest backup will be deleted when backing up for the fourth
time.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Target models
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL V2.5(B) or later server PC
■ Required specifications
• USB 2.0-compatible
• 32 GB or greater
■ Precautions for USB memory use

Do not change the USB memory drive letter in the Service Utility.
Changing the USB memory drive letter is not recommended. If the drive letter
changes when changing USB memory devices, restore the original drive letter by
using Windows functionality (Control Panel - Administrative Tools - Computer
Management – Storage - Disk Management).
When it is necessary to change the drive letter, follow “4.2. USB Memory
Replacement Procedure” and change the letter after outputting the study data on
the USB memory.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Installation Procedure 6. Configure the following settings.
I.
2.1 Facilities Which Cannot Output Storage

Media (Supports V2.5(B) or Later) II.
Covers the facilities that are implementing DVD output via storage media when III.
using CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL V2.5(B) or later.
 NOTE 
• At the facilities which are already implementing DVD output operations via
storage media, the facilities must be those which cover DVD output via USB
memory but are not implementing it. INApp17006.ai
I. Place a checkmark to “Save the image to the USB memory”.

• Terminate the server application in advance.
II. Set “Device name” to “USB_MEMORY”.
III. Select the drive letter for the USB memory from the “USB memory drive to
1. Connect the 32 GB USB memory device to a USB port at the back of be output” pull-down menu.
the PC. r REFERENCE
The things that have been output to the DVDs up until now may be output
2. Start Explorer and check the drive letter of the connected USB
once to USB memory via the implementing of these settings.
memory device.
3. Start the Service Utility. 7. Click [OK].

$ For how to start the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and a The system returns to the “Setting connection devices” window.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. 8. Click [DBAutoBackup].
a The “Image save settings” window opens.
5. Click [USB memory output setting].

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click [Browse] and select the USB memory drive letter. 13. Select “NAS/USB-HDD output setting” and configure the following
settings.
INApp17007.ai
r REFERENCE I.
II.
Study database backups may be written to USB memory via the implementing
III.
of these setting.
10. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the“Setting connection devices” window.
INApp17008.ai
I. 32-7: Check that the USB memory drive letter is set.

11. Click [Back].
II. 32-8: Set to “3”.
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window. III. 32-9: Set to “3”.
12. Click [System]. 14. Click [OK].

a The “System settings” window opens. a The system returns to the“Service Utility top” window.

16. Format the USB memory.

$ For details, see “4.1 Formatting the USB memory”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Confirmation Procedure
1. Start the server application and check that the USB memory icon on
the indicator is on.
INApp17009.ai
2. Register the test study for confirmation. Output the test study to the
storage media and check that the study data is output to the USB
memory device.
3. Select “Exit” from the server application exit menu.

a The server application terminates.
4. Check that the auto backup tool has started.
INApp17010.ai
5. Select a USB memory device in Explorer, check that a “Backup folder”

is created directly under the USB memory root drive and there is
backup data in the folder.

$ For details, see “4.1 Formatting the USB memory”.
7. Start the server application and erase the test study for confirmation
from “Study Utilities”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Various USB Memory Operations ■ Formatting procedure (Windows XP)

In case of Windows XP when formatting the removable media such as USB
memory, only “FAT32” can be selected from the “File system” pull-down menu in
the “Fromat” window. “NTFS” cannot be selected because it is not in the pull-down
4.1 Formatting the USB Memory menu.
The following procedure describes how to make it possible to do the formatting
with “NTFS”.
■ Formatting procedure (Windows 7 / Vista)
1. From the “Start” menu, select “My Computer”.
a The “My Computer” window opens.
2. Check the connected USB memory from displayed drives.
2. Check the connected USB memory from displayed drives.
3. Right-click the USB memory and select “Properties”.
3. Right-click the USB memory and select “Format”.
a The “Format” window opens.
4. Perform the following procedure.

I. Change the “File System” from “FAT32” to “NTFS”.
II. Place a checkmark to “Quick Format” under “Format options”.
III. Click [Start].
I.
MTApp03001.ai
4. Select the “Hardware” tab.

II.
III.
INApp17011.ai
a USB memory formatting is executed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Select the USB memory from the “All disk drive” list and click 4.2 USB Memory Replacement Procedure
[Properties].
USB memory cannot guarantee data depending on usage duration and capacity.
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application monitors data usage duration and
capacity and notifies users when it is time for a replacement.
The following explains the message displayed when it is time for a replacement
and the replacement procedure for the USB memory.
r REFERENCE
Users perform this same procedure.
■ When to replace the USB memory

The USB memory needs to be replaced when the indicator flashes and the
following messages appear in the “Event” tab on the Indicator screen.
MTApp03002.ai
• [29173] Replace the USB memory.
• [29176] Replace the USB memory.
6. Select the “Policies” tab and select “Optimize for performance”.
7. Click [OK]. ■ USB memory replacement procedure

 NOTE   NOTES 
If the window confirming for the restart opens, restart the PC. • Do not connect other devices to the USB port until the procedure is completed.
If other devices are connected to the USB port, the USB drive letter may change
when removing and installing USB memory.
r REFERENCE
• Terminate the server application in advance.
By performing the procedure above, it become possible to select “NTFS” from the
pull-down menu in the ”Format” window.
To continue the formatting procedure, see “■ Formatting procedure (Windows 7 / 1. Start Explorer and check the drive letter of the USB memory.
Vista)”.
2. Output the data on the USB memory to DVD media.
$ See “4.3 Manual Output of Data on USB memory”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. From the taskbar, click [Safe to Remove Hardware] and select the USB 4.3 Manual Output of Data on USB Memory
memory drive letter.
The following explains the procedure to manually output the data on the USB
memory to media.
 NOTE 
Terminate the server application in advance.
INApp17012.ai
4. Remove the USB memory after the following message appears.

1. Double-click the “UsbToMediaSaveTool” shortcut on the desktop.
a The “USB memory -> DVD writing tool” window opens.
2. Check that “There are {X} folders that support outputs to the DVD” is
displayed.
INApp17013.ai
5. Connect the new USB memory to the same port that the old USB
memory was connected to.
6. Open Explorer and check that the USB memory drive letter is the same
as the original USB memory.
 NOTE 
If the drive letter is different, change it to match the original drive letter.
$ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” in “1.5.1.
Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks, Replacement INApp17014.ai
and Adjustment of Parts”.

3. Prepare DVD disks for the number of folders that are displayed.
7. Format the USB memory. 4. Click [Starts writing].

$ For details, see “4.1 Formatting the USB memory”. a “Media waiting dialog” appears and the DVD drive automatically opens.
the indicator is on.
INApp17009.ai
9. Output the study images on the storage media from the server
application and check that they can be output to the USB memory.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Insert a DVD disk into the DVD drive and click [OK]. 6. Close the DVD drive again and check the label name in Explorer.
r REFERENCE
Write a label name on the media.
7. Check the message that appears on the “USB memory -> DVD writing
tool” window.
INApp17015.ai
• “There is no folder that supports outputs to the DVD.”
a The media is automatically checked. Writing starts if there are no problems Open Explorer and check that there are no folders remaining in the
with the inserted media.
connected USB memory other than the backup folder.
INApp17016.ai
INApp17037.ai
 NOTES  • “There are X folders that support output to the DVD.”

If a writing failed message appears, return to Step 3 and try again. If you want to continue output, return to Step 4 and output the next target
If one of the following error messages appears, perform the following folder.
procedure and then return to Step 4 and try again.
• “Media Not Support” 8. Click [Close].
Insert either a DVD disk. a The system returns to the “USB memory -> DVD writing tool” window.
• “Media Not Blank”
Insert a blank disk.
• “Media Not Insert”
No disk is inserted. Insert a disk.
• “Unable to recognize”
The media cannot be recognized for reasons other than those stated above.
Change media or check that the media is properly inserted.
a Writing completes and the DVD drive automatically opens.

A message appears stating that writing was successful.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.4 Replacing and Re-outputting USB Memory 4. Connect the new USB memory to the same port that the old USB
memory was connected to.
The following explains how to replace the USB memory with a new device and
re-output data if the USB memory was damaged and there is study data that has 5. Open Explorer and check that the USB memory drive letter is the same
not been output from the USB memory to DVD media. as the original USB memory.
 NOTES   NOTE 
• Do not connect other devices to the USB port until the procedure is completed. If the drive letter is different, change it to match the original drive letter.
If other devices are connected to the USB port, the USB drive letter may change $ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” in “1.5.1.
when removing and installing USB memory. Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks, Replacement
• Terminate the server application in advance. and Adjustment of Parts”.
• When the drive letter was changed when the USB memory was in operation,
output to DVD was no longer possible. As a remedy, perform the following
procedure to re-output to the USB memory and it may be possible to output to
DVD. $ For details, see “4.1 Formatting the USB memory”.
1. Start Explorer and check the drive letter of the USB memory. the indicator is on.
2. From the taskbar, click [Safe to Remove Hardware] and select the USB
memory drive letter. INApp17009.ai
8. Click and select the “Storage utility”.
INApp17012.ai
3. Remove the USB memory after the following message appears.
INApp17017.ai
a The “Storage utility” window opens.
INApp17013.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Select the USB memory from the “Select media that supports II. Wait until all the studies are output to the USB memory.
processing.” pull-down menu and click “Re-output to the USB
memory”.
INApp17038.ai
 NOTE 
It may take some time to complete output when there are many studies. If
you cancel output before it completes, return to Step 6 and start again.
III. After output completes, check that the window stating that all outputs were
completed successfully is displayed.
 NOTE 
If output fails, a failure message appears. In that case, return to Step 6
and start again.
IV. Once you have checked that there are no studies that have not been output
to the DVD, click [Cancel].
INApp17018.ai
a The “Re-output to the USB memory” window opens.
10. Check the displayed window and perform the following procedure.
● When the message “There are {0} studies that are not output to the DVD” is
displayed.
I. If there are “Studies that are not output to the DVD”, click [Start].
INApp17020.ai
a The system returns to the “Storage utility” window.
INApp17019.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● When “There is no study that is not output to the DVD” is displayed
I. Click [Cancel].
INApp17020.ai
a The system returns to the “Storage utility” window.

II. Click [Close].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.5 If the USB Memory is Removed During 5. Click [OK].
Output a The system returns to the “Setting connection devices” window.
The following explains the procedure in the case that the USB memory is removed 6. Click [Back].
during output.
 NOTES 
• Do not connect other devices to the USB port until the procedure is completed.
If other devices are connected to the USB port, the USB drive letter may change a The system returns to the desktop.
when removing and installing USB memory.
• Terminate the server application in advance. 8. Re-insert the USB memory that was accidentally removed into the
same USB port.
1. Start the Service Utility. 9. Open Explorer and check that the USB memory drive letter is the same
$ For how to start the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and as the original USB memory.
 NOTES 
If the drive letter is different, change it to match the original drive letter.
2. Click [Connected equipment]. $ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” in “1.5.1.
Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks, Replacement
a The “Setting connection devices” window opens. and Adjustment of Parts”.
3. Click the [USB memory output setting].

10. Check that the data was output to the USB memory.
$ For details, see “3. Confirmation Procedure”.
4. Check the “USB memory drive to be output” drive letter.
INApp17004.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.6 Manually Importing Study Data from the 4. Select the folder that you want to manually import with the date the
USB Memory patient study was output in the memory and click [OK].
The following explains the procedure to manually import study information output
onto the USB memory.
■ Setup procedure
1. Start the server application and log in.
2. Select the [Import] tab and click .
INApp17023.ai
r REFERENCE
Steps 5 to 9 below are the same as the operation described in “3.5 Importing
Various Images for Reference” in the reference guide.
For details, see the reference guide.
5. Check that the selected folder name is displayed in the “Drive” pull-
down menu and click .
INApp14021.ai
a The “Import DICOM off-line” window opens.
3. Click the “Drive” pull-down menu and select [Other].
INApp17024.ai
a Patient list output in the folder is displayed in the “Study list”.
INApp17022.ai
a The “Browse For Folder” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Select patient data that you want to import. a Importing starts.The “Import has started” window opens after a short time.
INApp17028.ai
9. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Import DICOM off-line” window.
INApp17025.ai
a Studies of selected patients appear. 10. Click [Close].

7. Select studies that you want to manually import.
1. Select the “Study List” tab on the Main window.
2. Check that the imported study is displayed.
INApp17026.ai
8. Select “It will be managed by storing on the hard disk.” under “Intended
use for import:” and click “Start retrieving.
INApp17029.ai
INApp17027.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.7 Outputting from the USB Memory to the DVD 4. When writing image data from the USB memory to DVD media, insert
Media DVD media into the drive if the following screen appears.
The following is the procedure to output from the USB memory to DVD media when
using the USB memory.
1. Click on the bottom left of the Main window.

a The “Select Server Application Behavior” window opens.
INApp17032.ai
a The following window opens and the server application automatically

2. Select [Shutdown the PC] and click .
terminates.
INApp17033.ai
a Database backup starts after a short time.
INApp17030.ai
a The “[29151] Server application will shut down.” window opens.
INApp17010.ai
INApp17031.ai
3. Click [OK].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. After database backup completes, the tool runs and starts writing
from the USB memory to DVD media.
INApp17034.ai
a After writing completes, the PC automatically shuts down.
6. Start the PC.

a The server application starts and “Succeeded in writing the DVD media”
window opens.
INApp17035.ai
7. Eject the DVD media from the DVD drive and click [OK].
a The login window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Restoring the Database Using the 3. Click [OK].
USB Memory
The following explains the procedure to restore the operating environment by using
database information that is output onto the USB memory.
■ Restrictions INApp17036.ai
• The application version when creating backup data on the USB memory must be a The Restoration Tool starts.
the same as the application version of the restoration destination.
• A PC that restores data using this tool must have the same settings as the PC 4. Click [Select].
that created the backup data (as this is concerned with the PC settings in the
configuration file (IP address, host name, and connection equipment)).
 NOTE 
Terminate the server application in advance.
1. Insert the USB memory that will be used in the restoration procedure
into the USB port in the rear of the PC to be restored.
2. Start the Restoration Tool by following the procedure below.

● Windows XP
I. From the “Start” menu, select “Run”.
IN05030051.ai
II. Type “RestorationTool” and click [OK].
a The “BackupDataSelectDialog” window opens.
a Restoration Tool start confirmation window opens.
● Windows Vista/7
I. From the “Start” menu, select “All Programs” - “Accessories” - “Run”.
II. Type “RestorationTool” and click [OK].
a Restoration Tool start confirmation window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click [Browse]. 8. Check that checkmarks are placed in all the information to be restored.
• “Settings Information”
Target of restoration: Settings information file and settings database
• “Patient Information”
Target of restoration: Patient database
• “Study Information”
Target of restoration: Study database
IN05030052.ai
a A window to select the backup folder opens.
6. Select a backup folder in the USB memory.

a Folders with the day of the backup in the backup folder open.
7. Select the folder that you want to use for restoration and click [Select]. IN05030054.ai
 NOTE 
Place a checkmark in “Restore From USB Memory” when restoring the
databases from the USB memory.
IN05030055.ai
IN05030053.ai
a The system returns to the “Restoration Tool” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click [Execute]. ■ Confirmation procedure
a Restoration starts and the following window opens.
1. Check that restoration didn’t fail due to errors during restoration.
 NOTES 
If restoration failed, save the error log file (RestoreErrorLog_
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.txt) on the desktop. Input the file name and database
name that failed to restore.
Check the content of the log and refer to the table below. When restoration is
successful, a file will not be created.
Error Details Response
IN05030056.ai
a When restoration completes, the following confirmation window opens. File - Place a checkmark in “Settings Information”
and start the restoration procedure again.
Database Explanation Place a checkmark in “Settings Information”
History and start the restoration procedure again.
ListConfig
Preset
UserData
Patient Place a checkmark in “Patient Information” and
start the restoration procedure again.
IN05030057.ai
Study Place a checkmark in “Study Information” and
start the restoration procedure again.
10. Click [OK].
2. Click [Close] on the “Restoration Tool” window.
Once restoration is complete, proceed to the “■ Confirmation procedure” a The system returns to the desktop.
3. After restoring the database, restart the PC.
4. Perform a server application operation check.

$ For details, see “1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after Installation”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MC-I
MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-I
MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts MC-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) 1, 27, 34, 60 to 84
Appx MC 2-1 to 5, 12-9, 13-1, 2
Changes in pagination (FM5421) 35 to 44, 85 to 102,
Appx MC 2-6 to 8, 12-10 to 12, 13-3, 4
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) 1, 3 to 74, 77, 78, 90 to 109, 111 to 123
Appx MC 2-1 to 12, 6-1 to 3, 8-1, 9-1, 2, 14,
14-1 to 4, 15-1 to 4
Changes in pagination (FM5525) 75, 76, 79 to 89, 110, 124 to 138
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) 1, 3, 42, 48, 51, 58 to 71, 74 to 82, 94 to 128,
135 to 138
Appx MC 2-2, 7 to 9, 12, 3-1, 2, 6-1, 3, 7-1 to 3,
9-15, 10-1, 2, 5, 12-1 to 3, 5, 6, 11 to 20
Changes in pagination (FM5653) 72, 73, 83 to 93, 129 to 134, 139 to 146
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) 1, 2, 4, 28, 29, 32, 36 to 38, 46, 48 to 53, 78, 79,
89, 91, 92, 94, 96 to 208, 218
Appx MC 1-1, 4 to 6, 2-1 to 24, 3-1, 7-1, 14, 17, 20,
8-1, 2, 6, 9-1, 10-11 to 13, 17, 13-1 to 16
Changes in pagination (FM5900) 5 to 27, 30, 31, 33 to 35, 39 to 45, 47, 54 to 77,
80 to 88, 90, 93, 95, 209 to 217, 219 to 226
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) 1 to 3, 5, 7 to 9, 12, 31, 44 to 48 ,52, 53, 58, 61,
(FM5901) 62, 66 to 75, 85, 98, 99, 101, 103, 104,
106 to 125, 127 to 134, 140 to 142, 145 to 148,
150, 151, 153, 155, 156, 159 to 162, 188, 190,
191, 195, 202 to 210, 212 to 219,
Appx MC 2-1 to 5, 10, 11, 13, 17 to 19, 22 to 24,
26, 28 to 36, 7-2, 14, 8-6, 13-1 to 52, 14-1 to 4,
15-1 to 12, 16-1 to 4
Changes in pagination (FM5901) 6, 10, 11, 13 to 30, 32 to 43, 49 to 51, 54 to 57, 59,
60, 63 to 65, 76 to 84, 86 to 97, 100, 102, 105,
126, 135 to 139, 143, 144, 149, 152, 154, 157,
158, 163 to 187, 189, 192 to 194, 196 to 201, 211,
220 to 225,
Appx MC 2-6 to 9, 12, 14 to 16, 21, 22, 25, 27
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-II
MC-III
Control Sheet
08/30/2014 08 Revision for software V2.5(B) (FM6240) 1, 4, 55, 57 to 59, 62, 106, 111 to 114, 127,
133 to 135, 141, 143, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153,
155, 157 to 160, 163, 165, 166, 202, 212,
Appx MC 2-1 to 4, 6, 7, 10, 16 to 21, 27, 28,
36 to 38, Appx MC 4-3, Appx MC 7-14,
Appx MC 10-17, Appx MC 13-15,
Appx MC 15-1 to 4, 8 to 11, 15
Changes in pagination (FM6240) 60, 61, 63 to 105, 107 to 110, 115 to 126,
128 to 132, 136 to 140, 142, 144 to 146, 149, 152,
154, 156, 161, 162, 164, 167 to 201, 203 to 211,
213 to 230, Appx MC 2-22 to 26, 29 to 35, 39, 40,
Appx MC 13-16 to 52, Appx MC 15-5 to 7, 12 to 14,
16
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-III
MC-IV
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-IV
1.1 Installation Flowchart MC-1
1. Reinstalling the OS and the Application 1.1 Installation Flowchart

Presented below is the procedure used for installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL-
AP from the OS. Follow the flowchart to install the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
1.2 Preparation
* Perform either of operations according to the OS to be installed.
1.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows XP] [CR-VW 674]

1.4 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows Vista]
1.5 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows 7]
1.6 RU Settings
1.7 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software
1.8 Settings by the Simplified Setup Wizard
1.9 IIS Network Virus Protection
1.10 Making Checks Using the Service Utility
1.11 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference Guide
1.12 Verifying and Resetting After

the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Installation
1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after Installation
1.14 Reconstructing the Image Database
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-1
1.2 Preparation MC-2
1.2 Preparation ■ Backing up setting information
 NOTE 
■ Acquiring backup If the users on different accounts are using each different display setting, back up
Images and database can be restored by acquiring backup before performing the the settings by accounts.
OS reinstallation.
There are two ways of acquiring backup: Automatically acquiring backup during 1. Click [Customize] on the “Image Viewer” window and select “Tool
operation in advance and acquiring backup right before the OS reinstallation. bar”.
Confirm and perform the backup method which suits the current condition of the
machine.
$ For details, see “1. Backup Work Before OS Reinstallation” under “Appendix
13: Backup and Restoration Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL”.
$ To confirm the restoration method in advance, see “2. Restoration Procedure

After OS Reinstallation” under “Appendix 13: Backup and Restoration
Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL”.
MC01107.AI
r REFERENCE
The “Set viewer tool bar” window can be displayed by the following
procedures.
I. With displaying the image on the “Image Viewer” window, right-click on the
image.
II. Select “Customize” - “Tool bar” from the right-click menu.
MC01108.AI
a The “Set viewer tool bar” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.2 Preparation MC-3
2. Click [Other] and select “Export of setting information”. ■ Precautions before reinstalling the OS
Be aware of the following precautions when reinstalling the OS after the backup is
completed.
• Before reinstalling the OS, remove the temporary HDD from the PC.
• Check the version information, option information, IP address information and
computer name of the institution, and perform the OS reinstallation while make
MC01109.AI
sure that the same environment is recreated.
a The “Save As” window opens. • For the environment connected to Backup NAS or client, start up the Service
Utility and note down that the drives of Backup NAS and client have been set to
which network drives. After the OS reinstallation, perform the network drive setup
manually or reperform the setup regarding the Backup NAS and client.
MC01110.AI
3. Enter a file name and click [Save].

a The setting information file will be saved.
4. Back up the setting information file.

r REFERENCE
To restore the setting information of tool bar backed up, perform the following
procedures.
I. Click [Other] on the “Set viewer tool bar” window and select “Import of
setting information”.
a The “Open” window opens.
II. Select the setting information file and click [Open].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows XP] [CR-VW 674] MC-4
1.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS 1.3.1 Installing and Setting Windows XP
[Windows XP] [CR-VW 674] This section describes how to install Windows XP.
 NOTE  The OS is to be installed in the following situations:

When reinstalling the OS, do not connect mouse and keyboard to the adjacent • After HDD replacement
USB ports. • After an error occurrence in the OS
After the completion of OS reinstallation processing, reconnect mouse and
keyboard to the specified USB ports. Items to be readied for OS installation
An attempt to reinstall the OS, with its mouse and keyboard connected to the
• Windows XP installation CD
adjacent USB ports, may cause keyboard entries not to be recognized halfway
(Dell Product Recovery CD (Windows XP) contained in the PC box.)
through the OS reinstallation processing.
• Dell Resource CD
OS installation drive C:\ (A CD that stores various drivers.)
C drive only (no other partitions will be
Partition/format
created.) /NTFS i IMPORTANT
Name FUJIFILM Corporation
Regional settings If you do not have a backup by following the procedure of “1.2 Preparation”,
Organization FUJIFILM Corporation
acquire a backup if necessary.
Indicated on the right-hand side of the PC
Product key
main unit cover. $ For detials, see “1.2 Preparation”.
The default settings when shipped from
factory CR-VW 674:
Computer name and Computer name CVXXXXXXXX  NOTES 
password (XXXXXXXX: Eight-digit manufacture No.)
* Take notes accordingly if changed. • If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows will not be
Password system displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network settings, be sure to
Protocol used TCP/IP connect the PC to the network (connection to the RU) accordingly before
“172.16.1.20” when shipped from factory.
installation work.
IP address
* Take notes accordingly if changed. • When HDD of a recommended PC model is replaced, check setup details ahead
Network settings “255.255.0.0” when shipped from factory. of time because the HDD may not be operated unless the PC’s BIOS settings are
Subnet mask
* Take notes accordingly if changed. changed accordingly.
Used by the work group.
Domain or work group • Driver software installation may be required while Windows XP is being installed.
(The group name remains the default.)
In such an instance, use the Dell Resource CD to install it.
This computer’s user Automatically logged
fujicr
settings (auto logon on username
settings) Password system
Display color True Color (32-bit)
1280 × 1024 (17-inch LCD)
Monitor settings 1680 × 1050 (20-inch LCD)
Display area
1600 × 1200 (21-inch LCD)
1920 × 1200 (24-inch LCD)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Network connection between the CR-VW 674 and the RU ■ Windows XP installation
If the PC is not connected properly via the network in advance, the network setup
windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed, depending on the i IMPORTANT
Windows XP installer specifications. Since V2.3(B) shipment, the hard drive structure has been changed to hold the X
$ For details, see “3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other drive apart from the C drive.
Equipment” under “IN: Installation”. Since how to hold the drives varies depending on the shipment status and version,
pay attention to the drive configuration of the equipment which OS reinstallation is
1. Use a crossing cable to connect the CR-VW 674 to the RU or use a to be performed.
network cable to connect the CR-VW 674 to the HUB for network Different cases of drive configuration are stated below.
connection via the HUB.
• Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier (equipment with the version of V2.2(B) or
earlier)
2. Turn ON the power to the RU. For network connection via the HUB, the
- Holds C drive
power can be left turned OFF.
• Product shipped as V2.3(B) or later
- Holds C drive and X drive
■ Target PC • Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier and then upgraded to V2.3(B) or later (The
following two cases exist.)
Dell OptiPlex 755
- Holds C drive
- Holds C drive and another drive (arbitrary drive name)
With the cases mentioned above, there are three patterns to reinstall the OS as
follows.
• OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive)
• OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive)
• OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and
another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.)
For the case of “OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C
drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.)”, note down the total
capacity and drive letter information of each drive before the reinstallation.
Since the drive letter information will be initialized when the C drive was formatted,
distinguish drives with their capacities.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Changing the boot menu setting and starting from the installation CD 4. Select “ Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” using arrow keys, and
a The “Press any key to boot from CD...” message appears on the bottom of the
a The PC starts running. window.
Boot Device Menu
F2 = Setup
2. Press the <F12> key when appears at the upper
F12 = Boot Menu
right corner of the window. Onboard or USB Floppy Drive
Onboard SATA Hard Drive
 NOTE  Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not
open. System Setup
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform Step 2. above again. Hard Drive Diagnostics
Boot to Utility Partition
Use Up/Down arrows to highlight desired item.
Boot Device Menu
Use Enter to select highlighted item.
Onboard or USB Floppy Drive

Onboard SATA Hard Drive Press any key to boot from CD..
Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive MC000109.EPS
System Setup 5. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.

Hard Drive Diagnostics  NOTE 
Boot to Utility Partition
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds after the “Press
any key to boot from the CD...” message appears on the bottom of the window,
Use Up/Down arrows to highlight desired item. the installation CD will not be recognized accordingly.
Use Enter to select highlighted item. If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform Step 2. to 4. again.
MC000108.EPS
a In about two minutes, the “Window XP Professional Setup” window opens.

3. Insert the “Windows XP installation CD” into the DVD drive.
a The “Windows XP License Agreement” window opens.
7. Press the <F8> key.

a A window opens, where you can select a setup type.
8. Press the <ESC> key.

a A window opens, where you can remove a partition or make necessary settings.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Deleting/formatting a partition 5. Verify that the “Format the partition using the NTFS file system”
Perform the following setup in accordance with the operational method. option is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
a After formatting the HDD that takes about 20 to 30 minutes depending on the
○ OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive) HDD capacity, files will be copied from the
DVD-ROM to the HDD (this takes about five minutes).
1. Select “C: NTFS” (or make sure that “C: NTFS” is selected) and then
a The PC restarts.
press the <D> key.
 NOTE 
Before deleting a partition, make backup copy of necessary image data stored
○ OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive)
on the HDD.
If a partition is deleted, the entire data in that partition will be lost.
1. Select “C: NTFS” (or make sure that “C: NTFS” is selected) and then
press the <D> key. Select “D: NTFS” and press the <D> key again.
XXXX MB Disk 0 at Id 0 on bus 0 on atapi [MBR]  NOTE 

C: Partition1 [NTFS] xxxx MB(xxxx MB free)
Before deleting a partition, make backup copy of necessary image data stored
D: Partition2 [NTFS] xxxx MB(xxxx MB free)
on the HDD.
If a partition is deleted, the entire data in that partition will be lost.
RI000212.EPS
 NOTE 
If “Unknown” partition exists on the window above, press the <L> and then XXXX MB Disk 0 at Id 0 on bus 0 on atapi [MBR]
<Enter> keys to delete the partition as well. C: Partition1 [NTFS] xxxx MB(xxxx MB free)
D: Partition2 [NTFS] xxxx MB(xxxx MB free)
a The partition deletion confirmation window opens.

RI000212.EPS
 NOTE 
If “Unknown” partition exists on the window above, press the <L> and then
 NOTE  <Enter> keys to delete the partition as well.
This window does not open when an attempt is made to format a partition in
which no OS is installed. a The partition deletion confirmation window opens.
a The partition deletion confirmation window opens again.

2. Press the <C> key.
a The window for the partition size registration opens.
3. Press the <L> key.
a After the completion of partition deletion, the partition creation window opens.
4. Select “Unpartitioned space” (or make sure that “Unpartitioned space”

is selected) and then press the <Enter> key.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Input “71680 (MB)” and press the <ENTER> key. 5. Select “Format the partition using the NTFS file system (Quick)”, and
MCApp02036.ai
a The partition window opens

MCApp02038.ai
4. Verify that the displayed string is “C: Partition1: [New (Raw)] 71681MB a The PC restarts.
(71680MB free)”, and press the <ENTER> key.
MCApp02037.ai
a The window for the format method selection opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
○ OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and 3. Select “Format the partition using the NTFS file system (Quick)”, and
another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.) press the <Enter> key.
1. Select “C:NTFS” and press the <ENTER> key.

a The partition installation window opens.
2. Press the <C> key.
MCApp02041.ai
a The warning window confirming whether to perform partition opens.
4. Press the <F> key.
MCApp02040.ai
a The format confirmation window opens.
MCApp02042.ai
a The PC restarts.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Performing setup in accordance with the setup wizard 5. Click [Next].
1. From the “Regional and Language Options” window, click [Next]. a The date/time setup window opens.
a The “Software Personal Setup” window opens. 6. Check the date, time, and time zone, and then click [Next].
If any wrong setting is encountered, correct it and then click [Next].
2. Make entries as follows.
Check the date. Check the time.
 Enter “FUJIFILM Corporation” in the [Name:] field.
 Enter “FUJIFILM Corporation” in the [Organization:] field.
3. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
If you have not used the installation CD that came with the PC, the product-
key entry window opens. In such a case, perform the following step.
1. Enter the product key in the [Product Key:] field and then click [Next]. Check the time zone. 00000320.EPS
The product key is indicated on the right-hand side cover of the PC main unit. a After some minutes, the PC restarts.
a The “Display Settings” window opens.
a A window opens to prompt for computer name and password input.
4. Enter the following settings:

7. Click [OK].
a The confirmation dialog opens.
 Enter a computer name (host name) in the [Computer Name:] field.
The default settings are as follows. 8. Click [OK].
CVXXXXXXXX
(use upper-case characters to enter the “CV.” XXXXXXXX are for the CR-VW a The “Welcome to Microsoft Windows” setup window opens.
674’s serial number.)
 NOTES  9. Click [Next].
• Enter the host name that was noted down before the start of OS installation. a The “Protect your computer” window opens.
• Even if you enter lower-case characters, their upper-case equivalents appear
in the [Computer Name:] field. Note, however, that the entered lower-case
10. Select the “Setup later” radio button, and click [Next].
characters will be internally handled as lower-case character data. a The “User setting” window opens.
 Enter “system” in the [Administrator Password:] field. 11. Enter “fujicr” (using single-byte lower-case letters only) for “User 1,”
 Enter “system” in the [Confirm Password:] field.
and click [Next].
r REFERENCE 12. Click [Finish].

The character string entries in the [Administrator Password:] and [Confirm a The system returns to the desktop.
Password:] fields appear as ●.
13. Remove the CD from the DVD drive.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Skipping WindowsXP Tour 5. Remove the checkmark from ( a ) and
click .
1. Click the “WindowsXP Tour” icon in the task tray.
a The WindowsXP Tour dialog opens.
2. Click [Next].
3. Click “Skip Intro” that appears at the lower left corner of the window.
4. Click the [x] mark at the lower right corner of the window to close the dialog. RI0000381.EPS
 NOTE  a The system returns to the “User Accounts” window.

A message saying “Your computer may be at risk.” may appear. You will
encounter no problems even if you disregard it.
6. Select “fujicr” from the user account names.
a The user account setup change window opens.
■ Setting the user account 7. Select “Create Password.”

a The password creation window opens.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
a The “Control Panel” window opens. 8. Perform the following entries:
2. If the window is not in the classic view mode, click “Switch to Classic  : Enter “system.”
View” in the upper-left corner of the window.
Click  : Enter “system.”
r REFERENCE
The character string entries in the [Type a new password:] and [Type the new
password again to confirm:] fields appear as ●.
9. Click .
LFC13047.EPS
a A message saying “Do you personalize files and folders?” appears.
3. Double-click [User Accounts]. 10. Click .

a The “User Accounts” window opens. a The system returns to the “User Accounts” window.
4. Select . 11. Close both the “User Accounts” and “Control Panel” windows.
a A window opens where the logon or logoff option is to be selected. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Changing drive letter 1.3.2 Installing the Driver Software
For driver software installation, use the utility software on Dell ResourceCD. To do
 NOTE 
this, you must first install the utility software on the PC for the CR-VW 674.
• Perform this procedure in case of “OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the
partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as  NOTE 
it is.)”
As for driver software installation, the driver(s) to install and how to install it/them
• Before starting the operation, change the drive letters according to the note about may vary depending on the type of the PC and/or the version of the utility software.
each drive and its capacity.
This section describes the procedure of installation on the OptiPlex 755 using “Dell
$ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” under DRIVERS AND UTILITIES P/N WX734 Rev. A01.”
“1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7”. For any case other than the above-mentioned one, contact Dell’s Technical Support
by phone or visit the home page.
Before making contact with Dell’s Technical Support, check the tag number of the
PC beforehand.
r REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use Device
Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
1. Right-click “My Computer” from the menu and select

“Properties” from the pull-down menu that opens.
2. Click the [Hardware] tab.
3. Click [Device Manager].
a Device Manager opens.
The software for items marked “?” in Device Manager is not installed. Install the
driver software for such items.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Installing the Dell Resource CD utility software 6. Place checkmark to “Click here to prevent this information from being
displayed again” ( a ) and click [Next].
1. Insert “Dell DRIVERS AND UTILITIES” CD, which is supplied with the a The Dell Resource CD utility software starts running.
PC, into the DVD drive.
2. When the following window automatically opens, click [OK].
RI000214.EPS
a The “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Dell Resource CD” window
opens.
MC000123.EPS
RI000215.EPS
3. Click [Next].
a The installation preparation complete window opens.
4. Click [Install].
a The installation processing starts.
After a while, a window opens to indicate that setup is completed.
5. Click [Finish].
a A utility program starts to display the initial screen.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Installing the driver software 2. Scroll the display and click [Extract].
Install the following driver software items. a The audio driver-related window opens.
• Audio driver
• Controller driver
• Network driver
• System drivers
• Video driver
MC000172.EPS
 NOTE 
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and utility
software version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell’s Technical Support or a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for
visiting associated home page. decompressing the audio driver.
● Installing the audio driver

1. In the “Audio Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to use (one that
is checkmarked). MC000173.EPS
 NOTE 
4. Click [OK].
If there is no checkmarked driver displayed, contact Dell’s Technical Support.
a A window opens to prompt you to confirm the folder where the file is to be
decompressed.
a The Audio driver window opens.
MC000174.EPS
5. Click [Yes].
MC000175.EPS
MC000171.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [OK]. ● Installing the controller driver
a The audio driver’s setup wizard window opens. Controller driver installation is unnecessary.
 NOTE 
Whereas the “Intel Matrix Storage manager’’ is check-marked, installation for this
driver is unnecessary.
MC000176.EPS
VW0301001.EPS
7. Click [Next].
a The audio driver’s setup complete window opens.
MC000177.EPS
8. Checkmark “No, I will restart my computer later.”, and click [Finish].

a The system returns to the Audio driver window.
9. Click [Return].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Installing the network driver 3. Click [Continue].
1. In the “Network (NIC) Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to use a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for
(one that is checkmarked). decompressing the network driver.
 NOTE 
If there is no checkmark beside the driver name(s) or there are two or more
driver names checkmarked, contact the Dell’s Technical Support.
MC000189.EPS
a The network driver’s window opens.

4. Click [OK].
decompressed.
MC000190.EPS
5. Click [Yes].
MC000187.EPS
2. Scroll the display and click [Extract].

a The network driver-related window opens. MC000191.EPS
MC000188.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [OK]. 8. Checkmark “I accept the terms in the license agreement.”, and click
a The setup wizard window for the network driver opens. [Next].
a The network driver’s installation window opens.
MC000192.EPS
MC000194.EPS
7. Click [Next].
9. Click [Install].
a The network driver’s installation complete window opens.
MC000193.EPS
MC000220.EPS
10. Click [Finish].

a The system returns to the network driver’s window.
11. Click [Return].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Installing the system driver 2. Scroll the display and click [Extract].
Install all the 3 software in the “System Drivers”(“xx” represents a version number). a Intel AMT HECI driver-related window opens.
• Intel AMT HECI Rev: Axx
• Intel AMT SOL/LMS Rev: Axx
• Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: Axx
VW0301004.EPS
a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for
decompressing the Intel AMT HECI driver.
VW0301005.EPS
VW0301002.EPS
1. Click the “Intel AMT HECI Rev: Axx” (“xx” represents a version number). 4. Click [OK].
a Intel AMT HECI driver’s window opens. a A window opens to prompt you to confirm the folder where the file is to be
decompressed.
VW0301006.EPS
VW0301003.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Click [Yes]. 7. Click [Next].
a A window opens to indicate that decompressing processing is completed. a The “License Agreement” window opens.
VW0301007.EPS
6. Click [OK].
a “Intel Management Engine Interface” setup wizard window opens.
VW0301009.EPS
8. Click [Yes].
a The “Readme File Information” window opens.
VW0301008.EPS
VW0301010.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
9. Click [Next]. 13. Click the “Intel AMT SOL/LMS Rev: Axx” (“xx” represents a version
a Installation processing starts. When the Installation processing completes, the number).
window stops with the “Click Next to Continue” is selected. a Intel AMT SOL/LMS driver’s window opens.
VW0301011.EPS
10. Click [Next].

VW0301013.EPS
a The “Setup Is Complete” window opens. 14. Scroll the display and click [Extract].
a Intel AMT SOL/LMS driver-related window opens.
VW0301012.EPS
11. Click [Finish]. VW0301014.EPS
a The system returns to the “Intel AMT HECI” driver’s window.
12. Click [Return].

a The system returns to the “My System” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15. Click [Continue]. 18. Click [OK] .
a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for a The “Welcome to the Setup Program” window opens.
decompressing the Intel AMT SOL/LMS drivers.
VW0301015.EPS
16. Click [OK].

decompressed.
VW0301018.EPS
19. Click [Next].

VW0301016.EPS
17. Click [Yes].

VW0301017.EPS
VW0301019.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
a The “Readme File Information” window opens. a Installation processing starts. When the Installation processing completes, the
window stops with the “Click Next to Continue’’ is selected.
VW0301020.EPS
VW0301021.EPS
r REFERENCE
When the following dialog is displayed, tick the checkbox of “Do not show this
message again’’ and click [OK].
VW0301022.EPS
22. Click [Next].

a The “Setup Is Complete” window opens.
VW0301023.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
23. Click [Finish]. 27. Click [Continue].
a The system returns to the “Intel AMT SOL/LMS” driver’s window. a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for
decompressing the Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Drivers.
24. Click [Return].
25. Click the “Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: Axx” (“xx”
represents a version number). VW0301026.EPS
a The “Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Drivers” window opens.

28. Click [OK].
decompressed.
VW0301027.EPS
29. Click [Yes].

VW0301024.EPS

a The “Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Drivers” related window opens.
VW0301028.EPS
VW0301025.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
30. Click [OK]. 32. Click [Yes].
a The “Welcome to the Setup Program” window opens. a The “Readme File Information” window opens.
VW0301029.EPS VW0301031.EPS
31. Click [Next]. 33. Click [Next].

a The “License Agreement” window opens. a Installation processing starts. When the Installation processing completes,
“Setup Is Complete” window opens.
VW0301032.EPS
34. Click [Finish].

a The system returns to the “Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility” driver’s
window.
VW0301030.EPS
35. Click [Return].

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Installing the video driver 3. Click [Continue].
1. In the “Video Device Drivers” area, click name of a driver to be used. decompressing the video driver.
 NOTE 
a The video driver’s window opens. MC000198.EPS
4. Click [OK].
decompressed.
MC000199.EPS
5. Click [Yes].
MC000195.EPS

a The video driver-related window opens. MC000127.EPS
MC000197.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [OK]. 8. Click [Yes].
a The video driver’s setup wizard window opens. a The “Readme File Information” window opens.
MC000215.EPS MC000217.EPS

a The “License Agreement” window opens. a Installation processing starts. When the Installation processing completes, the
window stops with the “Click Next to Continue” is selected.
MC000216.EPS
MC000218.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
10. Click [Next]. ■ Stopping the Intel AMT Service
a The video driver setup complete window opens. 1. From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel].
2. Double-click .
3. Double-click .
MC000219.EPS
a The “Services” window opens.
11. Select “Yes, I want to restart this computer now.” and click [Finish]. 4. Check that the “Extended tab” opens.
a The PC restarts.
5. Scroll the window, and double-click the “Intel(R) Active Management
12. Enter “fujicr” as the username and “system” as the password. Click Technology Local Management Service’’.
then [OK].
a The Window desktop opens.
13. Remove the Dell ResourceCD.
VW0301033.EPS
a The ”Intel(R) Active Management Technology Local Management Service”

window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click the downward arrow mark( ) for “Startup type” and select 8. Double-click the “Intel(R) Active Management Technology System
“Disabled” from the pull –down menu. Status Service”.
VW0301035.EPS
a The “Intel(R) Active Management Technology System Status Service” window

opens.
VW0301034.EPS 9. Click the downward arrow mark( ) for “Startup type” and select
“Disabled” from the pull –down menu.
7. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Services” window.
VW0301036.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
10. Click [OK]. 12. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Startup type” and select
a The system returns to the “Services” window. “Disabled” from the pull-down menu.
11. Double-click the “Intel(R) Active Management Technology User

Notification Service”.
VW0301037.EPS
VW0301038.EPS
a The “Intel(R) Active Management Technology User Notification Service”

window opens.
13. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Services” window.
14. Close the “Services” window.

a The system returns to the Control Panel.
15. Close the Control Panel.

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Canceling the startup registration of the atchk.exe a The “System Configuration” (confirmation of restart) window opens.
The atchk.exe becomes resident by the installation of the Intel AMT driver.
Perform set-ups for canceling the atchk registration.
atchk icon VW0301042.EPS

VW0301039.EPS
1. Select “Run…” from the Start menu. 4. Click [Restart].

a The “Run” window opens. a The PC restarts.
5. Enter “fujicr” in user name and “system” in password, then log in.
i IMPORTANT
When the dialog “System Configuration Utility’’ for status change is displayed
in the restart process, tick the checkbox of “Do not show this message or
launch the System Configuration Utility when Windows start:’’ and click [OK].
VW0301040.EPS
2. Enter “msconfig” in the “Open” field and click [OK].

a The “System Configuration Utility” window opens.
3. Remove the checkmark from the “atchk”, and click [OK].
VW0301043.EPS
6. After it restarted, confirm that the atchk icon is disappeared from the
taskbar.
VW0301041.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Installing Windows XP (SP3) and Internet Explorer 7.0 4. Select “I Agree” and click [Next].
● Environmental requirements a The “Select Options” window opens.
Install Windows XP (SP3) and Internet Explorer 7.0 when the PC environment 5. Click [Next].
fulfills all of the following requirements.
a After a while, the “Completing the Windows XP Service Pack 3 Installation
• V5.1 or later is to be installed. Wizard” window opens.
• Dual Core configuration (except when the system is operated with the Multi CPU
Core function turned OFF) 6. Click [Finish].
• The OS is Windows XP (SP2).
7. Restart the PC.
 NOTE  a The “Help protect your PC” window opens.
• Install Windows XP (SP3) before installing Internet Explorer 7.0.
• If the OS is already Windows XP (SP3), installing Windows XP (SP3) is not 8. Select “Not right now” and click [Next].
required.
● Installing Windows XP (SP3) ● Installing Internet Explorer 7.0
1. Insert the OS Update CD (XP SP3 + IE7 ENGLISH) CD into the DVD 1. Insert the OS Update CD (XP SP3 + IE7 ENGLISH) CD into the DVD
drive. drive.
a The batch file is launched automatically. a The batch file is launched automatically.
In the environment that V5.0 of CR-VW 674 had been installed, the batch file In the environment that V5.0 of CR-VW 674 had been installed, the batch file
is not launched automatically. is not launched automatically.
Select “My computer” (or Computer) from the “Start” menu and double-click Select “My computer” (or Computer) from the “Start” menu and double-click
“DVD drive”. “DVD drive”.
a The command prompt window opens. a The command prompt window opens.
2. Enter “1” (Install Windows XP SP3 for English) and then press the 2. Enter “2” (Install Internet Explorer 7 for English) and then press the
<Enter > key. <Enter> key.
a The “Software Update Installation Wizard” window opens.
3. After a while, the “Press any key continue...” message appears, press
3. Click [Next]. the <Enter> key.
5. Restart the PC.

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setting up networking information 5. Select “Use the following IP address:” ( a ).
1. From the [Start] menu, select [Control Panel]. a The “IP address” field and the “Subnet mask” field become active.
2. Double-click “Network Connections.”

a The “Network Connections” window opens.
3. Right-click “Local Area Connection Status”, and choose [Properties].

a The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens.
MC000134.EPS
r REFERENCE
The “IP address” field and the “Subnet mask” field become enabled to accept
value entry.
MC000132.EPS
6. Make the following settings:

4. Select “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)” (to highlight it), and click  “IP address” : Enter an IP address. (ex. 172.16.1.20)
[Properties].  “Subnet mask” : Enter a subnet mask. (ex. 255.255.0.0)
a The “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties” window opens.
 NOTE 
Enter the IP address and the subnet mask you took a note of before the
installation of the OS.
7. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties” window.
8. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Network Connections” window.
9. Close “Network Connections” window.

MC000133.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3.3 Setting the OS ■ Regional and Language Options Settings
Perform the following OS-related settings. $ For details of the procedure, see “4. Regional and Language Options
Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
• Regional and Language Options Settings
• Setting up the taskbar
• Checking the monitor settings
• Checking the screen refresh rate setting
• Setting up password entry to be made at the time of recovery from a standby
state
• Setting the power options
• Setting up Security Center: auto update setting
• Setting up Security Center: antivirus setting
• Setting up Security Center: alert mode setting
• Running the Internet Connection Wizard
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setting up the taskbar ■ Checking the monitor settings
Change the taskbar appearance settings in the following way.
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Display.”
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Taskbar and Start Menu a The “Display Properties” window opens.
Properties.”
a The “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window opens. 2. In the “Display Properties” window, click the “Settings” tab.
2. Perform the following taskbar-related settings.
RI0000354.EPS
3. Set the resolution to the monitor’s size.
I.
II. I. II.
INAppG0048.EPS
MC000116.EPS
I. Place a checkmark to “Auto-hide the taskbar” ( a ).
I. “Screen resolution” : (For a 17-inch LCD) 1280 by 1024 pixels
II. Remove the checkmark from “Hide inactive icons” ( a ).
II. “Color quality” : Highest (32 bit)
3. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Checking the refresh rate setting 3. Check to see that the “Screen refresh rate” is set to “60 Hertz.”
1. In the “Settings” tab of the “Display Properties” window, click

[Advanced].
a The “Default Monitor and Intel(R) 82865G Graphics Contro...” window opens.
MC000119.EPS
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Display Properties” window.
5. Click [OK].
MC000117.EPS a The system returns to the Control Panel.
2. Click the “Monitor” tab.
MC000118.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setting up password entry to be made at the time of recovery 3. Uncheck “Prompt for password when computer resumes from
from a standby state standby” ( a ).
With the factory default settings of the PC, password entry is requested when the
user wakes the PC from the standby state. Since the user may possibly touch the
standby button on the keyboard inadvertently, perform the following setting
operation as required.
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Power Options.”

a The “Power Options Properties” window opens.
INAppG0055.EPS
4. Click [OK].
INAppG0052.EPS
2. Click the “Advanced” tab.
INAppG0054.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setting the power options ■ Setting up Security Center: auto update setting
As part of setting up the Security Center, disable the auto update feature provided
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Power Options.” by Windows Update.
a The “Power Options Properties” window opens.
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Security Center.”
2. Perform the following settings. a The “Windows Security Center” window opens.
I. Confirm that “Power schemes” is set to “Home/Office Desk”.
II. Set “Turn off monitor:” to “After 20 mins”. 2. Click [Automatic Updates].
I.
II.
INAppG0069.EPS
3. Click [OK].
MC000135.EPS

a The “Automatic Updates” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Select the “Turn off Automatic Updates” radio button. ■ Setting up Security Center: antivirus setting
As part of setting up the Security Center, change the virus protection setting.
1. In the “Windows Security Center” window, click [Recommendations...]

under “Virus Protection.”
INAppG0060.EPS
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Windows Security Center” window.
5. Check to see that “Automatic Updates” is set to OFF.

INAppG0068.EPS
a The “Recommendation” window opens.
2. Place a checkmark to the “I have an antivirus program that I’ll monitor

myself ” ( a ).
INAppG0061.EPS
INAppG0062.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [OK]. ■ Setting up Security Center: alert mode setting
a The system returns to the “Windows Security Center” window. As part of setting up the Security Center, turn off the security-related alert feature.
4. Check to see that “Virus Protection” is set to “NOT MONITORED.” 1. In the “Windows Security Center” window, click [Change the way
Security Center alerts me].
INAppG0064.EPS
a The “Alert Settings” window opens.
INAppG0063.EPS
2. Remove all checks ( a ).
INAppG0065.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [OK]. ■ Running the Internet Connection Wizard
a The system returns to the “Windows Security Center” window.  NOTE 
4. If IE opens without the opening of the Internet Connection Wizard, it is not

Close the “Windows Security Center” window.
necessary to perform the following procedure.
a The system returns to the Control Panel. Proceed to “1.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)”.

a The system then returns to the desktop.
1. From the [Start] menu, click .
a The Internet Connection Wizard window opens.
MC000166.EPS
2. Select “Run the New Connection Wizard so I can select another

connection method”, and click [OK].
a The “New Connection Wizard” window opens.
MC000167.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [Next]. 5. Click [Finish].
a The “Network Connection Type” window opens. a The “Welcome to the Network Setup Wizard” window opens.
 NOTE 
This window opens only when network setting is not complete.
If nothing opens in the window after the click of [Finish], proceed to
“1.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)”.
MC000168.EPS
4. Select “Set up a home or small office network”, and click [Next].

a The “Completing the New Connection Wizard” window opens.
MC000170.EPS
6. Click [Cancel].
a The “Welcome to the Network Setup Wizard” window closes.
MC000169.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC) 2. Click [Finish].
a The Installation launcher exits.
 NOTE 
• In case of V4.1 or earlier, MSDE 2000 needs to be installed before .NET 3. Select “My Computer” from the [Start] menu.
Framework 1.1 is installed.
• If the OS is Windows XP SP2 or earlier, install Windows installer 3.1 before
installing .Net Framework.
4. Right-click DVD drive and select “open” from the menu.
$ For details on the procedure, see “■ Installing Windows Installer 3.1
(KB893803) [CR-VW 674 Only] [Windows XP Only]” in “Appendix 2: a The DVD drive window opens.
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version Upgrade”.
• With V5.1(B) or earlier, .NET Framework1.1 was installed using the install 5. Open the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”, and
launcher; however, with V1.1 (B) or later, it is installed not using the install double-click “dotnetfx”.
launcher, but by executing "dotnetfx" from the DVD drive. a The installation start confirmation window opens.
■ Installing the .NET Framework 1.1

1. Insert the application CD into the DVD drive.
MC000049.EPS
a The Installation launcher starts up.

6. Click [Yes].
a In a while, the “License Agreement” window opens.
MC000050.EPS

MC171001.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Select the “I agree” radio button, and click [install]. ■ Installing the .NET Framework SP1
a Installation processing starts.
When the installation completes, the completion window opens. 1. Open the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”,
and double-click “NDP1.1sp1-KB867460-X86”.
a The confirmation window for starting installation of “.NET Framework 1.1
Service Pack 1” opens.
MC000051.EPS
8. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”. MC000054.EPS
2. Click [OK].
a The “SUPPLEMENTAL END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” window opens.
MC000055.EPS
3. Click [I accept].
When the installation completes, the confirmation window opens.
MC000056.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Click [OK]. 1.3.5 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1” path.
 NOTE 
5. Close the window, and remove the application CD from the DVD drive. Perform this procedure in case of the OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment
a The system returns to the desktop. (C drive and another drive).
In case of the OS reinstallation to only the C drive and leaving another drive (Image
folder) as it is, this procedure is not required despite the same partitioned
equipment.
Set and use the X drive as the Image folder storage drive.
1. From the “Start” menu, select “Control Panel”.

2. Click “Administrative Tools”.

3. Double-click “Computer Management”.

a The “Computer Management” window opens.
4. Select “Storage” - “Disk Management” on the left side of the window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Right-click an unallocated space of Disk 0 and select “New Partition”. 6. Click [Next].
 NOTE  a The “Select Partition Type” window opens.
Confirm the size of the unallocated space of Disk 0.
MCApp02044.ai
MCApp02050.ai
7. Select “Primary Partition” and click [Next].

a The “New Partition Wizard” window opens.
a The “Specify Partition Size” window opens.
MCApp02043.ai
MCApp02045.ai
8. Confirm that the value is the same as the size of the unallocated space
of Disk 0 confirmed at Step 5.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
a The “Assign Drive Letter or Path” window opens. a The “Completing the New Partition Wizard” window opens.
10. Select “Assign the following drive letter” and select “X” from the pull-
down menu.
MCApp02048.ai
13. Click [Finish].

a The system returns to the “Computer Management” window.
MCApp02046.ai
11. Click [Next]. 14. Confirm that the new volume (X drive) has been created.
a The “Format Partition” window opens.
MCApp02047.ai
MCApp02049.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15. Close the “Computer Management” window. 1.3.6 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key
a The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window. When a Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) is supplied with the PC, install
mouse utility software and then disable the customize key accordingly.
16. Close the “Administrative Tools” window. $ For details on how to perform necessary settings, see “Appendix 5: Disabling
a The system returns to the desktop screen. the Customize Key Function — Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) (CR-
VW 674 Only)”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3.7 Installing IIS 2. Click “Install optional Windows components.”
a The “Windows Components Wizard” window opens.
1. Insert the Windows XP installation CD into the DVD drive.
a The “Welcome to Microsoft Windows XP” window opens.
MC000009.EPS
MC000008.EPS
 NOTE 
If the “Welcome to Microsoft Windows XP” window does not appear, launch it
by performing the following procedure.
I. From the [Start] menu, select [Run...].
a The “Run...” window opens.
II. Enter “d:\setup” in the “Open” field, and click [OK].
MC000043.EPS
a The “Welcome to Microsoft Windows XP” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Select “Accessories and Utilities”, and click [Details].
a The “Accessories and Utilities” window opens.
3. In the Components: section,
make the following settings.
● For Server PC
I. Place a checkmark to the following components ( a ).
• Internet Explorer
• Accessories and Utilities
• Internet Information Services (IIS)
II. For other components, uncheck them ( a ).
r REFERENCE
Components you must uncheck are as follows:
MC000010.EPS
• Fax Service • Index Service

• Management and Monitoring Tools • Message Queue
5. Checkmark “Accessories” ( a ).
• MSN Explorer • Network Service
• Other Network File and Print Services • Outlook Express
• Update Root Certificates • Windows Media Player
6. Uncheck “Games” ( a ).
• Windows Messenger
7. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Windows Components Wizard” window.
● For Client PC
I. Place a checkmark to the following components ( a ).
• Internet Explorer
• Accessories and Utilities
II. For other components, uncheck them ( a ).
r REFERENCE
Components you must uncheck are as follows:
• Fax Service • Index Service
• Internet Information Services (IIS) • Management and Monitoring Tools
• Message Queue • MSN Explorer
• Network Service • Other Network File and Print Services
• Outlook Express • Update Root Certificates
• Windows Media Player • Windows Messenger
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
 NOTE  10. Select , and click [Details].
Perform step 8 through 13 only for Server PC. a The “World Wide Web Service” window opens.
Perform steps 14 and later for Client PC.
8. Select “Internet Information Services (IIS)”, and click [Details].

a The “Internet Information Services (IIS)” window opens.
MC000012.EPS
11. Checkmark ( a ). Uncheck all other items ( a ).
12. Click [OK].

MC000011.EPS
a The system returns to the “Internet Information Services (IIS)” window.
9. Checkmark the following items ( a ).

13. Click [OK].
• “File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service”
a The system returns to the “Windows Components Wizard” window.
• “World Wide Web Service”
• “Internet Information Services Snap-In” 14. Click [Next].
• “Common Files” a Installation processing will start. When installation processing completes, the
“Completed” window opens.
For other items, uncheck their boxes ( a ).
15. Click [Finish].
a The system returns to the “Change System Configuration” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
16. In the “Welcome to Microsoft Windows XP” window, click [Exit].
MC000013.EPS

18. In the “Change System Configuration” window, click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
19. When the PC has restarted and a login window opens, enter the
following and click [OK].
Username : “fujicr”
Password : “system”
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3.8 Disabling the DVD Drive 4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “My Computer” window.
1. From the [Start] menu, select “My Computer”.
a “My Computer” window opens.
5. Close the “My Computer” window.
2. Right-click “DVD Drive” and select “Properties”.
MC000437.ai
a “DVD-RW Drive (D:) Properties” window opens.
3. Select the “Recording” tab, and remove the checkmark from “Enable
CD recording on this drive”( a ).
MC000438.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3.9 Installing the .NET Framework and Activating
the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC) 2. Click .
a The CR-VW 674 application’s setup window opens.

■ Installing the .NET Framework 2.0 (V2.0(B) or earlier)
a The installation launcher starts automatically.

MC171002.ai
3. Click .
MC171001.ai a The installation menu selection window of “.Net Framework” opens.
MC185002.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Select the “I have read and ACCEPT the terms of the License
4. Click .
Agreement” radio button, and click [Install].
a The installation start window opens.  NOTE 
Do not place a checkmark to “Send information about my setup experiences to
Microsoft Corporation”.

When the installation completes, the completion window opens.
MC185003.ai
MC185005.ai
5. Click .
7. Click .
a The “Welcome to Setup” window opens.
a The system returns to the installation menu selection window.
MC185004.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (V2.1(B) to V2.3(B)) 5. Click .
 NOTE  a The installation menu selection window of “.Net Framework” opens.
$ In case of installing V2.5(B) or later, see “■ Installing the .NET
Framework 3.5 (V2.5(B) or later)”.
2. From the [Start] menu, select “My Computer”.

3. Double-click “DVD Drive (D:)”.

a The installation launcher starts up.
MC01030100.ai
6. Click .
a The installation start window opens.
icon_MC0053.ai

MC171001.ai
4. Click .
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click .
7. Click .
 NOTE 
a The “Welcome to Setup” window opens. When you are requested to restart, restart the PC.
After the PC restarts, enter “fujicr” for user name and “system” for password
and log in.
After you log in, perform the steps from 2 through 7 again.
a The “Welcome to the Microsoft Chart Controls for Microsoft .NET Framework
3.5 software update” window opens.
icon_MC0054.ai
Agreement” radio button, and click .
 NOTE 
Do not place a checkmark to “Send information about my setup experiences to icon_MC0056.ai
Microsoft Corporation”.

icon_MC0055.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
10. Click [Next]. ■ Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (V2.5(B) or later)
a The “Microsoft Software License Terms” window opens.
1. Insert the CR-VW 674 application CD into the DVD drive.


icon_MC0057.ai
11. Place a checkmark to “I have read and accept the license terms” and
click [Next ].
icon_MC0058.ai
12. Click .
MC171001.ai
13. Confirm that a checkmark is on “.Net Framework has already been

installed.”. 4. Click .
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
 NOTE 
5. Click .
If the activation has already been implemented, the following window will not
a .NET Framework3.5 installation start window opens. be displayed.
.NET Framework 3.5, .NET Framework 3.5 Language Pack, .NET Framework
3.5 Cart Control are automatically installed in sequence and the window
moves to the next.
MC01002.ai
a When the installation completes, the system returns to the installation

MC01001.ai
launcher window.
a .NET Framework1.1 installation start window opens.
 NOTE 
.NET Framework1.1 is activated and the window closes automatically.
After the .NET Framework installation finishes, the PC may restart
automatically. If the PC restarts, do the procedure from step 2 again.
7. Restart the PC.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (V2.3(B) or earlier) 1.3.10 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)
This section shows the procedures used to install the SQL Server.
 NOTE 
The SQL Sever is a database for managing images and patient information that are
If the .NET Framework 1.1 has already been activated, you do not need to activate
handled by the system.
the .NET Framework 1.1.
Thus, the system, without the SQL Server installed, does not function.
 NOTE 
1. Click .
In case of V4.1 or earlier, install MSDE 2000. Install MSDE 2000 before performing
procedures on “1.3.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)”
$ For details of the procedure, see “1.4.12 Installing the SQL Server (Only for
Server PC)”.
1.3.11 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC)

2. Double-click
MC185009.EPS
.
2. Click [Next].
a The activation starts. a The “Add or Remove Programs” window opens.
When the activation completes, the system returns to the installation launcher
window. 3. Check to see that the following software item is listed under “Currently
installed programs:”.
● V2.0(B) or earlier
• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1
• Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 Service Park 1
• Microsoft SQL Server 2005
• Microsoft SQL Server Native Client
• Microsoft SQL Server Setup Support Files (English)
• Microsoft SQL Server VSS Writer
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● V2.1(B)/V2.2(B) 6. Double-click [Computer Management].
• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 a The “Computer Management” window opens.
• Microsoft Chart Controls for Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5
• Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1
● V2.3(B) or later
• Microsoft.Chart Controls for Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5
MC000014.EPS
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Native Client 7. Double-click .
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Files
• Microsoft SQL Server Browser 8. Double-click .
9. Double-click .
10. Select and right-click , and select “Properties.”
5. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Administrative Tools.” a The “Default Web Site Properties” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
11. Click the “HTTP Headers” tab.
MC000015.EPS
12. Check to see that “X-Powered-By:ASP.NET” is shown under “Custom

HTTP Headers.”
13. Click [OK]

14. Close the “Computer Management” window.

a The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.
15. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows Vista] MC-62
1.4 Installing and Setting Up the OS 1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista
[Windows Vista] This section describes how to install Windows Vista.
 NOTE  The OS is to be installed in the following situations:

• Before installing the OS, be sure to take notes of information on CR-VW 674/ • After HDD replacement
CR-IR 391CL such as Host name, IP address, Subnet mask. While installing the • After an error occurrence in the OS
OS, the information is needed.
• When reinstalling the OS, do not connect mouse and keyboard to the adjacent Items to be readied for OS installation
USB ports. • Windows Vista installation DVD
After the completion of OS reinstallation processing, reconnect mouse and (Dell Product Recovery DVD (Windows Vista) contained in the PC box.)
keyboard to the specified USB ports.
An attempt to reinstall the OS, with its mouse and keyboard connected to the • Dell Resource DVD
adjacent USB ports, may cause keyboard entries not to be recognized halfway (A DVD that stores various drivers.)
i IMPORTANT
If you do not have a backup by following the procedure of “1.2 Preparation”,
■ Property sheet acquire a backup if necessary.
OS installation drive C:\ $ For detials, see “1.2 Preparation”.
Partition/Install type Drive 0 / clean
Name FUJIFILM Corporation
Regional settings
Organization FUJIFILM Corporation  NOTES 
Product key
main unit cover. • If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows will not be
The default settings when shipped from displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network settings, be sure to
factory: connect the PC to the network (connection to the RU) accordingly before
Computer name and Computer name CVXXXXXXXX installation work.
password (XXXXXXXX: Eight-digit manufacture No.)
* Take notes accordingly if changed. • When HDD of a recommended PC model is replaced, check setup details ahead
Password system of time because the HDD may not be operated unless the PC’s BIOS settings are
Protocol used TCP/IP changed accordingly.
“172.16.1.20” when shipped from factory.
IP address • Driver software installation may be required while Windows Vista is being
* Take notes accordingly if changed.
Network settings “255.255.0.0” when shipped from factory. installed. In such an instance, use the Dell ResourceDVD to install it.
Subnet mask
Used by the work group.
Domain or work group
(The group name remains the default.)
This computer’s user Automatically logged
fujicr
1280 × 1024 (17-inch LCD)
Display area
1600 × 1200 (21-inch LCD)
1920 × 1200 (24-inch LCD)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Network connection between the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and ■ Windows Vista installation
the RU
i IMPORTANT
windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed, depending on the Since V2.3(B) shipment, the hard drive structure has been changed to hold the X
Windows Vista installer specifications. drive apart from the C drive.
$ For details, see “3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other Since how to hold the drives varies depending on the shipment status and version,
Equipment” under “IN: Installation”. pay attention to the drive configuration of the equipment which OS reinstallation is
to be performed.
1. Use a crossing cable to connect the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL to the Different cases of drive configuration are stated below.
RU or use a network cable to connect the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL to • Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier (equipment with the version of V2.2(B) or
the HUB for network connection via the HUB. earlier)
- Holds C drive
2. Turn ON the power to the RU. For network connection via the HUB, the
• Product shipped as V2.3(B) or later
power can be left turned OFF.
• Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier and then upgraded to V2.3(B) or later (The
- Holds C drive
- Holds C drive and another drive (arbitrary drive name)
follows.
• OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive)
An example of Dell Optiplex 760 is shown here.

For the case of “OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C
drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.)”, note down the total
capacity and drive letter information of each drive before the reinstallation.
Since the drive letter information will be initialized when the C drive was formatted,
distinguish drives with their capacities.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Initializing HDD 2. Press the <F12> key when the logo of DELL window opens.
Since the following procedure is not required in case of “OS reinstallation to only If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not open.
the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) (The another In such an instance, restart the PC to perform Step 2. above again.
drive is leaved as it is.)”, proceed to “● Re-installing OS”.

MC000314.ai
MC000315.ai
r REFERENCE
SATA0-WDC WD2500AAJS-75M0A0 is the model name of internal SATA HDD.
3. Insert the “Windows Vista installation DVD” into the DVD drive.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select “ Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” using arrow keys, and 8. Select “Repair your computer” at the bottom left of the window.
press the <Enter> key. a The “System Recovery Options” window opens.
window.
5. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.

 NOTE 
the installation CD will not be recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform Step 2. to 4. again.
a The lauguage selection window open. MC000436.AI
6. Select “My language is English”. 9. Click [Next].

a The “Choose a recovery tool” window opens.
AWV22001_E.ai
a The “Enter your language and other preferences” window opens.

MC000431.AI
7. Click [Next].
10. Select “Command Prompt”.
a The “Install now” window opens.
11. Input “diskpart” from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
X:\Sources>diskpart
MC000432.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
12. Input “selectdisk 0” (“ ” replace a single-byte space) and press ● Re-installing OS
the <Enter> key.
1. Press the <F12> key when the logo of DELL window opens.
DISKPART> select disk 0
 NOTE 
MC000433.ai
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not open.
a A message saying “Disk 0 is now the selected disk.” in the command prompt
window. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform Step 2. above again.
13. Input “clean” from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
Disk 0 is now the selected disk.

DISKPART> clean
MC000434.ai
14. Confirm a massage saying “Disk Part succeeded in cleaning the disk.”
and close the command prompt window by clicking its [×] mark.
DiskPart succeeded in cleaning the disk.

DISKPART>
MC000314.ai

MC000435.ai
a The system return to the “Choose a recovery tool” window.
15. Click the [Restart].

a The PC restarts.
MC000315.ai
r REFERENCE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Select “ Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” using arrow keys, and 5. Make the following settings and click [Next].
window.

 NOTE 
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform Step 1. to 3. again. MC000316.ai
Language to install : English

a The lauguage selection window open.
Time and currency format : English (United State)
Keyboard or input method : US
4. Select “My language is English”.
6. Click “Install now”.
AWV22001_E.ai
MC000317.ai

a The “Please read the license terms” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Place a checkmark to “I accept the license terms” and click [Next]. 9. Make the following settings in accordance with the operational
method.
○ OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive)

Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” and click [Next].
MC000318.ai
a The “Which type of installation do you want?” window opens.

MCApp02051.ai
8. Select “Custom (advanced)”. a The OS installation processing starts.

Upon completion of installation, the “Choose a user name and picture” window
opens.
MC000319.ai
a The “Where do you want to install Windows?” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
○ OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) ○ OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and
I. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space”, click “Drive options (advanced)”, and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.)
select “New”. I. Select the space matching the total capacity size that was noted down, click
II Input “71680 (MB)” and click [Apply]. “Drive options (advanced)”, and select “Format”.
MC01050121.ai MC01050123.ai
a The system returns to the “Where do you want to install Windows?” window.
a The “Install Windows” window opens.
III. Select “Disc 0 Partition 1” and click [Next].
MC01050122.ai MC01050099.ai
a The OS installation processing starts. II. Click [OK].

Upon completion of installation, the “Choose a user name and picture” window
opens. a The system returns to the “Where do you want to install Windows?” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
III. Confirm that the formatted space is being selected, and click [Next]. ■ Windows setup
MC01050100.ai
CBS03004.ai
a The OS installation processing starts.

Upon completion of installation, the “Choose a user name and picture” window Type a user name (for example, John) : fujicr
opens. Type a password (recommended) : system
Retype your password : system
Type a password hint : fujicr
 NOTE 
The character string entries in the “Type a password (recommended):” and
“ReType your password:” fields appear as “l”.
2. Click .
a The “Type a Computer name and choose a desktop background” window
opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Make the following settings. 6. Verify the “Time zone”, “Date” and “Time” and click .
If the shown “Time zone”, “Date” and “Time” are not correct, change
it as appropriate and click .
MC000322.ai
• Server
: CVxxxxxxxx (use upper-case characters to enter the “CV”. xxxxxxxx are
for the CV serial number.)
• Client (option)
AWV22016_E.ai
: CVClient
r REFERENCE
Leave the default desktop background.
4. Click .
a The “Help protect Windows automatically” window opens.
AWV22018_E.ai
5. Select “Ask me later”.

7. Click .
a After a while, the log-in window opens.
8. Remove the “Operating System (for Re-Install)” DVD from the PC.
AWV22015_E.ai
a The “Review your time and date settings” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Enter “system” and click . ■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)
Turn off and disable “User Account Control” from prompting for credentials to install
applications, and changing the elevation prompt behavior.
AWV32020.ai
 NOTE 
The password appear as “l”.
a The desktop window opens. AWV22019_E.ai
r REFERENCE a The “Control Panel” window opens.

If the “Welcome Center” window opens, close the “Welcome Center” window.
2. Select “User Accounts”.
AWV22032_E.ai
a The “User Accounts” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Select “User Accounts”. 6. Remove the checkmark from “Use User Account Control (UAC) to help
protect your computer” and click .
AWV22033_E.ai
a The “Make changes to your user account” window opens. AWV22036_E.ai
a The “Microsoft Windows” window opens.

4. Select “Turn User Account Control on or off”.
AWV22037_E.ai
7. Click .
a After the PC restart, the log-in window opens.
8. Enter “system” and click .

AWV22034_E.ai
a The “User Accounts Control” window opens.
5. Click .
AWV32020.ai
 NOTE 
AWV22035_E.ai
a The “Turn User Account Control On or Off” window opens.
a The “Welcome Center” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Remove the checkmark from “Run at setup (Welcome Center can be ■ Setting of Welcome Center
found in Control Panel, System and Maintenance)” and close the
“Welcome Center” window. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
■ Setting the Control Panel display a The “Control Panel” window opens.
1 . Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

2. Double-click .
2 . Click “Classic View” on the left side of the window. a The "Welcome Center" window opens.
3. Remove the checkmark from “Run at startup (Welcome Center can be

found in Control Panel, System and Maintenance).”
4. Close the "Welcome Center" window.

a The system returns to "Control Panel" window.
MC01050118.ai 5. Close the “Control Panel” window.

a The Control Panel display is switched to the classic view. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
3 . Close the “Control Panel” window.

■ Changing drive letter

 NOTE 
partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as
it is.)”
• Before starting the operation, change the drive letters according to the note about
each drive and its capacity.
$ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” under

“1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.2 Installing the Driver Software ■ Installing the Dell Resource DVD utility software
For driver software installation, use the utility software on “DRIVERS AND 1. Insert “DRIVERS AND UTILITIES ALREADY INSTALLED ON YOUR
UTILITIES ALREADY INSTALLED ON YOUR COMPUTER” DVD. To do this, you COMPUTER” DVD into the PC.
must first install the utility software on the PC for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
a The “AutoPlay” window opens.
 NOTE 
2. Place a checkmark to “Always do this for software and games” and
As for driver software installation, the driver(s) to install and how to install it/them click “Run autoRcd.exe”.
may vary depending on the type of the PC and/or the version of the utility software.
This section describes the procedure of installation on the Optiplex 760 using
“DRIVERS AND UTILITIES Rev.A00 September 2008 For Reinstalling Dell
Optiplex 760.”
For any case other than the above-mentioned one, contact Dell’s Technical Support
by phone or visit the home page.
PC beforehand.
r REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use Device MC000331.ai
Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps: a The “ResourceCD Installation” window opens.
1. Right-click “Computer” from the menu and select “Properties” from
the pull-down menu that opens.
a The “System” window opens.
The software for items marked “!” in Device Manager is not installed. Install the
MC000332.ai
3. Click .
a A new window opens to indicate that the installation wizard is started.
MC000333.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click . 7. Place checkmark to “Click here to prevent this information from being
displayed again” click [Next].
a The “Ready to Install the Program” window opens.
a The Dell Resource CD utility software starts running.
MC000334.ai
5. Click .
a The installation processing starts. After a while, the “InstallShield Wizard
Complete” window opens.
MC000337.ai
MC000335.ai
6. Click .
a The “Welcome to Dell System Owner” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installing the driver software 2. Scroll the display and click [Extract].
Install the following driver software items. a The audio driver-related window opens.
• Audio driver
• Network driver
• Video driver
• Controller driver
• System Utilities
 NOTE 
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and utility
software version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell’s Technical Support or
visiting associated home page. CBS03041.ai
● Installing the audio driver 3. Click [Continue].
1. In the “Audio Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to use (one that a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for
decompressing the audio driver.
is checkmarked).
 NOTE 
If there is no checkmarked driver displayed, contact Dell’s Technical Support.
a The audio driver’s window opens.
CBS03042.ai
4. Click [OK].
decompressed.
CBS03043.ai
MC000338.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click [Yes]. 7. Click [Next >].
a A window opens to indicate that decompressing processing is completed. a The audio driver’s setup complete window opens.
6. Click [OK]. CBS03044.ai
a The audio driver’s setup wizard window opens.
CBS03046.ai
8. Click [Finish].
a The system returns to the Audio driver window.
 NOTE 
When asked to restart the PC, restart the PC.
CBS03045.ai
9. Click [Return].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Installing the network driver 2. Scroll the display and click [Extract].
Install Intel 825xxx Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Rev: XXX. a The network driver-related window opens.
1. In the “Network (NIC) Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to use
(one that is checkmarked).
 NOTE 
a The network driver’s window opens.
CBS03035.ai
3. Click .

decompressing the network driver.
CBS03036.ai
4. Click .
MC000345.ai
decompressed.
CBS03037.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click . ● Installing the video driver
a A window opens to indicate that decompressing processing is completed. 1. In the “Video Device Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to be used.
 NOTE 
a The video driver’s window opens.
CBS03038.ai
6. Click .
a The completion of Installation window opens.
CBS03039.ai
7. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the Network Driver window.
8. Click [Return]. MC000351.ai

a The video driver-related window opens.
CBS03025.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click . 7. Remove the checkmark from “automatically run WinSAT...” and click
[Next >].
decompressing the video driver.
CBS03026.ai
4. Click .
decompressed.
MC000356.ai
CBS03027.ai
5. Click .
CBS03030.ai
CBS03028.ai
6. Click .
a The video driver’s setup wizard window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a The “Readme File Information” window opens. a The Video driver’s setup completion window opens.
11. Select “Yes, I want to restart this computer now.” and click [Finish].
CBS03031.ai
9. Confirm the installation information and click [Next >]. MC000360.ai
a Installation processing starts. When the Installation processing completes, the a The PC restarts.
window stops with the “Click Next to continue” is selected.
12. Enter "fujicr" in user name and "system" in password, then log in.
13. Select "Computer" from menu.
a The "Computer" window opens.
14. Double-click "RESOURCE_CD (D : )."

a The Dell Resource CD utility software window opens.
CBS03032.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Installing the Controller drivers 3. Click [Continue].
1. In the “Controller Drivers” area, click the name of a driver to use.

 NOTE 
The “Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: XXX” always must be
installed, even if it is not checked.
a The controller driver’s window opens.
MC000363.ai

decompressing the Chipset driver.
CBS03017.ai
4. Click [OK].
VW0301044.ai
decompressed.

a The controller driver-related window opens.
CBS03018.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a A window opens to indicate that decompressing processing is completed. a The “Licence Agreement” window opens.
CBS03019.ai
6. Click [OK].
a The “Welcome to the Setup Program” window opens.
CBS03021.ai
8. Click [Yes].
a The “Readme File Information” window opens.
CBS03020.ai
CBS03022.ai
9. Click [Next].
a The controller driver’s setup completion window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
10. Checkmark “Yes, I want to restart this computer now.”, and click ● Installing the DELL System Software
[Finish].
1. In the “System Utilities” area, click the “DELL System Software Rev:
XXX”.
MC000372.ai
a The PC restarts.
MC000420.ai
11. Enter “fujicr” in user name and “system” in password, then log in. a The system window opens.
12. Select “Computer” from menu.
13. Double-click “RESOURCE_CD (D : ).”

a The Dell Resource CD utility software window opens.
MC000421.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Scroll the display and click . 5. Click .
a The Desktop driver-related window opens. a A window opens to indicate that unzipping processing is completed.
CBS03010.ai
6. Click .
CBS03007.ai
a The “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for System Software” window

opens.
3. Click .
a A window opens to prompt you to confirm a destination targeted for unzipping

the Desktop driver.
CBS03008.ai
4. Click .
a A window opens to prompt you to confirm the folder where the file is to be CBS03011.ai
unzipped.
CBS03009.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a The “Ready to Install the Program” window opens. a The system returns to the system utilities window.
10. Close the Desktop driver-related window.

11. Remove “Dell ResourceDVD“ from DVD drive.
■ Checking the Device Manager

2. Double-click “Device Manager”.

CBS03012.ai a The “Device Manager” window opens.
8. Click . 3. Confirm “!” does not appear.

a The “InstallShield Wizard Completed” window opens.
4. Close the “Device Manager” window.
CBS03013.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.3 Setting the OS ■ Regional and Language Options Settings
Perform the following OS-related settings. $ For details of the procedure, see “4. Regional and Language Options
• Display settings
• Windows Sidebar Properties
• Setting up the power option and password requirement on wakeup
• Setting up Security Center: automatic updating setting
• Setting up Security Center: malware protection setting
• Setting up Security Center: alert mode setting
• Setting up Windows Sidebar Properties
• Setting up Windows Defender
• Setting up Defragmentation
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting up the taskbar 5. Select “Notification Area” and remove the checkmark from
Change the taskbar appearance settings in the following way. “Hide inactive icons” ( a ).
1. Select [Control Panel] from the menu.
a The Control Panel is displayed.
2. Double-click .
a The “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window opens.
3. Place a checkmark to “Auto-hide the taskbar” ( a ).
CBS03054.ai
6. Click [Apply].
7. Click [OK].

CBS03053.ai
4. Click [Apply].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Display settings 4. Set up the resolution depending on the size of the display.
2. Duble-click the “Personalization”.

a The “Personalization appearance and sounds” window opens.
3. Click “Display settings”.
CBS03055.ai
I. Resolution:
(24inch LCD) 1920 x 1200 pixels (portrait), 1200 x 1920 pixels (landscape)
(19inch LCD) 1280 x 1024 pixels
(17inch LCD) 1280 x 1024 pixels
MC000378.ai
II. Color: Highest (32 bit)
$ For details of changing the monitor orientation, see “Appendix 7:
a The “Display Settings” window opens. Changing the Monitor Orientation (CR-VW 674 Only)” under “Appx IN:
Installation – Appendix”.
5. Click [Advanced Settings].

a Property window of the monitor and video card opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Select “Monitor” tab. ■ Setting up the power option and password requirement on
wakeup
7. Select “60 Hertz” for “Screen refresh rate” under “Monitor settings.” Set up each value of items in the table below.
Setup Value
Item
Server PC* Client PC
Turn off the display: 20 minutes
Change settings for the plan
Put the computer to sleep: Never
* For CR-IR 391CL, set up with the setup value of server PC.
2. Double-click .
MC000380.ai
a “Power Options” window opens.

8. Click .
3. Select “Choose when to turn off the display.”
9. Click .
a The system returns to the “Display settings” window.
10. Click .

MC000386.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Set “Turn off the display” to “20 minutes” and “Put the computer to ■ Setting up Windows Sidebar Properties
sleep” to “Never”.
2. Double-click .
a The “Windows Sidebar Properties” window opens.
MC000387.ai
3. Remove the checkmark from the “Start Sidebar when Windows starts”
and click [OK].
5. Click .
6. Close the “Power Options” window.

CBS03057.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting up Security Center: automatic updating setting 5. Click “Let me choose”.
2. Double-click .
a “Windows Security Center” window opens.

MC000390.ai
3. Click on the right side of “Automatic Updating”. a The “Change settings” window opens.
6. Select “Never check for updates (not recommended)” and click “OK”.
MC000388.ai
4. Click .
MC000391.ai
MC000389.ai
a The “Choose an automatic updating option” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting up Security Center: malware protection setting 3. Click “I have an antivirus program that I'll monitor myself.”
1. In the “Windows Security Center” window, Click on the right side

of “Malware protection.”
MC000394.ai
MC000392.ai
2. Click “Show me my available options” under “Virus protection.”
MC000393.ai
a The “Choose an antivirus option” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting up Security Center: alert mode setting ■ Setting up Windows Defender
1. In the “Windows Security Center” window, click “Change the way 1. Select [Control Panel] from the menu.
Security Center alerts me”.
2. Double-click .
a The “Windows Defender” window opens.
MC000395.ai  NOTE 
a The “Do you want to be notified of security issues?” window opens. When Windows Defender is already turned off, the following window is
displayed. If so, go to step 6.
2. Click “Don’t notify me and don’t display the icon (not recommended).”
MC000400.ai
3. Select “Tools”.
MC000396.ai

MC000398.ai
3. Close the “Windows Security Center” window. a The Windows Defender settings window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click “Options” under “Settings.” ■ Setting up Defragmentation
2. Right-click “Local Disk (C:)” and select “Properties”.
MC000399.ai
a The “Options” window opens.
5. Remove the checkmarks from “Use Windows Defender” and click

[Save].
MC000402.ai
MC000401.ai
3. Select “Tools” tab and select .
MC000400.ai
6. Click [Close].
MC000403.ai

a The “Disk Defragmenter” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Remove the checkmark from “Run on a schedule (recommended)”
and click .
MC000404.ai
a The system returns to the “Local Disk (C:) Properties” window.
5. Click .
a The system returns to the “Computer” window.
6. Close the “Computer” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC) 3. Select “Computer” from the [Start] menu.
 NOTE  a The “Computer” window opens.
• Install “.NET Framework 1.1” before installing “.NET Framework 2.0”. In Windows
Vista, the “.NET Framework 2.0” will be installed by performing “1.4.7 Adding the
Windows Components”. a The DVD drive window opens.
• The installation launcher does not operate before installing the IIS in “1.4.7
Adding the Windows Components”, so perform the installation by exiting the 5. Open the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”, and
installation launcher and opening the executable file (.exe) in the folder. double-click “dotnetfx”.
• With V5.1(B) or earlier, .NET Framework1.1 was installed using the install
launcher; however, with V1.1 (B) or later, it is installed not using the install
launcher, but by executing "dotnetfx" from the DVD drive.

CBS03067.ai
a The installation start confirmation window opens.
CBS03068.ai
(“Vx.x” represents a version number.) CBS03122.ai
2. Click [Finish].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click [Yes]. ■ Installing the .NET Framework SP1
1. Open the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”,
CBS03071.ai

CBS03069.ai
7. Select the “I agree” radio button, and click [install].

CBS03072.ai
2. Click [OK].
CBS03070.ai
8. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”.
CBS03073.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click [I accept]. 1.4.5 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)
When the installation completes, the confirmation window opens.  NOTE 
Perform this procedure in case of the OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment
(C drive and another drive).
equipment.
CBS03074.ai
$ For details of the procedure, see “1.5.6 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only)”.
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1” path.
5. Close the window, and remove the application CD from the DVD drive. 1.4.6 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key
When a Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) is supplied with the PC, install
$ For details on how to perform necessary settings, see “Appendix 5: Disabling
the Customize Key Function — Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) (CR-
VW 674 Only)”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.7 Setting the IP Address and Network Discovery 5. Remove the checkmark from “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6).”
2. Double-click .
a The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.
3. Select “Manage network connections”. MC000407.ai
6. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click .
MC000405.ai
a The “Network Connection” window opens.
4. Right-click “Local Area Connection” and select “Properties”. MC000408.ai
a The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window opens.
MC000406.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Make the following settings and click [OK]. 10. Click at the “Network discovery”.
MC000416.ai
MC000409.ai
11. Select the “Turn on network discovery”, and click .

 NOTE 
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down before the start
of OS installation.
Item Setup Value

Server* 172.16.1.20
IP address
Client 172.16.1.21
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0
Default gateway Blank (no input)
Preferred DNS server Blank (no input)
* For CR-IR 391CL, set up with the setup value of server PC.

MC000417.ai
8. Click .
a The “Network discovery” window opens.
a The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
9. Close the “Network Connection” window.

a The system returns to the “Network and Sharing Center” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
12. Click [Yes, turn on network discovery for all public networks]. 1.4.8 Adding the Windows Components
2. Double-click [Programs and Features].

a The “Uninstall or change a program” window opens.
MC000418.ai
3. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”.
13. Confirm that the “Network discovery” is On and close the window.
MC000410.ai
a The “Windows Features” window opens.
MC000419.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Perform the following settings and click .
r REFERENCE
Items not described below : remove the checkmark.

: indicates it is the item to be installed.
: indicates a part of the items of its lower layer will be
installed.
- Active X Installer Service

- Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0
- XPS Viewer
only for Server
- RDC (Remote Differential Compression)
- Windows DFS Replication Service
- All the items under “Windows Process Activation Service”
Set up the items below only for Server.
- Internet Information Services

- All the items under “FTP Publishing Service”
- All the items under “Web Management Tools"
- World Wide Web Service
- Application Development Features
- .NET Extensibility
- ASP .NET only for Server
- ISAPI Extensions
- ISAPI Filters
- All the items under “Common Http features”
- Health and Diagnostics
- HTTP Logging
- All the items under “Security” MC000411.ai
- Telnet Client
 NOTE 
After installation, restart if restart is required.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.9 Setting the Service (Only for Server PC) 5. Make the following settings and click [Apply].
2. Double-click [Administrative Tools].

3. Double-click “Services”.
MC000414.ai
Startup type: Automatic

Service status: Start
6. Click .
a The system returns to the “Service” window.
VW0301045.ai 7. Close the “Service” window.

a The “Services” window opens. a The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.
4. Double-click “FTP Publishing Service.” 8. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.

a The “FTP Publishing Service Properties (Local Computer)” window opens. a The system returns to the desktop screen
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.10 Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 1.4.11 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for the Server
(Only for the Server PC V2.1(B) or later) PC V2.3(B) or earlier)
 NOTE  “.NET Framework 1.1” is inactivated by installing “.NET Extensibility” (.NET

Framework 2.0) in “1.4.7 Adding the Windows Components”, so activate “.NET
The installation procedure is the same as for Windows XP. Framework” before installing SQL server.
$ For details on the procedure in case of V2.1(B) to V2.3(B), see “■
Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (V2.1(B) to V2.3(B))” in “1.3.9 1. Insert the application CD into the DVD drive.
Installing the .NET Framework and Activating the .NET Framework
1.1 (Only for Server PC)”. a The installation launcher starts automatically.
$ For details on the procedure in case of V2.5(B) or later, see “■

Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (V2.5(B) or later)” in “1.3.9
Installing the .NET Framework and Activating the .NET Framework
1.1 (Only for Server PC)”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a The application’s setup window opens. a The installation start window opens.
CBS03150.ai
5. Click [Next].
a The activation starts.
When the activation completes, the system returns to the installation launcher
window.
3. Click .
(“x.x” represents a version number.) CBS03149.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.12 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)  NOTE 
This section shows the procedures used to install the SQL Server. In the installer of V2.3(B) or later, the following screen will be displayed since
the Windows Installer 4.5 or later is being used.
For Windows XP (SP3) and Windows Vista (SP1), install the Windows Installer
handled by the system. Thus, the system, without the SQL Server installed, does
4.5 according to the following procedure.
not function.
For Windows Vista (SP2) and Windows 7, this installation is not required since
 NOTE  the Windows Installer 4.5 or later has been installed as standard.
In case of cancellation during installation of SQL Server, an error is caused even in I. Click “Install Windows Installer”.
case of reinstallation and the installation will fail.
If the installation has been canceled, uninstall SQL Server once completely and
then install it.
r REFERENCE
Installation procedure of .Net Framework and SQL Server are same in CR-VW 674
and CR-IR 391CL.
This section describes for CR-IR 391CL as an example.
For CR-VW 674, read the instruction by switching name of CR-IR 391CL to
CR-VW 674.
1. Click on the installation MC01050092.ai
a The installaiton starts.

launcher window. As the installation process completes, the window prompting you to
restart the system opens.
II. Click [Yes].
MC01050093.ai
a The PC restarts.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
III. Click “Install SQL Server”.
2. Select a desired language from the list and Click .
a The command prompt window opens, and installation of the SQL Server
starts.
a Installation processing completes.
MC172002.ai
MC01050108.ai
a A window for language selection window opens.

 NOTE 
If the window prompting you to restart opens, click [Yes] to restart the system.
CBS03130.ai
CBS03124.ai
a The command prompt window closes, and the system returns to the
installation launcher.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.13 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC) ● V2.3(B) or later
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Native Client
2. Double-click .
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Files
• Microsoft SQL Server Browser
a The “Programs and Features” window opens.
3. Check to see that the following software item is listed under “Uninstall 4. Close the “Programs and Features” window.
or change a program”.
● V2.0(B) or earlier 5. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Administrative Tools.”

• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 a The “Administrative Tools” window opens.

6. Double-click “IIS Manager”.
a The “IIS Manager” window opens.
• Microsoft SQL Server VSS Writer 7. Double-click “HTTP Response Header” in “IIS”.
● V2.1(B)/V2.2(B) 8. Confirm that “X-Powered-By” is displayed in “Name” and “ASP.NET”

• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 is displayed in “Value”.
• Microsoft Chart Controls for Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5
9. Click on the right upper corner to close the window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.4.14 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS (OptiPlex 760/780/960)
$ For details, see “3.11 Procedure for Error Correction of NIC Driver (OptiPlex
760/780/960)” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows 7] MC-112
1.5 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows 7] 1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7
This section describes how to install Windows 7.
 NOTE 
The OS is to be installed in the following situations:
• Before installing the OS, be sure to take notes of information on CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL such as Host name, IP address, Subnet mask. While installing the • After HDD replacement
OS, the information is needed. • After an error occurrence in the OS
• When reinstalling the OS, do not connect mouse and keyboard to the adjacent Items to be readied for OS installation
USB ports.
* Use the DVD supplied within the PC box.
After the completion of OS reinstallation processing, reconnect mouse and
keyboard to the specified USB ports. • Windows 7 installation DVD
An attempt to reinstall the OS, with its mouse and keyboard connected to the - DELL PC
adjacent USB ports, may cause keyboard entries not to be recognized halfway
Windows 7 installation DVD provided by DELL
- HP PC
Windows 7 installation DVD provided by FUJIFILM (with part number)
■ Property sheet • Driver DVD (A DVD that stores various drivers.)
OS installation drive C:\ - DELL PC
Partition/Install type Drive 0 / clean
Name FUJIFILM Corporation Driver DVD provided by DELL (Dell ResourceDVD)
Regional settings
Organization FUJIFILM Corporation - HP PC
Product key
main unit cover. Driver DVD provided by FUJIFILM (with part number)
The default settings when shipped from
factory:
i IMPORTANT
Computer name and Computer name CVXXXXXXXX
password (XXXXXXXX: Eight-digit manufacture No.) • If you do not have a backup by following the procedure of “1.2 Preparation”,
* Take notes accordingly if changed. acquire a backup if necessary.
Password system
Protocol used TCP/IP $ For detials, see “1.2 Preparation”.
“172.16.1.20” when shipped from factory. • At the facility using the function to automatically save the setup files to NAS,
IP address
* Take notes accordingly if changed. confirm that the latest setup files are saved in NAS. If the setup files have not
Network settings “255.255.0.0” when shipped from factory.
Subnet mask
been saved in NAS, save the latest setup files in NAS.
Used by the work group. From V1.1(B), the function to automatically save the setup files to NAS is added.
Domain or work group
(The group name remains the default.) $ For details, see “Appendix 11: Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by
This computer’s user Automatically logged Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
fujicr
1280 × 1024 (17-inch LCD)
Display area
1600 × 1200 (21-inch LCD)
1920 × 1200 (24-inch LCD)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
 NOTE  ■ Windows 7 installation
• If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows will not be
displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network settings, be sure to i IMPORTANT
connect the PC to the network (connection to the RU) accordingly before Since V2.3(B) shipment, the hard drive structure has been changed to hold the X
installation work. drive apart from the C drive.
• When HDD of a recommended PC model is replaced, check setup details ahead Since how to hold the drives varies depending on the shipment status and version,
of time because the HDD may not be operated unless the PC’s BIOS settings are pay attention to the drive configuration of the equipment which OS reinstallation is
changed accordingly. to be performed.
• Driver software installation may be required while Windows 7 is being installed. In Different cases of drive configuration are stated below.
such an instance, use the driver DVD to install it.
• Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier (equipment with the version of V2.2(B) or
earlier)
- Holds C drive
■ Network connection between the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and • Product shipped as V2.3(B) or later
the RU
• Product shipped as V2.2(B) or earlier and then upgraded to V2.3(B) or later (The
windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed, depending on the
Windows 7 installer specifications. - Holds C drive
$ For details, see “3.4 Connecting a Cable Between the RU and Other - Holds C drive and another drive (arbitrary drive name)
Equipment” under “IN: Installation”.
1. Use a network cable to connect the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL to the follows.
HUB. • OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive)
2. Turn ON the power to the RU.
 NOTE 
In case of “OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C
drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as it is.)”, note down the drive
name and capacity of each drive and proceed to “● Re-installing OS”.
Since the drive letter information, distinguish drives with their capacities.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Target PC 3. Select “Performance” – “Multi Core Support” and place a checkmark
DELL PC to “Enable Multi Core Support”.
• Dell OptiPlex 780DT
• Dell OptiPlex 790DT
HP PC
• HP Compaq 6200Pro SF
• HP Compaq 6300Pro SF
• HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
 NOTE 
To reinstall the OS on the DELL PC, use the Windows CD and driver CD provided DXL03020003.ai
by DELL.
 NOTE 
To reinstall the OS on the HP PC, use the Windows CD and driver CD provided by
FUJIFILM instead of those provided by HP. For OptiPlex 790, select “All”.
● Setting the BIOS

○ In case of DELL PC
2.
MC01050091.ai
Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the center of the
window.
 NOTE 
open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.
a The setup window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select “Intel® SpeedStep™” and remove the checkmark from “Enable ○ In case of HP PC
Intel® SpeedStep™”.
2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the
window.
 NOTE 
open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.
a The setup window opens.

DXL03020004.ai
3. Select “Power” – “Hardware Power Management”, and press the

5. Insert the “OPERATING SYSTEM” disk into the PC. <Enter> key.
a The “Hardware Power Management” window opens.
6. Click at the lower right corner of the window.
a A confirmation window opens.
4. Select “S5 Maximum Power Saving”and change it to “Enabled”.
When initializing the HDD, contiguously press the <F12> key. If the warning is displayed, press any key.
MCApp22001.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a The system returns to the setup window.
6. Select “Advanced” – “Device Options”, and press the <Enter> key.

a The “Device Options” window opens.
7. Select “Multi-Processor” and change it to “Enabled”.

 NOTE 
If the warning is displayed, press any key.
MCApp22002.ai

a The system returns to the setup window.
9. Save the settings and restart the PC.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Initializing HDD a The “Boot Device Menu” window opens.
 NOTE 
• Since the following procedure is not required in case of “OS reinstallation to only
the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) (The another
drive is leaved as it is.)”, proceed to “● Re-installing OS”.
• Some steps of the operation are different between the DELL PC and HP PC.
First, perform “○ In case of DELL PC” and “○ In case of HP PC” separately, and
then proceed to the procedure in “○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC”.
○ In case of DELL PC MC000315.ai
r REFERENCE
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. SATA0-WDC WD2500AAJS-75M0A0 is the model name of internal SATA HDD.
2. Press the <F12> key when the logo of DELL window opens. 3. Insert the “Windows 7 installation DVD” into the DVD drive.
 NOTE  4. Select “ Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” (“CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive” in

If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not case of OptiPlex 790) using arrow keys, and press the <Enter> key.
open. a The “Press any key to boot from CD...” message appears on the bottom of the
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform Step 2. above again. window.

 NOTE 
a The language selection window open.

Proceed to “○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC”.
○ In case of HP PC
MC000313.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the ○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC
window.
1. Select “My language is English”.
 NOTE 
a The “Please select boot device” window opens.
3. Insert the Windows 7 installation DVD into the DVD drive.
4. Select “SATA2” using arrow keys, and press the <Enter> key.
DXL03020137.ai
2. Click [Next].
3. Select “Repair your computer” at the bottom left of the window.

 NOTE 
In case a dialog “ Windows found problems with your computer’s startup
options. Do you want to apply repairs and restart your computer?” is displayed,
click [repair and restart].
After the PC restarted, perform the procedures from step 2 again.
MCApp22003.ai
a “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD” is displayed.

 NOTE 
any key to boot from CD or DVD” message appears, the installation DVD will DXL03020165.ai
not be recognized accordingly.

a The “System Recovery Options” window opens.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select “Use recovery tools that can help fix problems starting 7. Input “select▲disk▲0” (“▲” replace a single-byte space) and press
Windows. Select an operating system to repair.” and click [Next]. the <Enter> key.
DISKPART> select disk 0

MC000433.ai
a A message saying “Disk 0 is now the selected disk.” in the command prompt
window.
8. Input “clean” from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
Disk 0 is now the selected disk.

DISKPART> clean
DXL03020162.ai MC000434.ai
a The “Choose a recovery tool” window opens.

9. Confirm a massage saying “DiskPart succeeded in cleaning the disk.”
5. Select “Command Prompt”. and close the command prompt window by clicking its [×] mark.
DiskPart succeeded in cleaning the disk.

DISKPART>
MC000435.ai
a The system return to the “Choose a recovery tool” window.
10. Click the [Restart].

a The PC restarts.
DXL03020163.ai
6. Input “diskpart” from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
X:\Sources>diskpart
MC000432.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Re-installing OS 3. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.
• Some steps of the operation are different between the DELL PC and HP PC. If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds after the “Press
First, perform “○ In case of DELL PC” and “○ In case of HP PC” separately, and any key to boot from the CD...” message appears on the bottom of the window,
then proceed to the procedure in “○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC”. the installation CD will not be recognized accordingly.
• If you erased the HDD content with the clean command before the restart,
proceed to “○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC” as “○ In case of DELL PC” and “○
In case of HP PC” are to be omitted. a The language selection window open.
○ In case of DELL PC
1. Press the <F12> key when the logo of DELL window opens.
 NOTE 
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will not open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform Step 1. above again.
MC000315.ai
r REFERENCE
2. Select “ Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” (“CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive” in

case of OptiPlex 790) using arrow keys, and press the <Enter> key.
window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
○ In case of HP PC ○ Common in DELL PC and HP PC
1. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears at the center of the window. 1. Select “My language is English”.
 NOTE 
a The “Please select boot device” window opens.
2. Insert the Windows 7 installation DVD into the DVD drive.
3. Select “SATA2” using arrow keys, and press the <Enter> key.
DXL03020137.ai
DXL03020138.ai
MCApp22003.ai
Language to install : English
a “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD” is displayed. Time and currency format : English (United States)
Keyboard or input method : US
 NOTE 
any key to boot from CD or DVD” message appears, the installation DVD will
not be recognized accordingly.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click . 6. Select “Custom (advanced)”.
DXL03020141.ai
DXL03020139.ai
a The “Where do you want to install Windows?” window opens.

4. Click “Install now”.
7. Make the following settings in accordance with the operational
a The “Please read the license terms” window opens. method.
5. Place a checkmark to “I accept the license terms” and click ○ OS reinstallation to the unpartitioned equipment (C drive)
. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” and click [Next].
DXL03020164.ai
DXL03020140.ai

a The “Which type of installation do you want?” window opens. Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and computer
name opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
○ OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) III. Click [OK].
I. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space”, click “Drive options (advanced)”, and a The system returns to the “Where do you want to install Windows?” window.
select “New”. IV. Select “Disc 0 Partition 2” and click [Next].
II Input “71680 (MB)” and click [Apply].
MC01050097.ai

Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and computer
MC01050095.ai
a The drive is created and the “Install Windows” window opens. name opens.
MC01050096.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
○ OS reinstallation to only the C drive of the partitioned equipment (C drive and III. Confirm that the formatted space is being selected, and click [Next].
I. Select the space matching the total capacity size that was noted down, click
“Drive options (advanced)”, and select “Format”.
MC01050120.ai

Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and computer
name opens.
MC01050098.ai
a The “Install Windows” window opens.
MC01050119.ai
II. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Where do you want to install Windows?” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
8. Make the following settings. 10. Make the following settings.
DXL03020155.ai
DXL03020154.ai
Type a password (recommended) : system

Type a user name (for example, John) : fujicr Retype your password : system
Type a computer name : Type a password hint : fujicr
• Server
: CVxxxxxxxx (use upper-case characters to enter the “CV”.  NOTES 
xxxxxxxx are eight-digit manufacture No.)
 The character string entries in the “Type a password (recommended):” and
• Client (Option) “Retype your password:” fields appear as “ ●”.
: CVClient  When a character has been entered into the column “Type a password hint”,
it becomes possible to click .
9. Click .
a A window opens to prompt for password. 11. Click .
a The “Help protect your computer and improve Windows automatically” window
opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
12. Select “Ask me later”. 14. Select “Public network”.
 NOTE 
The finalization processing may start without the following screen being
displayed. However, there is no problem.
DXL03020156.ai
a The “Review your time and date settings” window opens.
13. Verify the “Time zone”, “Date”, and “Time” and click .
If they are incorrect, correct accordingly and then click .
DXL03020158.ai
a The system finalizes the settings.
DXL03020157.ai
DXL03020159.ai
a The “Select your computer’s current location” window opens.
a Upon completion of finalizing process, the desktop screen opens.
15. Remove the Windows 7 install DVD from the PC.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate) 4. Select “Change User Account Control Settings”.
Turn off and disable “User Account Control” from prompting for credentials to install
applications, and changing the elevation prompt behavior.
DXL03020173.ai
a The “User Account Control Settings” window opens.
5. Lower the slide bar to the bottom and click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Select “Large icons” from “View by”.
DXL03020161.ai
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.

DXL03020174.ai
3. Click .
DXL03020175.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click . ■ Changing drive letter

a The “User Accounts” window opens.  NOTE 
7. Close the “User Accounts” window. partitioned equipment (C drive and another drive) (The another drive is leaved as
a The system returns to the desktop. it is.)”
• Before starting the operation, change the drive letters according to the note about
8. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. each drive and its capacity.
9. Click . a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
a The “Action Center” window opens. 2. Click “Administrative Tools”.

10. Click in the “Security”.
3. Click “Computer Management”.
DXL03020166.ai
a The PC restart confirmation window opens.
11. Click “Restart Now”.

a After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
12. Enter “system” and log in.

 NOTE 
The entered password is displayed as “ ●”.
a The desktop screen opens.
MC01050109.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Right-click the volume whose drive name you wish to change, and 7. Select “Assign the following drive letter”, and select “X” from the pull-
select “Change Drive Letter and Path”. down menu.
MC01050112.ai
MC01050113.ai
MC01050115.ai
a The “Change Drive Letter and Path” window opens. 8. Click [Yes].
6. Click [Change].
9. Change the drive letter of DVD drive with the same manner as the
steps mentioned above.
r REFERENCE
If other volumes or drives require the change, change their drive letters with
the same procedure. (The DVD drive must be changed back to the former
state.)
For Windows XP, the PC must be restarted every time the volume or drive has
been changed.
MC01050111.ai
a The “Change Drive Letter or Path” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
10. Confirm that the drive letter has been changed. 1.5.2 Installing the Driver Software
For the driver software installation (DELL PC), use the utility software in the
ResourceDVD provided by DELL. For the HP PC, installing the software by using
the DVD created by FUJIFILM.
 NOTE 
As for driver software installation, the drivers to install and how to install them may
vary depending on the type of the PC and the version of the utility software.
If there is anything unclear, contact Dell’s Technical Support by phone or visiting
the home page.
PC beforehand.
For HP, confirm with the support center by phone or visiting the home page.
r REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use Device
MC01050114.ai
Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
1. Right-click “Computer” from the menu and select “Properties” from
the pull-down menu that opens.
12. Close the “Administrative Tools” window. 2. Select ”Device Manager”.
The software for items marked “!” in Device Manager is not installed. Install the
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installing the driver software ● Dell OptiPlex 790DT
Installing the software for the following drivers. Version V2.1(B)
Part Dell Resource DVD provided by DELL
 NOTES 
Part No. -
 Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and utility CD-
ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell Technical Support or Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: AXX
Chipset
visiting associated home page. (The setting remained the default.)
 If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver, restart the USB -
PC. Intel Sandybridge DT GT1 Gfx-GMA HD 2000
 If the system requests to replace the disk, replace to the specified Resource Video
Rev:AXX
Media. Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT
and enable the ...”.
● Dell OptiPlex 780DT

Intel 825xx Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device
Network Rev: AXX
(The setting remained the default.)
Version V2.0(B)
Realtek ALC269 HD Audio Rev:AXX
Part Dell Resource DVD provided by DELL Driver Audio
Part No. -
Intel Unified AMT 7 Management Interface Driver
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: AXX AMT Rev:AXX
Chipset
(The setting remained the default.) (The setting remained the default.)
USB - Matrix Storage Manager
-
Intel Q43/Q45/G43/G45 (Eaglelake) Graphics (RAID specification only)
Controller Rev: XXX Intel Matrix Storage Manager Rapid Storage
Video
Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT Rapid Storage Technology Technology Rev: AXX
and enable the ...”. (The setting remained the default.)
Intel 825xx Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device
AMT -
Network Rev: AXX
(The setting remained the default.) System -
Analog Devices ADI 198x Integrated HD Audio Rev:
Driver Audio AXX
AMT Rev:AXX
Matrix Storage Manager Intel Matrix Storage Manager Rev: XXX
(RAID specification only) (The setting remained the default.)
Rapid Storage Technology
-
(RAID specification only)
AMT -
System -
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Dell OptiPlex 990DT ● HP Compaq 6200Pro SF
Version V2.2(B) Version V2.2(B)
Part Dell Resource DVD provided by DELL Part Resource Disk for 6200/8200
Part No. - Part No. 114Y5154721A00
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: AXX “D:\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe”
Chipset Chipset
USB - USB -
Intel Sandybridge DT GT1 Gfx-GMA HD 2000 “D:\2.VideoDriver\Setup.exe”
Rev:AXX Video Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT
Video
Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT and enable the ...”.
and enable the ...”.
“D:\3.NetworkDriver\Autorun.exe”
Network
Intel 825xx Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Select “I accept the terms in license agreement”.
Network Rev: AXX
(The setting remained the default.) Driver Audio -
Realtek ALC269 HD Audio Rev:AXX AMT -

Driver Audio
(The setting remained the default.) Matrix Storage Manager
-
AMT Rev:AXX Rapid Storage Technology “D:\4.RAID_AHCIDriver\6200\setup.exe”
(The setting remained the default.) (RAID specification only) (The setting remained the default.)
Matrix Storage Manager “D:\5.AmtDriver\Setup.exe”
- AMT
(RAID specification only) (The setting remained the default.)
Intel Matrix Storage Manager Rapid Storage System -
Technology Rev: AXX
AMT -
System -
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● HP Compaq 6300Pro SF ● HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
Version V2.3(B) Version V2.5(B)
Part Resource Disk for 6300/8300 V1.0 Part Resource Disk for 600G1/800G1
Part No. 114Y5154725A00 Part No. 114Y5154736AXX
“D:\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe” “D:¥1.ChipsetDriver¥Setup.exe”
Chipset Chipset
“D:\2.USBDriver\Install.bat” “D:¥2.USB¥Setup.exe”
The “The device driver software was not installed To apply the driver, the keyboard may not react
USB
USB correctly.” screen will be displayed. However, close temporarily after the PC restarts. Wait for about 30
the window with “×” to continue the operation since seconds.
the installation is completed. “D:¥3.Video¥win32_153314.exe”
“D:\3.VideoDriver\Setup.exe” Video Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT
Video Remove the checkmark at “Automatically run WinSAT and enable the ...”.
and enable the ...”. 1. Double-click the “Intel(R) HD Graphics Control
“D:\4.NetworkDriver\Install.cmd” Panel” shortcut on the desktop.
Network The command prompt will launch and automatically 2. “Intel(R) HD Graphics Control Panel” window
Driver close. opens. Click [Option].
3. Click “Off” for "Enable Hot Key” on the left side
Audio - of the “Intel(R) HD Graphics Control Panel"
Driver window.
AMT - 4. Click “Options” and select "Preferences”.
Graphics Driver Settings
Matrix Storage Manager 5. Turn off both “Profiles Warning Messages” and
- “Tray Icon”.
6. Click [Apply] and the “The new settings have
“D:\5.StorageDriver\Install.bat” been applied. Do you want to keep these
(The setting remained the default.) settings?” message appears. Click [Yes] within
10 seconds.
AMT -
7. Close the “Intel(R) HD Graphics Control Panel”
“D:\6.SystemDriver\InstallSP54539.bat” window.
System The command prompt will launch and automatically
Audio “D:¥4.Audio¥Setup.exe”
close. Then, the PC will automatically restart.
“D:¥5.Network¥DxSetup.exe”
Network
Rapid Storage “D:¥6.Storage¥SetupRST.exe”
Technology (The setting remained the default.)
System “D:¥7.AMT¥InstallSP62012.bat”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Confirmation at Device Manager ■ Deleting unnecessary icons (in case of HP PC)
1. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu. 1. Right-click the following icons on the “Desktop”, and select “Delete”.
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. • Korea Media Player Center
• Korea Messenger Center
• Intel HD Graphics Control Panel (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
2. Click .
3. Confirm that there is no “?” nor “!”.
4. Close the “Device Manager” window.

MC01003.ai
2. Right click the “Recycle Bin” icon, and select “Empty Recycle Bin”.
r REFERENCE
When the “Delete Multiple Items” window opens, click [Yes].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.3 Setting the OS ■ Setting the Network Adapter (in case of HP PC)
Perform the following OS-related settings.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.
• Setting the Network Adapter (in case of HP PC)
• Display settings
2. Click .
• Setting the power options a The “Device Manager” window opens.

• Setting the automatic OS update
• Setting the Action Center 3. Right click “Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection” under
“Network Adapter”, and select “Properties”.
• Setting the Internet Explorer (V2.5(B) or later)
• Setting up Defragmentation
• Disabling the notification (Intel Management and Security Status) (in case of HP
PC)
• Disabling the notification (Intel Rapid Storage Technology) (in case of HP PC)
• Turning off developer tools (in case of HP PC)
• Setting the automatic play (in case of HP PC)
MCApp22005.ai
a The “Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection properties” window

opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select the “Power Management” tab, and remove the checkmark to ■ Setting the taskbar
“Wake on Pattern Match”. Change the windows taskbar display setting as follows.

2. Click .
a The “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window opens.
3. Select the “Taskbar” tab and make the following settings.

 Place a checkmark to “Auto-hide the taskbar”.
 Taskber buttons : “Never combine”
MCApp22006.ai
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
6. Close the “Device Manager” window. DXL03020176.ai
a The system returns to the“All Control Panel Items” window.

4. Click in the “Notification area”.
7. Close the “All Control Panel Items” window.
a The “Notification Area Icons” window opens.
■ Regional and Language Options Settings

$ For details of the procedure, see “4. Regional and Language Options
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Place a checkmark to “Always show all icons and notifications on the ■ Display settings
taskbar” and click . Set up the screen resolution.
2. Click .
a The “Display” window opens.
DXL03020177.ai
3. Select “Adjust resolution”.
a The system returns to the “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window.
6. Click .
a The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window.

MC01050036.ai
a The “Screen resolution” window opens.
4. Click “Advanced settings”.
DXL03020343.ai
a The monitor properties window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Select the “Adapter” tab and click . ● For 24 inch LCD
Portrait : “1920 × 1200, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz”
Landscape : “1200 × 1920, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz”
● For 21 inch LCD

Landscape : “1200 × 1600, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz”
● For 19 inch LCD or 17 inch LCD

7. Click .
a The system returns to the monitor properties window.

DXL03020344.ai
a The “List All Modes” window opens. 8. Click .
6. Perform the following setting. a The system returns to the “Screen Resolution” window.
9. Click .
a The system returns to the “Display” window.
10. Close the “Display” window.

DXL03020167.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the power options 5. Click .
Changing the power options for PC and HD drives. a The system returns to the “Power Options” window.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 6. Close the “Power Options” window.
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
2. Click .
a The “Power Options” window opens.
3. Select “Balanced” and select “Change plan settings”.
DXL03020168.ai
4. Perform the following setting.

• Turn off the display : “20 minutes”
• Put the computer to sleep : “Never”
DXL03020169.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the automatic OS update ■ Setting the Action Center
Cancel settings for automatic OS (Windows 7) update as follows. Hide the confirmation message for security or maintenance.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

a The “Action Center” window opens.

a The “Windows Update” window opens.
3. Select “Change settings”. 3. Select “Change Action Center settings”.
DXL03020172.ai
DXL03020178.ai
a The “Change Action Center settings” window opens.
a The “Change settings” window opens.

4. Remove all checkmarks and click .
4. Select “Never check for updates” and click .
DXL03020179.ai
DXL03020180.ai
a The system returns to the “Windows Update” window.

a The system returns to the “Action Center” window.
5. Close the “Windows Update” window.
5. Close the “Action Center” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the Internet Explorer (V2.5(B) or later) ■ Setting up Defragmentation
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 1. Select “Computer” from the menu.
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. a The “Computer” window opens.
2. Click “Internet Options”. 2. Right-click “Local Disk (C:)” and select “Properties”.
a The “Internet Properties” window opens.
3. Select the “Advanced” tab and remove the checkmark for “Check for
publisher's certification revocation”.
MC000402.ai
3. Select “Tools” tab and select .
MC01004.ai
 NOTE 
• When “Set Up Windows Internet Explorer 8” window opens, select “Ask me
later”.
• When closing the Internet Explorer, the “Do you want to close all tabs or the
current tab?” window opens. Select “Close all tabs”.
4. Click . DXL03020182.ai
a The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window. a The “Disk Defragmenter” window opens.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click . ■ Disabling the notification (Intel Management and Security Status)
(in case of HP PC)
1. Right-click the “Intel Management and Security Status” icon inside the
taskbar, and click “Open”.
DXL03020183.ai
a The “Disk Defragmenter: Modify Schedule” window opens.

MCApp22007.ai
5. Remove the checkmark from “Run on a schedule (recommended)” a The “Intel Management and Security Status” window opens.
and click .
2. Select the “General” and make the following settings.
• Remove the checkmark at “Enable user notification”.
• Remove the checkmark at “Intel® Management and Security Status will be
available next time I log on to Windows”.
DXL03020184.ai
a The system returns to the “Disk Defragmenter” window.
6. Click .
a The system returns to the “Local Disk (C:) Properties” window.
7. Click .
8.
MCApp22008.ai
Close the “Computer” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Disabling the notification (Intel Rapid Storage Technology) ■ Turning off developer tools (in case of HP PC)
(in case of HP PC)
1. Input “gpedit.msc” into the “Search programs and files” field of the
“Start” menu.
1. Right-click the “Intel Rapid Storage Technology” icon inside the
taskbar. a The search result is displayed.
2. Remove the checkmarks of the following items.

• “Show Storage System Information”
• “Show Storage System Warnings”
• “Show Storage System Errors”
MCApp22009.ai
MCApp22010.ai
2. Double-click “gpedit.msc”.
a The “Local Group Policy Editor” window opens.
3. From the left pane, select “Computer Configuration” – “Administrative

Templates” – “Windows Components” – “Internet Explorer” –
“Toolbars”, and double-click “Turn off Developer Tools”.
MCApp22011.ai
a The “Turn off Developer Tools” window opens.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select “Enabled” and click [Apply]. ■ Setting the Autoplay (in case of HP PC)
2. Click “Autoplay” .
a The “Autoplay” window opens.
3. From the “Software and games” pull-down menu, select “Install or run
program from your media”.
MCApp22012.ai
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Local Group Policy Editor” window.“
6. Close the “Local Group Policy Editor” window.

MCApp22013.ai
4. Click [Save].
a The system returns to the “Autoplay” window.
5. Close the “Autoplay” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.4 Installing the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC) 3. Select “Computer” from the [Start] menu.
1. Insert the application CD into the DVD drive. a The DVD drive window opens.
5. Open the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”, and
double-click “dotnetfx”.
MC01050038.ai
a The installation start confirmation window opens.

CBS03068.ai
2. Click .
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click [Yes]. ■ Installing the .NET Framework SP1
1. Open the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”,
MC01050039.ai

CBS03069.ai
7. Select the “I agree” radio button, and click [install].

CBS03072.ai
2. Click [OK].
CBS03070.ai
8. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1” folder in the path of “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1”.
CBS03073.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click [I accept]. 4. Click [Yes].
When the installation completes, the confirmation window opens.
CBS03074.ai MC01005.ai
a The “Download and Install Updates” window opens.

4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “DNET1.1SP1” folder in “D:\dotNet\DNET1.1” path. 5. Wait until the installation completes.
a The “Installation complete” window opens.
5. Close the window, and remove the application CD from the DVD drive.
a The system returns to the desktop. 6. Click [Restart Now].
1.5.5 Installing the Patch (Internet Explorer 8)

r REFERENCE
Close the “Autoplay” window when it opens.
MC01006.ai
2. Start Explorer to open “D:¥Tool¥KB¥Internet Explorer8”. a The PC restarts.
3. Double-click “Windows6.1-KB2618444-x86.msu”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.6 Setting the X Drive (Server PC Only) 5. Right-click an unallocated space of Disk 0 and select “New Partition”.
 NOTE 
 NOTE 
Confirm the size of the unallocated space of Disk 0.
Perform this procedure in case of the OS reinstallation to the partitioned equipment
(C drive and another drive).
equipment.
Set and use the another drive as the Image folder storage drive. (The drive name
can be any letter)

2. Click “Administrative Tools”.

a The “Administrative Tools” window opens. MC01050101.ai
a The “New Simple Volume Wizard” window opens.

3. Click “Computer Management”.
MC01050102.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click [Next]. 9. Select “Assign the following drive letter” and select “X” from the pull-
a The “Specify Volume Size” window opens. down menu.
 NOTE 
The drive letter is generally “X”. You can specify any other drive letter.
MC01050103.ai
7. Confirm that the value is the same as the size of the unallocated space
of Disk 0 confirmed at Step 5. MC01050104.ai

a The “Assign Drive Letter or Path” window opens. a The “Format Partition” window opens.
MC01050105.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
11. Click [Next]. 1.5.7 Disabling the Dell Premium Mouse Customize Key
a The “Completing the New Simple Volume Wizard” window opens. When a Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) is supplied with the PC, install
$ For details on how to perform necessary settings, see “Appendix 5: Disabling
the Customize Key Function — Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) (CR-
VW 674 Only)”.
MC01050116.ai
12. Click [Finish].

13. Confirm that the new volume (X drive) has been created.
MC01050117.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.8 Setting the IP Address and Network Discovery 5. Remove the checkmark from “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6).”

2. Click .
3. Select “Change adapter settings”.
DXL03020186.ai
6. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click .
DXL03020185.ai
4. Right-click “Local Area Connection” and select “Properties”.
DXL03020187.ai
a The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window opens.
MC000406.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Make the following settings and click . 10. Select “Change advanced sharing settings”.
DXL03020189.ai
a The “Advanced sharing settings” window opens.
11. Open the “Public (current profile)” and select “Turn on network
discovery” in the “Network discovery”.
DXL03020188.ai
Item Setup Value

Server 172.16.1.20
IP address
Client 172.16.1.21 DXL03020190.ai
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 a The “Network discovery” window opens.

Default gateway Blank (no input)
Preferred DNS server Blank (no input)
12. Click .
Alternate DNS server Blank (no input)
13. Verify that the “Unidentified network” is set to “Public network” and
8. Click . close the window.
a The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
9. Click .
DXL03020191.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.9 Setting the Folder Options 1.5.10 Adding the Windows Components
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. a The “Control Panel” window opens.
2. Click [Folder Options]. 2. Click .

a The “Folder Options” window opens.
3. Select “View” tab and confirm that there is no media in the DVD drive.
3. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”.
4. Remove the checkmark for “Use Sharing Wizard (Recommended)”.
MC000410.ai
a The “Windows Features” window opens.
MC01007.ai
5. Click .
a The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Perform the following settings and click .
r REFERENCE only for Server
Items not described below : remove the checkmark.

: indicates it is the item to be installed.
: indicates a part of the items of its lower layer will be
installed.
only for Server
only for Server
DXL03020193.ai
 NOTE 
After installation, restart if restart is required.
After the PC restarts, enter “fujicr” for user name and “system” for password
and log in.
DXL03020192.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.11 Initial Setting for Internet Explorer 8 (V2.0(B)) 3. Select “No, don’t turn on” and click .
a The “Choose your settings” window opens.
1. From the menu, Select “All Programs” - “Internet Explorer”.
a The “Welcome to Internet Explorer 8” window opens.
DXL03020196ai
DXL03020194.ai
4. Select “Choose custom settings” and click .
a The “Choose a default search provider” window opens.
2. Click .
a The “Turn on Suggested Sites” window opens.
DXL03020197ai
DXL03020195.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Select “Keep my current default search provider” and click . 7. Select “Turn off all Accelerators that are included with Internet
Explorer” and click .
a The “Search Provider Updates” window opens.
a The “Turn on SmartScreen Filter” window opens.
DXL03020198.ai
DXL03020200.ai
6. Select “No, I don’t want to download updates” and click .

a The “Choose your Accelerators” window opens.
8. Select “Turn off SmartScreen Filter” and click .
a The “Compatibility Settings” window opens.
DXL03020199.ai
DXL03020201.ai
9. Select “No, I don’t want to use updates” and click .
10. Close the Internet Explorer.

 NOTE 
If “Internet Explorer” window is displayed, click [Close all tabs].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.12 Installing the MSChart (Only for Server PC) 5. Open the “D:\dotNet\DNET3.5\DNETCHART” folder, and double-click
“MSChart.exe”.
1. Insert the application CD into the DVD drive. a The “Software Update” window opens.
DXL03020203.ai
6. Click .
(“Vx.x” represents a version number.) CBS03123.ai a The “Microsoft Software License Terms” window opens.
2. Click .
4. Double-click DVD drive.

a The DVD Drive (D:) window opens.
DXL03020204.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Place a checkmark to “I have read and accept the license terms.” and 1.5.13 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)
click .
 NOTE 
a The “The software update has been installed successfully” window opens.
The PC may restart as .NET Framework installation completes. If the PC restarts,
perform this procedure again.
r REFERENCE
There is no need to activate .NET Framework 1.1 if it has already been activated.
“.NET Framework 1.1” is inactivated by installing in “1.5.8 Installing the MSChart

(Only for Server PC)”, so activate “.NET Framework” before installing SQL server.

DXL03020345.ai
8. Click .
a The “D:\dotNet\DNET3.5\DNETCHART” folder window opens.
9. Close the window, and remove the application CD from the DVD drive.
10. Restart the PC.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Click .
3. Perform the following procedures.
● V2.3(B) or earlier
a The application’s setup window opens.
I. Click .
II. Click .

CBS03153.ai
III. Click [Next].

When the activation completes, the system returns to the installation
launcher window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● V2.5(B) or later 1.5.14 Setting for IIS Manager (V2.0(B))
I. Click
2. Click .
3. Double-click “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager”.
MC01008.ai

When the activation completes, the system returns to the installation
launcher window.
DXL03020205.ai
4. Click . a The “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” window opens.

4. Select the “Application Pools” at the tree on the left side of the
5. Remove the application CD from the DVD drive. window (CVXXXXXXXX).
6. Restart the PC.

 NOTE 
After the PC restarts, install the SQL Server immediately.
DXL03020206.ai
a The application pools are displayed at the middle of the window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Select “ASP .NET 1.1” and select “Advanced Settings” in the “Actions”. 7. Select “NetworkService” in the “Built-in account” and
click .
DXL03020207.ai
a The “Advanced Settings” window opens.
6. Select “Identity” in the “Process Model” and click […] on the right
side. DXL03020209.ai
a The system returns to the “Advanced Settings” window.
8. Click .
a The system returns to the “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager”
window.
9. Select “Classic .NET AppPool” and select “Advanced Settings” in the

“Actions”.
DXL03020208.ai
a The “Application Pools Identity” window opens.
DXL03020210.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
10. Select “Identity” in the “Process Model” and click […] on the right 13. Select “DefaultAppPool” and select “Advanced Settings” in the
side. “Actions”.
DXL03020212.ai
14. Select “Identity” in the “Process Model” and click […] on the right
side.
DXL03020211.ai
11. Select “NetworkService” in the “Built-in account” and

click .
DXL03020213.ai
DXL03020209.ai
12. Click .
a The system returns to the “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager”
window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
15. Select “NetworkService” in the “Built-in account” and 1.5.15 Installing the SQL Server (Only for Server PC)
click . This section shows the procedures used to install the SQL Server.
handled by the system. Thus, the system, without the SQL Server installed, does
not function.
 NOTE 
In case of cancellation during installation of SQL Server, an error is caused even in
case of reinstallation and the installation will fail.
If the installation has been canceled, uninstall SQL Server once completely and
DXL03020209.ai
then install it.

r REFERENCE
16. Click . Installation procedure of .Net Framework and SQL Server are same in CR-VW 674
and CR-IR 391CL.
a The system returns to the “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” This section describes for CR-IR 391CL as an example.
window.
For CR-VW 674, read the instruction by switching name of CR-IR 391CL to
17. Click on the right upper corner to close the window. CR-VW 674.
a The system returns to the “Installation Launcher” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1. Click on the installation 2. Select a desired language from the list and Click .
launcher window. a The command prompt window opens, and installation of the SQL Server
starts.
a A window for language selection window opens.
a Installation processing completes.
MC172002.ai
CBS03124.ai 3. Press the <Enter> key.
For the installers of V2.3(B) and later, the following screen will be displayed A window prompting you to restart the PC appears. Remove the application
since the Windows Installer 4.5 or later is being used. CD from the DVD drive and click [Yes].
For Windows 7, click “Install SQL Server” without installing the Windows After the PC restarts, enter “fujicr” for user name and “system” for password
Installer since Windows Installer 4.5 or later has been installed as standard. and log in.
CBS03130.ai
a The command prompt window closes, and the system returns to the
installation launcher.
MC01050108.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.16 Verifying after installation (Only for Server PC) ● V2.3(B) or later
• Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Native Client
2. Click . • Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Files
• Microsoft SQL Server Browser
3. Check to see that the following software item is listed under “Uninstall
or change a program”. 4. Close the “Programs and Features” window.
● V2.0(B) or earlier 5. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Administrative Tools.”

• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 a The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
6. Double-click “IIS Manager”.
a The “IIS Manager” window opens.
• Microsoft SQL Server VSS Writer 7. Double-click “HTTP Response Header” in “IIS”.
● V2.1(B)/V2.2(B) 8. Confirm that “X-Powered-By” is displayed in “Name” and “ASP.NET”
• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 is displayed in “Value”.
• Microsoft .Chart Controls for Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5
• Microsoft SQL Server 2005 9. Click on the right upper corner to close the window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.5.17 Updating NIC Driver and BIOS (OptiPlex 760/780/960)
$ For details, see “3.11 Procedure for Error Correction of NIC Driver (OptiPlex
760/780/960)” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.6 RU Settings MC-167
1.6 RU Settings 1.6.1 Installing the RU PC-TOOL
To perform RU software settings, be sure to observe the procedures shown in the The RU PC-TOOL is a utility (also referred to as the FCR TOOL) that exercises
flow below. RU-AP installation, RU-Config setup, data backup, and other functions.
For the operations of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and RU, it is necessary that
1.6.1 Installing the RU PC-TOOL
the RU PC-TOOL be installed in the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system.
 NOTE 
1.6.2 Setting Up and Checking Firewall Settings • In case of Windows Vista / 7, be sure to confirm that User Account Control is
turned off before installing the RU PC-TOOL.
• In case of Windows Vista, be sure to use the RU PC-Tool for V4.0 or later.
1.6.3 Installing and Registering RU-AP
• In case of Windows 7, be sure to use the RU PC-Tool for V5.4 or later.
1. Insert the RU APL Software CD into the DVD drive.

a The “Set Up PC-TOOL” window opens.
MC000307.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Click [INSTALL]. 4. Click [OK].
5. Click [Next].
CBS03085.ai
3. Select “For FTP-Server”, and click [SET].

 NOTE 
Be sure to select “For FTP-Server.” If “For Client PC” is selected, installation
cannot be done successfully.
If you have erroneously selected “For Client PC” and clicked [SET], perform CBS03087.ai
installation again by following the procedure below.

$ See “Appendix 8: Corrective Procedure to be Performed after 6. Click [Install].
Improper RU PC-TOOL Installation” under “IN: Installation” of the
RU Service Manual.
FRCH7168.EPS
a The confirmation window opens. CBS03088.ai
MC000428.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. When the installation completes, click [Finish]. 9. Click [Unblock].
r REFERENCE
With Windows7, click [Allow access].
CBS03089.ai

CBS03092.ai
8. When “Press any key to continue...” is displayed, press the <Enter> key.
10. Close the “Set Up PC-TOOL” window.
 NOTE 
Because the process is executed several times, verify the display in each time
and press the <Enter> key.
MC000429.ai
a The system returns to the “Set Up PC-TOOL” window and then the “Windows
Security Alert” window opens.
FRCH9522SM.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
11. Remove the RU APL Software CD from the DVD drive, and restart the PC. 1.6.2 Setting Up and Checking Firewall Settings
■ For Windows XP / Vista
12. Enter “system” and click .
 NOTE 
The method for opening the firewall window of Windows Vista is different from that
for Windows XP. Perform the following procedure and then start from step 3 for
Windows XP.
I. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

AWV32020.ai
II. Double-click .
 NOTE 
a The “Windows Firewall” window opens.
a The desktop window opens. III. Click “Allow a program through Windows Firewall.”
MC000412.ai
a The “Windows Firewall Settings” window opens.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Double-click [Windows Firewall]. 4. Check to see that “FTP (File Transfer Protocol)” is checkmarked.
MC000092.EPS
MC000096.EPS
If the “FTP” item does not exist, perform the procedure described later
in “l If ‘FTP’ does not exist (Adding a program)”.
3. Click the “Exceptions” tab.
 NOTE 
“File Transfer Program” or “ftp” may be displayed, instead of “FTP”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Check to see that “BmpServer” is checked. ● If “FTP” does not exist (Adding a program)
1. In the “Exceptions” tab of the “Windows Firewall” window, click
[Add Program...].
MC000305.EPS
If “BmpServer” does not exist, perform the procedure described later

in “l If ‘BmpServer’ does not exist (Adding a program)”. MC000093.EPS
a The “Add a Program” window opens.
MC000094.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Click [Browse...]. ● If “BmpServer” does not exist (Adding a program)
a The “Browse” dialog opens. 1. In the “Exceptions” tab of the “Windows Firewall” window, click
[Add Program...].
MC000095.EPS
3. Enter “C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP” in the filename field, and click

[Open].
MC000093.EPS
4. Click [OK] in the “Add a Program” window. a The “Add a Program” window opens.
a The system returns to the “Exceptions” tab in the “Windows Firewall” window.
5. Make sure that “FTP” is checked.

 NOTE 
“File Transfer Program” or “ftp” may be displayed, instead of “FTP”.
MC000094.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Click [Browse...]. ● Setting up the FTP port
a The “Browse” dialog opens. 1. In the “Exceptions” tab of the “Windows Firewall” window, click
[Add Port].
a The “Add a Port” window opens.
MC000313.EPS
MC000095.EPS
2. In the “Name:” field, enter “FTP_port”.

3. Select “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\TOOL\BmpServer”, and click
[Open]. 3. In the “Port number” field, enter “21”.
4. Click [OK] in the “Add a Program” window. 4. Click “TCP” to select it.
MC000097.EPS
5. Click [OK].
MC000306.EPS
5. Make sure that “BmpServer” is checked.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Setting up inetinfo 2. Click [Browse...].
1. In the “Exceptions” tab of the “Windows Firewall” window, click a The “Browse” window opens.
[Add Program...].
MC000095.EPS
3. In the “Filename:” field, enter “C:\WINDOWS\system32\inetsrv\

inetinfo”.
MC000308.EPS
MC000310.EPS
MC000309.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click [Open]. ■ For Windows 7
a The system returns to the “Add a Program” window.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the “Start” menu.
2. Click .
3. Select “Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall”.
MC000311.EPS
5. With “inetinfo” being selected, click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Windows Firewall” window.
MC01060001.ai
a The “Allowed Programs” window opens.
4. Click [Allow another program].
MC000312.EPS
6. Make sure that “inetinfo” is checkmarked, and click [OK].

MC01060002.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click [Browse]. 7. Click [Add] while the program name to be added is being selected.
MC01060003.ai
a The “Browse” window opens.
6. Select the executable file in “List of executable files” below, and click MC01060005.ai
[Open]. a The system returns to the “Allowed Programs” window.

List of executable files
8. Repeat steps 4 through 7 until all of the executable files in “List of
Executable file to add Program name to be added executable files” are added.
C:\WINDOWS\SYTEM32\FTP.exe File Transfer Program
C:\WINDOWS\SYTEM32\inetsrv\inetinfo.exe Internet Information Services 9. Confirm that the added program names are displayed under “Allowed
programs and features” and checkmarks have been placed under
“Public”.
MC01060006.ai
MC01060004.ai 10. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Add a Program” window. a The system returns to the “Windows Firewall” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
11. Select “Advanced settings”. 14. Select “Port”and click [Next].
MC01060007.ai
a The “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window opens.
12. Select “Inbound Rules”.
MC01060008.ai MC01060010.ai
a List of “Inbound Rules” is displayed. a The “Protocol and Ports” window opens.
 NOTE 
15. Select “TCP”, enter “21” to the “Specific local ports” field, and click
If “FTP_port” already exists in the list of “Inbound Rules”, skip the following [Next].
steps 13 through 19.
13. Select “New Rule”.
MC01060009.ai
a The “Rule Type” window opens.
MC01060011.ai
a The “Action” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
16. Select “Allow the connection”and click [Next]. 18. Enter “FTP_port” to the “Name” field, and click [Finish].
MC01060012.ai MC01060014.ai
a The “Profile” window opens. a The system returns to the “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window.
17. Place a checkmark to “Domain”, “Private”, or “Public”, and click [Next]. 19. Confirm that “FTP_port” has been added to the list of inbound rules,
and “Yes” has been selected under Enabled.
MC01060015.ai
MC01060013.ai
a The “Name” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
20. Right-click “FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffic-In)” and select 1.6.3 Installing and Registering RU-AP
“Enable Rule”.
First, install the RU-AP in the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL, and then restore the RU-
Config. To do this, use the RU PC-TOOL and perform the procedures set forth in
this section.
 NOTE 
• Before installing the RU-AP, turn ON the RU power.
• With Windows Vista / 7, an error occurs when you execute the bat file by double-
MC01060016.ai clicking. Right-click the bat file select “Run as administrator” to execute it.
a The “Enabled” of “FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffic-In)” changes to
“Yes”. ● In case of CR-VW 674
r REFERENCE
This section describes the procedures, by way of example, where settings are
made as follows:
INSTALL VERSION : 1.1
MC01060017.ai
LANGUAGE : English
BRAND TYPE : U.S.A. (FMSU)
21. Close the “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window. SCREEN TYPE : CLINIC
LINAC CASSETTE : NOT USE
a The system returns to the “Windows Firewall” window.
22. Close the “Windows Firewall” window. 1. Turn the RU OFF and then turn it ON.
a The system returns to the desktop screen.  NOTE 

Although a connection error occurs on the RU side, it will pose no problem to
subsequent work if you simply clear the alarm.
2. Remove the RU-APL CD-ROM from the DVD drive, and insert it into the
drive again.
3. Click [Start].
[Click]
FRCH7048.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Enter “RU NAME” and “RU IP ADDR.”  NOTE 
 NOTE  In the case of “NO GOOD” indication
See “MT: Machine Troubleshooting” of the RU Service Manual.
Enter the IP address of the RU that has been set on the CR-VW 674.
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
7. Click [INSTALL].
#1[Input]
CONNECTION TEST
[Click]
RU IP ADDR
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
#2[Input]
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7050.EPS
ALL RUs SETTING
5.
FRCH7053.EPS
Click [PING].
r REFERENCE
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING [Click]

When clicking on [INSTALL], “Under maintenance” appears on the operation
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
panel of the RU.

BACKUP RESTORE
8.
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7051.EPS
Click [OK].
6. Check the result of PING, and click to close the window. [Click]
#2
FRCH7054.EPS
9. Select “INSTALL VERSION.”

INSTALL VERSION
#1 1.0
[Check] 1.1 [Select]
“0% loss” should appear. FRCH7055.EPS
FRCH7052.EPS
● [GOOD indication].
If the following message appears, the result is normal.
| Ping statistics for 172.16.1.10: |
| Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss), |
● [NO GOOD indication].

Other than above is all abnormal. (The selected IP address of the RU is displayed.)
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
10. Select “LANGUAGE.” 13. If a LINAC CASSETTE is to be used at the user’s site, select “USE”.
[Select]
If the LINAC CASSETTE is not to be used, select “NOT USE”, and click
[SET].
Japanese
Japanese #1
English [Select]
German
French
Spanish #2
Italian [Click]
Swedish
Finnish
Danish FRCH7077.EPS
Norwegian
Korean
ChineseSimplified
14. Make sure that “INCH” is selected for “INCH OR METRIC SETTING”
ChineseTraditional FRCH7056.EPS
(size system of the IP used).
11. Select “BRAND TYPE.” [Confirm]

[Select]
JAPAN(FMS)
JAPAN(FMS)
U.S.A.(FMSU) FRCH7114.EPS
U.S.A.(DISTR.)
EU(FDUS) 15 . Move the slide bar down to the bottom.
OEM
FRCH7171.EPS
[Move]
12. Select “CLINIC” for “SCREEN TYPE” (operation panel window display)
and click [OK].
 NOTE 
Be sure to select “CLINIC”. If “HOSPITAL” is selected, connection between RU
and CR-VW 674 will not be secured appropriately.
FRCH7165.EPS
HOSPITAL
HOSPITAL
#1
CLINIC [Select]
#2
[Click]
FRCH7153.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
16. Make sure that “SCANNER CLEANING” is selected for 19. Check to see that “172.16.1.20” and “CL0” have been set for “IP
“UTILITY MENU” (User Utility menu selection). ADDRESS” and “CL NAME”, respectively.
 NOTE 
If the “FTP Server IP Address” setting has been changed before the installation
of the RU software, enter the new address.
[CHECK]
[Confirm]
FRCH7166.EPS
17. If configuration information other than the default settings is used at

the request of the institution, change the settings as described below. FRCH7176.EPS
18. Click [SET]. 20. Confirm the installation precautions.

CAUTION
[Click] While the flash ROM is being written into, never turn OFF the RU or CR
Console. If you turn OFF the power, the program stored in the memory
becomes damaged and cannot restart.
FRCH7060.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
21. Click [SET]. 22. Verify that the flash ROM write process is completed, and then press
a When you click on [SET], the installation screen opens on the CR Console the <Enter> key twice.
display. #1
While the flash ROM is being written into, the RU’s LED glows. [Check]
 NOTE 
Do not close the installation screen until the flash ROM write process is
completed.
If you inadvertently close the installation screen, return to Step 7 and perform
the installation procedure again. The flash ROM write process takes about 8
minutes.
#2
[Press 2 times]
[Click] “Enter” key FRCH7066.EPS
23. Click [OK].

[Click]
The installation screen appears

on the display. FRCH7067.EPS
While the flash ROM write

process is being performed,
the LED glows.
FRCH7191.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
24. Check the version of the RU software, and close RU PC-TOOL. 25. Verify that the RU’s LED is extinguished, and then turn OFF the RU.
#1
RU NAME IP ADDRESS RU TYPE VERSION r REFERENCE
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx 1.1
[Check] The message “Under maintenance” is displayed on the operation panel.
However, turning OFF the RU power does not affect the RU’s functionality.
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
#2
RU IP ADDR
RU TYPE GOOD indication

BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING

CR-IRxxx: Model The text is displayed
name of the RU to in black. #1
be connected is [Verify]
displayed. NO GOOD indication The LED is extinguished.
The text is displayed
in red or the version
number is not
displayed.
#3
[Click]
FRCH7068.EPS
 NOTE  #2
[Press]
If “NO GOOD” is indicated, go back to Step 1. and perform installation again. FRCH7149.EPS
26. Turn ON the power of the RU.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● In case of CR-IR 391CL 4. Enter “RU NAME” and “RU IP ADDR.”
This section describes the procedures, by way of example, where settings are Enter the IP address of the RU that has been set on the CR-IR 391CL.
made as follows:
INSTALL VERSION : 1.0
LANGUAGE : NONE #1[Input]
BRAND TYPE : NONE
#2[Input]
1. Turn the RU OFF and then turn it ON.

FRCH7050.ai
5. Click [PING].
 NOTE 
[Click]
Although a connection error occurs on the RU side, it will pose no problem to
subsequent work if you simply clear the alarm.
2.
FRCH7051.ai
Select “Computer” from the menu and double-click

6. Check the result of PING, and click to close the window.
“DVD RW drive (D:)”.
#2
3. Click [Start].
#1
[Check]
“0% loss” should appear.

FRCH7052.ai
● [GOOD indication].
● [NO GOOD indication].
Other than above is all abnormal. (The selected IP address of the RU is
displayed.)
 NOTE 
In the case of “NO GOOD” indication
FRCH7048.ai
$ See “MT: Machine Troubleshooting” of the RU Service Manual.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Click [INSTALL]. 10. Make sure that “INCH” is selected for “IP Size Code Setting” (size
[Click]
system of the IP used).
FRCH7053.ai
r REFERENCE
When clicking on [INSTALL], “Under maintenance” appears on the operation
panel of the RU.
8. Click [OK].
FRCH7114.ai
11. If configuration information other than the default settings is used at

the request of the institution, change the settings.
12. Click [SET].

FRCH7054.ai
9. Select “INSTALL VERSION and click [OK].”
FRCH7055.ai
FRCH7060.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
13. Check to see that “172.16.1.20” and “CL0” have been set for “IP ADDRESS” 15. Click [SET].
and “CL NAME”, respectively. a When you click on [SET], the installation screen opens on the CR Console
display.
 NOTE 
While the flash ROM is being written into, the RU’s LED blinks.
If the “FTP Server IP Address” setting has been changed before the installation
of the RU software, enter the new address.  NOTE 
completed.
minutes.
[Click]
FRCH7176.ai
14. Confirm the installation precautions. The installation screen appears

on the display.
CAUTION
While the flash ROM is being written into, never turn OFF the RU or CR
Console. If you turn OFF the power, the program stored in the memory
the LED and Cassette ready lamp blinks.
FRCH7191.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
16. Verify that the flash ROM write process is completed, and then press 18. Check the version of the RU software, and close RU PC-TOOL.
the <Enter> key twice.
#1
#1 ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx 1.1
[Check]
[Check]
#2

name of the RU to in black.
be connected is
#2 displayed. NO GOOD indication
[Press 2 times] The text is displayed
“Enter” key FRCH7066.ai in red or the version
number is not
displayed.
17. Click [OK].
#3
[Click]
FRCH7068.ai
 NOTE 
FRCH7067.ai
If “NO GOOD” is indicated, go back to Step 1. and perform installation again.
19. Verify that the RU’s LED is extinguished, and then turn OFF the RU.
r REFERENCE
The message “Under maintenance” is displayed on the operation panel.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Restoring the RU-Config r REFERENCE
Perform the procedure set forth below to restore the RU configuration file. For Windows Vista / 7, start up RU PC-TOOL in the following procedures.
CAUTION I. From the start menu, select “All programs” a “Accessories” a “Run”.
When restoring the following items, never turn OFF the RU since access to II. Enter “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\TOOL\RuPcTool\RuPCTool.exe” and
the RU’s flash ROM is made in the restoring process. click [OK].
If you turn OFF the RU, the program on memory will be destroyed, making it
impossible for the RU to restart. a The RU PC-TOOL main menu opens.
SCN ALL DATA RU PC-TOOL Ver.3.0
SCN LIGHT COLLECTING DATA Configuration(C) Operation(O)
EACH RU SETTING
SCN OPTICAL DATA CONNECTION TEST
RU NAME ru0 LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU NAME IP ADDRESS RU TYPE VERSION NEW
RU IP ADDR 172 16 1 10
1. Insert the media in which the config files have been backed up into the
MUTL PING MON FTP
ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx V1.0
DELETE
drive.
INSTALL VERSION UP EDIT HISTORY EDIT CONFIGURATION
2. Start the RU PC-TOOL as directed below. EDIT CL NAME
BACKUP RESTORE
III. Specify the file
ERROR LOG
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\TOOL\RuPcTool\RuPCTool.exe”
EXECUTE EXECUTE
I/O TRACE EXPERT ERROR DB
ALL RUs SETTING

UNINSTALL VERSION UP
FRCH4404.EPS
3. From “LIST OF EXISTING RU”, select the RU whose data is to be

restored.
Configuration(C)
[Select]
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR

BACKUP RESTORE
ru7 172.16.1.110 CR-IRxxx V1.0
IV. Click
ALL RUs SETTING
RU TYPE
CR-IRxxx: Model name of the RU
to be connected is displayed. FRCH316A01.EPS
II. Click
I. Click 00000219.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. From the “RESTORE” pull-down menu, select an item to be restored. 7. Verify that the selected location is displayed, and then click [OK].
#1
[Verify]
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONFIGURATION
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
The selected location is
[Select] HISTORY LOG displayed.
SCN ALL DATA
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING SCN LIGHT COLLECTING DATA

#2
SCN OPTICAL DATA [Click]
FRCH316A07.EPS
5. Click [EXECUTE]. FRCH316A10.EPS
Configuration(C)
8.
EACH RU SETTING
Reconfirm the location of the data to be restored, and then click [OK].
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
[Click]
BACKUP RESTORE
#2
[Click]
#1
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH316A08.EPS
[Check]
6. Select the location of the data to be restored. FRCH316A06.EPS
 NOTE  9. When a message appears to indicate the completion of restore, click

To restore data from an FD, insert the FD, which stores the data to be [OK].
restored, into the FDD before selecting a data location. If no FD is set in its
position, you cannot select the FD drive (a:\).  NOTE 
If the data has been restored from an FD, be sure to click the [OK] button and
#1 then remove the FD.
[Click]
[Click]
FRCH316A09.EPS
a The system returns to the main menu of RU PC-TOOL.
#2 10. Click in the upper-right corner of the window.

[Select]
FRCH316A05.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software MC-192
1.7 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL 1.7.1 Installing Disk Burning Module [Windows XP]
Software $ Install Disk Burning Module by following the procedure “■ Installing the Disc
Burning Module [Windows XP only] [CR-VW 674 Only]” in “2. Version
This section shows the installation procedures of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Upgrade” under “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version
software, menu and parameter files, and the standard kit CD. Upgrade”.
► INSTRUCTIONS
If there is a backup of the config data, be sure to perform installation of the
application of the same version as the one for which the backup was made.
To install the application of a version newer than the one in which backup was
performed, the following procedure becomes necessary.
• Installation of the old-version application in which the backup was taken
• Restoration of the config data
• Update of the application
$ For details on the procedure, see “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
Software Version Upgrade”.
 NOTE 
Make sure to perform installation processing set forth herein with the PC properly
connected to a network, otherwise intended processing will result in a failure.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7.2 Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL a The installation launcher opens.
r REFERENCE
This section describes for CR-VW 674 as an example.
For CR-IR 391CL, read the instruction by switching name of CR-VW 674 to CR-IR
391CL.
1. From the [Start] menu, select [Run...].

a The “Run” dialog opens.
2. Enter “D:\InstallLauncher.exe” and click [OK].
MC000101.EPS
(“Vx.x” represents a version number.) MC000011.EPS
r REFERENCE
With V5.0 or later, the display contents are changed to the following.
MC01070010.AI
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click 4. Click .
(with V5.0(B) or later, ). a The installer starts, and the “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for FCR
Application” window opens.
a The setup window of the CR-VW 674 application opens.
MC000016.EPS
5. Click [Next].
a The “Setup Image Folder” window opens.
r REFERENCE
MC01140004.ai
 NOTE 
In V2.2(B) or earlier, the “Setup Image Folder” window will not open since the
image folder is automatically stored to “Local Disk (C:)”.
MC01070012.AI
As the “Ready to Install the Program” window opens, proceed to Step 6.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Select the installation drive of the image folder according to the 8. Click [Finish].
operational method, and click [Next]. a The “To continue installation, you need to restart the system.” window opens.
 NOTE 
Since V2.3(B), you have to specify the place to store the image folder.
In case of the partitioned equipment (e.g.: C drive and X drive), select the
drive other than “Local Disk (C:)”.
In case of the unpartitioned equipment with only C drive, select “Local Disk
(C:)”.
MC000458.ai
9. Remove the CD from the DVD drive and click [Yes].

a The PC restarts.
10. If the following error screen appears, click [OK].
MC000017.EPS
7. Click [Install].
a In about 2 minutes, a command prompt window opens.
a The following window indicating completion of the installation opens.
MC01070001.ai
11. Insert the application CD into the DVD drive again.
MC000137.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7.3 Installing a Settings File r REFERENCE
r REFERENCE
For CR-IR 391CL, read the instruction by switching name of CR-VW 674 to CR-IR
391CL.
1. On the CR-VW 674 application’s setup window, click

.
MC01070012.AI
a The “Select a type of facility” window opens.
MC000404.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Select “Hospital/Medical Clinic”, and click [Next]. 4. Make the following settings.
a The “Select language to install Configuration files” window opens. ● Before V4.0 (except V4.0)
I. Select “L Type”, and click [Next].
a Installation of the configuration file starts.
When the installation completes, the CR-VW 674 application’s setup
window opens.
● V4.0 or later
I. Select “Color”, and click [Next].
When the installation completes, the CR-VW 674 application’s setup
window opens.
MC000412.EPS

● Before V4.0 (except V4.0)
I. Select a language to install configuration files, and click [Next].
a The window for selecting the type of standard kit opens.
● V4.0 or later
a The window for selecting the type of monitor opens.
MC000405.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7.4 Installing Menu and Parameter Files r REFERENCE
r REFERENCE
For CR-IR 391CL, read the instruction by
switching name of CR-VW 674 to CR-IR 391CL.
1. On the CR-VW 674 application’s setup window, click

.
MC01070012.AI
a The window for selecting the study menu language opens.
MC000059.EPS
(“Vx.x” represents a version number.) MC000406.eps
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Select a desired language, and click [Next]. 1.7.5 Installing the Standard Kit CD
a A window opens prompting for confirmation of the parameter file installation.
i IMPORTANT
A compatibility reference table for CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application and
StandardKit is shown below.
Combinations other than the table below will not be installed correctly.
Check the version described on the label of the CD-ROM, and perform installation
according to the following table.
• Windows Vista/7 compatible version: CR-VW 674 Standard Kit Exp V1.1 or later
CR-IR 391CL Standard Kit Exp V1.0 or later
PART V4.1 V1.0(B) V2.2(B)

V5.0
NUMBER or earlier to V2.1(B) or later
CR-VW 674
MC000060.EPS
114Y5097005 A00 A01 A01 A02
Standard Kit Exp
3. Select “ON (Software Options required)” and click [Next]. CR-IR 391CL
114Y2129005 - - A00 A01
Standard Kit Exp
a Installation of the parameter file starts.
When the installation completes, the top window of the installation launcher
opens.
4. On the installation launcher window, click [Finish].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1. Insert the standard kit CD into the DVD drive. 3. When “Press any key.” appears, press the <Enter> key.
a The application automatically starts, and a command prompt opens.
r REFERENCE
When the command prompt does not start up automatically, select “Computer”
from the menu and double-click DVD drive (D:).
Open the DVD drive and double-click the “Setup” or “ElevateSetup” Windows MC000156.EPS
Batch File when the application doesn’t start automatically. Then, a command
prompt opens.
4. When “Press any key to continue...” opens in the command prompt
window, press the <Enter> key.
MC000314.EPS
CBS03155.ai

2. When “Press any key to continue...” appears, press the <Enter> key.
6. Install the AP key.
$ See “2. AP Key Installation” in “Appendix 3: Option Key / AP Key
Installation”.
MC000153.EPS
7. Restart the PC.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7.6 Regional and Language Options Settings 1.7.7 Changing the Displayed Language and Replacing the
Menu Database
Prior to performing necessary settings using the Service Utility functions, perform
OS settings according to the region where the equipment is to be installed. Change the language in the system to the language to be used in the local area.
$ For details of the procedure, see “4. Regional and Language Options Also, initialize the language setting of menu database and parameter file, and then
Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. replace the setting to the setting of language to be used in the local area.
$ For details on procedures, see “4.2 Changing the Displayed Language and
Replacing the Menu Database” under “IN: Installation”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.7.8 Desktop Wallpaper Setting (for 24 inch monitor) 1.7.9 Displaying PC Lock [Only Windows 7]
(CR-VW 674 Only)
 NOTE 
 NOTE  This procedure is performed when it is requested by the user.
After installation of CR-VW 674, the wallpaper for 17 inch and 21 inch is set. When
a 24 inch monitor is to be connected, the separate 24 inch monitor wallpaper must
be set. ■ For V2.0(B) or earlier
1. Right click on the task bar and select “Toolbars” - “New Tool bar”.
1. Select [Control Panel] from the Start menu.
a The “New Toolbar - Choose a folder” window opens.
2. Open the “C:\Users\fujicr\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Internet
2. Double-click [Display].
Explorer” and select the “Quick Launch” folder, and then click
a The “Display Properties” window opens. [Select Folder].
3. Select the “Desktop” tab.
4. Select the following file from the “Background:” list box.

For change from portrait to landscape: “FCR Wallpaper_1920_1200”
For change from landscape to portrait: “FCR Wallpaper_1200_1920_P”
5. Click [OK].
6. Confirm that the desktop wallpaper has been changed.
MC01070013.ai
3. Right click on the taskbar and remove the checkmark from “Lock the
taskbar”.
4. Right click the “Quick Launch” on the taskbar and remove the
checkmark form “Show text” and “Show title”.
5. Adjust the location of all icons in “Quick Launch” group to be

displayed on the taskbar.
MC01070014.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Right click on the taskbar and place a checkmark to “Lock the 1.7.10 Windows 7 IIS log output destination setting [For
taskbar”. V2.0(B)]
In Windows 7, IIS log output destination needs to be set at the time of configuring
7. Check the following.
the environment.
- Confirm that is displayed on the taskbar. The setting procedures are shown in the following sections.
- Click the and confirm that PC turns into the Windows Login display.
■ Deleting the folder
■ For V2.1(B) or later 1. Select “Computer” from the [Start] menu.
1. From the [Start] menu, enter “C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
UserTemp” in the “Search programs and files”. 2. Click the upper part of the window, enter the path “C:\ProgramData\
a The contents of the corresponding folder are displayed. FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\IISLog”, and press the <Enter> key.
2. Right-click the “PCLock”, and select “Pin to taskber”.

a The icon of “PCLock” is added to the task bar.
3. Click the and confirm that PC turns into the Windows Login MC01070015.ai
display.
3. In the “C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\IISLog” folder, right-click
the “W3SVC1” folder, and select “Delete”.
MC01070016.ai
a “W3SVC1” folder is deleted.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the IIS 5. Double-click “Logging”
1. Select “Control Panel” from the [Start] menu.
2. Click .
3. Double-click “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager”.
MC01070019.ai
a The “Logging” window opens.
MC01070017.ai
6. Enter the following path for the log output destination under Directory
a The “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” window opens. in the “Logging” window, and select “Apply” under the “Actions”
pane.
4. Select “Computer name” - “Sites” - “Default Web Site” from the tree Path for the log output destination: ”C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Log\IISLog”
on the left side of the window.
MC01070020.ai
7. Close the “Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager” window.

MC01070018.ai
a The “Default Web Site Home” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.8 Settings by the Simplified Setup Wizard MC-205
1.8 Settings by the Simplified Setup Wizard 1.9 IIS Network Virus Protection
$ For settings performed by the Simplified setup wizard, see “4.4 Setup by the To provide network virus protection, complete the following setup procedures for
Simplified Setup Wizard” under “IN: Installation”. IIS.
• Disabling unnecessary accounts that can access the FTP service
 NOTE 
The procedures below are not necessary for Windows 7.
■ Disabling unnecessary accounts that can access the FTP service

1. From the [Start] menu, choose [Control Panel].

3. Double-click [Internet Information Services(IIS) 6.0 Manager].

a The “Internet Information Services” window opens.
4. Double-click the host name in the left-hand section and then select
“FTP Sites”, and click “Default FTP Site” in the right-hand section.
RI000072.EPS
5. From the “Action” menu, choose “Properties.”

a The “Default FTP Site Properties” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.10 Making Checks Using the Service Utility MC-206
6. Choose the “Security Accounts” tab and then uncheck “Allow 1.10 Making Checks Using the Service Utility
Anonymous Connections” ( a ).
1.10.1 Running the Simplified Setup Wizard
After completion of reinstallation, run the Simplified setup wizard (contained in the
Service Utility) in order to make sure that all necessary settings have been made.
$ For more information, see “5. Simplified Setup Wizard” under
$ For information on how to open the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-
in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
1.10.2 Checking for Connection with Other Equipment

Check for connection with equipment that is setup under “Connected equipment” in
Service settings.
Connection checks are divided into checking connection to the host equipment and
that to the DICOM equipment.
RI000073.EPS
$ For more information, see “7.3 Connection Check” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
7. When the confirmation dialog box opens, click [Yes].
RI000074.EPS
8. Click [OK].
a The system returns then to the “Internet Information Services” window.
9. Close the “Internet Information Services” window and “Control Panel”

window.
10. When the confirmation dialog box opens, click [Yes].

a After the PC restarts, the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts automatically.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.11 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference Guide MC-207
1.11 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the 6. Click [OK].
Reference Guide
7. From the menu bar, select “File” - “Exit”.
1.11.1 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference
Guide 8. From the Reference Guide CD, copy the necessary guides onto the
desktop.
1. Insert the Reference Guide CD into the DVD drive.
9. Remove the Reference Guide CD from the DVD drive.
2. Double-click “D:\Adobe Reader\English\AdbeRdrXXX_en_US.exe”
(XXX represents the version), and install Adobe Reader.
 NOTE 
When installing, remain the setting values as default.
r REFERENCE
In case of Chinese version, use following.
“D:\Adobe Reader\Chinese\AdbeRdrXXX_zh_CN.exe” (XXX represents the
version)
a After the installation, the “Adobe Reader” icon appears on the desktop.
3. Double-click the “Adobe Reader” icon.

a The “Adobe Reader - License Agreement” window opens.
4. Click [Accept].
a The “Adobe Reader” window opens.
5. From the menu bar, select “Edit” - “Preferences” and make the
following settings.
I. Select “Do not download or install updates automatically” for “Updater”
- “Check for updates”.
II. Remove the checkmark from “Internet” - “Allow speculative downloading
in the background”.
III. Remove the checkmark from “Internet” - “Display PDF in browser”
IV. Remove the checkmark from “Trust Manager” - “Load trusted root
certificates from an Adobe server (no personal information is sent)”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.12 Verifying and Resetting After the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Installation MC-208
1.11.2 Uninstalling the Unnecessary Application 1.12 Verifying and Resetting After
After Adobe Reader is installed, uninstall the following unnecessary applications if the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Installation
they have been installed.
• Acrobat.com 1.12.1 Checking the Date Format
• Adobe Air
Check to see that the order of entering “year/month/day” is consistent with each
other for the system and the OS.
a The “Control Panel” window opens. CAUTION
Any inconsistency between the date format order used in the system and
2. Double-click [Add/Remove Programs]. that used in the OS may cause necessary information, such as study date, to
a The “Add or Remove Programs” window opens. be displayed incorrectly.
3. On the “Currently installed programs:” list, select “Acrobat.com” and • Setting of the date format used in the system
click [Remove]. $ For details, see “5.3 System Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
a The confirmation window for the uninstallation opens. • Setting of the date format used in the OS
$ For details, see “4. Regional and Language Options Settings” under
4. Click [Yes]. “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
5. Check to see that “Acrobat.com” has been removed from the “Currently 1.12.2 Resetting the Schema for Report Function
installed programs:” list.
If the OS has been reinstalled to another PC newly prepared, the schema for the
6. Delete “Adobe.Air” in the “Currently installed programs:” list as the report function may be hidden. Thus, perform the following operation.
procedure above. $ For details, see “3.1 Restoring the Report Function [V2.0(B) or later]” under
“Appendix 10: Procedure for Changing the Computer Name”.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.12 Verifying and Resetting After the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Installation MC-209
1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control (Activate) 4. Place a checkmark to “Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect
your computer” and click .
Turn on the “User Account Control”.
NOTE
In the following environment, this procedure is not required since the system is to
be used with the User Account Control being disabled.
• The OS is Windows 7 and the application is V2.0(B).
• The application is V2.2(B) or later.
MC000327.ai
■ For Windows Vista a The system returns to the “Control Panel” window.
 NOTE 
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. When the following window opens, click .
2. Double-click .
a The “Make changes to your user account” window opens. MC000329.ai
3. Click “Turn User Account Control on or off.”

MC000326.ai
a The “Turn on User Account Control (UAC) to make your computer more
secure” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after Installation MC-210
■ For Windows 7 1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after
Installation
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. ■ Checking for proper startup operation
1. Restart the system to make sure that the following applications
2. Click . automatically start.
• Server application
• Client application
3. Select “User Account Control Settings”. Visually check the screen to determine whether the following “Select a User”
window successfully opens, meaning that the startup operation has been
a The “Change User Account Control settings” window opens. performed properly.
4. Move the slide bar to “Default - Notify me when programs try to make 2. On the User Selection window, click the top, bottom, left, and then
right edge portions of the window in order.
changes to my computer” and click .
MT000135.ai
a The “User Accounts” window opens. CBS03156.ai
a The “Password input” window for service engineers shows up.

5. Close the “User Accounts” window.
a The system returns to the desktop.  NOTES 
• The top, bottom, left, and right edge portion clicks should be done slowly.
6. Restart the PC. Too fast clicking may render the detection of position information impossible.
• In the event of a login failure, click [Finish] and close the “User Selection”
window once. Click [FCR PRIMA Console] on the desktop to reopen the
“User Selection” window and go over the above-mentioned operation again.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.13 Operation Check and Initialization after Installation MC-211
3. Enter the password “fieldengineer” (in lower-case single-byte ■ Executing CreateNewHistoryDB.bat
characters only) and click .
1. Click [Computer] from the menu.
2. Open the “C:\ProgramData/FujiFilm\Hobbit\Temp\HistoryDB\SQL\

CreateDatabase” folder.
3. In the “CreateDatabase” window, double-click [CreateNewHistoryDB.

bat].
a The command prompt window opens, and “Initializing History Database is in
progress…” appears.
4. Check to see that “error.log” is not in the “CreateDatabase” window.
5. Click at the upper left corner of the window.

CBS03157.ai
a The indicator window opens. 6. Close the “Computer” window.

4. Check to see that the User Utility can be started. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
$ For information on how to open the User Utility, see “Appendix 2: User
Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
■ Making checks of basic operations

Make checks of basic operations from study reservation to writing to DVD to verify
proper operation.
$ For information, refer to “5.3 Checking Every Step from the Inputting of
Images to the Saving of Images onto Storage Disk” under “IN: Installation”.
If there is any option(s) installed, run operation checks on each option on a one-by-
one basis.
$ For details, see “7. Links to Individual Option Items” under “IN: Installation”.
NOTE
If you registered a study for operation check, make sure to delete it after the
operation check finished.At that time, pay high attention not to delete the necessary
studies.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.14 Restoration Procedure after the OS Reinstallation MC-212
1.14 Restoration Procedure after
the OS Reinstallation
Restoration methods vary according to the backup method performed before the
OS reinstallation.
Perform the restoration procedure suited to the current status.
$ For details, see “2. Restoration Procedure After OS Reinstallation” under
“Appendix 13: Backup and Restoration Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL”.
■ Cautions
After the OS reinstallation, pay attention to the following settings.
• Do not activate the mirroring function before the connection with NAS.
If you activate the mirroring function before performing the connection with the
NAS, the synchronization between the empty “Image” folder on the HDD side
and the “Image_Mirror” in the NAS will start, and the study data of NAS will be
lost.
• Do not activate the function of auto backup to NAS before the connection with
NAS.
If you activate the auto backup function and then terminate the application, the
setup file in the NAS which is being restored will be overwritten.
• Do not perform the following operations as they activate the mirroring function or
auto backup function.
- Setting the “DBAutoBackup” of the linkage function of Service Utility.
- Set the system setting “15-14 Mirroring will be performed.” or “41-2 Directory
path to the mirroring destination.” of Service Utility to “Yes”.
- Restore the setting using Backup Utility.
• At the other end of NAS connection, the setting restoration with Backup Utility is
not required. The setting restoration will be performed with “DataBase
Restoration Tool”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.1 In Case of DELL PC MC-213
2. Service Parts Replacement 2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement
This section describes ways of replacing parts used in the CR-VW 674/CR-IR ■ Dismounting procedure
391CL.
1. Shut down OS and then turn OFF the power of PC.
2.1 In Case of DELL PC 2. Disconnect the PC power cord from the power supply.
 NOTE 
Target work Reference
Be sure to hold the plug to disconnect the power cord. Disconnecting the
Preparation for parts replacement $ 2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement power cord holding the cable may break it.
Hard disk $ 2.1.2 Hard Disk
DVD drive $ 2.1.3 DVD Drive 3. Disconnect all cables from the rear of the PC.
FDD drive $ 2.1.4 FD Drive
CPU $ 2.1.5 CPU
4. Place the PC in vertical orientation, and secure 1 to 2 meters of
clearance to the front, rear, sides and above it.
Memory $ 2.1.6 Memory
Motherboard $ 2.1.7 Motherboard 5. Pull its handle portion to open the cover.
Power supply unit $ 2.1.8 Power Supply Unit
$ 2.1.9 Mounting a Ferrite Core onto Mouse and
6. Lay down the PC flat.
Mouse and keyboard Keyboard (for USB keyboard/mouse
(CR-VW 674 Only) having no ferrite core mounted) (CR-VW
Video card
674 Only)
$ 2.1.10 Replacing the Video Card (CR-VW 674
■ Mounting procedure
(CR-VW 674 Only) Only) Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part.
DisplayPort-DVI $ 2.1.11 Connecting the DisplayPort-DVI
conversion connector Conversion Connector  NOTE 
• After finishing the necessary work, check to see that the CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL starts up normally.
r REFERENCE
• Perform an operation check on the replaced part(s) by using Dell Diagnostics.
These parts replacement procedures written in this section, “2.1 In Case of DELL
PC,” are described on the DELL’s website as well. $ For detailed information, see “4.8 Error Analysis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)”
under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MC-213
2.1.2 Hard Disk 2.1.3 DVD Drive
CAUTIONS
• Before replacing the hard disk, be sure to make a backup copy of the
■ Dismounting procedure
database. 1. Place the PC’s enclosure in vertical orientation.
• When performing data backup, be sure to determine the version of the
application and take a note of it. 2. Pull its handle portion to open the cover.
• After mounting a new hard disk and restoring the PC, be sure to perform
reinstallation of the OS and the application.
■ Backing up the database

Using the Backup Utility, make a backup copy of image data and config data.
$ For detailed information on how to perform backup, see “Appendix 1: Backup
3. Lay down the PC flat.
Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
4. Pull the power connector (indicated by the red circle in the figure)
■ Dismounting procedure from the DVD drive.
1. Make preparations for parts replacement.

$ For the procedure for making parts-replacement preparations,
see “2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”.
2. Disconnect signal cables and power cable from the hard disk.
3. While pushing the right and left drive rails, lift the hard disk assembly
to remove it.
4. Remove the drive rails attached to the left and right sides of the hard
disk assembly.
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part. MC000202.EPS
After mounting a new hard disk drive, perform installation of the OS and the
application.
$ For detailed information on the installation procedure, see “1. Reinstalling the
OS and the Application”.
014-227-08E
5. By holding the black connector, disconnect the S-ATA cable (indicated ■ Mounting procedure
by the blue circle in the figure) from the DVD drive.
1. Fix three screws on the side of the DVD drive.
 NOTE 
Do not tighten the screws completely. Secure the screws in a manner where
their unthreaded portion comes just in contact with the drive’s side surface.
2. Make sure that the FD drive has not come off.

3. Put the replacing DVD drive into place.
MC000202.EPS
6. Do the following:
I. While pulling the trigger (indicated by the red circle in the figure) toward the front,
II. Install the DVD drive by sliding it sideways.
 NOTE 
The trigger is used also for mounting/dismounting the FD drive located
underneath the DVD drive. Therefore, be aware that tilting or moving the PC
main unit during the work may cause the trigger to be disengaged.
4. Check to see that the trigger is returned into its original position.
I. While pulling the trigger (indicated by the red circle in the figure) toward the 5. Attach the power connector that was removed in Step 4 under
front, “■ Dismounting procedure” to the DVD drive.
II. Remove the DVD drive by sliding it sideways.
6. Attach the IDE connector that was removed in Step 5 under
“■ Dismounting procedure” to the DVD drive.
7. Attach the cover that was removed in Step 2 under “■ Dismounting
procedure” into place.
8. Visually check to see from the outside that the DVD drive and the FD
drive are properly mounted.
If it is found to have come off, open the cover of the PC main unit and
take the DVD drive out, and then perform Steps 3 and thereafter.
014-227-08E
2.1.4 FD Drive 2.1.5 CPU
CAUTION
■ Dismounting procedure Whenever dismounting/remounting the CPU, be sure to wear a wrist strap to
1. Make preparations for parts replacement. discharge the buildup of static electricity that is held by the human body,
otherwise, the CPU may be damaged due to static electricity discharged from
$ For the procedure for making parts-replacement preparations, see
“2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”. the human body.
2. Disconnect the signal and power cables from the FD drive, and
 NOTE 
remove the signal cables from the DVD drive.
Carefully handle the CPU as it can be damaged easily.
3. While pushing the right and left drive rails, lift the FD drive assembly
to remove it.
4. Remove the FD drive rails attached to the left and right sides of the FD ■ Dismounting procedure
drive assembly.
1. Loosen the screws on both sides of the heat sink cover (two pieces).
■ Mounting procedure 2. Pull up the front end of the frame upward and remove it.
 NOTES 
• Check to see that the switch on a new FD drive is set to the “CABLE SELECT”
position before mounting the FD drive.
CABLE SELECT
SLAVE
MASTER
Rear of the FD drive
MC000036.EPS
• Connect cables correctly, as illustrated below, paying attention to the FD drive MC000218.EPS
interface cable polarity.

 NOTE 
The heat sink may be still hot. Allow enough time for it to cool down before you
To motherboard To FD drive
touch it.
3. Wipe off the silicone grease on the mating surfaces between the heat
Cable wires are twisted. MC000035.EPS
sink and the CPU with dry cloth.
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part. 4. Slide the CPU socket lever to open the CPU cover.
014-227-08E
5. While pulling the CPU socket lever toward the rear, remove the CPU. 2.1.6 Memory
 NOTE  CAUTION
After removing the CPU, be careful not to touch or drop something on the pins Whenever dismounting/remounting memory, be sure to wear a wrist strap to
of the CPU socket. Any possible damage to the CPU socket pins may cause discharge the buildup of static electricity that is held by the human body,
the PC unable to operate properly. otherwise, the CPU may be damaged due to static electricity discharged from
the human body.
 NOTE 
Before mounting the CPU, apply clean silicone grease on the mating surfaces
between the CPU and the heat sink. $ For the procedure for making parts-replacement preparations, see
“2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”.
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part.
2. Open levers on both the right-and-left sides of the memory socket to
remove the memory.
Lever
MC000037.EPS
1. Set the memory in an upright position and push it in the socket.
a When the memory is pushed in the socket, levers located on both the right-
and-left sides will close automatically.
 NOTE 
Pay due attention to the memory mounting direction. A notch is provided on
the terminal side of the memory to prevent it from being pushed in the socket
mistakenly.
2. Restore the PC.

$ To restore the PC, follow the steps described in “2.1.1 Preparation for
Parts Replacement” in reverse.
014-227-08E
2.1.7 Motherboard 3. Disconnect all connectors from the motherboard.
• Signal cables for the hard disk
CAUTION
• Signal cables for the FD drive (*)
Whenever dismounting/remounting a motherboard, be sure to wear a wrist
strap to discharge the buildup of static electricity that is held by the human • Signal cables for the DVD drive
body, otherwise, the motherboard may be damaged due to static electricity • Power cable (for main power supply/CPU power supply)
discharged from the human body.
• USB signal cables
 NOTES   NOTE 
• User’s equipment-specific information or setup information is stored in the *: OptiPlex780 does not install the FD drive, so it is not necessary.
memory (CMOS) on the motherboard. Prior to replacing a motherboard, be sure
to jot down such stored data properly.
• When the motherboard has been replaced, it is necessary to reinstall the
4. Remove screws and dismount the motherboard.
application software, the option key, the application key, and the standard options
(to be installed from the standard kit). On the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system,
optional features do not function after motherboard replacement. ■ Mounting procedure
$ For information on how to reinstall the standard options, see Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part.
“4.11 Tasks to be Performed at Motherboard Replacement” under
“MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
“2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”.
2. Remove the following components that are mounted on the

motherboard.
• Memory
• CPU
• Card cage
$ For the CPU replacement procedure, see “2.1.5 CPU”.
$ For the memory replacement procedure, see “2.1.6 Memory”.
014-227-08E
2.1.8 Power Supply Unit 2.1.9 Mounting a Ferrite Core onto Mouse and Keyboard (for
USB keyboard/mouse having no ferrite core mounted)
(CR-VW 674 Only)
CAUTION
Do not perform the following procedure for a USB keyboard/mouse having
“2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”. an integrated ferrite core.
2. Disconnect power cables from the motherboard and various drives.  NOTE 
 NOTE  A ferrite core has to be mounted to comply the EMC Standard.
When disconnecting the power cables from the motherboard and drives, take For a USB keyboard/mouse having an integrated ferrite core, use as it is.
a note of their wiring routes you can see under the tab in the cabinet frame. For a USB keyboard/mouse having no ferrite core mounted, mount the ferrite core
When reconnecting these cables, thread them appropriately being careful not (138S0460) contained in the product component items..
to get them pinched or bent sharply.
When a USB keyboard/mouse is defective:

3. Remove the card cage. • On parts replacement, remove the ferrite core (138S0460) from the USB
keyboard/mouse and send the USB keyboard/mouse to a PC manufacturer.
4. Press down the green handle located on the power supply unit. • Mount the ferrite core into an alternative USB keyboard/mouse sent by the PC
a The fastening of the power supply section is disengaged. manufacturer if the alternative USB keyboard/mouse does not contain a ferrite
core.
5. Slide the power supply unit 2 to 3 cm toward the front of the PC.
Mount a ferrite core on the keyboard and the mouse, respectively.
The procedure is the same for both keyboard and mouse.
6. Raise the power supply unit and remove it.
1. Attach a ferrite core on the cord.
■ Mounting procedure 2. With the ferrite core positioned at 65 mm from the tip of the USB
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part. connector, secure the ferrite core in place with jumpers at its both
ends.
CAUTION
For a PC provided with the source voltage changeover switch (between 115
and 230 VAC), set the PC source voltage according to the voltage supplied to
the institution concerned and then connect the power cable to the power
source.
014-227-08E
2.1.10 Replacing the Video Card (CR-VW 674 Only) 2. Remove the screw C with the Philips-head screw driver.
Replace the video card installed on the PC housing to ATI FireMV 2250.
■ Preparations
Philips-head screw driver : 1
8-mm spanner : 1
■ Replacing the bracket

 NOTE 
C MC002008.EPS
With the factory status of the Dell DT type PC, size of the bracket does not fit.
Therefore, it needs to be replaced to the low profile bracket.
3. Prepare the provided low profile bracket.
Low profile bracket
1. Remove the nuts A and B of ATI FireMV 2250 with the spanner.
MC002009.EPS
A B
MC002007.EPS
014-227-08E
4 . Install the low profile bracket. ■ Replacing the video card
$ For the procedure for making parts-replacement preparations,
see “2.1.1 Preparation for Parts Replacement”.
2 . Remove the video card that is originally installed in the PC housing.
MC002010.EPS
5 . Reinstall the scree C that was removed in step 2.
MC002013.EPS
3 . Install ATI FireMV 2250.
C MC002012.EPS
6 . Reinstall the nuts A and B that were removed in step 1.
MC002014.EPS
4 . Restore the PC.

$ To restore the PC, follow the steps described in “2.1.1 Preparation for
Parts Replacement” in reverse.
A B
MC002011.EPS
014-227-08E
2.2 In Case of HP PC MC-222
2.1.11 Connecting the DisplayPort-DVI Conversion Connector 2.2 In Case of HP PC
When the PC unit has been change to Optiplex 790DT or Optiplex 990MT, connect
the monitor by using the DisplayPort-DVI conversion connector as follows. $ For details, see “HP 8200MT/6200SF Service Manual”.
1. Connect the DVI cable of the monitor to the DisplayPort on the rear of
PC.
Conversion connector
DisplayPort
DVI cable
Rear of PC
MC002015.ai
014-227-08E
3.1 Updating the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL MC-223
3. Updating the Software 3.2 Updating the RU Software

3.2.1 Updating the RU Software from the CR-VW 674
3.1 Updating the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
1. Turn ON the power of the CR-VW 674.
$ For detailed information on how to perform a version update of the CR-VW
674/CR-IR 391CL, see “Appendix 2: CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version
Upgrade”. 2. Turn ON the circuit breaker of the RU.
i IMPORTANT (CR-VW 674 Only)

In case of upgrading from V4.1 or earlier to V5.0 or later, perform upgrading with
the procedures described in “3.7 Information Useful for Error Recovery (CR-VW
674)”.
$ For details, see “3.7 Information Useful for Error Recovery (CR-VW 674)”
under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”. #1
[Turn ON]
FRCH315001.EPS
r REFERENCE
For CR-IR 391CL, see following instruction manuals.
$ For updating the RU PC-TOOL, see “IN 8” of “CR-IR 391RU Service
Manual”.
$ For updating the RUsoftware, see “MU: 1.12 VERSION UP” of “CR-IR
391RU Service Manual”.
014-227-08E
3.2 Updating the RU Software MC-224
3. Start up the Machine Maintenance Utility of the RU. 4. Insert the RU-APL CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
Turn ON the RU power while pressing the first and third buttons from the left on
the operation panel. 5. Click [UNINSTALL].
Keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until the “Maintenance
Utility” window opens on the operation panel.
[Click]
 NOTE 
Be sure to keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until the
“Maintenance Utility” window opens on the operation panel. If the
“Maintenance Utility” window does not appear and the RU starts to boot up,
once turn OFF the RU power and repeat from the Step 1.
#1
[Keep
FRCH315003.EPS
pressing]
6. Click [NEXT].
[Click]
#2
[Turn ON]
FRCH315004.EPS
Maintenance Utility
Reader Unit IP Address

Subnet Mask
FTP Server IP Address
Select
FRCH315038.EPS
r REFERENCE
Steps 4 to 8 are performed to uninstall the RU PC-TOOL.
014-227-08E
7. Click [Remove]. 10. Choose “For FTP-Server” and then click [SET].
 NOTE 
[Click] Be sure to choose “For FTP-Server”. If “For Client PC” is chosen, you cannot
properly perform the installation procedure.
If you inadvertently click [SET] with “For Client PC” chosen, perform installation
again as directed under “Appendix 8. Corrective Procedure to be Performed
after Improper RU PC-TOOL Installation” under “IN: Installation.”
$ See “Appendix B: Corrective Procedure to be Performed after
Improper RU PC-TOOL Installation” under “IN: Installation” of the
RU Service Manual.
#1
[Select]
FRCH315005.EPS
8. Upon completion of uninstallation, click [Finish]. #2

[Click]
[Click]
FRCH315006.EPS
r REFERENCE FRCH315009.EPS
Steps 9 to 17 are performed to install the RU PC-TOOL.

11. Click [NEXT].
9. Click [INSTALL]. [Click]
[Click]
FRCH315008.EPS
FRCH315007.EPS
014-227-08E
12. Click [INSTALL]. 15. Select the RU whose software version is to be updated from the “LIST
OF EXISTING RU”, and click [FTP].
[Click]
LIST OF EXISTING RU
#1
ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx 1.0
[Select]
RU TYPE
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST

RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
#2 to be connected is displayed.
[Click]
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH315029.EPS
FRCH315010.EPS
16. Make sure that the GOOD indication appears, and click [OK].
13. Upon completion of installation, click [Finish].
#1
[Click] [Verify]
GOOD indication
The IP address should be

FRCH315011.EPS
displayed.
14. Click [START].

NO GOOD indication
[Click] Nothing is displayed.
#2
[Click]
FRCH315014.EPS
 NOTE 
FRCH315012.EPS
In the case of the NO GOOD indication, see the following:

$ See “MT: Machine Troubleshooting” in the RU Service Manual.
014-227-08E
17. Make sure that the GOOD indication appears, and click . 19. Click [OK].
#2 [Click]
#1
[Verify] FRCH315017.EPS
GOOD indication
“Transfer complete” should be
displayed.
20. Select the “RU VERSION”, and click [OK].
RU VERSION
#1 1.0
[Select] 1.1
NO GOOD indication
Another message is displayed.
FFRCH315015.EPS
#2
[Click]
 NOTE 
In the case of the NO GOOD indication, see the following:
FRCH315018.EPS

21. Click [OK].
r REFERENCE
Steps 18 to 29 are performed to update the RU software. [Click]
18. Select the RU whose software version is to be updated from the “LIST FRCH315026.EPS
OF EXISTING RU”, and click [VERSION UP].

LIST OF EXISTING RU 22. Check the precautions for the installation.
#1 CAUTION
ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx 1.0
[Select]
Never turn OFF the power of the RU nor the CR-VW 674 during the write into
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
the Flash ROM. If turned OFF, the program in the memory will be destroyed
and cannot restart.
LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU TYPE
RU NAME
RU IP ADDR
#2 CR-IRxxx: Model name of the RU

to be connected is displayed.
BACKUP RESTORE
[Click]
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH315039.EPS
r REFERENCE
When you click [VERSION UP], the message “Under maintenance” appears
on the RU operation panel.
014-227-08E
23. If a linac cassette is to be used at the user’s site, select “USE”. If the 24. Verify that the flash ROM write process is completed, and then press
linac cassette is not to be used, select “NOT USE”, and click [SET]. the <Enter> key twice.
When you click [SET], the installation screen opens on the display. #1
While the flash ROM is being written into, the RU’s LED glows. [Check]
 NOTE 
completed.
minutes.
#1
[Click]
#2
[Press 2 times]
"Enter" key FRCH315022.EPS
25. Click [OK].
The installation screen [Click]

appears on the display.
FRCH315023.EPS

the LED glows.
FRCH315046.EPS
014-227-08E
26. Verify the RU software version, and then close the RU PC-TOOL. 3.2.2 Updating the Software from the Client PC
#1
ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx 1.1
 NOTE 
[Check]
The “client PC” referred to herein is a “notebook PC on which the RU PC-TOOL is
Configuration(C)
installed.”
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
#2
RU IP ADDR
For information on software version update from the client PC, see the RU Service
BACKUP RESTORE
RU TYPE GOOD indication Manual.

ALL RUs SETTING
CR-IRxxx: Model The text is displayed $ See “13.2 Updating the Software from the Client PC” under “MC: Checks,
name of the RU to in black. Replacement and Adjustment of Parts” of the RU Service Manual.
be connected is
displayed. NO GOOD indication
number is not
displayed.
#3
[Click]
FRCH315024.EPS
 NOTE 
If the NO GOOD indication appears, return to the Step 1, and again perform
the installation.
Patient information may not be displayed correctly if the RU-AP version used
is earlier than V1.7.
27. Turn OFF the RU power.

28. Turn ON the RU power.
014-227-08E
MC-230
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
MC-231
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
MC-232
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
Appendix 1 Setup for Security Enhancement Appx MC 1-1
Appendix 1 Setup for Security 1. Set up for Security Enhancement

Enhancement (Windows XP)
To provide CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL security enhancement, complete the
following three setup procedures. ■ Replacing the default password with a new password
• Replacing the default password with a new password
1. Simultaneously press the [Ctrl], [Alt], and [Delete] keys.
• Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for password input at logon
a The “Windows Security” window opens.
• Defining the minimum character count for the password
Windows Security
 NOTES  Microsoft
Settings performed for password change and prompt for password input at login Windowsxp
will not start up the CR-IR 391CL automatically. To have it start up automatically, it Professional
is necessary to input the user name and the password on the Windows initial
screen. Logon Information
You are logged on as xxxxxx\xxxxxx
Logon Date 02/05/25 10:30:15 AM
$ For Windows XP, see “1. Set up for Security Enhancement (Windows XP)”.
$ For Windows Vista/7, see “2. Set up for Security Enhancement (Windows Use the Task Manager to close an application that is not responding
Vista / 7)”. Lock Computer Log off ... Shut Down
Change Password Task Manager Cancel
RI000078.EPS
2. Click the [Change Password] button.

a The “Change Password” window opens.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Appx MC 1-1
3. From the “Change Password” window, perform the following setup ■ Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for password
steps. input at logon
Change Password
Microsoft
Windowsxp a The “Control Panel” window opens.
Professional 2. Double-click [User Accounts].
User Name Administrator

a The “Users and Passwords” window opens.
Log on to CVxxxxxxxx
3. Click [Change the way users log on or off].
Old Password I. a A window opens where the user is to select the logon or logoff option.
New Password II.
Confirm New Password III.
4. Remove the checkmark from “Use the Welcome screen ( a ) and
click [Apply Options].
Back up OK Cancel
RI000079.EPS
I. Enter the currently used password (system by default).

II. Enter a new password consisting of no more than seven characters.
III. Enter the new password again for confirmation.
4. Click [OK].
a A window opens for password change confirmation.
5.
RI0000381.EPS
Click [OK].
a The system returns then to the “Users and Passwords” window.
a The system returns to the “Windows Security” window.
5. Close the “Users and Passwords” window.
6. Click [Cancel].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Defining the minimum character count for the password 6. Set the number of password characters to “7.”


3. Double-click [Local Security Policy].

a The “Local Security Settings” window opens.
RI000082.EPS
7. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Local Security Settings” window.
RI000081.EPS 8. Close the “Local Security Settings” window.

4. Click the mark for [Account Policies] and then click [Password
Policy]. 9. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.
a The right-hand pane shows the password policy settings. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
5. Double-click [Minimum password length].

a The “Minimum password length Properties” window opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Set up for Security Enhancement ■ Changing the setup so that the computer prompts
for password input at logon
(Windows Vista / 7)
 NOTE 
For Windows 7, “User Accounts” window does not open by entering “control
■ Replacing the default password with a new password userpasswords2” into the search area (“Search programs and files”).
Perform the following procedures.
1. Simultaneously press the [Ctrl], [Alt], and [Delete] keys.
1. Enter “Run” into “Search programs and files”.
a The “Windows Security” window opens.
2. Click the [Change a password] button.

a The “Change Password” window opens.
3. From the “Change Password” window, perform the following setup

steps.
I. Enter the currently used password (system by default).
II. Enter a new password consisting of no more than seven characters.
III. Enter the new password again for confirmation.
4. Click .
a The “Your password has been changed.” is displayed.
5. Click [OK]. MCApp01001.ai
a The system returns to the desktop screen. a The “Run” window opens.
2. Enter “control userpasswords2” into “Open” and click [OK].
MCApp01002.ai
a The “User Accounts”” window opens.

After the operation, close the “Run” window.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
1. From the menu, enter “control userpasswords2” in the search ■ Defining the minimum character count for the password
area and press the <Enter> key.
1. Open “Control Panel”.
Double-click and then .
a The “Local Security Policy” window opens.

CBS03149.ai
2. Place a checkmark in “User must enter a user name and password to

use this computer.”.
CBS03151.ai
CBS03150.ai
a The “User Accounts” window opens. 2. Click the mark for and then click .
3. Click [OK]. a The right-hand pane shows the password policy settings.
3. Double-click .
a The “Local Security Policy Setting” window opens.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
4. Set the number of password characters to “7”.
CBS03152.ai
5. Click [OK] .
a You are then returned to the “Local Security Policy” window.
6. Close the “Local Security Settings” window.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
Appx MC 1-7
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MC 1-8
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 2 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Software Version Upgrade Appx MC 2-1
Appendix 2 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL ■ Overall workflow

Software Version Upgrade NOTE
Since V2.3(B), the following two functions can be used for the sake of service
performance enhancement.
 NOTE 
If you wish to utilize these functions, use them in the environment which the
Upgrading is possible between the combinations shown in the following table. If upgrading to V2.3(B) has been done.
upgrading to the corresponding version cannot be done in one operation, perform
1) Partitioning (maintenance improvement)
upgrading several times until the version is upgraded to the corresponding one.
Study data (image data) can be stored in a drive apart from the system drive.
Version after The application and OS can be reinstalled while the study data (image data) are
upgrading still being retained. If this function is not applied, the study data (image data) will
V4.0 V4.1 V5.0 V5.1 V1.0(B) V2.0(B) V2.1(B) V2.2(B) V2.3(B)
be retained inside the C drive.
V4.1 √ - - - - - - - -
2) Dividing to subfolders (DICOM reception performance improvement)
V5.0 √ √ - - - - - - - Study data (image data) can be divided and stored as subfolders.
V5.1 √ √ √ - - - - - - $ For details, see “5. Partitioning and Dividing Image Folder to Subfolders
V1.0(B) × × √ √ - - - - -
after Upgrading”.
The problem of the decline in DICOM reception performance can be avoided even
V2.0(B) × × √ √ √ - - - -
at the institutions with large amount of study data.
V2.1(B) × × √ √ √ √ - - -
V2.2(B) × × √ √ √ √ √ - -
1. Preparation Before Upgrading
V2.3(B) × × √ √ √ √ √ √ -
V2.5(B) × × √ √ √ √ √ √ √
2. Version Upgrade
√ : Upgradable
×: Not upgradable
3. Restoration After Upgrading
4. Countermeasure for the Phenomenon

Occurred after Upgrading
5. Partitioning and Dividing Image ... Perform as necessary

Folder to Subfolders after Upgrading
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1. Preparation Before Upgrading ■ Verify that there is no study being output

Start “Study Utility”, and verify that the values of the “Storage/Print” column for all
studies are “Delivered”.
Perform the following before upgrading:
• Verifying that there is no unverified study  NOTE 
• Verifying that there is no study being output If there are any studies whose status is anything other than “Delivered”, open the
• Finishing the output queue list application (upgrading from V2.2(B) or later) “Output” tab of the “Indicator”, verify the “Destination” of the studies being output,
• Stopping the Windows service (upgrading from V2.1(B) or later) and output them carefully.
• Removing external HDD (when upgrading to the versions previous to V2.3(B))

• Backing up the report format (when upgrading to the versions previous to ■ Finishing the output queue list application
V2.3(B)) (upgrading from V2.2(B) or later)
• Backing up the setting file for free drawing function (when upgrading to the Right-click the icon in the task tray, and select “Exit”.
versions previous to V2.3(B))
• Taking down the DICOM settings (for upgrading from V2.0(B) or earlier to
V2.1(B)) ■ Stopping the Windows service (upgrading from V2.1(B) or later)
• Taking down the settings for NAS (if utilized) (for upgrading from V2.0(B) or Execute the following batch file to stop the Windows service
earlier to V2.1(B) or later) C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\WinServiceStop.bat
• Inactivating the User Account Control (Windows Vista/7) • For Windows XP, double-click the file to execute it.
• Uninstalling the previous version • For Windows Vista/7, right-click the file and select “Run as administrator” to
• Deleting Internet Explorer cache execute it.
• Boosting the reading speed (when doing the upgrading of any versions between
V2.2(B) and V2.3(B)) ■ Removing external HDD (when upgrading to the versions
• Installing the patch (Internet Explorer 8) previous to V2.3(B))
 NOTE 
■ Verify that there is no unverified study For V2.5(B) or later, even if a USB-HDD is being connected, it is possible to do
Start “Study Utility”, and verify that the values of the “Study status” column for all upgrading.
studies are “Verified”.
Remove all USB-HDD and NAS that are being connected, and note down the drive
 NOTE  letters.
If there are any studies whose status is other than “Verified”, request users to If a USB-HDD is being connected, the version upgrade cannot be performed.
verify the studies.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Backing up the report format (when upgrading to the versions 1. Close the CR-VW 674/CR-IR391 CL application.
previous to V2.3(B))
● When upgrading from V1.1(B) to V2.0(B)
When uninstalling CR-VW 674, the files in the following folders are deleted, back 3. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the [Start] menu.
up the files beforehand if they had been edited.
4. Double click “DVD-RW Drive (D:)”.
For Windows XP:
a The contents of the CD are displayed.
• C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
SystemReportFormat\Human\Japanese\*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx
5. Open the “Tool\BackupSystemReportFormat” and double-click
• C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ “BackupSystemReportFormat.bat”.
SystemReportFormat\Human\English\*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx
a Backup file of report format is created.
• C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
SystemReportFormat\Veterinary\Japanese\*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx r REFERENCE
• C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ The following backup file will be created according to the OS:
SystemReportFormat\Veterinary\English\*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx
• Windows XP
For Windows Vista / 7 : C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit
\SystemReportFormat.bak
• C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ SystemReportFormat\Human\Japanese\
*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx • Windows Vista, Windows 7
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat.bak
• C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ SystemReportFormat\Human\English\
*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx
• C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ SystemReportFormat\Veterinary\Japanese\
*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx ■ Backing up the setting file for free drawing function (when
upgrading to the versions previous to V2.3(B))
• C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\ SystemReportFormat\Veterinary\English\
*(any folder name)\*(any file name).xlsx  NOTE 
• When upgrading to V2.5(B) or later, the following procedure is not necessary. The
● When upgrading from V1.1(B) or V2.0(B) to any versions between file is automatically backed up when uninstalling via application CD. Note that the
V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) file will not be backed up when uninstalling from the control panel of Windows.
 NOTE  • When upgrading from V5.0, V5.1, or V1.1(B), since the settings before upgrading
cannot be taken over, the setting file needs to be backed up beforehand.
When upgrading to V2.5(B) or later, the following procedure is not necessary. The
Backing up is not necessary when upgrading from V2.0(B) or later.
file is automatically backed up when upgarding via application CD. Note that the
file will not be backed up when upgrading from the control panel of Windows.
1. Copy the file “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\
If the report format has been changed, since the settings before upgrading cannot FDDSettingInfo.ini” onto the desktop, for example.
be taken over, the setting file needs to be backed up before uninstalling the
application.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Taking down the DICOM settings (for upgrading from V2.0(B) or ■ Taking down the settings for NAS (if utilized) (for upgrading from
earlier to V2.1(B)) V2.0(B) or earlier to V2.1(B) or later)
The settings are considerably changed in V2.1(B) and will not be reflected at the The settings are considerably changed in V2.1(B) and will not be reflected at the
time of upgrading. The following procedures are needed for manually re-setting time of upgrading. The following procedures are needed for manually re-setting
later. later.
1 . Start the Service Utility.  NOTE 

$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, The service settings for the expansion of HDD need to be configured again after
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance upgrading since the previous settings cannot be taken over. Note down the setting
Utility”. contents before upgrading.
$ See “2.3 Setting of “Expansion of the HDD”” in “Appendix 11: Expansion of
HDD and Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
3. Click [Server (this equipment)]. ■ Inactivating the User Account Control (Windows Vista/7)
a The “Server equipment settings” window opens.  NOTE 
• When upgrading, the User Account Control (UAC) needs to be turned off.
4. Click [DICOM setting].
Otherwise, a lot of windows such as installation authorization appear and the
a The “Set up DICOM” window opens. application may not be installed properly.
However, if any of the following conditions is met, the operation is always OFF.
5. Take down the setting contents. - V2.0(B) with Windows 7 OS
- V2.2(B) or later
6. Click [Cancel].
• When upgrading to V2.5(B) or later, the following procedure is not necessary. The
a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window. User Account Control (UAC) is automatically turned OFF.
7. Click [Cancel].
● For Windows Vista
a The system returns to the “Setting connection devices” window. $ For details, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)” in
“1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista”.
8. Click [Back].
● For Windows 7
$ For details, see “■ Setting the User Account Control (Inactivate)” in
9. Click [EXIT].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installing Windows XP (SP3) and Internet Explorer 7.0 4. Select “I Agree” and click [Next].
● Environmental requirements a The “Select Options” window opens.
Install Windows XP (SP3) and Internet Explorer 7.0 when the PC environment 5. Click [Next].
fulfills all of the following requirements.
a After a while, the “Completing the Windows XP Service Pack 3 Installation
• V5.1 or later is to be installed. Wizard” window opens.
• Dual Core configuration (except when the system is operated with the Multi CPU
Core function turned OFF) 6. Click [Finish].
• The OS is Windows XP (SP2).
7. Restart the PC.
 NOTE  a The “Help protect your PC” window opens.
• Install Windows XP (SP3) before installing Internet Explorer 7.0.
• If the OS is already Windows XP (SP3), installing Windows XP (SP3) is not 8. Select “Not right now” and click [Next].
required.
● Installing Windows XP (SP3) ● Installing Internet Explorer 7.0
1. Insert the OS Update CD (XP SP3 + IE7 ENGLISH) CD into the DVD 1. Insert the OS Update CD (XP SP3 + IE7 ENGLISH) CD into the DVD
drive. drive.
a The batch file is launched automatically. a The batch file is launched automatically.
In the environment that V5.0 of CR-VW 674 had been installed, the batch file In the environment that V5.0 of CR-VW 674 had been installed, the batch file
is not launched automatically. is not launched automatically.
Select “My computer” (or Computer) from the “Start” menu and double-click Select “My computer” (or Computer) from the “Start” menu and double-click
“DVD drive”. “DVD drive”.
a The command prompt window opens. a The command prompt window opens.
2. Enter “2” (Install Internet Explorer 7 for English) and then press the
2. Enter “1” (Install Windows XP SP3 for English) and then press the
<Enter> key.
<Enter > key.
a The “Software Update Installation Wizard” window opens. 3. After a while, the “Press any key continue...” message appears, press
the <Enter> key.
3. Click [Next].
a The “License Agreement” window opens. 4. Remove the CD from the DVD drive.
5. Restart the PC.

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Uninstalling the previous version 9. Click the [Finish] button and remove the CD from the DVD drive.
 NOTE  10. Restart the PC.

Confirm that there is no unconfirmed study or study being output.  NOTE 
The PC must be restarted after uninstalling the application. If the PC is not
1. Start up the PC. restarted, the application installation may fail.
When the PC has restarted, enter “fujicr” for Username and “system” for
a The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts up automatically. Password, and log in.
Since application has been uninstalled, the screen has no wallpaper in its
2. Shut down the client application and the server application. background.

 NOTE  (V2.5(B) or later)
a The installation launcher starts up automatically.
For V2.5(B) or later, use the installation launcher to do the uninstalling. The
If it does not start up automatically, implement “D:\InstallLauncher” by
selecting “Run...” from the [Start] menu. following will be automatically implemented when uninstalling the application
via the installation launcher.
• Inactivating the User Account Contro(UAC)
4. Click .
• Backing up the report format
a The “Add or Remove Programs” window opens. • Backing up the setting file for free drawing function
• Deleting Internet Explorer cache
r REFERENCE
• Boosting the reading speed
For Windows Vista / 7, the “Uninstall or change a program” window opens.
5. Select “FCR Application” and click the [Delete] button.
a The “Program and Feature” window opens. following and log in.
r REFERENCE Username : “fujicr”
For Windows Vista / 7, click [Uninstall] button. Password : “system”
6. Click [Yes].
a The Windows Installer goes up and running to start uninstallation processing.
7. Wait until “FCR Application” (in the window where progress bar is
present) disappears automatically.
8. Click the [x] mark in the “Add or Remove Programs” window to close it.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Deleting Internet Explorer cache 2. Clear cache with the procedures according to the version of Internet
Explorer.
 NOTE 
● Internet Explorer 6
cache is automatically deleted when the application is installed. I. Select “Internet Options” from “Tools” menu.
a The “Internet Options” window opens.
1. Start up Internet Explorer.
● Windows XP
I. Select [Run...] from the menu.
a The “Run” window opens.

II. Enter “iexplore” and click [OK].
MC000440.ai
II. Select “General” tab and click [Delete Files..] at the “Temporary Internet files”.
a The “Delete Files” dialog opens.
MC000439.ai
a The Internet Explorer starts.
● Windows Vista / 7 MC000441.ai
I. From the [Start] menu, enter “iexplore” in the search area and press the III. Remove the checkmark from “Delete all offline content” ( a ) and click
<Enter> key. [OK].
a The system returns to the “Internet Options” window.
MC000443.ai
a Internet Explorer starts.
MC000442.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
IV. Click [Delete Cookies..]. ● Internet Explorer 7
a The “Delete Cookies” windows opens. I. Select “Internet Options” from “Tools” menu.
MC000450.ai
V. Click [OK].
VI. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the Internet Explorer.
VII. Close Internet Explorer.
MC000444.ai
MC000445.ai
II. Select “General” tab and click [Delete..].

a The “Delete Browsing History” window opens.
MC000446.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. Click [Delete files…]. ● Internet Explorer 8
a The “Delete Files” window opens. I. Select “Internet Options” from “Tools” menu.
MC000447.ai
IV. Click [Yes].

a The system returns to the “Delete Browsing History” window.
MC000444.ai

MC000448.ai
V. Click [Delete cookies…].

a The “Delete Cookies” window opens.
MC000449.ai
VI. Click “Yes”.

a The system returns to the “Delete Browsing History” window.
VII. Click [Close]. MC000452.ai
a The system returns to the “Internet Options” window. II. Select “General” tab and click [Delete..].
VIII. Click [OK]. a The “Delete Browsing History” window opens.
a The system returns to the Internet Explorer.

IX. Close Internet Explorer.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. Checkmark the following items ( a ). ■ Boosting the reading speed (when doing the upgrading of any
• Temporary Internet files versions between V2.2(B) and V2.3(B))
• Cookies
• History  NOTE 
same processing as the batch files will be applied when the application is installed.
Improve the boosting of the installation speed to decrease the upgrading time for
the institutions where large amount of study information has been registered.
Perform the following procedure only on the Server PC.
1. Insert the installation media into the DVD drive.
2. From the [Start] menu, select “My Computer” (or “Computer”).
3. Double-click “DVD Drive”.

a The Explorer opens.
4. Open “Tool” and then “ExecuteBeforeVersionup”.
5.
MC000453.ai
Double-click “ExecuteBeforeVasionup” icon.

IV. Click [Delete].
 NOTE 
If “Success operation.” or “Image folder does not exist.” is displayed, proceed
V. Click [OK]. to Step 6.
a The system returns to the Internet Explorer. If “Failure operation. Retry this batfile.” is displayed, repeat the procedure from
Step 1. after starting the OS.
VI. Close Internet Explorer.
6. Quit the command prompt.
7. Remove the installation media from the DVD drive.
■ Installing the patch (Internet Exlporer 8)

$ For details, see “1.5.5 Installing the Patch (Internet Explorer 8)”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Version Upgrade ■ Installing the Disc Burning Module [Windows XP only]

[CR-VW 674 Only]
Upgrade CR-VW 674 and CR-IR 391.
● In case the DVD drive is not AD-7230S
When upgrading, perform the following: (upgrading from V3.2 or earlier to V4.0 or later)
• Installing the Disc Burning Module [Windows XP only] [CR-VW 674 Only]  NOTE 
• Applying Update Program for Windows XP [Windows XP Only] [CR-VW 674 For CR-VW 674, the Disc Burning Module has been separated from the installer
Only] and must be installed separately.
• Installing Windows Installer 3.1 (KB893803) [CR-VW 674 Only] When installation of the CR-VW 674 is performed without installation of the Disk
• Installing the .NET Framework Burning Module, the following window opens and the installation is interrupted.
• Installing Windows Installer 4.5 (upgrading to V2.3(B) or later)
• Upgrading to SQL Server 2008 R2 (upgrading to V2.3(B) or later)
• Installing the SQL Server (upgrading from V4.1 or earlier to V5.0 or later) [CR-VW
674 Only]
• Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system program
• Cautions on Output Queue Processing at Upgrading INApp11049.EPS
1. Set the Disc Burning Module CD to the DVD drive.

a The installer starts and the window “Welcome to the Disc Burning Module
Install Shield Wizard” opens.
INApp11050.EPS
2. Click [Next].
a The “Setup Type” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Enter a check mark for “Custom” and click [Next]. 5. Select “English” and click [Next].
INApp11052.EPS
INApp11051.EPS
INApp11053.EPS
a The function selection window for the program to be installed opens.

6. Click [Install].
4. Enter a check mark for “Bs Clip” and “Bs Gold” and click [Next].
a The installation starts.
7. Wait until “Installing Disc Burning Module” (window with a progress

bar) closes automatically.
a The “Install Shield Wizard Completed” window opens.
8. Click [Finish].
a The installer is exited.
9. Remove the Disc Burning Module CD from the DVD drive.
MCApp11054.EPS 10. Confirm that “BSUDFAPI.dll” is in the following folder.

a The “Language Selection” window opens. C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\BHA
r REFERENCE
If “BSUDFAPI.dll” is not in the folder, copy “BSUDFAPI.dll” in the “C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\BHA” folder.”
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● In case the DVD drive is AD-7230S ■ Applying Update Program for Windows XP [Windows XP Only]
Install Disk Burning Module V2.0. [CR-VW 674 Only]
$ See “■ Procedure for Installing Disc Burning Modure” in “Appendix 2:
Procedure for Replacing DVD Drive AD-7230S (CR-VW 674 Only)” under  NOTE (V4.0 or later)
“MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
This procedure is needed only for windows XP SP2.
This procedure is not needed for Windows XP SP3 and Windows Vista since this
program is already applied.
● Downloading the Update Program (KB950749)

1. Start the browser and access the following URL.
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=3247433f-0aa9-
49b8-9e40-c5463a95bcff&displaylang=en
2. Click [Download].
a The security warning window opens.
3. Click [Save].
a The “Save As” window opens.
4. Specify a temporary saving place and download the module.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Installing the Update Program (KB950749) [CR-VW 674 Only] 2. Click [Next].
 NOTES 
• This module needs to be installed to both server PC and client PC (Option).
• Apply the Update Program after exiting CR-VW 674.
」
1. Double-click "WindowsXP-KB950749-x86-ENU.exe" installed in

Downloading the Update Program (KB950749)
a The “Software Update Installation Wizard” window opens.
MCApp02013.AI
3. Select the “I Agree” radio button, and click [Next].

MCApp02012.AI
MCApp02014.AI
4. Confirm the message “Completing the Security Update for Windows

XP (KB950749) Installation Wizard", and click "exit."
5. Restart the PC
 NOTE  (Client PC Installation Institution)
Copy "WindowsXP-KB950749-x86-ENU.exe" downloaded in "Downloading the
Update Program (KB950749)" to all the client PC, and perform steps 1 through
5 as much times as the number of client PCs.
」
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Installing Windows Installer 3.1 (KB893803) [CR-VW 674 Only] 4. Open the "D:\Tool\KB\WindowsInstaller" folder.
[Windows XP Only]
5. Double-click "WindowsInstaller-KB893803-v2-x86.exe."
 NOTE  a “Software Update Installation Wizard” window opens
In the following procedure, confirm if Windows Installer 3.1 is already installed or not.
I. Double-click “Add or Remove Program” in the Control Panel.
a The “Add or Remove Program” window opens.
II. Place a checkmark to “Show Updates.”
MCApp02015.AI
III. Confirm if "Windows Installer 3.1 (KB893803)" exists or not.

If not installed, install Windows Installer 3.1 (KB893803) in the following procedure. MCApp02017.AI
6. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
In case of V5.0 or later, the installation launcher does not start automatically.
Start the installation launcher in the following procedures.
I. Select “My Computer (or Computer)” from the menu.
II. Double-click “DVD Drive(D:).”

If it does not start automatically, select [Run...] from the [Start] menu and then
run “D:\InstallLauncher.”
2. Click .
3. Click . MCApp02018.AI
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Select the “I Agree” radio button, and click [Install]. ■ Installing the .NET Framework
If the confirmation window is displayed, click "Continue."
• The .NET Frameworks that are used differ in accordance with the versions of
each application. Because of this, the .NET Framework needs to be installed with
a Installation processing starts. the application upgrades.
When the installation completes, the completion window opens. As per the following, supplement the usable .NET Framework versions via each
application.
.NET Framework Application Version

Version
V2.1(B) or
V5.0 V5.1 V1.0(B) V2.0(B)
later
.NET Framework 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
.NET Framework 2.0 √ √ √ √ -

.NET Framework 3.5 - - - - √
√ : installation required
- : installation not required
• Upgrades to V2.5(B) or later have the following .NET Framework tie-ins bundle
installed. Even if already installed upgrades are re-implemented, their tie-ins will
MCApp02020.AI
not be installed.
- Installation of .NET Framework3.5
8. Confirm the message “Completing the Windows Installer 3.1 - Installation of .NET Framework3.5 Language Pack
(KB893803) Installation Wizard,” and click “exit.” - Installation of .NET Framework3.5 MS Chart
a The PC restarts. - Installation of .NET Framework1.1
After the PC restart, the log-in window opens.
- Installation of .NET Framework1.1 Language Pack
- Installation of .NET Framework1.1 Service Pack
following and log in. - Activation of .NET Framework1.1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● In case of upgrading to V2.5(B) or later
5. Click .
2. From the “Start” menu, select “My Computer” (or “Computer”).

4. Click .
MCApp02085.ai
a .NET Framework3.5 related installation starts.

• Installation of .NET Framework3.5
• Installation of .NET Framework3.5 Language Pack
• Installation of .NET Framework3.5 MS Chart
 NOTE 
If the PC restarts while installing, perform the procedure from step 1 to
continue.
MCApp02084.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Already implemented items are abbreviated. If everything has already been Already implemented items are abbreviated. If everything has already been
implemented, the following window will not display. implemented, the following window will not display.
When each installation is completed, the .NET Framework 1.1 tie-in
installations and validations are started.
MCApp02083.ai
a The installation completes.

MCApp02082.ai
The system returns to the menu window.
a .NET Framework1.1 related installation and activation are implemented.
• Installation of .NET Framework1.1 6. Click .
• Installation of .NET Framework1.1 Language Pack
• Installation of .NET Framework1.1 Service Pack
• Installation of .NET Framework1.1 Activation
 NOTE 
If the PC restarts while installing, perform the procedure from step 1 to
continue.
MCApp02086.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● In case of upgrading to the versions previous to V2.3(B) 5. Click [Next].
○ Installing the .NET Framework 2.0 [CR-VW 674 Only] a The “Welcome to Setup” window opens.
 NOTE 
• Install this software when the application was upgraded from V4.1 or before
to a version from V5.0 to V2.0(B).
• If Windows Installer 3.1 is not installed, installation of .NET Framework V2.0
fails. If the installation fails, confirm that the Windows Installer3.1 is installed
properly.

If it does not start automatically, select [Run...] from the [Start] menu and then
run “D:\InstallLauncher.”
2. Click .
MCApp02021.ai
3. Click .
Agreement” radio button, and click [Install].
4. Click . a Installation processing starts.
MCApp02022.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Confirm the message “Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 SP1 has been ○ Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (when doing the upgrading of any
installed successfully”, and click “Exit.” versions between V2.1(B) and V2.3(B))
a The system returns to .NET Framework Installation menu selection window. In V2.0(B) or earlier, “.Net Framework 2.0” was used, but in V2.1(B) or later, it
has been changed to “.Net Framework 3.5” and “Microsoft Chart Control”.
r REFERENCE
The software to be installed differs depending on the OS.
Perform installation according to the following table.
Software to be installed Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7

.NET Framework 3.5   -
Microsoft Chart Control   
In Windows 7, “.NET Framework 3.5” is installed by default; therefore, only

“Microsoft Chart Control” needs to be installed.
• For Windows XP / Vista

MCApp02034.AI
r REFERENCE
8. Confirm that “.NET Framework 2.0 has already been installed” and Installation procedure for Windows Vista is same as for Windows XP.
“.NET Framework 1.1 has already been installed” are displayed, and
click “Back.” $ For details, see “■ Installing the .NET Framework 3.5 (V2.1(B) to V2.3(B))”
in “1.3.9 Installing the .NET Framework and Activating the .NET
a The system returns to Installation launcher window. Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)”.
 NOTE  • For Windows 7
After upgrading, .NET Framework 1.1 should have been installed; however, $ For details, see “1.5.12 Installing the MSChart (Only for Server PC)”.
.NET Framework1.1 might be inactivated when .NET Framework 2.0 is
installed.  NOTE 
In such a case, refer to the following and perform the reactivation of “.Net After installing .NET Framework 3.5, be sure to activate .NET Framework 1.1.
Framework 1.1”. $ “1.5.13 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for Server PC)”
$ “1.4.11 Activating the .NET Framework 1.1 (Only for the Server PC
V2.3(B) or earlier)”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Activating .NET Framework 1.1 (when upgrading to V2.3(B) or 6. Click .
earlier)
 NOTE 
When upgrading, “.NET Framework 1.1” is already installed. When “.NET
Framework 2.0” is installed during the upgrading procedures, “.NET Framework
1.1” may be inactivated. If it is inactivated, then “.NET Framework 1.1” needs to be
activated.
If “.NET Framework 3.5” is installed, “.NET Framework 1.1” doesn’t need to be
activated since “.NET Framework 1.1” is not inactivated.
1. Insert the installation CD into the DVD drive.
2. From the “Start” menu, select “My Computer” (or “Computer”).

CBS03153.ai

7. Click [Next].
a “.NET Framework 1.1” is activated.
The system returns to the installation launcher window.
4. Click .
5. Click .
a .NET Framework installation menu window opens.
MCApp02087.AI
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installing Windows Installer 4.5 (upgrading to V2.3(B) or later) 6. Click .
The installer of V2.3(B) or later to be used requires Windows Installer 4.5 or later.
For Windows XP (SP3) and Windows Vista (SP1), install Windows Installer 4.5 with a The installation starts.
the following procedure. After a while, the window prompting you to restart the PC opens.
1. Insert the installation media of the application into the DVD drive. 7. Click [Yes] .
2. From the [Start] menu, select “My Computer” (or “Computer”).
3. Double-click “DVD Drive”.

r REFERENCE
If the folder opened, double-click InstallLauncher.
a The Installation launcher starts up. MC000458.ai
a The PC restarts.
4. Click . After the PC restart, proceed to “■ Upgrading to SQL Server 2008 R2”
5. Click .
 NOTE 
For Windows Vista (SP2) and Windows 7, Windows Installer 4.5 or later has
been installed as standard. Thus, proceed to “■ Upgrading to SQL Server
2008 R2”.
MCApp02076.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Upgrading to SQL Server 2008 R2 (upgrading to V2.3(B) or later) 3. If the following string is displayed, press the <Enter> key.
All of the OS are covered.
SQL Server 2008 R2 has been introduced to the database since V2.3(B). For MCApp02080.ai
upgrading to V2.3(B) or later, perform this procedure if SQL Server 2008 R2 has a When the installation completes, the window prompting you to restart the PC
not been installed. opens.
1. Click on the following screen.
MC000458.ai
4. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
MCApp02078.ai
a The window confirming the upgrade opens.
MCApp02081.ai
2. Click [Next].
a Execute the command prompt.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Upgrading the SQL Server (upgrading from V4.1 or earlier to 3. When “Press any key to continue” message is displayed, click <Enter>
V5.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only] key.
a When the installation completes, the system returns to installation launcher.
 NOTE 
SQL server is upgraded in V5.0. When upgrading to V5.0 or later from V4.1 or 4. Click [Finish].
earlier, the upgrading of SQL server is needed.
 NOTE 
When the PC restart confirmation window opens, remove the installation CD
1. Click . from the DVD drive and click "Yes."
a “SQL Server will be upgraded." window opens.

5. Restart the PC.
MC185020.EPS
2. Click [Next].
a Installation starts, and Comand Prompt window opens.
MCApp02028.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Installing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system program 6. Click
 NOTE  (“xx” represents a software version number).
Because the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application installer changes the system a The installer starts up and the “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for the
files, the PC may be restarted without displaying any confirmation message, FCR Application” window opens.
depending on the Windows Installer version.
In such cases, log in the system anew and then perform processing continuously.
1. Log in the system by entering “fujicr” as the username and “system”

as the password.
MC000455.ai

7. Click [Next].
3. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the [Start] menu. a The “Ready to Install the Program” window opens.

a The installation launcher opens.
5. Click
MC000456.ai
(“xx” represents a software version number).
r REFERENCE 8. Click [Install].
With V5.0 or later, the display contents are changed to the following. a A window opens to indicate progress of installation processing, which takes
about 2 minutes to finish.
MC000457.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click [Finish]. ■ Cautions on Output Queue Processing at Upgrading
a The PC restart confirmation window opens. All versions are covered.
If you wish to process the output queue left from the application upgrading, pay
attention to the capacity of the output destination media.
When both of the following conditions are met, studies are separated among the
media when outputting the data to media.
1) Indicator - “Output” tab - “Force Output” button have been pressed.
MC000458.ai 2) Remaining space of the output destination media (DVD, NAS, etc.) is
not sufficient.
10. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
11. After the installation, remove the CD from the DVD drive.
r REFERENCE
Settings before version upgrade are taken over as they are after version
upgrade processing is performed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Restoration After Upgrading ■ Restoring the backup of report format (when upgrading to the
versions previous to V2.3(B))
After upgrading, perform the following:
 NOTE 
• Restoring the backup of report format (when upgrading to the versions previous
When upgrading to V2.5(B) or later, the following manual procedure for overwrite is
to V2.3(B))
not necessary. The file will be overwritten automatically when V2.5(B) or later is
• Restoring the setting file for free drawing function (when upgrading to the
versions previous to V2.3(B)) installed.
• Resetting the Service Utility Overwrite the corresponding file with the backup file, which has been backed up in
• Setting NAS Mirroring (for upgrading to V2.5(B) or later in facilities where NAS “■ Backing up the report format” in “1. Preparation Before Upgrading”.
mirroring functions are used)
• Activating the User Account Control (Windows Vista/7) ● When upgrading from V1.1(B) to V2.0(B)
Restore the files backed up in “■ Backing up the report format” under
• Running the Dicom Tag Convert Tool
“1. Preparation Before Upgrading” to the folder same as the time of backing up.
(From V3.2 or earlier to V4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only]
• Resetting the monitor type (V4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only] ● When upgrading from V1.1(B) or V2.0(B) to V2.1(B) or later
• Modality setting (version 4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only]
• Confirmation of version upgrade
Windows XP
Copy source :C
:¥Documents and Settings¥All Users¥Application Data
• Changing the background (Upgrading to V2.0(B): Windows XP only) ¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥SystemReportFormat.bak
• Replacing the Reference Guide Copy destination : C
:¥Documents and Settings¥All Users¥Application Data
¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥SystemReportFormat
Windows Vista / 7
Copy source : C:¥ProgramData¥ FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥SystemReportFormat.bak
Copy destination : C:¥ProgramData¥ FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥SystemReportFormat
■ Restoring the setting file for free drawing function (when

upgrading to the versions previous to V2.3(B))
 NOTE 
When upgrading to V2.5(B) or later, the following manual procedure for overwrite is
not necessary. The file will be overwritten automatically when V2.5(B) or later is
installed.
Overwrite “C:\Program File\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\FDDSettingInfo.ini” with

“FDDSettingInfo.ini” file, which has been backed up in “■ Backing up the setting file
for free drawing function” in “1. Preparation Before Upgrading”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Resetting the Service Utility 8. Click [Back].
● Import of ultrasound Images or CT/MR Images a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
Confirm whether the settings are configured as the ones taken down in “Taking 9. Click [EXIT].
down the DICOM settings (for upgrading from V2.0(B) or earlier to V2.1(B) or
later)” under “1. Preparation Before Upgrading”. a The system returns to the desktop.
r REFERENCE ● Resetting the HDD expansion NAS

(when upgrading from V2.0(B) or earlier to V2.1(B))
Performing the procedure enables to import multi-frame data corresponding to
Not required when upgrading from V2.0(B) or earlier to V2.2(B) or later.
each option.
For facilities where HDD expansion NAS are used when the version is upgraded
from V2.0(B) or earlier to V2.1(B), reset the settings that were registered via “■
1. Start the Service Utility. Taking down the settings for NAS (if utilized) (for upgrading from V2.0(B) or earlier
$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, to V2.1(B) or later)” under “1. Preparation Before Upgrading”.
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance $ For details, see “Appendix 11 Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by Using NAS”
Utility”. under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
2. Click [Connected Equipment]. ■ Setting NAS Mirroring (for upgrading to V2.5(B) or later in
a The “Server connection devices” window opens. facilities where NAS mirroring functions are used)
With V2.5(B) the NAS mirroring functions have been improved. In facilities that use
3. Click [Server (this equipment)]. NAS mirroring functions, set the NAS mirroring if the version was upgraded from
a The “Server equipment settings” window opens. V2.3(B) or earlier to V2.5(B) or later.
$ For procedural details, see “2.4.2 “Mirroring” settings (Switching to Mirroring
4. Click [DICOM Settings]. for V2.5(B) or Later in Facilities Where Mirroring NAS Functions Are Used)” in
“Appendix 11 Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx
a The “Set up DICOM” window opens. IN: Installation – Appendix”.
5. Select “Storage SCP settings” tab and confirm the settings.

 NOTE 
If the settings have been changed, set up to the settings taken down.
6. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window.
7. Click [OK].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Activating the User Account Control (Windows Vista/7) ■ Running the Dicom Tag Convert Tool
With Windows Vista/7, the UAC function needs to be turned back to on after (From V3.2 or earlier to V4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only]
installing the software.
 NOTES 
 NOTE  • This procedure must be performed when upgrading from version 3.2 or earlier to
V4.0 or later. If this is not done, the information of the measuring annotations
If any of the following conditions is met, activating the User Account Control is not
(linear measuring, cardiothoracic ratio, angular measuring) of CR studies
required. Start the operation by leaving the User Account Control as being
registered with the previous version cannot be inherited.
inactivated.
• This procedure is not required in case of a new installation or at the time of
• V2.0(B) with Windows 7 OS
reinstallation of FCR application.
$ For details on procedures, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control 1. Select “Run…” from the “Start” menu.
(Activate)”.
a The “Run…” window opens.
2. Enter “DicomTagConvertTooI.exe” and click [OK].

a The Dicom Tag Convert Tool starts.
3. Click “Run”.
 NOTE 
The default file path is OK.
a The run confirmation window opens.
4. Click [Yes].
5. Click [OK] when “END” is displayed.
6. Click [Exit] to exit.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Resetting the monitor type (V4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only] ■ Modality setting (version 4.0 or later) [CR-VW 674 Only]
 NOTE  1. Click [Modality setting] from the service utility top window.
Upgrading to version 4.0 or later from 3.2 or earlier initializes the monitor type a The “Modality Settings” window opens.
setting and resetting is required. The initial setting becomes “S1721 (low-resolution
monitor)”. 2. Change the “Image Gradation Properties” according to the gradation
properties of the connected external modality device.
1. Start the Service Utility.  NOTE 
$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Confirm the image gradation properties of the external modality device
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance
(ultrasonic, etc.) at the time of installation.
Utility”.
3. Click [OK].
2. Click [Connected Equipment]. a The display returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
a The “Server connection devices” window opens.
3. Click [Server (this equipment)].

■ Confirmation of version upgrade
a The “Server equipment settings” window opens. 1. The software version displayed in the lower-right of the startup
window should be correct.
4. Click [Selection].
2. The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system should start up unfailingly.
a The “Monitor model selection” window opens.
3. There should be no errors in the event log (Control Panel a
5. Select the connected monitor type and click [OK].
Performance&Maintenance a Administrative Tools a Event Viewer a
a The display returns to the “Server equipment settings” window. Application) and the source name “MsInstaller.”
6. Click [OK]. 4. Click at the lower right corner of the window and select
a The display returns to the “Server connection devices” window. “Version”.
7. Click [Return].
a The display returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
MC000454.ai
5. Confirm whether the version display is correct.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Changing the background (Upgrading to V2.0(B) or later:
Windows XP only)
r REFERENCE
Wallpapers have been changed from BMP format to JPEG format from V2.0(B) or
later. For Windows XP, JPEG file cannot be set to wallpaper by API, so it has to be
set manually.
Setting can be performed anytime after version upgrade.
1. Select “Properties” from the right-click menu on the desktop.

a The “Display Properties” window opens.
2. Select “Desktop “ tab and select “FCR_WallPaper” for the background,

and then click [Apply].
3. Close the “Display Properties” window.
■ Replacing the Reference Guide

Copy the latest Reference Guide onto the desktop.
If Reference Guide of the previous version is on the desktop, delete it.
$ For details, see “1.11.1 Installing Adobe Reader and Copying the Reference
Guide”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Countermeasure for the Phenomenon  NOTE 
Occurred after Upgrading • Perform the procedure only on the Server PC.
• Terminate Server application/Client application before performing the procedure.
● Preparing the batch file

4.1 Countermeasure in the Event the DVD
Cannot be Selected at Consistency Check in 1. Click the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories” - “Notepad”.
User Utility
2. Copy the following to the “Notepad”.
■ Outline  NOTE 
• The red string in the following file contents is the string which extends
Upgrading the application from V2.0(B) to V2.1(B) may cause a problem that across multiple lines when being shown here but has to be in one line on the
nothing is displayed in the drive path of the disk consistency check in the User file. If you copied the contents from the PDF to the Notepad, delete the line
Utility, disabling the check. feed character so that the red string becomes one line.
As a result of the investigation, it is found that incorrect values are set up to
configure the types of device when database updating is executed in the course of • If you copy texts from the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at
the software version upgrade. Although this problem has been solved in V2.2(B) as unintended places. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file.
the complaint handling, this section describes the procedure for correcting the
setup values in the database for the institutes where the systems have already @echo off
echo Media Consistency Check Update Batch File
been upgraded. echo.
echo It upgrades to V2.1 and restores the state where it became impossible to
■ Scope echo choose anything with a media consistency check.
echo.
Perform this procedure on the machines that have been upgraded from V2.0(B) to
pause
V2.1(B). for /f "tokens=3-4 delims=. " %%i in ('ver') do (
if "%%i" == "XP" set os=NT5
■ Detailed procedure if "%%j" == "6" set os=NT6

)
goto osver_%os%
:osver_NT5
 NOTE  cscript SetNetMaster.js "C:¥Documents and Settings¥All Users¥Application Data¥
FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Config¥NetMaster.mdb"
In this procedure, creating and executing file are required. If you copy texts from goto ENDBATCH
the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places. :osver_NT6
If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the following cscript SetNetMaster.js "C:¥ProgramData¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Config¥NetMaster.mdb"
goto ENDBATCH
ECN is recommended. :ENDBATCH
“2012-E-0101 Procedure for Enabling Media Consistency Check in User Utility to pause
Select DVD for the Drive”
procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before 3. Name it “SetNetMaster.bat” and save it on the desktop.
executing the file. Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and
spaces. 4. Close the “Notepad”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Creating the script file //Update
objADO.BeginTrans();
1. Click the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories” - “Notepad”.
try {
objADO.Execute(strSQL1);
2. Copy the following to the “Notepad”. objADO.Execute(strSQL3);
WScript.Echo("Setting processing is started."); objADO.Execute(strSQL6);
// Initialization objADO.Execute(strSQL8);
var strConnectionString = "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ="+WScript.Arguments(0)+";" objADO.Execute(strSQL9);
var strSQL1 = "UPDATE DriveInfo SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL10);
var strSQL2 = "UPDATE DriveInfoChineseSimplified SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL11);
var strSQL3 = "UPDATE DriveInfoChineseTraditional SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL12);
var strSQL4 = "UPDATE DriveInfoCzech SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL13);
var strSQL5 = "UPDATE DriveInfoDanish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL14);
var strSQL6 = "UPDATE DriveInfoEnglish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL15);
var strSQL7 = "UPDATE DriveInfoFinnish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL16);
var strSQL8 = "UPDATE DriveInfoFrench SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL17);
var strSQL9 = "UPDATE DriveInfoGerman SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL18);
var strSQL10 = "UPDATE DriveInfoItalian SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Execute(strSQL19);
var strSQL11 = "UPDATE DriveInfoJapanese SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.CommitTrans();
var strSQL12 = "UPDATE DriveInfoKorean SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; } catch(e) {
var strSQL13 = "UPDATE DriveInfoNorwegian SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.RollbackTrans();
var strSQL14 = "UPDATE DriveInfoPolish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO.Close;
var strSQL15 = "UPDATE DriveInfoPortuguese SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; objADO = null;
var strSQL16 = "UPDATE DriveInfoRussian SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; WScript.Echo("Setting processing failed."+e.description);
var strSQL17 = "UPDATE DriveInfoSpanish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; WScript.Quit(1);
var strSQL18 = "UPDATE DriveInfoSwedish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL"; }
var strSQL19 = "UPDATE DriveInfoTurkish SET DriveKind = 0 WHERE DriveKind IS NULL";
objADO.Close;
try { objADO = null;
var objADO = new ActiveXObject("ADODB.Connection"); WScript.Echo("Setting processing succeeded.");
objADO.Open(strConnectionString); WScript.Quit(0);
objADO.CursorLocation = 3;
} catch (e) {
WScript.Echo("It failed Initialization. "+e.description);
WScript.Quit(1);
} 3. Name it “SetNetMaster.js” and save it on the desktop.
4. Close the “Notepad”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Execute the batch file ■ Verification
1. Confirm that there are the following two files on the desktop. 1. Activate the User Utility.
• “SetNetMaster.bat” a The “Main Menu” window opens.
• “SetNetMaster.js”
2. Click [Media Consistency Check].
2. Double-click “SetNetMaster.bat” on the desktop.
3. When “Press any key to continue...” is displayed, press the <Enter>

key.
MCApp02068.ai
4. Confirm that “Setting processing succeeded.” is displayed.
INApp008.EPS
MCApp02069.ai
a The “Consistency Check” window opens.
5. Press the <Enter> key. 3. Confirm that “DVD” can be selected for the Drive.
a The command prompt window closes.
MCApp02071.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click [Cancel]. 4.2 Countermeasure in the Event the Login
a The “Main Menu” window opens. Window Does Not Open
5. Click [Finish]. Deal with the problem that the login window does not open after the application
startup.
6. Delete “SetNetMaster.bat” and “SetNetMaster.js” from the desktop. After the opening window opened, normally, the login window will open. However,
the application is terminated after the Internet Explorer started for a moment. An
error message is not displayed.
$ For details of the procedure, see “Appendix 14: Countermeasure in the Event
the Login indow Does Not Open”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.3 Procedure for Correcting Task Registration ■ Procedure
Error that Causes Version Upgrade Delete the tasks manually.
(Reinstallation) Failure 1. Select “Control Panel” from the start menu.
■ Error description 2. Select “Administrative Tools”.

● Error
It has been reported that aborted task registration prevents version upgrade 3. Select ”Task Scheduler”.
(reinstallation). a The “Task Scheduler” window opens.
The following error message will appear when this error occurs.
4. Select “Task Scheduler Library” in the tree on the upper left of the
Task Scheduler pane.
a The registered tasks under the library are displayed in the upper middle pane.
INAppD1020.ai
● Cause of the error

In the cases where the application software is installed on Windows Vista or
Windows 7, the tasks to activate the application are registered automatically.
Normally, these tasks are deleted when uninstallation is performed. If the task
deletion fails when uninstallation is performed, registration of the same tasks is
aborted during reinstallation, causing this error.
When this error occurs, it is necessary to delete these tasks manually.
INAppD1021.ai
This section provides the procedure for deleting the tasks manually when this error
occurs. 5. Select a task whose mane starts with “FCR” in the list. Right-click it
and select “Delete” in the displayed menu.
■ Applicable scope  NOTE 
OS is Windows Vista or Windows 7 This step is for all tasks whose names start with “FCR” from the list.
- CR-VW 674 V2.2(B) or later
- CR-IR 391CL V1.0(B) or later 6. Restart the PC.
■ Verification
Perform reinstallation and then ensure that installation and version upgrade are
completed normally.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4.4 Procedure for Preventing Output Error that ■ Procedure
Occurs after Version Upgrade to V2.3(B)  NOTE 
■ Overview the PDF, line feeds and spaces may exist at unintended places.
If you can see ECN, the operation in accordance with the contents of the following
It has been reported that an error causes failed PDI output of the studies stored in
ECN is recommended.
additional NAS after the application software is upgraded to V2.3(B).
“2013-E-0042 Countermeasure against Increased Latency in Communication
This error occurs on the study data that is transferred to NAS after the application
between Console and Reader Unit”
software is upgraded to V2.3(B).
V2.3(B) has enabled the image file management folder to be located in any drive, procedure. Carefully confirm that there is no error in the created file before
but it causes the error. There is a malfunction in the program that changes folder executing the file. Especially pay attention to the positions of line breaks and
path of the data to be transferred to NAS, which causes data acquisition error when spaces.
PDI is output. It also causes failures in other output processing for study data and
in correcting studies stored in NAS.
 NOTE 
This section provides a procedure that prevents the error described above, which
is performed at the time the application software is upgraded to V2.3(B). Perform the procedure where the following preconditions have been satisfied.
- Version upgrade to V2.3(B) has been completed.
 NOTE  - The Server application has been terminated.
Perform the procedure on the systems that satisfy all the following conditions. - All the Client application has been terminated.
* Newly installed system does not require to perform this procedure. - Perform the procedure only on the Server PC.
The systems;
- using additional NAS. ● Preparation
- have been upgraded to V2.3(B).
1. From the “Start” menu, select [All programs] - [Accessory] - [Notepad].
- where the image file management was not changed to subfolder when upgrade
was being performed. a Notepad starts.
2. Copy the following text and paste it on the Notepad.

■ Applicable versions @echo off
- CR-VW 674 V2.3(B) echo The drive letter for the image file management folder will be changed to "c:"
reg add "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\Hobbit" /v ImageFolderDrive /t REG_SZ /d "c:" /f
- CR-IR 391CL V2.3(B) pause
3. Name the Notepad “SetLowC.bat” and save it on the desktop.
5. Create a folder named “Change Drive” on the desktop.
6. Move the created “SetLowC.bat” into “Change Drive” folder.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Setup procedure
1. Double-click “SetLowC.bat” in “ChangeDrive” on the desktop to run it.
2. Ensure that the following message appears.

The drive letter for the image file management folder will be changed to “c:”
The operation completed successfully.
Press any key to continue…

a The command prompt window closes.
4. Delete “ChangeDrive” folder and empty the Recycle Bin.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Partitioning and Dividing Image

Folder to Subfolders after
Upgrading
Since the V2.3(B) newly manufactured products, the configuration has been
improved as follows.
• To improve the maintenance performance, the hard disk drive is partitioned into
“C” and “X”. The Image folder is contained in the “X” drive.
• To boost the DICOM reception speed, the configuration of Image folder is divided
into subfolders.
The mentioned improvements have not been applied to the V2.2(B) and earlier
manufactured products with only version upgrading to V2.3(B) or later performed.
The systems are operable without the mentioned improvements. However, apply
this procedure for the institutions (PC) whose DICOM reception speeds have
decreased.
For the partitioning, apply the procedure for only the essential institutions (called
“special institution” in this procedure) where maintenance performance must be
prioritized.
$ For details of the procedure, see “Appendix 15: Boosting of DICOM Reception
Speed by Division into Subfolders, and Partitioning”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appx MC 2-40
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 3 Option Key / AP Key Installation Appx MC 3-1
Appendix 3 Option Key / AP Key The installation procedure is described below.

The same installation procedure applies to all the option keys.
Installation  NOTE 
When installing an option key or the AP key, network to the system must have been
1. Option Key Installation established properly.
Be sure to check the network connection and then install an option key or the
Install the option keys as follows. application key.
 NOTES 
• Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD-ROM for each product.
1. Insert an option key CD into the DVD drive.
• After option key installation, be sure to install the AP key. The reason is that 2. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the Start menu.
installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been enabled.
See “Appx IN:
CR-VW CR-IR
CD label Description Installation a The installation start window opens.
674 391CL
– Appendix”
DICOM Print Key Software Ο Ο DICOM print function – 4. Click [Continue].
JPG/BMP/DCM File General-purpose file
Ο - “Appendix 1” a A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
Output Key Software output function
MFP image processing
MFP Key Software Ο Ο –
function The indication varies
DICOM Standard CR DICOM CR Storage with the option key
Ο Ο “Appendix 2” for installation.
Storage Key Software output function
Client Activate Key Client PC connection
Ο - “Appendix 3”
Software function
MC000315.EPS
General-Purpose Image General-purpose image
Importer Key Software import function
DICOM US Storage SCP Ultrasound image 5. Click [OK].
Key Software import function a The system returns to the desktop screen.
DICOM CT Storage SCP CT•MR image import
Key Software function
DICOM ID MWM Key DICOM MWM patient
Ο Ο “Appendix 12”
Software information function
7. To install another option key, change the CD and repeat Steps 2
Free Layout Print Key Free layout print
Ο Ο – through 4 as appropriate.
Software function
DICOM MWM/MPPS
DICOM ORDER MWM/
Ο Ο Linkage of study “Appendix 12”
MPPS Key Software
information function
Endoscope Image Endoscope image
Importer Key Software import function
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Appx MC 3-1
Appendix 3 Option Key / AP Key Installation Appx MC 3-2
2. AP Key Installation 5. Click [OK].

Install the AP key as follows.
 NOTE 
Install the AP key after all the option keys have been installed appropriately. 7. Restart the PC.
The reason is that installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been
enabled, requiring it to be reinstalled anew.
Install the AP key as follows:
1. Insert the AP key CD into the DVD drive.
2. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the Start menu.

INAppD0003.EPS
a A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
INAppD0004.EPS
014-227-05E
Appx MC 3-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
Appx MC 3-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
Appendix 4 Setting the BIOS Appx MC 4-1
Appendix 4 Setting the BIOS 1 Setting the Dell OptiPlex 755

(CR-VW 674 Only)
Make following setting CR-VW 674 Only/CR-IR 391CL compatible PC needing
setting of the BIOS. The following are the PC needing setting of the BIOS.
• Dell OptiPlex 755 (CR-VW 674 Only)
• Dell OptiPlex 760 1.1 SATA Setting of Dell OptiPlex 755
 NOTE 
In manufacturing process, standardly attached CD-ROM drive(SATA I/F) is
replaced to DVD drive(ATAPI). Upon restart after replacing, SATA inactivation is
performed.When replacing the motherboard, SATA inactivation setting needs to be
performed again.
■ Setup Items
Set up each value of items in the table below.
Item Description Setup Value

SATA-0 On *1
Drives SATA-1 Off
SATA Operation RAID Autodetect / AHCI *1
Onboard Device USB Controller No Boot *1
Security Excute Disable Off *1
*1: The value is default and does not need to be changed.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Setup procedure 5. Select “OFF” and press the <Enter> key.
System
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. Drives SATA-1
Diskette Drive
a The PC starts running. SATA-0
SATA-1 OFF On
SATA Operation
2. Press the <F2> key when the following window opens. SMART Reporting
Onboard Devices
Video
Ultra133TX2 BIOS is not installed because there are no drivers attached. MCAppF0002.EPS
Drive 1 not found : Serial ATA, SATA-1 6. Press the <ESC> key.
Strike the F1 key to continue, F2 to run the setup utility
7. Select “Save/Exit” and press the <Enter> key.
MCAppF0004.EPS
3. Select “Drives” and press the <Enter> key. Exit
System Remain in Setup Save/Exit Discard/Exit

Drives
Onboard Devices INAppD1004.EPS
Video
a The PC restarts.
Performance
INAppD1001.EPS
8. Install the OS.

4. Select “SATA-1” and press the <Enter> key. $ For the installation procedure, see “■ Windows XP installation” of
“1.3.1 Installing and Setting Windows XP” under “MC: Checks,
System Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
Drives
Diskette Drive
SATA-0
SATA-1
SATA Operation
SMART Reporting
INAppF0001.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Setting the Dell OptiPlex 760/780/960 3. Select “Performance” – “Multi Core Support” and place a checkmark
to “Enable Multi Core Support”.
■ Setup Items Settings

Multi Core Support
Set up each value of items in the table below. General Enable Mutli Core Support
Drives
Item Description Setup Value
System Configuration
Drives SATA-2 Off This field specifies whether the processor will have
Video
Multi Core Support On performance of some applications will improve the a
Performance Performance
SpeedStep Off Multi Core Support
Intel(R) SpeedStep TM
■ Setup procedure C States Control
Limit CPUID Value
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. HDD Acoustic Mode
a The PC starts running. Virtualization Support MCApp06006.ai
a WhenSecurity
the setting is changed, [Apply] become active at the lower right corner
2. Press the <F12> key when “F12 Boot Options” appears at the upper of the window.
Power Management
right corner of the window. Maintenance
4. Click [Apply].
ImageServer
5. Post Behavior
Click [Exit].
System Logs
a The PC restarts.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appx MC 4-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 5 Disabling the Customize Key Function — Dell Premium Mouse (4-button mouse) (CR-VW 674 Only) Appx MC 5-1
Appendix 5 Disabling the Customize Key 1. Installing the Dell Premium Mouse
Function — Dell Premium Utility
Mouse (4-button mouse)
(CR-VW 674 Only) 1. Insert a CD titled “For Installing Dell Premium Mouse Utility on Your
Computer” into the DVD drive.
With the Dell Premium Mouse, the customize key function is provided as the
default.
2. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the Start menu.
The customize keys may not allow the system to behave in a manner as originally
intended by the same system. 3. Double click “DVD-RW Drive (D:)”.
It is therefore necessary, when using the Dell Premium Mouse, to install utility a “Mouse Suite – Install Wizard” will start opening then the “Welcome to the
software for the mouse so that the customize key function is disabled appropriately. InstallShield Wizard for Mouse Suite” window.
MCAppG0001.EPS
If it does not start automatically, select “Run” from the [Start] menu to
implement “d:\setup.exe.”
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Click [Next]. 6. Select a language to be set up and click [Next].
a The “Setup Type” window opens. a The “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Mouse Suite or Desktop
Computers” window opens.
MCAppG0002.EPS
MCAppG0004.EPS
5. Select “Mouse Suite for Desktop Computers” and click [Next].

a The “Choose Setup Language” window opens.
7. Click [Next].
a The “Choose Destination Location” window opens.
MCAppG0003.EPS
MCAppG0005.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Click [Next]. 10. Remove the installation CD from the DVD drive.
11. Select “Yes, I want to restart my computer now.” and click [Finish].
MCAppG0006.EPS
9. Click [Install].
a Installation processing will complete within about 1 minute and the “InstallShield
Wizard Complete” window opens.
MCAppG0007.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Disabling the Customize Keys and 2. Select “3 Zoom” from “1. Select Button” under the “Buttons” tab.
Deleting Icons from the Task Tray

This section describes how to disable the following keystrokes assigned to the
DELL Premium Mouse buttons.
• Zoom
• Forward
• Back
MCAppG0009.EPS
• Tilt Left
• Tilt Right 3. Select [ Keystroke assignment] from “2. Select Task.”
Perform manipulations presented herein with the DELL Premium Mouse connected
properly to the PC.
1. From “All Programs” of the [Start] menu, select “Mouse Suite” -

“Setting.”
a The “Mouse Suite” dialog opens.
MCAppG0010.EPS
a The third item of “1. Select Button” changes to “3 Keystroke assignment.”

a Check to see that “3. Specify Keystroke” is “KeyStroke: None.”
MCAppG0008.EPS
MCAppG0022.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Select “4 Forward” from “1. Select Button.” 6. Select “5 Back” from “1. Select Button.”
MCAppG0011.EPS MCAppG0013.EPS
5. Select [ Keystroke assignment] from “2. Select Task.” 7. Select [ Keystroke assignment] from “2. Select Task.”
a The fourth item of “1. Select Button” changes to “4 Keystroke assignment.” a The fifth item of “1. Select Button” changes to “5 Keystroke assignment.”
a Check to see that “3. Specify Keystroke” is “KeyStroke: None.” a Check to see that “3. Specify Keystroke” is “KeyStroke: None.”
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Select “6 Tilt Left” from “1. Select Button.” 10. Select “7 Tilt Right” from “”1. Select Button.”
9. Select [ Keystroke assignment] from “2. Select Task.” 11. Select [ Keystroke assignment] from “2. Select Task.”
MCAppG0026.EPS
MCAppG0025.EPS
a The seventh item of “1. Select Button” changes to “7 Keystroke assignment.”

a The sixth item of “1. Select Button” changes to “6 Keystroke assignment.”
MCAppG0018.EPS
MCAppG0016.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
12. Click [Apply] at the lower right corner of the window. 14. Remove checkmark from the “ Show icon in the system tray” box
and click [OK].
MCAppG0019.EPS
MCAppG0027.EPS
13. Select the [Movement] tab. a “Mouse Suite” exits.
MCAppG0020.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Checking Setups
1. Click “Internet Explorer” from “All Programs” of the [Start] menu.
a Internet Explorer will start up.
2. Click in the toolbar to stop reading.
3. Depress the DELL Premium Mouse wheel within Windows.
4. The customize key function has been disabled appropriately if the

magnifying glass icon does not appear at the position where the DELL
Premium Mouse wheel was depressed.
 NOTE 
If the magnifying glass icon appears within Windows, re-perform procedure for
disabling the customize keys following what is described in “2. Disabling the
Customize Keys and Deleting Icons from the Task Tray.”
MCAppG0021.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 6 Setting the RU-Config Appx MC 6-1
Appendix 6 Setting the RU-Config ● When in the Main window

1. Click on the lower right of “Main” window.
 NOTES 
• Verify that Explorer or other application is not running. If any applications are a CR-VW 674/ CR-IR 391CL client application exits, and the “Select Server
Application Behavior” window opens.
running, exit them.
• Start the setting work with the system shut down accordingly.
■ Preparatory work: Shutting down the system

If and when the system is up and running, exit it using the following procedure:
● When in the login window

1. Click [Finish] on the lower left of login window.
IN000602.EPS
2. Select “Exit” and click [OK].

IN000602.EPS

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Setting the RU-Config a The RU PC-TOOL main menu opens.
See followings for CR-IR 391CL RU PC-TOOL Ver.3.0
Configuration(C) Operation(O)
$ For setting up RU-Config property, see “MU:1.14 EDIT CONFIGURATION” of EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
“CR-IR 391RU Service Manual”. RU NAME ru0 LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU NAME IP ADDRESS RU TYPE VERSION NEW
RU IP ADDR 172 16 1 10 ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx V1.0
1. Start the RU PC-TOOL as directed below: MUTL PING MON FTP DELETE
III. Specify the file. INSTALL VERSION UP EDIT HISTORY EDIT CONFIGURATION
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\TOOL\RuPcTool\RuPCTool.exe” EDIT CL NAME
BACKUP RESTORE
ERROR LOG
EXECUTE EXECUTE
I/O TRACE EXPERT ERROR DB
ALL RUs SETTING

UNINSTALL VERSION UP
FRCH4404.EPS
2. Select an RU from “LIST OF EXISTING RU.”

Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
IV. Click ALL RUs SETTING

ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx V1.0
II. Click
RU TYPE
to be connected is displayed. FRCH4414.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Click [EDIT CONFIGURATION]. 4. Set the respective CONFIGURATION items.
 NOTE 
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
Check to make sure that the setting of the IP type (GENERATION SETTING)
BACKUP RESTORE
coincides with the IP type to be used at the user’s site. If the IP type set in the
ALL RUs SETTING
configuration information differs from the IP to be used at the user’s site, such
problems may occur that sufficient IP image erasure cannot be done or it takes
long to process.
The “EDIT CONFIGURATION” window appears. I

II
III
IV
FRCH4492.EPS
VI
VII
FRCH4495.EPS
r REFERENCE
When an overexposed IP is detected, it is written into the error log and an
error message appears. The set item is displayed only when “USE” is selected
in “selection as to whether or not the LINAC CASSETTE is to be used” when
the software is installed or updated in version.
VIII
FRCH44A1.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Item name Function 5. Move down the slide bar.
Sets the identification code (1-digit alphanumeric character)
with which the user identifies the RU which has read the
I EQUIPMENT CODE (A-Z)
image when a plurality of RU’s are used. The identification [Drag]
code is printed on the output film.
Sets the erasure mode which can be selected by the “Mode
change” button of the RU. The setting is effective only when
“HOSPITAL” was selected in setting “SCREEN TYPE” at the
RANGE OF ERASE
II time of installation.
MODE
• ERASE 1, ERASE 2 (default): Can select secondary
erasure or primary erasure.
• ERASE1: Can select only primary erasure. FRCH44A0.EPS
Sets the period of time since “primary erasure” or “secondary

ERASE MODE TIME OUT
erasure” is selected by the “Mode change” button of the RU 6. Set each item of CONFIGURATION.
III until “Image reading” is automatically restored in the unit of
(0-999 [s])
second. When “0” is set, the mode is kept changed to I
“primary erasure” or “secondary erasure.”
Determines whether the alarm sounds when a cassette is set.
IV ALARM (CASSETTE SET) • ON (default) : Alarm sounds. II
• OFF : Alarm does not sound.
Selects the kind of IP (inch or metric) to be used in the III
INCH OR METRIC machine.
V
SETTING • INCH (default) : Select when inch IP’s are to be used.
• METRIC : Select when metric IP’s are to be used. IV
Selects the IP type to be used in the machine.
VI GENERATION SETTING • VI (default) : VI-type IP is to be used.
V
• VN : VN-type IP is to be used.
Determines whether or not the patient’s name registered in
the CR-VW 674 is to be displayed on the operation panel. VI
DISPLAY This is effective only when “CLINIC” is selected in “SCREEN
VII
PATIENT&MENU NAME TYPE” setting for installation. FRCH4496.EPS
• ON : The patient’s name is displayed.
• OFF (default) : The patient’s name is not displayed.
Item name Function
• LOG&MESSAGE (default) : Write into the log file and Determines whether or not the name of the CR-VW 674 is
WARNING OF display of an error message displayed, which is the destination of transfer of the read image
VIII during image reading. This is effective only when “HOSPITAL”
OVERXRAY • LOG ONLY : Write of an error log
• NONE : Nothing is done. is selected in “SCREEN TYPE” setting for installation.
I DISPLAY CL NAME
• OFF (default) : The CR-VW 674 name of the image
destination is not displayed.
• ON : The CR-VW 674 name of the image destination is
displayed.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Item name Function 7. Set each item of CONFIGURATION. (Continued from step 6. above.)
Determines the menu (User Utility) items to be displayed when
the “Utility” button on the operation panel is pressed.
• FULL : Set this when the “SCREEN TYPE” setting is
“HOSPITAL.” Displays the entire menu of the User Utility. I
• SCANNER CLEANING : Set this when the “SCREEN TYPE”
II UTILITY MENU setting is “CLINIC” at the time of installation. Displays scanner
cleaning only.
• _______ : Set this when the “SCREEN TYPE” setting is II
“CLINIC” at the time of installation. Displays scanner cleaning
only. Do not set this when only the configuration setting is to
be changed. FRCH4483.EPS
Determines whether the warning on the laser life is to be only

written into the error log or written into the error log and Item name Function
displayed in the error message. Determines a pixel size for IP reading.
III WARNING OF LD LIFE
• LOG ONLY (default) : Only write into the error log Enables selection of SR or FR.
• LOG & MESSAGE : Write into the error log and display of the • SR: Reads all IP sizes at 10 lines/mm.
error message. • FR: Uses different pixel sizes depending on the target
IMAGE READING MODE
Determines whether the warning on the erasure lamp life is to I IP size.
(*1)
be only written into the error log or written into the error log and 14"×17" (35×43cm) or 14"×14" (35×35cm) IP size will
WARNING OF LAMP displayed in the error message. be read at 5 lines/mm.
IV IPs of sizes other the above will be read at 10 lines/
LIFE • LOG ONLY (default) : Only write into the error log
• LOG & MESSAGE : Write into the error log and display of the mm.
error message. When the image reading processing finishes, determines
Determines whether the warning on the part life is to be only a timing value after which pressing the exposure finish
written into the error log or written into the error log and button becomes possible on the console.
WARNING OF PARTS displayed in the error message. • IMAGE TRANSFER END: The exposure finish button
V can be pressed when the read image data is transferred
LIFE • LOG ONLY(default) : Only write into the error log THE TIMING FOR
• LOG & MESSAGE : Write into the error log and display of the II ACTIVATING “QUIT to the console.
error message. STUDY” BUTTON(1:1) • UNLOCK CASSETTE: The exposure finish button can
be pressed when the cassette is unlocked.
Determines whether the warning on the S value is to be only
written into the error log or written into the error log and  NOTE 
displayed in the error message. Be sure to select “IMAGE TRANSFER END.”
VI WARNING OF S VALUE
• LOG ONLY(default) : Only write into the error log
• LOG & MESSAGE : Write into the error log and display of the *1 Function available only for the CR-IR 356 and CR-IR 359.
error message.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Click [SET]. 13. Click [Verify connection].
a A command prompt window opens.
If the following message is displayed four times on the command prompt
window, the connection is in proper working order.
Reply from 172.16.1.10: bytes=32 time<10ms TTL=128
r REFERENCE
Values for “time<10ms” and “TTL=128” in the message above vary depending
on the network status. Connection remains normal even though such values
[Click] vary.
FRCH4494.EPS
14. Click the command prompt window’s button to terminate the
command prompt.
9. Click the mark at the upper right corner of the window.
a The system returns to the “Connection Check” window.
a The RU’s initialization message appears and the RU becomes usable in 15. Click [Finish].
approximately 1 minute.
10. Start up the Service Utility. 16. Click [EXIT].

$ For the procedure to start up the RU’s Service Utility, see “2. Starting,
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance a The system returns to the desktop screen.
Utility”.
11. Click [Connection check].

a The “Connection Check” window opens.
12. Click the down-arrow button beside [RU0] under “Check

connection to the host equipment” and select the appropriate RU from
the pull-down menu that appears.
a Its host name appears. If there is no host name, an IP address appears
instead.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Checking the Connection
$ For the procedure to start up the RU’s Service Utility, see “2. Starting,
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
2. Click [Connection check].

a The “Connection Check” window opens.
3. Click the down-arrow button beside [RU0] under “Check

connection to the host equipment” and select the appropriate RU from
the pull-down menu that appears.
a Its host name appears. If there is no host name, an IP address appears
instead.
4. Click [Verify connection].

a A command prompt window opens.
If the following message is displayed four times on the command prompt
window, the connection is in proper working order.
r REFERENCE
Values for “time<10ms” and “TTL=128” in the message above vary depending
on the network status. Connection remains normal even though such values
vary.
5. Click the command prompt window’s button to terminate the

command prompt.
a The system returns to the “Connection Check” window.
6. Click [Finish].
7. Click [EXIT].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MC 6-8
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 7 Procedures for Changing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and RU IP Addresses Appx MC 7-1
Appendix 7 Procedures for Changing 1. Incorporating into the Network

the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
In compliance with the hospital network specifications, connect the CR-VW 674/
and RU IP Addresses CR-IR 391CL and RU network cables to the hospital’s network.
This appendix explains about the procedures for changing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL and RU IP addresses.
The IP addresses need to be changed in the following case:
When the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and RU IP addresses need to be changed for
hospital network management purposes
 NOTE 
If the IP address of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL has been changed, it becomes
necessary to change the RU-Config accordingly. Conversely, if the IP address of
the RU has been changed, it is necessary to make a setting change using the
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL’s Service Utility.
If a setting change is made on either one alone, it becomes impossible to establish
a connection.
Likewise, it is necessary to make a network setting on the DRYPIX 1000/2000/

3000/4000/7000/7000S/PRIMA. For the procedure to make the setting, see the
Service Manual of the DRYPIX 1000/2000/3000/4000/7000/7000S/PRIMA.
$ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 1000/3000.
$ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 2000.
$ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 4000/7000S.
$ See “IN: installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX PRIMA.
 NOTE 
In case of DRYPIX PRIMA connection, it is necessary to make DRYPIX PRIMA
device settings beforehand, using Service PC. If the order of setting changes are
incorrect, it is impossible to establish a connection.
 NOTE 
After changing RU-IP Address, reflect the setting to “FF-WakeOnLAN.”
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2. Changing the Software Settings ■ Changing the RU-Config

 NOTE 
$ For CR-VW 674, see “2.1 For CR-VW 674 [355, 356, 357, 359]”.
Before proceeding to perform the procedure set forth below, exit the CR-VW 674.
$ For CR-IR 391CL, see “2.2 For CR-IR 391CL”.
$ For the procedure to exit the CR-VW 674 when it is up and running, see
“■ Preparatory work: Shutting down the system” in “Appendix 6:
Setting the RU-Config”.
2.1 For CR-VW 674 [355, 356, 357, 359]
Change the IP addresses for the CR-VW 674 and RU as summarized herein: 1. Turn ON the circuit breaker of the RU.
RU IP address : 172.16.1.10 a 172.16.1.11
CR-VW 674 IP address : 172.16.1.20 a 172.16.1.21
To perform necessary procedures, observe the workflow below:
 NOTE 
$ In Case of 391RU, See “4.MUTL(Maintenance Utility) Function” in the
CR-IR 391 RU Service Manual. #1
In case of 391RU connection, it is necessary to make 391RU device settings [Turn ON]
beforehand. If the order of setting changes are incorrect, it is impossible to
establish a connection.
FRCH311084.EPS
 NOTE 
After changing RU-IP Address, reflect the setting to “FF-WakeOnLAN.”
■ Changing the RU-Config
■ Reinstalling the RU-AP
■ Changing the CR-VW 674 IP address
■ Making a setting change using the CR-VW 674’s

Service Utility
■ Verifying the connection after IP address changes
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
2. Start up the Machine Maintenance Utility of the RU. 3. Make sure that “Reader Unit IP Address” is selected, and then press
Turn ON the RU power while pressing the first and third buttons from the left on the [Select] button.
the operation panel. Keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until
the “Maintenance Utility” window appears on the operation panel. [Verify]
 NOTE  Reader Unit IP Address

Be sure to keep pressing the first and third buttons from the left until the Subnet Mask
“Maintenance Utility” window opens on the operation panel. If the FTP Server IP Address
“Maintenance Utility” window does not open and the RU starts to boot up,
once turn OFF the RU power and repeat from Step 1. Select
#1 Select
[Keep
pressing]
#2 [Press]
[Turn ON]
FRCH311118.EPS
a The address setting window opens.
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 0
Maintenance Utility OK
Reader Unit IP Address Return

Subnet Mask FRCH311119.EPS
Select
FRCH4361.EPS
r REFERENCE
Steps 3 to 5 are performed to implement “Setting the RU Address.”
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Press the [Right] button 11 times, and press the [Up] button once. 6. Press the [Down] button twice, and select “FTP Server IP Address.”
 NOTE 
Set the IP address of the RU specified on the CR-VW 674. Reader Unit IP Address
Subnet Mask
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 0
OK Select
Select
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 1
[Press 11 times] [Press once]
OK FRCH311120.EPS
5. Press the [Right] button once to select [OK]. Then press the [Confirm]
button. [Press twice]
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 1 Reader Unit IP Address

Subnet Mask
OK FTP Server IP Address
[Press once]
Select
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 1 1 Confirm
The cursor moves to
OK "FTP Server IP Address"
FRCH311122.EPS
[Press]
FRCH311121.EPS
a In 1 to 2 seconds after the [Confirm] button is pressed, an alarm beeps.

The specified address becomes effective, and the menu selection window
restores.
r REFERENCE
Steps 6 to 9 are performed to implement “Setting the FTP Server IP Address.”
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Press the [Select] button. 9. Press the [Right] button once to select [OK]. Then press the [Confirm]
button.
Select
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 2 1
[Press]
OK
FRCH311123.EPS
[Press once]
a The address setting window opens.

1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 2 1 Confirm
OK
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 2 0
OK
Return [Press]
FRCH311126.EPS
FRCH311124.EPS
a In 1 to 2 seconds after the [Confirm] button is pressed, an alarm beeps.

8. Press the [Right] button 11 times, and press the [Up] button once. The specified address becomes effective, and the menu selection window
restores.
 NOTE 
r REFERENCE
Specify the IP address of the CR-VW 674.
Steps 10 to 13 are performed to implement “Checking the Connection with the
CR-VW 674.”
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 2 0
OK
1 7 2 0 1 6 0 0 1 0 2 1
[Press 11 times] [Press once]
OK FRCH311125.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
10. Press the [Down] button, and select “Network Check.” 12. Press the [Check] button.
Select
Network Check
Host IP Address
Gateway Address
[Press]
Return Check
Secure Host
Secure Net
Network Check [Press]
FRCH311129.EPS
Select
Move the cursor to “Network Check.”
FRCH311127.EPS
13. Confirm the display on the operation panel.
[Confirm]
11. Press the [Select] button. GOOD Indication NO GOOD Indication
“Error” appears in either line.
Select
Host IP Address OK Host IP Address Error
Gateway Address No in Use Gateway Address Error

FRCH311130.EPS
[Press]  NOTES 
FRCH311123.EPS
• [OK] is displayed in the GOOD indication when “Default Gateway” is
specified.
a The “Network Check” window opens.
• Take the troubleshooting procedures when the NO GOOD indication opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Reinstalling the RU-AP 4. Click [DELETE].
This appendix describes the RU software reinstallation procedure that is performed Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
when, for instance, the machine is to be used with the RU’s IP address changed or
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
the RU to be installed is improperly set up.

BACKUP RESTORE
To reinstall the RU software, first delete the RU registered in the RU PC-TOOL,

and then install the RU software. ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7161.EPS
 NOTE 
● Deleting an installed RU If [DELETE] is clicked without inserting the RU-APL CD-ROM into the
CR-VW 674, the following error message appears.
1. Insert the RU-APL CD-ROM into the CR-VW 674. If the error message appears, insert the RU-APL CD-ROM into the
a The “Set Up PC-TOOL” window automatically opens. CR-VW 674 and then repeat Steps 2 and beyond.
2. Click [START].
[Click]
FRCH7162.EPS
5. Click [OK].
FRCH7048.EPS
a The “RU PC-TOOL” window opens.

FRCH7163.EPS
3. From “LIST OF EXISTING RU,” select an RU.

6. Verify that the RU selected in Step 3 is deleted from “LIST OF
EXISTING RU.”
[Select] ru0 172.16.1.10 CR-IRxxx V1.0
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
LIST OF EXISTING RU
Configuration(C) RU NAME
EACH RU SETTING RU IP ADDR
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
RU TYPE BACKUP RESTORE
BACKUP RESTORE
to be connected is displayed. ALL RUs SETTING
[Check] FRCH7175.EPS
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7160.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
● Installing the RU software 3. Press the [Check] button.
This appendix describes the procedure for installing the RU software.
Before installing the RU software, you have to run a network check from the RU’s
machine Maintenance Utility to verify the connection to the CR-VW 674. Network Check
 Verifying the connection to the CR-VW 674 Host IP Address

1. Press the [Down] button, and select “Network Check.” Gateway Address
Select
Return Check
[Press]
[Press]
FRCH311129.EPS
4. Confirm the display on the operation panel.

Secure Host
Secure Net [Confirm]
Network Check GOOD Indication NO GOOD Indication
“Error” appears in either line.
Select
Move the cursor to “Network Check.” Host IP Address OK Host IP Address Error
FRCH311127.EPS
Gateway Address No in Use Gateway Address Error

2. Press the [Select] button. FRCH311130.EPS
 NOTES 
Select
• [OK] is displayed in the GOOD indication when “Default Gateway” is
specified.
• Take the troubleshooting procedures when the NO GOOD indication opens.
[Press]
FRCH311123.EPS
a The “Network Check” window opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
 Installing RU software 5. Click [PING].
1. Insert the RU-APL CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of the CR-VW 674. Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING [Click]

CONNECTION TEST
LIST OF EXISTING RU
a The “Set Up PC-TOOL” window automatically opens.

RU NAME
RU IP ADDR
2.
BACKUP RESTORE
Click [START].
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7051.EPS
[Click]
6. Check the result of PING, and click to close the window.
#2
#1
[Check]
FRCH7048.EPS
a The “RU PC-TOOL” window opens.
3. Click [NEW]. “0% loss” should appear.

FRCH7170.EPS
Configuration(C)
[Click]
● [GOOD indication]
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
RU IP ADDR
BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7049.EPS
4. Enter “RU NAME” and “RU IP ADDR.”

● [NO GOOD indication]
Other than above is all abnormal. (The selected IP address of the RU is
 NOTE  displayed.)
If the “Reader Unit IP Address” setting was changed from the RU operation  NOTE 
panel before RU software installation, enter the changed address. In the case of “NO GOOD” indication
r REFERENCE
This section describes the installation procedure for the case of changing the
“Reader Unit IP Address” to “172.16.1.11” via the RU’s operation panel.
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
LIST OF EXISTING RU
RU NAME
RU IP ADDR #1[Input]
BACKUP RESTORE
#2[Input]
ALL RUs SETTING
FRCH7169.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Click [INSTALL]. 10. Select “LANGUAGE.”
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
[Click] [Select]
RU IP ADDR
Japanese
BACKUP RESTORE
Japanese
English
ALL RUs SETTING German
FRCH7053.EPS
French
Spanish
r REFERENCE Italian
Swedish
When clicking on [INSTALL], “Under maintenance” appears on the operation Finnish
panel of the RU. Danish
Norwegian
Korean
ChineseSimplified
8. Click [OK]. ChineseTraditional
FRCH7056.EPS
[Click]
11. Select “BRAND TYPE.”
[Select]
FRCH7054.EPS
JAPAN(FMS)
JAPAN(FMS)
9. Select “INSTALL VERSION.”
U.S.A.(FMSU)
INSTALL VERSION U.S.A.(DISTR.)
1.0 EU(FDUS)
1.1 [Select] OEM
FRCH7171.EPS
FRCH7055.EPS
12. Choose “CLINIC” as the SCREEN TYPE for the operation panel, and
then click [OK].
 NOTE 
Be sure to choose “CLINIC.” If you choose “HOSPITAL,” the connection
between the RU and CR-VW 674 will not be guaranteed.
HOSPITAL
HOSPITAL
#1
CLINIC
[Select]
#2
[Click]
FRCH7153.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
13. If a LINAC CASSETTE is to be used at the user’s site, select “USE”. 17. Click [SET].
If the LINAC CASSETTE is not to be used, select “NOT USE”, and click
[SET].
[Click]
#1
[Select]
#2
[Click] FRCH7060.EPS
FRCH7077.EPS 18. Check to see that “IP ADDRESS” and “CL NAME” are set to
“172.016.001.021” and “CL0”, respectively.
14. Check that “INCH” is selected under “INCH OR METRIC SETTING” by
which to set the IP size to be used.
 NOTE 
If the “FTP Server IP Address” setting has been changed before installation of
the RU software, enter the new address.
[Check]
r REFERENCE
This section describes the installation procedure for the case of changing the
“FTP Server IP Address” to “172.16.1.21” via the RU’s operation panel.
FRCH7114.EPS
[Check]
15. Move the slide bar downward.
[Move]
FRCH7176.EPS
19. Confirm the installation precautions.

CAUTION
While the flash ROM is being written into, never turn OFF the RU or
FRCH7165.EPS CR-VW 674. If you turn OFF the power, the program stored in the memory
16. If the equipment is to be used with configuration information other
than default settings at the request of the medical institution, make
the required setting using the procedure described below.
$ For details, see “■ Setting the RU-Config” in “Appendix 6: Setting the
RU-Config”.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
20. Click [SET]. 21. Verify that the flash ROM write process is completed, and then press
a When you click [SET], the installation screen appears on the CR-VW 674 the <Enter> key twice.
display. While the flash ROM is being written into, the RU’s LED glows. #1
 NOTE  [Check]
completed.
the installation procedure again.
The flash ROM write process takes about 8 minutes.
#2
[Click] [Press 2 times]
“Enter” key FRCH7066.EPS
22. Click [OK].

[Click]
The installation screen
appears on the display.
FRCH7067.EPS

the LED glows.
FRCH7191.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
23. Check the version of the RU software, and close RU PC-TOOL. 24. Verify that the RU’s LED is extinguished, and then turn OFF the RU.
#1
RU NAME IP ADDRESS RU TYPE VERSION r REFERENCE
ru0 172.16.1.11 CR-IRxxx 1.1
[Check] The message “Under maintenance” is displayed on the operation panel.
Configuration(C)
EACH RU SETTING
CONNECTION TEST
#2
RU IP ADDR

BACKUP RESTORE
ALL RUs SETTING

name of the RU to in black. #1
be connected is [Verify]
displayed. NO GOOD indication The LED is extinguished.
number is not
displayed.
#3
[Click]
FRCH7068.EPS
 NOTE  #2
[Press]
In the case of “NO GOOD” indication, return to Step 1 and perform install FRCH7149.EPS
procedures all over again.

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Changing the CR-VW 674 IP address 8. Click [OK].
● Changing the CR-VW 674 IP address [Windows XP] a The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties” window.
1. Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu. 9. Click [OK].

a The “Control Panel” window opens. a The system returns to the “Local Area Connection” window.
2. Double-click Network Connections. 10. Click [Close].

a The “Network Connections” window opens. a The system returns to the “Network Connections” window.
3. Double-click “Local Area Connection.” 11. Close the “Network Connections” window.
a The “Local Area Connection” window opens. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
r REFERENCE
On Windows XP, the “Local Area Connection” icon may not appear on the ● Changing the CR-VW 674 IP address [Windows Vista]
display if your PC is not connected to other equipment (RU) with a network $ For the changing procedure, see “1.4.7 Setting the IP Address and Network
cable. Discovery”.
● Changing the CR-VW 674 IP address [Windows 7]

4. Click [Properties].
$ For the changing procedure, see “1.5.8 Setting the IP Address and Network
a The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens. Discovery”.
5. Select “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)” and click [Properties].

a The “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties” window opens.
6. Choose “Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).”
7. Perform the following setup steps:

I.
II.
00000430.EPS
I. Enter a new CR-VW 674 IP address

(e.g., 172.16.1.21).
II. Enter a subnet mask.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Making a setting change using the CR-VW 674’s Service Utility 3. Click [Connected equipment].
 NOTE  a The “Setting connection devices” window opens.
In the case of changing the CR-VW 674’s own IP address, making an IP address
change via the control panel of Windows alone does not affect the setting on the 4. Click [Image Reader].
connection destination side. Such a setting will be reflected by opening the “Server a The “Settings necessary for the Image Reader” window opens.
Equipment settings” window in the Service Utility and then clicking the [OK] button.
If the IP address on the “Server Equipment settings” window has not been updated 5. Enter the changed IP address (e.g. 172.16.1.11).
to the new value, exit the Service Utility once, and perform Steps 1 through 10
again.
1. On the desktop screen, double-click the icon.
a The CR-VW 674 starts.
2. Within 3 seconds of the display of the initial window, sequentially click

its upper left and upper right corners.
Click the upper left corner first, and then the upper right corner.
MU000008.EPS
6. Click [OK].
7.
00000118.ai
Click [Server (this equipment)].

a The Service Utility starts up and the “Service Utility top” window opens.
a The “Server Equipment settings” window opens.
r REFERENCE
If you have failed to perform Step 2 within 3 seconds of the display of the initial
window and the application started up, perform the following procedure and
then take the above Steps 1 and 2 again.
1. To terminate the application, click [Exit] on the login window.
2. Right-click the icon representing the CR-VW 674 server in the task tray at
the bottom right of the desktop screen.
a From the pop-up menu that appears, choose [Shut Down].
$ For the procedure to exit the CR-VW 674 when it is up and running,
see “■ Preparatory work: Shutting down the system” in “Appendix
6: Setting the RU-Config”.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Check that the new value is shown in the IP address field and then ■ Verifying the connection after IP address changes
click [OK].
1. On the desktop, double-click the icon.
a The CR-VW 674 starts up in about one minute.

The RU initialization message appears on the CR-VW 674 monitor. The RU
becomes available in about two minutes.
IN000026.EPS
r REFERENCE
If the RU initialization message does not appear on the CR-VW 674’s monitor,
INAppB0001.EPS
restart both the CR-VW 674 and RU.

2. From the CR-VW 674 user window (Registration), set patient data and
9. Click [Back]. exposure menu, and then click [Study start].
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window. a Both the CR-VW 674-AP window lamp and the RU panel’s cassette insertion
lamp go on.
10. Click [Exit].
3. Set the cassette in the RU’s cassette setting unit and make sure that
images are transferred to the CR-VW 674.
4. Click [EXIT].
a The CR-VW 674 exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2.2 For CR-IR 391CL ■ Changing the CR-IR 391RU IP Address
■ Changing the CR-IR 391RU IP Address 1. Change the “RU IP Address” setting.
$ For details, see “MU 4.3 [1]” of “CR-IR 391RU Service manual”.
■ Changing the Printer IP Address

 NOTE 
After changing RU-IP Address, reflect the setting to “FF-WakeOnLAN Utility”.
■ Making a setting change using the CR-IR 391CL’s
Service Utility $ For detail, see “Appendix 8: Setting up WakeOnLAN”.
■ Changing the CR-IR 391RU Setting
■ Changing the Service PC IP Address

■ Changing the Printer IP Address
For the procedure to make the setting, see the Service Manual of the DRYPIX
1000/2000/3000/4000/7000/7000S/PRIMA.
■ Changing the CR-IR 391CL IP Address $ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 1000/3000.
■ Restart the CR-IR 391CL , RU, and Printer
$ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX PRIMA.
 NOTE 
After changing Printer-IP Address, reflect the setting to “FF-WakeOnLAN Utility”.
$ For detail, see “Appendix 8: Setting up WakeOnLAN”.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
■ Making a setting change using the CR-IR 391CL’s Service Utility 3. Click [Connected equipment].
 NOTE  a The “Setting connection devices” window opens.
In the case of changing the CR-IR 391CL’s own IP address, making an IP address
change via the control panel of Windows alone does not affect the setting on the 4. Click [Image Reader].
connection destination side. Such a setting will be reflected by opening the “Server a The “Settings necessary for the Image Reader” window opens.
Equipment settings” window in the Service Utility and then clicking the [OK] button.
If the IP address on the “Server Equipment settings” window has not been updated 5. Enter the changed IP address (e.g. 172.16.1.10).
to the new value, exit the Service Utility once, and perform Steps 1 through 10
again.
1. On the desktop screen, double-click the icon.
a The CR-IR 391CL starts.
2. Within 3 seconds of the display of the initial window, sequentially click

its upper left and upper right corners.
CBS03161.ai
6. Click [OK].
00000118.ai
a The Service Utility starts up and the “Service Utility top” window opens. 7. Click [Server (this equipment)].
r REFERENCE a The “Server Equipment settings” window opens.
If you have failed to perform Step 2 within 3 seconds of the display of the initial
window and the application started up, perform the following procedure and
then take the above Steps 1 and 2 again.
1. To terminate the application, click [Exit] on the login window.
2. Right-click the icon representing the CR-IR 391CL server in the task tray at
the bottom right of the desktop screen.
a From the pop-up menu that appears, choose [Shut Down].
$ For the procedure to exit the CR-IR 391CL when it is up and
running, see “■ Preparatory work: Shutting down the system” in
“Appendix 6: Setting the RU-Config”.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Check that the new value is shown in the IP address field and then 9. Click [Film Printer].
click [OK]. a The “Settings necessary for the film printer” window opens.
10. Select the printer and click [Change].
CBS93001.ai
11. Enter the changed IP address (e.g. 172.16.1.31) and click [Change].
CBS03162.ai
CBS93002.ai
a The system returns to the “Settings necessary for the film printer” window.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
12. Check that the new value is shown in the IP address field and then ■ Changing the CR-IR 391RU Setting
click [Finish].
1. Change the “MASTER CL” setting.
$ For details, see “MU:1.15 EDIT CL NAME” of “CR-IR 391RU Service
manual”.
2. Change the “FTP Server IP Address” setting.

$ For details, see “MU 4.3 [1]” of “CR-IR 391RU Service manual”.
■ Changing the Service PC IP Address

For the procedure to make the setting, see the Service Manual of the DRYPIX
1000/2000/3000/4000/7000/7000S/PRIMA.
CBS93003.ai
$ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 1000/3000.
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window. $ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 2000.
13. Click [Exit]. $ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX 7000.
a The system returns to the desktop screen. $ See “IN: Installation” in the Service Manual of the DRYPIX PRIMA.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
■ Changing the CR-IR 391CL IP Address 8. Click [OK].
9. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Status” window.
2. Double-click “Network and Sharing Center”.
10. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Network Connections” window.
3. Select “Manage network connection” in the left side of the window.
11. Close the “Network Connections” window.
4. Double-click “Local Area Connection.”
a The “Local Area Connection Status” window opens.
5. Click [Properties].
■ Restart the CR-IR 391CL , RU, and Printer
6. Select “Internet Protocol Version4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click [Properties].
1. Restart the CR-IR 391CL.
a The “Internet Protocol Version4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window opens. 2. Restart the RU.
7. Perform the following setup steps: 3. Restart the Printer.

I.
II.
00000430.EPS
I. Enter a new CR-IR 391CL IP address

(e.g., 172.16.1.21).
II. Enter a subnet mask.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
1. On the desktop, double-click the icon.
a The CR-IR 391CL starts up in about one minute.

The RU initialization message appears on the CR-IR 391CL monitor. The RU
becomes available in about two minutes.
CBS03163.ai
r REFERENCE
If the RU initialization message does not appear on the CR-IR 391CL’s
monitor, restart both the CR-IR 391CL and RU.
2. From the CR-IR 391CL user window (Registration), set patient data
and exposure menu, and then click [Study start].
a Both the CR-IR 391CL-AP window lamp and the RU panel’s cassette insertion
lamp go on.
3. Set the cassette in the RU’s cassette setting unit and make sure that
images are transferred to the CR-IR 391CL.
4. Click [EXIT].
a The CR-IR 391CL exits and the system returns to the desktop screen
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MC 7-23
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MC 7-24
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 8 Setting up WakeOnLAN Appx MC 8-1
Appendix 8 Setting up WakeOnLAN 3. Double click “DVD-RW Drive (D:)”.

This section describes how to set up the “WakeOnLAN” feature that automatically
starts up the Image Reader in conjunction with the startup of the CR-VW 674.
 NOTE 
In case of Windows Vista, turn off the UAC before installation.
In case of Windows 7 (V2.1(B) or later), turn off the UAC before installation.
After the installation, turn on the UAC.
$ For procedures on Windows Vista, see “■ Setting the User Account
Control (Inactivate)” under “1.4.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista”.
$ For procedures on Windows 7, see “■ Setting the User Account Control
(Inactivate)” under “1.5.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7”.
1. Installing the WakeOnLAN Utility

2. Click “My Computer (or Computer)” from the [Start] menu. (“Vx.x” represents a version number.) INAppL0001.EPS
4. Click .
a The Tool Application Setup window opens.
INAppL0002.EPS
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
7. Click [Next].
5. Click .
a The Installation Wizard starts up.
INAppL0005.EPS
INAppL0003.EPS
8. Click [Next].
6. Click [Next]. a Installation starts.
a A window for selecting the installation destination opens. a The completion window opens.
INAppL0006.EPS
INAppL0004.EPS
9. Click [Finish].
a The system returns to the Tool Application Setup window.
10. Click [Exit].

a The installation launcher exits.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2. How to Acquire the RU’s MAC Address 3. Click .
1. From the [Start] menu, select [All Programs] - [Fuji Film] - [RuPcTool].
a RU PC-TOOL starts up.
2. Check the “RU NAME” and “RU IP ADDR” values for the RU you want
to automatically wake up or start up. From the “LIST OF EXISTING
RU,” select the RU to automatically start up, and click [MUTL].
RU TYPE
CR-IRxxx: Model name of the RU to INAppL0008.EPS
be connected is displayed.
4. Check the [MAC Address Display].
INAppL0007.EPS
a The “RU PC-TOOL/MUTL” window opens.
INAppL0009.EPS
5. Close the “RU PC-TOOL/MUTL” window.

a The system returns to the RU PC-TOOL window.
6. Close the RU PC-TOOL window.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. How to Acquire 4. Registering the Other Equipment

the Printer’s MAC Address
Register the other equipment you want to automatically start up in the following
procedure.
$ For details, see Service Manual for each printer.
1. From the [Start] menu, select [All Programs]-[Fuji Film]-

[FF-WakeOnLAN Utility].
a The WakeOnLAN Utility starts up.
INAppL0010.EPS
2. From the [Edit] menu, select [Register].

a A window to register other equipment opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Specify the following settings. 6. Bring the other equipment into a standby state.
7. Select the other equipment on the list, and click [Select].

a The equipment’s MAC address and host name appear on the right side.
I.
II. IV.
III.
INAppL0011.EPS
I. Enter the MAC address of the other equipment (Ex.: 00-c0-2d-13-4e-37).

II. Enter the IP address of the other equipment (Ex.: 172.16.1.10).
III. Enter the host name of the other equipment (Ex.: ruO).
IV. Make sure that the box is checkmarked (if you just want to register the INAppL0013.EPS
equipment only but do not want to wake it up, uncheck the box).
8. Click [Send Packet].
4. Click [OK].
a The result of sending the packet appears to the right of the button.
a The system returns to the previous window.
INAppL0013.EPS
INAppL0012.EPS
5. To register the second and subsequent pieces of other equipment, if

any, repeat Steps 2 through 4.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
9. When you see that the other equipment has started, click [Save].
5. Testing Automatic Startup
After setting up the WakeOnLAN feature, check to see that the RU automatically
starts up in conjunction with the startup of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
1. If the PC is up and running, turn OFF the PC.
2. If the RU is up and running, turn OFF the breaker switch in the lower
portion of the RU’s side.
INAppL0015.EPS
10. Click [Yes]. 3. If the printer is up and running, turn OFF the breaker switch in the
lower portion of the printer’s side.
11. Perform procedures from No.2 to No.10, register information about
your computer.
4. Turn ON the RU’s breaker switch alone.
12. Click [Exit]. 5. Keep pressing the Stand-by switch to bring the RU into stand by state.
6. Turn ON the printer’s breaker switch alone.
7. Turn ON the PC, and start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application.
At this time, check to see that the RU and printer which has been in its
standby mode turns ON now and startup operation is performed.
CBS03176.ai
13. Click [Yes].

 NOTE 
Return the UAC to on.
$ For details, see “1.12.3 Setting the User Account Control (Activate)”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appx MC 8-7
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MC 8-8
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 9 Uninstalling APs Appx MC 9-1
Appendix 9 Uninstalling APs 5. Click [Yes].

a The uninstallation window opens.
After a while, a command prompt window opens.
This appendix describes the procedures for uninstalling the following APs:
• CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL  NOTE 
• RU-AP Although a message saying “Preparing to install” opens on the screen, what is
actually going to be performed is uninstallation.
• RU PC-TOOL
a After some seconds, a message saying “Press any key to continue...” opens
1. CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL in the command prompt window.

1. Select “Control Panel” from the [Start] menu.
The command prompt window closes.
a The “Control Panel” window opens. Uninstallation processing continues. When it has finished, the system returns
to the “Add or Remove Programs” window.
2. Double-click [Add/Remove Programs].
7. Close the “Add or Remove Programs” window and Control Panel.
r REFERENCE
For Windows Vista / 7, double-click [Program and Features].
a The “Program and Features” window opens.
3. Select the FCR Application.

a The selected item is then highlighted.
4. Click [Delete].
r REFERENCE
For Windows Vista / 7, click [Uninstall].
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
2. RU-AP 2. Click [UNINSTALL].

 NOTE 
To uninstall the RU-AP, use the RU PC-TOOL. All the RU-APs displayed in the “LIST OF EXISTING RU” area are uninstalled.
1. Start the RU PC-TOOL as directed below:

III. Specify the file.
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\TOOL\RuPcTool\RuPCTool.exe”
RU TYPE
CR-IRxxx: Model name of the RU to
be connected is displayed.
MC000304.EPS
IV. Click
a A confirmation window (the message “Completed”) opens on the display.
3. Click [OK].
a The system then returns to the main menu.
II. Click 4. Close the RU PC-TOOL.
a The RU PC-TOOL main menu opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. RU PC-TOOL 2. Click [UNINSTALL].

a After a while, the “FCR TOOL Setup” window opens.
 NOTE 
Use the RU-CD to uninstall the RU PC-TOOL.
Do not uninstall the RU PC-TOOL from “Add/Remove Programs” in Control Panel
because an improper uninstallation results.
00000478.EPS
1. Insert the RU-CD into the DVD drive.

 NOTES 
a After a while, the “MAINTENANCE TOOLS” window opens. • Although the window says “Welcome to the FCR TOOL Setup Wizard”, the
setup process does not start.
• “FCR TOOL” is another name for “RU PC-TOOL.”
3. Click [Next].
a The “FCR TOOL Setup/Remove the Program” window opens.
00000479.EPS
4. Click [Remove].
a The “FCR TOOL Setup/Completing the FCR TOOL Setup Wizard” window
opens.
Uninstallation is now completed.
MC000301.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
5. Click [Finish].
a The system then returns to the initial window (which automatically opened
when the CD was set in position).
MC000307.EPS
6. Click [EXIT].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 10 Procedure for Changing the Computer Name Appx MC 10-1
Appendix 10 Procedure for Changing 1.1 Uninstalling the CR-VW 674 Application
the Computer Name 1. Shut down both the CR-VW 674 client application and server
application.
1. Procedure for Changing the
2. Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu.
Computer Name [V4.1 or earlier] a The [Control Panel] window opens.
[CR-VW 674 Only]
■ Preparatory work
Prior to starting the necessary work, check the following. 4. Select the FCR Application.
• All studies registered to the CR-VW 674 system have already been “Verified”. a The selected item will be highlighted.
• Output to the specified output device has already been completed.
5. Click [Remove].
■ Overall operation flow a The confirmation dialog opens.
1.1 Uninstalling the CR-VW 674 Application 6. Click [Yes].

a The uninstallation processing window opens.
1.2 Uninstalling IIS After completion of the uninstallation processing, the system returns to the
“Add or Remove Programs” window.
1.3 Changing the Computer Name
1.4 Installing IIS
1.5 Setting FTP for the Image Reader
1.6 Installing the CR-VW 674 Application
1.7 Implementing the Service Utility
1.8 Checkup Work
014-227-05E
1.2 Uninstalling IIS 1.3 Changing the Computer Name
1. Select [Add/Remove Windows Components] from the [Add or Remove 1. Double-click [System].
Programs] window. a The “System Properties” window opens.
a The “Windows Components Wizard” window opens.
2. Select the “Computer Name” tab.
a The “Computer Name” window opens.
INAppS0005.EPS
3. Click [Change].
MC000009.EPS
a The “Computer Name Change” window opens.
2. Remove checkmark from “Internet Information Services (IIS)”

( a ).
3. Click [Next].
a Installation processing will start.
After completion of the installation processing, the “Finishing the Windows
Components Wizard” window opens.
4. Click [Finish]. INAppS0006.EPS

4. Change the “Computer name” as appropriate and click [OK].
5. Close the “Add or Remove Programs” window. a The “To activate the changed data, restart your computer.” dialog opens.
5. Click [OK].
014-227-05E
6. Click [OK]. 1.4 Installing IIS
a The “System Settings Change” dialog opens.
1. Shut down both the CR-VW 674 client application and server
application.

a The [Control Panel] window opens.
INAppS0007.EPS

7. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
4. Select [Add/Remove Windows Components].
8. After the PC is restarted, input the following when the login window
opens. Click then [OK]. a The “Windows Components Wizard” window opens.
MC000009.EPS
014-227-05E
5. Select “Internet Information Services (IIS)” and click [Details]. 9. Close the “Add or Remove Programs” window.
a The “Internet Information Services (IIS)” window opens. a The system returns to the “Control Panel” window.
10. Restart the PC.

11. After restarting the PC, input the following when the login window
opens. Click then [OK].
MC000011.EPS
6. Checkmark the following items ( a ).

• “File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service”
• “World Wide Web (WWW) Service”
• “Internet Information Services Snap-In”
• “Common Files”
Remove checkmarks from other items ( a ).
7. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
If the “Insert Disk” dialog opens, insert the Windows XP installation CD into the
DVD drive and click [OK]. If the Windows XP installation launcher window
opens at the click of [OK], click in the bottom-left of the window to
close the “Microsoft Windows XP” window.
a Installation processing will start.

After completion of the installation processing, the “Finishing the Windows
Components Wizard” window opens.
8. Click [Finish].
014-227-05E
1.5 Setting FTP for the Image Reader 4. Input “D:\TOOL\UserSetting\User.bat” in the “Open:” field and click
[OK].
1. Insert the RU APL Software CD into the CR-VW 674 DVD drive.
a The “Set Up PC-TOOL” window opens.
INAppS0010.EPS
a The command prompt window opens and the patch file is implemented.
 NOTE 
Many “Error” indications appear as shown below, which, however, pose no
problems.
INAppS0014.EPS
2. Click [EXIT].
3. Select [Run...] from the [Start] menu.

INAppS0011.EPS
5. If the “Press any key to continue…” message appears, press the

<Enter> key.
a The command prompt window exits.
6. Remove the RU APL Software CD from the DVD drive.
014-227-05E
1.6 Installing the CR-VW 674 Application 3. Click .
■ Installing .Net Framework  NOTE 
1. Insert the CR-VW 674 application CD into the DVD drive. Check that is checkmarked.
If the launcher does not start, select [Start]-[Run] and then implement
“D:\InstallLauncher”.
Check
("Vx.x" represents a version number.) MC000120.EPS
("Vx.x" represents a version number.) a The installation start window opens.

MC000411.EPS
2. Click .
a The CR-VW 674 Application Setup window opens.
INAppS0012.EPS
014-227-05E
4. Click [Next]. ■ Installing the CR-VW 674
a The reinstallation confirmation dialog opens. 1. Insert the CR-VW 674 application CD into the DVD drive.
2. Click .
a The CR-VW 674 Application Setup window opens.
INAppS0013.EPS
5. Remove the CR-VW 674 application CD from the DVD drive and click
[Yes].
a The PC restarts.

INAppS0015.EPS
014-227-05E
5. Click [Install].
3. Click .
a The command prompt window opens in about 2 minutes.
A window like that shown below opens to indicate completion of the installation
a The installer starts and the “Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for FCR processing.
Application” window opens.
MC000137.EPS
MC000016.EPS
4. Click [Next].
6. Click [Finish].
MC000017.EPS
014-227-05E
7. Click on the installation

8. Select “Hospital/Medical Clinic” and click [Next].
a The “Select language to install Configuration files” window opens.
launcher window.
MC000412.EPS

a The window for selecting the type of standard kit opens.

MC000403.EPS
● V4.0 or later
a The “Select a type of facility.” window opens.
a The window for selecting the type of monitor opens.
MC000404.EPS
MC000405.EPS
014-227-05E
10. Make the following settings. a The window for selecting the study menu language opens.

I. Select “L Type”, and click [Next].
● V4.0 or later
I. Select “Color”, and click [Next].
11. Press [Yes].

When the installation completes, the top window of the installation launcher MC000059.EPS
opens.
13. Select a desired language and click [Next].
12. Click on the installation a A window opens prompting for confirmation of the parameter file installation.
launcher window.
MC000060.EPS
14. Select [ ON (Software Options required)] and click [Next].

a Installation of the parameter file will start.
When the installation processing completes, the installation launcher top
window opens.
15. On the installation launcher window, click [Finish].

("Vx.x" represents a version number.)
MC000406.eps
16. Remove the CR-VW 674 application CD from the DVD drive and then
restart the PC.
014-227-05E
1.7 Implementing the Service Utility 1.8 Checkup Work
When the CR-VW 674 gets up and running, start the Service Utility. When the CR-VW 674 computer name was changed, check its basic functions
$ For how to start the Service Utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and Exiting appropriately.
the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. $ For details on how to check them, see “5.3 Checking Every Step from the
Inputting of Images to the Saving of Images onto Storage Disk” under
 NOTE  “IN: Installation”.
When changing computer name for the CR-VW 674 system, just changing it from
the Windows’ Control Panel will not be activated properly on the settings to be
performed for destination devices for connection.
Same as for the procedure used when the CR-VW 674 IP address was changed,
settings thus performed will be activated only by implementing “Simplified setup
wizard” in Service Utility mode (there is no particular need to change the settings
while “Simplified setup wizard” is being implemented).
014-227-06E
2. Procedure for Changing the 2.1 Changing the Computer Name

Computer Name [CR-VW 674 (V5.0 2.1.1 In Case of Windows XP
or later)] [CR-IR 391CL (V1.0 or
later)] 1. Select [Control Panel] from the [Start] menu.
2. Double-click [System].
■ Preparatory work a The “System Properties” window opens.
Prior to starting the necessary work, check the following.
• Terminate currently used software including the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. Also 3. Select the “Computer Name” tab.
terminate applications displayed in the task tray if possible.
a The “Computer Name” window opens.
■ Overall operation flow

2.1 Changing the Computer Name
2.1.1 In Case of Windows XP
2.1.2 In Case of Windows Vista / 7
2.2 Registering with the Service Utility

INAppS0005.EPS
2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility
2.2.2 Cautions when an Error is Displayed
4. Click [Change].
a The “Computer Name Change” window opens.
2.3 Checkup Work
INAppS0006.EPS
5. Change the “Computer name” as appropriate and click [OK].

a The “To activate the changed data, restart your computer.” window opens.
014-227-06E
6. Click [OK]. 2.1.2 In Case of Windows Vista / 7
7. Click [OK].
a The “System Settings Change” dialog opens. a The “Control Panel” window opens.
2. Double-click .

INAppS0007.EPS
3. Click “Change settings”.

8. Click [Yes].
a The PC restarts.
opens. Click then [OK].
Username : fujicr
Password : system
For the procedures that follow, see “2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility”.
 NOTE 
Be sure to start the service utility right after logging in.
If the application starts up automatically without implementing the service utility, MCApp12001.ai
“49500 error” and “20110 error” occur.

MCApp12002.ai
014-227-06E
4. Click . 7. Confirm that the changed computer name is shown, and click
.
a The “Computer Name/Domain Changes” window opens.
5. Change “Computer name:”, and click .
MCApp12005.ai
a The confirmation window for restarting opens.

MCApp12003.ai
a The confirmation window for restarting opens.
MCApp12006.ai
8. Click .
MCApp12004.ai
a The PC restarts.
6. Click .
a The system returns to the “System Properties” window. opens. Click then [OK].
Username : fujicr
Password : system
For the procedures that follow, see “2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility”.
 NOTE 
Be sure to start the service utility right after logging in.
If the application starts up automatically without implementing the service utility,
“49500 error” and “20110 error” occur.
014-227-05E
2.2 Registering with the Service Utility 4. Confirm that the changed computer name is shown for “Host name”.
r REFERENCE
2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility
At this time, the computer name is retrieved automatically from the system
settings, registered to the database, and it is saved when exiting the service
 NOTE 
utility.
After changing the system settings, be sure to start the service utility.
By starting the service utility, the computer name is automatically retrieved from the
system settings and registered to the database.
1. After restarting the OS, start the service utility.

$ For the starting procedures for the service utility, see “2. Starting,
Utility”.
2. Click [Simplified setup wizard].

a The “Simplified setup wizard” window opens.
MCApp12009.ai
3. Click [Next] several times until the “Server equipment settings”

window opens.
5. Click [Next] several times until the “Service Utility top” window opens.
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top" window.
a The “Server equipment settings” window opens.
6. Click [EXIT].
7. Double-click the server application icon.

a CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts up.
014-227-05E
2.2.2 Cautions when an Error is Displayed 2.3 Checkup Work
When CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts up without starting the service utility, the $ For detailed procedures, see “5. Checkup Work" under “IN: Installation”.
following error window opens.
MCApp12007.ai
When the error window opens, perform the following procedures.
1. Click .
a The following error window opens.
MCApp12008.ai
2. Click .
3. Perform “2.2.1 Starting the Service Utility”.

After implementing the simplified setup wizard of the service utility, the error will not
be displayed.
014-227-05E
3. Restoring Process after Computer 6. Click .
Name has been Changed
3.1 Restoring the Report Function [V2.0(B) or later]
 NOTE 
If the computer name is changed, the schema for the report function added in
V2.0(B) will be hidden.
After “2. Procedure for Changing the Computer Name [V5.0 or later]” is performed,
perform the following. MCApp12010.ai
a The “Select schema” window opens.
1. Insert the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application CD into the DVD drive. 7. Check that the schema image is shown.
2. Open the “CDRoot\Tool\ChangingComputerName”.
3. Copy the “ChangingComputerName” folder to the desktop and

double-click “DeleteReportMasterInfo.bat”.
4. After performed, display the study created in step “2.3 Checkup work”
to the “Image Viewer” window.
5. Click [Open report].

a The “Report” window opens.
MCApp12011.ai
8. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Report” window.
014-227-08E
Appx MC 10-18
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
Appx MC 10-19
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
Appx MC 10-20
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
Appendix 11 Procedure for Changing from a 1M Monitor to a 2M Monitor (CR-VW 674 Only) Appx MC 11-1
Appendix 11 Procedure for Changing 7. Click the left top and the right top of the screen in this order within 2
or 3 seconds after the initial screen opens.
from a 1M Monitor to a 2M Click the upper left corner first, and then the upper right corner.
Monitor (CR-VW 674 Only)
The procedure for changing from the CR-VW 674 accessory low-resolution 1M
monitor to the optional 2M monitor is explained.
1. Close all applications.

00000118.ai
2. Disconnect the power cable from the 1M monitor and connect it to the a The “ServiceUtilityAuthentication” window opens.
2M monitor.
3. Install the 2M monitor in landscape orientation and switch on the

power.
4. Right-click on the desktop and select “Properties”.

a The “Properties” window opens.
MU000014.EPS
5. Select the “Settings” tab, set “Screen resolution” to “1600 by 1200

pixels”, and click [OK]. 8. Enter “fieldengineer” and click [OK].
6. Double-click on the desktop.
9. Click [Connected Equipment].
a CR-VW 674 starts after approximately 1 minute. a The “Server connection devices” window opens.

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
11. Click [Selection] in the “Monitor Type” column. 17. Adjust the window size by dragging the mouse for matching with the
a The “Monitor model selection” window opens. screen of 2M monitor.
 NOTE 
For applying the customized setting to the window, it must be performed.
18. Click on the lower left of “Main” window.

a CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL client application exits.
MCApp13001.EPS
12. Select “NANAO R22-S” and click [OK].

a The display returns to the “Server equipment settings” window.
13. Click [OK].

a The display returns to the “Server connection devices” window.
14. Click [Return].

a The display returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
15. Click [EXIT].

a The display returns to the desktop window.
a CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application starts up.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 12 Procedure for changing the Desktop Background in a Vista Environment Appx MC 12-1
Appendix 12 Procedure for Changing 1. Procedure for Setting

the Desktop Background the Desktop Background
in a Vista Environment (In Case of Landscape Orientation)
The procedure for changing the Desktop background in a Vista environment is
explained. 1. Select [Control Panel] from menu.
2. Double-click [Personalization].
a The “Personalization” window opens.
3. Click “Desktop Background”.
MCApp15006.ai
a The “Desktop Background” window opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Click a desired desktop background.
MCApp15001.AI
 NOTE 
With Vista, the file name of the background is not displayed. The file name is
displayed when the mouse pointer is moved onto the image.
5. Click [OK].
a The desktop background is replaced.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
2. Procedure for Setting 4. Select the “Monitor” tab and click [Advanced Settings].
the Desktop Background

(In Case of Portrait Orientation)
1. Select [Control Panel] from menu.
2. Double-click [Display].
a The “Display Properties” window opens.
3. Click “Display Settings”.
MCApp15002.AI
a The “Intel(R) Graphics Media Accelerator Driver” window opens.
MC000378.ai
a The “Display Settings“ window opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
5. Select the “Intel(R) Graphics Media Accelerator Driver” tab and click 7. Click [OK].
[Graphics Properties].
MCApp15005.AI
a The desktop background is changed to the portrait orientation.
MCApp15003.AI
6. In “Display Settings”, enter a checkmark for “Enable Rotation”, select

“90”, and click [Apply].
MCApp15004.AI
a The “Confirm the Desktop Change“ window opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 13 Backup and Restoration Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Appx MC 13-1
Appendix 13 Backup and Restoration 1. Backup Work Before OS

Procedures of Reinstallation
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
This section describes about the backup work performed before the OS
reinstallation. Determine the optimum restoration method and perform the backup
This section describes the procedures of backup work performed before OS in accordance with the selected restoration method.
reinstallation and restoration work performed after OS reinstallation in the case
when CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL requires restoring.
■ Determining the restoration method
Determine which is the optimum restoration method when restoring CR-VW674/
CR-IR 391CL is required.
● Types of restoration methods

1) Restoration from the image-dedicated drive
This is the restoration method that the HDD of PC is partitioned and used as
the image-dedicated drive (X drive*1).
*1: This is X drive in the default setting but the drive letter may be different
depending on the environment. If the drive letter is the letter other than “X”,
read the following procedures by replacing the letter.
2) Restoration using the copy command
This is the restoration method that the backup is acquired right before the
installation to the external USB hard disk drive (temporary HDD) which has
been prepared separately before the restoration is performed.
3) Restoration using the Backup USB-HDD
This is the restoration method that USB-HDD is used when the system is
operated with the storage disk as USB-HDD.
4) Restoration using the Backup NAS
This is the restoration method that Backup NAS is used when the system is
operated with the storage disk as NAS.
5) Restoration using the mirroring
This is the restoration method that NAS which mirroring has been performed is
used when the mirroring function and NAS function for HDD expansion are
being used.
6) Restoration using the storage disk (DVD)
This is the method that studies are imported from a storage disk (DVD media).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Priority order and conditions of restoration methods ○ Advantages/disadvantages of the second in priority order
When “1) Restoration from the image-dedicated drive” is possible, perform the The times required for restoration and reference method of “image data” vary
restoration from the image-dedicated drive. according to the restoration method.
When “1) Restoration from the image-dedicated drive” is not possible, select the
Copy Backup Backup
restoration method from the following 2) through 5) by considering conditions which Mirroring
command USB-HDD NAS
make restoration possible and advantages/disadvantages.
Long (Two times Long (One time
• 2) Restoration using the copy command Time required
of copy are
Short (No data Short (No data
of copy is
for restoration copy is required.) copy is required.)
• 3) Restoration using the Backup USB-HDD required.) *1 required.) *1
• 4) Restoration using the Backup NAS Reference Referred from Referred from
Referred from Referred from
method of the external HDD the external HDD
• 5) Restoration using the mirroring the HDD of PC the HDD of PC
“image data” *2 *2
When restoration cannot be performed with neither of the mentioned methods,
*1: The copy of “image data” is required during the restoration procedure. One time of copy
perform “6) Restoration using the storage disk (DVD)”. averagely takes approx. 3 hours in case of copying approx. 120,000 files at Optiplex 780
(40,000 files per hours).
○ Priority order and conditions of restoration methods *2: Since the external HDD is accessed every time of the viewer display, it takes time to
display images on screen. Additionally, images cannot be displayed if the external HDD
Priority is broken.
Restoration method Conditions which make the restoration possible
order
• “Image data” are stored in the image-dedicated drive.
1) Restoration from • The image-dedicated drive is accessible. (The image-
1 the image- dedicated drive is not broken.)
dedicated drive • The “DB” backup can be acquired by using
DBFullBackupTool or with Auto Backup of DB.
• The version of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is V2.2(B)
or later.
2) Restoration using • The drive where “image data” are stored (drive C,
2 the copy drive X, etc.) is accessible and the “image data” can
command be copied.
• The C drive is accessible and DBFullBackupTool can
be used.
• The Backup USB-HDD is being used as a storage
3) Restoration using
disk.
2 the Backup USB-
• The Backup USB-HDD is accessible. (Backup USB-
HDD
HDD is not broken.)
4) Restoration using • The Backup NAS is being used as a storage disk.
2
the Backup NAS • The NAS is accessible. (NAS is not broken.)
5) Restoration using • Mirroring and NAS for HDD expansion has been set.
2
the mirroring • The NAS is accessible. (NAS is not broken.)
6) Restoration using
3 the storage disk • Studies are stored to the DVD media.
(DVD)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Performing the backup work ■ Cautions when reinstalling the OS
Perform the backup in accordance with the restoration method selected at “■ To reinstall the OS after the backup has completed, be careful of the followings.
Determining the restoration method”.
CAUTION
If you selected “1) Restoration from the image-dedicated drive” for the restoration
method, perform the backup by referring to “1.1 Backup Procedure Using the To perform the restoration using the image-dedicated drive (X drive), make
Image-dedicated Drive (X Drive)”. sure to reinstall the OS without deleting the information in the image-
dedicated drive. If the information in the image-dedicated drive is lost, the
$ See “1.1 Backup Procedure Using the Image-dedicated Drive (X Drive)”.
restoration of CR-VW 647/CR-IR 391CL becomes impossible.
If you selected “2) Restoration using the copy command”, perform the backup by
referring to “1.2 Backup Procedure Using the Copy Command”.
CAUTION
$ See “1.2 Backup Procedure Using the Copy Command”.
To perform the restoration using the mirroring, be careful of the following
If you selected “3) Restoration using the Backup USB-HDD”, perform the backup settings after reinstalling the OS.
by referring to “1.3 Backup Procedure Using the Backup USB-HDD”. • Do not activate the mirroring function before the connection with NAS.
$ See “1.3 Backup Procedure Using the Backup USB-HDD”. If you activate the mirroring function before performing the connection with
the NAS, the synchronization between the empty “Image” folder on the HDD
If you selected “4) Restoration using the Backup NAS”, perform the backup by side and the “Image_Mirror” in the NAS will start, and the study data of NAS
referring to “1.4 Backup Procedure Using the Backup NAS”. will be lost.
$ See “1.4 Backup Procedure Using the Backup NAS”. • Do not activate the function of auto backup to NAS before the connection
with NAS.
If you selected “5) Restoration using the mirroring”, perform the backup by referring
If you activate the auto backup function and then terminate the application,
to “1.5 Backup Procedure Using the Mirroring”.
the setup file in the NAS which is being restored will be overwritten.
$ See “1.5 Backup Procedure Using the Mirroring”. • Do not perform the following operations as they activate the mirroring
function or auto backup function.
If you selected “6) Restoration using the storage disk (DVD)”, perform the backup
by referring to “1.6 Backup Procedure Using the Storage Disk (DVD)”. - Setting the “DBAutoBackup” of the linkage function of Service Utility.
$ See “1.6 Backup Procedure Using the Storage Disk (DVD)”. - Set the system setting “15-14 Mirroring will be performed.” of Service
Utility to “Yes”.
 NOTE  - Restore the setting using Backup Utility.
If CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL operates normally, perform backup after performing • At the other end of NAS connection, the setting restoration with Backup
the following operations. Utility is not required. The setting restoration will be performed with
• Change the statuses of all unconfirmed studies to “Verified”, and save those “DataBase Restoration Tool”.
studies to the storage disk.
• Confirm the output queue of the indicator, and confirm that all studies have been
saved.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
 NOTES 
• Before reinstalling the OS, remove all of the external USB-HDD (temporary HDD/
USB-HDD functioning as storage disk) from the PC.
• Check the version information, option information, IP address information and
computer name of the institution, and perform the OS reinstallation while make
sure that the same environment is recreated.
• For the environment connected to NAS for HDD expansion, Backup NAS or
client, start up the Service Utility and note down that the drives of NAS and client
PC have been set to which network drives. After the OS reinstallation, perform the
network drive setup manually or reperform the setup regarding the NAS for HDD
expansion, Backup NAS and client.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.1 Backup Procedure Using the Image-
dedicated Drive (X Drive)
This section describes the backup method in case of the restoration using the
image-dedicated drive (X drive).
 NOTE 
In these procedures, the drive letter of the image-dedicated drive is the default
setting, “X”. If the drive letter is the letter other than “X”, read the following
procedures by replacing the letter in according with the environment.
1.1.1 “DB” Backup

Before reinstalling the OS, back up the “DB”. Back up the “DB” with either of the
following methods.
• Acquiring the “DB” by using DBFullBackupTool
$ For details, see “1.2.1 “DB” Backup Procedure with DBFullBackupTool”.
• Using the Auto Backup of DB to USB-HDD
$ For details, see “1.3.1 Backup of “DB” to the USB-HDD”.
• Using the Auto Backup of DB to Backup NAS
$ For details, see “1.4.1 Backup of “DB” to the Backup NAS”.
• Using the Auto Backup of DB to NAS for HDD expansion
$ For details, see “1.5.1 Backup of “DB” to the NAS for HDD Expansion”.
1.1.2 Backup of Other Setup Files

The report format, setting file for free drawing function and bookmark must be
backed up separately. Prepare the temporary HDD and acquire the backups.
$ For details, see “1.2.3 Backup of Other Setup Files”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.2 Backup Procedure Using the Copy Command 1. Connect the temporary HDD to the PC.
This section describes the backup method in case of the restoration using the copy 2. Create the “Backup” folder right under the temporary HDD drive.
command.
3. Execute “DBFullBackupTool” inside the following folder.
 NOTE 
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\DBFullBackupTool
For the restoration using the copy command, an external USB hard disk drive
(temporary HDD) to save the “DB” backup and “image data” temporarily is a The “DBFullBackupTool” window opens.
necessary.
Confirm the sizes of the following folders (*1) and the temporary HDD free space,
4. Click [...] at “OutputFolder”.
and perform the work after confirming that there is sufficient free space.
• For Windows XP
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
• For Windows Vista/7
C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
*1: If the storage destination of “image data” is not C drive, read the procedures
by replacing the drive letter.
MCApp21031.ai
1.2.1 “DB” Backup Procedure with DBFullBackupTool 5. Select the “Backup” folder of the temporary HDD, and click [OK].
Execute “DBFullBackupTool”, and collect the database backup, user data backup
and version information.
The information collected with “DBFullBackupTool” will be stored inside the
“Backup” folder.
 NOTE 
Do not start the following applications of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL during the
operation of this procedure.
- Server application
- Service Utility
- User Utility MCApp21032.ai
- Backup Utility
- Mirroring Application of the NAS (“Sync Framework” or “Auto Sync”)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Place a checkmark to “Open the output folder after completion”, and 1.2.2 Copying “Image Data” to the Temporary HDD
click [START].
Copy the “image data” in the current used PC to the “imagebackup” folder in the
temporary HDD, and acquire the log at the time of copy to the “backuplog” folder.
 NOTES 
• These procedures are described on the assumption that the “image data” save
destination of PC is C drive and the temporary HDD is F drive. If the drive letters
of the “image data” save destination and temporary HDD are different, read the
procedures by replacing the drive letters when performing them.
• Do not start the following applications of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL during the
MCApp21033.ai
a The backup starts. - Server application
After a while, the backup completion window opens.
- Service Utility
- User Utility
- Backup Utility
MCApp21034.ai ■ Procedure for copying “Image Data” (For Windows XP)

7. Click [OK]. 1. Create the “imagebackup” and “backuplog” folders right under the
temporary HDD drive.
r REFERENCE
When a checkmark is placed to “Open the output folder after completion”, file 2. Start the command prompt.
contents can be confirmed.
r REFERENCE
The command prompt can be started by following the procedure.
• Select the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories”- “Command Prompt”.
• Enter “cmd” into the “Run” window displayed by pressing the <Windows> key
+ <R> key on the keyboard, and click [OK].
MCApp21035.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Execute the following command. 5. Execute the following commands using the command prompt.
xcopyΔ"C:\ProgramΔFiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image"Δ"F:\imagebackup"Δ/ dirΔ"C:\ProgramΔFiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image"Δ/SΔ>Δ"F:\backuplog\
HΔ/YΔ/EΔ>Δ"F:\backuplog\copylog.txt" dirlog1.txt"
Note: Δ = Space dirΔ"F:\imagebackup"Δ/SΔ>Δ"F:\backuplog\dirlog2.txt"
Note: Δ = Space
MCApp15001.ai
a After the command finished, “C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is displayed.
r REFERENCES MCApp15003.ai
• To stop the process, press the <Ctrl> key + <C> key. a After the command finished, “C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is displayed.
• One time of copy averagely takes approx. 3 hours in case of copying approx.
120,000 files at Optiplex 780 (40,000 files per hours). 6. Open “F:\backuplog\dirlog1.txt” (copy source) and “F:\backuplog\
dirlog2.txt” (copy destination), and confirm that the file numbers and
sizes are the same.
4. Open “F:\backuplog\copylog.txt”, and confirm that “XXX File(s)
copied” has been added at the end of the file.
MCApp14008.ai
MCApp15002.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Procedure for copying “Image Data” (For Windows Vista/7) 1.2.3 Backup of Other Setup Files
Acquire the backups from the PC and back up them to the temporary HDD.
1. Create the “imagebackup” and “backuplog” folders right under the
temporary HDD drive.
■ Backing up the report format
2. Start the command prompt. Perform this procedure for the institutes where report format is used.
r REFERENCE
• Select the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories”- “Command Prompt”. 2. From the “Start” menu, open “My Computer (or Computer)”.
+ <R> key on the keyboard, and click [OK]. 3. Open the DVD drive “(D:)”.
a The CD contents are displayed.
3. Execute the following command.
4. Open “Tool\BackupSystemReportFormat” and double-click
robocopyΔ”C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ”F:\imagebackup”Δ/EΔ/LOG:”F:\ “BackupSystemReportFormat.bat”.
backuplog\copylog.txt”
a The backup file of the report format is created.
Note: Δ = Space
5. Activate the Explorer and enter the following paths to the address bar
MCApp15008.ai
to open the folders.
a After the command finished, ”C:\Users\fujicr>” is displayed. • Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\
FujiFilm\Hobbit
4. Open “F:\backuplog\copylog.txt”, scroll down to the end to ensure • Wndows Vista/7: C:\ProgramData\ FujiFilm\Hobbit
that:.
• The values of the “Total” column and “Copied” column of “Files” line are the r REFERENCE
same. Since the mentioned folders are hidden folders, directly input the paths to
• All values of “Skipped”, “Mismatch”, “FAILED”, and “Extras” are “0”. open the folders.
6. Copy the “SystemReportFormat.bak” folder to the temporary HDD.
■ Backing up the setting file for free drawing function

1. Copy the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\FDDSettingInfo.
ini” file to the temporary HDD.
MCApp14014.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Exporting the bookmark ■ Backing up other settings
Perform this procedure for the institutes where bookmark is used. Note down the following settings as necessary.
• “Study assessment” of measurement summary
1. Start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
• The free layout and the incidental information displayed on screen images
2. Click [Bookmark Reference] on the “Image Viewer” window.
MCApp15010.ai
a The “Bookmark reference” window opens.
3. Click and select “Bookmark export”.
MCAppx15020.ai
a The “Save as” window opens.
4. Save the file to the temporary HDD with the file name “Bookmark.xml”.
a The “Confirmation” window opens.
5. Confirm that “The export of bookmark has completed.” is displayed,

and click [OK].
 NOTE 
If “Bookmark is not registered. *Stopped the export processing.” was
displayed, the bookmark export/import is not required since the bookmark
function is not used.
a The system returns to the “Bookmark reference” window.
6. Click [Close].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.3 Backup Procedure Using 1.4 Backup Procedure Using the Backup NAS
the Backup USB-HDD
This section describes the backup method in case of the restoration using the Backup NAS.
Backup USB-HDD.
1.4.1 Backup of “DB” to the Backup NAS
Start up and shut down the application and perform the automatic saving at the
1.3.1 Backup of “DB” to the USB-HDD time of shutting down.
r REFERENCES
■ In case that the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts normally • The automatic backup function is executed automatically by terminating
If the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL start normally, prepare a temporary HDD and back applications while CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is connected to the NAS. The
up the latest “DB” by using DBFullBackupTool. window below is displayed during the backup processing.
$ For details, see “1.2.1 “DB” Backup Procedure with DBFullBackupTool”.
■ In case that the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL does not start normally
Confirm whether the “DB” has been backed up to the USB-HDD functioning as
storage disk.
$ For the backup timing and the save destination/configuration of backup data,
see “3.2.3 Setting the DB Auto Backup” in “Appendix 16: Setting External INApp19090.ai
HDD (NAS/USB-HDD) as Storage Disk” under “Appx IN: Installation –

• The backed up data will be stored in the day folders (Sunday to Saturday) of the
Appendix”.
NAS.

INApp19091.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.4.2 Backup of Other Setup Files 1.5 Backup Procedure Using the Mirroring
The report format, setting file for free drawing function and bookmark must be This section describes the backup method in case of the restoration using the
backed up separately. Prepare the temporary HDD and acquire the backups. mirroring.
1.5.1 Backup of “DB” to the NAS for HDD Expansion

Start up and shut down the application and perform the automatic saving at the
time of shutting down.
r REFERENCES
• The automatic backup function is executed automatically by terminating
applications while CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is connected to the NAS. The
window below is displayed during the backup processing.
INApp19090.ai
• The backed up data will be stored in the day folders (Sunday to Saturday) of the
NAS.
INApp19091.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
1.5.2 Backup of Other Setup Files 3. Click [Yes].
The report format, setting file for free drawing function and bookmark must be a The system returns to the “Memeo AutoSync” window.
backed up separately. Prepare the temporary HDD and acquire the backups. 4. Check no Sync Plan is displayed on “Memeo AutoSync” window.
1.5.3 Stopping the Mirroring
■ Procedure to stop Auto Sync

The mirroring setting by Memeo Auto Sync that has been used at the institution INApp19121.ai
must be disabled
5. Close Auto Sync.
6. Right click the icon of task bar and select “Quit”.

a The “Memeo AutoSync” window opens.
2. Select Sync Plan (ex.Image Mirroring) and click [Remove Sync Plan].
MCApp13006.ai
a The dialog appears.
INApp19119.ai
a The “Remove Sync Plan Confirmation” window opens. MCApp13002.ai
7. Click “OK”.
8. Start “Program and Feature” from Control panel.
INApp19120.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
9. Select “Memeo AutoSync” and click “Uninstall/Change”. ■ Procedure to stop Sync Framework
1. Start the Service Utility.
2. Click [System].
a The “System settings” window opens.
3. Select “Operation setting (low frequency)” from “Filtering setup

items” and change system setting “15-14 Mirroring will be performed”
MCApp13003.ai
to “No”.
a The dialog appears.
MCApp13004.ai
10. Click “Yes”.

a The “Uninstallation Complete” window opens.
11. Click “Close”. MCApp13007.ai
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the top window of Service Utility.
5. Click [EXIT].
a The Service Utility exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
MCApp13005.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Procedure to stop the maintenance function (V2.5(B) or later) 4. Select “Maintenance tool setting” from the “Filtering setup items”
pull-down menu and change the setup value for “42-1 Use the
1 . Start the Service Utility. maintenance function” to “No”.
$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting,
Utility”.
2. Click [System].
3. Select “Mirroring setting” from the “Filtering setup items” pull-down

menu and change the setup value for “41-1 Use the mirroring
function” to “No”.
MCAppx13008.ai
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the top window of Service Utility.
6. Click [EXIT].
a The Service Utility exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
MCAppx13009.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
1.6 Backup Procedure Using the Storage Disk
(DVD)
storage disk (DVD).
1.6.1 “DB” Backup

For the restoration using DVD media, backup/restoration of “DB” cannot be done
with a single procedure. Take backup before hand by using the Backup Utility and
backup/export function of every function before reinstalling the OS, if possible.
Additionally, note down the items which cannot be backed up so they can be
restored manually after reinstalling the OS.

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Restoration Procedure After OS

Reinstallation
The section describes the restoration procedures to be performed after the OS
reinstallation. Perform the restoration method selected by “■ Determining the
restoration method” under “1. Backup Work Before OS Reinstallation”.
 NOTE 
Perform the restoration procedure through the end before starting the system
operation.
If a provisional operation was run in the middle of the restoration procedure and the
remaining restoration was performed later, the study image data created during the
provisional operation will overwrite the true study image data, resulting in image
replacement.
$ If you selected “1) Restoration from the image-dedicated drive”, see

“2.1 Restoration Procedure Using the Image-dedicated Drive (X Drive)”.
$ If you selected “2) Restoration using the copy command”, see
“2.2 Restoration Procedure Using the Copy Command”.
$ If you selected “3) Restoration using the Backup USB-HDD”, see
“2.3 Restoration Procedure Using the Backup USB-HDD”.
$ If you selected “4) Restoration using the Backup NAS”, see
“2.4 Restoration Procedure Using the Backup NAS”.
$ If you selected “5) Restoration using the mirroring”, see
“2.5 Restoration Procedure Using the Mirroring”.
$ If you selected “6) Restoration using the storage disk (DVD)”, see
“2.6 Restoration Procedure Using the Storage Disk (DVD)”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.1 Restoration Procedure Using the Image- 2.1.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files
dedicated Drive (X Drive) Restore the backups of the report format, setting file for free drawing function and
bookmark that have been acquired to the temporary HDD.
This section describes the procedure when performing the restoration using the
$ For details, see “2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files”.
image-dedicated drive (X drive).
 NOTE 
In these procedures, the drive letter of the image-dedicated drive is the default
setting, “X”. If the drive letter is the letter other than “X”, read the following
procedures by replacing the letter in according with the environment.
2.1.1 “DB” Restoration

Restore the backed up “DB”. Perform the restoration procedure corresponding to
the backup acquiring method.
• When the backup was performed by using DBFullBackupTool
$ For details, see “2.2.1 “DB” Restoration with RestorationTool2”.
• When the backup was performed by auto backup of DB to the Backup USB-HDD
$ For details, see “2.3.1 “DB” Restoration with the USB-HDD”.
• When the backup was performed by auto backup of DB to the Backup NAS
$ For details, see “2.4.1 “DB” Restoration with the Backup NAS”.
• When the backup was performed by auto backup of DB to the NAS for HDD
expansion
$ For details, see “2.5.2 “DB” Restoration with the NAS for HDD expansion”.
2.1.2 Consistency Check of the Database Contents and

Study Data
Perform this check only in case the restoration was done by using the “DB” backed
up to the Backup USB-HDD with the DB auto backup.
In case that the “DB” acquired by the DBFullBackupTool, DB auto backup to
Backup NAS or DB auto backup to NAS for HDD expansion has been restored,
this check is not required.
$ For details, see “2.3.2 Consistency Check of the Database Contents and
Study Data”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2 Restoration Procedure Using the Copy ■ Restoring the database and user data
Command
1. Connect the temporary HDD to the PC.
copy command. 2. Execute “Restore2” in the following folder.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\Restore2
a The “Restoretion Tool2” starts.
2.2.1 “DB” Restoration with RestorationTool2
 NOTE 
- Service Utility
- User Utility
- Backup Utility
MCApp21038.ai
3. Click [Select].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Specify the Backup folder of the temporary HDD. 5. Select the displayed “Backup Files”, and click [Start] at “2.Restore the
configuration files”. When “Completed successfully” is displayed,
click [OK].
MCApp21040.ai
MCApp21039.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Click [Start] at “3. Restore the database”. When “Completed 8. Confirm the followings.
successfully” is displayed, click [OK].
○ Confirming each setup value
Start the Service Utility, and confirm that each setup value has been
restored. Reimplement the simplified setup wizard.
* Make sure to implement the wizard since the IIS service will be restarted
due to the Service Utility start-up.
○ Starting the patient information

Start the application, and confirm that the latest patient information is
displayed at the Study Utility.
* At the start-up, if “[20743] No NAS for outputting data was found.” is
displayed, click [OK] to proceed.
* At this point, images will not be displayed. Confirm only the patient
information.
* If any problem was found, reperform the operation.
○ Restarting the PC
MCApp21041.ai Restart the PC.
7. Remove the temporary HDD.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2.2 Copying “Image Data” to the PC 4. Execute the following command.
Copy the “image data” backed up to the temporary HDD to the “Image” folder in the xcopyΔ”F:\imagebackup”Δ”C:\ProgramΔFiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ/
PC. HΔ/YΔ/EΔ>Δ”F:\backuplog\copylog2.txt”
Note: Δ = Space
 NOTES 
• These procedures are described on the assumption that the “image data” save MCApp15012.ai
destination of PC is C drive and the temporary HDD is F drive. If the drive letters a After the command finished, ”C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is displayed.
of the “image data” save destination and temporary HDD are different, read the
procedures by replacing the drive letters when performing them. r REFERENCES
• Do not start the following applications of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL during the • To stop the process, press the <Ctrl> key + <C> key.
operation of this procedure. • One time of copy averagely takes approx. 3 hours in case of copying approx.
- Server application 120,000 files at Optiplex 780 (40,000 files per hours).
- Service Utility
- User Utility
5. Open “F:\backuplog\copylog2.txt”, and confirm that “XXX File(s)
- Backup Utility copied” has been added at the end of the file.
■ Procedure for copying “Image Data” (For Windows XP)

2. Open the “C:\Program files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image” folder, and

delete all files in the folder.
3. Start the command prompt.

r REFERENCE
MCApp15013.ai

014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Execute the following commands using the command prompt. ■ Procedure for copying “Image Data” (For Windows Vista/7)
dirΔ“F:\imagebackup”Δ/SΔ>Δ“F:\backuplog\dirlog3.txt”
dirΔ“C:\ProgramΔFiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ/SΔ>Δ”F:\backuplog\
dirlog4.txt”
2. Open the “C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image” folder, and delete all files in
Note: Δ = Space the folder.

MCApp15014.ai
r REFERENCE
a After the command finished, ”C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is displayed. The command prompt can be started by following the procedure.
7. Open “F:\backuplog\dirlog3.txt” (copy source) and “F:\backuplog\
dirlog4.txt” (copy destination), and confirm that the file numbers and
sizes are the same.
4. Execute the following command.

robocopyΔ“F:\imagebackup”Δ“C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ/EΔ/LOG:”F:\
backuplog\copylog2.txt”
Note: Δ = Space
MCApp15018.ai
a After the command finished, ”C:\Users\fujicr>” is displayed.
MCAppx15015.ai
5. Open “F:\backuplog\copylog2.txt”, scroll down to the end to ensure
that:.
• The values of the “Total” column and “Copied” column of “Files” line are the
same.
• All values of “Skipped”, “Mismatch”, “FAILED”, and “Extras” are “0”.
MCAppx15026.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files ■ Importing the bookmark
Restore the backups of the report format, setting file for free drawing function and Perform this procedure before the OS reinstallation in case the bookmark was
bookmark that have been acquired to the temporary HDD. exported.
1. Start up the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.

■ Restoring the report format
Perform this procedure before the OS reinstallation in case the backup of report
format was acquired.
MCApp15010.ai
1. Change the name of the “SystemReportFormat.bak” folder which has

been backed up to the temporary HDD to “SystemReportFormat”. 2. Click [Bookmark Reference] on the “Image Viewer” window.
a The “Bookmark reference” window opens
2. Open the following folder with the Explorer, and paste the “System
ReportFormat” folder from the temporary HDD to overwrite the
existing folder. 3. Click and select “Bookmark import”.
Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\
FujiFilm\Hobbit
Windows Vista/7: C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat
r REFERENCE
Since the mentioned folders are hidden folders, directly input the paths to
open the folders.
MCAppx15011.ai
■ Restoring the setting file for free drawing function a The “Open” window opens.
Overwrite “C:\Program File\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\FDDSettingInfo.ini” with the
“FDDSettingInfo.ini” which has been save to the temporary HDD. 4. Select “Bookmark.xml” which has been save to the temporary HDD,
and click [Open].
5. Confirm that “The import of bookmark has completed.” is displayed,

and click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Bookmark reference” window.
6. Click [Close].
■ Restoring the noted down information

If you noted down any settings, restore them.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.3 Restoration Procedure Using the Backup 2. Execute “Restore2” in the following folder.
USB-HDD C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\Restore2
a The “Restoration Tool2” starts.
Backup USB-HDD.
2.3.1 “DB” Restoration with the USB-HDD

If the latest “DB” could be backed up with DBFullBackupTool, restore the “DB” from
the temporary HDD. If the “DB” could not be backed up with DBFullBackupTool,
restore the “DB” backed up to the USB-HDD with auto backup.
 NOTE 
• Do not terminate “RestorationTool2”.
- Service Utility
- Backup Utility
3. Click [Select].
1. Connect the temporary HDD or USB-HDD to the PC.

 NOTE 
If the latest “DB” could be backed up with DBFullBackupTool, connect the
temporary HDD. If the “DB” could not be backed up with DBFullBackupTool,
connect the USB-HDD being used as storage disk.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Select the “Backup” folder of the connected USB-HDD. 5. Select the configuration information to be restored from the list, and
click [Start] at “2. Restore the configuration files”. When “Completed
successfully” is displayed, click [OK].
r REFERENCE
The list is displayed in descending order of the dates the files were backed up.
 NOTE 
In the restorable configuration information, only the lists which [Yes] is
displayed can be restored.
[Yes] is displayed at multiple lists. Select the [Yes] displayed for the first time.
MCApp21046.ai
MCApp21045.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Select the configuration information to be restored from the list, and 8. Confirm the followings.
click [Start] at “3. Restore the database”. When “Completed
successfully” is displayed, click [OK]. ○ Confirming each setup value
Start the Service Utility, and confirm that each setup value has been
 NOTE  restored. Reimplement the simplified setup wizard.
For the restorable database information, select the top one regardless of the
* Make sure to implement the wizard since the IIS service will be restarted
presence or absence of [Yes].
due to the Service Utility start-up.
○ Starting the patient information

Start the application, and confirm that the latest patient information is
displayed at the Study Utility.
* At the start-up, if “[20743] No NAS for outputting data was found.” is
displayed, click [OK] to proceed.
* At this point, images will not be displayed. Confirm only the patient
information.
○ Restarting the PC
Restart the PC.
MCApp21047.ai
7. Remove the temporary HDD or the USB-HDD being used as storage

disk.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.3.2 Consistency Check of the Database Contents and 2. Click [Start] at [5. Check data existence.]. When [Completed
Study Data successfully] is displayed, click [OK].
Compare the DB information with the C drive images and arrange image paths and
DB by performing the check.
 NOTE 
• Server application
• Service Utility
• User Utility
• Backup Utility
• Mirroring Application of the NAS (“Sync Framework” or “Auto Sync”)
1. Execute “Restore2” in the following folder.

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\Restore2
a The “Restoretion Tool2” starts.
MCApp21042.ai
r REFERENCE
At this time, you do not have to select a folder.
The time taken by the check is according to the number of files in the Image
folder.
Example: he check at Optiplex 780 when approx. 870,000 files is stored
T
takes approx. 4 hours and 30 minutes.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Confirm the execution result. 2.3.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files
Confirm “RestoreLog_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.log”, which has been output to the Restore the backups of the report format, setting file for free drawing function and
desktop. bookmark that have been acquired to the temporary HDD.
2.3.4 USB-HDD Settings

Connect the USB-HDD to be used as storage disk to the PC.
Perform the following settings as necessary.
MCApp21043.ai
■ Setting drive letters
a The execution result is displayed. If the drive letter of the USB-HDD used before the OS reinstallation and the drive
• In case “Repaired to be usable.” is displayed letter of the USB-HDD after the restoration are different, change the drive letter to
Images might have been stored in the DVD and not exist in the HDD of the the one used before the OS reinstallation.
PC. Thus, there is no problem although the message is displayed. $ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” under
• In case “Following were not be repaired.” is displayed
The study data with error has been stored in the “RestoreFail_
YYYYMMDDhhmmss” folder on the desktop.
Acquire the “RestoreFail_YYYYMMDDhhmmss” folder and log, and make a
■ Stopping the Autoplay
query. When the USB-HDD is connected, if the “Autoplay” window opens every time the
PC is started, stop the Autoplay.
4. Terminate the tool. $ For details of the procedure, see “3.2.1 Setting the OS” in “Appendix 16:
Setting External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD) as Storage Disk” under “Appx IN:
Installation – Appendix”.
5. Delete “RestoreLog_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.log” from the desktop and
Recycle Bin.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.4 Restoration Procedure Using the Backup 2. Enter “RestorationTool” and click [OK].
NAS
Backup NAS.
2.4.1 “DB” Restoration with the Backup NAS

MCApp14020.ai
■ Data Restoration via the Restoration Tool a The “Restoration Tool” window opens.
● Executing restore processing

 NOTE 
Do not start the following applications of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL while the
Restoration Tool is used.
- Service Utility
- Backup Utility
- Mirroring Application of the NAS (“Sync Framework” or “Auto Sync”) 3. Click [OK].
Especially do not install or set the mirroring application of the NAS until the a The “Restoration Tool” starts.
restoration processing by the Restoration Tool is completed. If the mirroring
application is started during the restoration processing, the data my possibly be
deleted.
1. Start up “Run”.
• For Windows XP:
Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
• For Windows Vista/7:
Click the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories” - “Run”.
MCApp16015.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
4. Click [Select]. 7. Click the day folder of which “Update Datetime” is latest and click
a The “BackupDataSelectDialog” window opens. [Select].
 NOTE 
Confirm that the reference destination is “\\(host name of NAS)\Fujifilm\Backup”.
Especially make sure that it is not a day folder under the Backup folder.
MCApp16016.ai
5. Click [Browse].
a The “Browse For Folder” window opens. MCApp16018.ai
6. Select [Network] - [(NAS’s Hostname)] - [Fujifilm] - [Backup] and click a The system returns to the “Restoration Tool” window.
[OK].
8. Place a checkmark to “Select items for Restoration” and place a
checkmark to the data you wish to restore.
Name DB to be restored
Settings Information Setting information file and setting DB
Patient Information Patient DB
Study Information Study DB
MCApp14026.ai
MCApp16019.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click [Execute]. 11. Click [OK].
a The “Do you wish to start the restoration processing?” window opens. a The system returns to the “Restoration Tool” window.
12. Click [Close].

■ Database registration of the management file with External HDD

MCApp16020.ai
10. Click [OK]. Utility

a The “Progress Status” window opens.
r REFERENCE
The button names in this procedure are different among V2.3(B) or later and
V2.1(B). Thus, in case of V2.1(B) or V2.2(B), read the procedure by replacing the
button names while referring to the followings.
• “NAS/USB-HDD Utility” a “NAS Utility”
1. Start the sever application.

a The main window opens.
MCApp16021.ai
2. Click and select “NAS/USB-HDD Utility”.

 NOTE 
The restoration processing can be aborted by clicking the [Cancel] button
before the next data starts to be restored. It may take some time to abort the
processing.
As the rollback is not performed, the restored data cannot be returned to its MCAppx15021.ai
original state. a The “NAS/USB-HDD Utility” window opens.
a As the restoration processing completes (including abort), the confirmation

window opens.
MCApp16022.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click [Re-registration of equipment information to the database]. 5. Select one target folder from the list at the bottom of the screen, place
a checkmark to “Studies are updated”, and click [Start].
MCAppx15022.ai
a The processing starts. As the processing completes, the “NAS/USB-HDD MCAppx15023.ai

Utility” window opens automatically.
a The “Database registration” window opens.
4. Click [Database registration of internal information].
6. Click [Start].
MCAppx15024.ai
a The processing starts. As the processing completes, the system returns to the
“NAS/USB-HDD Utility” window automatically.
7. Repeat Steps 4 to 6 on all of the folders displayed on the “Database

registration of internal information” window.
MCAppx15025.ai
a The “Database registration of internal information” window opens.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Checking after restoration processing In case an error occurs, open this file and perform the corrective action(s) as
follows.
● When an error occurs Error type Object Measure
In case an error occurs and the processing fails, the ”The restoration processing
has been failed.” message will appear. Failed File: File path. Confirm “Settings Information” of RestorationTool
is checked and perform restoration again.
Failed Database: Explanation Confirm “Settings Information” of RestorationTool
History is checked and perform restoration again.
ListConfig
Preset
UserData
Patient Confirm “Patient Information” of RestorationTool
Study Confirm “Study Information” of RestorationTool is
checked and perform restoration again.
Failed DDO: File path. Obtain the files indicated in the error file and the
Maintenance Log, and make an analysis request.
MCApp16023.ai
After clicking [OK] button, the log file named “RestoreErrorLog _

YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.txt” is created on the desktop.
In this text file, the failed file/DB names are recorded.
 NOTE 
When the restoration processing is completed correctly, this file is not created.
MCApp14034.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Confirming each setup value 2. Input the IP address and host name of the NAS in the same manner as
Start the Service Utility, and confirm that each setup value has been restored. “127.0.0.1 localhost”.
Reimplement the simplified setup wizard.
* Make sure to implement the wizard since the IIS service will be restarted due to
the Service Utility start-up.
● Restarting the PC
Restart the PC.
● Starting the patient information

Start the application, and confirm that the latest patient information is displayed at
the Study Utility.
Start an arbitrary study on the “Image Viewer” window, and confirm that images Add the IP address and host name of the NAS
can be retrieved from the Backup NAS. MT000154.ai

3. Overwrite the hosts file.
4. Restart the PC.

2.4.2 Restoration of Other Setup Files
Restore the backups of the report format, setting file for free drawing function and
bookmark that have been acquired to the temporary HDD. ■ Installing the NAS Navigator2
$ For details, see “2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files”. ● In case LinkStation (LS-WH1.0TGL/R1, LS-WH2.0TGL/R1) is used
$ For details of the procedure, see “2.1.1 Network Setting” in “Appendix 11:
2.4.3 Backup NAS Installation Settings for Connection of the NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
Perform the settings required for the Backup NAS installation. ● In case TeraStation (TS-WX1.0TL/R1, TS-WX2.0TL/R1) is used
$ For details of the procedure, see “2.2.1 Network Setting” in “Appendix 11:
■ Registration to the hosts file Settings for Connection of the NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
To use NAS, you have to register the IP address and host name of the NAS to the
PC hosts file. This part describes the procedure of the registration to the hosts file.
1. Open the hosts file in “C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc” with

Notepad.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.5 Restoration Procedure Using the Mirroring  NOTES 
• When copying the study data of the NAS to the HDD, it is recommended to follow “■
This section describes the procedure when performing the restoration using the Procedure for copying study data (for Windows XP)” and “■ Procedure for copying
mirroring. study data (for Windows Vista/7)” that are the procedures using the command
prompt.
Files can be copied by drag and drop but the following phenomena may occur
when there are a large number of file. Thus, perform the procedures by using the
2.5.1 Procedure to Copy Image Data command prompt which is safer.
Copy the study data saved in the NAS by using the mirroring function to the Image - It may take a long time to open the folder.
folder on the HDD. - The copy processing may not be completed right after drag and drop.
The scheme for Windows Vista is as follows: - “● Data Restoration via the Restoration Tool” in the following chapter may fail.
- Service Utility
- User Utility
- Backup Utility
r REFERENCE
It takes approx. five hours to copy data of approx. 120,000 files/ 200GB.
MCApp14003.ai
r REFERENCE
Paths of the Image folder are different according to the OS as follows.
• For Windows XP: C:\Program files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
• For Windows Vista/7: C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
For V2.3(B) or later, an arbitrary drive can be set so reading instructions by
replacing the drive name.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Procedure for copying study data (for Windows XP) 5. Execute the following commands using the command prompt.
dirΔ“C:\ProgramΔFiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ/SΔ>Δ“C:\\backuplog\
1. Create the “C:\backuplog” folder in Server PC. dirlog1.txt”
dirΔ“\\(Hostname of NAS)\Image_Mirror”Δ/SΔ>Δ“C:\\backuplog\dirlog2.txt”
2. Open “C:\Program files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image” folder in Server
Note: Δ = Space
PC and delete all files in the folder.

r REFERENCE MCApp16004.ai
The command prompt can be started by following the procedure. a After the commands are completed, “C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is
displayed.
• Enter “cmd” into the “Run” window displayed by pressing the <Windows> key 6. Open “C:\\backuplog\dirlog1.txt” (copy source) and “C:\\backuplog\
+ <R> key on the keyboard, and click [OK]. dirlog2.txt” (copy destination), and confirm that the file numbers and
sizes are the same.
MCApp14004.ai
4. Execute the commands below.

xcopyΔ“\\(Hostname of NAS)\Image_Mirror”Δ“C:\ProgramΔfiles\FujiFilm\
Hobbit\Data\Image”Δ/HΔ/YΔ/EΔ>Δ”C:\\backuplog\copylog.txt”\
Note: Δ = Space
MCApp14008.ai
MCApp16003.ai
a After the command is completed, ”C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is

displayed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Compare the number of the files checked in procedure 6 above and 4. Execute the command below.
ensure that the number is the same. robocopyΔ“\\(Hostname of NAS)\Image_Mirror”Δ“C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\
If the number is not the same, delete all files in the following folders first. Image”Δ/EΔ/LOG:“C:\backuplog\copylog.txt”
Subsequently, restart the PC and then perform the procedure from 1 again.
Note: Δ = Space
• C:\ProgramΔfiles\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
• C:\backuplog MCApp16010.ai
r REFERENCE a After the commands are completed, “C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr>” is

displayed.
As the application is started, ”InEdrGroup.inf” is created in the Image folder.
One more file may be recorded in “dirlog1.txt” than recorded in “dirlog2.txt”.
5. Open “C:\backuplog\copylog.txt”, scroll down to the end to ensure
This may cause the mismatching of the number, but it is no problem. In such a
that:
case, go to the next procedure.
• The values of the “Total” column and “Copied” column of “Files” line are the
As the mirroring function does not apply to the “.inf”, no “.inf” file in the “Image_
same.
Mirror” folder.
• All values of “Skipped”, “Mismatch”, “FAILED”, and “Extras” are “0”.
■ Procedure for copying study data (for Windows Vista/7)

1. Create the “C:\backuplog” folder in the Server PC.
2. Open “C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image” and delete all the files in the

folder.

MCApp14014.ai
r REFERENCE
The command prompt can be started by following the procedure. r REFERENCE
• Select the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories”- “Command Prompt”. As the server application is started, “InEdrGroup.inf” is created in the Image
• Enter “cmd” into the “Run” window displayed by pressing the <Windows> folder. In such a case, “1” is recorded in the [Extras] column, but it is no
key + <R> key on the keyboard, and click [OK]. problem. Go to the next procedure.
MCApp14012.ai
MCApp14015.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.5.2 “DB” Restoration with the NAS for HDD expansion ● Data Restoration via the DB Restoration Tool
■ Restoration Procedure using the Database Restoration Tool ○ Executing restore processing
(V2.1(B) or later)
 NOTE 
Since V2.1(B), the tool “DataBase Restoration Tool” (hereinafter called DB
Do not start the following applications of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL while the DB
Restoration Tool) which allows restoration of the study data mirrored to NAS and
Restoration Tool is used.
the setup data saved at the auto backup with simple operation can be used. This
section describes operating procedure of the DB Restoration Tool. - Server application
- Service Utility
● Operation environment - User Utility
The DB Restoration Tool operates on V2.1(B) or later. - Backup Utility
● Applicable data - Mirroring Application of the NAS (“Sync Framework” or “Auto Sync”)
The following data that stored in the NAS can be restored easily by using the DB Especially do not install or set the mirroring application of the NAS until the
Restoration Tool. restoration processing by the Restoration Tool is completed. If the mirroring
application is started during the restoration processing, the data my possibly be
• Study •••••• Data saved via the mirroring function are the target. deleted.
• Explanation
• History
1. Start up “Run”.
• ListConfig
••• Settings saved via the automatic backup. • For Windows XP:
• Preset
Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
• UserData
• For Windows Vista/7:
• Patient
Click the “Start” menu - “All Programs” - “Accessories” - “Run”.
 NOTE 
• Study files mirrored using SyncFramework are the restoration target.
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Mirroring Software Restoration Tool
Version
V1.1(B) Memeo AutoSync Not Applicable
HF0002(Base:V1.1(B)) or later Fujifilm software based on Applicable
V2.0(B) or later SyncFramework
• The restoration targets are the setting files automatically backed up after the
software is upgraded to V2.1(B) or later. The setting files automatically backed up
in the environment V2.0 (B) or earlier cannot be restored to the environment
V2.1(B) or later.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Enter “RestorationTool” and click [OK]. 4. Click [Select].
MCApp14020.ai
a The “Restoration Tool” window opens.
MCApp16016.ai
5. Click [Browse].
6. Select [Network] - [(NAS’s Hostname)] - [Fujifilm] - [Backup] and click

MCApp16014.ai
[OK].
3. Click [OK].
a The “Restoration Tool” starts.
MCApp14026.ai
MCApp16015.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
7. Click the day folder of which “Update Datetime” is latest and click 9. Click [Execute].
[Select]. a The “Do you wish to start the restoration processing?” window opens.
 NOTE 
Confirm that the reference destination is “\\(host name of NAS)\Fujifilm\Backup”.
Especially make sure that it is not a day folder under the Backup folder.
MCApp16020.ai
10. Click [OK].

a The “Progress Status” window opens.
MCApp16018.ai
8. Place a checkmark to “Select items for Restoration” and place a MCApp16021.ai
checkmark to the data you wish to restore.

 NOTE 
Name DB to be restored The restoration processing can be aborted by clicking the [Cancel] button
Settings Information Setting information file and setting DB before the next data starts to be restored. It may take some time to abort the
processing.
Patient Information Patient DB As the rollback is not performed, the restored data cannot be returned to its
Study Information Study DB original state.
a As the restoration processing completes (including abort), the confirmation

window opens.
MCApp16022.ai
MCApp16019.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
11. Click [OK]. In case an error occurs, open this file and perform the corrective action(s) as
follows.
Error type Object Measure
12. Click [Close].
Failed File: File path. Confirm “Settings Information” of RestorationTool
a The system returns to the desktop. is checked and perform restoration again.
○ Checking after restoration processing Failed Database: Explanation

History
Confirm “Settings Information” of RestorationTool
When an error occurs: ListConfig
Preset
In case an error occurs and the processing fails, the “The restoration UserData
processing has been failed.” message will appear.
Patient Confirm “Patient Information” of RestorationTool
Study Confirm “Study Information” of RestorationTool is
checked and perform restoration again.
Failed DDO: File path. Obtain the files indicated in the error file and the
Maintenance Log, and make an analysis request.
MCApp16023.ai
After clicking [OK] button, the log file named “RestoreErrorLog _

YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.txt” is created on the desktop.
In this text file, the failed file/DB names are recorded. MCApp14034.ai
 NOTE 
When the restoration processing is completed correctly, this file is not created.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Method of restoring the database manually (from V1.0(B) to IV. Execute the following command to restore the Image DB.
V2.0(B)) a) Enter “RESTORE DATABASE Study FROM DISK =
‘DB path(*)\Study.bak’ WITH REPLACE”, and press the [Enter] key.
 NOTE  b) Enter “go” and press the [Enter] key.
Manually restore database only in the following cases:
 NOTE 
• V2.0(B) or earlier
(*) Enter the following folder for DB path.
• With V2.1(B) or later, if the database could not be restored with the procedures in “■
Restoration Procedure using the Database Restoration Tool (V2.1(B) or later)” \\(NAS Host name)\FujiFilm\Backup\(the latest day folder)\Database
• The latest day folder can be confirmed in NAS Host name :
NAS navigator.
● Restoration procedure • Files are backed up on each day in the latest day folder :
Backup folder in the NAS.Specify the last backup file that is backed up
1. Restore the image storage folder. properly.
Copy all files inside the folder (Image_Mirror) which is mirroring the Image
folder of NAS Image to the image storage folder of the Server PC.
 NOTE 
Paths of the Image folder are different according to the OS as follows.
• For Windows XP: C:\Program files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
• For Windows Vista/7: C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
For V2.3(B) or later, an arbitrary drive can be set so reading instructions by INApp19047.ai
replacing the drive name.

V. Execute the following command to restore the Patient DB.
Enter “RESTORE DATABASE Patient FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\
2. Restore the Image DB. Patient.bak’ WITH REPLACE
I. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu. The following procedures are same as step IV.
a The “Run” window opens. VI. Execute the following command to restore the Explanation DB.
II. Enter “cmd” and click [OK]. Enter “RESTORE DATABASE Explanation FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\
Explanation.bak’ WITH REPLACE.
a The command prompt starts up. The following procedures are same as step IV.
III. Enter “osql -Usa -Pfcr-dms -Slocalhost”, and press the <Enter> key.
a The osql utilities starts up.
INApp19046.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
VII. Execute the following command to restore the Operation log DB. ● The execution procedure by entering the commands.
Enter “RESTORE DATABASE History FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\
History.bak’ WITH REPLACE”. 1. Start the command prompt.
The following procedures are same as step IV. Windows XP:
VIII. Execute the following command to restore the Study List Config DB. I. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
Enter “RESTORE DATABASE ListConfig FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\ a The “Run” window opens.
ListConfig.bak’ WITH REPLACE”.
The following procedures are same as step IV. II. Enter “cmd” and press <Enter> key.
IX. Execute the following command to restore the Preset DB.
Windows Vista/7:
Enter “RESTORE DATABASE Preset FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\ I. Enter “cmd” into “Start Search” (“Search programs and files” for Windows 7)
Preset.bak’ WITH REPLACE”. on the “Start” menu.
The following procedures are same as step IV.
II. Press <Enter> key.
X. Execute the following command to restore the User Data DB.
Enter “RESTORE DATABASE Preset FROM DISK = ‘Backup Folder(*)\ 2. Enter “osql -Usa -Pfcr-dms” and start OSQL utility.
UserData.bak’ WITH REPLACE”.
The following procedures are same as step IV.
3. Enter “USE Study” and press <Enter> key.
3. Restoring System Config.
4. Enter “EXEC sp_change_users_login ‘Update_one’,’rouser’,’rouser’”
Copy all files in the Config Backup folder (*1) of TeraStation/LinkStation to the
and press <Enter> key.
Config folder (*2) of the Server PC.
 NOTE  5. Enter “go” and press <Enter> key.

(*1) Specify the following for Backup folder of System Config.
6. Enter “USE UserData” and press <Enter> key.
\\(NAS Host name)\FujiFilm\Backup\(the latest day folder)\Config
• The latest day folder can be confirmed in NAS Host name : NAS navigator. 7. Enter “EXEC sp_change_users_login ‘Update_one’,’rouser’,’rouser’”
• Files are backed up on each day in the latest day folder : and press <Enter> key.
Backup folder in the NAS. Specify the last backup file that is backed up
properly. 8. Enter “go” and press <Enter> key.
(*2) Specify the following depending on the OS.
• In case of Windows XP 9. Enter “USE Patient” and press <Enter> key.
a C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
Config 10. Enter “EXEC sp_change_users_login ‘Update_one’,’rouser’,’rouser’
• In case of Windows Vista / 7 and press <Enter> key.
a C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config
11. Enter “go” and press <Enter> key.
12. Enter “quit” and press <Enter> key to close OSQL utility.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
13. Enter “exit” and press <Enter> key to close the command prompt. 2.5.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files
2.5.4 Mirroring Setting

MT000125.ai
Perform the settings required for the mirroring NAS installation.

● Confirmation Procedure
Reboot the PC and activate the application to display the Main Window after the ■ Registration to the hosts file
login. Make sure that no error message is displayed on the Main Window. To use NAS, you have to register the IP address and host name of the NAS to the
PC hosts file. This part describes the procedure of the registration to the hosts file.
Register the IP address and host name of the NAS to the hosts file in the PC.
1. Open the hosts file in “C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc” with

Notepad.
2. Input the IP address and host name of the NAS in the same manner as
“127.0.0.1 localhost”.
Add the IP address and host name of the NAS

MT000154.ai
3. Overwrite the hosts file.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Setting the mirroring ■ Confirming settings
Perform the setting of mirroring.
$ For details of the procedure, see “Appendix 11: Expansion of HDD and
● Confirming each setup value
Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”. Start the Service Utility, and confirm that each setup value has been restored.
Reimplement the simple installation wizard.
* Make sure to implement the wizard since the IIS service will be restarted due to
■ Deleting filesync.metadata the Service Utility start-up.
● Restarting the PC
1. Open the “Image_Mirror” folder in the NAS being used for mirroring. Restart the PC.
2. Delete the “filesync.metadata” file. ● Starting the patient information

Start the application, and confirm that the latest patient information is displayed at
the Study Utility.
Start an arbitrary study on the “Image Viewer” window, and confirm that images
can be retrieved from the Backup NAS.
■ Deleting the log file

Delete “C:\backuplog”. Also delete it from the Recycle Bin.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.6 Restoration Procedure Using the Storage 2.6.3 Reconstructing the Image Database
Disk (DVD)
■ Reconstructing the image database
storage disk (DVD). This section shows the reconstruction procedures of the image database using the
storage disk.
What is reconstructed here is the index information as the image database, and
images themselves are not restored. In order to restore images themselves, it is
2.6.1 “DB” Restoration necessary to retrieve images for each study one by one after completion of the
database reconstruction.
Restore or import the backup file or import file which has been backed up at “1.6.1
“DB” Backup”. Additionally, restore the settings which have been noted down to  NOTE 
their original values. When performing reconstruction from storage disks, be sure to perform
reconstruction beginning from the oldest dated disk.
In the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system, because of its re-verification feature, a
study may possibly be stored spanning more than one disk.
2.6.2 Restoration of Other Setup Files By restoring disks in ascending chronological order, older study information stored
before re-verification is overwritten by newer information.
$ For details, see “2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files”. 1. Start the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
2. Insert the storage disk for reconstruction into the internal DVD drive
(drive for storage).
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. From the [Tool] menu in the upper-left of the Study List window, select 4. Click [Disk Operation].
“Client utilities.” a The “Disk Operation” window opens.
a The “Client Utilities” window opens.
MC000163.EPS
5.
MC000162.AI
Click [Database Restoration].

a The “‘Database Restoration (1)” window opens.
MC000164.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6. Select “Studies are updated (studies included in the database are 9. Select “Patient list” tab and click .
deleted and disk studies are registered).” and click [Start].
a The restored study data displays on the list.
a The “‘Database Restoration (2)” window opens.
MC000165.EPS
a When processing completes, the system returns to the “Disk Operation”

window automatically.
MC000209.EPS
7. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Client Utilities” window. 10. When there are two or more storage disks, repeat Steps 1. through 5
for the number of disks.
8. Click [Close].
a The Client Utilities windows closes.
 NOTE 
When image database restoration has been done from a storage disk, that
disk is set to “Write disabled.”
Ask the institution’s administrator if it is necessary to write additional data to
the storage disk. If yes, change the disk’s setting from “Write disabled” to
“Write enabled.”
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
■ Verifying Image Database restoration 3. With the option in the dialog as it is (“For System” being checked),
This section shows the procedures of test-retrieving images of the studies that click the [Retrieve] button.
have been restored by “image database reconstruction.” a The “Image retrieve” window opens, and image retrieval starts.
 NOTE 
Here in this section, only one image is to be retrieved and viewed for verification
and not all images are to be restored.
1. Click and select “Study Utilities”.

MC000211.EPS
a When the image retrieval finishes, “Retrieve of the study completed.” window
opens.
PM000419.AI
a The “Study Utilities” window opens.
2. In the “Study List” window, select one study and click “Load Disk
Images.”
a The “‘Retrieve Images from Disks” window opens.
MC000212.EPS
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Study Utilities” window.
MC000210.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Make sure that a thumbnail image is appearing. 2.6.4 Study Image Import from the DVD Media
Import study images as necessary.
$ For details of the procedure, see “■Verifying Image Database restoration”
under “2.6.3 Reconstructing the Image Database”.
 NOTE 
In the procedure at the mentioned link destination, only images of one arbitrary
study are imported. However, perform this process for all of the required studies.
MC000213.EPS
6. With the study being selected appropriately, click [Image Viewer].

a The Image Viewer window opens.
MC000214.EPS
7. Make sure that the image is properly displayed, and click [x] in the
upper-right corner to close the window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Confirmation Procedure
Start the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application, and confirm that the following
operations function: patient selection, exposure, Image Viewer display and storage
output.
Confirm the connection setting with each type of system and the security software
setting.
 NOTES 
• If the “DB” backup used in the restoration was old, the study contents may not be
restored. In that case, identify the studies which have not been restored and
import the corresponding images with the DICOM offline import.
Although the patient information are not stored, the images may be stored in the
external HDD. Thus, there are studies whose images can be imported with the
DICOM offline import.
• Look over the settings of the connected devices, such as the PC tool or
endoscope, to confirm them.
Although these restoration procedures were performed, folder creation and
application installation that are required for connection with each type of device
will not be performed. You have to confirm that these installation processes are
completed.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 14 Countermeasure in the Event the Login Window Does Not Open Appx MC 14-1
Appendix 14 Countermeasure in the 2. Setup Procedure

Event the Login Window
The time required for this work is approx. 2 minutes.
Does Not Open The procedures for Windows XP and Windows Vista/7 are shown separately since
the paths to be referred vary according to the OS.
If the application is running, terminate it.
1. Outline
■ Windows XP
After the installation work and version upgrade work of the application, if the
Internet Explorer is upgraded, the login window may become unable to be opened. 1. Start the Explorer and display “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\Hobbit\
Normally, the login window opens after the opening window opened. In case of this Temp”.
phenomenon, the Internet Explorer starts for a moment and then immediately
terminates. An error message is not displayed. 2. Execute “HKCURegistry.reg”.
The countermeasure in the event the login window does not open will be described.
 NOTE 
If the login window opens after the application start-up, the countermeasure is not
required. Apply this section only when the login window does not open.
MCApp18001.ai
MCApp18002.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [Yes]. ■ Windows Vista/7
1. Start the Explorer and display “C:\ProgramData\Fujifilm\Hobbit\
UserTemp”.
2. Execute “HKCURegistry.reg”.
MCApp18003.ai
4. Click [OK].
MCApp18004.ai
MCApp18005.ai
3. Click [Yes].
MCApp18006.ai
4. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Checkup Work
The time required for the checkup work is approx. 3 minutes.
■ Server PC
1. Double-click the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL icon on the desktop.
 NOTE 
If the settings for startup of client have not been configured, double-click the
client icon on the desktop.
2. Check that the login is possible.
■ Client PC
1. Start the application of the server PC.
2. Double-click the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL icon on the desktop of the

client PC.
3. Check that the login is possible.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appx MC 14-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appendix 15 Boosting of DICOM Reception Speed by Division into Subfolders, and Partitioning Appx MC 15-1
Appendix 15 Boosting of DICOM 1. Outline

Reception Speed by
Division into Subfolders, ■ Change of the data storage method
and Partitioning In the environment of V2.3(B) or later, the improvement of DICOM reception speed
can be done by the division of folder into subfolders.
Since the V2.3(B) newly manufactured products, the configuration has been At a general institute, divide the Image folder into subfolders after upgrading the
improved as follows. application to V2.3(B) or later.
• To improve the maintenance performance, the hard disk drive is partitioned into At a special institute, perform the partitioning together with dividing of Image folder
“C” and “X”. The Image folder is contained in the X drive. into subfolders after upgrading the application to V2.3(B) or later.
• To boost the DICOM reception speed, the configuration of Image folder is divided The operation without division of folder into subfolders or partitioning can be carried
into subfolders. on. In that case, performing these procedures is not required.
The mentioned improvements have not been applied to the V2.2(B) and earlier
manufactured products with only version upgrading to V2.3(B) or later performed. ■ Target device
The systems are operable without the mentioned improvements. However, apply Server PC of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL V2.3(B) or later
this procedure for the institutions (PC) whose DICOM reception speeds have
decreased.
For the partitioning, apply the procedure for only the essential institutions (called
“special institution” in this procedure) where maintenance performance must be
prioritized.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Setup Procedure ■ Procedure determination

Determine the procedure to be performed based on the institute’s characteristic.
[Normal institute]
2.1 Preparation Before Setup The institute to perform only the division of Image folder into subfolders.
$ For details, see “2.2 Normal Institute (Division into Subfolders)”.
■ Prerequisites [Special institute]

• V2.3(B) or later The institute to perform the division of Image folder into subfolders and partitioning.
• If you are going to upgrade the version at the same time, make sure to complete
To perform the partitioning, restart the OS.
the upgrade before performing the setup.
$ For details, see “2.3 Special institute (Division into Subfolders +
• Division into subfolders must has not been performed. Partitioning)”.
• To perform the partitioning, the capacity of HDD must be 80GB or larger.
(Otherwise, only division of Image folder is to be performed.)  NOTES 
• Setup must be conducted continuously until it has been completed. If setup stops
■ Preparation and restarts some time later, errors may occur as image data could be
Before work, terminate all applications. overwritten.
• Determine setup time based on the reference values described herein.
If any other devices are connected to the machine, remove them.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2 Normal Institute (Division into Subfolders) 2.2.1 Dividing into Subfolders via the Relocation Converting
Tool
The setup procedure for V2.5(B) or later is different from the setup procedure for
V2.3(B). Implement the division of Image folder into subfolders (the relocation converting
tool).
V2.3(B) :use the relocation converting tool to perform the division into
subfolders.
$ For details, see “2.2.1 Dividing into Subfolders via the ■ Work before executing the converting processing
Relocation Converting Tool”.
V2.5(B) or later :use the maintenance function (division into subfolders) to 1. For the institute that the mirroring setting has been set to ON, set the
perform the division into subfolders. System setting “[15-14] Mirroring will be performed” in the Service
$ For details, see “2.2.2 Dividing into Subfolders via the Utility to “No”.
Maintenance Function”.
2. Change the name of the Image data storage folder in C drive from
“Image” to “Image_old”.
[Storage folder destination in Windows XP]
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
[Storage folder destination in Windows Vista/7]
C:\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Data\Image
■ Executing the relocation converting tool

Perform the following works with the relocation converting tool.
• Move the data from the Image folder they are currently stored to the new storage
destination.
• Divide the new storage destination into subfolders.
• Change the Image folder storage destination in the registry.
 NOTES 
• Even when there is no data stored in the Image folder, execute the relocation
converting tool since the Image folder storage destination in the registry have to
be rewritten.
• For the institute that extended NAS is used, connect the extended NAS in
advance. However, for the institute that mirroring has been set, set the System
setting “[15-14] Mirroring will be performed” to “No”.
• If an error occur during the converting processing, confirm the following “2.4 List
of messages, causes and countermeasures of the relocation converting tool” and
deal with the error.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
● Starting up the relocation converting tool a The convert tool starts and the “Hobbit Relocation ConvTool” window opens.
1. Input “MoveImage” into the “Search programs and files” field on the
“Start” menu, and press the <Enter> key.
2. Click “MoveImage” on the search result list.
MCApp02084.ai
● Creating the converting destination folder

1. Click [Create Folder].
a The “Create Folder” window opens.
MCApp02082.ai
r REFERENCE
Steps 1. and 2. above are the procedure for Windows Vista/7.
For Windows XP, perform the following procedure. MCApp02085.ai
I. Click “Run” from the “Start” menu.

a The “Run” window opens. 2. At “Select root Drive”, select the converting destination drive.
II. Input “MoveImage” and click [OK].  NOTE 
For the converting destination drive, select the following drive according to
whether the partitioning has been implemented.
• In case it is unimplemented: C drive
This is applicable in case of the normal institute.
• In case it has been implemented: Newly created drive (normally, X drive)
This is applicable in case of the special institute.
MCApp02083.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Click [Start]. ● Executing the converting processing
1. Click [Convert].
r REFERENCE
For the special institute, connect the external medium such as the external
HDD storaging the Image folder.
a The “Convert” window opens.

MCApp02086.ai
Normal institute
4. Click [Yes].
 NOTE 
If the folder already exists, the window confirming whether to continue
processing opens. Click [Yes].
MCApp02087.ai
MCApp22001.ai
a The processing completion window opens. Special institute
MCApp02088.ai
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Create Folder” window.
6. Click [Close]. MCApp22002.ai
a The system returns to the “Hobbit Relocation ConvTool” window.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2. Click [...] at “1. Select Folder”, and select the converting source folder. 3. Confirm that the converting destination folder (Dst) is the folder
created at the “Create folder” window.
Normal institute
4. Click [Start] at “2. Check Folder”.
r REFERENCE
The execute time of the folder confirmation processing (reference value)
In case of Windows Vista (Dell Precision T3400)
The time required for approx. 4,500 studies and 1,830,000 files (145GB) in the
Image folder is an hour.
MCApp02089.ai
Special institute
MCApp02091.ai
5. Click [Yes].
 NOTE 
If the studies have not been registered, the system judges that there is no
converting target and the following window opens. Click [OK].
MCApp22003.ai
 NOTE 
The converting source folders vary according to whether the institute is the
normal or specific one.
MCApp02092.ai
In this case, terminate the tool since conversion is not required.

• In case of the normal institute
Image folder in C drive (the storage destination with the name changed
(Image_old))
• In case of the special institute
Folder of the external medium backing up the image data
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
a The processing completion window opens. 8. Input the size of the files to be moved to “Move Limit Size” of “3.
Convert”, and click [Start].
MCApp02093.ai
6. Click [OK].
a The presumption of result after executing conversion is shown under “2.
Check Folder”.
MCApp02095.ai
 NOTE 
Move Limit Size means the size of the files to be moved from the converting
source folder to the converting destination folder. If this value exceeds the size
of the converting destination, the following processing will be performed.
• The excess files will be deleted automatically.
• If an extended NAS has been installed, the excess files will be moved to the
extended NAS. If the files are to big to fit in even the extended NAS, the
excess files will be deleted automatically.
a The window confirming whether to start the processing execution opens.

MCApp02094.ai
7. Confirm the following items of the executing result presumption.

• Number of studies to be the converting targets (Study Count)
• Data size (Total Size)
• Free disk space at the converting destination (Free Size)
MCApp02096.ai
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
9. Click [OK]. 10. Click [OK].
a The processing starts, and the number of studies that moving completed a The system returns to the “Convert” window.
(Success) and number of errors (error) are displayed.
11. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Hobbit Relocation ConvTool” window.
12. Click [Exit].

MCApp02097.ai
 NOTE 
To stop the processing, click [Cancel].
Since the processing will be interrupted in the state that the conversion is
partially done, perform the procedure again from Step 8. if you wish to perform MCApp02099.ai
the remaining conversion.

13. Click [Yes].
r REFERENCE a The relocation converting tool terminates.
The execute time of “3. Convert” (reference value)
• In case of the normal institute (WindowsVista (Dell Precision T3400)) 14. Confirm that the converting source folder is blank, and delete the
The time required for approx. 4,500 studies and 1,800,000 files (145GB) in converting source folder.
the Image folder is 24 hours.
• In case of the special institute (WindowsVista (Dell Precision T3400))
The time required for approx. 4,500 studies and 1,830,000 files (145GB) in
● List of messages, causes and remedies of the relocation converting
tool
the Image folder is 40 hours.
If an error was displayed when executing the relocation converting tool, see the list
table shown hereinafter.
a The processing completion window with the success/failure numbers of the
processing opens. $ For details, see “2.4 List of Messages, Causes and Remedies of the
Relocation Converting Tool”.
■ Resetting the NAS mirroring

For facilities where NAS mirroring are used , resetting the NAS mirroring function is
required.
$ For procedural details, see “2.4 “Mirroring” Settings” in “Appendix 11
MCApp02098.ai
Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation
– Appendix”.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.2.2 Dividing into Subfolders via the Maintenance Function ■ Setup procedure
Make subfolders for the image folder via the maintenance function. ● Execution target
This function operates during non-operational hours, such as at night and non- • The version must be V2.5(B) or later.
consultation days, to improve ease of maintenance to activate initial mirroring
• Subfolders for the image folder have not been created yet.
processing.
• The partition has not been created yet.
Maintenance processing starts when the server application terminates.
 NOTE 
Make sure to explain the following details to the facilities that are using this device.
● Procedure with the service utility
Setup the “Maintenance tool setting” and register processing of subfolders for past
• The maintenance screen is displayed every time the server application terminates studies.
until maintenance is complete. Stop maintenance and restart the server PC if you
want to use the server application immediately.
1. Start the service utility.
• The maintenance screen is not displayed after maintenance is complete.
$ For information on the service utility, see “2. Starting, Logging-in to, and
 NOTE (when using the NAS mirroring function) a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
Make sure to setup mirroring via the maintenance function for the facilities that are
using the NAS mirroring function. 2. Click [System].
Processing subfolders for past studies and initial mirroring can be simultaneously a The “System settings” window opens.
performed during non-operational hours when the maintenance function is
executed if the mirroring setup is completed. 3. Select “Maintenance tool setting” from “Filtering setup items” and
$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2.4.2 “Mirroring” change the “42-1 Use the Maintenance Function” setting to “Yes”.
settings (Switching to Mirroring for V2.5(B) or Later in Facilities Where
Mirroring NAS Functions Are Used)” in “Appendix 11 Expansion of HDD and
Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
The following procedure is unnecessary if the reference procedure is executed as
the maintenance function is implemented when setting up mirroring.
MCAppx17001.ai
4. Click [OK].
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
5. Click [EXIT]. ● Execute the maintenance function
a The Service Utility terminates and the system returns to the desktop.
1. Start the server application.
6. Double-click “UpdateQueueServiceDB¥Inqueue_SubFolder.bat”.
2. Shut down the server application.
 NOTE  → The “Maintenance Tool” window opens.
The batch files are stored in different places depending on the versions and
the OS. 3. Confirm that the maintenance function is running correctly.
• In case of Windows Vista/7 with V2.5(B) or later version, execute it from “C:¥
ProgramData¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Temp¥UpdateQueueServiceDB”.
• In case of Windows XP with V2.5(B) or later version, execute it from
“C:¥Program Files¥FujiFilm¥Hobbit¥Temp¥UpdateQueueServiceDB”.
a Register processing of subfolders for past studies.
r REFERENCE
The subfolder is only registered with the queue here and subfolders for past MCAppx19003.ai
studies are made after the server application has terminated.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.3 Special institute ■ Restoring the database
(Division into Subfolders + Partitioning) Perform the “restoration of the databases”.
$ For details of the procedure, see “2.2.1 “DB” Restoration with
Together with newly constructing a drive apart from the C drive for the sake of RestorationTool2” in “Appendix 13 Backup and Restoration Procedures of
maintenance performance improvement, divide the Image folder configuration into CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL”.
subfolders for the sake of the improvement of DICOM reception speed.
To perform partitioning, reinstall the OS. r REFERENCE
The procedure in “2.2.2 Copying Image Data to the PC” in “Appendix 13 Backup
■ Work before the OS reinstallation and Restoration Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL” is not required because
it will be performed in the procedure in “■ Executing the relocation converting tool”
described below.
1. If the NAS mirroring is used, set the setting to OFF.
2. Connect the external medium such as the external HDD for backup. ■ Executing the relocation converting tool
Execute the relocation converting tool.
3. Back up the Image folder and database backup to the external medium
such as the external HDD. $ For details of the procedure, see “■ Executing the relocation converting tool”
under “2.2 Normal Institute (Division into Subfolders)”.
$ For details of the procedure, see “1.2 Backup Procedure Using the Copy
Command” under “Appendix 13: Backup and Restoration Procedures
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL”. r REFERENCE
With V2.5(B) or later, if the subfoldering is just performed without the partitioning
4. Confirm that all of the files in the folder Image could be evacuated to being implemented, then only the maintenance function needs to be used to do the
the external HDD. subfoldering in the procedure. However, when performing the partitioning, the
relocation conversion tool that are used with V2.3(B) needs to be used because
5. Note down the drive letter of the external HDD that was used. the registry image folder storage location needs to be changed.
■ Checking the drive letter

■ Reinstalling the OS If a USB-HDD (backup USB-HDD) is used, connect the USB-HDD and check
Reinstall the OS by referring to the follows. whether the drive letter is the same as that of the former drive.
Perform partitioning when reinstalling the OS. $ For details of the procedure, see “■ Changing drive letter” in “1.5.1 Installing
and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of
$ For Windows XP, see “1.3 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows XP]
(CR-VW 674)”. Parts”.
$ For Windows Vista see “1.4 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows Vista]”.
$ For Windows 7, see “1.5 Installing and Setting Up the OS [Windows 7]”.
■ Restoration of other setting files
Restore other setting files.
r REFERENCE $ For details of the procedure, see “2.2.3 Restoration of Other Setup Files” in
When the OS is reinstalled, all of the data will be deleted. Back up the necessary “Appendix 13 Backup and Restoration Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL”.
data in advance.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.4 List of Messages, Causes and Remedies of No
Process-
ing
Category Output Message Causes Remedies
the Relocation Converting Tool 6 C Error D/F No Study to be No study to be Executing the
convert the converting converting processing
If an error is displayed when executing the relocation converting tool, deal with it by target. is not required.
following the table below. If there are study data
requiring converting,
confirm whether the
■ List of messages, causes and remedies of the relocation database restoration
has been performed.
converting tool If the database
Explanation of abbreviations in the table restoration has been
performed but the
F: Creating the converting destination folder studies did not
Processing become the converting
C: Converting targets, query
FUJIFILM via TIMS.
D: Dialog display
Output 7 C Error D/F No data in a No data to be the Executing the
F: Log file output folder converting target converting processing
in the converting is not required.
source folder. If there are data
Process- requiring conversion,
No Category Output Message Causes Remedies
ing confirm whether there
1 All Error D/F An error occurred An unexpected Query FUJIFILM via is no mistake in the
error occurred TIMS. folder specified as the
during converting source.
processing. 8 C Error D/F Disk space is not The disk space of Confirm whether there
2 F Error D Select a Drive The drive to Select the drive to enough the drive is no mistake in the
create the create the converting specified as the folder specified as the
converting destination folder at converting converting destination.
destination folder the “Create Folder” destination is not The free space larger
has not been window. enough. than the minimum disk
specified. free space required by
3 F Error D/F Getting the Getting the Confirm whether the the application
system image Image folder path application version is (normally, 500 MB) is
folder failed failed. 2.3(B) or later or not. required at the
If it is the correct converting destination.
version, query 9 C Error D/F NAS drive is not The registered Confirm that the
FUJIFILM via TIMS. found extended NAS registered extended
4 F Error D/F Creating folder Creating the Query FUJIFILM via cannot be NAS is correctly
failed converting folder TIMS. connected. connected.
failed. 10 C Error D/F Getting the The drive Confirm whether there
5 C Error D Drive is not Converting Display the “Create system image specified as the is a mistake in the
selected processing was Folder” window and folder failed converting folder specified as the
attempted before create the converting destination is in converting destination.
the creating of destination folder. the state that If there is no mistake,
the converting cannot be used. query FUJIFILM via
destination folder. TIMS.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Process- Process-
No Category Output Message Causes Remedies No Category Output Message Causes Remedies
ing ing
11 C Error F DB update(URL) DB update failed Query FUJIFILM via 20 C Warning F The following After the Confirm the files
was during converting TIMS. abnormal files conversion (moves to the
failed(conversion processing. exist and move to processing, conversion destination
processing) Image folder. abnormal files folder) which were not
12 C Error F Error occurred in DB update failed Query FUJIFILM via which were not conversion target to
DB during converting TIMS. conversion target see whether they are
update(automatic processing. exist in the necessary or not.
deletion) conversion If you are not sure,
source folder. query FUJIFILM via
13 C Error F Convert error The remedy Query FUJIFILM via TIMS.
process failed processing for TIMS.
the error occurred 21 C Information F The following After the This is a normal
during converting normal files exist conversion processing so there is
processing failed. and move to processing, files no remedy required.
Image folder. required for the
14 C Error F Conversion An error occurred Query FUJIFILM via system that were
processing was during converting TIMS. not conversion
failed processing. target exist in the
15 C Error F Error occurred in DB update failed Query FUJIFILM via conversion
DB update(URL) during converting TIMS. source folder.
processing.
16 C Error F Error occurred in File operation Query FUJIFILM via
Operation to file failed during TIMS.
converting
processing. ■ Query FUJIFILM via TIMS
17 C Error F Error occurred in File deletion Query FUJIFILM via To query FUJIFILM via TIMS, collect and submit the following log files and
delete file processing failed TIMS. Windows event log that were output when executing the converting tool.
processing during converting
processing. Where the log files are stored
18 C Error F Error occurred in Error occurred Confirm whether other
delete folder during deletion application is Desktop\MoveImageLog\yyyyMMdd
processing processing on accessing subfolder of
subfolder of the the converting source Name of the log files included in the folder above
converting source folder.
folder. Although this message • MoveImageResultLog_yyyyMMdd.log*
is displayed, the • MoveImageDebugLog_yyyyMMdd.log*
converting processing
is completed. Delete • MoveImageDetailLog_yyyyMMdd.log*
unnecessary
• MoveImageTraceLog_yyyyMMdd.log*
subfolders manually.
19 C Warning F Target file was not A study has been Confirm whether there
found in source registered to the is a mistake in the yyyyMMdd: Year, month and date when the converting tool was executed
folder. The database as folder specified as the * A
rbitrarily value (When the output sizes of log files have become bigger, serial
processing conversion target conversion source. If
numbers will be assigned.)
continuation. data but a target there is no mistake,
file does not query FUJIFILM via
exist. TIMS.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
2.5 Dividing the Image Folder into Subfolders ■ V2.3(B) or later
(supplementary)
In this section, how the Image folder configuration was changed between V2.2(B)
or earlier and V2.3(B) or later is described.
■ V2.2(B) or earlier
All files are placed right under the Image folder.
MCApp02100.ai
MCApp02101.ai
* xx of FCRxx.ddo is an arbitrary value.

* xx of FCRxx.ddo is an arbitrary value.
Files are placed under two layers of subfolders as shown in the figure above.
There are ten folders for the first layer, and data of ten studies are placed in each
folder (folders of the second layer).
Folder names are determined based on the study SEQ No. internally issued for
each study.
The naming rules are as follows.
• Folder of the first layer: Quotient of (study SEQ/100)
• Folder of the second layer: (Remainder of (study SEQ/100)/10
For example, the folder names are as follows in case of the image data file with the
study SEQ No. 589.
• Folder of the first layer: 589/100 = 5
• Folder of the second layer: 89/10 = 8
The subfolder “5\8” is created under the Image folder and the file is placed inside
the subfolder.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
3. Precautions Regarding the Division

into Subfolders (V2.5(B) or later)
Files consisting of images and so forth from studies are divided into subfolders and
saved with the maintenance tool. However, some files remain that were not saved
under the subfolders.
As some files can safely be ignored but others cause problems, the following
explains how to distinguish the difference.
Even if some files remain directly under the image folder, if the “One or more
maintenance failed.” message under the “Level: Error, Source: Maintenance Tool,
Event ID: 15155” message for the event log is not registered, those files can be
safely ignored.
Files that remain directly under the image folder are data for studies before study
modification (for backup).
r REFERENCE
The image folder is in the following locations:
Windows XP : C(X):¥Program Files¥Fujifilm¥Hobbit¥Data¥Image
Windows Vista/7 : C(X):¥Fujifilm¥Data¥Image
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appx MC 15-16
BLANK PAGE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
Appendix 16 Change of Version Display in Products for Chinese Market (CR-IR 391CL Only) Appx MC 16-1
Appendix 16 Change of Version Display ○ In case of Windows Vista/7

in Products for Chinese I. Double-click “SetDisplayVersionV2.0B.reg” icon.
Market (CR-IR 391CL Only)  NOTE 

Click [Yes] to grant a permission if UAC window appears.
■ Overview a “Registry Editor” window appears to ask whether to add the information to
the registry.
The “CR-IR391CL Version Number V2.0(B) Tool” changes the version information II. Click [Yes].
displayed on the screen of CR-IR 391CL to the version at the time Chinese SFDA
application was made. V2.0(B) will be seen as V2.2(B) in Chinese environment. III. “Registry Editor” window displays that the registry key and values have been
appropriately set up.
■ Applicable conditions IV. Click “Utilities” button on the bottom of the Main Window and select “Version
Information” to make sure that the displayed version shows “V2.00.XXXX”.
CR-IR 391CL V2.2(B) for Chinese market
■ Changed items
■ Installation and verification procesures The version information display on the screen of CR-IR391CL has been changed
as follows.
1. Insert “Version Number V2.0(B) Tool” disk into DVD drive.
Changed Items Before the change After the change
2. Double-click DVD drive. Version display on the opening screen V2.02.XXXX V2.00.XXXX
Version information display
V2.02.XXXX V2.00.XXXX
3. Execute “SetDisplayVersionV2.0B.reg” in the disk. (“Utilities” button-“Version information”)
 NOTE 
The installation procedures vary depending on the OS.
○ In case of Windows XP
I. Double-click “SetDisplayVersionV2.0B.reg” icon.
a “Registry Editor” window appears to ask whether to add the information to
the registry.
II. Click [Yes].
III. “Registry Editor” window displays that the registry key and values have been
appropriately set up.
MCApp16001.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appendix 16 Change of Version Display in Products for Chinese Market (CR-IR 391CL Only) Appx MC 16-2
■ Confirmation of the version information
After applying “CR-IR391CL Version Number V2.0(B) Tool”, the version information
of minor upgrade cannot be seen. In case confirmation of version information is
needed, acquire the maintenance log to check the version information of minor
upgrade application, including HotFixes. The version of installed application,
including minor upgrade and HotFixes, is recorded in “BackupInfo.ini” created
when collecting the maintenance log in the Backup Utility.
e.g.: In case V2.2B HF0002 is running.
AppVersion=7.02.0002
■ Note
Apply “CR-IR391CL Version Number V2.0(B) Tool” again each time application
software is installed.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appx MC 16-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appx MC 16-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
MU-I
MU: Maintenance Utility
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MU-I
MU: Maintenance Utility MU-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) MU-3, 4, 9, 12, 18, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34, 44, 46, 53,
54, 60, 61, 95, 96
Appx MU 1-2, 7, 2-2 to 5, 3-4, 4-2 to 4,
Appx MU 5-2, 3, 7-1
Changes in pagination (FM5421) 32, 35 to 43, 45, 47 to 52, 55 to 59, 62 to 94,
97 to 106
Appx MU 2-6, 7-2 to 4
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) 5 to 10, 12 to 14, 33, 58, 65, 66, 85, 102 to 107
Appx MU 1-2, 3, 2-2, 5, 4-1, 2, 5-1, 6-1
Changes in pagination (FM5525) 11, 15 to 32, 34 to 57, 59 to 64, 67 to 84, 86 to 101,
108 to 114,
Appx MU 5-2, 3
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) 2, 16, 22, 33, 35 to 37, 40, 49 to 53, 67 to 69, 104,
114,
Appx MU 1-2, 3, 6, 2-1, 4, 3-1, 2, 4, 4-1, 2, 5-1, 2,
8-1 to 4
Changes in pagination (FM5653) 54 to 66, 70 to 103, 105 to 113
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) 3, 5 to 17, 19, 23 to 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39 to 45,
65 to 70, 84, 95, 98 to 104, 112, 129, 133,
Appx MU 1-7, 6-1, 7-1, 9-8, 9, 10-1 to 4
Changes in pagination (FM5900) 18, 20 to 22, 27, 29, 31 to 34, 36, 38, 46 to 64,
71 to 83, 85 to 94, 96, 97, 105 to 111, 113 to 128,
130 to 132, 134 to 142
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) 2, 7, 8, 11, 12, 17 to 20, 48, 51, 55, 56, 69, 70, 72,
(FM5901) 74 to 77, 85 to 88, 103 to 105, 113, 138
Changes in pagination (FM5901) 3 to 6, 9, 10, 13 to 16, 21 to 47, 49, 50, 52 to 54,
57 to 68, 71, 73, 78 to 84, 89 to 102, 106 to 112,
114 to 137, 139 to 150
08/30/2014 08 Revision for software V2.5(B) (FM6240) 51, 67 to 77
Appx MU 2-1
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MU-II
1. Overview of Service Utility Functions MU-1
1. Overview of Service Utility Functions ■ Service settings

● System
Service utility tools used for installing or servicing the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Performs setup concerning, for instance, the user environment, operating style,
are collectively referred to as the “Service Utility”. and image processing.
r REFERENCE
For backing up or restoring data for servicing purposes, use a utility named
● Connected equipment
Sets the equipment to be connected to the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
“Backup Utility”, which differs from the “Service Utility”.
 System gradation correction process setup
The main functions of the Backup Utility are as follows:
Sets the gradation correction file (LUT).
• Backup
Backs up patient information, setup information, and log information. ● Linkage function
• Restore Sets a function that can be exercised in coordination with external equipment.
Restores patient information and setup information.
• Collecting logs for maintenance purpose ● Film annotation characters
Collects log information. Sets the character string to be printed at the time of film output and specifies its
$ For details on the Backup Utility, see “Appendix 1: Backup Utility”. format.
This section describes the details of the Service Utility. ● Person name
The Service Utility has the following functions: Specifies the person name format.
 NOTE 
■ Maintenance tools
• To operate the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system program (including utility
programs), Windows Explorer must be shut down. ● Database Utility
Operating the program with Windows Explorer up and running may cause a Initializes or rebuilds a database.
problem, such as system hang-up or media error, to occur.
However, this does not apply when the procedure where to start up from Windows
Explorer is determined.
● Acquiring EDR backup data
Acquires or stores EDR backup data about a local image.
• If the option key is added later on, the setup item associated with the key of the
window by opening the setting window and the setting information will be
registered to the database when the Service Utility is exited.
● Connection check
Checks the connections to the equipment that is set through “● Connected
Therefore, even if the option was the same DICOM input function (even if no
equipment” under “■ Service settings”.
change in the setting) such as US image importing option and CT/MRI image
importing option when either of an option is added later on, the setting window for
Service Utility must be open again.
● Log display/edit
Displays or clears the number of IP exposures (IP exposure count).
■ Simplified setup ● Event log display

Starts Event Viewer of the OS.
● Simplified setup wizard
Opens a wizard that steps you through the process of interactive setup.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual MU-1
2. Starting, Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility MU-2
2. Starting, Logging-in to, and Exiting ■ Starting the Service Utility

the Service Utility The procedure for starting the Service Utility differs depending on whether the
system power is ON or OFF.
This section describes the procedures for starting, logging-in to, and exiting the ● When the PC power is OFF
Service Utility.
1. Turn ON the PC power.
 NOTE  a Windows XP starts up. After about one minute, the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
starts.
To start up the Service Utility, make sure to confirm that the Server application has
been terminated. If the Service Utility is started up when the Server application is
running, the following error messages will be displayed. 2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 2 to 3 seconds.
• When starting up the Client application in the Server/Client environment, the error
message [20188] is displayed. Click the upper left corner first, and then the upper right corner.
r.
MU04030005.ai 00000118.ai
• When operating the Service Utility while the Server application is running, the a The “ServiceUtilityAuthentication” window opens.
error message [60264] is displayed.
MU04030006.ai
MU000014.EPS
If the error message is displayed, terminate the Server/Client application and then
start up the Service Utility again with the following procedure. After logging in to the
Service Utility, terminate it without any operation.
<Supplementary>
In the general operation, it is impossible to start up the Service Utility while the
Server application is running. The mentioned phenomenon occurs when starting up
the Service Utility directly not when starting up via the Server application. Do not
create the environment that the mentioned phenomenon can occur easily such as
creating the Service Utility shortcut on the desktop.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● When the PC power is ON ■ Logging-in to the Service Utility
1. When the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL is running, right-click the server To log in to the Service Utility, enter a password for authentication.
icon in the task tray, which is located in the lower right corner of the $ For details on Service Utility startup, see “■ Starting the Service Utility”.
desktop screen.
a The “ServiceUtilityAuthentication” window opens.
IN000402.EPS
a The right-click menu opens.
2. Click [Exit].
3. When the shutdown message appears, click [OK].

a The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL shuts down.
MU000014.EPS
4. Double-click the icon on the desktop.

2. Enter the password “fieldengineer”.
a The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL starts in about 1 minute.
 NOTES 
5. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and • Enter the password by using 1-byte lower-case characters.
upper right corners within a period of 2 to 3 seconds.
• The entered password characters appear as asterisks (*).
r.
3. Click [OK].
00000118.ai
a The “ServiceUtilityAuthentication” window opens.
MU000014.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Exiting the Service Utility
1. In the “Service Utility top” window, click [EXIT].
 NOTE 
For V2.1(B) or later, the settings need to be reflected to the Windows services
when terminating the service utility because it utilizes the functions of the
Windows services independently of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL.
It takes longer (for approximately 50 seconds) than it did to terminate the
service utility as the Windows services are shut down and then restart.
MU000001.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Top Window MU-5
3. Top Window $ XI. For details on the procedure for “Log display/edit”, see
“7.4 Log Display/Edit”.
$ XII. For details on the procedure for “Event log display”, see
The Service Utility top window, which opens upon login, looks like the figure below. “7.5 Event Log Display”.
I.
II. VIII.
III. IX.
IV. X.
V. XI.
VI. XII.
VII.
MU000028.EPS
$ I. For details on the setup procedure for use with the “Simplified setup
wizard”, see “5. Simplified Setup Wizard”.
$ II. For details on the procedure for setting the “System”, see “6.1 System”.
$ III. For details on the procedure for setting the “Connected equipment”, see
“6.2 Connected Equipment”.
$ IV. For details on the procedure for setting the “Linkage function”, see
“6.3 Linkage Function”.
$ V. For details on the procedure for setting the “Film annotation characters”,
see “6.4 Film Annotation Characters”.
$ VI. For details on the procedure for setting a “Person name”, see
“6.5 Person Name”.
$ VII. For details on the procedure for “Modality setting”, see
“6.6 Modality Settings”.
$ VIII. For details on the procedure for the “Database Utility”, see
“7.1 Database Utility”.
$ IX. For details on the procedure for “Acquiring EDR backup data”, see
“7.2 Acquiring EDR Backup Data”.
$ X. For details on the procedure for “Connection check”, see
“7.3 Connection Check”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4.1 In Case of Windows XP (CR-VW 674 Only) MU-6
4. Regional and Language Options 3. Click the “Regional Options” tab to select a language (region) to use
from the pull-down menu in “Select an item to match...”.
Settings
4. Click [Customize].
Prior to performing necessary settings using the Service Utility functions, perform a The [Customize Regional Options] window then opens.
OS settings according to the region where the equipment is to be installed.
5. Select the “Date” tab.
4.1. In Case of Windows XP (CR-VW 674 Only)

If the window is not in the Classic View mode, click [Switch to Classic View] to
change the display to Classic View.
2. Double-click [Regional and Language Options].

a The [Regional and Language Options] window opens.
IN000434.EPS
IN000433.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Following examples shown in the table below, enter a date from the  NOTE 
keyboard in the [Short date format:] box of the [Short date] field. Perform the following procedure only when changing to “European long data”
CAUTION or “European short data” at step 6.
Select [Run] from the [Start] menu, enter “UpdateLocaleInfo”, and click [OK].
A date entered will not be displayed correctly if the order to display “year/
month/day” used in the system is different from that of the OS date format.
Because this is used for important information, including the date of study
and the like, it is essential to perform a date setting on the OS side carefully
at this step.
$ For details of settings of the date format used in the system, see
“5.3 System Settings”.
Date format used in the OS’ short

IN000455.ai
Date format used in the system

“Date” format a The “UpdateLocaleInfo” window opens, and then closes after a while.
Japanese date (S62.10.07) yy/MM/dd
ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07) yyyy/MM/dd
ANSI short date (1987.10.07) yyyy/MM/dd
American long date (OCT.07.1987) MM/dd/yyyy
American short date (10.07.1987) MM/dd/yyyy
European long date (07.OCT.1987) dd/MM/yyyy
European short date (07.10.1987) dd/MM/yyyy IN000456.ai
This procedure can be skipped when the displayed language of CR-VW 674/
 NOTE  CR-IR 391CL is changed from English to other language as the installer calls
If there is a delimiter at the end of “Short date” or “Long date”, make sure to the “UpdateLocaleInfo” procedure.
delete the delimiter.
CAUTION
r REFERENCE If the “UpdateLocaleInfo” is not executed by neither of the procedures above
• Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in after changing to “European long date” or “European short date”, the
the pull-down menu. following failures may occur.
• The factory settings are as follows: • 30900 error occurs when importing general-purpose images.
“Short date” : “M/d/yyyy” (3,2,2011) • Images are not displayed on a screen, such as the “Viewer” and “Free
“Long date” : “dddd,MMMM dd,yyy” (Thusday,April 26,2007) Layout Print” screens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Select “/” for [Date separator:] of the [Short date] field. 11. Select [HH:mm:ss] or [H:mm:ss] for the [Time format:] box setting.
 NOTE  CAUTION
Date separator symbols other than “/” are unsupported. • Do not use “tt” representation.
The CR-VW 674 database will not be displayed correctly if [tt hh:mm:ss] or
[tt h:mm:ss] is specified for the time format.
8. Similarly, perform settings for the [Long date] field. • Systems settings of the Service Utility must be consistent with the OS
 NOTE  settings. Set the setup value of “1-2 Time display format” in the System
settings according to the OS setup value as follows.
When doing so, observe the order of entering “year/month/day” in the short
date format determined at Step 6 above. - The time of the OS is 12 hour format: “0 HH:MM:SS AM”
- The time of the OS is 24 hour format: “1 HH:MM:SS”
9. Click [Apply].
r REFERENCE
10. Select the “Time” tab. • Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in the
pull-down menu.
• The factory settings are as follows:
“Short time” : “HH:mm:ss” (24 hour format)
“Long time” : “HH:mm:ss” (24 hour format)
12. Select [:] for the [Time separator:] box setting.

CAUTION
Make sure to select [:] for the time separator. If you select any separator
other than [:], the system may not operate correctly.
13. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the [Regional and Language Options] window.
14. Click [OK].

MU000404.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Defining the character to be used as a decimal point 3. Check to see that the character specified in the “Decimal symbol” field
is “.” (period). If not, change it to “.” (period).
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Regional and Language
CAUTION
Options”.
Select “.” (period) as the character to be used as a decimal point.
a The “Regional and Language Options” window opens.
If anything other than a period is selected, an error occurs when you select
an image distribution destination with the QA function.
2. Make sure that the “Regional Options” tab is selected and click
[Customize].
 NOTE 
If both settings of the “Digit grouping symbol” and “Decimal symbol” become
“.” (period) by the setting change above, change the setting of “Digit grouping
symbol” to “,” (comma) or blank.
RI000228.EPS
a The “Customize Regional Options” window opens.
RI000226.EPS
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Regional and Language Options” window.
5. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4.2 In Case of Windows Vista MU-10
4.2 In Case of Windows Vista 3. Click the “Formats” tab to select a language (region) to use from the
pull-down menu in “Current format”.
 NOTE 
Select the region and the language used, except for Turkish. Please select
a The “Control Panel” window opens. “English and Britain” for Turkish.
If the window is not in the Classic View mode, click [Classic View] to change When Turkish is selected, Database Utility of Service Utility cannot be
the display to Classic View. operated.
2. Double-click [Regional and Language Options].

4. Click [Customize this format].
IN000433.ai
IN000434.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Following examples shown in the table below, enter a date from the 7. Similarly, perform settings for the [Long date] box.
keyboard in the [Short date] box of the [Date formats] field.
 NOTE 
CAUTION When doing so, observe the order of entering “year/month/day” in the short
A date entered will not be displayed correctly if the order to display “year/ date format determined at Step 6 above.
and the like, it is essential to perform a date setting on the OS side carefully 8. Click [Apply].
at this step.
$ For details of settings of the date format used in the system, see 9. Select the “Time” tab.

“Date” format
European short date (07.10.1987) dd/MM/yyyy
 NOTE 
If there is a delimiter at the end of “Short date” or “Long date”, make sure to
r REFERENCE
• Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in
the pull-down menu.
• The factory settings are as follows: MU000404.ai
“Short date” : “M/d/yyyy” (3,2,2011)

“Long date” : “dddd,MMMM dd,yyy” (Thusday,April 26,2007)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
10. Select [HH:mm:ss] or [H:mm:ss] for the [Time format:] box setting. 12. Select the “Keyboards and Languages” tab and click [Change
keyboards].
CAUTION
• Do not use “tt” representation.
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL database will not be displayed correctly if
[hh:mm:ss tt] or [h:mm:ss tt] is specified for the time format.
• Systems settings of the Service Utility must be consistent with the OS
settings. Set the setup value of “1-2 Time display format” in the System
- The time of the OS is 12 hour format: “0 HH:MM:SS AM”
IN000447.ai

a The “Text Services and Input Languages” window opens.
r REFERENCE
• Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in the
pull-down menu.
11. Click [OK].

IN000448.ai
13. Select the Keyboard according to the keyboard used at the facility.
 NOTE 
In case of Romanian, select “Romanian(Legacy)”. “Romanian(Standard)”
cannot be selected.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
14. Click [OK]. 16. Set it according to the language used from the pull-down menu in
a The system returns to the “Regional and Language Options” window. “Current system locale” , and click [OK].
 NOTE 
15. Select “Administrative” tab and click [Change system locale]. Select the language among the following 17 languages (18 font types)
supported by CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. If not, installation of Menu/Parameter
files will be failed.
• ChineseSimplified *1 • French • Polish
• ChineseTraditional *1 • German • Portuguese *1
• Czech *2 • Italian • Russian *1
• Danish • Japanese • Spanish
• English • Korean *1 • Swedish
• Finnish • Norwegian • Turkish *2
*1 Selectable with CR-VW 674 V5.0 or later and CR-IR 391CL V1.0 or later.
*2 Selectable with CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL V2.0(B) or later.
The following window displays in case of failure.
IN000449.ai
IN000454.ai
If an error “NO PARAM File.FileNo.-000” is occurred, it is necessary to perform

the uninstallation of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL software and language
setting and then the installation of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL software.
IN000450.ai
r REFERENCE
When reactivation is pressed after setup, reactivates according to the
inducement. After it reactivates, open the “Regional and Language Options”
window again.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
17. Select the “Administrative” tab and click [Copy to reserved accounts].
IN000453.ai
IN000451.ai
18. Place a checkmark on “System accounts (local system, local service,

and network service)” and click [OK].
19. Click [OK].

014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Defining the character to be used as a decimal point 3. Check to see that the character specified in the “Decimal symbol” field
Select “.” (period) as the character to be used as a decimal point. is “.” (period). If not, change it to “.” (period).
If anything other than a period is selected, an error occurs when you select an  NOTE 
image distribution destination with the QA function.
If both settings of the “Digit grouping symbol” and “Decimal symbol” become
“.” (period) by the setting change above, change the setting of “Digit grouping
1. In the “Control Panel” window, double-click “Regional and Language
symbol” to “,” (comma) or blank.
Options”.
2. Make sure that the “Formats” tab is selected and click [Customize this
format].
RI000228.ai
RI000226.ai
4. Make sure that “Display leading zeros” field is set to “0.7”.
5. Click [OK].
6. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4.3 In Case of Windows 7 MU-16
4.3 In Case of Windows 7 4. Click [Additional settings].
a The “Customize Format” window opens.
1. Select [Control Panel] from the menu. 5. Select the “Number” tab and perform the following setting.
a The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. ▪ Decimal symbol : “.” (period)
▪ Display leading zeros : “0.7”
2. Click .
a The “Region and Language” window opens.
3. Click the “Formats” tab to select a language (region) to use from the
pull-down menu in “Current format”.
MC01070022.ai
MC01070021.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Following examples shown in the table below, enter a date from the
keyboard in the [Short date] box of the [Date formats] field.
CAUTION
A date entered will not be displayed correctly if the order to display “year/
and the like, it is essential to perform a date setting on the OS side carefully
at this step.
$ For details of settings of the date format used in the system, see
MC01070023.ai

“Date” format 8. Similarly, perform settings for the [Long date] field.
 NOTE 
When doing so, observe the order of entering “year/month/day” in the short
date format determined at Step 7 above.
9. Click [Apply].
European short date (07.10.1987) dd/MM/yyyy
10. Select the “Time” tab.
 NOTE 
If there is a delimiter at the end of “Short date” or “Long date”, make sure to
r REFERENCE
• Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in
the pull-down menu.
“Short date” : “M/d/yyyy” (3,2,2011)
“Long date” : “dddd,MMMM dd,yyy” (Thusday,April 26,2007)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Select [HH:mm:ss] or [H:mm:ss] for the [Time format:] box setting. 13. Select the “Keyboards and Languages” tab and click [Change
keyboards].
CAUTION
• Do not use “tt” representation.
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL database will not be displayed correctly if
[hh:mm:ss tt] or [h:mm:ss tt] is specified for the time format.
• Systems settings of the Service Utility must be consistent with the OS
settings. Set the setup value of “1-2 Time display format” in the System
- The time of the OS is 12 hour format: “0 HH:MM:SS AM”
IN000447.ai

a The “Text Services and Input Languages” window opens.
r REFERENCE
• Enter directly from the keyboard because some formats are not displayed in the
pull-down menu.
IN000448.ai
MC01070024.ai
14. Select the Keyboard according to the keyboard used at the facility.
 NOTE 
12. Click [OK].
In case of Romanian, select “Romanian(Legacy)”. “Romanian(Standard)”
a The system returns to the “Regional and Language” window. cannot be selected.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15. Click [OK]. 17. Set it according to the language used from the pull-down menu in
a The system returns to the “Regional and Language” window. “Current system locale” , and click [OK].
 NOTE 
16. Select “Administrative” tab and click [Change system locale]. Select the language among the following 17 languages (18 font types)
supported by CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. If not, installation of Menu/Parameter
files will be failed.
• ChineseSimplified *1 • French • Polish
• ChineseTraditional *1 • German • Portuguese *1
• Czech *2 • Italian • Russian *1
• Danish • Japanese • Spanish
• English • Korean *1 • Swedish
• Finnish • Norwegian • Turkish *2
*1 Selectable with CR-VW 674 V5.0 or later and CR-IR 391CL V1.0 or later.
*2 Selectable with CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL V2.0(B) or later.
The following window displays in case of failure.
IN000457.ai
IN000454.ai
If an error “NO PARAM File.FileNo.-000” is occurred, it is necessary to perform

the uninstallation of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL software and language
setting and then the installation of the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL software.
r REFERENCE
IN000450.ai
When reactivation is pressed after setup, reactivates according to the

inducement. After it reactivates, open the “Regional and Language Options”
window again.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
18. Select the “Administrative” tab and click [Copy settings...]. 20. Click [OK].

IN000453.ai
IN000459.ai
19. Place a checkmark on “Welcome screen and system accounts” and

click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.1 Starting the Simplified Setup Wizard MU-21
5. Simplified Setup Wizard 5.1 Starting the Simplified Setup Wizard

The simplified setup wizard interactively performs the following setup procedures in
the order named. The setup items vary with the selected options. a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
5.1 Starting the Simplified Setup Wizard
5.2 Setting the Date and Time
5.3 System Settings
5.4 Server Equipment Settings
5.5 Setting the Image Reader
5.6 Setting the Film Printer (option)
5.7 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option)
5.8 Thumbnail Image Output Setup

MU000501.EPS
5.9 Settings for Replacement of Patient Information at the Time of

Receiving DICOM Images
2. Click [Simplified setup wizard].
a The “Setting PC (OS) date/time” window of the Simplified setup wizard opens.
5.10 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import (option)
5.11 Settings for MWM Study Information Linkage (option)
5.12 Settings for MPPS Linkage (option)
5.13 Exiting the Simplified Setup Wizard
This section describes the procedure to be performed when all the options are
selected.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.2 Setting the Date and Time MU-22
5.2 Setting the Date and Time 2. Check the date and time.
 NOTE 
5.2.1 Setting the Date and Time [Windows XP] Carefully check the date and time because they are important values for the
study date and exposure time.
If the date and time are incorrect, correct them and then click [Apply].
00000115.EPS
3. Click [Time Zone].
4. Check the selected time zone.

If an incorrect time zone is selected, correct it and then click [Apply].
MU000502.EPS
00000117.EPS
1. Click [Date/time change].

5. Click [OK].
a The “Date and Time Properties” window opens.
a The system returns to the “Setting PC (OS) date/time” window.
6. Click [Next].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.2.2 Setting the Date and Time [Windows Vista / 7] 1. Click [Date/time change].
a The “Date and Time Properties” window opens.
MU060210.ai
MU000502.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
2. Check the date and time. 3. Check the selected time zone.
If an incorrect time zone is selected, click [Change time zone...] and
 NOTE  correct it on the “Time Zone Settings” window, then click [OK].
Carefully check the date and time because they are important values for the
study date and exposure time.
If the date and time are incorrect, click [Change date and time...] and
correct them on the “Date and Time Settings” window, then click
[Apply].
MU060212.ai
4. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Setting PC (OS) date/time” window.
5. Click [Next].
MU060211.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.3 System Settings MU-25
5.3 System Settings 1. Enter “Institution name represented by single-byte alphanumerics
(essential).”
Use the “System settings” window to perform setup concerning the institution
name, date/time format, and patient name format (Kanji), and the like. 2. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Year/month/day format” to
select it.
CAUTION
If the “year/month/day” format has been changed, be sure to change the
setting of the OS’ “short date” format as well.
$ For details of the necessary setting, see “4. Regional and Language
Options Settings”.
Setting Description
Japanese date (S62.10.07) Year+YY.MM.DD
 ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07) YYYY.MONTH.DD
ANSI short date (1987.10.07) YYYY.MM.DD
American long date (OCT.07.1987) MONTH.DD.YYYY
American short date (10.07.1987) MM.DD.YYYY
European long date (07.OCT.1987) DD.MONTH.YYYY
European short date (07.10.1987) DD.MM.YYYY
 : Default
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Time format”, and then
select a time format.
Setting Description
HH:MM:SS AM 12-hour format
MU000503.EPS  HH:MM:SS 24-hour format
 : Default
4. Ensure that the [Inputting a patient name by multi-byte characters]

check box is not checkmarked.
5. Click [Next].
a The [Setting the “Server Equipment”] window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.4 Server Equipment Settings MU-26
5.4 Server Equipment Settings 4. Click [Selection] under “Monitor model”.
Use the “Setting the Server Equipment” window to perform setup concerning the i IMPORTANT
server equipment name, software keyboard, monitor, and the like. For a locally procured LCD monitor, be sure to perform the procedure below:
I. Insert an FD where the LUT file is stored into the FD drive.
II. Click “Update” on the “Monitor model selection” window.
III. Select an LUT for the added model and click [OK].
a The “Monitor model selection” window opens.
MCApp13001.EPS
$ For details on monitor models, see “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
5.
MU000504.EPS
Select a monitor model and then click [OK].

1. Enter the “Equipment name” (host name). a The system returns to the [Setting the “Server Equipment”] window.
 NOTE 
2. Verify that CVXXXXXXXX is entered as the “Host name” and that
172.16.1.20 is entered as the IP address. The monitor settings are automatically entered. Although the “Magnified
Display (%)” setting can be changed, do not change it now.
(NOTE: The “XXXXXXXX” portion represents an 8-digit serial number.)
$ For details, see “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
3. To use the software keyboard, put a checkmark in the “Use” check
box under ( a ). 6. Next, perform the following setup steps (DICOM and disk drive
settings).
r REFERENCE
The Software keyboard function is not implemented in V1.1(B) or later.
This setting is not working.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Set up DICOM (Media Storage setting) 2. Enter an AE name (e.g., MEDIA) in the “AE Name” field under “Media
The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning DICOM Media Storage setting”.
Storage is described below. DICOM Media Storage is used for image transfer to a DVD.
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Maximum pixel density size
1. Click [DICOM setting]. for a stored image”, and then select a maximum pixel density size for
a stored image.
a The “Set up DICOM” window opens.
Setting Description
 ST Standard density
HQ High density
 : Default
r REFERENCE
Selecting “HQ” decreases the number of images that can be recorded on a
DVD.
$ For the number of images that can be stored when the ST, HQ,
compressed, or uncompressed option is selected, see
“1.6 Image Storage Performance” of “Product Specifications”.
4. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Whether or not to specify

data compression for stored images”, and then select a stored image
compression option.
Setting Description
 Compressed Compresses the image (lossless).
Uncompressed Leaves the image uncompressed.
 : Default
MU0504001.ai
The following items shown within the frame on the window above appear only Selecting “Uncompressed” decreases the number of images that can be
when the respective options are installed. recorded on a DVD.
• “Print SCU settings” : D ICOM Print Key Software or Free Layout
DICOM Print Option Key Software $ For the number of images that can be stored when the ST, HQ,
• “Settings for Storage SCU” : DICOM Standard CR Storage Key Software
• “MWM SCU setting” : DICOM ORDER MWM/MPPS Key Software
• “MPPS SCU setting” : DICOM ORDER MWM/MPPS Key Software
5. When storing two-byte character (Kanji or other multi-byte character)
“Storage SCP settings” appears without installing the options. information, put a checkmark in the “Multi-byte character setup”
check box under ( a ).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Set up DICOM (Print SCU setting) (option) 4. Put a checkmark in both the “BasicGrayscalePrint” and “Verification”
The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning DICOM Print is check boxes under “Presentation Context” ( a ).
described below.
r REFERENCE
1. Click the “Print SCU setting” tab. “Verification” is a service class for verifying the connection between DICOM
devices. When verifying the connection, it is necessary to check “Verification”.
For details on connection verification, see “7.3 Connection Check”.
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Setting the “Server Equipment”” window.
Click
MU0504002.ai
2. Enter an AE name (e.g., FCR-CSL) in the “AE Name” field under “Print
SCU setting”.
3. Specify the “Timeout value” (timeout value between DICOM messages:

300).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Set up DICOM (Settings for Storage SCU) (option) ● Set up DICOM (Storage SCP settings) (CR-VW 674 only)
The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning DICOM The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning capture of
Storage output is described below. ultrasound images is described below.
1. Click [DICOM setting]. 1. Click [DICOM setting].
a The “Set up DICOM” window opens. a The “Set up DICOM” window opens.
2. Click the “Settings for Storage SCU” tab. 2. Click the “Storage SCP settings” tab.
Click
Click
MU0504004.ai
MU0504003.ai
3. Enter an AE name (e.g., FCR-CSL2) in the “AE Name” field under

3. Enter an AE name (e.g., FCR-CSL) in the “AE Name” field under “Storage SCP settings”.
“Settings for Storage SCU”.
4. Specify the “Port Number”.
4. Specify the “Timeout value” (timeout value between DICOM messages:
300). 5. Specify the “Timeout value” (timeout value between DICOM messages:
300).
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Setting the “Server Equipment”” window. 6. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Set up DICOM (MWM SCU Setting) (option) ● Set up DICOM (MPPS SCU Setting) (option)
The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning DICOM MWM The procedure for setting information for this equipment concerning DICOM MPPS
is described below. is described below.
1. Click [DICOM setting]. 1. Click [DICOM setting].

a The “Set up DICOM” window opens. a The “Set up DICOM” window opens.
2. Click the “MWM SCU setting” tab. 2. Click the “MPPS SCU setting” tab.
Click Click
MU0504005.ai MU0504006.ai
3. Enter an AE name (e.g., FCR-MWM-U) in the “AE Name” field under 3. Enter an AE name (e.g., FCR-MPPS-U) in the “AE Name” field under
“MWM SCU setting”. “MPPS SCU setting”.
4. Specify the “Timeout value” (timeout value between DICOM messages: 4. Specify the “Timeout value” (timeout value between DICOM messages:
300). 300).

a The system returns to the “Setting the “Server Equipment”” window. a The system returns to the “Setting the “Server Equipment”” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Disk drive settings 3. Click [View] to specify the drive path.
The procedure for setting the DVD drive that is to be connected to the server a The “Browse for Folder” window opens.
equipment (CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL machine).
1. Click [Disk drive settings].

a The “Disk drive settings” window opens.
IN000208.EPS
4. Select the connected DVD drive (D:) and then click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Disk drive settings” window.
5. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Disk format application

type”, and then select a disk format application type (Dedicated
application).
Setting Description
Not specified Does not provide formatting.
 Dedicated application Provides formatting with the dedicated application.
OS Provides formatting with an OS function.
 : Default
MU000507.EPS
2. Enter a management disk drive name (e.g., DVD) in the “Drive name”
field under [Setting a “Disk Drive for Server Management”].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [View] to specify the “Dedicated format application path”. 7. Select the following Format Tool path on the folder selection window
a The “Browse for Folder” window opens. and add “∆D:” or “∆D” or “∆/E∆D:” according to OS and Software
Version.
Model OS Version Specification of Format Tool

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\
V1.0
FFUdfFmtTool D
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
XP V4.0
HBT\FFUdfFmtTool /E D:
CR-VW 674
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
V5.0 or later
BHA\FFUdfFmtTool.exe /E D:
Vista / 7 V5.0 or later
IN000208.EPS FFUdfFmtToolForVista.exe D
r REFERENCE C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\

CR-IR 391CL Vista / 7 V1.0 or later
FFUdfFmtToolForVista.exe D
For Windows Vista, “Open” window appears.
r REFERENCE
“∆” represents a single-byte space and “D:” represents a DVD drive path.
“V1.1(B) or later” is included in “V5.0 or later”.
After the input as above, the description in the “Dedicated format application
path” field will be as follows.
MU000529.EPS
8. Check what is selected for “Drive to be created” in “Set up “PDI” and

click [Edit].
N000209.ai
MU060209.EPS
a Notepad starts.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
9. Input a facility name.
10. From the “File” menu, select “Overwrite”.

The “Save as...” window opens.
11. Confirm the “Character Code” and click “Save”.

 NOTE 
Select “ANSI” or “Unicode” character code. Input data can be saved only when
either “ANSI” or “Unicode” is selected.
12. Select “Close Notepad” from the “File” menu.

a Notepad window closes and the system returns to the “Disk drive settings”
window.
13. Click [OK].

14. Click [Next].

a The “Setting the Image Reader” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.5 Setting the Image Reader MU-34
5.5 Setting the Image Reader 4. Checkmark “Use” in the “Check the box to use Patient information
display” field ( a ).
 NOTE 
• To have the patient information be displayed, the relevant setting must be
turned ON also on the RU side.
$ For details of the procedure to use, see “Appendix 6: Setting the
RU-Config” in “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
• In case of 391RU, be sure to set to OFF.
5. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
The window to be displayed next differs depending on the version of the
application and the available options. (The setting window does not open
when the option key is not installed.)
MU000509.EPS
1. Enter an Image Reader name (default: Image Reader) in the “Equipment

name” field.
2. Enter an Image Reader host name (default: RU0) in the “Host name”
field.
3. Enter an Image Reader IP address (default: 172.16.1.10) in the “IP

Address” field.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.6 Setting the Film Printer (option) MU-35
5.6 Setting the Film Printer (option) 1. Click [Add], or select the printer whose settings are to be changed and
then click [Change].
When connecting the film printer (option), perform the film printer setup procedure a The “Adding film printers” or “Changing film printers” window opens.
described below.
MU000511.EPS
2. Enter a film printer name (e.g., Printer) in the “Equipment name” field.
3. Enter a film printer host name (e.g., fujiprinter) in the “Host name” field.
4. Enter a film printer IP address (e.g., 172.16.1.30) in the “IP Address” field.
MU000510.EPS
5. Enter a film printer AE name (e.g., DRYPIX) in the “DICOM AE name” field.
6. Enter a film printer port number (e.g., 17238) in the “Port number” field.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7. Click [Detailed settings]. 8. Click [Printer model selection].
a The “Detailed settings for film printer” window opens. a The “Selecting default settings specific to film printer model” window opens.
MU000513.EPS
9. Select a model and then click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Detailed settings for film printers” window. In this
instance, the settings for the selected model are displayed as default values.
10. Put a checkmark in both the “BasicGrayscalePrint” and “Verification”

check boxes under “Supported abstract syntaxes” ( a ).
r REFERENCE
“Verification” is a service class for verifying the connection between DICOM
$ For details on connection verification, see “7.3 Connection Check”.
MU000512.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Under “Film sizes available for printout”, specify the film sizes that r REFERENCE
can be printed out. Put a checkmark in a check box ( a ). In the default bin number field, specify a default bin that is used for film output
when no collation value (collation based on the identification information) is
12. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Transferable image sizes”, complied with.
and then select a reception image size. $ For bin numbers, see the printer service manual.
Setting Description
SH Reception image size maximum density (ultra-high density). III. Click [Setting details of bins].
 HQ Reception image size maximum density (high density). a The “Setting details of bins” window opens.
 : Default
13. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Destination for film output”,
and then select a film output destination.
Setting Description
Not specified Complies with the printer setting.
MAGAZINE Delivers the output to a magazine type printer.
 PROCESSOR Delivers the output to the ejection tray on the top of the printer.
BIN_I Delivers the output to the sorter bin. MU000514.EPS
 : Default
IV. In accordance with the selection made under “Bin number identification
information”, double-click the “Key” field and then enter a key.
14. If “BIN_I” (sorter bin) is selected as the “Destination for film output”, If “MPM code” is selected under “Bin number identification information”,
perform the following setup steps: enter an MPM code (e.g., 0200). If “Anatomical region” is selected, enter an
anatomical region name (e.g., CHEST).
I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Bin number identification
information”, and then specify the bin number identification information.
Setting Description
 MPM code Identifies the output bin by MPM code.
Anatomical region Identifies the output bin by anatomical region.
 : Default
II. Click the or mark for “Default bin number” and then specify the default
bin number, or enter a default bin number from the keyboard.
MU000515.EPS
V. Double-click the “Bin number” field, and then enter a bin number.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
15. If the “Image size specification function for printers” is supported, put 19. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Dealing with an image not
accommodated within the printer’s image area”, and then select the
a checkmark in ( a ).
process to be performed for an image that is not accommodated
(When the DRYPIX Series is used, be sure to check the check box within the printer’s image area.
because the function is supported.)
Setting Description
16. If the printer supports 10-bit image prints, put a checkmark in DECIMATE Decimates.
CROP Crops.
( a ).
 Not specified Complies with the printer setting.
(When the DRYPIX Series is used, be sure to check the check box Does not generate an output because the image is not
FAIL
because the 10-bit image prints are supported.) accommodated within a recordable image frame.
 : Default
17. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Film type” and then select a
film type. 20. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “How to magnify an image
Setting Description
size”, and then select an image magnification method.
Not specified Complies with the printer setting. Setting Description
CLEAR FILM Selects clear film. Provides interpolation by replicating a most similar neighboring
REPLICATE
 BLUE FILM Selects blue film. color when creating a new pixel for magnification.
Selects a paper printout (this option can be selected when a BILINEAR Provides bilinear interpolation when magnifying the image.
PAPER
DICOM printer that can generate a paper output is connected).  CUBIC Provides bicubic interpolation when magnifying the image.
 : Default NONE Does not magnify or reduce the image.
* The DRYPIX Series cannot generate paper printouts.
 : Default
18. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Maximum film density r REFERENCE
(Dmax)” and then specify the maximum film density.
• Bilinear interpolation
Setting Description When a new pixel is to be generated for magnification, its color is created by
Issues an output request to the printer with the maximum averaging the colors of four (linear) neighboring pixels (upper, lower, right,
 3.0 and left pixels).
density set at 3.0.
Issues an output request to the printer with the maximum • Bicubic interpolation
3.6
density set at 3.6. When a new pixel is to be generated for magnification, its color is created by
 : Default averaging the colors of eight (cubic) neighboring pixels (upper, lower, right,
and left pixels and pixels at four corners).
 NOTE 
The printer setting should be basically complied with. This setup step need not
be performed for the DRYPIX Series.
$ For details, see the printer service manual.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
21. If “CUBIC” was selected in Step 20 as the image magnification
method, enter a smoothening type in the “Smoothening type” field. (If
an image magnification method other than “CUBIC” was selected in
Step 20, do not enter a smoothening type because the “Smoothening
type” field does not become active.)
 NOTE 
For the DRYPIX Series, only the SMOOTH, MEDIUM, and SHARP options are
selectable (SMOOTH is selected by the default).
22. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Adding film printers” window.
23. Click [Add].

a The system returns to the [Setting the “Film Printer”] window.
24. Verify that the added or changed film printer is displayed in the list.
MU000516.EPS
25. Click [Next].

 NOTE 
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.7 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option) MU-40
5.7 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device 1. Click [Add], or select the DICOM storage device whose settings are to
(option) be changed and then click [Change].
a The “Addition of DICOM Storage Device” or “Change of DICOM Storage
When the optional DICOM storage device is to be connected, perform the DICOM Device” window opens.
storage setup procedure described below.
MU050002.EPS
2. Enter the name of the DICOM storage device in the [Equipment name]
field.
3. Enter the host name of the DICOM storage device in the [Host name]
field.
MU050001.EPS 4. Enter the IP address of the DICOM storage device in the [IP Address]
field.
5. Enter the AE name of the DICOM storage device in the [DICOM AE

name] field.
6. Enter the port number of the DICOM storage device in the [Port
number] field.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.7 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option) MU-41
7. Click [Detailed settings]. 13. Click [Add].
a The “Advanced settings for DICOM Storage Device” window opens. a The system returns to the [Settings for “DICOM Storage Device”] window.
MU050003.EPS
8. Put a checkmark in both the “CRImageStorage” and “Verification”

check boxes under [Supported abstract syntaxes_transfer syntaxes]. MU050004.EPS
9. Perform setup for [Supported abstract syntaxes_transfer syntaxes] in 14. Click [Next].
accordance with the transfer syntax for the storage device.
 NOTE 
10. Select “HQ” as the [Maximum pixel density size receivable]. The window to be displayed next differs depending on the version of the
11. If the storage device supports multi-byte characters, put a checkmark when the option key is not installed.)
in the “Supported” check box under [Setting multi-byte characters.].
12. Click [OK].

a The system returns to the “Addition of DICOM Storage Device” or “Change of
DICOM Storage Device” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.8 Thumbnail Image Output Setup MU-42
5.8 Thumbnail Image Output Setup 1. To specify the “File path of destination for image output”, click [View].
a The “Browse for Folder” window opens.
This section describes the procedure for setting the thumbnail image output
destination, output file format, image reduction rate, image compression ratio,
patient information file version, and name generation rule for the file.
IN000209.EPS
2. Specify the folder to output the thumbnail image and click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Setting for thumbnail image output” window.
3. Click for “File format used for image output” and then select an
output file format.
Setting Description
 JPEG Lossy JPEG lossy compression format
Bitmap Bitmap format
 : Default
4. Click or for “Image reduction ratio (%)” and then specify the
image reduction ratio, or enter an image reduction ratio from the
keyboard.
5. Click for “Image Compression Ratio” and then select an image

MU000517.EPS compression ratio.
 NOTE 
Only If “JPEG Lossy” file format is selected in step 3., the compression ratio
can be specified.
Setting Description
Super High Super High Image Quality (low-energy compression)
 High Quality High Image Quality (standard-energy compression)
Standard Standard Image Quality (high-energy compression)
 : Default
* The higher image quality has a low-energy compression rate, so the file size will be larger.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.8 Thumbnail Image Output Setup MU-43
6. Set the patient information file version to “1.0”.
7. Set the name generation rules for FCR unprocessed image file.
Setting Description
Type0 “Sequential number”
 Type1 “Host name” + “Date” + “Sequential number”
“Patient ID” + “_” + “Study date” + “_” + “Part” + “_” +
Type2
“Sequential number” + “_” + “Host name”
 : Default
8. Set the name generation rules for the other image (except FCR
unprocessed image) file.
Setting Description
“Patient ID” + “_” + “Study date” + “_” + “Part” + “_” +
Type2
“Sequential number” + “_” + “Host name”
 : Default
9. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.9 Settings for Replacement of Patient Information at the Time of Receiving DICOM Images MU-44
5.9 Settings for Replacement of Patient 2. Configure each of the following settings in the “Changing (Adding)
Information at the Time of Receiving DICOM DICOM image sending device information” window.
Images
I.
Set up whether to replace patient information to the one registered in CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL at the time of receiving DICOM images. II.
III.
MU0504010.ai
No. Item Content

Arbitrarily describe an explanation of the connected device.
I. Equipment name This item is used to prevent mis-setting when multiple
similar devices are to be connected.
Set up an AE title of the targeted DICOM connection
device with English single byte characters.
This item must consist with the AE title setting on the
II. AE title
DICOM connection device (Storage-SCU) side; therefore,
be sure to check the setting of the DICOM connection
device in advance.
MU0504009.ai
Flag for patient
III. Switch to enable/disable the setting.
information replacement
1. Perform the following in accordance with the changed contents.
• Newly set up or add a device to be targeted for replacing patient information 3. After configuring settings, click [Change] or [Add].
a Click [Add]. a The system returns to the “Settings for “DICOM Storage Device”” window.
Proceed to step 2.
• Change a setting for existing device targeted for replacing patient 4. To continuously change settings, repeat operations from step 1.
information
a Select a setting you wish to change from the list, and click [Change]. 5. Click [Next].
Proceed to step 2.
• Delete a setting for existing device targeted for replacing patient information  NOTE 
a Select a setting you wish to delete from the list, and click [Delete]. The window to be displayed next differs depending on the version of the
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.10 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import (option) MU-45
5.10 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import 2. Make the following settings.
(option)
Configure setting to import images from endoscopic devices. I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
MU0504008.ai
No. Item Contents

Endoscopic image Set up validity of the endoscopic device setting itself.
I.
support (Uncheck only when temporarily disable the setting.)
Set up an arbitrary device name (name for distinguishing
settings) with English single byte characters.
The device name must not duplicate with others.
MU0504007.ai
II. Equipment name  FujinonES*

1. Select an endoscopic device whose settings you wish to change, and * “FujinonES” is the default value only for the 1st device. As
click [Change]. the defalut value for 2nd or more devices are blank,
Equipment name must be input.
 NOTE 
Select a folder for receiving images from the endoscopic
You can also perform the following operations. device in the folder selecting dialog opened by the clicking the
[View] button.
• Addition of endoscopic devices (up to 4 devices)  C:\FUJINON_Data(The folder above will be created when
When adding the 2nd or more endoscopic device, create an arbitrary III. Receive Folder V2.1(B) or later is installed.)*
Receive folder right under the C drive and click [Add]. * The folder (C:\FUJINON_Data) is created automatically only
• Deletion of endoscopic device for the 1st device. As the defalut value for 2nd or more
devices are blank, Receive Folder must be input.
Select a setting you wish to delete, and click [Delete].
Select [FTP].
IV. Connection method
 FTP
a The “Changing endoscopic image sending device information” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.10 Settings for Endoscopic Image Import (option) MU-46
No. Item Contents 3. Click [Change].
Set up validity of the automatic import.
ON : Supports the automatic import.
 NOTE 
V. Auto import flag
OFF : Imports images only manually, not automatically To continuously change settings, repeat operations from step 1 to 3.
 OFF
Using the patient ID as a key, replaces the study information a The system returns to the “Settings for the Endoscope Image Import” window.
(patient information within it) with the patient information in CR-
VW 674.
Flag for patient
ON : Use the patient information in the CR-VW 674 side. If a 4. Click [Next].
Recept computer/MWM is connected, patient information
VI. information
in them is used in according to the priority setting for the  NOTE 
replacement
search object.
OFF : Use the patient information sent from the endoscopic The window to be displayed next differs depending on the version of the
device. application and the available options. (The setting window does not open
 ON when the option key is not installed.)
The string set for modality (0008, 0060) when performing
automatic import.
VII. Modality
Generally, the default string, “ES”, is used.
 ES
Select the user name of the FTP server.
When setting up multiple endoscopic devices connected to the
FTP server, select different users (duplicate settings are
invalid). The FTP user name in the endoscopic device has to
FPT connected be set in accordance with the user name set here.
VIII. $ See “2.5 Settings for Connection with Endoscopic
user name
Device” in “Appendix 13: Settings for Import of
Endoscope Images (CR-VW 674 Only)” under “Appx
IN: Installation – Appendix”.
 FujinonES
 : Default
 NOTE 
When the endoscopic image import option is enabled, an endoscopic device
for which the settings I. through VIII. in the table above are set with their
default values is added.
However, you have to open the “Changing endoscopic image sending device
information” window once and click [Change] to enable this setting. If this
setting has not been enabled, an error will occur at the startup and CR-VW
674 will not start up.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.11 Settings for MWM Study Information Linkage (option) MU-47
5.11 Settings for MWM Study Information Linkage 1. Make the following settings.
(option)
Configure settings for linkage of study information with DICOM MWM gateway. I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
MU0504013.ai
No. Item Content

Support the
I. linkage of MWM Place a checkmark to “Supported”.
study information
II. Equipment name Set up the name of the equipment to be connected.
Set up the name of the equipment to be connected on the
MU0504012.ai III. Host name
network.
IV. DICOM AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
V. IP address Set up the network address of the equipment to be connected.
VI. Port number Set up the port number of the equipment to be connected.
 NOTE 
Equipment name, Host name, DICOM AE title, IP address, and Port number
will be common to the settings for MWM patient information linkage.
2. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.12 Settings for MPPS Linkage (option) MU-48
5.12 Settings for MPPS Linkage (option) 1. Make the following settings.
Configure settings for linkage of study result information with DICOM MPPS
gateway.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
MU0504015.ai
No. Item Content

I. MPPS linkage support Place a checkmark to "Supported".
Character sets of menu If you are in a multi-byte country and multi-byte is
II. name to be used as supported by the equipment to be connected, select
protocol name "MultiByte". Other than that, select "SingleByte".
MU0504014.ai III. Equipment name Set up the name of the equipment to be connected.
IV. Host name
network .
V. DICOM AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
VI. IP address Set up the network address of the equipment to be connected.
VII. Port number Set up the port number of the equipment to be connected.
 NOTE 
“Supported” of MPPS linkage support is checked by default. For institutes
where MPPS linkage is not used, be sure to remove the checkmark.
2. Click [Next].
 NOTE 
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5.13 Exiting the Simplified Setup Wizard MU-49
5.13 Exiting the Simplified Setup Wizard
MU000522.EPS
1. Click [Finish].
The Simplified setup wizard is now closed.
i IMPORTANT
For an output device set up using the Simplified setup wizard, be sure to use the
User Utility to perform “Setting a destination for image output”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-50
6. Service Settings 6.1 System

Perform basic setup for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system as directed below.
The service settings are used, for instance, for a system configuration change or
version upgrade.
2. Click [System].
MU000015.EPS
MU000002.EPS
Name Description
System Performs basic setup for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL system.
Performs setup for the equipment to be connected to the
Connected Equipment
Linkage Function Sets the function to be exercised in coordination with another system.
Film Annotation Sets the character string to be output onto film and specifies its
Characters format.
Person Name Performs setup for the conversion of an input person name.
Modality Settings Perform LUT setting corresponding to each modality.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-51
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for Category Description
to open the pull-down menu, Electrocardiographic data
Settings related to electrocardiographic data import.
and then select the category to be displayed. import settings
a The items classified under the selected category appear in the “Setup item PDI output function
Settings related to PDI output.
settings
list”.
The following categories are selectable: Free Layout setting Settings related to Free Layout print.
Category Description Setting for DICOM-MWM Settings related to MWM linkage.

MPPSOnline setting Settings related to MPPS linkage.
Localize setting Settings related to the date (year/month/day) and time.
LogicalDelete Settings related to LogicalDelete.
Setting for Institution Settings related to a hospital name.
Patient information
Setting for entering Settings related to patient information notification.
Settings related to patient name input. notification setting
patient name
ACTIVE LINE setting Settings related to ACTIVE LINE.
Operation setting Settings related to operations.
NAS/USB-HDD output
Setting for image Settings related to external HDD output.
Settings related to an image read. setting
collection
Storage Disk Output
Setting for image Settings related to image display format changes in the Settings related to the output to storage disk.
Setting
browsing viewer window.
Measurement linkage
Output setting for Settings related to the output of a general-purpose file that Settings related to measurement linkage function.
function
thumbnail images can be viewed with another tool.
Setting database backup Settings related to the database backup to external HDD for
Linkage with the receipt Settings related to the connection at the time of patient
to NAS/USB-HDD storage.
computer information linkage.
Order connection setting
Settings related to the connection at the time of image Settings related to order connection for the Console.
Setting for Image Link for the Console
display linkage.
Mirroring settings Settings related to mirroring.
Image incidental
Setting related to the image process change flag.
information Maintenance settings Settings related to maintenance tool.
Print format Settings related to image output. All All the above settings.
Settings related to a character string that is output together
Film character setting
with an image.
4. Double-click the “Setup value” field on the right-hand side.
Setting for output function Settings related to image output.
Operation (low frequency)
Settings related to operations.
setting
Media subsystem setting Settings related to media subsystem.
Setting for analysis Settings related to log acquisition.
Settings for endoscopic Setup value field
Settings for support to import of endoscopic images.
image import MU000003.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-52
5. Change the setup value.
$ For details on the settings, see “■ Settings accessible from the “System
settings” window”.
● If the double-clicked field looks like (direct input field)

I. Enter desired text from the keyboard.
● If the double-clicked field looks like (pull-down menu)
I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for and

select a desired setup item from the pull-down menu.
● If the double-clicked field looks like (upward and

downward arrow marks)
I. Click the or and change the value as desired, or enter a desired value
from the keyboard.
6. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-53
■ Settings accessible from the “System settings” window
● Localize setting
Number Setup item name Option Description Remarks
1-1 Date display format  0: Japanese date (S62.10.07) Date format (commonly applied to all date expressions including birth Simplified setup wizard
 1: ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07) date input, display, and film output).
 2: ANSI short date (1987.10.07)
 3: American long date (OCT.07.1987) * The date format to be specified here must be the same, in terms of
 4: American short date (10.07.1987) order of “year/month/day”, as the OS’ date format.
 5: European long date (07.OCT.1987)
 6: European short date (07.10.1987) $ For details see “4. Regional and Language Options Settings”.
1-2 Time display format  0: HH:MM:SS AM (12-hour format) Sets the time display format. Simplified setup wizard
 1: HH:MM:SS (24-hour format)
1-3 Enable images stored in HDD  Yes Whether to store images in NAS.
 No
 : Default setting, *: Note
● Setting for institution

2-1 Facilities name em-size Up to 15 2-byte characters. Sets a hospital name (2-byte characters). Simplified setup wizard
2-2 Institution name en-size Up to 60 1-byte characters. Sets a hospital name (1-byte characters). Simplified setup wizard
2-3 Institution information 1 40 bytes max. Medical institution information that is output as a footer on a paper This option item is not used.
(Use paper print.) printout.
2-7 Institution logo mark 255 bytes max. A path to a hospital mark (JPEG, etc.) that is output onto a paper This option item is not used.
2-8 System name for which ( FCRView) Simplified setup wizard
search conditions are
displayed on the study list
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-54
● Setting for entering patient name
3-1 Whether an input column for  Yes : Displays a Kanji patient name. Specifies whether or not to display a Kanji patient name. Simplified setup wizard
kanji patient name is  No : Does not display a Kanji patient
displayed or not. name.
3-2 Character string length of 1 to 64 ( 10) Specifies the patient ID character string length. Do not change the patient ID
patient ID character string length after an
(up to 64 characters) operation.
Since the number of input characters
is limited, you may not able to
conduct a search by patient ID.
3-3 Padding method of patient ID  0: No Padding Specifies the patient ID padding method.
 1: Pad with zero to the head (0001234567)
3-4 Default patient ID value to be (max 10 characters)
given when the actual patient
ID is unavailable in the data
received via DICOM
communication from the
ultrasound device.
● Setting is also possible with the user utility.

4-1 Whether to use guidance  Yes : Enable (Not used.)
function on the exposure  No : Disable
screen.
4-2 Whether to perform automatic  Yes : Perform automatic output. (Not used.)
output of the studies re-  No : Does not perform automatic output.
verified (previously-verified
studies which were verified
once again after necessary
modifications have been
applied).
4-3 Display unit of size  0: m Unit used for display by the system : Size
measurement  1: cm
 2: inch
 3: feet
4-4 Display unit of weight  0: kg Unit used for display by the system : Weight
measurement  1: g
 2: stone
 3: pound
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-55
● Setting for image collection
5-1 IP size selection  0: Inch Specifies the IP size code (specifies whether the inch or metric sizes
(inch/metric)  1: Metric are used to represent the 14"×14"/35cm×35cm size and
14"×17"/35×43cm size).
5-2 System ID (A-Z) A to Z ( A) System ID (A to Z). (The system ID is a machine-specific ID and used,
for instance, for study number automatic issuance.)
5-3 Set number: 1 Set number minimum value. (This value must be smaller than the set
Minimum value number maximum value.)
5-4 Set number: 1 to ZZ ( 9Z) Set number maximum value. (This value must be greater than the set
Maximum value number minimum value.)
5-5 Whether Pantomography  Yes : Performs a pantomography process. Specifies whether or not to perform a pantomography process (perform
processing is executed or not.  No : D
oes not perform a pantomography a trimming process when the pantomography menu is selected to
process. generate a four-image output).
5-6 Whether GS conversion for  Yes : Provides conversion. Specifies whether or not to provide GS conversion for
six Ts/1824 images is  No : Does not provide conversion. 18×24cm/8×10inch standard-density images.
performed or not.
● Setting for image browsing

6-1 Display unit of measurement  0: cm Specifies the unit in which the length and the heart-to-ribcage ratio are
result  1: Inch displayed.
6-2 Number of rows displaying 1 to 10 ( 3) Position selection window grid size (number of columns).
additional image information
6-3 Number of lines displaying 1 to 15 ( 7) Position selection window grid size (number of rows).
additional image information
6-5 That it can only diagnose  Yes : Displays Set whether to display the followoing caution message or not. Only for Japan.
FujiCR, display a message of  No : Does not display • Confirmation window (displayed at the first startup)
caution (for 355) • Icon identifying the images from FCR Image Reader (displayed at
6-6 That it can only diagnose  Yes : Displays the Image View)
FujiCR, display a message of  No : Does not display
caution (except for 355)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-56
● Setting for thumbnail image output
7-1 Output destination path name (255 characters max.) Thumbnail image output destination. Simplified setup wizard
for thumbnail images when
automatically output.
7-2 Thumbnail image format  0: JPEG Lossy Thumbnail image format for automatic output Simplified setup wizard
when automatically output.  1: Bitmap
7-3 Reduction ratio (%) of 1 to 100 ( 100) Thumbnail image reduction ratio (%) for automatic output (valid for Simplified setup wizard
thumbnail image when JPEG and BMP files).
automatically output.
7-4 Thumbnail image quality  0: Super High : Superhigh image quality Image quality of thumbnail image (compression ratio) for automatic Simplified setup wizard
(compression ratio) when (low-energy compression). output (valid for JPEG files).
automatically output. <valid  1: High Quality : High image quality
only for JPEG> (standard-energy compression).
 2: Standard : Standard image quality
(high-energy compression).
7-5 File name creation rule for  0: ImageNumber Thumbnail image name generation rules.
thumbnail image when “Img” + “sequential number.”txt
automatically output.  1: Type1 * If the host name length exceeds 10 characters when Type1 or Type2
“Host name” + “date” + “sequential is selected, the application performs an automatic edit to reduce the
number.”txt length to 10 characters.
Host name: 10 characters max.; date:
2 characters at all times; sequential
number: 4 characters at all times
 2: Type2
“Patient ID” + “_” + “study date (year/month/
day) + “_” + “ANK anatomical region” + “_” +
“sequential number” + “_” + “host name.”txt
Patient ID: 16 characters max.; study
date: 6 characters at all times; host
name: 10 characters max.
7-6 File name creation rule for  0: ImageNumber Name generation rules to be applied to a situation where an endoscope
thumbnail image when  1: Type1 study image is automatically output as a thumbnail image.
automatically output.  2: Type2
(For studies except for FCR)
7-7 Default character strings to - (max 64 characters) Default character strings to be output to a patient information text file.
be output to patient
information text file.
7-8 File type version of patient  0: 1.0
information  1: 1.1
7-10 Treatment of date of exposure  0: File time stamp “0:File time stamp” : Output exposure dates as “Last updating date and
output to the patient  1: Study date time time of file”.
information “1:Study date time” : Output exposure dates as “Study start date and time”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-57
● Linkage with the receipt computer
8-1 Whether support is provided  Yes : Provides support. This option item is not used.
or not to linkage with the  No : Does not provide support.
receipt computer.
8-2 Device model linked to the  0: None This option item is not used.
receipt computer.  1: SANYO
 2: STANDARD
 3: TOSHIBA
 4: FUJITSU
 5: Dynamics
8-3 Host name of receipt Up to 16 1-byte characters This option item is not used.
computer ( Newve)
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-4 Internet Protocol address of 192.168.100.50 This option item is not used.
receipt computer
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-5 Port number for connecting to 1 to 65535 ( 9031) This option item is not used.
receipt computer
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-6 Cable format requesting  0: A01 This option item is not used.
patient information to receipt  1: A51
computer
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-7 Inquiry time-out value second 1 to 20 ( 5) This option item is not used.
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-8 Preferential destination for  0: Local DB This option item is not used.
patient information search  1: ReceiptComp.
<Linkage=SANYO>
8-9 Shared folder for linkage with MAX255 This option item is not used.
the receipt computer
<Linkage= other than
SANYO>
8-10 Shared folder monitoring 1 to 300 ( 5) This option item is not used.
interval [sec] on linkage with
the receipt computer
<Linkage= other than
SANYO>
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-58
8-11 Port number for receiving 1 to 65535 ( 5011) This option item is not used.
cable messages from the
receipt computer
<Linkage=FUJITSU>
8-12 Receipt time-out value [msec] 1 to 1000 ( 1000) This option item is not used.
of continuous cable
messages from the receipt
computer
<Linkage=FUJITSU>
● Setting for image link

9-1 Whether support is provided  0: None This option item is not used.
or not to Image Link as well as  1: SANYO
its linkage device model.  2: STANDARD
9-2 Pipe name when named pipe McssPIDSycService This option item is not used.
is communicated
<Link age=SANYO>
9-3 Whether patient ID is acquired  Yes : Automatically acquires the patient ID. This option item is not used.
from the care card  No : D
oes not automatically acquire the
automatically when beginning patient ID.
to inspect it newly or not?
9-4 Required cable response 1 to 20 ( 5) This option item is not used.
time-out value second when
the pipe is connected
<Linkage=SANYO>
9-5 User name when the pipe is fujicr This option item is not used.
connected
<Linkage=SANYO>
9-6 Password when the pipe is system This option item is not used.
connected
<Linkage=SANYO>
9-7 Interval [msec] for monitoring 100 to 60000 ( 500) This option item is not used.
the common folder that checks
requests for image display
and study reservation/start,
using the networking function.
*Networking system =
STANDARD
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-59
● Image incidental information
11-1 Activation of the image  Yes : Validates the flag. Specifies whether the image process change flag should be validated or
processing modification flag  No : Invalidates the flag. invalidated for an image processing parameter change.
● Print format
12-1 Type specification of film  0 : Margin depend on image ID Specifies the paintout type of a margin (background) outside the image
margin (blank part) (default:Transparent) display area. Conforms to the first frame if a format other than single is
Either transparent or black depending used.
on the image information. Transparent
if nothing is specified by the image
information.
 1 : Margin depend on image ID
(default:Black)
Either transparent or black depending
on the image information. Black if
nothing is specified by the image
information.
 2 : Transparent Margin (Fix)
Transparent at all times.
 3 : Black Margin (Fix)
Black at all times.
12-2 Trimming volume [mm] 0 to 25 ( 0) Specifies the trimming amount [mm] (except for mammography).
(excluding Mammo)
Trimming amount
* Be sure to enter one or two 1-byte characters from the keyboard.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-60
12-3 Whether or not there is a  Yes : Generates framed image prints. Specifies whether bordered or borderless prints should be generated
frame on the image when  No : Generates frameless image prints. when 35×43cm/14×17inch, 35×35cm/14×14inch, 26×36cm, 24×30cm/
18×24 Single is formatted 10×12inch, or 18×24cm/8×10inch film is printed in the following patterns:
14×17, 14×14,18×43 / 8×10.  35×43cm/14×17inch
• Single format prints of a 35×43cm/14×17inch size image
• Single format prints of an 18×43cm size image
 35×35cm/14×14inch
 26×36cm
• Single format prints of a 10×14inch size image
 24×30cm/10×12inch
 18×24cm/8×10inch
• Single format prints of an 18×24cm/8×10inch size image
* If the output format is displaced, the image border is not displayed.

frame on the image when  No : Generates frameless image prints. when an 18×43cm size image is printed onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film
14×17, 18×43LR, 2on1 are in the LR or 2-on-1 format.
formatted.
* If the output format is displaced, the image border is not displayed.
frame on the image when  No : Generates frameless image prints. when a 35×43cm/14×17inch, 18×43cm, or 18×24cm/8×10inch size
14×17, 18×43, 8×10, 4on1 image is printed onto 35×43cm/ 14×17inch film in the 4-on-1 format.
are formatted.
frame on the image when  No : Generates frameless image prints. when a 18×24cm size image (100% size) is printed onto 26×36cm film
2on1 display of L&R breast in the LR or 2-on-1 format.
images on B4 film (equal to
18×24) is formatted.
12-7 Whether or not there is a  Yes : Generates framed image prints. Specifies whether framed or frameless prints should be generated when
frame in the 8×10 mammo  No : Generates frameless image prints. a 18×24cm/24×30cm size mammographic image is printed onto
Single image formatted onto 26×36cm film in the single format or when a 18×24cm size
B4 film. mammographic image is printed onto 18×24cm/8×10inch film in the
single format.
12-8 Whether or not there is a  Yes : Generates framed image prints. Specifies whether framed or frameless prints should be generated when
frame in the output image  No : Generates frameless image prints. a 18×24cm size (100%-size) image is printed.
equal to 1824.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-61
12-9 Setting of menu code in which [Dialog setup] (?3??) Specifies a menu code that does not print out the scale.
scale is not displayed
(effective when setting is such $ For the setup procedure, see * This setting is valid for images that are to be framed.
that image frame is added). “■ Details of [dialog setup]”. * This setup can also be performed variously for each MPM code. Up to
eight MPM codes can be specified (a wildcard character may be used
to specify the MPM codes).
12-10 Specification of age display  Age : Displays the age. Specifies the age display format.
form Japanese version Example) 25 years
old, 1 year and 8 * For DATE display, “Date display format” selected from “Localize
months old, 1 month setting” is used.
and 10 days old, 13
days old.
Non-Japanese Example) 25Y, 1Y8M,
version 1M10D, 13D.
Displays the birth
 Date of birth date.
Japanese version Generates an output
in “born on DATE”
Non-Japanese form.
version Generates an output
in “DATE B” form.
12-11 Specification of right and left  0: None Specifies whether or not to output the right-and-left image reversal
reversing mark display form Prints out no right-and-left reversal mark.
mark.
 1: R-reverse
Not reversed: Displays no right-and-left
reversal mark.
Reversed: Displays “Я.”
 2: AP or PA
Not reversed: Displays “AP.”
Reversed: Displays “PA.”
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-62
12-12 Whether or not film character  0: None Specifies whether or not display the film annotation character areas
area display is available when Does not generate a film output. when 35×43cm/14×17inch, 35×35cm/14×14inch, 26×36cm, or
18×24-Single is formatted  1: Only area 1 18×24cm/ 8×10inch film is printed in the following patterns:
half-size Film Displays film annotation character area  35×43cm/14×17inch
14×17-Single/4on1, 1 only. • Single or 4-on-1 format prints of a 35×43cm/14×17inch size image
18×43-LR/2on1/4on1, 8×10-  2: Only area 2 • LR, 2-on-1, or 4-on-1 format prints of a 18×43cm size image
4on1 format, and 8×10 film Displays film annotation character area • 4-on-1 format prints of a 18×43cm/8×10inch size image
size. 2 only.  35×35cm/14×14inch
 3: Both • Single format prints of a 35×35cm/14×14inch size image
Displays both film annotation character  26×36cm
areas. • Single format prints of a 10×14inch size image
 18×24cm/8×10inch
$ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
12-13 Film character area size when  0 : Standard Specifies the film annotation character area size for a situation where
a film equal to 14×17 size is  1 : Large 35×43cm/14×17inch, 35×35cm/14×14inch, 26×36cm, or 18×24cm/
output. 8×10inch film is printed in the following patterns:
 35×43cm/14×17inch
 35×35cm/14×14inch
 26×36cm
 18×24cm/8×10inch
12-14 Film character area position [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas 1
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where a 35×43cm/ 14×17inch size image is printed
half-size Film 14×17-Single/ $ For the setup procedure, see onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the single or 4-on-1 format.
4on1 is formatted (default “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
rule) * The settings are valid for all exposure menus.
When performing setup for each MPM code, use setup item No.12-26.
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where a 43×35cm/ 17×14inch size image is printed
Single/4on1 half-size Film $ For the setup procedure, see onto 43×35cm/17×14inch film in the single or 4-on-1 format.
17×14 (horizontal half-size)- “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
is formatted (default rule) * The settings are valid for all exposure menus.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-63
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where an 18×43cm size image is printed onto
half-size Film $ For the setup procedure, see 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the LR, 2-on-1, or 4-on-1 format.
18×43-LR/2on1/4on1 is “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
formatted (default rule) * The settings are valid for all exposure menus.
When performing setup for each MPM code, use setup item No. 12-
28.
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where an 18×24cm/8×10inch size image is printed
18×24-Single is formatted $ For the setup procedure, see onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the 4-on-1 format or an 18×24cm/
half-size Film 8×10-4on1 “■ Details of [dialog setup]”. 8×10inch size image is printed onto 18×24cm/8×10inch film in the single
format and 8×10 size film format.
(default rule)
* The settings are valid for all exposure menus.
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where a 90°-rotated 8×10inch/18×24cm image is
8×10 and 18×24-Single (90 $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 18×24cm/8×10inch film in the single format.
degree-rotation available) are “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
formatted. (default rule) $ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
and rotation when Osumi Film and 2 for a situation where a 35×35cm/14×14inch size image is printed
14×14- Single is formatted $ For the setup procedure, see onto 35×35cm/14×14inch film in the single format.
(default rule) “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
* The settings are valid for all exposure menus.
12-20 Film character area position [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas
and rotation when Single is (default) for a situation where a 10×14inch size image (100% size) is
formatted onto B4 film (equal $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 26×36cm film in the single format.
to 10×14) “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
and rotation when Single is (default) for a situation where a 14×10inch size (26×36cm landscape)
formatted onto B4 film (equal $ For the setup procedure, see image (100% size) is printed onto 26×36cm film in the single format.
to 14×10 horizontal B4) “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
(default rule)
and rotation when LR on B4 (default) for a situation where an 18×24cm size image (100% size) is
film (equal to 18×24) is $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 26×36cm film in the LR format.
formatted (default rule) “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-64
12-23 Film character area position  0010 [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas
and rotation when 2on1 (default) for a situation where an 18×24cm size image (100% size) is
display on B4 film (equal to $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 26×36cm film in the 2-on-1 format.
18×24) is formatted (default “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
rule)
and rotation when 10×12 size (default) for a situation where a 10×12inch/24×30cm size image is
film and 2430-Single are $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 24×30cm/10×12inch film in the single format.
formatted (default rule) “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
and rotation when 10×12 size (default) for a situation where a 10×12inch/24×30cm size image is
film, 2430-Single (90 degree- $ For the setup procedure, see printed onto 24×30cm/10×12inch film in the single format (90° rotated).
rotation available) are “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
formatted. (default rule)
12-26 Film character area position [Dialog setup] ( None) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas 1
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where a 35×43cm/14×17inch size image is printed
half-size Film $ For the setup procedure, see onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the single or 4-on-1 format.
14×17-Single/4on1 is “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
formatted (user definition 1) * Perform setup for each MPM code (up to 8 pieces, wildcard characters
unavailable).
* The above settings take precedence over the settings defined under
setup item No.12-14.
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where a 43×35cm/ 17×14inch size image
Single/4on1 half-size Film $ For the setup procedure, see (14×17inch landscape) is printed onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the
17×14 (horizontal half-size)- “■ Details of [dialog setup]”. single or 4-on-1 format.
is formatted (user definition 2)
* Perform setup for each MPM code (up to 8 pieces, wildcard characters
unavailable).
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where an 18×43cm size image is printed onto
half-size Film $ For the setup procedure, see 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the LR, 2-on-1, or 4-on-1 format.
18×43-LR/2on1/4on1 is “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
formatted (user definition 3) * Perform setup for each MPM code (up to 8 pieces, wildcard characters
unavailable).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-65
and rotation setting when and 2 for a situation where an 18×24cm/8×10inch size image is printed
18×24- Single is formatted $ For the setup procedure, see onto 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the 4-on-1 format or an 18×24cm/
half-size Film 8×10-4on1 “■ Details of [dialog setup]”. 8×10inch size image is printed onto 18×24cm/8×10inch film in the single
format and 8×10 film size format.
format (user definition 4)
* Perform setup for each MPM code (up to 8 pieces, wildcard characters
unavailable).
12-30 Position and rotation setting [Dialog setup] ( None) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas 1
in film character area when and 2 for a situation where the image overlaps with a film annotation
image and film character area $ For the setup procedure, see character area.
come in succession (user “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
definition 5) $ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
12-31 Position and rotation setting [Dialog setup] ( None) Specifies the position and rotation of film annotation character areas 1
in film character area when and 2 for a situation where the image overlaps with a film annotation
image and film character area $ For the setup procedure, see character area.
come in succession (user “■ Details of [dialog setup]”.
definition 6) $ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
12-32 Image display position  Yes : Moves to the film top. Specifies the image output position for a situation where a 15×30cm,
specification when 43×43  No : Does not move. 35×35cm/14×14inch, or 43×43cm/17×17inch size image is printed onto
Single is formatted half-size 35×43cm/14×17inch film in the single format.
Film 15×30 and 35×35 (part
display)
12-33 Setting for validity/invalidity of  Yes : Reduces the image to 18×24cm/8×10 Specifies whether a 35×43cm/14×17inch, 35×35cm/14×14inch, or
reduced output onto an inch film size. 24×30cm/10×12inch size image in the single format should be reduced
8×10film  No : Generates a 100%-size image. and output to 18×24cm/8×10inch film.
$ See “■ Output film determination sequence”.
12-34 Reduction ratio when 2 on 1  0: 86% Specifies the print reduction ratio for a situation where an 18×24cm size
display of L&R breast images  1: 100% image is printed onto 26×36cm film in the LR or 2-on-1 format.
on B4 film (equal to 18×24) is
printed out.
12-35 Setting for Whether or not an  Yes : Generates a magnified print. When 35×43cm/14×17inch film is loaded, the 35×43cm or 35×35cm
expansion print is executed  No : Does not generate a magnified print. standard-density 1-image format is magnified and printed onto the
when an image with the 35×43cm/14×17inch film. When 35×35cm/14×14inch film is loaded, the
standard density format print 35×35cm standard-density 1-image format is magnified and printed onto
is output. the 35×35cm/14×14inch film.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-66
● Film character setting
13-1 Whether or not EDR mode is  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output EDR mode settings to the film.
displayed.  No : Does not generate an output.
* The letter output to the film is A for the AUTO mode, S for the SEMI
mode, F for the FIX mode, and S for the SEMI-X mode.
13-2 Whether or not image  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output image processing conditions to the
processing conditions are  No : Does not generate an output. film.
displayed.
13-3 Whether or not L value, S  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output the L value, S value, and CS/SS
value, CS, and SS information  No : Does not generate an output. information to the film.
are displayed.
13-4 Whether or not exposure time  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output the exposure time to the film.
is displayed.  No : Does not generate an output.
* The Japanese version outputs the title “Exposure date” to the left of
the exposure time. Non-Japanese versions output “EXP:.”
13-5 Whether or not routine and  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output the routine/pair information to the film.
class processing information  No : Does not generate an output.
are displayed. * Film output example: RT-01, TS101
13-6 Whether or not menu names  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output an exposure menu name to the film.
are displayed.  No : Does not generate an output.
13-7 Whether or not compression  Yes : Generates an output. Specifies whether or not to output the image compression code
code is displayed.  No : Does not generate an output. information to the film.
* The Japanese version outputs the title “Compression ratio” to the left
of the image compression code information. Non-Japanese versions
output “CC:.”
13-8 Whether or not barcode is  Yes : Displays a barcode. Specifies whether or not to output a barcode number to the film.
displayed.  No : Does not display a barcode.
13-9 Setting for the maximum 0 to 64 ( 20) Specifies the maximum number of 1-byte patient name characters to be
value of en-size character printed out.
numbers for the patient
names to be film-output. * If the employed setting is greater than the default value (20), the other
information may not fit in a film annotation character area.
13-10 Setting for the maximum 0 to 64 ( 10) Specifies the maximum number of Kanji patient name characters to be
value of em-size character printed out.
numbers for the patient
names to be film-output. * If the employed setting is greater than the default value (10), the other
information may not fit in a film annotation character area.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-67
13-11 Setting for right/left  0: Left (left alignment) Specifies whether the patient name should be right-aligned or left-
justification of patient names.  1: Right (right alignment) aligned.
13-12 Setting for the maximum value 0 to 64 ( 20) Specifies the maximum number of 1-byte exposure menu name
of en-size character numbers characters to be printed out.
for the exposure menu names * If the employed setting is greater than the default value (20), the other
to be film-output. information may not fit in a film annotation character area.
13-13 Setting for the maximum value 0 to 64 ( 16) Specifies the maximum number of Kanji exposure menu name
of em-size character numbers characters to be printed out.
for the exposure menu names * If the employed setting is greater than the default value (16), the other
to be film-output. information may not fit in a film annotation character area.
13-14 Setting for right/left  0: Left (left alignment) Specifies whether the exposure menu name should be right-aligned or
justification of the exposure  1: Right (right alignment) left-aligned.
menu names.
13-15 Activation of automatic  0: Enables the function. Specifies whether the automatic editing function for the format definition
generation function for film  1: Disables the function. file should be enabled or disabled.
annotation character format.
● Setting for output function

14-1 Whether or not retry has been  Yes : Performs a retry. Specifies whether or not to perform a retry after the occurrence of an
executed after an abnormal  No : Performs no retry. output abnormality.
output was made.
14-2 Status acquisition timing of  0: At print At print : Acquires the status at the time of printing.
DICOM printer  1: Polling Polling : Acquires the status periodically.
14-3 Arbitrary setting of DVD  Yes Specifies whether or not to be essential to DVD burning for the image storage.
burning for storage  No Yes : Essential
No : Not essential
14-5 Whether annotation  Yes Specifies whether or not to embed annotation information in the images Setting is also possible with the user
information will be embedded  No for film output. utility.
in the images for film output. Yes : Annotation information will be embedded in the images for film output.
No : Annotation information will not be embedded in the images for film output.
14-6 Whether annotation  Yes Specifies whether or not to embed annotation information in the images Setting is also possible with the user
information will be embedded  No for general-purpose file output. utility.
in the images for general- Yes : Annotation information will be embedded in the images for
purpose file output. general-purpose file output.
No : An annotation information will not be embedded in the images for
general-purpose file output.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-68
● Operation (low frequency) setting
15-1 The maximum registration 10000 to 200000 ( 200000). Specifies the maximum number of patients to be registered (patient
number of patient information information FIFO maximum count).
15-2 The maximum registration 10000 to 60000 ( 60000). Specifies the maximum number of studies (study information FIFO Since V2.0(B), this setting has been
number of study information maximum count). removed.
15-3 Status acquisition timing of 1 to 16 ( 6)
DICOM printer
15-4 Timeout occurring prior to 5 to 600 ( 5)
study termination
15-5 Maximum number of markers 0 to 128 ( 50)
15-6 Primary threshold warning 36 to 65 ( 50) Primary threshold warning system capacity (the indicator changes from
system capacity blue to yellow). (Unit : GB)
15-7 Secondary threshold warning 16 to 35 ( 30) Secondary threshold warning system capacity (the indicator changes
system capacity from yellow to red). (Unit : GB)
15-8 Warning threshold on system 10 to 15 ( 10) Warning threshold on system capacity (an error message is displayed).
capacity (Unit : GB)
15-9 Primary threshold warning 250 to 500 ( 300) Primary threshold warning database capacity (an error is displayed in
database capacity the indicator at the time of startup). (Unit : MB)
15-10 Secondary threshold warning 150 to 250 ( 200) Secondary threshold warning database capacity (an error is displayed
database capacity in the indicator at the time of startup). (Unit : MB)
15-11 Warning threshold on 100 to 150 ( 100) Warning threshold on database capacity (an error message is
database capacity displayed). (Unit : MB)
15-12 Minimum remaining capacity 1024 to 65535 ( 5120) Threshold for automatic transfer or deletion of the study data. (Unit :
of local HDD MB)
15-13 Whether or not a unit of file is  Yes
defined as a series when  No
acquiring multi-frame data.
15-14 Mirroring will be performed.  Yes : Perform an image mirroring Setting whether or not to perform image mirroring for NAS. (V2.0(B) or later)
 No : Does not perform an image mirroring
15-15 Destination path to be S\Image Specifies the path of the folder for NAS in full length. (V2.0(B) or later)
synchronized with Image (The network drive can be specified)
folder (where to copy).
15-16 File extensions to be Example: inf,metadata.ddo_old Specifies the type of the file excludes from the target of the image folder (V2.0(B) or later)
excluded from the to synchronize by extension. * Do not change
synchronization of image Describe the extension and divide it by the single byte comma “,”.
folder.
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-69
15-17 DICOM offline import function: MAX255 Path of the folder where the log of DICOM offline import is created
log creation folder.
15-19 Run database maintenance 1 to 90 (5) Setting of period to perform the index reconstruction
interval (day).
15-21 The start date and time the 2011/10/31 Specifies the date of the queue starting processing.
backup output [YYYY/MM/
DD].
15-22 Day will conduct a full backup 1: Monday Specifies the day of a week to conduct a full backup of the database.
of the database.
15-23 Appointment time to output 1 to 24 (12) Specifies the time to conduct the backup processing of database.
the database backup [0-24].
15-24 When the application is  Yes Set whether to perform the index reconstruction of database when the This setting is displayed as “15-18”
terminated, the maintenance  No application is terminated. only in V2.2(B).
of database. At the later HotFix, it has been
changed to “15-24”.
15-26 The [Delete] button on the  Yes Set the activation/deactivation for the [Delete] button on the image
image check monitor will be  No check monitor
activated.
15-27 The No backup button  Yes
displays when the application  No
is terminated.
● Media Subsystem Setting

17-1 Remaining capacity of the 1 to 2100 (23) Minimum free space of the DVD media (Mbyte)
storage disk [MB]
17-2 Ejection delay [sec] 2 Specifies the period of pause (second) right before ejection.
17-3 End of output process delay 5 Delay (second) at the end of output process
[sec]
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-70
● Setting for analysis
19-1 Log acquisition of  0: No DICOM print log acquisition.
DICOMPrintSCU  1: Yes
communication  2: Yes (details).
19-2 Log acquisition of FRUPMain  0: No Log acquisition.
control communication  1: Yes
19-3 Log acquisition of FRUP  0: No Log acquisition.
connection watch  1: Yes
19-4 Log acquisition of FRUP  0: No Log acquisition.
image connection  1: Yes
19-5 Trace log acquisition when  0: No Output process trace log acquisition.
image is output  1: Yes
19-6 Log acquisition of DICOM  0: No DICOM verification log acquisition.
verification SCU  1: Yes
 2: Yes (details).
19-7 Log acquisition of DICOM  0: No DICOM storage SCU log acquisition.
storage SCU  1: Yes
19-8 Collect image data for 0 to 60000 ( 2000). The number of studies to be collected when deleting personal
maintenance logs (For the information (all studies are collected when no personal data is deleted.)
number of studies)
19-9 Arbitrary settings for  0: No DICOM storage SCP log acquisition
acquisition of DICOM storage  1: Yes
SCP log  2: Yes (details).
19-10 Retrieve the log in MWM  0: No DICOM MWM log acquisition.
function  1: Yes
19-11 MWM Online log acquisition  0: No DICOM MWM log acquisition.
(linkage with study  1: Yes
information)  2: Yes (details).
19-12 MPPSOnline log acquisition  0: No DICOM MPPS log acquisition.
 1: Yes
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-71
● Settings for endoscopic image import
20-4 Polling interval for checking 10 to 120 ( 10). Polling interval for monitoring endoscopic image reception folder and
receive folder (sec) performing import
20-5 Interval of study receiving 0 to 3600 ( 3600). Only for Japan.
completion when connecting
with M-Receive (sec)
20-7 Temporary folder for C:¥FUJINON_Auto Import control folder used in functional structure
endoscopic image import
*Unless creating the folder, Error 20167 occurs when starting the server
application.
20-8 The delete folder interval of 1 to 240 ( 24) Set the interval for deleting the folder which receives files from the
endoscopy (time) endoscopic device.
● Electrocardiographic data import settings

21-1 Data structure linked with the 1:Fukuda This option item is not used.
electrocardiograph(The data
varies from maker to maker.)
21-2 Folder in which on-line C:\FUKUDA\ECG This option item is not used.
electrocardiographic data
obtained from Fukuda Denshi
electrocardiograph is stored
in the form of folder path.
21-3 Folder dedicated for C:\FUKUDA\FEV\REF This option item is not used.
registration/management in
which electrocardiographic
data for display obtained from
Fukuda Denshi
electrocardiograph is stored
21-4 Folder in which Fukuda C:\FUKUDA\UP This option item is not used.
Denshi electrocardiograph
data that has been modified
is temporarily stored for
update at a later time
21-5 Application path to link C:\Program Files\FUKUDA\FEV\FEV-Fuji. This option item is not used.
electrocardiogram EXE
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-72
● PDI output function settings
22-4 PDI write mode  0: Test writing
 1: Test writing + final writing
 2: Final writing
22-5 Compression of images (PDI)  Yes : Compression Yes: JPEG Lossless [1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70] JPEG Lossless
 No : No compression No: Explicit VR Little Endian (LEE) [1.2.840.10008.1.2.1] [1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70]:
This option can be chosen for CR
images, but not for CT images.
Explicit VR Little Endian (LEE)
[1.2.840.10008.1.2.1]:
This option can be chosen for both
CR and CT images.
● Free Layout Setting

24-1 Presence/Absence of Patient  Yes Presence/Absence of Patient ID display
ID display  No
● Setting for DICOM-MWM

25-1 Whether support is provided  Yes Whether support is provided or not to linkage with the MWM Server.
or not to linkage with the  No
MWM Server.
25-2 Preferential destination for  0: Local DB Priority destination for patient information search
patient information search, in  1: MWM
the linkage with MWM Server.
25-3 Whether support is provided  Yes
or not to linkage with the  No
MWM study information
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-73
● MPPSOnline setting
27-1 Whether support is provided  Yes
or not to linkage with the  No
MPPS Server.
27-2 Byte character string of menu  0: SingleByte
name to be used as a  1: MultiByte
protocol name
● LogicalDelete
29-1 LogicalDeleteSet  Yes Specifies whether or not to enable the LogicalDelete function.
 No
● Patient information notification setting

30-1 Time out setting for patient 0 to 65535 ( 1000).
information notification (ms)
30-2 Communication port setting 1024 to 65535 ( 10099).
for patient information
notification
● ACTIVE LINE Setting

31-1 Allow to use bone mineral Only for Japan.
measurement
31-2 Polling interval for sending Only for Japan.
billing log to ACTIVE LINE
[sec]
31-3 Days when paid function can Only for Japan.
be used when ACTIVE LINE
is offline [day]
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-74
● NAS/USB-HDD Output Setting
32-1 Storage NAS/USB-HDD  Yes
output destination setting  No
32-2 Storage NAS/USB-HDD 1024 to 10240 ( 5120)
minimum capacity setting
32-3 Storage NAS/USB-HDD 10 to 3600 ( 30)
capacity monitoring interval
32-4 Primary threshold warning 36 to 65 ( 50)
storage NAS/USB-HDD
capacity
32-5 Secondary threshold warning 16 to 35 ( 30)
storage NAS/USB-HDD
capacity
32-6 Warning threshold on storage 10 to 15 ( 10)
NAS/USB-HDD capacity
32-7 Auto-backing up output MAX255 If this setting is not input, the output
destination destination will be the existing
extended NAS.
32-8 Automatic backup 0 to 999999999 ( 0) Interval of days that the automatic backup is performed.
performance interval (day)
32-9 Automatic backup retention 0 to 999999999 ( 0) Number of backup folders that are to be left by the automatic backup.
number (pc)
32-10 The number of studies to be 1 to 999999999 ( 2000) Number of studies to be output by storage NAS.
output to one folder
● Storage Disk Output Setting

33-1 Automatically output XC  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-2 Automatically output US  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-3 Automatically output OT  0: No
images  1: Yes
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-75
33-5 Automatically output CT  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-6 Automatically output MR  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-7 Automatically output MN  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-8 Automatically output ES  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-9 Automatically output PT  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-10 Automatically output RG  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-11 Automatically output XA  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-12 Automatically output RF  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-13 Automatically output DX  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-14 Automatically output ECG  0: No
images  1: Yes
33-15 Automatically output Other  0: No Output settings other than those for the modalities that are registered.
images  1: Yes
● Measurement Linkage Function

34-1 Polling interval for outputting  30
measurement data (sec)
34-2 Output measurement data of  : Yes
cardiothoracic ratio  : No
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-76
● Setting Database Backup to NAS/USB-HDD
36-1 Output settings for the  0: None Output setting of the database backup that is output to the storage
database backup  1: AutoOutput device
 2: FixedOutput
36-2 Fixed destination database MAX255 Specifies the path in case of the fixed output destination.
backup
● Order Connection Setting for the Console

39-1 Issue order to the Console  Yes
 No
39-2 Polling interval for issuing 2
orders [sec]
39-3 Order tab name  Order
39-4 Exposure tab name  FCR
39-5 IP Address on the Console  172.16.1.150
side
39-6 Login ID in the Console side  Administrator
39-7 Password on the Console  fcr-iip
side
39-8 Order destination path  \\172.16.1.150\ReceptShare
39-9 Exposure menu retrieval path  \\172.16.1.150\MenuShare\MenuData.cab
on the Console side
39-10 The drive letter of the order  T:
destination
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-77
● Mirroring settings
41-1 Use the mirroring function  Yes Setting to validate/invalidate the mirroring function.
 No
41-2 Directory path to the mirroring MAX255 Specify the mirroring location folder path.
destination
41-3 Load and performance of the  0:Auto The load and performance settings for when mirroring is implemented.
mirroring function  1:HighPerformance/HighLoad
 2:LowPerformance/LowLoad
41-4 Transmission rate upper limit 1024 to 999999999 ( 8192) The transfer rate upper limit value setting for when mirroring is
value (KB/sec) implemented.
41-5 Verification method of the  0:No Specify the file verification method that was mirrored.
mirroring file  1:Compare File Size Only
 2:Compare File Contents
● Maintenance settings
42-1 Use the maintenance function  Yes Setting to validate/invalidate the maintenance function
 No
42-2 Use the data transmission  Yes Setting to use/do not use the data transmission function
function  No
42-3 Drive path of the data MAX255 Data transmission source (Image folder) drive path
transmission source
42-4 Data transmission study date MAX255 Study date for the start of data transmission
(Start) [YYYY/MM/DD]
42-5 Data transmission study date MAX255 Study date for the completion of data transmission
(End) [YYYY/MM/DD]
42-6 Modality that supports data MAX255 Modalities subject to data transmission
transmission
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
6.1 System MU-78
■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2 ● Positional and rotational movement of the film annotation character
This section describes the display, position, and rotation of film annotation areas
character areas 1 and 2, which can be defined by setup items No.12-12 and 12-14 Use setup items No.12-14 to 12-31 “Film character area position and rotation...” to
to 12-31. specify the position and rotation of the film annotation character areas.
The general idea about the film annotation character area position and rotation is
If an image is printed on a 14"×17" film as set by the default, the film annotation
indicated below.
characters are displayed at both the upper right and left of the image. Areas where
those characters are displayed are the film annotation character areas.
Position 0 Position 1
The upper-left area is area “1” and that at the upper right is area “2”.
Not rotated.
Film annotation
character area 1 90º rotated
(counterclockwise).
Film annotation One-frame film area One-frame film area

character area 2
Output print image

(*Default setting)
Position 2 Position 3
Definition of Definition of
positional movement rotational movement
F0000009.EPS
F0000010.EPS
● Whether to display the film annotation character areas

Use setup item No.12-12 “Whether or not film character area display is available
when 18×24-Single is formatted half-size Film 14×17-Single/4on1,
18×43-LR/2on1/4on1, 8×10-4on1 format, and 8×10 film size.” to specify whether or
not to display film annotation character areas 1 and 2.
 0: None
Does not generate a film output.
 1: Only area 1
Displays film annotation character area 1 only.
 2: Only area 2
Displays film annotation character area 2 only.
 3: Both (default)
Displays both film annotation character areas.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-79
■ Output film determination sequence ■ Details of [dialog setup]
When “Yes” is chosen for setup item No.12-33 “Setting for validity/invalidity of
reduced output onto an 8×10film”, the output film size is determined in the following ● Procedure for “12-9 Setting of menu code in which scale is not
sequence: displayed (effective when setting is such that image frame is added)”
Double-clicking the setup value in the No. 12-9 column will open the following
Film combination Determination sequence dialog.
14"×17" 8"×10" 1. When the 35×43 (cm) or 35×35 (cm), high pixel density, Single
format is used, the image will be printed onto 14"×17" film at a
magnification of 100%.
2. When a Single format other than indicated above is used, the
image will be printed onto 8"×10" film. I.
3. 4on1 and 3on1 format images are printed on 14"×17" films.
4. In situations other than above, images are printed on 14"×17"
films in the 26×36cm film output format.
26×36cm 8"×10" 1. When the Single format is used, the image will be printed onto
8"×10" film.
2. In situations other than above, the image will be printed onto
26×36cm film.
II.
26×36cm 8"×10" 1. When the Single format is used, the 10"×12" and 24×30cm
images will be printed onto 10"×12" film.
2. When a Single format other than indicated above is used, the
image will be printed onto 8"×10" film.
3. In situations other than above, there are no applicable films.
8"×10" 14"×14" 1. When 35×35 (cm), high pixel density, Single format is used, the
image will be printed onto 14"×14" film at a magnification of III. IV.
100%. MU000048.EPS
2. When a Single format other than indicated above is used, the I. Choose “Displaying a scale on all images” when providing a scale for all films.
image will be printed onto 8"×10" film.
Choose “Displaying no scale on all images” when providing no scale for all films.
3. In situations other than above, there is no applicable film.
Choose “Selecting an undisplayed MPM code” when ensuring that images having
8"×10" — 1. When the Single format is used, the image will be printed onto a particular MPM code are not provided with a scale.
8"×10" film. II. Enter the image’s MPM code on the keyboard or select it from the pull-down
2. In situations other than above, there is no applicable film. menu. Be sure to set up if “Selecting an undisplayed MPM code” is selected in
step I. above. Specifying using a wild card is also possible, such as “?0??” (“?” is
an arbitrary one-digit alphanumeric from 0 to F.)
III. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
IV. Click if data set up in I. and II. above are correct. The system returns to the
previous window and any of the following will be displayed in the Value
column.
• ???? : Does not provide a scale.
• (Blank) : Provides a scale for all images.
• Four-digit number : MPM code of an image not added with reading scale.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-80
● Setup procedure for “12-14 to 12-25 Film character area position and VI. Click if data set up in I. to IV. above are correct.
The system returns to the previous window and a four-digit number will be
rotation...”
displayed in the “Value” column. The meaning of such four-digit number is as
Double-clicking the setup value in the column of Nos. 12-14 to 25 will open the follows.
following dialog.
0031
90o image rotation of film annotation character area 2
(0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
Position of film annotation character area 2
I.
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
(0: Not rotated,1: Rotated)
Position of film annotation character a rea 1
II. (0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
F0000014.EPS
III.
IV.
V. VI. MU000049.EPS
I. Specifies the film annotation character area 1 display position.

II. Specifies the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film annotation character
area 1.
III. Specifies the film annotation character area 2 display position.
IV. Specifies the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film annotation character
area 2.
$ For details of the film annotation character area, see “■ Film annotation
character areas 1 and 2”.
V. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.1 System MU-81
● Setup procedure for “12-26 to 12-31 Film character area position and VII. Click to apply the settings entered in steps I. to V.
The system then returns to the previous window and character strings appear in
rotation (user definition X)”
the “Setup value” fields to represent the settings.
Double-clicking the setup value in the column of Nos. 12-26 to 31 will open the
Definition of image MPM code
following dialog. position or rotation (a maximum of 8 codes can be displayed.)
I.
0031 : 0000 0004 0009 000C 000E 000B 0002 0008
II. (0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
Position of film annotation character area 2
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
(0: Not rotated,1: Rotated)
III. Position of film annotation character a rea 1
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right) F0000015.EPS
IV.
V.
VI. VII.
MU000050.EPS
I. From the pull-down menu, select the MPM code for the image whose film
annotation character area is to be changed. You cannot specify the MPM code
from the keyboard or through the use of a wildcard character.
II. Specify the film annotation character area 1 display position.
III. Specify the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film annotation character
area 1.
IV. Specify the film annotation character area 2 display position.
V. Specify the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film annotation character
area 2.
$ For details of the film annotation character area, see “■ Film annotation
character areas 1 and 2”.
VI. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2 Connected Equipment MU-82
6.2 Connected Equipment 6.2.1 Server Equipment Settings
Perform setup for each of the devices to be connected to the CR-VW 674/CR-IR Perform setup for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL server.
391CL. The contents of the “Setting connection devices” window are classified
under the “Server (this equipment)” and “Image Reader” categories. The “Client ■ Settings accessible from the “Server equipment settings” window
equipment”, “Film printer” and “DICOM Storage Device” categories do not appear
in the window if the associated options are not installed. Name Description Setting
Equipment name Equipment name that Input method: Text input.
identifies the equipment. Acceptable input characters:
1- and 2-byte characters.
Maximum number of characters:
16 characters.
Host name Host name assigned to This is merely displayed.
the equipment. The information acquired from the
OS is displayed.
IP Address IP address assigned to This is merely displayed.
the equipment. The information acquired from the
OS is displayed.
Software keyboard Specifies whether or not Input method: Single selection.
to display the software • ON: Displays the software
keyboard in the patient/ keyboard.
study information input • OFF: Does not display the
windows. software keyboard.
Monitor Monitor model Monitor model name. $ See “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
settings
Gradation Gradation correction file $ See “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
correction file for the monitor model.
Magnified Width of one pixel of the Input method: Text input or spin
Display (%) employed monitor. button.
INApp11006.EPS Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
numerals.
Value range: 1 to 999.
$ See “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
DICOM setting DICOM device setting. $ See “6.2.4 DICOM Settings”.
Disk drive settings Settings for the image $ See “6.2.5 Disk Drive
storage disk drive. Settings”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setup procedure 5. Set up the monitor.
$ See “6.2.3 Monitor Settings”.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. 6. Perform DICOM setup.
$ See “6.2.4 DICOM Settings”.
7. Set up the disk drive.
$ See “6.2.5 Disk Drive Settings”.
8. Click [OK].
I.
II.
MU000004.EPS
I. Enter the equipment name.

II. If you use the software keyboard in the patient/study information input
windows, put a checkmark in the “Use” check box ( a ).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2.2 Settings for Connection to the Client Equipment
(CR-VW 674 only)
Perform settings for connection to the client PC.
■ Setup procedure
For details of the setup procedure for connection to the client equipment, see
“2.4 Settings in the Service Utility” in “Appendix 3: Settings for Connection of
the Client PC (CR-VW 674 Only)” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
 NOTE 
On the installation institution of the Windows Vista environment client PC, the
client side does not work properly if the setting of UAC function is changed. To
change the setting of UAC function, setting of the client device has to be
performed again after changing the setting of UAC function.
Open "Disk drive settings" window, click [OK] without changing anything, and
then; exit the Service Utility.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2.3 Monitor Settings 4. Click [Selection].
i IMPORTANT
■ Changing the LUT file setting For a locally procured LCD monitor, be sure to perform the procedure below:
Select a monitor model and a gradation correction file (LUT file) that matches the I. Insert an FD where the LUT file is stored into the FD drive.
selected monitor model.
II. Click “Update” on the “Monitor model selection” window.
III. Select an LUT for the added model and click [OK].
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. a The “Monitor model selection” window opens.


MCApp13001.EPS
 NOTE 
If the model you wish to install is not displayed in the “Monitor model selection”
list, install the LUT file from the disk.
$ For details of the procedure, see “■ Installing a LUT file”.
5. Select a registered monitor model, gradation correction file, and

magnified display (%) of the reference image.
MU000005.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [OK]. ■ Installing a LUT file
a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window. If the monitor you wish to install is not displayed in the “Monitor model selection”
list, install the LUT file by using the Monitor LUT disk. Use the Monitor LUT disk
 NOTE 
that matches the monitor you wish to install.
The monitor settings are automatically entered. Do not change the “Magnified
display (%) of the reference image” here although it can be changed. 1. Insert the Monitor LUT disk into the DVD drive.
7. If the “Magnified display (%) of the reference image” needs to be fine 2. Start the Service Utility.
tuned, click the or for adjustment purposes. a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
 NOTE  3. Click [Connected equipment].

Selecting a “Monitor model” automatically enters a “Magnified display (%) of
the reference image” value. Do not change the value under normal conditions.
If you change the value, you have to make sure that the image displayed at a
magnification of 100% is of the actual size. 4. Click [Server (this equipment)].
8. Click [OK].
MU0603015.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Click [Selection]. 7. Select the LUT file to be used and click [Open].
a The “Monitor model selection” window opens.  NOTE 
The Monitor LUT disk may contain two types of LUT files, those for “DICOM”
setting and “γ2.2” setting. Select the LUT file that matches with the monitor
setting.
(The following example is the case that the DVD drive is D drive. If the DVD
drive is a drive other than the D drive, read the explanation by replacing the
letter as appropriate.)
• For “DICOM” setting: “D:\(monitor name)\LUT” (e.g.: “D:\RX240\LUT”)
• For “γ2.2” setting: “D:\(monitor name)_G\LUT” (e.g.: “D:\RX240_G\LUT”)
MU0603016.ai
6. Click [Update].
a The “Select LUT Information File” window opens.
MU0603017.ai
MU0603018.ai
a The system returns to the “Monitor model selection” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
8. Select the monitor model added at Step 7, and click [OK]. 9. Confirm that the monitor model selected at Step 8 is displayed at
“Monitor model”, and click [OK].
MU0603019.ai
a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window.
MU0603020.ai
10. Click [Back].

11. Remove the Monitor LUT disk from the DVD drive.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2.4 DICOM Settings Name Description Setting
Storage SCP setting (CR-VW 674 only)
This section describes the procedure for DICOM device setup. Perform local
equipment setup concerning the DVD drive, DICOM Print, and DICOM Storage. AE Name (X.) Name identified when the Input method: Text input.
DICOM protocol is used. Maximum number of characters:
16 characters
■ Settings accessible from the “Set up DICOM” window Port number (XI.) Port number of a connected Input method: Text input.
ultrasound device. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
Name Description Setting numerals.
Media Storage setting Value range: 1 to 65535.
AE Name (I.) Name identified when the Input method: Text input. Timeout Value (XII.) Command level timeout value. Input method: Text input.
DICOM protocol is used. Use Maximum number of characters: Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
“MEDIA”. 16 characters. numerals.
Maximum pixel Maximum pixel density size Input method: Single selection.
density size for a for an image stored on the • ST
stored image (II.) management disk drive. • HQ
Whether or not to Method for compressing the Input method: Single selection.
specify data image to be stored on the • Image data compressed
compression for management disk drive. • Image data not compressed
stored images (III.)
Setting multi-byte Specifies whether any Input method: Single selection.
characters (IV.) incidental information in multi- • ON: Stores the image information.
byte characters should be • OFF: Does not store the image
stored on media. information.
Print SCU setting
AE Name (V.) Name identified when the Input method: Text input. Maximum
DICOM protocol is used. Use number of characters: 16 characters.
“FCR-CSL”.
Timeout Value (VI.) Command level timeout value. Input method: Text input.
Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
numerals.
Presentation Sets the currently used Input method: Multiple selections.
Context (VII.) abstract syntaxes. • BasicGrayscalePrint: Nonselectable.
Yes at all times.
• Verification: Yes/No
Settings for Storage SCU
AE Name (VIII.) Name identified when the Input method: Text input.
DICOM protocol is used. Use Maximum number of characters:
“FCR-CSL”. 16 characters.
Timeout Value (IX.) Command level timeout value. Input method: Text input.
numerals.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setup procedure 5. Perform the following setup steps:

I.
a The “Setting connection devices” window opens. II.
3. Click [Server (this equipment)]. III.
a The “Server equipment settings” window opens. IV.

V.
VI.
VII.
MU060207.EPS
r REFERENCE
“Print SCU setting” , “Settings for Storage SCU” and “Storage SCP settings”
do not appear in the window if these options are not installed.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Media storage setup ● Print SCU setting (option)
I. Enter the AE name (e.g., MEDIA). Select the [Print SCU setting] tab and perform the following setup steps:
 NOTES  V. Enter the AE name (FCR-CSL).
• The acceptable input characters are 1-byte alphanumeric characters.  NOTES 
• The maximum number of character is 16. • The acceptable input characters are 1-byte alphanumeric characters.
• The maximum number of character is 16.
II. Select a maximum pixel density size for the image to be stored on the
management disk drive.
VI. Specify the timeout value (300) between DICOM messages by entering text
Setting Description or by clicking the or .
 ST Standard density. VII. Put a checkmark in the check boxes for the currently used abstract syntaxes
HQ High density. ( a ).
 : Default  NOTE 
r REFERENCE The check box for “BasicGrayscalePrint” is checked at all times.
Selecting “HQ” reduces the number of images that can be recorded on a DVD.
r REFERENCE
$ For the number of images that can be stored when the ST, HQ, “Verification” is a service class for verifying the connection between DICOM
compressed, or uncompressed option is selected, see devices. When verifying the connection, it is necessary to check “Verification”.
$ For details on connection verification, see “7.3 Connection Check”.
III. Select a method for compressing the image to be stored on the management
disk drive.
Setting Description
 Image data compressed Compresses the image (lossless).
Image data not compressed Does not compress the image.
 : Default
r REFERENCE
Selecting “Image data not compressed” reduces the number of images that
can be recorded on a DVD.
$ For the number of images that can be stored when the ST, HQ,
IV. When storing Kanji or other 2-byte character information, put a checkmark
( a ).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Settings for Storage SCU (option) ● Storage SCP settings (option) (CR-VW 674 only)
Select the [Settings for Storage SCU] tab and perform the following setup steps: Select the [Storage SCP settings] tab and perform the following setup steps:
VIII. X.
IX. XI.
XII.
MU060206.EPS
MU060208.EPS
VIII. Enter the AE name (FCR-CSL).

X. Enter the AE name (e.g., FCR-CSL2).
IX. Specify the timeout value (300) between DICOM messages by entering text
or by clicking the or . XI. Enter the port number.
XII. Specify the timeout value (300) between DICOM messages by entering text
or by clicking or .
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6. Click [OK]. 6.2.5 Disk Drive Settings
a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window. Perform disk drive setup.
7. Click [OK]. ■ Settings accessible from the “Disk drive settings” window
Name Description Setting
8. Click [Back]. Setting a “Disk Drive for Server Management”

Use Specifies whether or not to use Input method: Single selection.
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window. the disk drive for server ON at all times.
management.
* Essential
Drive name Name for disk drive Input method: Text input.
identification. Acceptable input characters:
16 characters.
Drive path Path to the drive. Input method: Specify the path
from the file browse dialog box.
Disk format application Specifies whether or not to Input method: Single selection.
type format an unformatted medium • Not specified (no formatting)
when it is inserted. Selects a • Dedicated application (UDF
format type. 1.5/UDF 2.0)
• OS (FAT32)
* Select the “Dedicated
application”.
Dedicated format File path for storing a media Input method: Specify the path
application path formatting application. from the file browse dialog box.
Setting a “Disk Drive for Viewing the Server”
Use Specifies whether or not to use Input method: Single selection.
the disk drive for viewing the • ON: Uses the drive.
server. • OFF: Does not use the drive.
Drive name Name for disk drive Input method: Text input.
identification. Acceptable input characters:
16 characters.
Drive path Path to the drive. Input method: Specify the path
from the file browse dialog box.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setup procedure 5. Perform the following setup steps:

2. Click [Connected equipment]. I.

II.
III.
4. Click [Disk drive settings]. IV.
a The “Disk drive settings” window opens.
MU000007.EPS
 NOTE 
When specifying the “Drive path” for the management disk drive, specify only
a DVD drive that is directly connected to the server.
No image can be stored on a DVD drive that is shared by a network.
I. Enter the drive name (e.g., DVD) of the management disk drive.
 NOTES 
• Both the 1- and 2-byte characters can be entered.
• The maximum number of characters is 16.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
II. Specify the DVD drive path. 6. Click [OK].
Click [Browse] to open the “Browse for Folder” window. Specify the
connected DVD drive, and then click [OK]. a The system returns to the “Server equipment settings” window.
III. Select “Dedicated application” as the type of DVD drive media formatting 7. Click [OK].
application.
Setting Description
 Not specified Does not provide formatting. 8. Click [Back].
Dedicated application Provides formatting with the dedicated application. a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
OS Use an OS function to provide formatting.
 : Default
 NOTE 
The path to be input “Dedicated format application path” is determined by OS
and Software Version.
IV. Select the following Format Tool path on the folder selection window and add
“∆D:” or “∆D” or “∆/E∆D:” according to OS and Software Version.
Model OS Version Specification of Format Tool

V1.0
FFUdfFmtTool D
XP V4.0 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\HBT\FFUdfFmtTool /E D:
CR-VW 674 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
V5.0 or later
BHA\FFUdfFmtTool.exe /E D:
Vista/7 V5.0 or later
CR-IR 391CL Vista/7 V1.0 or later
r REFERENCE
“∆” represents a single-byte space and “D:” represents a DVD drive path.
“V1.1(B) or later” is included in “V5.0 or later”.
After the input as directed above, the description in the “Dedicated format
application path” field will be as follows.
MU000529.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2.6 Image Reader Settings ■ Setup procedure
Perform image reader setup. 1. Start the Service Utility.
■ Settings accessible from the “Settings necessary for the Image a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
Reader” window 2. Click [Connected equipment].

Name Description Setting a The “Setting connection devices” window opens.
Equipment name Displayed equipment name. Input method: Text input.
This name is displayed as the Acceptable input characters: 1- and 3. Click [Image Reader].
“Equipment name” of “Image 2-byte characters.
Reader” in the indicator Maximum number of characters: a The “Settings necessary for the Image Reader” window opens.
window. 16 characters.
The default is “Image Reader”.
Host name Host name assigned to the Input method: Text input.
equipment. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
The default is “RU0”. characters (A-Z and a-z), 1-byte
numerals, and hyphen (-).
IP Address IP address assigned to the Input method: Text input. I.
equipment. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
The default is “172.16.1.10”. numerals and period (.).
The IP address consists of four
II.
elements. The value of each
element ranges from 0 to 255. III.
Use a period to delimit each
element. IV.
Check the box to use Specifies whether or not to Input method: Single selection.
Patient information support the patient information • ON : Displays patient information.
display display on the Image Reader • OFF : Does not display patient
operation panel. information. MU060205.EPS
In case of 391RU, be sure to set to

OFF. I. Enter the equipment name.
II. Enter the host name that is assigned to the equipment.

 NOTE 
Acceptable input characters are 1-byte characters (A-Z and a-z), 1-byte
III. Enter the IP address that is assigned to the equipment.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
IV. When displaying patient information on the Image Reader’s operation panel, 6.2.7 Film Printer Settings (option)
put a checkmark in the check box ( a ).
When connecting the optional film printer, perform the setup procedure described
 NOTE  below.
• To have the patient information be displayed, the relevant setting must be
turned ON also on the RU side. ■ Settings accessible from the “Settings necessary for the film
• In case of 391RU, be sure to set to OFF. printer” window
$ For details of the procedure to use, see “Appendix 6: Setting the
Name Description Setting
RU-Config” in “MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts”.
Equipment name Displayed equipment name. Input method: Text input.
This name is displayed as the Acceptable input characters: 1- and
“Equipment name” of “Printer” 2-byte characters.
5. Click [OK]. in the indicator window and as Maximum number of characters:
a The system returns to the “Setting connection devices” window. the “Destination” for “Output 16 characters.
status”.
Example: DRYPIX3000.
6. Click [Back]. Host name Host name assigned to the Input method: Text input.
a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window. equipment. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
Example: fujiprinter. characters (A-Z and a-z), 1-byte
IP Address IP address assigned to the Input method: Text input. Acceptable
equipment. input characters: 1-byte numerals
Example: 172.16.1.30. and period (.).
The IP address consists of four
elements. The value of each
element ranges from 0 to 255. Use
a period to delimit each element.
DICOM AE name Name identified when the Input method: Text input.
DICOM protocol is used. Acceptable input characters:
Example: DRYPIX. (The “DICOM VR=AE” condition is
complied with.) ISO 646 (1990)
basic G0 set excluding the following
control characters:
LF, FF, CR, and ESC.
16 characters.
Port number Number of the port used by Input method: Text input.
film printer. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
numerals.
Detailed settings for film printers
Supported abstract Abstract syntaxes supported Input method: Multiple selections.
syntaxes by the film printer. • BasicGrayscalePrint
• Verification
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Name Description Setting Name Description Setting
Film size available for Film sizes supported by the Input method: Multiple selections. Dealing with an image Process to be performed Input method: Single selection.
printout film printer. • 8IN×10IN not accommodated when the image is not • DECIMATE
• 10IN×12IN within the printer’s accommodated within the • CROP
• 10IN×14IN image area drawing area that is defined • FAIL
• 14IN×14IN by “Requested Decimate/Crop • Not specified
• 14IN×17IN Behavior (2020,0040)”.
Transferable image Pixel density of an image size Input method: Single selection. How to magnify an Information to be set as Input method: Single selection.
sizes that is transferred at the time • HQ image size “Magnification Type • REPLICATE
of printing. • ST (2010,0060)”. • BILINEAR
• CUBIC
Destination for film Information that is set as “Film Input method: Single selection.
• NONE
output Destination (2000,0040)”. • Not specified
• MAGAZINE Smoothening type This setting is valid only when Input method: Text input.
• PROCESSOR “CUBIC” is selected as the Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
• BIN_I image magnification method. characters (A-Z and a-z), 1-byte
Only the following settings are numerals, 1-byte space, and 1-byte
Bin number This setting is valid only when Input method: Single selection.
selectable: underscore (_).
identification “BIN_I” is selected as the film • MPM code
• SMOOTH Maximum number of characters:
information output destination. • Anatomical region
• SHARP 16 characters.
Information for bin number • Not specified
• MEDIUM
assignment.
* The examples represent a situation where the DRYPIX3000 is used.
Default bin This setting is valid only when Input method: Text input.
number “BIN_I” is selected as the film Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
output destination. numerals.
Bin number for outputting the Value range: 1 to 100.
film that could not be identified
by the “Bin number
identification information”
setting.
Image size Specifies whether “Requested Input method: Single selection.
specification function Image Size (2020,0030) is • ON : Supported.
for printers supported by the film printer. • OFF : Unsupported.
A printer generating Specifies whether the film Input method: Single selection.
10bit image printout printer can handle 10-bit data. • ON : Supported.
• OFF : Unsupported.
Film type Employed film type. Input method: Single selection.
• Not specified
• CLEAR FILM
• BLUE FILM
• PAPER
Maximum film density Maximum density of the film. Input method: Single selection.
(Dmax) • Dmax: 3.0
• Dmax: 3.6
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setup procedure 7. Enter the film printer IP address (e.g., 172.16.1.30) in the “IP Address”
field.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. 8. Enter the film printer AE name (e.g., DRYPIX) in the “DICOM AE name”
field.
9. Enter the film printer port number (e.g., 17238) in the “Port number”
field.
3. Click [Film printer].
10. Click [Detailed settings].
a The “Settings necessary for the film printer” window opens.
a The “Detailed settings for film printers” window opens.
4. Click [Add].
a The “Changing film printers” window opens.
MU000054.EPS
5. Enter the film printer name (e.g., DRYPIX3000) in the “Equipment

MU000601.EPS
name” field.
6. Enter the film printer host name (e.g., fujiprinter) in the “Host name”
field.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Click [Printer model selection]. 16. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Destination for film output”,
a The “Selecting default settings specific to film printer model” window opens. and then select a film output destination.
Setting Description
MAGAZINE Delivers the output to a magazine type printer.
 PROCESSOR Delivers the output to the ejection tray on the top of the printer.
BIN_I Delivers the output to the sorter bin.
 : Default
17. If “BIN_1” (sorter setting) is selected as the “Destination for film

MU000602.EPS
output”, perform the following setup steps:
I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Bin number identification
12. Select a model and then click [OK]. information”, and then specify the bin number identification information.
a The system returns to the “Detailed settings for film printers” window. Setting Description
The settings for the selected model are set as the default ones.  MPM code Identifies the output bin by MPM code.
Anatomical region Identifies the output bin by anatomical region.
13. Put a checkmark in both the “BasicGrayscalePrint” and “Verification” Not specified Complies with the printer setting.
check boxes under “Supported abstract syntaxes” ( a ).
 : Default
r REFERENCE
“Verification” is a service class for verifying the connection between DICOM II. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Default bin number” and then
specify the default bin number.
$ For details on connection verification, see “7.3 Connection Check”. r REFERENCE
In the default bin number field, specify a default bin that is used for film output
when no collation value (collation based on the identification information) is
complied with.
14. In the menu, specify the film sizes
$ For bin numbers, see the printer service manual.
that can be printed out. Put a checkmark in a check box ( a ).
15. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Transferable image sizes”,
and then select a reception image size.
Setting Description
SH Reception image size maximum density (ultra-high density).
 HQ Reception image size maximum density (high density).
 : Default
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. Click [Setting details of bins]. 19. If the printer supports 10-bit image prints, put a checkmark in the
a The “Setting details of bins” window opens. “Supported” check box under ( a ).
(When the DRYPIX Series is used, be sure to check the check box
because the 10-bit image prints are supported.)
20. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Film type” and then select a
film type.
Setting Description
CLEAR FILM Selects clear film.
IN000515.EPS  BLUE FILM Selects blue film.
Selects a paper printout (this option can be selected when a DICOM
IV. In accordance with the selection made under “Bin number identification PAPER
printer that can generate a paper output is connected).
information”, double-click the “Key” field and then enter a key.
 : Default
If “MPM code” is selected under “Bin number identification information”, * The DRYPIX Series cannot generate paper printouts.
enter an MPM code (e.g., 0200). If “Anatomical region” is selected, enter an
anatomical region name (e.g., CHEST).
21. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Maximum film density
(Dmax)” and then specify the maximum film density.
Setting Description
Issues an output request to the printer with the maximum density set
 3.0
at 3.0.
Issues an output request to the printer with the maximum density set
3.6
at 3.6.
 : Default
 NOTE 
IN000516.EPS
The printer setting should be basically complied with. This setup step need not
V. Double-click the “Bin number” field, and then enter a bin number. be performed for the DRYPIX Series.
$ For details, see the printer service manual.
18. If the “Image size specification function for printers” is supported, put
a checkmark in the “Supported” check box under
( a ).
(When the DRYPIX Series is used, be sure to check the check box
because the function is supported.)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
22. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Dealing with an image not 24. If “CUBIC” was selected in Step 23 above as the image magnification
accommodated within the printer’s image area”, and then select the method, enter a smoothening type in the “Smoothening type” field. (If
process to be performed for an image that is not accommodated an image magnification method other than “CUBIC” was selected in
within the printer’s image area. Step 23, it is not allowed to enter a smoothening type because the
“Smoothening type” field does not become active.)
Setting Description
DECIMATE Decimates.  NOTE 
CROP Crops. For the DRYPIX Series, only the SMOOTH, MEDIUM, and SHARP options are
 Not specified Complies with the printer setting. selectable (SMOOTH is selected by the default).
Does not generate an output because the image is not
FAIL
accommodated within a recordable image frame.
25. Click [OK].
 : Default
a The system returns to the “Adding film printers” window.
23. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “How to magnify an image
size”, and then select an image magnification method.
26. Click [Add].
a The system returns to the “Setting the Film Printer” window.
Setting Description
REPLICATE
Provides interpolation by replicating a most similar neighboring color 27. Click [Finish].
when creating a new pixel for magnification.
BILINEAR Provides bilinear interpolation when magnifying the image.
 CUBIC Provides bicubic interpolation when magnifying the image.

28. Click [Back].
NONE Does not magnify or reduce the image.
 : Default
r REFERENCE
• Bilinear interpolation
When a new pixel is to be generated for magnification, its color is created by
averaging the colors of four (linear) neighboring pixels (upper, lower, right,
and left pixels).
• Bicubic interpolation
When a new pixel is to be generated for magnification, its color is created by
averaging the colors of eight (cubic) neighboring pixels (upper, lower, right,
and left pixels and pixels at four corners).
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.2.8 Storage Setup for DICOM Storage Device (option) Name Description Setting
Detailed settings for DICOM storage device
When the optional DICOM storage device is to be connected, perform setup
concerning the other equipment to which images are to be transmitted. Supported abstract CRImageStorage Nonselectable. ON at all times.
syntax/transfer
Verification Input method: Single selection.
■ Settings accessible from the “DICOM storage setup” window syntax (I.)
• ON: Used.
• OFF: Not used.
Name Description Setting DXImageStorage Input method: Single selection.
ForPresentation • ON: Used.
DICOM storage device settings (addition/change)
• OFF: Not used.
Equipment name Equipment name that permits Input method: Text input. Specifies the Input method: Single selection.
(I.) the user to identify the Maximum number of characters: CRImageStorage transfer • Implicit VR Little Endian
equipment. 16 characters. syntax.*2 • Explicit VR Little Endian
Acceptable input characters: 1-byte • JPEG Lossless
and 2-byte characters.
Receivable Specifies the maximum pixel Input method: Single selection.
Host name (II.) Host name assigned to the Input method: Text input. maximum pixel density of an image that the • HQ
equipment. Maximum number of characters: 255 density size (II.) DICOM storage device can • ST
characters. receive.
characters (A-Z and a-z), 1-byte Setting multi-byte Specifies whether multi-byte Input method: Single selection.
numerals, and hyphen (-). characters (III.) characters are supported by • ON: Supported.
the DICOM storage device. • OFF: Unsupported.
IP address (III.) IP address assigned to the Input method: Text input.
equipment. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte *1 Enter the SCP (ServiceClassProvider) AE title of CRImageStorage that is registered for the
numerals and period (.). storage device.
The IP address consists of four *2 Ensure that this setting complies with the setting for the other equipment.
elements. The value of each element
ranges from 0 to 255. Use a period to
delimit each element.
DICOM AE name This name is used for Input method: Text input.
(IV.)*1 application entity identification Acceptable input characters:
when the DICOM protocol is (The “DICOM VR=AE” condition is
used. complied with.)
ISO 646 (1990) basic G0 set excluding
the following control characters: LF, FF,
CR, and ESC. (Maximum number of
characters: 16 characters.)
Port number (V.) Port number of the connected Input method: Text input.
DICOM storage device. Acceptable input characters: 1-byte
numerals.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setup procedure 6. Click [Detailed settings].
1. Start the Service Utility. a The “Advanced settings for DICOM Storage Device” window opens.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. 7. Perform the following setup steps:

3. Click [DICOM Storage Device].

II.
a The “DICOM Storage Settings” window opens. I.
4. Click [Add].
a The “Addition of DICOM Storage Device” window opens.
III.
I.
II.
III.
MU0603021.ai
I. On the left side of the [Supported abstract syntaxes_transfer syntax] section,

IV.
checkmark “CRImageStorage”, “Verification” and
“DXImageStorageForPresentation” abstract syntaxes.
V. II. In accordance with the other equipment, select a transfer syntax from the
right-hand side field under “Supported abstract syntaxes_transfer syntaxes”.
Setting Description
VR* is included in the data elements (implicit VR*).
 ImplicitVRLittleEndian
The data consists of [tag/VR*/value length/value].
MU060202.EPS
VR* is not included in the data elements (explicit VR*).

I. In the [Equipment name] field, enter the equipment name to be displayed in ExplicitVRLittleEndian
The data consists of [tag/value length/value].
the study list.
JPEGLossless JPEG lossless compression
II. In the [Host name] field, enter the host name of the storage device.
III. In the [IP address] field, enter the IP address of the storage device.  : Default
VR* : Value Representation
IV. In the [DICOM AE name] field, enter the AE name of the storage device.
V. In the [Port number] field, enter the port number for the storage device.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
III. In accordance with the other equipment, select “HQ” or “ST” as the 6.2.9 Settings for Connection of the NAS
[Receivable maximum pixel density size] (it is recommended that you choose
“HQ”). For the NAS settings (“HDD”, “BackupNAS”,“DBAutoBackup”), see “Appendix 11
Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by Using NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation –
Setting Description
Appendix”.
ST Reception image size maximum density (standard density).
$ For details, see “Appendix 11: Expansion of HDD and Mirroring by Using
 HQ Reception image size maximum density (high density). NAS” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
 : Default
IV. If the other equipment provides support to multi-byte characters for the
“Setting multi-byte characters” box, checkmark it ( a ).
6.2.10 Connection settings of USB-HDD (V2.2(B) or later)
8. Click [OK].
For the USB-HDD settings (“Backup NAS/USB-HDD”), see “Appendix 16 Setting
a The system returns to the “Addition of DICOM Storage Device” window opens. External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD) as Storage Disk” under “Appx IN: Installation –
Appendix”.
9. Click [Add]. $ For details, see “Appendix 16: Setting External HDD (NAS/USB-HDD) as
a The system returns to the “DICOM Storage Settings” window. Storage Disk” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
10. Verify that the registered device is added, and then click [Finish].
11. Click [Back].

► INSTRUCTION
When you have performed settings for output devices in the Service Utility, be sure
to perform “Setting a destination for image output” in the User Utility.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.3 Linkage Function MU-106
6.3 Linkage Function 4. Perform the following setup steps:
Perform functional setup for linkage with another system. “Linkage function” is an
optional setup item. I.
II.
► INSTRUCTION
When settings were performed for output devices in the Service Utility, be sure to III.
perform “Setting a destination for image output” in the User Utility. IV.
V.
6.3.1 Thumbnail Image Output Setting VI.

VII.
r REFERENCE
The general-purpose file output function has integrated to thumbnail image output
function in V2.0(B).
MU000018.EPS
1. Start the Service Utility. I. Specify the thumbnail image output destination.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. Click [View] to open the “Browse for Folder” window. Select an output
destination folder and then click [OK].
2. Click [Linkage function]. II. Select a file format.
a The “Setting the linkage function” window opens. Setting Description

 JPEG Lossy JPEG lossy compression format.
3. Click [Thumbnail image output]. Bitmap Bitmap format.
a The “Setting for thumbnail image output” window opens.  : Default
III. Specify the reduction ratio.

Click the or to specify the reduction ratio or enter a reduction ratio
from the keyboard.
IV. Select a compression ratio (the compression ratio can be specified only
when step II was performed to select “JPEG Lossy” as a file format).
Setting Description
Super High Super high image quality (low-energy compression).
 High Quality High image quality (standard compression).
Standard Standard image quality (high-energy compression).
 : Default
* The higher the image quality, the lower the compression ratio and thus the larger the file
size.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
V. Setting the patient information file version to “V1.0”
VI. Set the name generation rule for FCR unprocessed image file.
Setting Description
“Patient ID” + “_” + “Study date” + “_” + “Part” + “_” + “Sequential
Type2
number” + “_” + “Host name”
 : Default
VII. Set the name generation rule for the other image (except FCR unprocessed
image) file.
Setting Description
“Patient ID” + “_” + “Study date” + “_” + “Part” + “_” + “Sequential
Type2
number” + “_” + “Host name”
 : Default
5. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Setting the linkage function” window.
6. Click [Back].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.3.2 DICOM MWM/MPPS Settings No. Item Content
I. Support the linkage of MWM Place a checkmark to Support
■ Setting up the MWM Patient Information Patient information
II. Patient information to be Select MWM
1. Start up the Service Utility. searched first.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. III. Device name Set the name of the equipment to be connected
IV. Host name Set the name of the equipment to be connected on
2. Click [Linkage function]. the network
V. DICOM AE name Set the DICOM AE name
a The “Setting the linkage function” window opens.
VI. IP address Set the IP address of the equipment to be
connected
3. Click [Linkage of MWM Patient information].
VII. Port number Set the port number of the equipment to be
a The “Linkage of MWM Patient information” window opens. connected
4. Specify the following settings.

5. Click [OK].
I. 6. Click [Back].
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
INApp21004.AI
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Setting up the MWM Study Information Linkage No. Item Content
1. Start the Service Utility. III. Host name

network.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. IV. DICOM AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
V. IP address Set up the network address of the equipment to be connected.
2. Click [Linkage function].
VI. Port number Set up the port number of the equipment to be connected.
 NOTE 
3. Click [Linkage of MWM study information].
Equipment name, Host name, DICOM AE title, IP address, and Port number
a The “Linkage setting of MWM study information” window opens. will be common to the settings for MWM patient information linkage.

5. Click [OK].
I.
6. Click [Back].
II.
III.

IV.
a The “DICOM Storage Settings” window opens.
V. 9. Click [DICOM setting].

VI.
10. Select “MWM SCU setting” tab.
MU0603001.ai
No. Item Content

Support the
I. linkage of MWM Place a checkmark to “Supported”.
study information
II. Equipment name Set up the name of the equipment to be connected.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
11. Perform the following setup steps: ■ Setting up the MPPS Linkage

3. Click [MPPS linkage].

a The “Linkage setting of MWM study information” window opens.
I. I.
II. II.
III.
IV.
MU0603002.ai V.
No. Item Content

VI.
I. AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
II. Timeout value Set up a timeout value.
VII.
 NOTE 
AE title and Timeout value will be common to the settings for MWM patient
information linkage.
MU0603003.ai
No. Item Content

MPPS linkage
I. Place a checkmark to "Supported".
support
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
No. Item Content 11. Perform the following setup steps:
Character sets of
If you are in a multi-byte country and multi-byte is supported by
menu name to be
II. the equipment to be connected, select "MultiByte". Other than
used as protocol
that, select "SingleByte".
name
III. Equipment name Set up the name of the equipment to be connected.
IV. Host name
network .
V. DICOM AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
VI. IP address Set up the network address of the equipment to be connected.
VII. Port number Set up the port number of the equipment to be connected.
 NOTE 
“Supported” of MPPS linkage support is checked by default. For institutes
where MPPS linkage is not used, be sure to remove the checkmark.
I.
5. Click [OK]. II.
6. Click [Back].

a The “Setting connection devices” window opens. MU0603004.ai
No. Item Content

I. AE title Set up the DICOM AE title.
a The “DICOM Storage Settings” window opens.
II. Timeout value Set up a timeout value.

10. Select “MPPS SCU setting” tab.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.3.3 Setup Procedure for Replacing Patient Information at 4. Perform the following in accordance with the changed contents.
the Time of Receiving DICOM Images • Newly set up or add a device to be targeted for replacing patient information
a Click [Add].
■ Precaution Proceed to step 5.
• Change a setting for existing device targeted for replacing patient
With this setting, if priority search object for patient information is set to MWM in
information
CR-VW 674, patient information in them is used as a priority.
a Select a setting you wish to change from the list, and click [Change].
Proceed to step 5.
■ Applicable items • Delete a setting for existing device targeted for replacing patient information
Institutes of which devices* are connected with CR-VW 674 V2.1(B) or later by a Select a setting you wish to delete from the list, and click [Delete].
DICOM connection
*The following modalities are applicable:
- CR (Standard / Private)
- DX (for Presentation)
- CT
- MR
- XA
- RF
- US (including Multi-frame)
- SC (including Multi-frame)
MU0603005.ai
■ Adding/editing settings for/deleting devices to be targeted for

replacing patient information

3. Click [DICOM Reception].

a The “DICOM Reception” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
5. Configure each of the following settings in the “Changing (Adding)  NOTE 
DICOM image sending device information” window. For the AE that the DICOM reception is unset or has been set before the
application of V2.2(B) HotFix, it will be imported with the intended use for
import “for storage purpose”.
I.
II. 6. After configuring settings, click [Change] or [Add].

r REFERENCE
III.
To revoke the setting and go back to the previous window, click [Cancel].
IV.
7. To continuously change settings, repeat operations from step 4.
8. Click [Finish].
9. Click [Back].
MU0603013.ai

No. Item Content
Arbitrarily describe an explanation of the connected
device.
I. Equipment name
This item is used to prevent mis-setting when multiple
similar devices are to be connected. ■ Confirmation procedure
Set up an AE title of the targeted DICOM connection Send a study to CR-VW 674 from the connected device.
device with English single byte characters.
This item must consist with the AE title setting on the Select the sent Patient ID in the “Main” window - “Patient List”, and display the sent
II. AE title study in the Viewer.
DICOM connection device (Storage-SCU) side;
therefore, be sure to check the setting of the DICOM Confirm that the information displayed in the “Patient List” and the study information
connection device in advance. displayed in the Viewer window are the same.
Flag for patient Moreover, open the “Study Utility” window and confirm that the “DB” field of the
III. Switch to enable/disable the setting.
information replacement
sent study is displayed as shown below.
IV. Intended use for import Select the intended use for import.
(V2.2(B) or later) • It will be managed by storing on the hard disk. • Intended use for import is “for storage purpose”: “DB managing”
Stored for management. • Intended use for import is “for reference purpose”: “- (hyphen)”
• It will be retrieved temporarily for reference and then
deleted after “XX” day(s).
Stored for reference. Input the number of days (range
of 1 to 30) as a storage limitation into “XX”.
MU0603014.ai
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.4 Film Annotation Characters MU-114
6.4 Film Annotation Characters ● Image size
The “image size” refers to the size of an image read on the Image Reader.
This function determines settings and formats for outputting annotation characters Currently, the six image sizes, 14"×17", 14"×14", 10"×12", 10"×8", 24×30cm and
on film. 18×24cm, can be read on the system.
Presented herein are the settings necessary for enabling the print output function.
The 14"×17" size image can also be called the 35×43cm size image and the
14"×14" size image, the 35×35cm size image.
■ Setup necessary when editing the film annotation character format Note that the 24×30cm and 18×24cm size images have basically no other
Describes various setup items for the film annotation character format. denominations.
$ For details of configurations used for the film annotation character format, As shown in the table below, the RU has RUs for both the inch-system IP and the
see “■ Settings accessible from the “System settings” window” in metric-system IP.
“6.1 System”.
RU type Image sizes that can be read

■ Film annotation character setup (direct editing of FilmStrFmt) Inch-system RU 14"×17", 14"×14", 10"×12" and 10"×8"
Describes the film annotation character setup procedure defined for each FMT No. Metric-system RU 35×43cm, 35×35cm, 20×30cm and 18×24cm
■ Basic terms used for film output processing

● Print formats
● Film size The print format is a layout where images are allotted on film for printout.
The “film size” refers to the size of a film used for printout of an image. The system supports the following print formats : Single, 2on1 and 4on1
In the CR-VW 674 system, the following five film sizes are supported:
Film
35×43cm, 35×35cm, 26×36cm, 10"×12" and 20×25cm
Image
The 35×43cm size is called in some cases the 14"×17" size, and similarly the
35×35cm size is called the 14"×14" size, the 26×36cm size is called the 11"×14"
size, and the 20x25cm size is called the 10"×8" size.
Single 2on1 4on1

F0000020.EPS
Single : One image is allotted on film.

2on1 : Two different images are allotted on film.
4on1 : Four different images are allotted on film.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ 26×36cm, 35×43cm/14"×17", 8"×10", 35×35cm/14"×14" and
10"×12" film printout patterns [Reference]
Shown below are the film output patterns formed on 26×36cm and 35×43cm films.
● 26×36cm film
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
2
1
4 5
2 2 6 6 2
2
1 1 1
6 6
2on1 2on1 (different sizes) Pantomography 2on1 18×43cm 2on1 Normal Single
11 12
11 12 11 12
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
13 14 1 : Patient information area
11 12
4 5 13 14 13 14 2 : Image processing parameter area
13 14
4 : Hospital name area
5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
6 : Patient information/image processing
parameter area
11 : Reduced patient information area
1
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area
13 : Patient information area
2
14 : Image processing parameter area
Pantomography Single 10×14inch Single (HQ) 14×10inch Single (HQ) 18×24cm 2on1 (100% size)
F0000018.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● 35×43cm film
11 12 11 12 11 12 12
4 5
13 14 13 14
2
1
35×43cm/14×17inch Single (HQ) 18×43cm Single (HQ) 18×43cm 2on1 35×35cm/14×14inch Single (HQ)
11 12 11 12
11 12
35×43cm 1843
13 14
11 12 2 : Image processing parameter area
14×14inch 11 : Reduced patient information area
8×10inch
15 15 : Patient information/image processing
43×35cm/17×14inch Single (HQ) Different images 4on1 (example) parameter area
F0000019.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● 20×25cm film
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
21 21 21 22 21 22 4 5 4 5
6
22 22
Pantomography
18×24cm Single 18×24cm Single 18×24cm/8×10inch (ST) Vertical 8×10inch 18×24cm/8×10inch,

Single 24×30cm/10×12inch,
35×35cm, 35×43cm,
43×43cm (ST/HQ) Single
For exposure menus other than mammography, images will be delivered in - Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
the (C) format. 4 : Hospital name area
For “right breast (DSR)” (MPM code: 0317) mammographic exposure 5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
menus, images will be delivered in the (A) format. 6 : Patient information/image processing parameter area
For other than “right breast (DSR)” (MPM code: 0317) mammographic 21 : Patient information area
exposure menus, images will be delivered in the (B) format. 22 : Image processing parameter area
F0000021.EPS
● 35×35cm film
11 12 - Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
11 : Reduced patient information area
13 14 13 : Patient information area
35×35cm/14×14inch Single F0000022.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● 10"×12" film
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 21
22 22
10×12inch (ST/HQ) 24×30cm (ST/HQ)
10×12inch (ST/HQ) 24×30cm (ST/HQ) 24×30cm (ST/HQ) 24×30cm (ST/HQ)
(G) (H) (I) (J) (K) (L)
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5
2
2
1 1
6 6 6 6
8×10inch, vertical 8×10inch 18×24cm (ST/HQ)
(ST/HQ) 502 8×10inch
8×10inch, vertical 8×10inch 18×24cm (ST/HQ) 18×24cm (ST/HQ) 18×24cm (ST/HQ)
(ST/HQ) 502 8×10inch
6 : Patient information/image processing parameter area
F0000035.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.4.1 Film Annotation Character Setup (Direct Editing of 1. Start the Service Utility mode.
FilmStrFmt) a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
This section describes the film annotation character setup procedure for FMT
numbers, which are indicated under “■ 26×36cm, 35×43cm/14"×17", 8"×10", 2. Click [Film annotation characters].
35×35cm/14"×14" and 10"×12" film printout patterns [Reference]” in “6.4 Film a The “Setting film annotation character” window opens.
Annotation Characters.”
Film annotation character setup is performed by directly editing the contents of the 3. Click [Editing a film annotation character definition file].
FilmStrFmt file.
a The FilmStrFmt file opens in Notepad.
i IMPORTANT
4. Edit the file in the format described later.
When directly editing the contents of the FilmStrFmt file, be sure to select “No” as
the configuration setting for Nos. 13 to 15 (Enable Auto Edit Function of the Film 5. Overwrite the contents of the FilmStrFmt file and then close Notepad
Annotation Character Format) in “6.1 System”.
(Notepad.exe).
If you directly edit the contents of the file while the setting is left ON, the Service
Utility may restore the previous contents of the FilmStrFmt file. Therefore, when
u NOTES u
editing the FilmStrFmt file, follow the steps indicated below.
• When editing the FilmStrFmt file, make sure to start it by performing “Film
1. If it is necessary to edit the printer-related configuration settings with the Service annotation character settings” in the Service Utility mode. Because character
Utility, do it first. codes used in the FilmStrFmt file are based on the “Unicode” system, do not edit
2. Complete an editing procedure with the Service Utility (only the configuration it directly.
settings related to the printer), save the results, and then change the settings for • Use the Backup Utility function to obtain a backup copy of the “Setup Information”
Nos. 13 to 15 to “No”. before performing editing.
3. Finally, edit the contents of the FilmStrFmt file. • For the application software version upgrade processing, fully re-edit the
Once the FilmStrFmt file has been subjected to direct editing, you should avoid FilmStrFmt file that is installed at upgrade processing, without restoring the
using the “Auto Film Annotation Character Format Generation Function.” The FilmStrFmt file that has been backed up on an FD or the like.
setting for “Nos. 13 to 15 Enable Auto Edit Function of the Film Annotation
Character Format” must remain “No”.
6. Click [Finish].
After the FilmStrFmt file is edited, you should keep a record of the applied changes
within the FilmStrFmt file in the form of a comment. a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.4.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format
Following is the FilmStrFmt file description format.
Example of description
Format name Area size and position
FMT1 = (1202,188,L) [
Command SetFontTypeFace ("MS Gothic") ; Command for specifying the font type
SetFontSize (55) ; Command for specifying the font size

FilmStrings(" ",%-10s),
(0019,2F90);
LineSpacing (1) ; Command for specifying the line spacing
Settings for one SetFontSize (30) ;
film annotation FilmStrings(" ",%-20PN1), Command for specifying the character string
character format (0010,0010);
SetFontSize (48) ;
FilmStrings(%-10s," ",%-10s," ","[",%SEX1,"]"," ",%AGE1), Command for specifying the character string
(0010,0020),(0011,2F10),(0010,0040),(0010,0030);
LineSpacing (10) ;
SetFontSize (44) ;
FilmStrings("EXP:",%DATE8," ","[",%TIME1,"]"," ","SC:",$MAG,"%"," ",$FUNC_PROC),
(0008,0022),(0008,0032);
]
F T1_1 = (1282,188,L) [
Settings for one SetFontTypeFace ("MS Gothic") ;

film annotation •
character format •
•
]
FR000015-2.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Following are the details of each setting. ● Command
Describes the command for setting film annotation character format. Here,
● Format name command format is similar to a programming language.
Describes the name of the format. Do not change the description.
These commands relate to fonts and character strings.
r REFERENCE
$ For details, see “6.4.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters”.
The format to be used when outputting films is specified by ImageSize.env file
saved in the following folder. ● Font specifying commands
• In case of Windows Vista / 7 Font specification Command
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config Font type specification SetFontTypeFace
• In case of Windows XP Font size specification SetFontSize
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config Font style specification SetFontStyle
● Character string specifying commands
● Area size and position Output character string specification Command
Specify the area size and position between parentheses to the right of the Line spacing specification LineSpacing
format name, connecting them with each other using an equal sign (=). Output format and attribute specification FilmStrings
X-size, Y-size, position
Item Description ■ Cautions in editing the FilmStrFmt file
X-size Specifying the width of the film annotation character display area Following are the cautions to observe when editing the FilmStrFmt file.
(0<X-size<4280pixel)
• “#” at the top of a line indicates a comment line.
Y-size Specifying the height of the film annotation character display area
(0<Y-size<4280pixel) • Unnecessary spaces, tabs and line changes will be disregarded.
Position Specifying the position of characters in the film annotation character • Describe commands by the use of “;” between them.
display area (C: centering, R: right padding, L: left padding)
u NOTE u
Because FilmStrFmt is a Unicode-formatted text file, a Unicode- formatted NotePad
included in the OS is necessary for file editing.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.4.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters ■ Specifying the font size
Use the “SetFontSize” command to specify the font size.
■ Specifying the font type This command will be effective from the line describing “SetFontSize” to the line
that directly precedes another “SetFontSize” description.
Use the “SetFontTypeFace” command to specify the font type.
This command will be effective from the line describing “SetFontTypeFace” to the u NOTE u
line that directly precedes another “SetFontTypeFace” description.
Because no default values are available for font type, make sure to specify values
u NOTE u for each film annotation character format.
Because no default values are available for font type, make sure to specify values
for each film annotation character format. ● SetFontSize description format
SetFontSize (font size);
● SetFontTypeFace description format Specify a font size using values expressed in terms of pixels.
SetFontTypeFace (“font name”);
Enclose a True-Type font name between quotation marks (“ ”).

● SetFontSize description examples
Any of the fonts that are available when Windows 2000 is installed can be • Specifying the font size to be 20 pixels
specified. SetFontSize(20);
• Specifying the font size to be 40 pixels
● SetFontTypeFace description examples SetFontSize(40);
• Specifying MS Gothic
SetFontTypeFace(“MS Gothic”); ● SetFontSize printout examples
• Font size specified as 20 pixels
• Specifying Times New Roman
SetFontTypeFace(“TimesNewRoman”);
JOHN SMITH [M]
● SetFontTypeFace printout examples 02247393 1938.04.08B
• “MS Gothic” specified FR000018.EPS
• Font size specified as 40 pixels

G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
PARANASAL SINUS
FR000016.EPS JOHN SMITH [M]
• “TimesNewRoman” specified
02247393 1938.04.08B
FR000019.EPS
FR000017.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Specifying the font style ■ Specifying the line spacing
Use the “SetFontStyle” command to specify the font style. Specify line spacing with the “LineSpacing” command.
This command will be effective from the line describing “SetFontStyle” to the
line that directly precedes another “SetFontStyle” description. ● LineSpacing description format
LineSpacing (line spacing);
● SetFontStyle description format Use an integer between 1 and 400 (in terms of pixels) to specify line spacing for
SetFontStyle (font style); film annotation characters.
Select either of the following.
• Bold : BOLD ● LineSpacing description examples
• Italic : ITALIC • Specifying line spacing of 5 pixels
LineSpacing(5);
When selecting the two font styles at the same time, use “|” to delimit them
(ex.: BOLD|ITALIC). • Specifying line spacing of 50 pixels
LineSpacing(50);
u NOTE u
● LineSpacing printout examples
Specifying “ITALIC” for characters displayed in reverse video can make it look • Line spacing of 5 pixels specified
like they are missing in parts. “ITALIC” is thus disabled for reverse-video
characters.
1234567890ABC EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
● SetFontStyle description examples
• Bold specified FR000024.EPS
SetFontStyle (BOLD); • Line spacing of 50 pixels specified

• Specifying bold and italic at the same time
SetFontStyle (BOLD|ITALIC) ; 1234567890ABC EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
● SetFontStyle printout examples

• Bold specified
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
FR000025.EPS
FR000020.EPS
• Bold and italic specified
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
FR000021.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Specifying print format and attributes ● FilmStrings description examples
Use the “FilmStrings” command to specify character strings.  Printing out patient and exposure information
● FilmStrings description format The patient and exposure information indicated below are printed out.
• Patient name : Character string of variable length, up to 20 characters
FilmStrings(format descriptor1, format descriptor2,… ),(attribute
descriptor1),(attribute descriptor2)… ; • Sex : “[“+M or F+”]”
• Format descriptor “n” • Patient ID : Character string of variable length, up to 15 characters
Specifies the “format descriptor” that shows the format in which character • Date of birth : YYYY.MM.DD + “B”
strings are printed out. A maximum of 512 descriptors can be specified. • Date of examination : Character string of variable length, up to 15 characters
However, the maximum total length of all character strings represented by the • Date of exposure : “EXP”+ YYYY.MM.DD
format descriptor is 256 characters.
• Time of exposure : “[“+HH:MM+”]”
$ For details, see “6.4.4 Format Descriptors”.
FilmStrings(“”,%*20s,“[“,%SEX2”,]”),(0010,0010),(0010,0040);
• Attribute descriptor “n” FilmStrings(“”,%*15s,““,%DATE1”,B”),(0010,0020),(0010,0030);
Specifies the “attribute descriptor” that shows an attribute to be printed out as FilmStrings(“”,%*15s),(0008,0050);
a character string. Basically, one attribute descriptor is given per format FilmStrings(“EXP:”,%DATE1,“[“,%TIME1”,]”),(0008,0020),(0008,0030)
descriptor. The attribute descriptor is a tag number that represents the
attribute to be printed out.  Printing out image processing parameters
It is not necessary to specify the attribute descriptor when the format The following image processing parameters are printed out.
descriptor is attribute-specific. • Gradation processing : G + GA + GT + “#” + GC + GS
parameters
$ For details, see “6.4.5 Attribute Descriptors”.
• Frequency processing : R + RN + RT + RE
parameters
• Latitude (L value) : L + latitude
• System sensitivity (S value) : S + system sensitivity
• Corrections : C + gradation correction + density
(gradation and density) correction
• Image magnif./reduc. rate : “SCALE:” + percentage
FilmStrings(“ ”,$IMG_PROC);
FilmStrings(“ “,$L,$S,$CS_SS”, “,SCALE:”,$MAG,“%”);
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● FilmStrings printout examples 6.4.4 Format Descriptors
• Patient and exposure information printout
Described herein are the format descriptor types and content presented in
“6.4.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters ■ Specifying print format and
JOHN SMITH [M]
attributes”.
02247393 1998.04.08B
1234567890ABC Three format descriptor types are available. The first character of each format
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42] descriptor identifies the type.
FR000026.EPS
First character Descriptor type
• Image processing parameters printout \ Character string control descriptor
% Character string style descriptor
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
$ Attribute-specific format descriptor
L2.4S325C*1.0*1.0 SCALE: 100%
FR000027.EPS r REFERENCE
The C language command “printf” format-specified method has been adopted
basically for the format descriptor that specifies the character string print format.
However, the “printf” method has been expanded to make the following items
available.
• Special print character formats, including characters in reverse video

• Some VR-specific patterns, including date format
• Information not assigned tag numbers, such as film image magnification/reduction
• Handling of a multiple number of attributes in a group (such as image processing
parameters)
Format descriptors not required by the “printf” method have been deleted.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Character string control descriptor (\) ■ Character string style descriptor (%)
Shown below are format descriptors that control character strings. This format descriptor indicates that the character string style is composed as
follows.
Descriptor Description
\t Inserts tabs. Each tab is equivalent to 80 pixels.
%[flag][width][type]
Displays the characters that follow in reverse video, which will be
\r
effective until “\r” is specified again. ● [flag]
Shows the information necessary for controlling character string length. Can be
omitted. If [flag] has been specified, [width] must also be specified.
Flag description Description

Outputs character strings padded from the left. This is effective only
- when fixed length has been specified using [width]. If it has not,
character strings will be output padded from the right.
Shows that the character string length specified by [width] consists of
a maximum number of characters. If the length of the character string
to be output is longer than that specified by [width], it will be output
* as specified by [width]. If the length of the character string to be
output is shorter than that specified by [width], it will be output as it
actually is.
Example of description Example of printout

%*10s ABCDEFGHIJ
A character string
[type] (s=character string data)
of a maximum of
[width] ten characters
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
A value specified by [width] FR000031.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● [width] ● [type]
Shows the character string length. When “*” has been specified for [flag], this Shows the type of character string notation. This cannot be omitted. Two types
indicates the maximum character string length. When it has not, it indicates the are available: the standard type supported by C language and a special type
fixed length. added exclusively for film annotation characters.
Only when “f” has been specified for [type] the “a.b” style specification will be The standard type uses small letters to annotates character strings and the
effective, where “a” indicates the number of digits (of an integer) and “b” the special type uses large alphanumerics. Numbers cannot be used at the
number of decimal places. beginning of character strings.
In this case, “a” can be omitted. Omitting “a” will not determine the number of The table below shows character strings annotation types.
digits while determining only the number of decimal places. When “f” has been In the table, attributes other than those listed in the “Attribute VR” column (UN
specified for [type], it will not be possible to omit only “b”. Specifying 0 for “b” will and SQ) cannot be output as film annotation characters.
cause an error.
● Standard type
Annotation type Attribute VR Note
%*10d 1234567890 d
OB,OW,SL,SS, Outputs binary data in decimal form. Image data
UL,US and overlay data cannot be selected.
[type] (d=a decimally expressed An integer of a AT,OB,OW,SL, Outputs binary data in hexadecimal form. Letters
integer ) maximum of x
ten numbers SS,UL,US will be output in capitals.
[width] f FL,FD Outputs binary data in floating-decimal-point form.
Character string length
AE,AS,CS,DS, Outputs character string data. Character strings of
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters) s DT,IS,LO,LT, a maximum length of 256 characters can be
PN,SH,ST,UI output.

%*5.1f 1234.2
[type] (f=decimally expressed A maximum of
five integers,
floating-point number) one decimally
[width] expressed
Character string length floating-point
[flag] (*maximum number of number
characters) FR000032.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Special type ■ Attribute-specific format descriptor ($)
Annotation Attribute The attribute-specific format descriptor is used for outputting a multiple number of
Note
type VR attributes in groups or for outputting information that has not been assigned tag
Outputs various date display patterns in accordance with the numbers.
values specified by “n”.
Patterns are as follows. The attribute-specific format descriptor requires no attribute descriptors (the tag
DATE1 : 1998.12.13 numbers shown below).
DATE2 : 1998.DEC.13
DATEn DA DATE3 : 12.13.1998 The table below presents attribute-specific format descriptors.
DATE4 : DEC.13.1998
DATE5 : 13.12.1998 ● Table of attribute-specific format descriptors (1/2)
DATE6 : 13.DEC.1998
DATE7 : H1.01.13 Information Sample
Descriptor Note
DATE8 : 1.01.13 displayed character format
Outputs various time display patterns in accordance with the Outputs image Processing parameters for any
values specified by “n”. This setting is valid only for information processing parameters processing that is not subjected to in
for which “Attribute VR” has been set to “TM”. Patterns are as (G,R,O,D,U,H,P). view of processing path will not be
Image
TIMEn TM follows. Parameter output will output.
$IMG_PROC processing
TIME1 : 10:51 depend on the image
parameter
TIME2 : 10:51:20 processing parameter
TIME3 : AM 10:51 formats described
hereafter.
Outputs various age display patterns in accordance with the
values specified by “n”. This setting is valid only for information Gradation
on date of birth. Patterns are as follows. $GAMMA processing G 1.0G#1.6-0.20 –
AGE1: 25 years, 1 year and 8 months, 1 month and 10 parameter
DA days, 13 days Frequency
AGEn (date of birth AGE2: 25Y, 1Y8M, 1M10D, 13D Parameters will not be output during
$BETA processing R 4R0.5
only) Output format will differ with the relevant age, as follows. multi-frequency processing (MFP).
parameter
0 years to 0 years and 1 month or under : ** days
0 years and 1 month up to 1 year : ** months 1D-USM
Parameters will not be output if this
1 to 8 years : ** years and ** months $1DUSM processing O 3V1.0
process is not performed.
8 years or over :** years parameter
Outputs sex display patterns in accordance with the values DRC
Parameters will not be output if this
specified by “n”. This setting is valid only for information on $DRC processing D 2A0.8
CS process is not performed.
SEXn sex. Patterns are as follows. parameter
(sex only)
SEX1: Male, female, (for others, 1 space) MFP-USM
SEX2: M, F, O (for others, 1 space) Parameters will not be output if this
$H_USM processing U FA0.8
Outputs name display patterns in accordance with the values parameter
specified by “n”. This setting is valid only for information with MFP-DRC
PN specified for VR. Display patterns follow. Parameters will not be output if this
$H_DRC processing H FA0.8
PN1: For printing kana alongside kanji (ANK characters are process is not performed.
parameter
printed only when ideographic characters are used.)
PN2: Only for use with ideographic characters (Ideographic PEM
PNn PN Parameters will not be output if this
characters are printed if used. Left blank if not used.) $PEM processing P ABC1.5
PN3: Only for single-byte characters (Single-byte characters parameter
are printed if used. Left blank if not used.)
PN4: For display of multi-byte characters (Ideographic
characters are printed if used. Single-byte characters are
printed if they are not used. Left blank if neither are used.)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● Table of attribute-specific format descriptors (2/2) 6.4.5 Attribute Descriptors
Information Sample Described next are the specific types and contents of the attribute descriptors
Descriptor Note
displayed character format
discussed in “■ Specifying print format and attributes” under “6.4.3 Changing the
Image Parameters will be output only when they Film Annotation Characters”.
processing have been changed.
$MOD * The attribute descriptor is information used to specify several kinds of attributes to
parameter
change mark be printed out as film annotation characters.
For both gradation correction and density One attribute descriptor can be described for each format descriptor.
Term of
$CS_SS
correction
C *1.0/1.5 correction, parameters are output The attribute descriptor represents a tag number for the attribute to be printed out.
converted to character strings.
$FCR_ID
FCR image
ID
C 001
IDs will be output by changing the image
numbers.
■ Attribute descriptor description format
Right-and- Can be output only when image is Following is the attribute descriptor description format.
$AP_PA1 left reversal Я reversed.
mark (1/2) (gggg,eeee)
Right-and- “PA” will be output when reversed and “AP” • gggg : Group number. Fixed four digits in hexadecimal form.
$AP_PA2 left reversal AP (PA) when not reversed.
mark (2/2) • eeee : Element number. Fixed four digits in hexadecimal form.
IP numbers will be output removing a and
$IP_NUM IP number 0412657 c before and after the IP number
respectively.
■ Attribute descriptor description cautions
$MAG Image Can be output only when the image size
• Parentheses “( )” are required when describing a tag number.
67
_RATE magnif. rate requested has been set. • Use a comma “”, between attributes.
RT-01 is for image Image processing type (0019,2F40) • Use a comma “”, between a group and an element.
processing type RT. Set numbers (0021,2F30)
Pair
$FUNC Image numbers in the set (0021,2F40) • If the specified tag is not available, use one half-size space.
processing
_PROC ES 01 02-01 is for Pair processing information numbers
information
an image processing (0021.2F50)
• For the patient’s name, create a character string after delimitation conversion.
type other than RT. • When printing out a kanji character string, remove the ESC sequence and then
This information is output only when all of create the string.
the four energy subtraction parameters are
within the range between A and T.
• Handle control characters within LT and ST as spaces.
Energy
Energy subtraction parameter (50F1, • For a tag for which VM is 1 or more, only the head information will be printed out.
$ES subtraction E AGGH @
2F06). However, information for the character string will be printed out including the “\”
information
Subtraction registration result (50F1, 2F07)
Normal : @ is not added. that represents delimitation.
Abnormal : @ is added.
$L L value L 2.0 –
$S S value S 20000 –
Pixel value (0018, 1164) while an image is
read, as well as pixel value (used for
$IMG_PS Pixel value 0.10->0.15 image processing) while it is printed will be
output. “****” will be output when no pixel
value information is available.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
■ Attributes that can be printed out using the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL
Tables below show attributes that can be output using the DICOM Print function.
● Attributes that can be printed out using the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL and its attribute descriptors (1/3)
Attribute Annotation Film annotation characters Format descriptor Attribute descriptor
kanji %s (0009, 2F80)
1 Hospital (institution) name
ANK FUJI HOSPITAL %s (0008, 0080)
2 IP number Excluding a and c. 04012657 $IP_NUM (0018, 1004)
EDR mode A, S, F , M $EDR_MODE (0019, 2F50)
3
Menu code 0900 %s (0018, 1401)
System ID A to Z
4 A 001 $FCR_ID –
Image number The last 3 digits in decimal expression.
Image proc. conditions $IMG_PROC –
Gradation proc. -identifying characters GA, GT, GC, GS G .0G#1.6-0.20 $GAMMA –
Frequency proc. -identifying characters RN, RT, RE R 4R0.5 $BETA –
1D-USM 1D-USM identification characters ORN, ORD, ORE O 3V1.0 $1DUSM –
DRC DRC identification characters DRN, DRT, DRE D 2A0.8 $DRC –
5
MFP-USM MFP-USM identification characters HRN, HRT, HRE U FA0.8 $H-USM –
MFP-DRC MFP-DRC identification characters HDN, HDT, HDE H FA0.8 $H_DRC –
Image proc. condition change mark $MOD –
GPR GPR processing flag G $GPR –
FNC FNC processing flag F $FNC –
kanji %s (0019, 2F32)
6 Exposure menu name
ANK CHEST GENERAL %s (0018, 1400)
Normalization conditions +
– –
correction term
Latitude identification character
Latitude L 2.0 $L –
Latitude
7
System sensitivity identification character
System sensitivity S 20000 $S –
System sensitivity
Correction term identification character, gradation
Correction term C *1.0/1.5 $CS_SS –
correction, density correction
8 Patient ID 1010181139 %s (0010, 0020)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
kanji %s (0011, 2F10)
9 Patient name
ANK FUJI TARO %s (0010, 0010)
… “ :”
–
EXP: .. “EXP:”
ANSI short format 1998.12.13 %DATE1
ANSI long format 1998.DEC.13 %DATE2
American short format 12.13.1998 %DATE3
10 Date of exposure
American long format DEC.13.1998 %DATE4
(0008, 0020)
European short format 13.12.1998 %DATE5
European long format 13.DEC.1998 %DATE6
Japanese date format H10.12.13 %DATE7
Japanese date (kanji) format 10.12.13 %DATE8
Sex: kanji kanji [ ] or [ ] %SEX1 (0010, 0040)
11
Sex: ANK Alphabet [M] or [F] %SEX2 (0010, 0040)
Y, YM, MD, D – –
kanji 25 , 1 8 ,1 10 , 13 %AGE1 (0010, 0030)
Age
25Y, 1Y8M
12 Alphanumerics %AGE2
1M10D, 13D
YYYY.MM.DD 1989.12.13 %DATEn, “ ”
Date of birth
YYYY.MM.DDB 1989.12.13B %DATEn, “B”
Pair proc. Proc. type, pair no., IP and IL ES01 02-01
13 $FUNC_PROC
Routine proc. Indicates the routine and serial routine processing nos. RT-01
14 Time of exposure Hour and minute [10:51] “[“ ,%TIME1, ”]” (0008, 0030)
15 Film mark Film annotation characters1 PaA %s (0019, 2F90)
“ :”
: 100% –
$MAG, “%”
16 Magnif./reduc. rate
“SCALE:”,
SCALE : 100% –
$MAG, “%”
17 Patient name (2) – –
: 22 “ :”,% (0029, 2F50)
18 Data compression code
CC : 22 “CC:”,%s (0029, 2F50)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Error flag for energy subtraction parameter table
19 Energy subtraction information identification characters Ta, Tb, Tc, Td (only at error E AGGH @ $ES –
occurrence)
20 Right-and-left reversal mark R , AP (PA) $AP_PA1 or $AP_PA2 –
To print out attributes other than those listed above, set the relative tag number of the attribute specified in the Conformance Statement.
$ See “DICOM Conformance Statement”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.4.6 Film Annotation Character Verification Procedure
FilmStrFmt file editing results can be verified using the Service Utility.
The procedure is described below.
2. Click [Film annotation characters].

a The “Setting film annotation characters” window opens.
3. Click [Displaying film annotation characters].

a The “Display film annotation characters” window opens.
 NOTE 
If there is any incorrect setting, the message “[60642 Film annotation character
generation has failed” may appear on the display.
4. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “FMT1” and select a format
type from the pull-down menu.
r REFERENCE
FMTX_1 : Film annotation character definition for 20 pix/mm images.
(If FMTX_2 is also provided, it is used for 20 pix/mm images.)
FMTX_M : Film annotation character definition for mammographic images.
5. Click [OK].
a The film annotation characters are displayed in the selected format.
6. Click [Finish].
a The system returns to the “Setting film annotation characters” window.
7. To verify the other film annotation characters, repeat Steps 4 and 5.
8. Click [Finish].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.5 Person Name MU-134
6.5 Person Name 3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for
and choose “USER_IF” from the pull-
Perform setup for converting an entered person name. down menu.
1. Start the Service Utility.  NOTES 

a The “Service Utility top” window opens. • Do not change the settings for “DICOM_IN” and “DICOM_OUT” because
they represent the standard DICOM specifications.
2. Click [Person name]. • As regards “USER_IF”, modify relevant settings only.
a The “Person name setting” window opens.
a The “USER_IF” classification appears in the window.
MU000009.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4. Double-click the “Setup value” field on the right-hand side. III. Enter a multi-byte character delimiter between name elements.
 NOTES 
• Any one- or two-byte characters can be used as a delimiter. However, a two-
byte space ( ) or hyphen (–) should normally be used.
Setup value field
• One or two kinds of delimiters can be defined (either can be used as a
delimiter). For instance, enter “–” if you wish to define both of two-byte space
MU000010.EPS
and hyphen.
5. Change the setup value. Input example: Element3=given – middle family
 If the double-clicked field looks like (direct input field) : • As regards Delimiter2 for USER_IF, a two-byte space is set as a default.
I. Use the mouse to select a desired text and enter it from the keyboard.
 If the double-clicked field consists of a check box : 7. Set up name elements for one-byte characters.
The check box alternates between ON and OFF each time it is double- Enter name elements directly on the keyboard. To separate one name
clicked. element from the other, use a delimiter defined in Step 6. above.
One name element
6. Perform the setup steps indicated below: (family (name))
Two name elements
(family given)
I.
Three name elements
II. (family given middle)
III. Four name elements
(family given middle
00000424.EPS
prefix)
I. To validate this standard (condition) change, checkmark it ( a ). Five name elements
II. Enter a one-byte character delimiter between name elements. prefix suffix) MU000051.EPS
 NOTES 
• Any one-byte characters can be used as a delimiter. However, a one-byte
space ( □ ), hyphen (-), comma (,) or period (.) should normally be used.
• One or two kinds of delimiters can be defined (either can be used as a
delimiter). For instance, enter “-”, if you wish to define both of hyphen and
comma.
Input example: Element3=given, middle-family
• As regards Delimiter1 for USER_IF, a one-byte space is set as a default.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
8. Set up name elements for multi-byte characters.
Enter name elements directly on the keyboard. To separate one name
element from the other, use a delimiter defined in Step 6. above.
One name element
(family (name))
Two name elements
(family given)
Three name elements
(family given middle)
Four name elements
prefix)
Five name elements
prefix suffix)MU000052.EPS
9. Click [OK].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
6.6 Modality Settings MU-137
6.6 Modality Settings 4. Select the LUT to be set from the pull-down menu.
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL can apply following modality lut to the image according
to the modality of each image.
N/A, P-Value, gamma 2.2, FCR
Perform LUT setting corresponding to each modality.
1. Start the service utility.

2. Click [Modality setting].

a The “Modality Settings” window opens.
3.
MU060211.EPS
Click the “Gradation characteristic of image” column of the image

type for which the setting is to be changed.
5. Click [OK].
a A pull-down menu button is displayed for the respective “Gradation
characteristic of image” column. a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
MU060210.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.1 Database Utility MU-138
7. Maintenance Tool 7.1 Database Utility

The term “DB” may be used to represent a database.
Use the maintenance tool to achieve recovery or perform a maintenance task The database utility is used to initialize the image database, delete output images
during installation or troubleshooting. from the image output queue (clear the image output queue), initialize the patient
database, or initialize the preset database.
WARNING
Exercising a function of the database utility deletes all images from the local
database. Before using a database utility function, be sure to verify that all
recovery images are stored on a DVD.
$ For details on the recovery procedure, see “2.6.3 Reconstructing the
Image Database” in “Appendix 13: Backup and Restoration
Procedures of CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL” under “MC: Checks,
MU000016.EPS
Name Description
Database Utility Discards the current database and creates a new one.
Acquiring EDR Acquires or stores the EDR backup data about a selected local image.
Backup Data
Connection Check Checks the connections to the equipment that is defined through
“Connected equipment” under “Service settings”.
Log Display/Edit Displays or clears the number of IP exposures.
Event Log Display Starts Event Viewer of the OS.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.1.1 Initializing the Patient Database 4. Click [OK].
This section describes the procedure for discarding the current patient database a The command prompt window for an initialization process opens.
and creating a new one.

2. Click [Database Utility]. MU000011.EPS
a The “Database Utility” window opens. a Wait until the message “Press any key to continue...” appears.
MU000012.EPS
5. Press any key on the keyboard.

a The “Console verification” window opens.
6. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Database Utility” window.
7. Click [Finish].
MU000033.EPS
3. Click [The patient database is initialized.].

a The “Console warning” window opens.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue 3. Click [The image output queue is initialized.].
This section describes the procedure for deleting remaining output requests from a The “Console warning” window opens.
the current output queue.
4. Click [OK].
 NOTE  a The command prompt window for an initialization process opens.
If images are left on the image output queue, it means that a connected equipment
failure or other abnormality has occurred. Confirm the status that is indicated as
output queue information, see the symptoms in the “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”,
determine the cause of abnormality, and take appropriate remedial action.
1. Start the Service Utility. MU000011.EPS
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. a The “Console verification” window opens.
2. Click [Database Utility]. 5. Click [OK].

a The “Database Utility” window opens. a The system returns to the “Database Utility” window.
6. Click [Finish].
MU000033.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.1.3 Initializing the Image Database 3. Click [Image database is initialized.].
This section describes the procedure for deleting the local image, discarding the a The “Console warning” window opens.
image database, and creating a new one.
 NOTES 
4. Click [OK].
a The command prompt window for an initialization process opens.
• The database can be initialized only when the MSDE is running. While the MSDE
is running, the icon is displayed in the task tray, which is located in the lower
right corner of the screen. If the icon is not displayed, restart the PC.
• If images are left on the image output queue, it is not possible to initialize the
database. Initialize the image database after verifying that the images are fully
output from the output queue.
MU000011.EPS
$ For the procedure for deleting images from the image output queue, see
“7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue”. a Wait until the message “Press any key to continue...” appears.

2. Click [Database Utility].

a The “Database Utility” window opens.
MU000013.EPS
 NOTE 
If the following message appears, it means that the images contained in the
image database are not initialized.
It failed in initialized DB.
● For Windows XP
Verify that the MSDE is running and that no image is left on the image
output queue.
• To restart the MSDE
a Restart the PC, and then verify that the icon is displayed in the task
tray.
• If images are left on the image output queue
a Deletes the images from the image output queue.
$ For the procedure for deleting images from the image output
queue, see “7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue”.
MU000033.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
● For Windows Vista / 7 7.1.4 Initializing the Preset DB
Verify that the SQL Server is running and that no image is left on the image
This section describes the procedure for discarding the current preset database
output queue.
and creating a new one.
• To restart the SQL Server
I. Restart the PC. 1. Start the Service Utility.
II. Select “Control Panel” from the menu and double-click a The “Service Utility top” window opens.
“Administrative Tool”.
III. Double-click “Computer Management”. 2. Click [Database Utility].
IV. Select “Computer Management” - “Services and Applications” - “SQL a The “Database Utility” window opens.
Server Configuration Manager” - “SQL Server 2005 Services”.
V. Confirm that SQL Server(MSSQLSERVER) is “running”.
• If images are left on the image output queue
a Deletes the images from the image output queue.
For the procedure for deleting images from the image output
queue, see “7.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue”.

6. Click [OK].
7. Click [Finish].
MU000033.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
3. Click [Initialized Preset DB.].
a The “Console warning” window opens.
4. Click [OK].
a The command prompt window for initialization process opens.
a Wait until the message “Press any key to continue...“ appears.

6. Click [OK].
7. Click [Finish].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.2 Acquiring EDR Backup Data MU-144
7.2 Acquiring EDR Backup Data 3. Select one or more pieces of EDR data.
● Selecting only one piece of EDR data
This section describes the procedure for acquiring/storing the EDR backup data file
I. Click an EDR data item.
for a selected local image. The EDR backup data is used, for instance, to analyze
image processing abnormalities and other troubles. a The selected item is then highlighted.
● Selecting two or more consecutive pieces of EDR data (selecting all pieces of
1. Start the Service Utility. data between A and B in the window shown below)
2. Click [Acquiring EDR backup data]. A I.
a The “Acquiring EDR backup data” window opens. B II.
r REFERENCE
EDR data is not displayed at the time of installation.
It appears in a list after an image is transferred to the CR-VW 674/CR-IR
391CL.
MU000027.EPS
I. Click the first item of the consecutive data items (the “FCRImageID: A001”
data in the window shown above).
II. Hold down the <Shift> key and click the last item of the consecutive items (the
“FCRImageID: A003” data in the window shown above).
a All items between the first and the last are then highlighted.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.2 Acquiring EDR Backup Data MU-145
● Selecting two or more nonconsecutive pieces of EDR data 5. Select a save destination directory and then click [OK].
r REFERENCE
If drive a: is selected, a message appears prompting you to insert an FD into
I. its drive.
II.
III.
6. Click [Finish].
MU000057.EPS
I. Click the first item (click “FCRImageID: A001” in the window shown above).
II. Hold down the <Ctrl> key and click the second item (click “FCRImageID:
A002” in the window shown above).
a The second item is then additionally highlighted.
III. Hold down the <Ctrl> key and click the next item (click “FCRImageID: A003”
in the window shown above).
a The third item is then additionally highlighted.
IV. Select the other items as needed by repeating step III.
r REFERENCE
Even if the selected items are hidden due to scrolling, they remain selected.
4. Click [Save the EDR function].

a A window opens, prompting you to specify the save destination.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.3 Connection Check MU-146
7.3 Connection Check ● Checking the connection to a DICOM device
 NOTE 
This section describes the procedure for checking the connection to the equipment
When checking the connection between DICOM devices, it is necessary to the
that is defined through “Connected equipment” under “Service settings”.
“Verification” service class be supported by both the local device and the other
The connection check procedure varies depending on whether the connection to a
device.
host device or DICOM device is to be checked.
1. Start the Service Utility. $ For details on the setup procedure, see “6.2.4 DICOM Settings”.
a The “Service Utility top” window opens. I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for under
“DICOM Verification” to open the pull-down menu. Select a DICOM device
2. Click [Connection check]. that is registered as “Connected equipment”.
a The “Connection check” window opens. a Registered DICOM devices whose “Verification setting” is ON are then
displayed. The Verification setting is defined through “DICOM setting”
under “Service settings”.
3. Check the connection to host equipment or DICOM device.
● Check connection to the host equipment II. Click [Verify connection].
a When the message “DICOM Verification was succeeded.” appears in the
I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “RU0” under “Check connection to “FFServiceUtility” window, the connection is normal.
the host equipment” to open the pull-down menu. Select host equipment that
is registered as “Connected equipment”.  NOTE 
a A host name appears. If no host name is assigned, an IP address If the message “DICOM Verification was failed.” appears, use the Simplified
appears.
setup wizard to check the associated setting. See the Service Manual for the
II. Click [Verify connection]. connected equipment, and ensure that the DICOM communication is properly
a The command prompt window opens. established.
When the command prompt window displays the following message four
times, the connection is normal.
III. Close the dialog box.
a The system returns to the “Connection check” window.
r REFERENCE
The displayed values “time<10ms” and “TTL=128”, which are included in the 4. Click [Finish].
above message, vary with the network condition. However, the connection is a The system returns to the “Service Utility top” window.
normal no matter what values are displayed.
 NOTE 
If the message “Request timed out.” appears, use the Simplified setup wizard
to check the associated setting. Further, check the power supplies and
connections for network devices (LAN cables, hub, etc.) to ensure that the
communication with the connected equipment is normally established.
III. Close the command prompt window by clicking its mark.

a The system returns to the “Connection check” window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.4 Log Display/Edit MU-147
7.4 Log Display/Edit 4. Click [Delete].
This section describes the procedure for displaying/clearing the number of IP
exposures (IP exposure count).

2. Click [Log display/edit].

a The “Editing/displaying logs” window opens.
3. Select an IP whose exposure count is to be cleared. MU000058.EPS
 NOTE 
5. Click [OK].
Before clearing the exposure count (the number of exposures), be sure to
check that its history is saved. a The selected IP is then deleted from the list.
MU000056.EPS
MU000026.EPS
6. Click [Finish].
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.5 Event Log Display MU-148
7.5 Event Log Display
This section describes the procedure for starting OS’s Event Viewer for trouble
analysis purposes.

2. Click [Event log display].

a OS’s Event Viewer starts.
3. Check the event log.

$ For the configuration of the Event Viewer window and the information on
how to view the Event Viewer window, see “2.3 Configuration and How to
View the Event Viewer” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
4. Exit the Event Viewer by clicking the mark on the Event Viewer
main window.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
MU-149
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
MU-150
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
Appendix 1 Backup Utility Appx MU 1-1
Appendix 1 Backup Utility 2. Click [Eject].

a The DVD drive tray opens.
Use the Backup Utility to back up patient information, setup information, and log
information. 3. Remove the disk. Insert it into the case with the front surface facing
upward.
■ Preparations  NOTE 
• Make sure that all images are written on a storage disk. Attach a label to the case, mark it as a “Storage disk”, and write the date on
• Attach a label to the case of a backup disk, write a date on the label, and mark it the label.
as a “Backup” disk.
• Determine the version of the application, and write the version on the label 4. Close the empty tray.
attached to the “Backup” disk case.
5. Click [Update].
■ Removing the disk a Only “Device Name” is displayed. “Status”, “Usage”, and “Disk Writing” are
Remove the storage disk as directed below. hidden.
1. Click of the indicator.
IN000512.AI
a The Indicator window (disk) opens.
MUApp0002.EPS
IN000620.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual Appx MU 1-1
6. Click [OK]. 7. Click on the lower left of “Main” window.
a The system returns to the “Main” window.
r REFERENCE
In case of V5.1 or before, click [Close] in the upper-left corner of the Study List
window.
A confirmation window opens, and then click [OK].
MUApp0021.EPS

IN000624.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Backup ● Starting the Backup Utility
● Preparations 1. Select “Back Utility” on the “Select Server Application Behavior”
window and click [OK].
 When the system is not running
1. Double-click on the desktop screen.
a The system starts and then the user selection window opens.
2. Click [Finish] in the lower left corner of the user selection window.
 When the system is running

MUApp0022.EPS
1. Click on the lower left corner of the “Main” window.

2. Click [OK].
r REFERENCE
In case of V5.1 or before, click [Close] in the upper-left corner of the Study List
window.
A confirmation window opens, and then click [OK].
MU000034.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
a After the system is shut down, the “User authentication” window opens. a The “Main Menu” window opens.
MU000035.EPS
4. From the keyboard, enter the username “medicalservice” and the

password “fieldengineer.”
MU000036.EPS
 NOTES 
• The username and password both consist of 1-byte lower-case characters 6. Click [Backup].
only. Do not include any space. a The “Backup” window opens.
• Since the “medicalservice” user is not registered in the pull-down menu, be
sure to enter the username from the keyboard.
MC000098.EPS
IN000626.AI
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Put a checkmark on each of the following items (by changing a ): 11. Click [OK].
• Patient information a The disk formatting confirmation window opens.
• Setup information
• Log information
• Report information
• Delete logs after completing backup processing.
8. Click [Start].
a The “Select folder” window opens.
9. Open the DVD drive tray, and insert the backup disk into the tray.
10. Complete the following checks and then click [OK]. MUApp0004.EPS
 NOTE 
If you insert a formatted disk in this step, the above disk formatting
I. confirmation window does not open; however, the following message appears.
Click [OK] in response to the message because the backup process remains
unaffected.
IN000627.EPS
I. Check that the current drive is D:. Also, check that the folder name
represents the execution date and time (YYYYMMDDhhmmss).
a The log information deletion confirmation window opens.
MU000040.EPS
MUApp0003.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
12. Click [OK]. ● Post-backup confirmation
a The backup destination folder creation confirmation window opens. 1. From “My Computer” on the [Start] menu, open drive D: (DVD drive)
and verify that the files are stored.
IN000628.EPS
13. Click [OK].

a Upon completion of backup processing, the completion window opens.
IN000629.EPS
2. Remove the backup disk from the DVD drive, and then insert the
storage disk.
3. Double-click , which is displayed in the upper left corner of the
MU000042.EPS desktop.
a The log-in window opens.
14. Click [OK].
15. Click [Finish].

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Log in as “Service Engineer.” 9. Verify that no error information is recorded as an event.
a The “Main” window opens.
$ For the procedure for logging in as “Service Engineer”, see
“5.3 Checking Every Step from the Inputting of Images to the Saving of
Images onto Storage Disk” under “IN: Installation”.
5. Click on the lower right of window and select “Study Utility”.
IN000632.ai
a The “Study Utility” window opens.
6. Click under the .

IN000631.EPS
7. Verify that the list on the storage disk is displayed.

10. Click [OK].
a The system returns to the “Main” window.
11. Click on the lower left of the “Main” window.

IN000630.EPS
8. Click in the indicator section.

a The “Indicator” window opens.
IN000625.ai
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
12. Click [OK]. ■ Restore (information restoration)
a The “Select Server Application Behavior” window opens. 1. Insert the backup disk into the DVD drive.
2. In the Main Menu window, click [Restore].

$ For the procedure for starting the Backup Utility, see “● Starting the
Backup Utility”.
MUApp0021.EPS

MU000036.EPS
MUApp0006.EPS
3. Click [Browse].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4. Specify the data folder on the backup disk that is to be restored, and 6. From “Select Information to be restored”, select “Menu Setting
then click [OK]. Information”, “System configuration information”, “User information”,
“Explanatory information”, and “Report setting information”.
MUApp0008.EPS
a The system returns to the “Select folder” window.
5. Verify that the folder specified in Step 4 is displayed, and then click
[OK].
MUApp0009.EPS
a The “Restore” window opens. MU000045.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Click [Start]. 9. Click [Finish].
a Upon completion of restore, the “Confirmation” window opens. a The system returns to the desktop screen.
10. Verify the system configuration information.

$ For the procedure for verifying the system configuration information, see
“5. Checkup Work” under “IN: Installation”.
11. Verify the user information and explanatory information.

$ For the procedure for verifying the user information and explanatory
information, see “Appendix 3: Creating a User”.
 NOTE 
MUApp0011.EPS
The information specific to the user environment must be verified in the
presence of the user.
 NOTE 
To restore “IP use count data”
I. Put a checkmark in the “IP counter information” check box (by changing
a ).
II. Click [Start].

a The “[64402] IP use count data will be restored” window opens.
MC000215.EPS
III. Click [OK].

a The restore completion window opens.
8. Click [OK].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Collecting logs for maintenance purpose 2. Put a checkmark in the “Delete personal information off of the logs” or
The procedure for collecting analysis logs is described below. “Do not delete personal information off of the logs” check box, and
then click [Start].
CAUTION  NOTE 
When acquiring or taking out personal information, observe the sales When collecting maintenance logs without deleting the personal information,
representative’s rules that are based on the local laws and regulations. When observe the instructions set forth under “CAUTION” at the beginning of
collecting logs, it is recommended that you use, for instance, a USB memory “■ Collecting logs for maintenance purpose.”
having an adequate security function, and exercise due care in handling it.
1. In the Main Menu window, click [Collecting logs for maintenance

purpose].
$ For the procedure for starting the Backup Utility, see “● Starting the
Backup Utility”.
MU000036.EPS
a The “Collecting Logs for Maintenance Purpose” window opens.

MUApp0019.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Click [Browse]. 5. Verify that the folder specified in Step 4 is displayed, and then click
[OK].
MUApp0020p.EPS

MUApp0014.EPS

4. Specify the folder for analysis log storage, and then click [OK].
MUApp0017.EPS
6. Click [OK].
MUApp0013.EPS a The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
a The system returns to the “Select folder” window.
7. Click [Finish].
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
8. Verify that “BackupInfo.ini” and “MAINTENANCE.cab” are created in
the folder specified in Step 4.
MUApp0016.EPS
9. Check to see that the “Study.txt” file is created on the desktop.

i IMPORTANT
Show “Study.txt” to the user to give evidence of the fact that the personal
information was deleted certainly.
After showing “Study.txt” to the user, delete it unfailingly.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 1-14
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 1-15
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 1-16
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 2 User Utility Appx MU 2-1
Appendix 2 User Utility ■ Setting a destination for automatic image output

 NOTE 
Before performing the procedure set forth below, complete network information
■ Preparations setup.
 When the system is not running
Use the automatic output destination setup function to select non-default settings
for image output to output devices at the time of an image read from the RU
1. Double-click on the desktop screen. device.
In regards to optional DICOM printers and thumbnail images, by default they are
a The system starts and then the user selection window opens. inactivated. Because of this, be sure to set them here for when they are
automatically output to these output locations.
2. Click [Finish] in the lower left corner of the user selection window.
1. Select “User Utility” in the “Select Server Application Behavior”
a The “Select Server Application Behavior” window opens. window, and click [OK].
 When the system is running
1. Click on the lower left of the “Main” window.
PM000420.AI
INApp0007.EPS
014-227-08E
08.30.2014 FM6240
MU000035.EPS

 NOTES 
• The username and password both consist of 1-byte lower-case characters
only. Do not include any space.
INApp008.EPS
MC000098.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
5. Click [Output Destination Settings]. 10. Click [OK].
a The “Setting destination for image output” window opens. a The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
11. Click [Finish].

a The “Application is now being activated.” window opens.
INAppM0001.EPS
INApp0009.EPS
a The system starts up and then the “User selection” window opens.
r REFERENCES
• “Printer” is displayed only when the “DICOM print” option is installed.
• “DICOM transmission” is displayed only when the “Storage in a DICOM
storage device” option is installed.
 NOTE 
In case of V1.1(B) or earlier, “Thumbnail image output” is indicated as
“General-purpose File”. In the “General-purpose File” window, “Naming rule of
General-Purpose Files” can be set.
$ “■ Setting the naming rule of general-purpose image files
(V1.1(B) or earlier)”
6. Click an output destination tab for automatic output.
7. Put a checkmark in the “Automatic image output” check box (by

changing to ).
8. Set the “Destination for data transfer” and “Timing of output.”
9. When setting another output destination, repeat Steps 7 to 9.

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Setting the naming rule of general-purpose image files (V1.1(B) or earlier) ■ Automatic verification of a study
The CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL involves the use of a “Confirmation” procedure,
1. Open the “Setting destination for image output” window.
which is performed by the user to confirm an image read from the RU device, and
2. Click to open the “General-Purpose File” tab. a “Verification” procedure that is performed to finish a study.
The automatic verification procedure set forth below is used to either confirm a
study the moment it is verified by the user or automatically verify a study when a
preselected period of time elapses after confirmation.
When the above automatic verification function is used in conjunction with the
automatic image output destination setup function, it is possible to generate an
output on the basis of automatic verification.
1. In the “Select Server Application Behavior” window, select “User

Utility” and click [OK].
INApp0010.EPS
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for “Type1.”

a A pull-down menu opens.
4. Select the format to be set. PM000420.AI
I. For “CR study”

Setting Description
“Sequential No.”
Type0
Example: Img0008.jpg
“Host name”+”Date”+”Sequential No.”
Type1
Example: CVXXXXXXXX260004.jpg
“Patient ID”+”Study Date”+”Exposure Region”+”Sequential No.”+”Host name”
Type2
Example: 0123456789051026TEST0006CVXXXXXXXX.jpg
II. For “Endoscope study”

Setting Description
“Sequential No.”
Type0 INApp0007.EPS
Example: Img0008.jpg
“Host name”+”Date”+”Sequential No.”
Type1
Example: CVXXXXXXXX260004.jpg
“Patient ID”+”Study Date”+”Exposure Region”+”Sequential No.”+”Host name”
Type2
Example: 0123456789051026TEST0006CVXXXXXXXX.jpg
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
MU000035.EPS

 NOTES 
• The username and password both consist of 1-byte lower-case characters
only. Do not include any space.
INApp008.EPS
5. Click [Auto-Determine Settings].

a The “Automatic verification of a study” window opens.
MC000098.EPS
MUApp0001.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
6. Put a checkmark in the “Automatically verifying a study” check box (by
changing to ).
7. Choose either “Completion of an exposure and its verification take

place simultaneously.” or “Study is verified after the set time followed
by exposure.”
8. Specify the “Time required for automatic verification of a study” by

clicking the or by entering a desired value from the keyboard.
9. Click [OK].
10. Click [Finish].

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 2-7
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 2-8
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 3 Creating a User Appx MU 3-1
Appendix 3 Creating a User 3. Enter the password “fieldengineer” (using only single-byte lower-case
letters), and click [Login].
This section shows the procedures of creating a user to perform a check on image
input/output, after completion of installation.
1. Double-click on the desktop screen.
a The server application starts up and the initial window opens.

When the server application has started up, the server icon appears in the
task tray in the bottom-right of the desktop screen.
IN000402.EPS
a Internet Explorer opens, and the “User Selection” window opens.
2. Click the top, bottom, left, and then right edge portions of the “Select
a User.” window in order.
 NOTE 
The top, bottom, left, and right edge portion clicks should be done slowly.
IN000502.EPS
Too fast clicking may prevent the detection of correct position information.
a The “Study List” window opens.
IN000501.EPS
a The “Password input” window for the password of the service engineer opens.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
5. Click [User Settings (for Administrator)].
4. Click and select “Client Utility”.
a The “User Settings (for Administrator)” window opens.
IN000527.ai
a The Client Utilities “Main menu” opens.
IN000518.EPS
6. Click [User Info Maintenance].

a The “User Info Maintenance” (1) window opens.
IN000519.EPS
IN000517.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Click [Newly registered patient]. 14. Checkmark “Automatically verify user.” ( a ).
a The “User Info Maintenance” (2) window opens.  NOTE 
Although you specify the user as an “Automatically verify user.” for the purpose
of performing verification of the Automatic Output setting in the procedure
described in this section, be sure to remove this checkmark after completion of
the checkup work because the “Automatically verify user.” cannot be removed.
$ For details on the “Automatically verify user.”, see the CR-VW 674/
CR-IR 391CL Operation Manual.
15. Click [Register].

a The system returns to the “User Info Maintenance” (1) window.
16. Click [Close].

a The system returns to the “User Settings (for Administrator)” window.
IN000520.EPS
17. Click [Close].
a The system returns to the “Main menu” window.
8. Enter an account name.
9. 18. Click [Close].

Enter “User Name” - “For Image Display” (up to 20 characters).
a The system returns to the “Study List” window.
10. Enter “User Name” - “For Data Storage” (up to 64 characters).  NOTE 
Entry in the Comment and Image sections in the window are optional.
11. Under “Authority,” click [Down] and select “Group 3.”
$ For more information, see the Operation Manual.
12. Do not enter anything in “New password” and “Confirm” and leave
them blank.
13. Remove the checkmark from “Automatically login user.” ( a ).
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Verifying the created user 4. In the “Select a User.” window, click the user you have registered.
a The “Password input” window opens.
a The confirmation dialog box opens.
IN000524.EPS
2. Click [OK].
a The “Select a User.” window opens.
IN000526.EPS
5. Enter the password, and click [Login].

a The “Main” window opens.
6. Check to see that the “Main” window opens, and then click to
log off the system.
IN000525.EPS
3. Make sure that the user you have created is being displayed.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 4 Settings for Automatic Output Appx MU 4-1
Appendix 4 Settings for Automatic Output

To change the Automatic Output settings from their default values to some other
values, follow the procedure described in this appendix.
 NOTE 
• This section describes the settings for automatic output to the film printer.
However, if the option for the thumbnail image is installed, follow the following
procedures and check that the automatic output is set.
• When changing any of the Automatic Output settings, obtain a confirmation from
the user.
$ For details on procedures, see “■ Setting a destination for automatic image

output” under “Appendix 2: User Utility”.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 4-2
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 4-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 4-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 5 Setup for Auto-verify Appx MU 5-1
Appendix 5 Setup for Auto-verify

This section shows the procedures of making the following setting in order that a
study for which exposure has been completed will be automatically verified.
With this Auto-verify feature, outputting of images without user intervention to
output destination equipment whose Automatic Output setting is enabled becomes
possible.
$ For details on Automatic Output setting, see “■Setting a destination for
automatic image output” under “Appendix 2: User Utility”.
$ For details on Automatic Output setting, see “■ Automatic verification of a
study” under “Appendix 2: User Utility”.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 5-2
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 5-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 5-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 6 DICOM Tag Mapping Function Appx MU 6-1
Appendix 6 DICOM Tag Mapping Function ■ TagReplace.ini file format

I. Comment
; Tag setup file
When generating image outputs using the DICOM CR STORAGE function, you can II. Section name
;
edit (copy, move, delete, or initialize) the tag information (image information). (protocol name)
[DICOM]
To edit the tag information, open the setup file (TagReplace.ini) and write desired ; III. Editing destination tag
data in the file. The procedure is described below: ; IV. Command
00080090=MOV-T-L,00092F90
 NOTE  00181400=CPY-T,00192F30
Do not use the TagReplace.ini file, which is used by any other equipment (such as 00192f90=DEL
; V. Initial value
the QA-WS), for the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL. Due to different file storage format
00192F30=SET,“SKULL,GENERAL”
adopted, an error will result.
FR000001.EPS
I. Comment
1. Select “Run...” from the Start menu. Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are handled as a comment.
a The “Run...” window opens. II. Section name (protocol name)
As the section name, the protocol name targeted for tag information editing must
2. Enter the following path and click [OK]. be written within square brackets ([ ]). Only DICOM is supported.
III. Editing destination tag
• In case of Windows Vista / 7 Write the group number/element number of the editing destination tag information
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config (enter a string of eight characters at all times).
• In case of Windows XP IV. Command
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\Config Write a tag information editing command. See the table that is presented later.
a The “Config” folder opens. V. Initial value
Write a character string in VR-compliant format to specify the initial value for a
tag information element.
3. Open the TagReplace.ini file with Notepad (Notepad.exe).
 NOTE 
By default, “[DICOM]” is described in the TagReplace.ini file. Do not delete this
description,otherwise the system will not be started.
4. Write desired tag information in the file in accordance with the format
described later.
r REFERENCE
As the editing target tag VR, only “character strings” are supported.
If a tag VR entry in the setup file is not a character string, an error dialog box
opens at startup.
5. Save the TagReplace.ini file in UNICODE format and then close

Notepad (Notepad.exe).
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
Appendix 6 DICOM Tag Mapping Function Appx MU 6-2
The following commands are available:  NOTES 
Command Description • When writing the TagReplace.ini file, set data in compliance with DICOM VR.
Also, exercise care to avoid internal data inconsistency.
Process Copies an element from another tag.
• Even if the editing destination tag differs from the source tag in VR, the editing
Format Editing-destination-tag=CPY[-T],editing-source-tag
-T : Performs an element copy operation after deleting spaces from process is performed as far as they are both in character string form. Note,
CPY
the beginning and end of the source tag element. If, for however, that even if the character string length is over the limit specified by the
instance, the source tag = “∆∆AB∆C∆”, the command copies editing destination tag VR, the tag information is set as is without being checked.
“AB∆C” (∆ : space).
• The editing process will not be performed if the associated tag or element and
Process Moves an element from another tag. initial value do not exist on the source side.
Format Editing-destination-tag=MOV[-T][-L],source-tag • For the detailed information about Fuji’s Private tags, see “DICOM Conformance
-L : Performs a move operation after setting the source tag element
length to zero.
Statement”.
MOV
-T : Performs an element move operation after deleting spaces
from the beginning and end of the source tag element. If, for
instance, the source tag = “∆AB∆C∆”, the command moves
“AB∆C” (∆ : space).
Process Deletes an element.
DEL Format Editing-destination-tag=DEL[-L]
-L : Sets the element length of the editing destination tag to zero.
Process Sets a fixed initial value for the element.
SET
Format Editing-destination-tag=SET, “initial-value”
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 6-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 6-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 7 Free Drawing Function Settings (V4.0 or later) Appx MU 7-1
Appendix 7 Free Drawing Function ● Snapshot saving path

Change the path (= right side) of the following command in the [TEMP] section.
Settings (V4.0 or later) tempSavePath = “Snapshot saving path”
Enclose the specified path in double quotation marks (“).
The setting procedure for the free drawing function and setting file backup/restore
is explained. Example: tempSavePath = “C:\Temp”
The following settings can be changed.
r REFERENCE
 Pen size (3 types: narrow pen, medium pen, thick pen)
The default set value is “C:\Documents and Settings\fujicr\Local Settings\Temp”.
 Snapshot saving path
tempSavePath = %TEMP%
 Initial display screen at the time of start of the free drawing window (only for a
dual-monitor configuration)
● Initial display screen at the time of start of the free drawing window
■ Procedure for changing the settings This setting decides the monitor screen on which the free drawing window starts in
an environment with a two-monitor configuration.
Open the file “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\FDDSettingInfo.ini” with
Change the value (= right side) of the following command in the [FUNCTION]
Notepad and change the set values manually.
section.
r REFERENCE displayPosition = (“0” or “1”)
The set values can be changed for server and clients. Enter “0” for display on the primary monitor and “1” for display on the secondary
monitor.
● Pen size r REFERENCE

Three types (narrow pen, medium pen, thick pen) can be used for the free drawing The default set value is “0” (primary monitor).
pen size.
displayPosition = 0
Change the value (= right side) of the following commands in the [PENSIZE]
section.
PENSIZE1 (narrow pen) = (points) ■ Setting file backup and restore
PENSIZE2 (medium pen) = (points) When reinstalling the server application/client application at the time of a version
PENSIZE3 (thick pen) = (points) update etc., back up the following file before uninstalling the server application/
client application.
r REFERENCE C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Hobbit\System\FDDSettingInfo.ini
The default set values are narrow pen = 3 pt, medium pen = 9 pt, and thick pen =
27 pt.  NOTE 
PENSIZE1 = 3 “FDDSettingInfo.ini” is the setting file for the free drawing function. In an
PENSIZE2 = 9 environment with a dual-monitor configuration, it is possible that this setting file has
been edited.
PENSIZE3 = 27
After reinstallation of the server application/client application, use the backed-up
“FDDSettingInfo.ini” to overwrite.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
Appx MU 7-2
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 7-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 7-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 8 Blank Appx MU 8-1
Appendix 8 Blank
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 8-2
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 8-3
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appx MU 8-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 9 Creating the Report Template Appx MU 9-1
Appendix 9 Creating the Report Template 4. Open the following Microsoft Download Center from the browser such
as Internet Explorer. (The following is a English version, choose a
desired language for your own.)
■ Prerequisites http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?displaylang=en&FamilyID=e25
b7049-3e13-433b-b9d2-5e3c1132f206
• Excel 2007 (environment which can create “xlsx” file) is necessary to create the
report template.
5. Click [Download].
• If “Template.xlsx” file is edited using Excel 2003, Excel 2002, or Excel 2000,
Microsoft Office compatible function pack (FileFormatConverters.exe) must be
applied.
■ Preparation
Prepare the settings according to the version of Excel to be used.
$ “● In case of using Excel 2003”
● In case of using Excel 2003 MUApp09011.ai
After Office 2003 SP3 is applied, apply the Microsoft Office compatible function pack.
a The “Security Warning” dialog appears.
6. Click “Save”.
2. Double-click “Add or Remove Programs”.

3. Place a checkmark on “Show updates”.

 NOTE 
If “Office 2003 Service Pack 3 (SP3): MAINSP3op” is displayed, Office 2003
SP3 is already applied, so applying the Service pack (step 4 to 12) is not
necessary. Proceed to step 13.
MUApp09012.ai
MUApp09010.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7. Select the appropriate location to save and click [Save]. 10. Click [Yes].
MUApp09016.ai
11. Click [Yes].
MUApp09013.ai
a Download starts.
After a while, download finishes.
8. Open the downloaded folder and double-click “Office2003SP3-

KB923618-FullFile-ENU.exe”.
MUApp09017.ai
a After automatically extracted, installation starts.

MUApp09014.ai
a The “Security Warning” dialog appears. When installation completes, “Restart” confirmation window opens.
r REFERENCE
9. Click [Run].
Installation time differs in each PC environment, but installation completes in
several minutes if the latest security patch for OS has been applied.
12. Click [Yes].

a PC restarts.
13. Apply the Microsoft Office compatible function pack.

$ “● Applying the Microsoft Office compatible function pack”
MUApp09015.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
● In case of using Excel 2002 ● In case of using Excel 2000
After Office XP Service Pack 3 (SP-3) is applied, apply the Microsoft Office Microsoft terminated support for Excel 2000, so apply Microsoft Office compatible
compatible function pack. function pack only.
1. Select “Control Panel” from [Start] menu. 1. Apply the Microsoft Office compatible function pack.
a The “Control Panel” window opens. $ “● Applying the Microsoft Office compatible function pack”
2. Double-click “Add or Remove Programs”.

● Applying the Microsoft Office compatible function pack
1. Open the following Microsoft Download Center from the browser such
3. Place a checkmark on “Show updates”.
as Internet Explorer. (The following is a English version, choose a
desired language for your own.)
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=941b3470-3ae9-
4aee-8f43-c6bb74cd1466&DisplayLang=en
MUApp09026.ai
r REFERENCE
4. Click for Excel2002 or Office XP. Microsoft Office compatible function pack has been released until SP2, but the
a The “Support Information” dialog appears. file (Version 4: 2010/1/06 released) in the page above includes SP2, so you do
not need to install the SP separately.
5. Confirm that the displayed version is “10.0.6626.0” or later and close
the “Support Information” dialog. 2. Click [Download].
MUApp09020.ai
 NOTE 
When the displayed version is “10.0.6626.0” or earlier, download Office XP
Service Pack 3 (SP-3) from the following Microsoft inc. HP and install it. (The
following is a English version, choose a desired language for your own.)
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=85af7bfd-6f69-
4289-8bd1-eb966bcdfb5e&displaylang=en
6. Apply the Microsoft Office compatible function pack.

MUApp09021.ai
$ “● Applying the Microsoft Office compatible function pack”

a The “Security Warning” dialog appears.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Click [Save]. 5. Click [Open Folder].
MUApp09024.ai
MUApp09022.ai

6. Double-click “FileFormatConverters.exe”.
4. Select the appropriate location to save and click [Save].
MUApp09025.ai
MUApp09023.ai
a Download starts.
The “Download complete” window opens when download completes.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Creating Template File 2. Write the information to insert into the report.
Write the tag name that corresponds to the information to insert on the place
1. Create the layout for report. you wish to insert.
Open the “Template.xlsx” file in “My Document\FujiFilm\Template” and set the There are the following three types of writing methods by information.
following information.
Inserting the comment title
Inserting the schema image
• Frame width of the report and comment
• Header
• Footer
rREFERENCE
Combine the cell to input the information (such as image pasting area or
comment area) in multiple lines. (See the following red frame part)
Header
Frame width
Inserting the thumbnail image MUApp09002.ai
Example of
combining ● Inserting schema images and thumbnail images
the cell Input the tag name, index number, and vertical size, and horizontal size into the
cell you wish to insert.
(Example) !Schema,0,19,19
Tag name Corresponding information

!Schema Schema image
!Image Thumbnail image
Footer  NOTE 
• Index starts from 0.
MUApp09001.ai Ex: If the first thumbnail image is to be specified, input the index 0.
• If the non-existent index is specified, information is not input to the report.
Ex: The information will not be inserted into the specified cell when the
information is specified as “!Image,2,18,28” even if only two thumbnail
images exist.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
● Comment title and comment ● Other
Input the tag name and index number into the cell you wish to insert. Input the tag name into the cell you wish to insert.
(Example) !Comment,2 (Example) !PatientID
 NOTE 
!CommentTitle Title of the “Comment”
The text size, font, and display position etc. of information displayed depend
!Comment Contents of the “Comment”
on the cell settings in the Excel.
!SeriesCount Image No. of the thumbnail image
(Image order in the series)
 NOTES  !PatientID Patient ID
• “CommentTitle” corresponds to the title of comment 1, 2, or 3 in the “Report !PatientNameSBCS Patient name (single-byte)
tag settings” window; specify the index either 0, 1, or 2. !PatientSex Patient sex
!StudyDate Study date
!BirthDate Birth date of the patient
!Age Patient age
!StudyTime Study time
!Modality Modality
!PatientSize Height
!PatientWeight Weight
!PatientAddress Patient address
!PatientMotherBirthNameSBCS Mother’s name of the patient (single-byte)
MUApp09003.ai
!CountryOfResidence Country of Residence
• “Comment” corresponds to the “Findings”, “Diagnosis”, or “Comment” in the
!PatientTelephoneNumber Telephone numbers of the patient
“Report” window; specify the index either 0, 1, or 2.
!EthnicGroup Ethnic group
!SmokingStatus Smoking status
!LastMenstrualDate Late menstrual date
!PatientSpeciesDescription Species
!PatientSexNeutered Neutered status
!PatientBreedDescription Breed
!ResponsiblePersonSBCS Responsible person (single-byte)
!ResponsibleOrganization Responsible organization
!PatientComments Patient comments
!PregnancyStatus Pregnancy status
!FacilityNameSBCS Facility name (single-byte)
!ReportAuthorSBCS Author of the report (single-byte)
MUApp09004.ai
• The index of “SeriesCount” corresponds to the 0th and 1st thumbnail images.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
3. Save the template file for the report. ■ Registering templates
 NOTE  1. Select [Report] from the upper right of the “Image Viewer” window of
“Template.xlsx” file is a “Read only” file, so the system asks you to save as a [Customize].
different name when saving. Specify an optional name to “Template.xlsx” file
and save it to an optional directory.
MUApp09005.ai
a The “Report tag settings” window opens.

2. Click [Edit Template].
MUApp09006.ai
a The “Format list” window opens.

3. Register or delete the template file and change the order of it, and then
click [Close].
MUApp09007.ai
4. Close the “Report tag settings” window.

014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
■ Adding, editing, and deleting the tag information 3. Set the tag used for report and click [OK].
 NOTES 
1. Select [Report] from the upper right of the “Image Viewer” window of
[Customize]. • The tag name”!****” cannot be edited or deleted because it has been
registered in the system.
• Information might not be outputted to the report by editing the tag information.
Therefore when editing the tag information, edit the information after
confirming that the information to be edited is not included in the report
template registered by the user.
• The report template registered by the user is saved in the following folder.
For Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\
FujiFilm\Hobbit\UserReportFormat
For Windows Vista / 7: C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\UserReportFormat
MUApp09005.ai
a The “Report tag settings” window opens.
2. Click [Add]/[Edit] in “Template tag settings” if necessary.

 NOTE 
Delete an unnecessary template tag by click [Delete].
--
MUApp09009.ai
MUApp09008.ai
a The edit tag window opens.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
4. Installing Printer Driver ■ Editing the report format registered in the system (except
Japanese and English)
I. Install the printer driver according to the OS or usage.
The report format supporting various languages can be registered. (Language
● For Windows Vista / 7: setting is not Japanese or English)
• If the paper print function is not used, there is no need to install the printer
driver. (Since the XPS virtual printer driver is already installed by default in  NOTES 
Windows Vista / 7) • Changing the display order and switching to display/hide cannot be performed for
• If the paper print function is used, install the printer driver of the printer to be the report format registered in the system.
used. • Switching the order and switching to display/hide for category (print, report, user
registration) cannot be performed.
● For Windows XP:

• If the paper print function is not used, download and install the XPS virtual
1. Copy the report format for print or report under each language folder
printer driver (Microsoft XML Paper Specification). in the following folder.
Reference URL (The following is an English version, choose a desired r REFERENCE
language for your own.): Formats are registered only in the Japanese and English folder.
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=B8DCFFDD-
E3A5-44CC-8021-7649FD37FFEE&displaylang=en ● Folder to copy
For Windows XP:
• If the paper print function is used, install the printer driver of the printer to be C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
used. SystemReportFormat\Human\English\Print (or) Report
For Windows Vista / 7:
II. Confirm the output of Report. C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat\Human\English\Print (or)
Create a study for testing and create a report for the study. Select any format Report
(not the format registered by user) and perform the paper print. (The PDF file
is displayed.) ● Folder to paste
• Confirm that the page completely appears on the paper for both vertical and For Windows XP:
horizontal side (does not become as follows). C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\FujiFilm\Hobbit\
SystemReportFormat\Human\ (Each language folder) \Print (or) Report
For Windows Vista / 7:
C:\ProgramData\FujiFilm\Hobbit\SystemReportFormat\Human\ (Each language
folder) \Print (or) Report
2. Open the report format file copied in step 1. and change the format of
the entire cells to the format of the target language.
 NOTE 
The size of cell changes when the format is changed, so change the size of
the entire cells to 17 x 17.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
■ List of formats (reference) Print (4 images) Print (4 images, with comments)
This section shows a list of each format that is registered by default.
Refer to this section when creating new formats with the report editing function.
● Print
The list of formats for print that can be selected from the Report window is shown
below.
MUApp09030.ai
Print (8 images) Print (8 images, with comments)
MUApp09027.ai
Print (1 image) Print (1 image, with comments)
MUApp09031.ai
MUApp09028.ai
MUApp09032.ai
MUApp09029.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
● Report Report (2 images, small Schema) Report (3 images, no Schema)
The report formats that can be selected from the Report window are shown below.
MUApp09036.ai
MUApp09033.ai
Report (2 images) Report (4 images)
MUApp09034.ai
Report (6 images) Report (5 images)
MUApp09035.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
● Referral form Letter of introduction Letter of introduction
The formats of referral form that can be selected from the Report window are (2 images, small Schema) (3 images, no Schema)
shown below.
MUApp09037.ai MUApp09040.ai
Letter of introduction (2 images) Letter of introduction (4 images)
MUApp09038.ai
Letter of introduction (6 images) Letter of introduction (5 images)
MUApp09039.ai
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
Appendix 10 Settings of LogicalDelete Function and Usage of the LogicalDelete Tool (V2.0004(B) or later) Appx MU 10-1
Appendix 10 Settings of LogicalDelete 2. Settings of LogicalDelete Function

Function and Usage of
Change the specifications to delete study data.
the LogicalDelete Tool
(V2.0004(B) or later) 1. Start the Service Utility.
$ For the procedure to start up the Service Utility, see “2. Starting,
Logging-in to, and Exiting the Service Utility”.
1. Outline 2. Click [System].
By using “Logical Deletion” function, the study data deleted by users accidentally
can be restored. 3. Perform the following setup steps:
When this function is enabled, the study data becomes invisible and is not deleted I. Click of “Filtering setup items” and select “LogicalDelete”.
completely after deleting operation is performed.
II. Double-click the setup value field of “29-1 LogicalDeleteSet” and select
Even after the Logical Deletion is performed, the deleted study data can be “Yes” from the pull-down menu.
restored by a service engineer.
 NOTE 
The deleted data can be restored and deleted completely (physically) by using the
“FFDustBox” Tool. To cancel the LogicalDeleteSet, change the setup value to “No”.
 NOTE 
Only study data that is deleted while the Logical Deletion function is active can be
restored/ deleted physically. I.
The study data that is deleted while the Logical Deletion function is not active
cannot be restored.
II.
This section describes the following operations of LogicalDelete function, which is
added with V2.00.0007(B) or later.
• Settings of LogicalDelete Function
$ “2. Settings of LogicalDelete Function”
• Usage of the LogicalDelete tool
MUApp10001.ai
$ “3. Usage of the “FFDustBox” Tool”

4. Click [OK] .
5. Click [EXIT] .
a The Service Utility exits and the system returns to the desktop.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
3. Usage of the “FFDustBox” Tool 3.2 Starting the “FFDustBox” Tool
Using the FFDustBox tool, recover or completely delete the logically deleted study ■ For Windows XP
data.
1. Select “Run...” from the Start menu.
3.1 Restrictions/Precautions on Using the Tool a The “Run...” window opens.
• Set up the LogicalDeleteSet to ON. 2. Enter “FFDustBox” and click [OK].

$ For details, see “2. Settings of LogicalDelete Function”. a The “FFDustBox” window opens.
• Once the LogicalDelete is set to ON, studies deleted in the User Utility become
the target of recovery/complete deletion. ■ For Windows Vista / 7
 NOTE 
1. From the Start menu, select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run”.
Studies deleted while the LogicalDelete is set to OFF cannot be recovered.
• Make sure to terminate the following applications before starting the “FFDustBox”
Tool. 2. Enter “FFDustBox” and click [OK].
- Server Application a The following window opens.
- Client Utility
- User Utility
- Backup Utility
- Automatic Backup Tool
- Service Utility
• With Windows Vista/7, turn off the UAC before using the “FFDustBox Tool.
MUApp10008.ai
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
3. Click [OK]. 3.3 Recovering the Study Data
a The “FFDustBox” window opens.
 NOTE  1. Place a checkmark to the check box(es) in the “Select” column to
When study data is deleted with the CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL application select the target study for recovery.
after the function is set to ON, the list of the deleted study data will be
r REFERENCE
displayed on the “FFDustBox” window.
• The study data can be selected with the [All Select] and [All Release].
• Remove the checkmark from the check box(es) to clear the selection.
• If one or more study data is selected, the [Recovery] and [Delete] buttons will
be active.
MUApp10003.ai
2. Click [Recover].
MUApp10002.ai a The “Recovery Confirm” window opens.
MUApp10004.ai
3. Click [OK].
a The recovery processing is performed.
Upon completion, the system returns to the "FFDustBox" window.
 NOTE 
When the study data is restored completely, the list on the [FFDustBox]
window will be updated.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
3.4 Completely Deleting the Study Data 3.5 Exiting the “FFDustBox” Tool
1. Place a checkmark to the check box(es) in the “Select” column to 1. Click [Close]
select the target study for complete deletion.
MUApp10007.ai
 NOTE 
MUApp10005.ai
2. Click [Delete] The restoring / deleting processing cannot be terminated during it is working.
a The “Delete Confirm” window opens. Do not terminate them until the processing is completed.
a The system returns to the desktop
MUApp10006.ai
3. Click [OK].
a The complete deletion processing is performed.
Upon completion, the system returns to the “FFDustBox” window.
 NOTE 
When the study data is deleted completely, the list on the [FFDustBox] window
will be updated.
014-227-06E
04.20.2011 FM5900
SP-I
SP: Service Parts
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual SP-I
SP: Service Parts SP-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) SP-3, 4
01/08/2010 04 Revision for software V1.1(B) (FM5653) SP-3, 4
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) SP-3, 4
(FM5901)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual SP-II
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List SP-1
1. Service Parts List ■ REF. NO.

A number for indicating each part in the Service Parts Exploded Views.
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List

■ PART NUMBER
A code number that is unique to each part. The rightmost letter of the code number
■ RANK has the following meaning.
● Parts handling ID symbols used to identify the parts requiring special operation ● For hardware
The ID symbols are assigned to applicable parts. Parts without the R mark are The letter denotes the version number of a part. If parts have different version
replaced and handled in a regular manner. numbers, they are upward-compatible.
Symbol Description
● For software
R Repairable parts
The letter denotes the software specifications.
Q, T Symbol for use other than in Japan
● Export regulation mark ■ PART NAME

This + mark is assigned to the parts subject to Export regulations. Parts without This represents the general name of a part.
the + mark are not subject to Export regulations.
Symbol Description
■ QTY.
QTY. represents the quantity of parts used in a unit or assembly.
+ Parts subject to Export regulations
● Fault rankings used for estimating the recommended stock quantity ■ REMARKS
All parts are assigned a symbol letter from A to E. Unique name of a part or its relevant information or note is described in this
column.
Symbol Description
A Consumable parts or parts that will be replaced at short intervals ■ SERIAL NUMBER
Parts that may become faulty accidentally and have a relatively high failure The units may contain different parts depending on their shipment control number.
B
rate
SERIAL NUMBER indicates the shipment control number to which the parts are
Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to have a high applicable. If this column is blank, the parts are applicable to all the relevant units.
C
failure rate
D Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to become faulty
Parts that are necessary for fault analysis or parts that may be needed in case
E
of faults such as man-induced damage
● RANK column description

The symbols for Fault Ranking, Parts Handling, and Export regulation are
assigned in order named. Thus, one to three letters are put in the RANK
column.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual SP-1
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List SP-2
■ Recommended quantities of spare parts
It is recommended as a rough guide to hold in stock a specified quantity of parts
according to the rank (A to E) assigned to the parts. Parts to be replaced at periodic
intervals must be held in stock separately.
Adjust the quantity of parts stock depending on the number of working units (N) as
prescribed below.
Q: Quantity used in a single system
● N = 1
Rank A = 1 + Q × 0.3
Rank C = 1 + Q × 0.05
Rank D = 1 + Q × 0.02
● 2 ≤ N ≤ 10
Rank A = 2 + N × Q × 0.3
Rank C = 2 + N × Q × 0.05
Rank D = 1 + N × Q × 0.02
● 11 ≤ N ≤ 300
Rank A = 3 + N × Q × 0.3
Rank C = 3 + N × Q × 0.05
Rank D = 2 + N × Q × 0.02
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
1.2 Service Parts List SP-3
1.2 Service Parts List
RANK REF. PART NUMBER PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NUMBER
No service part
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
SP-4
BLANK PAGE
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
SP-5
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
SP-6
BLANK PAGE
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
PM-I
PM: Preventive Maintenance
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual PM-I
PM: Preventive Maintenance PM-II
Control Sheet

11/28/2008 02 Revision for software V4.0 (FM5421) PM-5
04/28/2009 03 Revision for software V5.0 (FM5525) PM-8 to 13
Changes in pagination (FM5525) PM-14
04/20/2011 06 Revision for software V2.1(B) (FM5900) PM-6, 12
08/30/2013 07 Revision for software V2.2(B) and V2.3(B) PM-1, 4, 6
(FM5901)
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual PM-II
1. Preventive Maintenance Items PM-1
1. Preventive Maintenance Items ■ List of preventive maintenance items

Reference Required Replacement
Maintenance item Remarks
section time part
While the system is being used, maintenance of the items listed in the table on the
right should be performed periodically while observing the warnings and cautions 2. Checking for a Fatal Error
set forth below. 2.1 Confirming the Event Log
3. Safety
WARNING 3.1 Service Voltage
To avoid electrical shock, turn OFF the equipment power before performing 3.2 Power Plug/Multi-Outlet Power Strip
maintenance work. 4. Hardware Cleaning
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning
WARNING/CAUTION
4.3 LCD Cleaning
Observe the warnings and cautions set forth in the chapter titled “Safety
Precautions.” 5. Executing of Failure Analysis Tool
5.1 Dell PC
5.2 HP PC
CAUTION
6. Functional Checks
When servicing the inside of the PC, be sure to wear an antistatic wristband Confirmation of Image Input to Storage
to ground your body. 6.1
onto DVD
If your body is not grounded, the static buildup on your body may damage 6.2 Image Output to Film [Option]
electronic parts on the circuit boards. Image Transfer (Thumbnail Images)
6.3 [Option]
(CR-VW 674 Only)
7. Backup of Settings and Verification of Date and Time
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files
7.2 Verification of Date and Time
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual PM-1
2.1 Confirming the Event Log PM-2
2. Checking for a Fatal Error 3. Safety
2.1 Confirming the Event Log 3.1 Service Voltage

View the OS event log (application) to check for any fatal error recording. Verify the service voltage that is available within the institution.
$ For the procedure for viewing the event log, see “2. Using the Event Viewer”
under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
3.2 Power Plug/Multi-Outlet Power Strip
 NOTE 
The system has a backup notification function. By default, this function prompts the WARNING
user at 7-day intervals to perform periodic backup in preparation for a failure.
Therefore, the following message may appear when the application is started When making resistance measurements, be sure that the power plug is
during an installation, inspection, or other process: disconnected from an outlet.
Measure the resistance values of the power cable and multi-outlet power strip.
Terminals Between L and N Between L and E Between N and E
Resistance value 100 kΩ or higher ∞ ∞
<For European and <For U.K. and

<For Japan> <For U.S.> other countries> other countries>
E
E E
E
L L N N
IN000433.EPS
N N L
A backup procedure is to be performed at the end of an installation or inspection L
process. Therefore, even when the above message appears, do not perform the FRCH616003.EPS
backup procedure immediately. Click [Cancel] and continue to sequentially perform

the steps set forth in the service manual. Be sure to acquire a backup log with
specified timing because it is necessary, for instance, to store a log of operational
checks performed for installation or inspection and delete the event log.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning PM-3
4. Hardware Cleaning [reference] 2. As shown in the figures, push up the stopper and open the PC
housing.
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning

Cooling fans (power supply fan, CPU fan, etc.) are mounted in the PC to dissipate
generated heat through air convection.
If dust is heavily accumulated in the neighborhood of a cooling fan or a vent in the
PC housing, the effect of the cooling fan may decrease, thereby adversely affecting
the operation of the PC. It is therefore necessary to clean the inside of the PC on a
periodic basis.
PM000403.EPS PM000404.EPS
■ Preparations 3. With an air blower, clean the heat sink and circuit board section.
Disconnect all cables from the PC main body.
■ Cleaning
1. With a brush attached to a vacuum cleaner, carefully vacuum-clean
the slots and other openings in the rear of the PC.
PM000405.EPS
An intake fan is mounted at the front of the DELL OptiPlex 755. This intake fan
directly blows air onto the heat sink that is installed above the CPU.
PM000401.EPS PM000402.EPS Therefore, apply a vacuum cleaner to the front of the PC body to remove dust
from the intake fan, and use an air blower to blow air from the inside of the PC
main body to the outside and remove dust from the heat sink.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning PM-4
4. If dust is heavily accumulated on the heat sink section, remove the 4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning
heat sink and clean it.
CAUTION 1. With a vacuum cleaner, remove dust that is accumulated between
keyboard keys.
If silicone oil is not on hand, do not remove the heat sink. Silicone oil is
applied to the junction between the heat sink and CPU. When the heat sink is
removed from the CPU for cleaning purposes, wipe off the silicone oil, clean
the heat sink, and then apply new silicone oil.
● Removing the heat sink
PM000410.EPS
2. Rotate the ring on the bottom of the mouse counterclockwise, and

then take the ball out.
PM000406.EPS PM000407.EPS
PM000411.EPS
PM000408.EPS PM000409.EPS 3. With a soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the ball clean.
5. Mount the heat sink back and then close the PC housing cover.
6. After completion of cleaning, perform an operational check of the

cooling fans as directed under “5. Executing of Failure Analysis Tool”
(the Express Test includes a cooling fan operational check).
PM000412.EPS
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
4.3 LCD Cleaning PM-5
4. With an air blower, carefully blow dust away from the mouse case into 4.3 LCD Cleaning
which the ball is to be placed.
CAUTION
At the time of periodic maintenance, confirm that the caution label has not
come off. If it has come off, attach a new label.
Also attach a new label when the monitor with the caution label has been
replaced for repair.
1. With a “Cleaner Torch”, remove dust from the LCD.
PM000413.EPS
5. Place the ball back in the mouse case.
PM000414.EPS
2. If there is any stubborn dirt on the LCD panel surface, wipe it clean
with a cloth (e.g., gauze) well wrung out in water.
CAUTION
If you vigorously scrub the LCD panel surface, the liquid crystal surface may
become damaged. Therefore, do not apply any undue force to the LCD panel
surface when you wipe it clean. If the LCD panel surface is heavily soiled and
cannot be cleaned with a moistened cloth, clean it with the monitor cleaner
kit. The monitor cleaner kit is of a chemical type. Therefore, if the monitor
cleaner kit is repeatedly used for cleaning purposes, the LCD panel surface
will be adversely affected. When using the monitor cleaner kit, read its
instruction manual and exercise utmost care.
 NOTE 
Do not use dehydrated ethanol for cleaning purposes because it adversely
affects the LCD’s surface film.
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
5.1 Dell PC PM-6
5. Executing of Failure Analysis Tool 6. Functional Checks
6.1 Confirmation of Image Input to Storage onto DVD

5.1 Dell PC
See the following and perform the specified procedure.
See the following and conduct the test. $ See “5.3 Checking Every Step from the Inputting of Images to the Saving of
$ See “4.8.1 Running the Dell Diagnostics Express Test” under “MT: Machine Images onto Storage Disk” under “IN: Installation”.
Troubleshooting”.
6.2 Image Output to Film

5.2 HP PC
See the following and conduct the test. $ See “5.4 Checking Output Images (option)” under “IN: Installation”.
$ See “5. Troubleshooting (HP PC)” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
6.3 Image Transfer (Thumbnail Images)

(CR-VW 674 Only)
$ See “3. Checkup Work” in “Appendix 1: Settings for Output of Thumbnail
Images” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
014-227-07E
08.30.2013 FM5901
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files PM-7
7. Backup of Settings and Verification 2. Click [Eject].
of Date and Time a The DVD drive tray opens.
3. Remove the disk. Insert it into the case with the front surface facing
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files upward.
 NOTE 
This section describes the procedure for backing up patient information, setup
information, and log information. Attach a label to the case, mark it as a “Image storage disk”, and write the
date on the label.
■ Preparations
• Make sure that all images are written on a storage disk. 4. Close the empty tray.
• Attach a label to the case of a backup disk, write a date on the label, and mark it
as a “Backup” disk. 5. Click [Update].
a Only “Device Name” is displayed. “Status”, “Usage”, and “Disk Write” are
■ Removing the disk hidden.
Remove the storage disk as directed below.
1. Click of the indicator.
IN000512.AI
a The Indicator window (Disk) opens.
MUApp0002.EPS
IN000620.EPS
014-227-05E
06.28.2010 FM5742
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files PM-8
6. Click [OK]. ■ Starting the Backup Utility
a The system returns to the “Main” window. 1. Select “Backup Utility” in the “Select Server Application Behavior”
Window and click [OK].
PM000418.AI

PM000417.EPS
MU000034.EPS
2. Click [OK].
a After the

CR-IR391CL Service Manual

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

CR-IR391CL Service Manual

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

FCRView

Document No. 014-227-08E

The correlation between mR (milliroentgen), a unit of radiation dose,

FCR is a trademark or a registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.

Copyright © 2008-2014 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or

1. Handling of This Manual 1.2 Warning and Cautionary Information

1. This document is intended to be read by the service personnel of WARNING

2. Due care must be exercised when handling this document because it

■ Instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration

Contents (CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual)

1. Precautionary Labels................................................................. Safety-1

2. Cautions Relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility............. Safety-3

1. CR-VW 674 Equipment Specifications....................................... Spec-1

2. CR-IR 391CL Equipment Specifications....................................... Spec-6

MD: Machine Description

4. Relationship between Server and Client (CR-VW 674 Only).... MD-18

5. Relationship between RU and CR-VW 674.................................. MD-19

MT: Machine Troubleshooting

Appendix 1 CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL

Appendix 2 Procedure for Replacing DVD Drive AD-7230S

Appendix 3 How to Change the Study Data to be

MC: Checks, Replacement and Adjustment of Parts

MU: Maintenance Utility

1. Overview of Service Utility Functions..................................... MU-1 6.2 Connected Equipment.................................................................. MU-82

Appendix 1 Backup Utility.................................................. Appx MU 1-1

Appendix 2 User Utility....................................................... Appx MU 2-1

Appendix 3 Creating a User............................................... Appx MU 3-1

Appendix 4 Settings for Automatic Output...................... Appx MU 4-1

Appendix 5 Setup for Auto-verify...................................... Appx MU 5-1

Appendix 6 DICOM Tag Mapping Function....................... Appx MU 6-1

Appendix 7 Free Drawing Function Settings

Appendix 8 Blank................................................................ Appx MU 8-1

Appendix 9 Creating the Report Template........................ Appx MU 9-1

Appendix 10 Settings of LogicalDelete Function and

SP: Service Parts

1. Service Parts List......................................................................... SP-1

PM: Preventive Maintenance

1. Preventive Maintenance Items.................................................... PM-1

2. Checking for a Fatal Error........................................................... PM-2

4. Hardware Cleaning [reference]................................................... PM-3

5. Executing of Failure Analysis Tool............................................. PM-6

6. Functional Checks....................................................................... PM-6

7. Backup of Settings and Verification of Date and Time............. PM-7

1. Installation Conditions................................................................ IN-1 4.4.4 System Settings........................................................................ IN-20

5.3.2 Input of Images and Confirmation of Studies........................... IN-70

6. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion..... IN-85

7. Links to Individual Option Items................................................. IN-96

Appx IN: Installation – Appendix

2. Hardware Setup............................................................ Appx IN 16-2

PC: Performance Check

CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual

03/14/2008 01 New release (FM5307) All pages

1. Precautionary Labels CAUTIONS

• When performing settings for several software programs, ensure that

2. Cautions Relating to Table 1

EN61000-4-4 ±0.5kV for input/output lines ±0.5kV for input/output lines

Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m

CR-VW 674/CR-IR 391CL Service Manual

03/14/2008 01 New release (FM5307) All pages

1. CR-VW 674 Equipment Specifications

(Reference) Image formats and compression formats used in measurement

Compression Size of one

2. CR-IR 391CL Equipment Specifications 2.2 Optional Components